11^^ 


UCSB  LIBRARY, 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arcliive 

in  2007  witli  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/businessmansassiOObuttiala 


THE 


BUSINESS  MAN'S 


AND 


TINMAN'S  MANUAL, 

AND  BUILDER'S 


AND 


'~*s  nanaeo 


By  I.    R.    BUTTS, 


Author  of  the  "  United  States  Business  Man's  Law  Cabinet,"  "  Business  Man's 
Law  Library  ;"  "  Merchant's  and  Sliipmaster's  Manual  and  Shipbuild- 
er's and  Sailmaker'g   Assistant,"  &c.,  &c. 


BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED    BY    I.    R.    BUTTS    &    CO. 

CORNER    OF   SCHOOL   AND    "WASHINGTON   STREET. 
Over    I'ickiior    Ac    fields'    Boolsstore. 

1861. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


This  Volume  comprises  two  distinct  books  :  the  first,  "  THE  BU- 
SINESS MAN'S  ASSISTANT  AND  READY  RECKONER,"  is 
an  exceedingly  useful  Book  ;  nearly  200,000  copies  having  been  sold 
since  it  was  first  published.  Indeed,  it  Avould  be  difficult  to  find  a 
more  comprehensive  Compend  of  Business  Forms  and  Facts  for  every 
day  use  than  this  valuable  Assistant.  With  this  Book  before  him  any 
person  may  draw  and  execute  Contracts,  Deeds,  Mortgages,  Awards, 
Assignments,  Bills  of  Sale.,  Notes,  Bonds,  Leases,  Landlord's  and 
Tenant's  Notices,  Powers  of  Attorney,  Releases,  Certificates  for  Fore- 
closing Mortgages,  Form  of  Release,  Discharge  or  Satisfaction  of 
Mortgage,  Notice  to  Discontinue  the  use  of  an  Easement,  Tenders  for 
Work  or  to  Build,  Agreements  to  Build  with  Specifications,  Articles 
of  Partnership,  Petitions,  Guarantees,  Wills,  &c. 

Besides  its  large  Collection  of  valuable  Business  Forms,  it  gives  the 
laws  regulating  Mortgages,  Tenders,  Contracts,  Deeds,  Damages, 
Agencies,  Guarantees,  Bonds,  Awards,  Wills,  Sales,  Bills  of  Sale,  &c. 

It  also  contains  the  requisite  information  for  applicants  for  Patents, 
with  the  necessary  Forms.     Rates  of  Postage  with  sj^ecial  Directions. 

Also,  Lumber  Surveyor's  Tables  for  Board,  Plank,  Timber,  Logs 
and  Scantling;  Smith's  Tables  showing  the  Weight  of  various  Metals  ; 
Scales  of  Wages  for  \,  i,  i,  1  Day,  Week  and  Month  ;  Ready  Reck- 
oners ;  Coin  Tables  ;  Interest  Tables  ;  Equation,  &c.  In  fact,  this 
Work  contains  a  greater  number  of  useful  Forms,  Rules,  and  Practi- 
cal Tables,  than  are  to  be  found  iu  any  other  work  of  similar  size. 

The  second  book,  "  THE  TINMAN'S  MANUAL  AND  BUILD- 
ER'S AND  MECHANIC'S  HANDBOOK  "  will  be  found  a  useful 
Manual  for  reference  and  information. 

The  first  part  of  the  work  containing  Rules,  Diagrams  and  Tables, 
will  be  found  very  useful  to  Tinmen. 

Mr.  Truesdell  who  has,  for  many  years,  used  the  Diagrams  pre- 
pared by  him  for  this  work,  now  offers  them  to  the  public  with  every 
confidence. 

The  Receipts  for  Japans,  Varnishes,  Cements,  Sfc,  were  taken 
from  "  Ure's  Dictionary,"  "  Cooley's  Cyclopedia,"  "  Muspratt's 
Chemistry,"  and  other  valuable  publications. 

The  sources  from  which  most  of  the  materials  relating  to  Building, 
Mechanics  and  Enyineerimj  have  been  derived,  are  Grier's  Me- 
chanic's Calculator,"  '♦  Templeton's  Workshop  Companion,"  "The 
Engineer's  and  Contractor's  Pocket-book,"  Adcock's  Engineer," 
"  Smeaton's  Builder's  Companion,"  and  Lowndes's  Engineer's 
Handbook,"  which  renders  this  portion  of  the  work  deseiwing  of  the 
utmost  confidence. 


DBOIDEDLY   THE    MOST  USEFUL   AND    THE    CHEAPEST  BOOK 
EVER    OFFERED    TO    THE    PUBLIC. 


THE    NE'W 

BUSINESS  MAN'S 

ASSISTANT, 

AND 

READY  RECKONER, 

FOR    THE    USE    OF 


MUD, 

CONSISTING    OF 

LEGAL  FORMS  &  INSTRUCTIONS 

INDISPENSABLE  IN  BUSINESS  TRANSACTIONS; 
AND  A   GREAT  VARIETY  OF  USEFUL  TABLES. 


By    I.    R.    BUTTS, 


Author  of  the  "  Business  Man's  Law  Library,"—"  The  Merchant's,  Shipmaster's  and  Me« 
chanic'i  AssUtaut,"— "  The  Laws  of  the  Sea,"  Ac,  &c. 


BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED   BY   I.    R.    BUTTS    &    CO. 

CORNER    OF   SCHOOL   &   WASHINGTON    STREET. 
(Over  Ticknor  &  Field's  Bookstore.) 

»  — 

1861. 


NOTE. 

In  all  Indentures  or  Agreements,  the  date  may  appear  either  at  the  com- 
mencemeiil  or  close  of  ihe  contraci  as  ^'  Memoranrfum  of  Agreement  maite  tlvi 
tenth  flay  of  Octi>l)er,  1856,  by  and  between  A.  B.  ami  C.  D."  in  which  case  the 
clo,se  should  read, — '•  In  witness  whereof^  they  hare  hereunto  interchangeably  set 
their  hanr/s  and  sea's  [if  se>i.\e.i\]  on  the  day  and  year  first  above  written.''''  Or  the 
date  may  he  omitted  at  the  commenceinent  and  ii.serled  at  the  close,  as  fol- 
lows:—  •'  Witness  our  hands  and  seals  tie  . ...  day  of ...  .,1851  " 

In  all  sealed  insirumenl:*,  or  written  contracts,  it  is  well  to  have  two 
subscrlhiiig- witnesses  to  the  signatures,  who  will  write  their  names  under  ei- 
ther of  the  following  terms  • — •■^Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  in  jrresence  of '^  or, 
"  Executed  in  presenre  of"' — or, '' /n  presence  of' — or  simply,  •'  Atlest." 

The  repetitions  which  abound  in  the  written  and  printed  forms,  such  as  "  cov- 
enant and  agree,"' — ''  give^  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and  convey,  and  do  grant.  Ac, 
and  have  granted ,''''  &c.,  may  always  he  oniined  ;  so  may  the  words  "■•■  e3:eciitors, 
and  adminis'rators,"  [see  page  29];  so,  also,  "assigns''^  usually  need  not 
be  named ;  if  a  covenant  relate  to  any  thing  in  being  the  assignee  is  bound, 
though  not  named;  if  to  any  thing  personal  to  the  contracting  party  he  is 
not  bound,  though  named  ;  but  in  a  contract  relating  to  something  not  then  in 
existence,  but  to  be  done  on  land  leased,  as  to  build  a  wall,  a  house,  or  the  like, 
upon  the  premises,  the  assignee  will  be  bound,  it  named,  but  not  otherwise. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1852, 

BY    I.    R.    BUTTS, 

ia  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


CONTENTS 

OF   THK 

BUSINESS  MAN'S  ASSISTANT  &  READY  RECKONER. 


AGKNT.  Laws  relating  ta- 
llow should  Agent  sign  sealed 

Instruments  ? 12 

The  effect  of  Agent's  negligence    12 


AQENTS. 

Page 


Page 


Agent's  Liflbililies, 12 

What  conslitulea  an  Agent 12 

When    I'riucipal    can    call    his 

Agent  to  account, 12 


AGREEMENTS   AND   CONTRACTS. 


AGREEMENTS,  Forms  of- 
For  Selling,    Bartering,   Mauu- 

factariiig,  or  other  purposes, . .  13 

For  the  Sale  of  Wood, 13 

For  making  Shoes, 13 

To  Sell  a  Horse,  Ox,  &c 13 

To  Submit  to  Arbitration,  14 

For   the  Sale  of  Real  Estate,. .  14 

To  Sell  Flour,  Wheat,  &c., 14 

With  a  Clerk,  or  Workman,  ...  15 

Of  Lease,  (landlords') 15 

Of  Lease,  (Tenants') 15 

Agreement,  Builders',  Nos.  I  A.  2,  16  i 

Builders',  and  Form  o\'  Specijica-         I 

tions  for  building  a  house,. . .  .16-20  i 

Of  Marriage, 21  j 

Of  Copartnership,   33  I 

To  Cominue  the  Copartnership,  .34  i 

To  Dissolve  the  Copartnership,  34  i 


Agreement  of  Crediiors,  to  take  a 
per  centage  in  cash  or  notes,. .     35 
Of    Indenture    of    Apprentice,    22 
CONTRACTS,  Lawsregulatitig— 

What  renders  a  Contract  Void?      7 
Suppose  I  agree  for  a  considera- 
tion, not  lo  carry  i.n  ray  business 

in  a  certain  place  ? 7 

"What  fonnaliiy  does  a  Contract 
require  to  render  it  Valid? — sup- 
pose I  agree  to  pay,  or  bf  respon- 
sible for  the  Debi  of  annilier:  or, 
bargain  for  Land  orGoods  :  or  Let 
a  House,  or  Store :  or  agree  to 
Work  lor  another  a  year  or  more  ?    7,9 

Com  rarts  made  on  Sunday, 9 

Construction.  Performance,  and 

Rescinding  of  a  Conlnict, 9, 10 

Can  a  Contract  be  Apportioned  ?    10 


DAMAGES. 


DAMAGES,  Lnvis  regulating — 
For  Non-performance  to  Deliver 

Goods  according  to  Contrai-t,. ...     11 
For  Breach  of  Contract,  without 

actual  loss, 11 

For  Failure  to  Employ  a  person 

for  the  time  contracted, 11 


Damages  for  failure  to  convey  Land,  11 
For  Failure  to  Deliver  Property 

according  to  contract, 12 

For  Loss  of  Goods  by  Common 

Carriers 12 

The  difference  between  a  Penal- 
ty and  Liquidated  Damagts? 12,33 


ASSIGNMENTS. 


ASSIGNMENTS,  Forms  of— 
To  be  written  on  the  back  of  any 
instrument,  with  Rules  of  Law,    23 

Of  a  Lea.'fe, 23 

Of  Mortgage.  &c., 23,24 

Of  Bond,  or  Bill 24 

Of  a   Bond,  where  Assignor  it 

liable,  and  where  not  liable,. .     24 
Of  W'iges  now  due  and  to  be- 
come due, 24 


Assignment  of  Fire  Policy, 24 

Ot  Inieresl  in  Land  for  a  term  of 

Years,  25 

Of  Claims  against  Debtor,    ...  25 

Of Debt.irforbenefilofCreditors  25 
Of  Latid  Warrants,  with  Forms 
of  Acknowledgment,  and  cer- 

tifiiate  of  Clerk  ..f  rourt, 45 

Of  Right  in  a  Patent, 74 

Before  obtaining  Letters  Patent,  74 


GUARANTEES. 


GUARANTEE,  Forms  of— 

How  should  be  written, 46  . 

For  the  Payment  of  Goods, 46 

Of  certiiiii  Amount,  46 

For  Debts  due, 46 

To  stop  proceedings, 46 

For  payment  of  rent, 47 

To  pav  Note, 47 


GUARANTEE,  Lnics  regvlating,— 

Character  of  a  Guarantee, 8 

Piimarj  meaning  of, 8 

When  should  be  wiiiten, 8 

When  need  not  be  writtett, 8 

Must  be  founded  on  some  con- 
sideration,     9 

Cautioui  to  be  observed, 8 


4        CONTENTS   OF  THE   NEW   BUSINESS   MAN's   ASSISTANT. 


AWARDS. 

Page  Pag« 

AWARDS,  Forms  of—  j  AWARDS,  Tlte  Jhtty  of  Kffttfti, 
Of  Referees,  Fire  Insurance,  ..  27  How  Referees  fhoulil  make  out 
For  Valualioa  of  Land, 27  |  and  render  their  Award, 28 

BILLS   OF   SALE   AND  EOI^DS. 


BILLS  OF  SALR.  Forms  of— 

For  (roods,  under  Seal, 

By  two   Men-hams,  (Partners,) 
Of  Htirse,  &c.,  witli  Warranty,. 
BILL  OF  SALE,  Lawxregulatins. 
What  is  Delivery?  what  Accept- 
ance?    Where  should  lie  the  De- 
livery?     What   is    a   Warranty? 
When  should  Warranty  be  made  ? 
What  is  the  effect  of  a  Bill  of  Sale  ? 
BOND,  Forms  of,— 
General  Form  of, 


30 


IJond  of  two  Obligors, 30 

To  pay  Money  by  Instalments,  30 

To  Indemnify, 30 

Of  Arbitration 30 

Of  Indemnity  for  lost  Note, 31 

To  convey  I«enl  Estate 31 

With  two  Sureties 31 

Of  Treasurer  [or  Tru-tee], 31 

BOND,  Laws  regulating — 

What  is  a  Bond,  and  what  Par- 
ties are  bound  ?  can  the  whole  Pen- 
alty be  recovered? 29 


DEEDS. 


DEEDS,  Forms  of— 

Quitclaim,   39 

Quit  Claim,  by  Trustee, 39 

SVurranty,  40 

Warranty,  by  husband  and  wife 

to  convey  wife's  Estate, 41 

Executed  "by  Attorney, 41 

Of   Real    Estate    lo  a   Married 

Woman,  to  her  Sole  Use,  ....     41 
Of  Personal  Estate  from  b  Father 

to  a  Married  Daughter,  to  her 

Sole  and  Separate  Use, 42 

Of  Righiof  Way, 42 

Chancellor  Kent's  Form, 44 


Warraiitf/,  Quit-claim,  Mortgage, 
Lease  and  Trust  Deeds,  prescrib- 
ed by  the  Suites  o(  Indiana,  Vir- 
ginia and  lou-a,  43,  44 

DEEDS,  Laws  regulating — 

How  should  Deed  be  written? 
How^  to  ascertain  the  viilidity  of 
the  Title .'  How  to  ascertain  if 
there  be  an  incumbrance  ?  How 
should  the  Boundaries  be  describ- 
ed? If  the  purchaser  intends  to  as- 
sume the  Mortj-ajje,  ho^v  should 
it  be  stated  in  the  Deed?  or,  if  a 
Risht  of  Way  is  granted  ? 36-38 


LEASES. 
LEASE,  Forms  of—  i  and    Registered,  or    Recorded,  in 

Of  House,  or  Store, 48,  49    differeni  States, 47 

When  to  be  Sealed,  Witnessed         |      Directions  to  Tenant, 47 

MORTGAGES. 


MORTGAGE,  Forms  of— 

Ol  Personal  Property, 

Of  Tools,  Machinery,  Goods,  or 

Hoaseholil  Furniture,  

Chattel,  with  Power  of  Sale,. . . . 
Of  Personal  Property  to  Secure 

Endorser, 

Of  Real  Estate, 

Of  Real  Estate  with  po«>er  of  sale 

Extension  of, 

Redemption  <if, — Discharge  of,. . 

Satisfaction  of, 

Deed  of  Release  of, 

MORTGAGES,— 'awj  regulating- 
the  Recording,  Witnessing,  and 
Renewal  of  Mortgages  of  Per- 
sonal Property  in  all  the  States,50, 


51 


Where  should  a  Mortgage  of 
Personal  Property  be  recorded  ?  If 
the  mortgagor  resides  in  "-ne  town 
anil  does  bu.-ine,«s  in  another?  Re- 
demption of  Mortgage.  Slates 
which  require  that  Mortgage  b« 
renewed?  H">w  does  mortgagor 
render  himself  liable  for  misde- 
meanor?.    SO,  M 

AVhat  constitutes  a  Mortgage  of 
Real  Property?  How  are  Fixtures 
affected  after  mortgage  i.*  m-ide? 
How  are  mortgages  affected  by 
Statute  of  Limitations  ?  What  are 
the  Rights  of  Mnrtgfigor?  What 
the  Rights  of  Mortgagee  ?  AVho 
can  redeem  Mortgaged  Estate  ?. .  56,57 


CERTIFICATES. 

CERTIFICATE,  Forms  of—  I      Of  Entry  of  Mortgagee 67 

Of  Marriage  ("Ceremony, 21        Of  Witnesses  lo  Entry  of  Mort- 

Of  Clerk  of  Court, 45  I         gagee, 67 


CONTENTS    OP   THE    NEW    BUSINESS    MAN's   ASSISTANT. 


NOTICES,   NOTES,   PARTNERSHIP,    PETITIONS. 


Page 
NOTICl;:,  Forms  of- 

Of  liueiitioii  to  Build, 21 

or  Dijsolutiun  of  Cupaniiership,    35 

To  Quit,  from  Landlord, 49 

To  Quit,  from  Tenant, 49 

To  Quit,  for  Nonpayment  of  Rent,  49 

To  Discontinue  an  Easement  of 
Right  (*\Vay,  &c 66 

To  Discontinue  Li.^ht,  Passage- 
way, &.C.,  (another  furm) 67 


Page 
NOTES,  Due  Bills,  Receipts,  Bills 
of  Exchange,  Drafts,  Orders, 
Checks,    and  Judgment  Note, 

with  Laws  relating  to, 53-60 

PARTNERSHIP,    Form  of,  ....    33 
PETITIONS,  Forms  of— 
For  Change  of  Highway  ;  Lay- 
ing Out  a  Road ;  to  the  Leg- 
islature ;    to  Authorities  of  a 
City  or  Town, 64 


PATENT  LAWS,— FORMS  AND  DIRECTIONS. 


NEW  PATENT  LAW,  and 
Patent  Forms^  consisting  of 
Petition,  Specification,  Oath, 
Surrender,  Assignment,  Dis- 
claimer,  Caveat,  Assignment 


before  obtaining  Letters  Pa- 
tent, New  Fees  of  Patent  Of- 
fice, with  Information  lo  per- 
sons having  Business  to  trans- 
act with  the  Patent  Oifice,...  .68-74 


POWERS   OP  ATTORNEY. 


POWER  of  Attorney,  Forms  of— 

Rules  of  Law  relating  to,. . . .  61 

Form  of,  to  collect  Debts,  61 

To  effect  Insurance, 61 

To  sell  Slock, 61 


To  sell  and  Lease  Real  Estate, 

and  collect  Rents, 62 

To  receive  Dividends, 62 

To  vote  for  Directors,  &c 62 

Revocation  of, 62 


RELEASES, 

RELEASE,  Forms  of— 

A  General  Release, 

Of  a  Bond,  Note,  Contract,  Cov- 
enant, Lease,  &.C., 

Of  Dower,  by  Widow, 

Of  all  Demands,  

Of  Mortgaged  Premises, 

TENDERS  for  Work,  Forms  of. 

Ten'ler  of  Money,  how  should 
be  made?  what  does  a  Tender  bar? 
if  Tender  is  not  accepted  what  is 


TENDERS,   WILLS. 

Debtor's  duty  ?  what  must  Tender 
include  besides  the  debt  ? 10 

What  Amounts,  in  Copper  coin. 
Three  Cent  pieces,  or  Silver  coin, 

are  Legal  Tender  ?  Ill 

WILL  and  Codicil,  Forms  of, 65 

What  Precautions  are  necessary 
in  making  a  Will  ?  How  should 
a  Will  be  Executed  ?  How  many 
Witnesses  are  Required  ?  Who 
should  not  Witness  ? C4,  65 


PRACTICAL  RULES  AND  TABLES. 


ARITHMETICAL  Signs, 75 

DECIMAL  Arithmetic, 75 

Rules,  with  Diagrams,  to  find  the 
Squarb,  or  Superficial  Feet 
in  Boards,  Planks,  Marble, Brick 

Wall,  Land,  &.C., 76 

Rule  to  find  the  area  of  a  Circle,  77 
Rules  to  find  the  Solid  Contents 
in  Trees,  Timber,  Stones,  Box- 
es, Coal  Bins,  Frustums,  Cyl- 
inders, Grindstones,  Planks,  &c.  78 
Rules  to  find  the  Capacity,  in  Gal- 
lons, of  Tanks,  Cisterns,  Reser- 
voirs, Wells,  Vats,  Cans,  &c.,..     78 

MEASURES  of  Weight, 73 

MEASURES  of  Surface, 78 

MEASURES  of   Capacity  (Dry),    78 

MEASURKS  of  Length, 79 

MEASURES  of  Capacity  (Liquid),  79 
BMA  1* 


FRENCH  MEASURES  of  fre- 
quent reference  compared  with 
United  States  Measures, 79 

WEIGHT  of  a  Bushel  of  Wheat, 
Corn,  Rye,  and  other  articles,. .     79 

WEIGHT  of  a  bushel  of  Bitumi- 
nous and  Hard  Coal 79 

GALLONS.  ^Veighl  of  Water, 
OiU,  Spirits,  and  other  articles,    79 

MEASURES  of  Solidity,  or  Cubic 
Measure 79 

NUMBER  OF  CUBIC  FEET  in  a 
Ton  of  various  Bodies, 79 

WEIGHT  of  a  Cubic  Foot,  in 
Pounds,  of  various  articles,  ....     79 

WEIGHT  of  a  Cubic  Inch  in 
Pounds,  of  various  articles,  ....     79 

DECIAIAL  Approximations  for 
Facilitating  Calculatious, 80 


6         CONTENTS   OP   THE  NEW  BUSINESS    MAN's   ASSISTANT. 


LUMBER   TABLES. 

rage 
Waste  in  Matching  Boards,. .  81 
Square  or  Superficial  Measure  81 
Cul>ic  Feet  in  Logs  and  Trees,  82 
Givinc;  llie  No.  of  Solid  Feel 

in  Hewn  Timber, 83 

Giving   the    Square    Feel    in 

Plank  and  Scantling, 86 


HI. 


Fage 
Giving  tVie  Square   Feet    in 

Scantling  and  Timl)er, 88 

Giving  the  Feet  in  Boards,.     90 
Giving  the  Feel  in  any  Log, 
reduced  to  Board  Measure,    91 
VIII.  Giving  the  Feel  in  Rounder 

Equal  sided  Timber, 92 


V. 


VI. 

vn. 


READY  RECKONERS. 


Giving  the  Price  of  any  Num- 
ber of  Pounds,  from  25  cents 
to    $50  per  ton  of  2000  lbs.  114 

Giving  the  Price  of  any  Num- 
ber of  Pounds,  from  25  cents 
to   $60  per  ton  of  ad-lO  lbs.  115 

Giving  the  Price  of  any  NuM- 
BERofPounds,  Yards,  Bush- 


els of  Wheat,   Corn,  Ac,  at 
any  price  less  than  $3  each,  117 

IV.  Givnig  tlie  Number  of  >olid 

Feet  in  any  Pile  of  Wood  or 
Bark, 94 

V.  Giving  the  price  per  Foot  of 

any     Number    of  Feet    of 
Wood  or  Bark, 93 


MECHANICS'  TABLES. 


I.  Areas  of  Circles, 100 

II.  Weighi  of  a  Foot  in  Length  o{ 

Flat  (Tire)  Bar  Iron, 95 

III.  Weighi  of  •  Square   Foot  of 

Sheet  Iron,  Copper,  &  Brass,    95 

IV.  Weight  of  a  Square  Fool  of 

Boiler    Plate    Iron,    and    of 
Copper,   Brass,  and    Lead,    96 

V.  Weighi  of  a  Foot  of  Square 

and  Round  Bar  Iron, 90 

VI.  Dimensions  of  Columns    of 

Cast  Iron  to  sustain  a  given 
Pressure  with  Safety, 97 

VII.  Breadths  for  hexagonal  Six- 

sided  Nuts  for  IronBolts,. . .    98 


VIII.  Molder's  Table,  giving  the 
Weight  of  Melals  proportion- 
ed to  the  Weight  of  Pattern,    97 

IX.  Giving  the  No.  oi  Threads  to 

an  Inch  in  V  thread  Screws,    98 

X.  Weight  of  Lead  Pipe  per  foot    98 

XI.  Weight  of  Casl,Iron  Pipes,    99 

XII.  Weight  of  Copper  Pipe, 101 

XIIL  Weighi    and    Thickness    of 

Cojiper  Plates  &  Sheet  Lead,  101 

XIV.  Decimals   equivalent  to  the 

fractional  parts  of  a  Pound,  101 

XV.  Decimals   equivalent  to    the 

fractional   parts  of  a  Foot 
and  Inch 102 


INTEREST   TABLES   AND   MERCANTILE   TABLES. 


I.  Interest  Table  at 0  per  cent,.   104 

II.  Interest  Tables  at  7,  8,  and 

9  per  cent, 105,  106, 107 

III.  Interest  Table  at  10  per  cent,  108 

IV.  Table  of  Compound  Interest,  113 

V.  For  Finding  the  No.  of  Days 

from  one  Date  to  another,      109 

VI.  Rules  for  Equating,  or  Aver- 

Bgins  Payments, 109 

VII.  American  and   Foreign  Gold 

Coins  —  Weight  &  Value,      1 10 


VIII.  Value  of  Silver    Coins    and 
Foreign  Currencies, Ill 

IX.  Weight  and  Value  of  United 

States  Silver  Coin Ill 

X.  Value  of  a  Pound  Sterling  at 

various  Rales  of  Exchange,  105 

XI.  English    Sterling,  —  French 

Francs — German  Thalers — 
and  Bremen  Dollars,  reduc- 
ed to  U.  States  currency,  . .  112 


III. 


MISCELLANEOUS    TABLES. 


Weight  of  Hard  Coal  propor- 
tioned in  Stowage, 

Cisterns,  Tanks,  Reservoirs, 
their  Contents  in  Gallons  for 
each  10  inches  in  Depth,  . . . 

For  finding  the  Number  of 
Square  Feet,  and  Yards,  in 


92 


98 


Pavement,  Plastering,  Paint- 
ing. Flooring.  Marble,  &.c.  81,  82 

IV.  RATES  OF    POSTAGE,...   125 

V.  BOOK  KEEPING,  with  Di- 

rection.^ for  Double  and  Sin- 
gle Entry  and  Examples  of 
Day  Book,  Leger,  &c.,  .  .126-133 


SCALES    OF   WAGES. 

For  Manufacturers,  Mechanics,  Farmers,  &c.,  for  Days  and  Months, 


121-124 


THE 

BUSINESS  MAN'S  ASSISTANT. 


LAWS    REGULATING    CONTRACTS. 

Contracts  are  either  express  or  implied.  Express  when  the  terms  are 
openly  uttered  at  the  time  of  making.  Implied  are  such  as  reason  and 
iusiirc  dictate,  and  which  the  law  presumes  every  man  undertakes  to 
perform.  For  instance,  if  there  is  no  stipulation  as  to  the  price,  when  one 
sells  goods,  or  performs  lalior  for  another  at  his  request,  the  law  implies  a 
promise  to  pay  for  such  goods,  or  labor,  so  much  as  they  are  reasonably 
worth.  It  is  also  aji  implied  condition  of  work  and  labor,  that  it  be  done 
in  a  suitable  and  workmanlike  manner.  But  the  law  will  never  imply  a 
promise  arainsl  a  parly's  express  declaration  made  at  the  time. 

A  simple  contract  or  agreement,  whether  verbal  or  in  tenting,  without 
a  sufficient  consideration,  is  totally  void  in  law,  and  the  parties  cannot  be 
compelled  to  perform  it.  There  is  but  one  exception  to  this  rule,  and  that 
applies  to  negotiable  instruments  in  the  hands  of  an  innocent  indorsee. 
^ut  if  a  contract  is  deliberately  made,  without  fraud,  and  with  a  lull 
knowledge  of  the  circumstances,  any  damage,  suspension,  or  forbearance 
of  a  right,  will  be  sufficient  consideration.  When  promises  are  mutual, 
and  the  one  the  consideration  o(  the  other,  they  arc  valid.  A  guaranty  for 
the  payment  of  a  note,  like  any  other  promise,  without  any  considera- 
tion, is  void,  4  Pick.  389 ;  unless  the  undertaking  is  contemporaneous  with 
the  original  debt.  The  consideration  is  not  always  the  governing  prin- 
ciple on  which  the  validity  of  contracts  depends,  for  contracts  which  are 
contrary  to  public  policy,  or  the  principles  of  moralitj-,  or  in  contravention 
of  express  statutes,  or  principles  of  law,  cannot  bie  enforced,  although 
founded  on  a  legal  consideration.  If  any  part  of  the  entire  consideration  oi 
a  contract  is  illegal,  as  against  morals  or  public  policy,  the  whole  is  void. 

Among  contracts  contrary  to  public  policy,  is  that  of  a  man  binding 
td'mself  not  to  exercise  his  trade  or  business  ;  but  if,  for  a  valuable  consia- 
rralicn,  he  engages  not  to  exercise  his  trade  in  a  particular  place,  he  may 
exercise  it  elsewhere. — Thus,  an  agreement  not  to  run  a  stage  coach  on  a 
particular  road — or  with  a  mechanic  or  tradesmsui,  to  give  the  purchaser 
all  his  custom — or  not  to  carry  on  his  business  within  a  certain  distance, 
for  instance,  ten  miles,  is  good,  and  the  contract  will  not  be  impeached, 
eitlier  in  law  or  equity.  —  A  bond  that  the  obligor  shall  never  carry  on,  or 
be  concerned  in,  the  iron  business,  is  void.     19  Pick.  51. 

A  Contract  may  also  be  void  for  want  of  some  formality  required  by 
Jaw.  The  English  Statute  of  Frauds  has  been  substantially  copied  in 
nearly  all  the  States.  It  provides  that — in  the  following  cases, — every 
agreement  shall  be  void  unless  the  same,  or  some  note  or  memorandum 
thereof,  be  in  writing*  and  subscribed  by  the  party  to  be  charged  therewith. 

1.  Every  agreement  that,  by  its  terms,  is  not  to  be  performed  within 
one  year,  from  the  making  thereof.  2.  Every  special  pi-omise  to  answer 
the  debt,  default,  or  misdoings  of  another.  3.  Ever^  contract  <br  the  sale 
of  any  lands,  or  any  interest  in  lands. 

Every  contract  for  the  sale  of  any  goods,  chattels,  or  things,  for  the  price 
often  pounds  f,  or  more,  is  void,  unless 

♦  In  New  V'ork  the  Contract  U  void  if  the  cons  deration  be  not  expreosed  in  the  instra* 
ment.    In  Maine,  Massachusetts,  Vermont,  Indiana,  and  other  States,  it  is  not  required. 

t  in  the  following  States  the  amount  has  been  fixed  by  St-itute  :  —  Maine  and  New 
Jet»ey,  8.»i  Nrw  Hampshire,  8-«  :  Vermont,  $40;  Connecticut,  $35;  Missouri,  930 1 
New  Yoric,  Ma&sachusclls,  AVisconsin,  and  Indiana,  $50. 


8  LAWS   REGULATING  CONTRACTS. 

1.  A  note  or  memorandum  of  such  contract  be  made  in  writings,  and 
be  subscribed  by  the  parties  to  be  charged  thereby,  or  their  agents  ;  or 

2.  Unless  the  buyer  shall  accept  and  receive  part  of  such  goods  ;  or 

3.  Unless  the  buyer  shall,  at  the  time,  pay  some  part  of  the  purchase 
money  ;  or  give  something  in  earnest  to  bind  the  bargain. 

If  after  a  verbal  contract  for  the  delivery  of  goods,  the  vendor  deliver 
to  the  vendee  a  bill  of  parcels,  it  will  be  a  sufficient  memorandum  in  wri- 
ting. 11.  Mass.  6.  So  a  broker  being  the  agent  of  both  buyer  and  seller 
his  signature  binds  both  parties;  and  so  of  an  auctioneer. 

The  letting  of  a  house,  store,  &c.,  for  more  than  one  year  is  void, unless 
the  same  is  in  writing ;  so  is  an  agreement  for  a  years'  service,  to  com- 
mence at  a  subsequent  day; — so  is  a  contract  to  sell  goods,  exceed- 
ing a  certain  sum  ;  so  is  an  agreement  for  the  sale  of  land,  &,c. 

GUARANTEE.  The  character  of  a  contract  or  guarantee  is  a  col 
lateral  engagement  to  answer  for  the  debt,  default  or  miscarriage  of  anoth- 
er. The  contract  is  in  its  nature  special,  and  not  negotiable,  and  no  suit 
can  be  maintained  upon  a  guarantee  except  by  the  party  with  whom  this 
contract  is.  made.    19  Maine,  359. 

The  primary  meaning  of  a  guarantee  is  an  undertaking  to  pay  the  debt 
ofanother  in  case  he  does  not  pay  it.     24  Pick.  250. 

If  two  parties  go  together  into  a  warehouse  or  shop,  and,  upon  the  one 
selecting  and  giving  an  order  for  goods,  the  other  eng.iges  verbally  to  pay 
for  those  goods  in  case  the  other  does  not;  in  whatever  form  of  words 
that  promise  is  made  or  given,  he  is  not  bound  by  it —  it  must  be  reduced 
to  writing. 

When,  however,  the  credit  is  not  given  to  the  buyer,  but  to  the  guar- 
antor in  the  first  instance,  as  where  A.  tells  a  merchant  that  he  will  be 
responsible  for  goods  purchased  by  C.  and  the  merchant  charges  the 

foods  to  A.  the  promise  need  not  be  in  writing  to  bind  the  guarantor.  6 
tlackf.   357  ;  3  Johns.  Rep.  29. 

A  guarantee  must  be  founded  on  some  consideration,  it  is  enough 
however  if  the  person  for  whom  the  guarantor  becomes  surety,  receives 
a  benefit,  or  the  person  to  whom  the  guarantee  is  given  suffer  incon- 
Tenience.  as  an  inducement  to  the  surety  to  become  guarantee  for  the 
principal  creditor.     Chitty  on  Contracts,  436. 

An  engagement  on  the  back  of  a  lease,  to  guarantee  the  engagement 
of  the  lessee,  is  binding,  though  no  consideration  be  expressed.  The  per- 
mitting the  lessee  to  occupy  is  sufficient  to  raise  a  consideration  for  the 
promise.     12  Mass.  137. 

There  is  an  advantage  from  having  a  guarantee  under  seal,  particularlj 
if  it  is  for  a  considerable  sum. 

A  matter  of  first  moment  for  consideration,  is,  whether  a  proposed 
guarantee  is  to  be  confined  to  a  single  transaction,  or  to  extend  to  more 
than  on*»  or  to  future  transactions  ;  and  to  what  precise  amount  or  amounts 
it  is  to  be  confined  or  extended  ;  or  whether  to  be  generally  extended  to 
all  acts  and  to  any  amount ;  also,  to  what  precise  period  of  time  it  is  in- 
tended it  shall  extend,  if  to  be  prospective.     [See  Guarantees,  at  p.  46.] 

A  guarantor  ought  to  take  care  to  be  indemnified  against  loss,  in  the 
event  of  being  called  on  to  pay  the  debt.  With  this  view  indemnities  are 
piven  (frequently,  but  not  always  or  necessarily,  by  bond)  holding  harm- 
less him  who,  under  an  undertaking  to  be  responsible  for  the  debt  or  en- 
gagements ofanother,  becomes  chargeable  or  liable  for  the  debt. 

Care  should  be  taken,  if  it  be  intended  to  look  to  the  guarantor,  not  to 
deal  with  the  principal ;  such  as  agreeing  to  give  him  further  time  after 
a  bill,  or  note,  or  other  undertaking  has  become  due;  or  accepting  a  re- 
newed or  other  bill  from  him  without  the  concurrence  of  the  guarantor;  for, 
if  such  a  course  be  taken,  it  will  discharge  the  guarantor  from  his  Uabilitj 


LAWS    REGXTLATING   CONTRACTS.  9 

CONTRACTS  MADE  ON  SUNDAY.  A  Note  or  other  Contract 
•rilten  on  Sunday  is  void;  but  it  is  not  void,  though  written  on  Sunday, 
if  it  be  delivered  on  some  other  day.  19  Ver.  358.  When  a  Contract  ia 
written  on  Sunday,  it  is  competent  on  another  day  for  the  other  party  la 
demand  a  return  of  the  thing  delivered,  and  where  impracticable,  com- 
pensation ;  and  if  the  other  party  refuse,  the  original  contract  becomes 
thereby  affirmed  and  binding.     VJ  Ver.  358. 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  A  CONTRACT.  In  the  construction  of 
Contracts,  the  intention  of  the  parties  must  govern ;  words  are  to  be 
taken  in  their  natural  and  obvious  sense;  when  the  intention  is  doubtful, 
the  context  may  be  resorted  to  to  explain  ambiguous  terms ;  the  whole  of 
the  instrument  is  to  be  viewed  and  compared  in  all  its  parts,  so  that  everjr 
part  ot  it  may  be  made  consistent  and  effectual.  The  law  does  not,  iu 
general,  require  a  formal  contract  drawn  up  with  technical  precision.  And 
the  useless  repetitions,  which  often  encumber  legal  instruments,  may  sd- 
ways  be  omitted,  as  they  give  no  additional  strength  to  the  contract. 

Where  the  language  of  an  agreement  is  plain  and  unequivocal,  there  is 
no  room  for  construction,  and  it  must  be  carried  into  effect  according  to 
its  plain  meaning. 

Ambiguities  in  deeds  or  other  instruments  are  generally  interpreted 
against  the  grantor,  or  contractor.  So  where  a  man  gave  a  note  expressed 
to  be  "  for  money  borrowed,  which  I  promise  never  to  pay,"  it  was  held 
that  the  word  never  might  be  rejected.  So  if  a  man  promises  to  pay  in  a 
lihort  time,  it  is  void  for  uncertainty,  but  if  he  promises  lo  pay  without 
mention  of  time,  it  will  be  taken  to  mean  on  demand.  And  so  in  an  ex- 
ception in  a  lease  if  there  be  any  doubt  about  the  meaning  of  the  excep- 
tion it  shall  be  construed   against  the  lessor.  , 

An  agreement  shall  have  a  reasonable  construction  accordinc^  to  the  in- 
■tent  of  the  parties. 

The  defendant  promised  the  plaintiff,  in  consideration  of  a  wagon  de- 
livered to  him  by  the  plaintiff,  at  the  time  of  the  contract,  to  break  up  for 
the  plaintiff  sixteen  acres  of  new  ground  on  or  before  a  certain  day.  Held 
that  the  piece  of  ground  to  be  broken  up,  if  not  specified  in  the  contract, 
might  be  designated  by  the  plaintiff.    8  Blackf.  571. 

A  sale  for  approved  indorsed  paper  means  in  law  a  sale  for  pnper 
which  ought  to  be  approved,  and  not  for  paper  such  as  the  seller  may  ap- 
prove.   4  Serg.  &.  K.  1. 

A  party  is  bound,  in  the  absence  of  any  misrepresentation  of  facts,  by 
the  legal  effect  of  his  contract,  and  he  is  presumed  to  know  that  legal  ef- 
fect, and  to  intend  it  to  have  it     1  Ind.  Rep.  304. 

VVhere  a  contract  is  made  for  any  building,  it  becomes  a  law  to  the  par- 
ties, and  they  are  both  bound  by  it,  and  whatever  additions  and  alterations 
are  made  in  such  building,  they  form  a  new  coi. tract  either  express  or  im- 
plied, without  affecting  the  original  contract,  and  must  be  paid  for,  agree- 
ably to  such  new  contract. 

A  local  usage  cannot  be  considered  a  part  of  a  contract  when  it  contra- 
dicts that  contract. 

Contracts  valid  in  the  place  where  made,  are  valid  everj-where,  unless 
immoral,  or  contrary  to  public  policy.     Story  Con.  Law.  203. 

So  contracts  void  by  the  law  of  the  land  where  made,  are  void  evcry- 
whore.  Remedies  upon  contracts  and  their  incidents,  are  regulated  and 
pursued  according  to  the  law  of  the  place  where  the  action  is  instituted. 

PERFORMANCE  OF  A  CONTRACT.— A  mere  readiness  of  the 
debtor  to  paj'  his  debt,  is  not  sufficient,  he  is  bound  to  go  to  the  creditor 
and  tender  it  to  tiim,iu  order  to  exonerate  himself  from  liability. 

When  a  contract  is  to  be  performed  within  a  certain  time  afterdate,  the 
day  of  the  date  is  to  be  excluded. 


10  LAWS   REGULATING    CONTRACTS. 

A  contract  to  complete  a  work  hy  a  particular  time,  means  that  it  shall 
be  done  before  that  lime.  • 

An  en<(r<j  contract  cannot  be  apporlinned.  If  a  party  undertake  to  com- 
plete a  certain  act,  which  \b  entire  and  indivisible,  before  his  claim  to  re- 
muneration is  to  accrue,  he  cannot  recover  for  a  partial  pcrformnnce, 
although  the  completion  of  the  act  was  prevented  by  inevitaole  accident. 
Thus,  where  a  sailor  was  to  be  paid  a  certain  sum  if  he  proceeded  and 
continued  on  a  voyage,  and  he  died  before  the  voyage  was  completed,  his 
executor  could  claim  no  part  of  his  wages.  So, "if  a  landlord  accept  the 
surrender  of  a  tenancy  before  the  close  of  a  quirter.  he  cannot  recover  any 
part  of  it.  And  so,  if  the  tenant  be  evicted  (compelled  to  leave  the  pre- 
mises) before  the  close  of  the  quarter,  no  rent  can  be  recovered  for  tlie 
portion  of  the  quarter  in  which  he  occupied.  [See  Law  of  Tenancy,  m 
the  "  Landlord's    and  Tenant's   Assistant,"  one  of  this  series. 

If  a  person  is  hired  'for  six  months,  or  other  definite  time,  and  leaves 
before  the  end  of  it,  without  reasonable  cause,  he  loses  his  right  to  wages 
for  the  period  he  has  served.  But  if  he  is  dismissed  without  cause  he 
can  recover  for  the  whole  term.  And  it  is  no  sufficient  cause  for  his  nbund- 
oning  h  s  contract,  that  he  was  put  upon  work  not  contemplated  at  the  time 
the  contract  was  made.  But  if  he  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  laboring 
during  the  stipulated  period,  he  may  recover  for  his  services  as  much  as 
his  services  were  worth,  for  the  time  he  labored. 

When  a  special  contract  is  made  to  pertorm  work,  and  furnish  materi- 
als, and  the  work  is  done,  and  the  materials  are  furnished,  but  not  accord- 
ing to  the  slipulfllions  in  the  contract,  if  the  work  and  miterials  are  of  some 
value  and  benefit  to  the  other  contracting  party,  the  fir.>t  party  may  recover 
as  much  as  his  services  and  the  materials  were  worth.  7  Pick   181. 

A  person  who  uildertakes  to  perform  a  job  of  work  by  special  contract, 
must  perform  his  contract  before  he  is  entitled  to  his  pay.    5  Johns.  85. 

If  in  a  contract  for  the  sale  of  goods,  no  time  be  given  for  payment,  the 
law  implies  a  cimtract  to  pay  for  them  on  delivery. 

If  a  person  contract  to  do  a  thing  on  demand,  or  on  notice,  he  will  be 
entitlea  to  a  reasonable  time  in  which  to  do  the  thing,  after  a  demand 
made  or  notice  given.     12  Mass.  121. 

A  contract  for  the  hire  and  service  of  an  agent,  clerk,  or  servant,  need 
not  be  in  writing,  unless  by  the  terms  of  the  bargain  the  employment  is  to 
extend  beyond  a  year. 

When  a  promisor  undertakes  to  pay  a  certain  number  of  dollars  in  spe- 
cific articles,  he  must  deliver  the  articles  on  the  day  named,  or  he  will  be 
bound  to  pay  the  sum  stated  in  money. 

RESCIN  DING.  In  general,  a  contract  cannot  be  rescinded,  unless  by 
consent  of  both  parties,  except  in  case  of  fraud. 

A  party  having  a  right  to  rescind  a  contract,  must  exercise  the  right 
within  a  reasonable  time. 

Where  parties  agree  to  rescind  a  sale  once  made  and  perfected  without 
fraud,  the  same  formalities  of  delivery,  ifec.  are  necessary  to  revest  the 
property  in  the  original  vendor,  which  were  necessary  to  pass  it  from  him 
to  tlie  vende«. 

TENDER.  A  tender  should  be  unconditional,  and  of  a  certain  and 
definite  character.  VVhere  the  defendant  demanded  a  receipt,  which  the 
plaintiff  refused  to  give,  it  was  held  that  the  defendant  had  lost  all  benefit 
of  tender.     12  Mass  450. 

A  tender  does  not  bar,  or  extinguish  the  debt ;  for  the  debtor  is  still  liable 
to  pay  it;  but  it  bars  the  claim  to  subsequent  damages,  interest,  and  costs 
of  defence  against  the  plaintiff.  A  debtor  should  tender  the  full  amount 
of  the  debt  with  the  interest  and  costs  which  have  accrued. 


LAWS  REGULATING  CONTRACTS.  11 

A  tender  of  more  money  than  is  due  is  good  for  what  is  due. 

A  tender  may  be  made  by  a  third  person,  by  debtor's  desire,  and  on 
his  behalf.  It  should  be  made  in  lawful  coin;  and  it  is  always  safe  to 
produce  and  show  the  money.    [See  Law  regulating  Tender,  at  p.  111.] 

A  temer  may  also  be  made,  after  an  action  is  brought  on  such  contract, 
of  the  whole  sum  due  thereon,  with  the  legal  costs  of  suit  incurred  up  to 
thai  time,  provided  it  be  made  wiihin  the  requisite  time  before  the  return 
day  of  the  original  writ.  The  tender  may  be  made  to  the  plaintiff  or  his 
attorney,  and  if  not  accepted,  the  defendant  may  plead  such  tender  at  the 
trial,  bringing  into  court  the  amount  so  tendered  for  the  debt  and  costs. 
If  the  tender  is  accepted,  the  plaintiff  or  his  attorney  shall  give  to  the  de- 
fendant a  certificate,  or  notice  thereof  to  the  officer  who  has  the  writ ;  and 
if  any  costs  are  incurred  by  the  officer  after  the  tender,  and  before  he  has 
notice  thereof,  the  defendant  must  pay  it. 

If  a  debtor  tender  to  his  creditor  a  sum  of  money,  in  full  of  all  legal 
claims,  which  the  creditor  may  have  against  him  on  account,  and  the 
creditor  receive  the  money,  protesting  that  it  is  not  sufficient,  but  saying 
that  he  will  take  it  and  pass  it  to  the  debtor's  credit  upon  the  account,  and 
the  debtor  do  not  express  any  dissent  to  this  course,  the  acceptance  of  the 
tender  will  be  held  no  bar  to  the  creditor's  right  to  recover  such  sum  as 
may  be  found  due  to  him,  exceeding  the  amount  of  the  tender.  21  Ver; 
Rep.,  222. 

DAMAGES.  The  general  rule  of  law  respecting  the  measure  of  dam- 
ages is,  that  where  an  injury  has  been  sustained,  for  which  the  law  gives 
a  remedy,  that  remedy  shall  be  commensurate  with  the  injury  sustained. 
16  Pick.  194, 196. 

The  general  rule  of  damages  on  all  contracts  to  deliver  goods  on  de- 
mand is  the  value  of  the  property  at  the  time  of  the  demand.     Ibid. 

Where  there  has  been  a  breach  of  contract  without  actual  loss,  the 
plaintiff  is  entitled  to  a  judgment  for  nominal  damages  and  costs.  7  Tenn. 
Kep.  575. 

The  measure  of  damages,  in  an  action  for  a  failure  to  convey  land  ac- 
cording to  covenant,  is  the  value  of  the  land  at  the  time  the  conveyance 
was  to  be  made.    2  Scam.  III.  Rep.  344'. 

In  an  action  by  the  assignee  against  the  assignor  of  a  promissory  note 
the  measure  of  damas^es  is  the  amount  paid  by  the  assignee.     Ibid.  562. 

Anticipated  protils,  or  speculations  in  real  property,  cannot  be  recovered 
as  damages  for  a  breach  of  contract.  llOhio,  501i  Actual  expenditures 
under  the  contract  may  be  recovered.    Ibid. 

When  one  contracts  to  employ  another  for  a  certain  time,  at  a  speci- 
fied compensation,  and  discharges  him  without  cause  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time,  he  is  in  general  bound  to  pay  the  full  amount  of  wages 
for  the  whole  time.    2  Denio's  N.  Y.  Rep.  609. 

But  in  a  suit  for  the  stipulated  compensation,  the  defendant  ma}'  show  in 
diminution  of  damages,  that  after  the  plaintiff  had  been  dismissed,  he  en- 
gciaed  in  other  business.     Ibid. 

Where  the  parlies  deviate  from  the  terms  of  a  special  contract  to  per- 
form work  and  labor,  in  an  action  for  the  work  done,  the  contract  price 
will,  so  far  as  applicable,  generally  be  the  rule  of  damages.  4  Corn- 
stock's  N.  Y.  Rep.  338. 

Where  a  party  agreed  to  convey  a  certain  tract  of  land  for  twelve  hun- 
dred dollars,  a  part  of  which  was  paid  down,  and  was  to  be  received  as 
part  of  the  consideration-money,  ii  such  purchase  was  not  completed,  or 
of  the  damage,  if  the  contract  was  not  performed  ;  and  the  party  cove- 
nanted, if  he  did  not  conform  to  his  agreement,  he  would  paj'  five  hun- 
dred dollars  as  a  forfeiture.  Held,  that  this  sum  was  liquidated  damages. 
11  N.  Hamp.  234 


12  LAWS  KEGULATING  CONTRAC 


On  a  covenant  to  convey  real  estate,  as  on  a  covenant  of  seizin,  the 
measure  of  damages  is,  in  the  absence  of  fraud,  the  purchase-money  and 
interest.    2  Blackf.  143. 

The  proper  criterion  of  damages  for  failing  to  deliver  property -accord- 
ing to  contract  is,  the  value  of  such  property  at  the  time  and  place  5xed 
for  its  delivery.    9  B.  Monroe,  394. 

The  measure  of  damag'cs  in  case  of  loss  of  goods  by  common  carriers, 
is  the  wholesale  price  of  the  goods  at  the  place  where  they  were  contract- 
ed to  be  delivered,  deducting  freight.    4  Blaokf.  R.  266. 

In  respect  to  Liquidated  Damages.  The  courts  will  construe  the 
amounts  reserved  as  in  the  nature  of  a  penalty,  rather  than  as  stipulated 
damages,  though  the  sum  reserved  be  called  liquidated  damages  in  the 
bond.    5  Met.  61. 

In  respect  to  Penalties.  When  a  certain  gross  sum  is  reserved  in  an 
agreement,  to  be  paid  in  case  of  the  non-performance  of  such  agreement, 
it  is  generally  to  be  considered  as  a  penalty,  the  legal  operation  of  which 
is,  not  to  create  a  forfeiture  of  that  entire  sum,  but  only  to  cover  the  ac- 
tual damages  occasioned  by  the  breach  of  the  contract.  Calling  a  sum 
liquidated  damages  will  not  change  its  character  as  a  penalty,  if  upon  the 
true  construction  of  the  instrument,  it  must  be  deemed  to  be  a  penalty. 
2  Story  on  Contracts.  692. 

It  is  difficult,  in  many  cases,  to  distinguish  between  a  penalty  and 
liquidated  damages.  In  general,  the  courts  have  inclined  to  consider  the 
sum  reserved  by  such  agreement  to  be  a  penalty  rather  than  liquidated 
damages.    2  Bouvier's  Law  Dictionary. 

An  unliquidated  demand  for  damages  is  not  a  proper  subject  of  set-off 
in  an  action  at  law.    1  Ind.  Rep.  476. 

AGENT.  An  agent  signing  sealed  instruments  in  his  own  name,  be- 
comes personally  responsible.  But  in  contracts  not  under  seal,  if  the 
agent  intends  to  bind  his  principal  and  not  himself,  it  will  be  sufficient 
if  it  appear  in  such  contract  that  he  acts  as  agent.  The  proper  mode  is 
to  sign  the  name  of  his  principal  first,  and  then,  underneath,  his  own 
name  as  agent,  or  attorney,  thus  :  —  A.  B.,  by  his  attorney  C.  D. 

When  by  negligence  or  unskilfulness  of  the  agent,  the  principal  derives 
no  benefit  from  the  acts  of  the  latter,  he  is  not  entitled  to  any  compensation. 

An  agent  is  not  liable  to  his  principal,  for  not  accounting  until  demand, 
24  Wend.  203,  which  demand  should  be  made  at  his  residence,  and  suffi- 
cient  opportunity  be  given  him  for  payment.     10  Vcr.  474. 

The  authority  of  an  agent  may  be  created  b3'  writing  or  verbally.  4 
Johns.  Ch.  K.  667. 

The  agency  may  be  inferred  from  the  relations  of  the  parties,  and  na- 
ture of  the  employment,  without  proof  of  any  express  appointment.  16 
East.  R.  400. 

If  the  agency  is  to  transfer  real  estate,  the  appointment  must  be  in 
writing.    6  Serg.  &  Rawl.  331. 

A  person  whom  a  man  puts  in  his  place  to  transact  his  business  of  a 
particular  kind,  is  a  general  agent;  and  such  authority  empowers  the 
agent  to  bind  the  employer  by  all  acts  within  the  scope  of  his  employ- 
ment ;  and  that  power  cannot  be  limited  by  any  private  order  or  direction, 
not  known  to  the  party  dealing  with  the  agent.    3  Blackf  436. 

One  who,  for  his  services,  is  to  share  in  the  profits,  but  not  losses  of  an 
enterprise,  and  who  acts  only  under  employment,  is  an  agent.  20  Ohio 
Rep  144. 

The  principal  may  call  his  agent  to  an  account  at  any  time ;  and  may 
recover  full  indemnity  for  all  injuries  sustained  by  reason  of  the  positive 
misconduct  or  negligence  of  the  agent,  or  by  bis  transcending  his  au 
thority.    12  Pick.  328. 


ARTICLES    OF   AGREEMENT.  13 

ARTICLES    OF    AGREEMENT. 


All  asrreements  should,  a»far  as  practicable,  he  reduced  to  writing. 

In  all  Contracts  be  careful  that  every  thing  demanded,  or  assented  tc, 

fully  and  distinctly  stated  in  the  agreement;  for  when  an  agreement  is  re- 


duced to  writing,  it  is  supposed  to  contain  all  the  terms  and  conditions 
which  the  parties  have  agreed  on. 

IVlien  contracts  are  verbal  or  when  written,  and  not  under  seal,  they  are 
termed  simple  contracts.  One  advantage  oj  a  Seal  is,  that  the  iiistru- 
metit,  in  many  of  the  States,  is  not  outlawed  under  twenty  years. 


J.  Form  of  Agreement  for  Selling,  Buying,  Bartering ^ 
Manufacturing,  or  for  any  other  purpose. 

This  Agreement,  made  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185—, 

between  A.  B.,  of ,  of  the  one  part,  and  C.  D.,  of ,  of  the 

other  part,  VVitnesseth  : 

That  the  said  A.  B.,  for  the  consideration  hereafter  mentioned, 
promises  and  agrees  to  *  [here  state  the  agreement,  whether  to 
build,  make,  sell,  deliver,  ^c] 

In  consideration  whereof,  the  said  C.  D.  hereby  agrees  to  pay  to 
said  A.  B.    [here  state  the  conditions,  whether  to  pay  in  goodSf 
cash,  notes,  ^c] 
I  The  fcrtlowing  Obligation  can  be  inserted  or  omitted.    The  law  allows,  in  most 

caseSjOnlyfonhe  actual  damage  sustained.  See  pp.  12  and  3S. — It  is  a  general 

rule  that  the  delinquent  shall  answer  for  all  the  injury  which  results  from 

the  immediate  and  direct  breach  of  his  agreement ;  but  not  from  any  remote 

consequences.] 

And  it  is  further  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto,  that  the  par- 
ty that  shall  fail  to  perform  this  agreement  on  his  part,  will  pay  to  the 
other  the  sum  of —  dollars,  as  liquidated,  fixed  and  settled  damages. 

In  witness  whereof, they  have  hereunto  interchangeably  set  their 
hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

A  B.  (l.  s.) 

Exeeutedin  presence  of  CD.  (l..  8.) 

*  If  the  agreement  is  to  sell  and  deliver  Wood,  or  other  articles,  say  ;— 

[sell  to  the  said  A.  B. cords  of  seasoned  hickory,  (or  maple,  white 

oak,  beech,  birch,  &c.,  as  the  case  may  be,)  wood,  and  to  deliver  and  securely 

pile  the  same  on  the  wharf  of  the  said  C.  D.,  in ,  on  or  before  the  — — 

day  of  — next] 

If  the  Contract  is  to  make  shoes,  f"c.,  say: — 

[make  and  deliver  to  the  said  CD.,  within days  from  the  date  of  this 

contract,  two  hundred  pairs  of  shoes,  of  the  same  quality  of  leather,  goodness 
of  workmanship,  and  size,  and  in  all  respects  accordmg  to  the  pattern  or 
sample  agreed  on  by  the  parties,  on  which  both  of  the  parties  have  written 
their  names  with  the  date  of  this  agreement,  and  which  sample  is  in  the  bands 
of  the  said  C.  D.] 

1/  to  sell  a  horse,  say : — 

[sell  to  the  said  C.  D.  his  black  mare,  known  as  black  Fanny,  7  years  old, 

weighing  about  900  lbs.,  and  to  warrant  said  mare  to  be  sound,  and  kind  in 

all  harness,  to  ride  easy,  and  as  a  ladies'  saddle  horse.] 

If  to  sell  animals,  say : — 

[sell  and  deliver  to  C.  D.  on  the  —  day  of  —  next,  at  his  house  in  — ,  ono 
yoke  of  three  year  old  oxen.] 

BMA  2 


14  AGREEMENTS. 

2.  Agreement  to  submit  to  Arbitration.* 
Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  A.  B.  of , 

in  the  county  of and  commonwealth  [or,  state]  of ,  and  the 

Fire  Insurance  Company,  a  Corporation  by  law  duly  estab- 
lished in ,  in  the  county  of and  commonwealth  [or,  state] 

of ,  have  agreed   to  submit  the  demand,  which  the  said  A.  B. 

has  against  the  said  Company  upon  a  certain  policy  of  Insurance 
against  fire,  made  by  the  said  Company  in  favor  of  the  said  A.  B., 
(a  true  copy  of  which  Policy  is  hereunto  annexed)  to  the  determi- 
nation of  D.  E.  F.,  G.  H.  I.  &  K.  L.,  of ,  the  award  of  whom, 

or  the  greater  part  of  whom,  being  made  and  reported  within 

days  from  this  day  to  the  Court  of for  the  county  of ,  the 

judgment  thereon  shall  be  final:  and  if  either  party  shall  neglect  to 
appear  before  the  arbitrators,  after  due  notice  given  them  of  the 
time  and  place  appointed  for  hearing  the  parties,  the  arbitrators 
may  proceed  in  his  absence. 

Dated  this  —  day  of — A.  D.  185 — .      A.  B.,  Party  Insured. 
Sign,ed,sealedand  delivered  in  presence  of  C.   D.  Pres.  Ins.  Co. 

•  If  the  dispute  is  between  individuals  say: — Know  ai.1.  Mkn,  That  A.  B. 
of — ,  and  C  D.  of — ,  have  agreed  to  submit  the  demand  which  the  said  A.  B. 
has  against  the  said  C.  D.,  which  is  hereto  annexed,  (or,  and  all  other  de- 
mands between  said  parties, — or  the  submission  may  be  varied  in  this  respect) 
to  the  determination  ice.  —  See  Awards  and  Bond  at  pp.  24,  29. 

3.  Agreement  for  the  Sale  of  Real  Estate. 

[Every  Agreement  for  the  sale  of  real  estate  must  be  in  writing.  If  it  be  the 
intention  of  the  parties  that  a  simple  warranty  deed  or  quit  claim  only  be 
given,  it  should  be  so  stated  in  the  agreement.] 

Articles  of  Agreement  made  between  A.  B,,  of ,  and 

C.  D.,  of ,  as  follows  : — 

The  said  A.  B.,  for  the  consideration  hereafter  mentioned,  doth 
covenant  and  agree  to  convey  to  said  C.  D.  in  fee,  all  that  lot  of 
land,  situate  in  M.,  [give  description,  boundaries,  &c  ]  by  a  war- 
ranty deed  in  common  form,  with  a  good  title,  and  a  release  of  dow- 
er of  the  wife  of  said  A.  B.,  on  or  before  the day  of next. 

In  consideration  whereof,  the  said  C.  D.  doth  agree  to  pay  said 
A.  B.  the  sum  of  two  thousand  dollars  in  the  manner  following:  — 
one  thousand  dollars  in  money  on  delivery  of  the  deed,  and  one 
thousand  dollars  in  a  negotiable  note,  payable  to  said  A.  B.  in  two 
years,  with  interest  semi-annually,  secured  by  a  mortgage  of  said 
premises,  to  be  made  by  said  C.  D.  to  said  A.  B.,  as  collateral  se- 
curity for  the  payment  of  said  note. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185 — . 

A.  B.        (l.  8.) 

Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  in  presence  of  CD.  (l.  8  ) 

[May  be  acknowledged  and  recorded] 

4.  Agreement  for  the  Sale  of  Flour,  Sfc. 

Articles  of  Agreement  made  between  A.  B.  of ,  and 

C.  D.  of ,  as  follows: — 

The  said  A.  B.  agrees  to  sell  and  deliver  to  said  C.  D.,at  bis  store 


AGREEMENTS.  15 

in  C,  on  or  before  the day  of next,  one  hundred  barrels 

of  \flour,  pork,  beef.,  wheat,  corn,  potatoes,  cider,  rum,  or  any 
other  article],  warranted  to  be  [here  state  the  quality,  Src] 

In  consideration  whereof,  the  said  C.  D.  agrees  to  pay  said  A.  B., 

dollars  in  full  for  said  flour,  in  four  months  from  such  delivery. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this day  of ,  185 — . 

A.  B.         (l,  s.) 
Li presence  of  C.  D.         (l.  s.) 

5.  Agreement  with  a  Clerk,  or  Workman. 

It  is  agreed  by  A.  B.  and  C.  D.,  both  of  D.,  as  follows : — 

The  said  A.  B.  has  agreed  to  enter  the  service  of  the  said  C.  D.  as 
a  Journeyman  [or  Clerk,]  and  promises  faithfully,  honestly  and  dil- 
igently to  give  and  devote  to  him  his  time  and  labor  as  aforesaid, 
for  the  space  of year     ,  from  the  first  day  of  January  next. 

In  consideration  whereof,  the  said  C.  D.  agrees  to  allow,  and  pay 

to  the  said  A.  B.,  the  sum  of  dollars  per  annum,  payable  ia 

monthly  payments  of dollars  each. 

But,  if  the  said  A.  B.  shall  fall  sick,  or  be  absent  from  the  factory 
\^or,  shop]  of  the  said  C.  D.,  when  he  has  employment  for  him,  then 
such  absent  time  shall  be  deducted,  allowed  for,  and  made  up  to  the 
said  C  D.  Witness  our  hands  &c.  A.  B.         (l,.  s.) 

In  presence  of  C.   D.  (l.  s.) 

6.  Landlord's  Agreement  oj"  Lease. 
I  have  this  —  day  of  — ,  18 — ,  let  to  C.  D.  my  house  and  lot,  known 
as  No. in street,  in  the  city  of  ,  with  the  appurte- 
nances, and  the  sole  and  uninterrupted  use  and  occupation  thereof, 
for  one  year,  to  commence  the day  of next,  at  the  year- 
ly rent  of  dollars,  payable  quarterly,  on  the  usual  quarter 

days.     Rent  to  cease  in  case  the  premises  are  destroyed  by  fire. 

A.  B, 

7.    Tenant's  Agreement  oj^  Lease. 

I  have  hired  and  taken  from  A.  B.  his  house  and  lot,  known  as 

No. in street  in  the  city  of ,  with  the  appurtenances, 

for  the  term  of  two  years,  to  commence    the  first  day  of next, 

at  the  yearly  rent  of dollars,  payable  quarterly,  on  the  usual 

quarter  days.  And  I  hereby  promise  to  pay  said  rent  in  man- 
ner aforesaid;  and  to  quit  and  surrender  the  premises,  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  term,  in  good  condition,  reasonable  use,  fire  and  other 
casualties  excepted.  Incase  said  house  shall  be  destroyed  or  ren- 
dered unfit  for  its  accustomed  uses  by  fire  or  other  unavoidable 
casualty,  during  said  term,  thereupon  this  agreement  shall  be 
ended. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this day  of ,  185 — . 

In  presence  of  C.    D.       (l    S.) 

Note. — See  Forms  of  Leases,  and  Landlords'  and  Tenants'  Notices  to  ter- 
minate tenancy,  and  Notice  to  Tenant  to  Quit  for  non-payment  of  Rent,  at 
pages  48,  49.  Also,  see  ''  The  Landlorcfs  and  Tenant's  Assistant''''  for  various 
forms  oi  Leases,  peculiar  and  special  Covenants,  and  the  Latos  in  relation  to 
Hiring  Houses,  Stores,  Farms,  &c. ;  and  the  Liabilities  of  parties. 


16  BITILDEES'   AGREEMENTS. 

Forms  of  Agreements,  <^c.,  for  Builders. 
No.  1. 

I  hereby  agree  to  execute  the  whole  of  the  works  requisite  to  be 
done  in  the  (erection,  enlargement,  or  alteration,  as  the  case  may 
be),  as  detailed  in  the  drawings   and  specification,  for   the  sum  of 

dollars,  and  to  complete  and  finish  the  same,  according  to  the 

conditions  before  specified,  and  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  architect, 

on  or  before  the day  of next,  or  to  forfeit  the  sum  of 

per  week,  for  every  week  the  works  may  be  delayed  beyond  that 
date. 

Dated  this day  of 185—.  E.  F. 


No.  2. 

This  indenture  witnesses,  That  A.  B.  of  W.,  and  C.  D. 
of   X.,  agree  as  follows: — 

The  said  C.  D.,  for  the  consideration  hereafter  mentioned,  agrees 
to  build  and  complete  for  said  A.  B.,  a  three  story  brick  store  on  lot 
No  — ,  Long  Wharf,  in  the  town  of  B.,  in  accordance  with  the  plans 
and  specification  signed  by  the  parties;  to  provide  all  necessary 
materials  for  constructing  the  same  ;  and  the  work  to  be  done  in  a 
faithful  and  workmanlike  manner,  within  six  months  from  the  date 
hereof. 

In  consideration  whereof,  the  said  A.  B.  agrees  to  pay  to  said  C. 
D.  —  dollars,  as  follows  :  [here  state  the  sums  and  timesof  payment.] 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this  —  day  of — ,  1 85-. 

A.  B.         (l.  s.) 

Signed,  setiUd  and  delivered  in  presence  of  CD.  (L.  s.) 


No.  3. 

This  Agreement,  made  this day  of  — ;— ,  one  thousand 

eight  hundred  and ,  between  A.  B.,  of  ,  merchant,  and  C. 

D.,  of  said ,  housebuilder — Witnesseth, 

That  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises  herein  contained, 
the  parties  hereto  agree  as  follows  : 

Said  D.  will  provide  the  materials  for,  forthwith  commence,  and 
build  without  delay  or  intermission,  except  from  necessities  of 
weather,  a  house  for  said  B.  on  his  lot  in street,  in ,  accord- 
ing to  plans  and  specifications,  drawn  by  E.  F.,  architect,  to  be 
signed  by  the  parties  hereto ;  and  deliver  said  house,  completely 
finished  in  every  respect,  ready  for  occupation,  to  said  B.,  on  or 
before  the day  of next. 

No  departures  from  the  plans  and  specifications  shall  be  made, 
unless  assented  to  in  writing  by  said  B.  If  any  departures  are 
otherwise  made,  said  B.  may  require  said  D.  to  take  down  the  work, 
and  do  it  over  again  in  the  manner  provided  ;  and  if  said  D.  shall 
neglect  or  refuse  so  to  do,  said  B.  may  have  it  done  by  other  per- 
sons at  said  D.'s  expense. 

Whereas,  said  B.  is  to  employ  a  superintendent  of  the  work,  it  is 
expressly  understood  that  he  does  so  for  his  own  convenience  and 
security,  and  that  said  B.  is  not  to  be  affected  or  bound  by  any 
act,  agreement,  admission,  waiver,  or  acceptance  by  said  superin- 
tendent, express  or  implied. 


builders'  specification.  17 

Said  6.  may  at  any  time  require,  in  writing,  alterations  in  said 
plans  and  speci6cations,  in  which  case  said  D  shall  have  reasonable 
additional  time  for  finishing  said  house,  to  be  fixed  by  said  F. ;  and 
if  the  alterations  require  a  change  in  the  price,  such  change  of  price, 
if  not  specified  in  the  writing,  shall  be  left  to  the  decision  of  said  F. 

If  the  work  is  not  prosecuted  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  this  Con- 
tract, as  to  either  time,  or  quality,  or  manner  of  work,  or  materials, 
said  B.  may  dismiss  said  D.  and  employ  other  persons  to  complete 
the  house,  and  deduct  from  the  amount  contracted  to  be  paid  said 
D.,  the  expense  thereof,  and  all  damages  caused  by  said  D.'s  de- 
lault,  and  recover  the  surplus,  if  any,  from  said  D. 

And  said  B.  agrees  to  pay  said  D.  the  sum  of  dollars,  in 

full  for  his  work  and  materials,   in  instalments,  as  follows :   

dollars  when  the  frame  of  the  house  is  erected  ;  dollars  when 

it  is  roofed  and  finished  on  the  outside  ; dollars  when  the  house 

is  completed  and   ready  for  occupation;  and  the   balance  in  three 
months  therefrom. 

If  said  B.  shall  see  fit  to  accept  said  house,  or  any  part  of  the 
work,  with  defects  or  departures  from  the  Contract,  without  requir- 
ing the  same  to  be  changed,  he  may  still  deduct  any  damage  sus- 
tained thereby.  And  it  is  also  understood  that  said  B.'s  entering 
into  and  occupying  said  house,  shall  not  debar  him  from  objections 
to  said  D.'s  performance  of  the  Contract. 

In  witness  whereof  the  parties  have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and 
seals,  the  day  and  year  first  above  written.  j^^  g      /j^_  g  \ 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  C.   D.      (l>.S.) 


Specification  for  the    Construction  of  a  Cottage. 

[SpeciScalions  for  the  construction  of  buildings  are  various.  The  following 
is  a  Specification  of  Material  and  Labor  for  the  condtruction  of  a  frame 
dwelling-house,  built  under  contract  for  ;$1400.1 

Drawings. — The  drawings  referred  to  herein  are  to  be  consid- 
ered as  illustrating  and  forming  part  of  this  Specification. 

Dimensions. — Dimensions  are  to  be  taken  from  the  figures  upon 
the  drawings,  or  where  they  are  wanting  from  measurements  of  the 
drawing,  upon  the  largest  scale  shown.  • 

Outside  Measure,  23  by  26;  L  S  by  15.  First  floor  to  contain  a 
Parlor  12  by  15,  Sitting-room  12  by  13^,  Kitchen  10^  by  12^,  Hali 
7i  feet  wide.  Second  floor  to  contain  three  Chambers  12  by  15,  11 
by  13i,  lOi  by  9,  and  a  Bed-room  7^  by  8.  The  first  story  to  be  9 
feet  high  ;  and  the  second  story  8  feet  3  inches  in  the  clear. 

Excavation. — The  ground  line  on  the  plans  represents  the  height 
of  the  earth  at  the  completion  of  the  work.  Cellars  to  be  dug  5  and 
6  inches  below  the  ground  line,  under  such  parts  of  the  house  as 
may  be  agreed  upon;  the  bottoms  to  be  leveled,  graveled  and  ram- 
med. Trenches  for  walls  to  be  dug  at  least  8  inches,  with  bottoms 
even  and  hard.  Superfluous  earth,  stone,  and  rubbish,  accumulated 
during  the  work,  to  be  removed  to  such  place  as  directed  by  the 
owner  or  his  agent  not  to  exceed  over  500  feet  haul.     Soil  to  be 

BHA  2* 


18  builders'   specification. 

deposited  by  itself  and  replaced  when  the  grounds  are  graded  and 
leveled,  as  agreed  upon  ;  and  the  lot  left  in  a  ueat  condition. 
mason's  work. 

Foundations. — The  foundation  walls  to  be  of  the  dimensions 
and  thicknesses  as  shown  in  the  plan,  and  built  in  such  a  po- 
sition upon  the  lot  as  the  owner  may  direct.  Footing  stones,  lirmly 
laid,  to  extend  through  the  wall.  The  walls,  chimney  and  veranda 
piers  to  be  of  bard,  broken  stone,  solidly  laid  on  flat  surfaces,  in  lime 
mortar,  thoroughly  bound,  built  plumb,  neatly  pointed  where  ia 
sight,  and  finished  true  and  level  at  the  top.  Veranda  piers  to  be 
4  feet  below  surface.  Cellar  window  frames  to  be  built  in,  secure 
and  tight.  Openings  in  the  cellar  walls,  required  for  passages,  to 
be  made  with  well  laid  jambs. 

Chimneys. — The  chimneys,  of  the  sizes  as  shown  on  the  plan, 
are  to  start  from  stone  foundations,  and  run  up  straight.  The  flues 
to  be  laid  smooth  and  pargeted.  A  sheet  iron  thimble  with  cover 
to  be  inserted  in  each  room.  All  bricks  to  be  of  good  quality,  and 
those  used  in  top  to  be  hard  burnt  and  smooth.  Wood  is  not  to  be 
introduced  into  any  part  of  the  chimney. 

Filling  in,  SfC- — The  whole  thickness  of  the  walls  6  inches  high 
from  the  sills,  to  be  filled  in  with  brick  or  broken  stones  and  mortar, 
so  as  to  exclude  air  and  mice;  crevices  under  the  sills  to  be  well 
pointed. 

Lathing. — The  plastered  walls  to  be  lathed  with  good  pine  laths 
four  feet  in  length,  and  each  lath  nailed  with  four  nails ;  heading 
joints  to  alternate. 

Plastering — Inside  walls,  except  in  cellar,  to  be  plastered  and 
finished  with  skim  coat,  the  plastering  to  be  made  even  and  true 
with  the  grounds,  and  to  form  a  soHd  connection  with  the  filling  in 
at  the  floor. 

Whitewashing. — The  cellar  walls,  framing,  and  floor  above,  to 
be  whitewashed  with  two  coats. 

Materials,  Sfc. — Lime,  sand  and  hair  to  be  of  good  quality,  well 
mixed,  and  worked  up,  and  the  mason  work  to  be  done  in  a  work- 
manlike and  thorough  manner.  No  injury  is  to  be  done  to  the 
woodwork  by  the  mason  or  the  persons  he  employs  ;  and  all  defects 
must  be  repaired  after  the  caipenter's  work  is  done. 

CARPENTER  8    WORK. 

FVame. — The  sills  4  by  6  to  be  laid  firm,  square  and  level  on 
foundation  walls;  posts  4  by  5  to  be  tenoned  1^  inches  into  the  sills 
and  tenoned  into  the  plate,  and  placed  accurately ;  tie  beams  4  by  5 
to  be  tenoned  into  the  posts ;  plates  4  by  4  halved  at  angles  and  pin- 
ned ;  braces  3  by  4  ;  window  and  door  posts  3  by  4  to  be  tenoned  in ; 
girders  4  by  6  will  be  placed  where  shown  in  the  drawing  ;  floor 
beams  lij  by  8  for  first  tier  to  be  level  with  the  sills,  and  framed  as 
shown  in  the  drawing ;  those  of  the  second  tier  of  same  size  to  rest 
on  the  lie  beams  and  on  the  central  partitions,  where  they  will  lap 
by,  and  be  nailed  to  each  other ;  partitions  to  have  3  by  4  heads  and 
sills;  where  one  partition  is  directly  under  another,  its  head  will 
make  the  sill  of  the  one  above;  inside  door  posts  3  by  4  and  studding 
2  by  4  placed  16  inches  on  centres  to  be  well  nailed  at  top  and 
bottom;  outside  studding  2  by  4  to  be  well  nailed  at  top  and  bottom ; 


builders'  specification.  19 

rafters  2  by  5  placed  not  over  20  inches  on  centres  and  bridged  if 
required;  trimmers  to  be  framed  around  the  chimneys.  The  frame 
is  to  be  securely  stayed  to  keep  it  true  and  plumb  while  unfinished. 
All  timber  to  be  of  Hemlock,  sound,  straight  and  true,  and  of  the 
sizes  specified,  and  put  together  in  a  firm  and  workmanlike  manner. 
Roofs. — The  roof  to  be  covered  with  1  inch  Hemlock  boards,  of 
uniform  thickness,  laid  with  close  joints,  and  well  nailed  to  the  raft- 
ers. Gutters  are  to  be  formed  ii>wood,  as  shown  on  the  section; 
placed  and  made  to  carry  water  where  directed.  Roof  of  main  house 
to  be  overlaid  with  best  of  Bangor  sawed  pine  shingles,  laid  one-third 
to  the  weather,  in  the  best  manner.  Veranda  roof  to  be  covered 
with  cotton  drill,  closely  tacked  down,  and  immediately  painted. 

Boarding. — Outside  walls  to  be  covered  with  goiod  Hemlock 
boards  of  uniform  thickness,  overlaid  with  good  sap  clear  pine  clap- 
boards, mill  planed  to  even  thickness. 

Floors. —  Double  floors  throughout  the  hou'e,  nailed  with  two 
nails  to  each  beam,  and  planed  level  and  smooth.  Veranda  floors 
1|  in.  thick,  narrow,  sloped  1  inch  to  the  outside,  worked  with  a 
nosing,  as  shown  in  drawing,  and  laid  in  white  lead. 

Inside  Trimmings. — Base  boards  as  follows :  in  the  first  story  7 
inches  high  and  1  inch  thick,  with  moulding;  in  second  story  and 
closets  5  inches  high,  plain.  The  casings  of  doors  in  closets  to  be 
3  inches  wide,  plain;  all  others  as  shown  in  drawing.  Door  jambs 
2  inches  thick  and  rebated. 

Outside  Trimmings. — All  cornices,  &c.,to  be  like  the  drawings, 
solid,  and  well  secured. 

Grounds  to  be  provided  to  receive  inside  trimmings,  and  no 
trimmings  will  be  put  in  till  the  plastering  has  hardened. 

Stairs  — Cellar  stairs  to  be  provided  with  1  inch  risers  and  1 
inch  treads ;  main  stairs  same,  supported  on  three  carriages,  to  have 
moulded  nosings. 

Doors  — Inside  doors  on  first  floor  to  be  2  ft.  10  in.  by  6  ft.  10  in. 
and  li  inches  thick.  Chamber  doors  2  ft.  8  in.  by  6  ft.  8  in  and  1^ 
inches  thick.  All  to  be  four  panneled  with  moulding.  Front  door 
as  shown  in  drawings. 

Windows. — The  frames  of  cellar  windows  to  be  1^  inches  jambs 
and  stiaight  soffits,  and  2  inch  sills  rebated  to  receive  the  sash,  and 
set  close  under  the  sills  where  directed ;  the  sashes  to  be  hung 
with  bolts  at  the  upper  edge,  provided  with  buttons  to  hold  them 
closed,  and  to  have  three  lights;  all  others  are  to  be  like  drawings — 
double  hung,  with  cords,  pulleys  and  weights. 

Closets. — Closets  to  be  finished  with  hanging  strips  and  hooks  as 
required;  and  60  feet  of  plain  shelving  is  to  be  placed  where  directed. 
boor  Bell. — A  bell  is  to  be  hung  in  the  kitchen  connected  with  a 
pull  at  the  front  door. 

Materials. — All  the  lumber  which  is  to  show  when  finished  is  to 
be  of  good,  clear,  sound,  and  well  seasoned  white  pine,  worked  and 
put  up  in  a  workmanlike  manner.  All  hard  ware  and  furnishings 
needed  to  make  the  house  complete,  are  to  be  fitted  in  a  proper 
manner. 

HARD    WARE. 

The  outside  door  to  be  hung  with  three  pair  of  butts;  all  others 
with  two  pair  each,  of  good  mauufaclure  and  proper  size.     Hemp 


20  SPECIAL    FORMS. —  TENDERS    FOR    WORK. 

cord  of  good  quality,  axle  pulleys,  weights  of  a  size  to  balance  the 
sash  and  to  run  easily  in  the  boxes,  to  be  furnished  for  each  win- 
dow.    The  first  story  windows  to  have  sash  fastenings  of  a  pattern 

to  be  approved  by  the  owner  not  to  cost  over dollars  per  dozen. 

All  doors  to  be  fitted  with  mortice  locks  and  latches,  half  each. 
All  door  knobs  to  be  dark  mineral.  All  nails,  spikes,  screws,  &c. 
needed,  to  be  of  the  proper  size  and  best  quality. 

Leaders. — There  will  be  two^  inch  tin  leaders  connected  with 
the  gutters,  to  be  neatly  and  securely  attached  to  the  house,  and 
made  tight;  two  2  inch  leaders  will  connect  with  the  veranda  gut- 
ters at  their  junction  with  the  house. 

PAINTING,  &c. 
The  sashes  to  be  glazed  with  first  quality  German  window  glass, 
well  bradded,  puttied  and  back  puttied.  All  outside  wood  work  to 
be  primed  as  soon  as  put  up.  All  the  outside  and  inside  wood  work, 
except  inside  floors,  will  be  properly  puttied,  and  painted  two  coats 
of  pure  white  lead  and  linseed  oil,  and  colored  as  directed. 

GENERAL    CLAUSES. 

All  the  materials  are  to  be  furnished,  and  ihe  work  done,  neces- 
sary to  complete  the  house,  according  to  the  drawings,  though  the 
same  may  not  be  specially  mentioned  herein.  The  work  and  mate- 
rials, not  otherwise  specified,  are  to  be  of  the  best  qualities  ot  their 
several  kinds.  The  contractor  must  guard  against  any  injury  to 
trees  or  fences  about  the  house  ;  he  must  not  employ  incompetent 
or  improper  persons  about  the  work ;  and  he  is  to  remove  all  dirt  and 
rubbish  from  the  premises,  and  deliver  the  same  finished  and  in  a 
neat  condition  in  every  respect. 

Alterations. — All  alterations  and  deviations  from  this  Specifica- 
tion, and  all  additions  to  the  same,  are  to  be  fully  stated  in  writing 
and  appended  hereto. 

Tenders  for  Work.     Forms  of. 
No.  1. 
Sir, —  I  hereby  propose  to  execute  the  works  required  to  be  done 
in  the  (erection,  alteration,  or  enlargement,  as  the  case  may  be,) 
in  conformity  with,  and  to  the  true  intent  and  meaning  of  the  draw- 
ings and  specification  of  the  same,  for  the  sum  of dollars. 

Dated  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185—.  A.  B. 


No.  2. 

Sir, — I  have  examined  the  specification  and  drawings  of  the 
works  intended  to  be  done  in  the  erection  of  (as  the  case  may  be) 

situate,  and  being  No. and  hereby  offer  to  execute  the  same 

in  a  good  and  workmanlike  manner,  agreeable  to  the  true  intent  and 
meaning  of  the  said  specification  and  drawings,  and  {o  the  satisfac- 
tion of  the  architect,  for  the  sum  of •  dollars. 

Dated  this day  of ,  185—.  C.  D, 

Note. — See  Laws  relating  to  Division  Fences,  Party  Walls,  Ancient 
Lights,  Highways,  Private  Ways,  Running  Water,  Nuisances,  Prescriptive 
Rights,  &c.  ill  "  Tke  Landlord's  and  Tenant'i  Assistant,^'  pages  53  to  C7. 


NOTICE   TO    BUILD.  FORM    OF   MARRIAGE.  21 

Notice  of  intention  to   Build,  and  requesting  Grade 
of  Street. 

To  the  Hon.  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of ,  lor 

Selectmen  of  the  Town  of ] 

Gentlemen, — The  undersigneH  hereby  gives  notice  of  his  in- 
tention to  ei  ect  a  building  on Street,  and  respectfully  requests 

that  the  grade  and  line  of  said  street  may  be  given  him ;  with  per- 
mission to  occupy  such  portion  of  the  street  in  front  of  the  premises, 
as  may  be  necessary  for  the  deposit  of  building  materials. 

B ,  J 10,  1858.  A.  B. 

Note.— See  "  Agreements  of  Charter  Party,"  &c.  in  "  Tke  Merchant's  As' 
tistant  and  Common  Carrier'}  Guide." 

MARRIAGE    CONTRACT. 

Persons  authorized  to  perfornt  this  ceremony  should,  when  par- 
ties present  themselves  betbre  them  for  its  performance,  be  satisfied 
that  they  have  a  legal  tight  to  marry. 

When  performed  by  a  minister,  or  priest,  it  should  be  according 
to  the  forms  and  customs  of  the  church  to  which  he  belongs.  I  f  by 
a  magistrate,  no  particular  form  is  requisite.  The  following  Form 
may  be  used  by  either. 

FORM    OF    MARRIAGE. 

The  justice,  or  minister,  may  say  : 

J.  S.,  do  you  take  M.  B.  to  be  your  wife  ?  Do  you  promise  to  be 
to  her  a  kind  and  faithful  husband,  so  long  as  you  both  live  ? 

To  which  the  man  answers,  "  I  do  ;"  or  otherwise  assents. 

The  justice,  or  minister,  may  then  address  the  woman: 

M.  B.,  do  you  take  J.  S.  to  be  your  husband  ?  Do  you  promise 
to  be  to  him  a  kind  and  faithful  wife,  so  long  as  you  both  live  ? 

To  which  she  answers,  "I  do;"  or  otherwise  assents. 

The  justice,  or  minister,  may  then  declare  them  lawfully  married. 

The  minister,  or  magistrate  performing  the  ceremony  should  as- 
certain the  christian  and  surnames  of  the  parties,  their  ages,  resi- 
dences, and  conditions,  (whether  single  or  widowed).  These  he 
should  enter  in  a  book,  and  also  the  date  of  the  marriage,  his  own 
name,  residence,  and  official  station  ;  and  a  record  or  certificate  of 
the  marriage  should  also  be  filed  with  the  Clerk  of  the  city  or  town, 
in  which  the  marriage  is  solemnized. 

MARRIAGE    CERTIFICATE. 

Mr.  John  Smith  of  \V.  and  Miss  [Mrs.]  Mary  Brown  of  W., 
were  joined  in  marriage  at  B.  by  me,  this  tenth  ^ay  of  October, 
185—.  G.  P.,  Justice  of  the  Peace. 

In  .Massachusetts,  the  Clergyman  or  Magistrate  solemnizing  the  marriage 
of  the  above  described  parties,  is  requested  to  fill  out  the  above  Certificate  and 
return  a  cerllHed  copy  thereof,  to  the  Clerk  or  Registrar  of  the  City  or  Town 
in  which  it  may  have  been  solemnized, on  or  before  the  tenth  day  of  the 
following  month,  according  to  law. 


33  INDENTURE  OF  APPRENTICE. 

APPRENTICE.     Indenture  OF. 


Duplicate  copies  of  this  Indenture  should  he  made,  one  for  the  master, 
and  the  other  for  the  apprentice,  his  parent,  or  guardian.  On  the  death  of  the 
master  the  apprenticesliip  is  dissolved.  The  master  is  liable  for  necessaries 
furnished  the  apprentice,  and  also  for  medical  attendance.  If  an  apprentice 
leave  his  master,  without  his  consent,  the  master  can  maintain  an  action  for 
hi?  earnings  against  the  person  who  shall  employ  him,  after  demand. 

If  an  apprentice  should  be  guilty  of  improper  conduct,  the  master  may,  le- 
gally, be  discharged  from  the  contract.  The  services  of  the  apprentice  can- 
not be  assigned  ;  nor,  if  his  muster  leaves  the  state,  is  he  obliged  to  go  with  him. 


Form  of  Indenture  of  Apprentice. 

This  indexttjre,  made   this  day   of ,  in   the    year 

185 — ,  by  and  between  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  county  of ,  ship 

carpenter,  and  C.  D.,of  — ,  in  the  county  of — ,  ma^on,  witnesseth  : 

That  the  said  A.  B.,  in  consideration  of  the  covenants  and  agree- 
ments of  the  said  C.  D.,  Iiereinafter  set  forth  and  described,  and  in 
accordance  with  the  consent  and  wishes  of  his  son  S.,  of  the  age  ol 
years,  who  hereby  signifies  his  assent  by  subscribing  this  in- 
denture, doth  intrust,  bind,  and  hereby  indent  the  said  S.  to  tlie 
said  C.  D.,  to  learn  the  art  and  trade  of  [here  describe  the  particu- 
lar trade  or  business]  and  with  him,  as  an  apprentice,  to  serve  from 

the  day  of  the  date  of  this  indenture,  until  the day  of ,  in 

the  year  185 — ,  at  which  time  the  said  S,  will  arrive  at  the  age  of 
twenty-one  years. 

And  the  said  A.  B.,  doth  covenant  with  the  said  C.  D.,  that  for 
and  during  the  term  aforesaid,  the  said  S.  shall  well,  truly  and  faith- 
fully serve  him,  and  shall  give  and  devote  to  him  his  time  and  la- 
bor ;  that  he  shall  not  destroy  or  injure  the  properly  of  the  said  C. 
D.,  but  shall  endeavor  to  advance  the  interest  and  benefit  of  his 
business,  and  shall  conduct  himself  in  a  temperate,  honest  and  ia- 
dustrious  manner. 

And  the  said  C.  D.,  doth  hereby  covenant  with  the  said  A.  B., 
that  he  will  truly  and  faithfully  instruct  and  teach  the  s-aid  S.,  in 
the  art  and  trade  aforesaid,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  skill, 
and  as  far  and  fast  as  the  said  S.  may  show  himself  disposed  and 
capable  of  learning  the  same  ;  that  he  will,  during  tiie  term  afore- 
said, supply  him  with  good  and  suitable  food,  lodging  and  clothing, 
and  all  things  necessary  in  sickness  and  in  health,  and  teach  him 
habits  of  industry  and  good  morals. 

And  the  said  C.  D  further  covenants  with  the  said  A.  B.,  that 
he  will  pay  to  the  said  S.  the  following  sums  of  money;  for  the  first 

year  of  his  service, dollars;  for  the  second  year  of  his  service, 

dollars;  and  for  every  subsequent  year  till  he  shall  arrive  at 

the  age  of  twenty-one  years, dollars,  the  said  sums  to  be  paid 

annually  on  the  first  day  of  January. 

And  the  said  S.  hereby  signifies  his  assent  to  the  terms  and  cov- 
enants in  this  indenture,  and  promises  to  keep  and  perform  the  same 
on  his  part.  —  In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands 
and  seals,  on  the  day  and  year  first  above  written.     A.  B.     (l.  s.) 

C.  D.       (L.    8.) 

Ezecuttd  in  presence  of  S ,  B .        ( L .  8 .) 


FORMS   OF   ASSIGNMENTS.  23 

ASSIGNMENTS. 


The  assignment  of  an  instrument  must  be  of  as  high  a  nature  as  the  instm* 
ment  iiself.    A  deed  can  be  assigned  only  by  a  deed. 

An  assignment  of  real  estate  should  be  acknowledged  and  recorded. — 
Assignments  ot  claims  and  debts,  not  negotiable,  give  the  assignee  no  right  to 
bring  suit  in  his  own  jiame,  but  he  may  sue  in  the  name  of  the  assignor. — 
In  general  the  assignee  of  a  chose  in  action  takes  it  subject  to  all  the  equiljr 
•which  exisied  between  the  original  parlies. 

No  formality  is  necessary  to  effect  the  assignment  of  a  chose  in  action.  A 
debt  may  be  assigned  by  parol  as  well  as  by  writing.  When  a  debt  secured 
by  mortgage  is  so  assigned,  and  the  mortgage-deed  delivered  to  the  assignee 
he  becomes  invested  with  all  the  equitable  rights  of  the  mortgagee. — 2  Story''3 
Equity.  311.  The  mere  delivery  of  a  bond,  covenant,  note,  account,  or  other 
claim,  for  a  valuable  consideration  is  a  valid  as-ignment,  if  such  delivery  was 
intended  by  the  parties  as  a  transfer. — 17  Johns.  284;  13  Mass.  304. 


1.  Assignment  to  be  written  on  the  hack  of  a  Bond,  Cove- 
nant,  Agreement,  Bill  of  Sale,  or  other  Instrument. 

Know  all  men  by  these    presents.  That  I,  the  within 

named  A.  B.,  in  consideration  of dollars  to  me  paid  by  C.  D., 

of ,  do  hereby  assign  to  said  C.  D.  the  within  written  instru- 
ment, and  all  my  interest  in  the  covenants  and  agreements  therein 
contained. 

The  following  Power  of  Attorney  may  be  added  if  required: 
[And  I  constitute  the  said  C.  D.  my  attorney,  irrevocable,  with  full  power  at  hia  own 
charge,  in  my  name,  to  take  all  legal  measures  which  may  be  necessary  or  proper,  for  th* 
recovery  and  enjoyment  of  the  assigned  premises,  with  power  of  substitution.] 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185 — . 

Executed  in  presence  of  A.   B.  (l.   S.) 

2.  Assignment  of  a  Lease,  by  Indorsement. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.,  with- 
in named,  in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.,  of, 

&c.,  do  hereby  grant  and  assign  to  C.  D.,  the  lease  within  written, 
and  all  my  estate  and  interest  in  and  to  the  premises  thereby  de- 
mised. To  have  and  to  hold  the  said  premises  to  the  said  C.  D., 
for  the  residue  of  the  term  within  mentioned,  under  the  yearly  rent 
and  covenants  within  reserved  and  contained,  on  my  part  and  be- 
half to  be  done,  kept  and  performed. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185 — . 

Executed  in  presence  of  A.  B.  (l.   S.) 

3.  Assignment,  to  be  indorsed  on  the  back  of  Mortgage. 

In  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.  of , 

I,  the  wilhin  named  A.  B.,  do  hereby  grant  and  assign  to  said  C. 
D.  the  within  mortgage  deed,  the  estate  therein  mentioned,  and  the 
promissory  note  and  debt  thereby  secured;  subject,  nevertheless,  to 
the  conditions  therein  contained,  and  to  redemption  according  to  law. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this day  of ,  1S5 — . 

Inpresenceof  A.   B.  (l.   S.) 

[To  be  acknowledged  and  recorded.] 


24  ASSIGNMENTS    OF   LEASE    ANB   MOKTGAGE. 

4.  Deed  of  Assignment  of  Mortgage. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That,  I,  A.  B.,  the 
mortgagee  named  in  a  certain  mortgage  deed  given  by  E.  F.  to  said 

A.  B.  to  secure  the  payment  of dollars  ;  dated ,  recorded 

in Registry  of  Deeds,  Lib. ,  Fol.  ,  in  consideration 

of  the  sum  of dollars,  to   me  paid  by  Q.  D.,  of ,  in  the 

county  of ,  (the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged)  do 

hereby  grant  and  assign  unto  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns, 
the  said  mortgage  deed,  the  estate  therein  mentioned,*  and  the 
promissory  note  and  debt  thereby  secured. 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  unto  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and 
assigns,  to  his  and  their  use  and  benefit  Ibrever,  but  without  re- 
course -to  me,  or  my  heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  in  any 
event  whatever. 

Witness  myhand  and  seal,  the day  of ,  185 — . 

Executed  in prexence  of  A.  B.  (l.   S.) 

*  Note.—  If  an  executor  or  adminisTrator  assign  a  mortgage,  insert  after 
the  word  "  wientr'onfrf"  "  which  the  said  A.  B.  had  at  the  lime  of  his  decease, 
and  which  I  have  as  executor  aforesaid." 

[To  be  Acknowledged  and  Recorded.] 

5.  Assignment  of  a  Bond,  where  Assignor  is  liable. 

For  value  received,  I  do  assign  and  set  over  the  within  obligation 
and  all  money  due  thereon,  unto  A.  B.,  hereby  guaranteeing  the 
payment  thereof,  in  case  of  default  being  made  by  the  within  named 
C.  D.  Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c. 

In  presence  of  E.  F.  (v.   8.) 

6.  Another,  where  the  Assignor  is  not  liable. 

For  value  received,  I  do  assign  and  set  over  the  within  obligation, 
and  all  money  due  thereon,  unto  A.  B.,  not  holding  my.selfliable 
for  the  payment  of  the  same;  the  losses,  if  any,  and  the  recovery 
thereof  to  be  wholly  at  the  risk  of  the  said  A.  B. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c. 
In  presence  of  E.   F.  (l.   S.) 

7.  Short  Form  of  an  Assignment  of  a  Bond  or  Bill. 

For  value  received,  I  hereby  assign  all  my  right,  title,  claim,  in- 
terest, property,  and  demand  whatsoever,  in  and  to  the  within 
bill,  unto  C.  D.  Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c. 

Inpresenceof  A.  B.  (li.  s.) 

8.  Assignment  written  on  the  back  of  an  Insurance  Policy. 

March  13th,  185 — .     For  value  received,  I  hereby  assign  all 
my  right  and  interest  in  the  within  Policy,  to  C.  D. 
Approved,  A.  W.,  President.  A.  B.  (l,   S.) 

9.  Assignment  of  Wages  now  Due,  and  to  become  Due. 

Know  ALL  men  bv  these  presents.  That  I,  A  B.,bf— , 

in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid   by  C.  D.  of ,  do 

hereby  grant,  sell  and  assign  to  said  C.  D.  all  claims  and  demands 


ASSIGNMENTS  OF  CLAIMS  AGAINST  DEBTOR.     25 

which  I  now  have,  or  which  I  may  have  against  E.  F.,of ,  [or, 

the  town,  or  city  of ],  on  the  first  day  of  July  next,  for  all 

sums  of  money  due,  and  to  become  due  to  me  from  said  E.  F.,  [or, 
to  become  due  to  me  for  $ervices  in  the  Fire  Department  of  the 

town,  or,  city  of ] ;  with  full  power,  in  my  name,  at  his  own 

costs,  to  collect,  receive,  discharge,  or  assign  the  same. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c. 
In  presence  of  '  A.   B.  (l..  8.) 

10.  Assigmnent  of  all  Claims  against  Debtor. 

Know  ALL  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  (or  we,)  [here 

insert  the  names  of  the  subscribers,]  of ,  in  the  county  of , 

and  State  of ,  in   consideration  of  having  received  of  E.  F.,  of 

,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  Manufacturer,  thirty 

per  cent,  of  all  [my,  or,  our]  claims  against  the  said.E.  F.,  in  said 
,  [which  are  not  protected  or  secured  by  mortgage  on  the  prop- 
erty of  the  said  E.  F.,  or  otherwise,]  a  schedule  of  which  claims 

belonging  to is  hereto  annexed,  marked  [A,]  do  hereby  sell, 

transfer,  and  assig-n  unto  the  said  E.  F.,  all  ri^ht,  title  and  interest 
in  and  to  said  claims  and  demands  against  the  said  E.  F.,  which  are 
enumerated  and  described  in  the  said  schedule. 

In  testimony  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands,  &c. 
In  presence  of  Signatures  and  Seal*- 

11.  Assignment  of  Interest  in  Land  for  a  Term  of  Years. 
Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  A.  B.,  of , 

in  the  county  of ,  bookseller,  in  consideration  of dollars  to 

him  paid  by  S.  H.,  of ,  mason,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby 

acknowledged,  doth  hereby  sell  and  assign  unto  the  said  S.  H.,  one 

undivided  third  part  of  a  certain  dwelling  house  on street,  ia 

said ,  with  the  land   under  and  adjoining  the  same,  and  the 

privileges  and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging.  The  said  dwelling 
house  being  the  same  formerly  owned  by  E.  M.  C  ,  late  of  said 

,  deceased,  and  by  his  last  will  and  testament  devised  to  E.  A. 

and  others;  the  said  premises  being  subject  to  certain  leases  to  the 
present  tenants  thereof. 

To  have  and  to  hold,  the  above-granted  premises  to  the  said  S.  H. 
his  heirs,  executors,  administrators  and  assigns,  for  and  during  the 

term  of years,  from  the day   of ,  eighteen  hundred 

and ,  if  the  said  A.  B.  shall  so  long  live. 

And  the  said  A.  B.  does  hereby  grant  to  the  said  S.  H.,  full  pow- 
er and  authority  to  receive  the  rents  and  profits  of  the  above-granted 
premises,  and  in  his  name  or  otherwise  to  give  full  discharge 
therelor.     In  witness  whereof,  the  said  A.  B.  has  hereto  set,  &c. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  A.   B.  [l.  s] 

The  above  assignment  may  be  made  to  obtain  a  loan ,  or  to  prevent  attach- 
ment, but  in  ihe  lader  case  ibe  consideration  actually  paid  roast  be  such  as  t» 
prevent  a  charge  of  fraud. 

12.  Assignment  of  Debtor  for  the  Beneft  of  Creditors. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.,  of , 

in  consideration  of  one  dollar  to  me  paid  by  E.  F.,  of  ,  and  of 

BMA  3 


26  FORMS   OF   AWARDS. 

the  trusts  herein  expressed,  do  hereby  convey  and  assign  to  said 
E.  F.,  all  my  estate,  real  and  personal,  excepting  such  parts  thereof 
as  have  been,  or  shall  be  left  in  ray  hands,  as  being  by  lav?  exempt- 
ed from  attachment:  with  all  my  deeds,  books  and  papers  relating 
thereto, — a  schedule  of  the  principal  part  of  which  property  is  here- 
to annexed. 

To  HAVE  AND  TO  HOLD,  all  the  above  granted  premises  to  the 
said  £.  F.,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  in  trust,  to  sell  and  dispose  of  said 
property  on  such  terms  as  he  may  think  best  for  the  interest  of  all 
concerned ;  and  collect  and  convert  into  money  all  the  debts  and 
demands,  or  so  much  thereof  as  may  prove  collectable ;  and  after 
deducting  from  the  proceeds  of  said  property,  the  expenses  incurred 
by  said  E.  F.,  in  transacting  the  business,  and  a  reasonable  com- 
pensation for  his  services,  to  divide  and  pay  the  residue  of  said  pro- 
ceeds among  all  the  creditors  of  A.  B.,  who  shall  become  parties 

hereto  within* days  from  the  date  hereof,  in  equal  proportion  to 

their  respective  claims. 

E.  F.,  agrees  to  execute  said  trusts,  being  responsible  only  for  his 
actual  receipts,  or  wilful  defaults.  And  the  creditors  whose  names 
are  subscribed,  agree  to  said  assignment,  and  that  this  instrument 
shall  be  a  release  in  full  of  all  their  claims,  whenever  their  just 
proportion  of  the  proceeds  of  said  property  shall  be  paid. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this day  of ,  kc. 

A.    B.  (L.    8.) 

Executed  in  presence  of  E.     F.  (l.  s.)  &c. 

[To  be  recorded  when  real  estate  is  included.] 

In  some  States  no  preference  of  one  class  of  creditors  over  another  is  al- 
lowed ;  in  others,  a  debtor  may  legally  prefer  one  or  more  creditors. 


FORMS     OF    AWARDS 


Award,  or  arbitration,  is  an  amicable,  and  generally  expeditious  and 
cheap  method  of  adjusting  controversies  and  litigaiions,  when  the  parlies  can 
agree  to  submit  the  subjects  in  dispute  to  one  or  more  persons  chosen  by  itiem- 
•el  7es.  Their  agreement  to  submit  is  termed  the  submission.  Except  in  mai- 
lers of  trifling  importance,  it  should  be  in  voriting,  and  may  be  by  bond,  or  by 
a  ru2e  of  Court.  It  should  name  the  arbitrators,  should  define  the  subjects  of 
controversy,  limit  the  time  of  making  the  award,  and  clearly  slate  all  the 
agreement  of  the  parties.  It  may  authorize  two  or  more  arbitrators  to  choose 
another,  or  to  choose  an  umpire  in  case  of  difference.  If  the  submission  does 
not  otherwise  provide,  all  the  arbitrators  must  be  present  at  the  hearing,  and 
must  agree  to  the  award.  If  the  submission  be  in  writing,  the  award  should 
also  be  in  writing.  The  proceedings  at  the  hearing,  and  the  award  itself. 
should  perfectly  agree  w^ith  the  terms  of  the  submission  The  award  shoula 
be  a  clear,  distinct  and  final  determination  of  each  and  all  the  matters  of  con- 
troversy contained  in  the  submission,  and  should  embrace  nothing  more. 

(f  it  be  a  rule  of  Court,  it  should  be  sealed  up  and  returned  to  Court,  other- 
wise copies  should  be  given  to  each  party.  Arbitration  Bonds  should  beia 
common  form.    [See  Bond  of  Arbitration,  page  30.] 


1.     Award  by  Referees. 

We,  the  undersigned  refereps  appointed  by  the  within  rule 

of  Court,  [or,  by  ahond  or  agreement  of  submission]  dated  the 

day  of ,  having  notified  and  met  the  parties,  and  heard  their 


FORMS    OF   AWARDS.  27 

several  allegations,  proofs,  and  arguments,  and  having  duly  consid* 
ered  the  same,  do  award  and  determine,  that  the  said  A.  B.  shall 

recover  of  the  said  E.  F. dollars,  [together  with  costs  of  Court, 

to  be  taxed  by  the  Court,]  and  the  costs  of  this  reference,  which 
amount  to dollars,  and  that  the  same  shall  be  in  full  of  all  mat- 
ters referred  to  us.* 

Dated  at this day  of ,  A.  D. 

G.  H.) 

Referees. 


*  Should  there  be  three  referees  and  only  two  agree,  then  say  "  a  major  part 
of  the  referees,  appointed  by  the  within  ARreemenl  [see  Agreement  of  Submis- 
sion at  p.  14]  of  Submission,  L.  N.  the  other  referee,  who  has  not  signed  the 
awnrd,  having  been  present  at  the  hearing" ; —  and  it  should  be  signed,  G.  H., 
I.  K.,  a  major  part  of  the  referees. 

2.     Award  by   Referees  for   Valuation  of  Land. 

We  the  undersigned,  appointed  by  the ,  to  view  and 

assess  the  damage  sustained  by  the  petitioners,  A.  B.  and  E.  F.  by 

reason  of do  hereby  report:  That  we   have  viewed  the  lots  of 

land  taken  up  by  the  road  mentioned  in  said  petition,  and  do  value 
and  adjudge  the  damage  thereby  occasioned,  to  the  said  A.  B.  at 

the  sum  of dollars,  and  to  the  said  E,  F.  at  the  sum  of 

dollars,  respectively.     Dated  this day  of ,  A.  D.  185- 

G. 

I. 


'  g^  ■  >    Referees. 


3.     Award  by  Referees. 

[Direction.] 

To  the  Court  of for  the  County  of State  of ,  [or.  To 

the Instirance  Company  and  A  B.,  of — ,  in  the  State  of — ]  : 

The  within  is  the  Award  of  D  E.  F.,G.  H.  I.  &  K.  L.,  Referees 
to  Assess  the  Loss  or  damage  by  fire  on  Mr.  A.  B.'s  house,  No.  1 

street. 

Agreement. 
J  as.     B ,  Nov.  3,  185 — .     We  the  subscribers  individu- 
ally agree  to  open  the  within  Award,  and  to  abide  by  the  decision 
of  it,  the  same  as  if  opened  in  Court. 

C.  D.,  Pres't  of Ins.  Co. 

Wttness,  A.  B.,  Party  Insured. 

Award. 

We  the  undersigne^  Referees,  appointed  by  the  within 
agreement  of  Submission,  having  notified  and  met  the  parlies, 
and  heard  their  several  allegations,  proofs  and  arguments,  and  duly 
considered  the  same,  do  award  and  determine,  that  the  within 
named  A.  B.  shall  recover  of  the  said Fire  [or  Marine^  Insur- 
ance Company,  the  sum  of dollars,  in  full  of  all  demands,  un- 
der the  annexed  Policy  of  Insurance,  together  with  the  costs  of  this 
reference,  which  amount  to dollars. 

Dated  at ,  and  signed  as  in  No.  1. 


28  BILLS    OF    SALE. 

BILLS    OF    SALE, 


A  Bin  of  Sale  is  a  contract,  by  which  one  person,  for  a  valuable  consider- 
ation, transfers  the  right  and  inierest  which  he  has  in  goods  or  chiiilels. 

Delivery  must  be  accompanied  by  acctptance  on  \\\a  part  of  the  purchaser  ; 
so,  where  one  ordered  several  articles  in  a  shop,  some  of  which  he  marked 
with  a  pencil,  while  others  were  measured  in  his  presence,  and  in  pursuance 
of  his  directions  were  sent  to  his  house,  but  he  refused  to  receive  ihem,  it  was 
no  sale.  4  M.  &  S  2G2.  Delivery  to  an  agent,  or  carrier,  if  with  the  purcha- 
ser's consent,  is  sufficient.  Earnest  will  also  bind  the  bargain,  bui  it  must 
consist  of  the  giving  away  of  something  valuable  ;  and  not  a  mere  ceremony. 

On  a  contract  of  sale  of  goods  the  general  rule  is.  that  the  delivery-  is  to  be  at 
the  place  where  the  vendor  has  the  article  ;  but  in  a  contract  to  psiy  a  debt  at 
anothf-r  time,  in  such  articles,  they  must  be  delivered  at  the  creditor's  place 
of  residence.    2  Kent,  505,  5  ed. 

It  is  a  general  rule  that  the  employer  will  be  bound  by  the  warranty  of  his 
clerk  or  shopman,  if  acting  within  the  scope  of  his  authority. 

If  the  vendor  of  goods  make  any  assertion  respecting  the  kind,  quality,  or 
condition  of  the  article  upon  which  he  intends  the  vendee  should  rely  as  a  fact, 
and  upon  which  he  does  rely,  that  is  a  warranty.    (9  N.  H.  Ill  ) 

Warranty  must  be  upon  the  sale  ;  if  it  be  made  after,  it  is  void  for  want  of 
consideration 

In  some  States  a  voluntary  sale  of  goods,  the  seller  retaining  pnsFession  of 
the  goods  after  the  sale,  is  evidence  of  fraud,  in  others  only  prima  fade. 

Where  possession  is  to  be  retained  by  the  seller,  he  should  take  a  lease  of 
the  goods  from  the  buyer. 

The  readiT  will  find  the  laws  relating  to  Salbs  and  Wakranties  g-ii-en  mart 
fully  in"  The  Trader^s  Guide,"  pages  53  to  53. 


Bill  of  Sale  of  Goods,  under  Seal. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.  of  G., 
in  the  county  of  G,  in  consideration  of —  dollars,  to  me  paid  by  E.  F. 
of  G.jdo  hereby  grant,  sell,  and  deliver  to  said  E.  F.,  the  following 
personal  property,  viz :  [here  insert  a  schedule  of  the  article.^} ; 
warranted  free  of  any  incumbrance,  and  against  any  adverse  claims. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  —  day  of — ,  185—. 
Executed  in  presence  of  A.   B.  [l.  S.] 

A  Bill  of  Sale  by  two  Merchants,  partners,  to  a  third  of 

their  whole  interest  in  a  Store. 

[Insert  in  the  above  form  the  following  description,]  "  All  the 
stock  in  trade,  goods,  wares,  merchandise,  book-accounts,  notes, 
bills,  drafts,  choses-in-actions,  and  other  property  of  said  firm." 

Bill  of  Sale  of  a  Horse,  tcith  Warranty. 

Know  all  men  by  these  present.'.  That  f,  A.  B  of  E., 

in  the  county  ot  E.,  in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid  by 

C.  D.,  of  E.,  do  hereby  sell  and  convejRo  said  C.  D.  one  dark  bay 
horse,  with   grey  fore- fetlocks. 

And  I  do  hereby  warrant  said  fiorse  to  be  of  the  Black  Hawk  breed 
of  horses,  eight  years  old,  sound  in  every  respect,  free  from  vice, 
well-broken,  kind  and  gentle  in  sinirle  and  in  double  hartiess,  and 
under  the  saddle,  and  to  be  free  from  incumbrance  and  against  any 
adverse  claims.     Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of  &c. 

Executed  inpresenee  of  A.  B.  [l.  8.] 


LAWS     REGULATING     BONDS.  29 

Bill  of  Sale,  not  under  Seal. 

Boston,  March  1,  1858. 
Messrs.  F.  W.  Lincoln,  Jr.,  &  Co. 

Bought  of  Isaac  R.  Butts  &  Co. 

4  Law  Libraries, a  2.00     8  00 

2  Business  Man's  Law  Cabinets,  (enlarged)  -         a  2.25     4.50 

10  Art  of  Sailniaking, a    ,75     7.50 

8  Merchant's,  Shipmaster's  and  Mechanic's  Assistant,  a  2.00  16.00 

Charged  in  acct,  $  36.00 


BONDS 


A  Bond,  or  obligation,  is  a  deeil  whereby  the  obligor  binds  himself,  his 
heirs,  executors,  and  administrators,  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  to  another, 
at  a  day  appointed,  ( Blackitone  Com.  ii  340),  or  to  perform  some  act.  At  com- 
mon law  a  Bond  is  presumed  to  be  paid  after  the  lapse  of  twenty  years. 

If  in  a  bondihe  obligor  bind  himself  and  hisheirslo  do  anything  whatsoever, 
his  heirs  are  bound  ;  therefore,  if  it  is  intended  to  bind  the  heir.s  the  term  heirs 
must  be  named  in  the  bond  If  a  man  covenant  for  himself  o«?y  to  pay  money, 
build  a  house,  or  the  like,  and  do  not  say  in  the  covenant  "  his  executors  and 
administrators,"  yet  his  executors  and  administrators  are  iouncf,  and  sliall  be 
charged.     Sheppard's  Touchstone,  177,  178,  369. 

Executors  and  administrators  need  not  be  named  in  any  legal  instrument ; 
they  are  bound  by  every  covenant,  unless  it  is  such  a  covenant  as  is  to  be 
performed  personally  by  the  covenanter,  and  there  has  been  no  breach  before 
his  death.     Cro.  EHz.  553. 

A  Bond  without  a  Condition  is  called  a  single  one  ;  but  a  Condition  is  gen- 
erally added  which  makes  the  obligation  void  if  the  act  be  performed,  other- 
wise it  remains  in  full  force — In  case  this  condition  is  not  performed,  the 
Bond  becomes  forfeited,  or  absolute  at  law,  and  charges  the  obligor. — A  pen- 
alty fir  non-fulfilment  of  the  condition  is  annexed,  in  double  the  principal 

sum If  a  bond  be  sealed  and  delivered,  though  it  bear  no  date,  it  is  valid. — 

If  a  bond  be  interlined,  or  words  are  erased,  in  important  parts,  it  will  render 
it  void. — Bonds  and  all  penal  obligations,  in  %vhatever  form,  to  do  an  act  for- 
bidden by  law,  or  to  forego  any  privileges  secured  to  a  man  by  law,  are  void. 
The  same  is  true  of  agreements,  or  obligations  to  divide  the  profits  or  gains, 
to  be  derived  from  illegal  speculations  or  business.  Thus  a  bond  or  note  to 
pay  illegal  inierest,  a  sum  of  money  won  at  gaming,  or  to  commit  a  trespass 
on  the  property,  or  an  assault  on  the  person  ot  another  is  void  ;  as  is  likewise 
an  oliliaiation  not  to  plead  usury,  infancy  or  any  other  legal  defence  to  a  suit, 
or  not  to  prosecute  a  man  for  a  crime,  or  for  cheating,  or  taking  an  illegal  ad- 
vantage of  another. 

A  bond  requires  no  particular  form,  provided  it  distinctly  set  forth  an  obliga- 
tion to  pay  money,  or  duty  to  be  performed,  and  be  sealed  and  delivered. 

In  a  suit  on  a  bond,  judgment  may  be  rendered  for  the  amount  of  the  pen- 
alty expressed,  but  execution  will  be  issued  only  for  the  amount  due  in  equity 
and  good  conscience,  the  amount  to  be  delermined  by  the  court,  or  on  motion 
of  either  party,  by  a  jury. 

The  penalty  named  in  the  Bond  may  be  any  sum  that  the  parties  agree  up- 
on. It  is  usually  double  the  amount  mentioned  in  the  obligation.  It  should 
always  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  loss  and  damage  that  may  arise  from  the  non- 
performance of  the  coiidiiion.  In  the  following  case  the  penalty,  thous-h  double 
the  amount,  did  not  prove  sufficient — "  A.  B.  was  bound  in  a  bond,  to  convey- 
to  C  D.  on  his  paying  a  certain  sum  of  money,  a  deed  of  a  lot  of  land.  C. 
D.  proceeded  to  erect  a  building  on  the  premises  exceeding  the  amount  of  the 
penalty,  whereupon  A.  B.  refused  to  convey,  and  paid  the  full  amount  of  the 
penalty  in  the  bond." 

DMA  3* 


80  FORMS   OF   BONDS. 

General  Form  of  Bond. 

Know  all.  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.  ofG., 
in  the  county  of  G.,  am  held  aud  firmly  bound  to  C.  D.,  ol  J, in  the 

county  of  J.,  in  the  sum  of dollars,  [this  amount  shfhtld  be 

double  the  sum  named  in  the  condition,  to  cover  costs  and  contin- 
gencies] to  be  paid  to  said  C.  D.  ;  to  which  payment  1  bind  myselt 
and  my  heirs  firmly  by  these  presents,  sealed  with  my  seal. 

Dated  the day  of ,  A.  D.  185—. 

The  condition  oj  this  obligation  is  such.  That  if  I,  the  said  A.  B. 

shall  pay  to  said  C.  D.  the  sum  of dollars  and  interest,  on  or 

before  the day  of 185  -,  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void, 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  A.    B.  (l.   8.) 

Bond  of  Two  Obligors. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  we,  A.  B.  and 
E.  F.,  of,  &c.,  are  held  and  firmly  bound  to  G.  H.,  of,  &c.,  in  the 
sum  of dollars,  to  be  paid  to  said  G.  H. ;  to  the  payment  where- 
of we  jointly  and  severally  bind  ourselves  and  our  respective  heirs 
firmly  by  these  presents,  sealed  with  our  seals. 

Dated  the day  of ,  A.  D.  185—. 

The  condition  oj  this  obligation  is.  That  if  the  said  A.  B.  and 

E.  F.,  or  either  of  them,  shall  pay  to  said  G.  H. dollars  and 

interest,  on  or  before  the day  of 1857,  then  this  obligation 

shall  be  void.  A.  B.         (l.  s.) 

Sigrud,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  E.   F.  (l.   S.) 

Condition  to  pay  Money  by  Instalments. 

The  condition  of  this  obligation  is,  That  if  I,  the  said  A.  B., 
shall  pay  to  said  E.  F.  one  thousand  dollars  and  interest,  in  manner 

following,  to  wit : dollars  and  interest  (hereon  on  the  first  day 

of  June  next; dollars  and  interest  thereon  on  the  first  day  of 

December  next;  and dollars  and  interest  thereon  on  the  first 

day  of  June,  18.5 —  ;  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  oy  A    B.  (l.   s.) 

Condition  to  Indemnify. 

The  condition  oJ  this  obligation  is,  That  if  I,  the  said  A.  B., 
shall  indemnify  said  E.  F.  against  all  loss,  cost,  damage  and  expense 
to  which  he  may  be  subjected  by  reason  of  his  signing  a  bond,  (or 

endorsing  a  note,  &c.,  or  paying  the  sum  of dollars  for ,) 

at  my  request ;  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  o/  A.   B.  (l.   8.) 

Condition  of  a  Bond  of  Arbitration. 

The  condition  oj  this  obligation  is  such.  That  if  said  A.  B.  shall 
perform  and  keep  the  award  of  E.  F.,G.  H.,and  I.  J.,  all  of  — ,  or  any 
two  ot  them,  arbitrators,  mutually  chosen  to  award,  and  determine 
concerning  [here  state  the  dispute],  and  all  demands  whatsoever, 
depending  by  or  between  the  said  parties,  so  as  the  said  award  be 
made  in  writing,  and  ready  to  be  delivered  to  the  said  parlies,  on  or 
before  the day  of  next,  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  oj  A.   B.  (l.  s.) 

[A  similar  Bond  thould  be  executed  by  each  party  to  the  other.] 


FORMS   OF   BONDS.  SIT 

Condition  of  a  Bond  of  Indemnity  on  paying  Lost  Note. 

The  condition  of  this  obligation  is.  That  whereas  Ihe  saidE.  F., 
on  the  14tli  day  of  March  lasl,  hy  his  note  in  writing  by  him  signed, 
of  that  dale,  for  value  received,  promised  the  said  A.  B.  to  pay  him 

or  order,  the  sum  of dollars  in months  from  date ;  which 

said  note  is  alleged  to  be  lost  out  of  his  possession,  and  cantiot  be 
found ;  and  whereas  the  said  E.  F.  hath  this  day  paid  the  said  sum 
according  to  the  tenor  thereof:  Now,  therefore,  if  the  ahove  bound 
A.  B.  shall  save  the  said  E.  F.  his  executors,  administrators  and  as- 
signs forever  harmless,  for  having  so  paid  said  sum  of  money,  and 
from  all  liability  under  and  by  virtue  of  said  note,  and  from  all  loss, 
cost,  damage  and  expense,  that  shall  or  may  arise  therefrom  ;  then 
this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

Signed,  staled  and  delivered  in. presence  of  A.    B.  (l.   s.) 

Condition  of  a  Bond  to  Convey  Land. 

The  condition  oj  this  obligation  is  such,  that  if  said  A.  B., 

upon  the  payment  of dollars  and  interest,  by  said  E.  F.,  within 

one  year  from  this  date,  shall  convey  to  said  E.  F.  and  his  heirs  for- 
ever, a  certain  parcel  of  land,  with  the  buildings  thereon,  situate  in 
L.,  bounded  and  described  as  follows:  [here  insert  boundaries  and 
description]  ;  by  a  warranty  deed  in  common  form,  duly  executed 
and  acknowledged ; — the  premises  being  then  in  as  good  condition 
as  they  now  are,  necessary  decay  and  deterioration  excepted  ;  then 
this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  A.  B.  (l.   s.) 

Bond  with  ttoo  Sureties. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  we  A.  B.  as 
principal,  and  C  D.,  and  E.  F.,  as  sureties,  all  of  B — ,  in  the  county 
of  S — ,  are  holden  and  stand  firmly  bound  unto  H.  G.,  of  said  B — , 
in  the  sum  of dollars,  to  be  paid  to  the  said  H.  G. ;  to  the  pay- 
ment whereof  we  jointly  and  severally  bind  oui  selves  and  our  re- 
spective heirs,  firmly  by  these  presents  sealed  with  our  seals. 

Dated  the day  of ,  A.  D.  18—. 

The  condition  of  this,  &c. 

A.  B.        [l.  8.] 

C.    D.  [L.    8.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  o/  E.    F.  [l.  sJ 

Bond  of  a  Treasurer,  or  Trustee  of  an  Association. 

Know  &c.  [same  as  preceding  bond]  to  be  paid  unto  the  said  L.  and 
B.,  or  their  successors  in  office,  or  their  certain  attorneys.  To 
which  payment  well  and  truly  to  be  made,  we  jointly  and  severally 
bind  ourselves,  and  our  respec  ive  heirs,  firmly  by  these  presents, 
sealed  with  our  seals,  and  dated  the day  of ,  18 — . 

The  condition  oJ  this  obligation  is.  That  whereas  the  above 

named  A.  B  ,  has  been  chosen   by  an  Association,  known  as , 

Treasurer,  [or,  one  of  the  Trustees]  of  said  Association,  by  reason 
whereof,  and  as  such  Treasurer  [or.  Trustee,]  he  will  receive  into 
his  hands  and  possession  divers  sums  of  money,  goods  and  chattels 


32  LAW   REGITLATIHG  COPARTNERSHIP. 

and  other  things,  the  property  of  said  Association  ;  and  is  bound  to 
keep  true  and  accurate  accounts  of  said  property, and  of  his  receipts 
and  disbursements  foi  and  on  account  of  said  Association. 

•Now,  therefore,  if  the  said  A.  B.  shall  well  and  truly  perform  all 
and  singular  the  duties  of  Treasurer  [or.  Trustee]  of  said  Ass'ocia- 
tion,  for  and  during  his  ofHcial  term,  and  until  he  shall  deliver  all 
the  property  which  he  may  receive  as  siicii  Treasurer  [^or.  Trustee] 
to  his  successor  in  said  office,  or  to  such  other  person  as  the  said 
Association  or  its  authorized  officers  may  direct,  according  to  the 
provisions  of  the  Constitution,  By-Laws,  Rules  and  Regulations  of 
said  Association  now  existing,  or  which  may  be  by  said  Association 
adopted  ;  then  this  obligation  shall  be  void. 

In  presence  of  Signatures  and  Seals  as  in  preceding  Bond. 

Note.  —  See  Bottomr>",  Respondentia,  and  'Warehouse  Bonds,  Custom- 
House  Power  of  Attorney,  and  many  other  valuable  Forms,  in  "  The  Mer- 
chanVs  Assistant  and  Comtnon  Carrier's  ami  Insurer's  Guide.'''' 


LAWS  REGULATING  COPARTNERSHIP. 

[See  Forms  for  Special  Partners,  and  the  Laws  relating  to  the  Duties  and 
Liabditics  of  both  General  and  Special  Partners  more  fully  slated  in  ''  Se- 
quel to  the  Business  Man's  Law  Library:  —  Conveyancers^,  Executors'',  Ad- 
ministrators'', and  Copartners''  Guide"] 

Any  two  or  more  persons  may  enter  into  a  contract  to  become  partners 
in  any  business,  where  each  contributes  something  of  value  to  the  busi- 
ness, whether  of  money,  labor,  skill  or  credit;  and  is  entitled  to  part  of  the 
profits  and  subjected  to  a  portion  of  the  loss. 

Partnerships  may  be  general  or  special.  General  partnerships  extend 
to  the  whole  of  the  mutual  dealings  of  the  parties.  Special  partnerships 
are  formed  for  a  particular  concern,  or  for  a  single  dealing  or  adventure. 

As  to  the  control  of  partners  over  the  partnership  properly,  it  depends 
on  the  articles  of  copartnership.  The  various  provisions  relating  to  the 
manner  in  which  the  partnership  business  is  to  be  conducted,  the  space  of 
time  it  is  to  endure,  the  capital  each  is  to  bring  into  the  trade,  the  propor- 
tions  in  which  the  profits  and  loss  are  to  be  divided,  the  mode  agreed  on  for 
settling  the  accounts,  together  with  the  various  covenants  adapted  to  each 
particular  case,  are  entirely  the  subject  of  personal  and  private  agreement. 
Each  member  of  the  firm  becomes  responsible  for  the  acts  and  contracts 
of  his  copartners,  in  the  way  of  sale,  purchase  promise,  pledge,  loan,  guar- 
antee, or  agreement,  where  performed  in  the  course  of  the  pnrtnership 
concern.  For  the  same  reason,  if  a  partner  draws,  accepts,  or  endorses  a 
bill  or  note,  he  thereby  renders  his  firm  liable.  So,  one  partner  may  re- 
lease actions,  debts,  &c.  But  this  liability  may  be  avoided,  as  where 
there  is  collusion  between  the  party  with  whom  the  sale,  purchase,  &c. 
and  the  contracting  partner  takes  place;  or  where  one  of  the  firm  dis- 
claims all  liability,  and  gives  notice  to  the  party  wjth  whom  the  partner  is 
about  to  contract;  or,  where  the  party  taking  the  partnership  security  is 
aware  that  it  is  not  given  in  behalf  of  the  partnership  transactions. 

A  man  becomes  a  partner  by  allowing  the  world  in  general  to  presume 
that  he  is  one  ;  as,  by  having  his  name  on  the  sign  of  a  shop,  or  in  the  bills 
of  parcels,  invoices,  &c.  Persons  agreeing  for  a  share,  or  specific  interest, 
in  the  profits  as  a  remuneration  of  labor,  generally  involve  themselves  in 
the  liability  of  a  partner.  But  not  if  they  receive  a  given  sum  for  their  labor, 
which  is  in  proportion  to  a  given  quantum  of  the  profits. 

In  Massachusetts,  New  York  and  many  of  the  Stales,  acts  have  been 
passed  providing  for  limited  partnerships,  by  virtue  of  which  a  person,  or 
persons,  may  become  interested  in  a  business,  by  furnishing  funds  to  carry 


AGREEMENT  OF  COPARTNERSHIP.  33 

It  on,  and  are  not  liable  for  the  debts  of  the  firm  beyond  the  amount  of  the 
fund  so  contributed.  In  the  limited  partnership  the  general  partners  are 
only  allowed  to  conduct  the  business,  and  use  their  own  names.  Special 
partners  have  no  right  to  interfere;  but  they  may  advise  as  to  its  manage- 
ment, &c.  The  notice  of  the  partnership  must  be  published  in  some  news- 
paper, and  be  recorded. 

.\  dissolution  of  partnership  may  take  place  under  express  stipulation 
in  the  articles,  by  mutual  consent,  by  the  death  or  insanity  of  one  of  the 
Grm,  bv  award  of  arbitrators,  or  by  a  court  of  equity  in  cases  of  miscon- 
duct of  some  member  of  the  firm. 

Agreement  of  Copartnership. 

Articles  of  Agreement  made  the day  of ,  A.  D. 

one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty ,  between  J.  D.  of , 

of  the  one  part,  and  R.  R.,  of ,  of  the  other  part. 

The  said  J.  D.  and  R.  R.  have  agreed,  and  by  these  presents  do 

agree,  to  become  copartners  together  in  the  art  or  trade  of ,  and 

do  hereby  promise  to  be  governed  by  the  following  articles,  namely  : 

First,  The  said  business  shall  be  carried  on  under  the  name  of 
D.  and  R. 

Second.     Each  of  said  partners  shall  furnish  in  cash  a  capital  of 

dollars,  of  which  the  sum  of dollars  shall  be  advanced  by 

each  partner  immediately,  and  the  remainder  by  three  equal  month- 
ly instahnents  of dollars. 

Third  Each  of  said  parties  shall  give  his  personal  attention  and 
devote  his  time,  during  reasonable  hours  of  business,  wholly  to  the 
nterests  of  the  firm,  and  shall  use  his  best  skill,  judgment  and  dis- 
cretion in  promoting  the  profits  of  the  business;  and  during  the 
continuance  of  this  agieement  neither  of  said  partners  shall  engage 
in  any  speculations  on  his  own  separate  account,  to,  or  be  in  any  way 
interested  in  any  other  business  than  that  of  the  copartnership 
hereby  established. 

Fourth  The  accounts  of  the  said  parties  shall  be  kept  in  regu- 
lar books,  by  double  entry,  [or  single  entry,]  so  long  as  either  party 
shall  desire  it,  and  every  transaction  shall  be  duly  entered,  and  the 
said  books  shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  the  inspection  and  free  use 
of  either  party. 

Fifth.  Neither  of  said  parties  shall  assume  any  pecuniary  lia- 
bility, either  in  his  own  name  or  that  of  the  firm,  for  the  accommo- 
dation of  any  other  person  without  the  written  consent  of  the 
other  party. 

Sixth.  All  purchases  of  goods  exceeding  the  value  of dol- 
lars, shall  be  the  subject  of  consuitatioB  and  mutual  agreement  by 
the  partners. 

Seventh.  Neither  party  shall  withdraw  from  the  business  of  the 
concern  more  than  his  share  of  the  profits,  which  may  have  accrued, 
nor  more  than dollars  monthly. 

Eighth.  An  account  of  the  joint  stock  and  the  joint  liabilities 
shall  be  taken  at  the  expiration  of  each  year  from  the  date  of  this 
instrument,  and  at  any  other  time  when  either  of  the  parties  shall 
in  writing  request  it. 

JSTinth.  This  copartnership  shall  continue  for  the  term  of  five 
years  from  this  date,  subject,  however,  to  be  terminated  by  the 
death  of  either  partner,  or  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties,  or 
a  violation  of  either  of  the  foregoing  agreements. 


34  DISSOLOTION   OF  COPARTNERSHIP. 

Tenth.  The  division  of  the  profits  or  losses  in  the  business  shaU 
be  equal. 

Eleventh.  For  the  purpose  of  securing  the  performance  of  the 
aforesaid  agreements,  it  is  agreed  that  either  party,  in  case  of  any 
violation  of  them,  or  either  of  them,  by  the  other,  shall  have  the  right 
to  dissolve  the  copartnership  foithwith  ;  and,  if  the  fact  of  such  vi- 
olation having  taken  place,  be  disputed  by  the  party  accused,  it 
shall  be  left  to  the  decision  of  three  disinterested  persons,  of  whom 
each  party  is  to  choose  one  person,  and  these  two  a  third  one,  and 
the  decision  of  the  majority  of  these  three  shall  be  conclusive. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  interchangeably  set  our 
hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

J.  D.    •  [L.  s.] 
ExectUed  in  presence  of  R  .  R.       [L.  S.J 

Substitute  fot  tke  Second  and  Tenth  Articles. —  Second.  The  said  J.  D. 
•ball  invest  in  tliu  business  afuresuiii,  a  capital  of  five  thousund  dullara, 
to  be  advanced  immediately,  and  the  said  R.  R  a  capital  of  tliree  thousand 
dollars,  in  three  equ^il  monthly  instalments,  the  first  of  which  shall  be  advanced 
within  ten  days  from  the  dale  of  this  instrument. 

Tenth.  — "Any  losses  which  at  the  dissolution  of  the  partnership  may  be  found  to 
have  accrued,  shall  be  shared  in  proportion  to  the  capital  invc-ited  hy  the  said  par- 
ties respectively.  And  whereas  the  said  R.  R.  has  been  for  many  years  engaged  in 
the  business  aforesaid,  and  the  said  J.  U.  has  had  no  experience,  the  following  rule 
■ball  be  adopted  fortl>e  division  of  the  profits  which  may  be  made,  to  wit: — 

To  the  capital  stock  of  the  said  R.  R.  shall  be  added  the  sum  of  ten  thoa- 
■and  dollars,  and  to  the  capital  stock  of  the  said  J.  I),  shall  be  added  the  sum 
of  six  thousand  dollars,  the  said  sums  thus  added  bein°  the  respective  nniuunt, 
which  at  a  profit  of  fifteen  per  cent,  per  annum,  would  produce  the  estimated 
value  of  their  personal  services,  and  the  profits  which  may  accrue  in  the  bueinoes 
■hall  be  shared  in  the  proportion  of  the  aggregates  of  the  sums  produced  by  the 
■foresaid  additions  caipectiveiy. 

Agreement  to  continue  the  Copartnership  :  —  to  be  endorsed  on 
the  back  oj  the  Articles. 

It  is  agreed,  That  the  partnership  which  has  expired  this  day  [or, 
mention  the  day  when  it  will  expire,]  by  limiialion,  contained  m  the 
within    written  articles,  shall  be  continued  on  the  same  terms,  for  the 

further  terra  of years  from  this  date,  [or  from  the  —  day  of —  next] 

with  all  ihe  provisions  and  restrictions  herein  contained. 
In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereto  set  our  hands,  &c. 

J.  D,  (I-.8.) 

R.  R.  (L.  8.) 

ILzeeuted  in  presence  of 

*  Dissolution  of  Copartnership. 

Whereas   by  articles  of  agreement  made  the day  of ,  A.  D. 

one  thousand  eight  hundred  and ,  between  A.  B.  and  C.  D.  both  of 

the  city  of ,  the  said  A.  B.  and  C.  D.  did  enter  into  partnership,  for  the 

purpose  of  carrying  on  the  trade  of ,  for  the  term  of years,  and 

whereas  the  said  C.  D.  has  proposed  to  A.  B.  a  dissolution  of  the  partner- 
ship, to  which  proposition  A.  B.  has  assented  ;  the  parties  therefore 
mutually  agree,  that  the  partnership  heretofore  existing  between  tiiem  be 
this  day  dissolved,  and  it  is  accordingly  dissolved.    And  it  is  further 

*A  dissolution  of  copartnership,  should  be  published  immediately  after  it  take! 
place, and  a  special  notice  sent  to  those  who  have  dealings  with  the  compafay. 


COMPOSITION  WITH  CHEDIT0R8.  35 

Stipulated  and  agreed  mutually  between  them,  that  the  said  A.  B.  shall 

lake  the  entire  stock  of ,now  on  hand  belonging  to  the  partnership, 

at  a  valuation  to  be  set  upon  the  same,  by  two  skilful  persons  mutually 
appointed  to  value  the  same,  and  that  the  said  A.  B.  also  have  power 
to  collect  the  debts  now  due  to  the  partnership,  and  recover  the  same,  or 
any  part  of  the  same,  m  the  name  of  the  firm,  by  suits  at  law  or  in  equi- 
ty ;  and  that  finally  the  said  A.  B.  do  pay  over  to  the  said  C.  D.  the  full 
share  and  proportion  of  stock  and  profits  which  shall  appear  to  be  due 

to  the  said  C.  D.  in months  from  the  date  hereof,  &c. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals,  &c. 

A.  B.         (l.  s.y 
C.  D.         (L.  s.) 
Execvtcd  in  presence  of 

JVotice  of  Dissolution  of  Partnership. 
Notice  is  hereby  given,  that  the  partnership  lately  subsisting  between  A. 

B.  and  C.  D.  of ,  under  the  firm  of  B.  &  D.  expired  on  the day 

of ,  [or,  was  dissolved  on  the  —  day  of — ,  by  mutual  consent.] 

A.  B.  is  authorized  to  settle  all  debts  due  to  and  by  the  company. 

A.  B. 
C.  D. 

COMPOSITION    WITH    CREDITORS. 

We  the  undersigned,  creditors  of  A.  B.  of ,  in  consideration  of 

One  Dollar,  and  other  good  and  sufficient  considerations,  to  us  several- 
ly paid  by  said  B.,  (the  receipt  whereof  is  herebj'  acknowledged,)  do 
severally  promise  and  agree  with  said  B.,  that  we  will  receive  in  full 
satisfaction  and  discharge  of  our  respective  claims  against  him,  the  amount 
of per  cent,  thereof,  in  promissory  notes  for  our  respective  per  cent- 
ages,  payable  on  demand  in  three  equal  instalments,  m  three,  six,  and 
nme  months  from  this  date ;  —  said  notes  to  be  dated  this  day,  (and 
tecured  by  a  sood  endorser.)  , 

Provided,  that  such  notes  endorsed  as  aforesaid, .shall  be  tendered  or 
delivered  to  us  respectively  within days  from  this  date. 

In  testimony  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  and  seals,  this 
——  day  of ,  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and  fifty . 


AMOUNTS.        I  j  NAMES  OF    CREDITORS.  |        SEALS. 

Composition  with  Creditors,  (another.) 

This  Agreement  of  two  parts,  made  and  concluded  this day  of 

—  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  fifty,  by  and  between  John  Doe 

and  Richard  Roe.  of ,  merchants,  and  copartners  under  the  name  and 

style  of  Doe  &  Roe,  and  John  Slock,  of ,  in  the  county  of . 

merchant,  of  the  first  part,  and  H.  G.,  and  the  other  persons,  copartners  and 
corporations,  whose  names  are  in  the  schedule  hereto  annexed,  (being 
creditors  of  the  said  firm  of  D  &  K.)  of  the  second  part, —  Witnesseth, 

That,  Whereas,  the  said  firm  of  Doe  &  Roe  are  indebted  to  the  parties 
of  the  second  part  in  divers  sums  of  money,  which  they  are  unable  punc- 
tually to  pay  and  discharge,  and  have  transferred  and  conveyed  their  pro- 
perty to  the  said  John  Stock  in  trust,  for  the  benefit  of  the  creditors  of 
the  said  firm, — 

Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  premises,  and  of  the  discharge 
from  all  their  debts  hereinafter  set  forth  and  granted  to  the  said  firm  of 
D.  &R.  bv  their  said  creditors,  the  said  D.  &.  R.  do  hereby  covenant  and 


36  CAUTIONS   IN    SELLING   AND  BUYING   ESTATE. 

• 
agree,  lO  and  with  their  several  and  respective  creditors,  that  they  will  giT« 
to  each  and  every  of  them  their  promissory  notes,  bearing  date  the  tenth 
day  of  October,  A.  D.,  1850,  payable  to  the  order  of  themselves  and  by 
themselves  respectively  endorsed,  and  subsequently  endorsed  by  the  said 
John  Stock,  payable  in  equal  sums  in  six,  nine,  and  twelve  months, 
with  interest,  for  fifty  per  centum  of  the  amount  which  shall  be  found  to 
be  due  on  all  their  bills  and  notes  payable  to  each  and  every  of  said 
creditors.  All  notes  and  accounts  to  be  made  equal  to  cash  on  the  tenth 
day  of  October  as  aforesaid. 

And  the  said  John  Stock  hereby  covenants  and  agrees  to  and  with  the 
several  and  respective  creditors  of  said  D.  &  R,  that  he  will  endorse 
the  several  and  respective  promissory  notes  of  said  D.  &  R.  for  fifty 
per  centum  of  the  amounts  found  to  be  due  and  payable  as  aforesaid. 

And  the  said  H.  G.  and  others,  creditors  of  the  said  firm  of  D.  &  R.,  for 
themselves  &  their  representatives,  hereby  agree  to  accept  the  promissory 
notes  of  said  firm,  signed  and  endorsed  as  is  hereinbefore  set  forth,  in  full 
satisfaction  and  discharge  of  the  several  amounts  now  due  and  payable 
from  the  said  firm  to  them,  and  hereafter  to  become  due,  the  same  being 
now  contracted.* 

And  it  is  further  mutually  agreed  by  all  the  parties  hereto,  that  nothing 
herein  contained  shall  be  considered  of  any  force,  or  binding  in  any  way, 
on  any  of  the  parties  who  shall  sign  this  instrument,  unless  all  the  per- 
sons, copartners,  and  corporations,  creditors  of  said  D.  &,  R.  shall  be- 
come parties  hereto,  within  days  from  the  date  hereof. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  several  parties  have  hereto  set  their  handa 
and  seals,  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

Jn  presence  of  toitnesses  to  the  si-gnatttres  of 

J.   S.  (I.    8.) 

J.   D.  (L.  s.) 

R.    R.  (L.  8.) 

H.  G.,  and  others,    (l.  s.) 


•  It  is  however  mutually  agreed  and  understood  by  all  the  parties  here- 
to, ttial  instead  of  the  promissory  notes  of  said  firm  of  D.  &  R.,  endorsed  aa 
aforesaid,  the  said  several  creditors,  may,  if  they  elect,  require,  and  the 
said  firm  shall  crive,  on  being  notified  of  such  election,  the  promissory  notes 
of  siild  firm,  bearing  date  as  aforesaid,  payable  in  nine,  twelve,  and  filteen 
months  with  interest,  for  sixty  per  centum  of  the  amount  found  to  le  due  to 
each  of  said  creditors  on  the  tenth  of  October,  A.  D.  1850.  All  debts  of  said 
Doe  &.  Roe,  whether  due  and  payable,  or  otherwise,  to  be  made  as  cash  or 
that  day.  Said  notes,  when  received  by  any  creditor  to  be  in  full  satisfaction 
and  discharge  of  the  present  obligations.  [To  be  inserted  in  the  text  if 

deemed  expedient.] 


LAWS    REGULATING  THE   SALE  OF  REAL  ESTATE. 

Jn  using  printed  Forms  of  Deeds,  Mortgages,  Leases,  Ifc.,  tfuy  should  be  exam' 
ined,  and  the  legal  effect  of  every  word  and  covenant   well  understood. 

The  first  part  of  a  Deed  is  called  the  Premises, or  Description,  nnd  con- 
tains the  names  of  the  seller  and  buyer,  (called  in  law  f^rantor  and  sran- 
tee,)  their  places  of  residence,  the  consideration,  description,  boundaries, 
privileges,  appurtenances,  exceptions,  mortgages,  rights  of  way,  &.c. 

The  second  division  is  callea  the  Habendum,  in  which  appear  all  the 
conditions,  except  the  mortgages. 

The  third  division  contains  the  Covenants.  If  a  mortgage,  lease,  or 
any  other  incumbrance  has  been  set  forth  in  the  Premises,  the  Covenant 
•hould  except  the  "  aforesaid  mortgage,"  and  also  every  other  incumbrance. 


.      LAWS    REGULATING   CONVEYANCES.  37 

The  conclusion  of  the  Deed  consists  of  the  Date  and  Attestation ;  and 
here  is  the  proper  place  under  the  words  signed,  sealed,  &;c.  directlj 
before  the  names  of  the  witnesses,  to  note  (before  signing)  all  erasures 
and  interlineations,  which  nave  occurred  in  the  Deed. 

If  the  estate  is  granted  for  a  term  of  years,  the  habendum  will  read  — 
"  To  have  and  to  hold  the  above  granted  premises  to  the  said  C.  D.,  his 

heirs  and  assigns,  for  and  during  the  term  of years,  from  the 

day  of ,  A.  D.  185 — ." —  If  for  the  life  of  the  grantee  say  "for  and 

during  the  natural  life  of  the  said  C  D." 

A  party  who  contracts  to  execute  and  deliver  a  deed,  is  bound  to  pre- 
pare it,  if  there  is  no  stipulation  that  it  shall  be  prepared  by  the  grantee. 

In  the  construction  of  every  instrument  granting,  or  conveying,  or  au- 
thorizing the  creation  or  conveyance  of,  any  estate  or  interest  in  lands,  it 
is  the  duty  of  Courts  of  Justice  to  carry  into  effect  the  intent  of  the 
parties,  so  far  as  such  intent  can  be  collected  from  the  whole  instrument, 
and  is  consistent  with  the  rules  of  Law. — N.  Y.  R.  S. 

In  the  construction  of  Deeds  the  courts  have  adopted  the  rule,  that 
"where  the  intention  of  the  parties  can  be  discovered,  they  will  carry  that 
intention  into  effect,  if  it  can  be  done  consistently  with  the  rules  of  law." 

1  Mass.  Rep.  226. A  palpable  omission,  or  mistake,  of  a  word  will 

not  defeat  the  intentions  of  the  parlies, — and  matter  will  sometimes  be 
implied,  where  the  intention  evidently  requires  it. 

Executors  or  Administrators  need  not  be  mentioned  in  any  legal  in- 
strument. They  may  avail  themselves  of  any  contract  made  with  the 
deceased,  whether  they  are  named  or  not.     Sh^fp.  Touchstone,  178. 

Heirs  are  bound  if  they  are  named.    Assignees  usually  need  not  be. 

Validity  of  the  Title. — The  most  direct  way  for  the  purchaser  to  as- 
certain the  validity  of  the  title  of  an  estate  is,  to  engage  an  Attorney, 
or  other  competent  person,  to  examine  the  Records.  He  should  also  as- 
certain by  personal  examination, if  there  exists  any  incumbrance,  by  a</acA- 
mentj^ant, prescription,  or  necessity,  {  not  on  record,)  such  as  a  right  oj 
way, drain,  ancient  lights,  fence ,  privy .  pump ,  door,  overhanging  eaves, 
trees,  water-course,  nuisance,  SfC.jOi  if  the  taxes  and  assessments  have 
been  paid,  or  the  estate  been  sold  for  the  taxes;  or  he  may  discover,  when 
too  late, that  he  is  deprived  oflight,  water,  air,  or  othervaluable  privilege  j 
and  the  warranty  may  prove  utterly  worthless,  by  the  insolvency  or  re- 
moval of  the  grantor.  So  the  seller,  who  gives  a  warranty,  should  be  no  lees 
diligent  in  his  inquiries,  or  he  may  be  compelled  to  pay  damages,  which  a 
little  care  and  foresight  would  have  prevented.  Be  sure  that  the  wifejoins 
in  the  deed,  releasing  her  right  to  dower,  and  [homestead  in  some  cases.] 

If  an  estate  is  described  by  reference  to  a  former  Deed,  or  Plan,  the 
instrument  so  referred  to  should  be  on  record,  and  the  book  and  page  of 
the  record  be  stated. 

Boundaries. — Where  land  is  described  by  "  metes  and  bounds,"  and  sis 
containing  a  certain  number  of  acres,  or  feet,  the  description  by  metes 
and  bounds  controls  the  quantity.  If  described  as  bounded  by  a  river 
or  creek,  the  line  runs  through  the  middle  of  the  same.  [Many  water 
rights  have  been  lost  by  disregarding  this.] 

If  a  river  be  navigable  it  constitutes  a  highway,  authority  over  which 
is  vested  in  the  Slate. 

Land  includes  every  thing  of  a  permanent  nature,  and  comprises  all 
things  upon  the  surface  and  attached  to  the  soil  of  the  earth.  Compre- 
hending, therefore,  in  its  legal  signification  any  ground,  soil,  or  earth  what- 
soever, as  arable,  meadows,  pastures,  water,  woods,  moors,  marshes,  &.c. 
It  legally  iucludeth  castles,  houses,  and  other  buildings,  for  they  consist 
BMA  4 


38  LAWS   KEGTTLATING  COKVETANCES. 


of  two  things, — land  which  is  the  foundation  and  the  structure  thereupon; 
consequently  a  conveyance  of  land  will  pass  all  that  is  upon  the  surface. 

The  words  "  and  all  buildings  thereon,"  in  a  deed  have  no  legal  ope- 
ration.   4  Mass.  110. 

Mortgage  of  Estate  —  If  the  purchaser  intends  to  assume  the  payment 
of  the  mortgage,  add,  after  the  description,  the  following;  —  "And  said 
premises  are  hereby  conveyed  subiect  to  a  mortgage  given  by  me  to  E.  F., 

to  secure  the  payment  of dollars,  dated  July  1,  1850,  recorded  Book 

500,  fol.200; — which  principal  aum,  [or  so  much  thereof  as  remains  un- 
paid,] together  with  the  interest  tliereon  accrued,  said  grantee  is  to  assume 
and  pay  as  part  of  the  consideration  of  this  deed,  and  forever  save  me 
and  my  heirs  harmless  from  all  loss,  cost,  trouble,  and  damage  arising 
therefrom."  [The  usual  condition  "  that  the  purchaser  shall  assume  and 
pay  outstanding  mortgages"  is  not  correct.] 

If  a  Right  of  Way  IS  granted,  say,  at  the  close  of  the  description, — 
"  together  with  the  right  of  passing  and  repassing  on,  over,  through, 
{state  the  location)  ana  using  the  same  as  a  public  for  private]  way  for- 
ever." If  aright  of  way  is  reserved  to  the  grantor,  add,  "excepting  anc 
reserving  to  the  said  B.  his  heirs,  and  assigns,  the  right  of  passing,  &.c." 

Restrictions. — If  the  purchaser  covenants  to  build  his  house  after  a  cer- 
tain style,  and  place  it  a  certain  number  of  feet  back  from  the  street  or 
highway,  or  agrees  to  any  other  restrictions,  he  should  bind  the  seller  in 
similar  restrictions,  in  regard  to  the  sale  of  contiguous  lots. 

Where  the  estate  is  dramed  by  a  marsh,  the  purchaser  should  require  of 
the  seller  that  the  drain  be  kept  open  and  free  forever ;  or  the  marsh  may 
be  filled  up  and  the  drain  declared  a  nuisance. 

If  the  estate  is  held  by  a  wife  in  her  own  right  (by  conveyance,  devise, 
or  bequest,)  and  the  husband  sell  the  same,  and  she  relinquish  her  right 
of  dower,  it  does  not  pass  the  estate.    The  sale  is  void. 

Penally  for  non-performance  of  Contract. — Every  agreement  for  the 
sale  of  real  estate  must  be  in  writing.  Where  there  is  a  penalty  annexed 
for  the  non-performance  of  the  agreement,  the  parly  failing  to  perform 
will  not  be  liable  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  penalty-,  but  only  for  the 
actual  damages  sustained  j  and  this  will  be  true,  even  if  the  sum  is  de- 
clared to  be  not  a  penalty,  but  liquidated  damages,  unless :  1st.  Where 
the  damages  are  uncertain,  and  are  not  capable  of  being  ascertained  by 
any  satisfactory  and  known  rule.  2d.  Where  it  is  apparent,  that  the  dam- 
ages have  already  been  the  subject  of  actual  and  fair  calculation  and  ad- 
justment between  the  parties ;  in  which  two  cases,  the  parly  may  recover 
the  amount  thus  agreed  upon  in  the  instrument,  as  liquidated  damages. — 
Greenleafs  Evidences. 

Damages. — In  an  action  for  the  breach  of  a  contract  for  the  sale  of 
land,  the  measure  of  damages  is  not  the  full  contract  price,  but  the  differ- 
ence between  that  price  and  the  price  for  which  the  land  would  have  been 
sold  at  the  time  of  the  breach.     6  Gray's  R.  25.     See  also  pages  11  &  12 

A  deed  takes  effect  by  the  delivery,  and  it  is  not  material  whether  the 
delivery  is  before  or  after  the  date.  No  particular  form  is  necessary  for 
the  delivery  of  a  deed.  Any  act  is  sufficient,  which  indicates  an  intention 
to  put  it  in  possession  of  the  grantee. 

In  many  of  the  States  two  witnesses  are  required  to  a  Deed,  in  some 
one,  and  in  a  few  none.  So  in  some  Stales  the  law  requires  that  a  deed 
be  sealed,  in  others  a  scrawl,  or  circle  of  ink  at  the  end  ofeacli  name,  is  suf- 
ficient, and  in  a  few  neither  seal  nor  scrawl  is  required.  It  is  always  safe 
to  have  deeds  sealed,  and  witnessed  by  two  subscribing  witnesses 

Deeds  should  be  Signed,  Sealed,  Witnessed,  Acknowledged,  De- 
livered, and  Recorded. 

If  a  Deed  be  recorded,  without  having  been  acknowledged,  the  record 
is  of  no  effect.    23  Pick.  80. 


QUIT-CLAIM    DEEDS.  39 


DEEDS. 

1.    Quit-Claim  Deed. 
Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  ol , 

in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  merchant,  in  consideration 

of dollars  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.,  of ,  in  the  county  of , 

and  State  of ,  farmer,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  acknowl- 

edpjed,  do  hereby  grant,  remise,  release,  and  forever  quit  claim 

unto  the   said   C.    D.,    his   heirs   and   assigns,  all lot  —  of 

land  in  said  B.,   being  lot  —  numbered on  G.  H's  plan,  dated 

,  a  lithograph  copy  of  whicti  is  hereto  annexed,  bounded  [here 

state  how  bounded],  with  all  the  rights,  easements,  privileges, 
and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging,  [l] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  above  released  premises  to  the  said  C.  D., 
his  heirs  and  assigns,  to  his  and  their  use  and  behoof  forever. 

And  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  for  myself  and  my  heirs,  executors  and 
administrators,  do  covenant  with  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  as- 
signs, that  the  premises  are  free  from  all  incumbrances  made  or  suf- 
fered by  me;  [2]  and  that  I  will,  and  my  heirs,  executors  and  ad- 
ministrators shall,  warrant  and  defend  the  same  to  the  said  C.  D., 
his  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  against  the  lawful  claims  and  demands 
of  all  persons  claiming  by,  through,  or  under  me,  but  against  none 
other.  [3] 

In  witness   whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  B.  [being  unmarried]  have 
hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  this  —  day  of — ,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty — . 
Signed,  scaled  and  delivered  in  presence  of  \  J 

Note-  If  the  grantor  be  married  there  should  be  a  release  of  dower  [and 
homestead.]     See  last  paragraph  of  No.  3. 

[1]  Here  insert  the  exceptions,  restrictions,  ice,  if  there  be  any,  as  follows : 
C.  Street  and  N.  Place,  as  laid  down  on  said  Plan,  are  to  lie  deemed  public 
highways,  and  as  such  may  be  used  freely  by  the  grantee,  and  his  heirs  and 
assigns,  and  by  the  public  generally  ;  but  uniil  the  same  are  legally  accepted 
as  highways,  they  are  to  be  kept  in  good  repair  by  the  abutters— each  abutter 
paying  his  just  proportion  of  the  whole  expense. 

The  premises  are  however  conveyed  subject  to  the  following  restrictions, 
which  are  lo  remain  in  force  till  January  1,  1S75,  and  no  longer. 

[2]  If  restrictions  have  been  staled,  here  insert  '  except  as  aforesaid.^ 

[3]  If  there  are  restrictions,  here  insert  ^except  those  claiming  under  said  rt- 
ttrictions,^  or  '  right  of  way,''  or  '  right  of  entry,  abatement  and  removal,''  ice.  itja 

2.  Qitil-Claim   Deed,  hy  Trustee. 

Know  all    men  by    these    presents.  That  I,  H.   P.,  of 

,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  gentleman,  as  I  am 

trustee  for  G.  H.  and  others,  under  an  Indenture  of  two  parts,  dated, 

,  18 — ,  in  virtue  and  in  execution  of  the  power  and  authority 

in  me  vested  in  and  by  said  Indenture,  and  any  and  all  other  pow- 
ers me  hereto  enabling,  and  in  consideration  of,  [a/ier  u'AtcAjjro- 
ceed  as  inJVo.  1,  to  the  close  of  the  third  paragraph.'] 

In  witness  whereof,.  I  the  said  H.  P.,  trustee  as  aforesaid,  [being 

unmarried,]  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal  this day  of 

,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  eighteen  hundred  and  tifty — . 

H.  P.     (l.  s.) 
Signed,  teaied  and  delivered  inpreunee  of 


40  WARRANTY    DEED. 


3.   Warranty  Deed. 

Know  all  mex  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  of 
,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of  ,  merchant,  in  con- 
sideration of dollars  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.,  of ,  in  the  county 

of ,  and   State  of  ,  farmer,  the  receipt  whereof  is  liereby 

acknowledged,  do  hereby  give,  grant,  bargain,  sell  and  convey, 
unto  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  a  certain  parcel  of  land, 
situate  in  ,  in  said  county,  bounded  and  described  as  fol- 
lows :  [Here  insert  description  and  boundaries].  [See  descrip- 
tion in  note  at  foot  of  page]  with  all  the  privileges  and  appurtenan- 
ces thereto  belonging.  [1] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  aforegranted  premises,  to  the  said  C.  D., 
his  heirs  and  assigns,  to  his  and  their  use  and  behoof  forever. 

And  I,  the  said  A.  B  ,  for  myself  and  my  heirs,  executors, and  ad- 
ministrators, do  covenant  with  the  said  C.  D.,hislieirs  and  assigns, 
that  I  am  lawfully  seized  in  fee  simple  of  the  aforegranted  premi- 
ses, that  they  are  free  from  all  incumbrances  [2]  ;  that  I  have  good 
right  to  sell  and  convey  the  same  to  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and 
assigns  forever,  [3]  as  aforesaid;  and  that  I  will,  and  my  heirs,  ex- 
ecutors, and  administrators  shall,  warrant  and  defend  the  same 
to  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  against  the  lawlul 
claims  and  demands  of  all  persons. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  and  Mary  my  wife,  in 
token  of  her  release  of  all  right  of  dower  and  homestead  {as  the  case 
may  be)  in  the  granted  premises,  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  and 
seals  this day  of ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  fifty-eight. 

A.  B.         [l.  8.] 
M.  B.         [L.  a.] 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  inpresenee  of 

[1]  Here  insert  exceptions,  liens,  l^c,  if  there  be  any,  as  follows:  —  [The 
preraiseij  are  htiwever  conveyed  subject  to  a,  or,  these  &c.]    [See  pp.SG— 38.] 

[2]  ir incumbrances  have  been  set  forth  in  the  premises,  here  say—  [except 
as  aforesaid  ;] 

[3]  If  incumbrances  have  been  stated,  here  insert  the  word  [subject] 

r<Zr-  See  "  SEQUEL  TO  THE  BUSINESS  MAN'S  LAW  LIBRARY" 
for  Directions  and  Forms  for  the  Execution  and  Acknowledgment  of  Deeds 
n  all  the  States  of  the  Union  —  being  the  Conveyancers'  Assistant,  Execu- 
,or8',  Administrators',  and  Copartners'  Guide. 

Description  and  Boundaries  of  the  Estate. 

Being  a  certain  piece  designated  as  lot  ,  on  a  pinn  of  land  formerly 

belonging  to  T.  &  S.,  which  plan  was   made   by  J.  L.,  dated   November — , 

1854,  and  recorded   with   the Deeds  ;  and  to  which  plan  reference  is  here 

made  for  a  further  description  of  the  location  and  boundaries  of  said  lot.  Said 
lot  is  bounded  and  measures  according  to  said  plan  as  follows: 

Bounded — southerly  on  S Street,  there  measuring  thirty  feel;  westerly 

on  house  and  land  of  I.  B.  there  measuring  thirty  feet,  and  easterly  on  land  of 
J.  R.  there  measuring  forty  feet  eight  inches  ;  northerly  on  land  of  J.  D  there 
measuring  forty  feel ; —  all  such  measurements  being  more  or  less,  or  however 
otherwise  bounded ; 

Containing  thirty  acres,  more  or  less,  bounded  sotitherly  on  the  highway 
leading  from  B.  to  T. ;  easterly  on  land  of  T.  F. ;  westerly  on  land  of  E.  N. ; 
and  northerly  partly  on  land  of  O.  P.  and  partly  on  land  of  N.  S.,  (being  the 

tame  conveyed  to  me  by  G.  N.,  by  his  deed  dated ,  185    ,  recorded  in  the 

. —  vol. —,  page —). 


DEED   OF   ATTORNEY.  41 

4.    Warranty  Deed  to  convey  Wife's  Real  Estate. 

Know  all,  men  by  these  presents,  That   we,  A.  B.,  of 

,  in  the  coiinly  of ,  and  State  of ,  merchant,  and  M.  B. 

wife  of  said  A.  B.,  in  her  own  right,  in  consideration  of  one  thousand 

and  eighty  dollars  paid  by  [the  City  of ,]  the  receipt  whereof 

is  hereby  acknowledged,  do  hereby  give,  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and 
convey  to  the  said  [City  of ,  its  successors:'}  and  assigns  forev- 
er, one  undivided  tenth  part  of  a  certain  messuage  [here  describe 
how  butted  and  bounded,  how  measuring,  and  how  it  came  into 
possession,  if  by  will,  deed,  &c.,]  after  which  proceed  as  inJVo.  3 
to  the  close  oj  the  third  paragraph,  and  then  say  : — 

In  witness  whereof,  we,  the  said  A.  B.  and  M.  B.,  have  here- 
unto set  our  hands  and  seals,  this day  of ,  in  the  year  of 

our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty — . 

A.  B.  (L.  8.) 

Signed,  seaUd  and  delivered  in  presence  of  M.  B.         (L.  s.) 

Note.— Instead  of  [City  of,]  insert  town,  if  it  be  so,  or  the  name  of  an  in- 
dividual, if  the  Deed  be  made  to  one,  in  which  case  [C.  D.,  Iiis  heirs  and  as- 
signs] should  take  the  place  of  "  ciiy  of ,  its  successors." 

5.    Warranty  Deed  executed  by  Attorney. 
Know   all    men  by   these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  of 

,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  in  consideration  of 

>  [f^fter  which  proceed  as  in,  JVo.  3  to  the  close  of  the  third 

paragraph,  and  then  say : — 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  A.  B.,  grantor,  hath  hereunto  set 

his  hand  and  seal,  this day  of ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 

thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty — ,  by  C.  D.,  his  attorney  duly 
authorized,  by  letter  of  attorney  herewith  recorded. 

A.   B.  (L.  8.) 

By  C.  D.,  his  Attorney. 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of 

6.  *  Deed  of  Real  Estate  to  a  Married  Woman,  to  her 
sole  and  separate  use. 
Know   all  men    by  these   presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  of 
,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  farmer,  in  considera- 
tion of dollars,  to  me  paid   by  C.  D.,  wife  of  E.  D.,  of 

aforesaid,  merchant,  the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged, 
do  give,  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and  convey  unto  the  said  C.  D.,  her 
heirs  and  assigns,  a  certain  lot  of  land,  situate,  lying  and  being  in 

aforesaid,  with  the  dwelling  house  thereon  standing,  bounded 

and  described  as  follows,  to  wit :  [here  insert  the  description,]  with 
all  the  privileges  and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging. 

•A  husband  can  secure  properly  to  his  wife  by  conveying  it  to  some  friend  in 
trust  for  her  benefit,  but  not  to  tlie  prejudice  of  his  creditors.  In  some  states 
property  can  be  conveyed  to  a  married  woman  to  her  sole  and  separate  use. 
So  a  female  may  before  marriage,  convey  properly  to  a  third  person  in  irust 
for  her  benefit ;  and  thereby  place  il  beyond  the  control  or  liabilities  of  her 
future  husband. 

BMA  4* 


42    DEED   FROM   A   FATHER   TO   A    MARRIED    DAtJGHTER. 


To  have  and  to  hold  the  above  granted  premises,  to  her,  the  said 
C.  D.,  wife  of  the  said  E.  D.,  to  her  sole  and  separate  use,  free  from 
the  interference  or  control  of  her  pVesent,  or  of  any  future  husband, 
and  to  her  heirs  and  assigns,  to  her  and  their  sole  use  forever. 

(Here  insert  Covenants  of  Warranty,  as  in  Deed  3,  if  deemed  necesjary.) 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  have,  &c. 

A.  B.         (l.  s.) 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of 

[If  grantor  be  married,  there  should  be  a  release  of  Dower.] 

7.  Deed  of  Gift  of  Personal  Chattels  from  a  Father  to 
a  Married  Daughter  to  her  sole  and  separate  use* 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.,  of 
,  in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  merchant,  in  consid- 
eration of  the  love  and  affection  which  I  bear  to  my  daughter,  S.  B. 

D.,  wife  of  C.  D.,  of aforesaid,  and  for  divers  other  good  and 

valid  considerations,  do  hereby  give,  grant,  confirm  and  convey 
unto  my  said  daughter,  S.  B.  D.,her  heirs  and  assigns,  all  and  sin- 
gular the  goods  and  chattels  following,  to  wit :  [or,  say,  goods  and 
chattels  mentioned  in  the  schedule  hereto  annexed.] 

1  Bareau, Marked  S.  B.  D.  on  the  back. 

I  Grecian  Table, "         S.  8.  D.  under  the  leaf. 

12  Mahogany  Chairs, "         S.  B.  D.  under  the  bottom. 

3  Silver  Tabic  Spoons, "         S.  B.  D.  on  the  handle. 

12  Silver  Tea  Spoons, ««         S.  B.  D.  "    "        «« 

1  Silver  Tankard, "         A  B.  to  S.  B.D.ontheside. 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  above  described  goods  and  chattels  to  her 
sole  and  separate  use,  free  from  the  interference  and  control  of  her 
present,  or  any  future  husband,  and  to  her  heirs  and  assigns,  to  her 
and  their  sole  use  and  behoof  forever. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  have,  &c. 
Signed, sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  A.   B.     [l.   S.] 

8.  Deed  of  a  Right  of  Way.f 

This  Indenture  made  this day  of ,  in  the  year  ot 

our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty — ,  between  A.  B.  of 

,  of  the  one  part,  and  C.  D.  of ,  of  the  other  part,  Witoes- 

seth, 

*  In  some  States  mast  be  recorded,  or  the  property  will  be  liable  to  attach- 
ment for  the  husband's  debts.  [See  "  Trader^  Guic/«,"oneof  this  series,  page 
130,  Article  "  Rig/its  in  Property  of  Manied  TTowjen."] 

t  Easements.  No  person  can  acquire  any  right  to  a  privilege  of  way,  air,  or 
light,  nor  any  other  easement,  in  Massachusetts,  New  York,  and  several  other 
States,  unless  such  shall  have  been  continued  uninterrupted  for  twenty 
years.  In  Connecticut  and  Vermont,  for  fifteen.  In  South  Carolina,  thirty. 
But  it  is  held  not  to  exist  in  New  Jersey  or  Pennsylvania. 

In  some  States  the  acquiring  of  such  a  right  may  be  prevented  by  serving  a 
notice  on  the  opposite  party,  and  recording  the  same  ;  and  a  copy  of  the  notice 
must  be  affixed  to  the  house  or  some  other  conspicuous  part  of  the  premises. 

[See  Law  of  Easements,  and  Forms  of  Notice  for  Discontinuance  of  Eaae« 
inents,  at  page  67.1 


STATUTE  LEEDS  OF  INDIANA.  43 


TTiat  the  said  A.  B.  in  consideration  of dollars  to  him  paid 

by  the  said  C.  D.,  doth  hereby  ^rant,  bargain,  and  sell  unto  the 
said  C.  D.  his  heirs  and  assigns, the  free  and  uninterrupted  use  of, 

and  passage  in  and  aiongacertainalley  or  passage  of in  breadth, 

by feet  in  depth,  extending  out  of  and  from street,  in  the 

town  aforesaid,  along  the  south  side  of  the  present  messuage,  dwell- 
ing house  and  lot  of  the  said  C.  D.,  together  with  free  ingress, 
egress  and  regress  to  and  for  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns, 
his  and  their  tenants  and  undertenants,  occupiers  or  possessors  of 
the  messuage  and  ground  of  the  said  C.  D.  contiguous  to  the  said 
alley,  or  passage,  at  all  times  and  seasons,  forever  hereafter,  into, 
along,  upon,  and  out  of  the  said  alley,  or  passage,  in  common  with 
him  the  said  A.  B.  his  heirs  and  assigns,  tenants  or  occupiers  of  the 
messuage  and  ground  of  the  said  A.  B.  adjacent  to  the  same  alley, 
or  passage. 

To  have  and  to  hold  all  and  singular  the  privileges  aforesaid,  to 
him  the  said  C.  D.  his  heirs  and  assigns,  to  the  only  proper  use  and 
behoof  of  him  the  said  C.  D.  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever,  in  com- 
mon with  him  the  said  A.  B.,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  as  aforesaid : 
Subject  nevertheless  to  the  moiety  or  equal  half  part  of  all  neces- 
sary charges  and  expenses  which  shall  from  time  to  lime  accrue, 
in  paving,  amending,  repairing,  and  cleansing  the  said  alley,  or 
passage. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  parties  have,  &c. 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  "■•  "'     \^'  *'J 

CD.       [L.    8.] 

Forms  of  Deeds  prescribed  by  the   States  of  Indiana,  Vir- 
ginia, and  Iowa. 

STATUTE    DEEDS    OF    INDIANA. 

Warranty    Deed. 

A.  B.  conveys  and  warrants  to  C.  D.,  the  following  tract  of  land, 
[here  describe  the  premises]  for  the  sum  of dollars. 

This  deed  dated,  signed,  sealed  and  acknowledged  by  the  grantor, 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  good  conveyance  in  fee  simple  to  the  gran- 
tee, his  heirs  and  assigns. 

Q,uit  Claim  Deed. 

A.  B.,  quit  claims  to  C.  D.,  the  following  lot  of  land,  [here  de- 
scribe the  premises]  for  the  sum  of dollars. 

This  deed  dated,  signed,  sealed  and  acknowledged  by  the  gran- 
tor, shall  be  deemed  a  good  quit  claim  to  the  grantee,  his  heirs  and 
assigns. 

Mortgage  Deed. 

A.  B. ,  mortgages  and  warrants  to  C  D  [here  describe  the  premi- 
ses] to  secure  the  repayment  of  [here  write  the  sum,  note,  bond, 
or  other  evidence  of  debt,  or  a  description  thereof  sought  to  be  se- 
cured, also  the  date  of  the  repayment.] 

This  mortgage  deed  dated,  signed,  sealed  and  acknowledged  shall 
be  deemed  a  good  mortgage. 


44  STATUTE    DEEDS    OF   VIRGINIA   AND   IOWA 

STATUTE  DEEDS  OF   VIRQINIA.- [From  Code  of  Virginia,  1849.] 

Deed  to  convey  the  Grantor's  whole  Interest. 

This  deed,  made  the day  of in  the  year  1855,  between 

[here  insert  the  names  of  parties],  witnesselh  :  that  in  considera- 
tion of  [Aere  state  the  consideration'],  the  said  doth  [or  do,] 

grant  unto  the  said  *,  all  &c.  [here  describe  the  property,  and 

insert  covenants  or  any  other  provisions]. 

Witness  the  following  signature  &  seal,  [or signatures  §"  seals] 

Deed  of  Lease. 

This  deed  made  the day  of ,  in  the  year  1855,  between 

[here  insert  the  names  of  parties],  witnesselh  :  that  the  said 

doth  [or  do]  demise  unto  the  said ,  his  personal  representatives 

and  assigns,  all  &c.  [here  descrilie  the  property]  from  the day 

of ,  for  the  term  of years,  thence  ensuing,  yielding  there- 
for during  the  said  term,  the  rent  of  [here  state  the  rent  and  mode 
ol  payment.] 

Witness  the  following  signature  and  seal  [or  signatures  and  seals.] 

Deed  of  Trust  to  Secure  Debts  or  Indemnify  Sureties. 

This  deed,  made  the day  of ,  in  the  year  1855,  between 

,  [the  grantor]  of  the  one  part,  and ,  [the  trustee]  of  the 

other  part,  witnesseth  :    that  the  said ,  [the  grantor]  doth  [or 

do]  grant  unto  the  said  ,  [the  trustee]  the  following  property, 

[here  describe  the  debts  to  be  secured,  or  the  sureties  to  be  in- 
demnified, and  insert  covenants,  or  any  other  provisions  the  parties 
may  agree  upon].  [To  be  witnessed  and  sealed  as  above.] 

STATUTE   DEEDS  OF   IOWA.  — [From  the  Code  of  Iowa.3 

.  '  Quit   Claim  Deed. 

For  the  consideration  of dollars,  I  hereby  Quit  Claim  to 

A.  B.  all  my  interest  in  the  following  tract  of  land  [describing  it]. 

Warranty    Deed. 

For  the  consideration  of dollars,  I  hereby  convey  to  A.  B. 

the  following  tract  of  land  [describing  it],  and  I  warrant  the  title 
against  all  persons  whomsoever. 

Mortgage  Deed. 
The  same  as  a  Deed  of  Conveyance  — adding  — "  to  be  void  up- 
on condition  that  I  pay,  [here  state  the  sum,  note,  bond,  &c."] 

Chancellor  Kent's  Form  of  Deed. 

I,  A.  B.,  in  consideration  of [here  state  the  consideration] 

to  me  paid  by  C.  D.,  do  bargain  and, sell  to  C.  D.  [and  his  heirs  *] 
the  lot  of  land  bounded  &c.  [here  describe  the  property  and  insert 
covenants  or  any  other  provisions.]    Witness  my  hand  and  seal  &c. 

•  In  most  of  ihe  Stales  the  term  "  heirs'''  should  be  Insened  in  deeds  of  real 
estate  if  it  is  intended  that  the  purchaser  shall  lake  more  than  a  life  interest. 
But  in  New  York,  Virginia,  Iowa,  and  Missouri,  its  insertion  is  not  requi- 
site to  create  or  convey  an  estate  in  fee.  The  w^ords  "executors'*  and  "04- 
ministrators"  are  omitted,  as  they  are  bound,  in  all  cases,  though  not  named. 


ASSIGNMENT    OF    UNITED    STATES    LAND   WARKANTS.    45 

Forms  and  Rrgulations  for  the  Assignment  of  United 
States  Land   Warrants. 

Form  for  the  Assignment  of  the  Warrant.     Ao.  1. 
For  value  received,  1,  E.  F.  J.,  to  whom  the  within  Warrant,  No. 
was  issued,  do  hereby  sell  and  atssi^i  unto  [this  blank  should  not  bellied 
until  the  \Varrant  i»  located,]  and  to  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  the 

said  Warrant,  and  authorize to  locate  the  same,  and  receive  a  patent 

therelbr. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of 185 

Attest:  E.  F.  J.     [l.  s.] 

Two  Witn-Bses.    j  ^    y 

Form  of  Aelcnotcledgment  where  the  Vendor  is  known  to  the  Officer  talcing  tht 
Acknowledgment. 

State  of ,  County  of . 

On  this day  of ,  in  the  year ,  personally  appeared  (here 

ins-rt  the  name  of  the  Warrantee)  to  me  well  known,  and  acknowledged 
the  foregoing  Assi"^nnienl  to  be  his  act  and  deed  ;  and  I  certify,  that  the 
said  (here  insert  the  name  of  the  Warrantee)  is  !he  identical  person  to 
whom  the  wiihiu  Warrant  issued,  and  who  executed  the  foregoing  Assign- 
ment thereof.  (Officer's  Signature.) 

The  assignment  and  acknowledgment  must  be  endorsed  upon  tl>e  warrant. 

Form  of  Acknowledgment  where  the  Vendor  is  not  known  to  the  Officer,  and  his 
identity  has  to  be  proved. 

State  of ,  County  of . 

On  this (lay  of ,  in  the  year ,  personally  came  before  me, 

(here  insert  the  name  of  the  Warrantee)  and  (here  insert  the  name  and 
residence  of  a  witness)  and  the  said  (here  insert  the  name  of  the  witness,) 
being  well  known  to  me  as  a  credible  and  disinterested  person,  was  duly 
sworn  by  me,  and  on  his  oath  declared  and  said,  that  he  well  knows  the 
said  (here  insert  the  name  oftlie  Warrantee.)  and  that  he  is  the  same  per- 
son to  whom  the  within  Warrant  issued,  and  who  executed  the  foregoing 
Assignment,  and  his  testimony  being  satisfactory  evidence  to  me  of  that 
fact,  the  said  (here  insert  the  name  of  the  Warrantee.)  thereupon  acknowl- 
edged the  said  Assignment  to  be  his  act  and  deed,    f  Officer's  SigiuUure.J 

Cerlifieate  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Court,  Judge,  or  other  person  who  is  avthorized  to 
certify,  under  seal,  to  the  official  character  of  the  Officer  who  takes 
Acknowledgments  of  Assignments. 
State  of ,  County  of . 

I,  E.  A,  J,,  Clerk  of  the  Court  of ,  in  the  County  and  State  afore- 
said, hereby  certify  that ,  whose  genuine  signature  is  affixed  to  the 

above  acknowledgment,  was  at  the  time  of  signing  the  same,  a  Justice  of 
the  Peace  [notary  public  or  other  officer]  duly  authorized  by  law  to  take 
such  acknowledgment,  and  that  full  faith  and  credit  are  due  to  all  his  offi- 
cial acts  as  such. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  the  seal  of  said  Court,  this  —  day  of — ,18 
[l,  s.]  E.  A.  J.,  Clerk  of  the  Court  of . 

When  the  acknowledgment  is  taken  by  a  Clerk  of  a  Court,  or  a  Judge 
using  a  seal,  no  certificate  of  his  official  character  is  required. 

in  legal  instruments  the  names  of  the  parties  should  be  given  in  ftill. 


46  FORMS    OF   GUARANTEES. 

GUARANTEES,    FORMS    OF. 
Continuing  Guarantee  for  Goods  to  be  delivered. 

\^A  Cfuarantee  should  be  founded  on  some  consideration."] 
"  I  HEREBY  gjuarantee  the  payment  to  Messrs.  E.  F.  and  G.  H., 
for  all  goods  which  they  may  from  time  to  time  supply  to  John 

Williams,  of  &c.  not  exceeding  the  amount  of  ^ ,     [This 

would  be  sufficient ;  but  it  might,  in  order  to  prevent  all  queS' 
tions,  be  as  well  to  add  the  words,  '  this  is  to  be  a  continuing 
fruarantee.^]     Dated  &c.  A.  B. 

[  The  supplying  the  goods  is  the  consideration  implied.] 

Other  Examples  of  Guarantees. 

**  I  HEREBY  guarantee  the  payment  to  Messrs.  &c.,  for  such 
goods  as  they  may  supply  to  J.  VV.,  of  &c.,  not  exceeding  the 

amount  of  $ ;  but  this  is  not  intended  as  a  continuing  guarantee, 

Dut  only  for  the  once  supplying  goods  to  the  above  amount. 
Dated  &c." 

"  I  hereby  guarantee  the  debt  of  ^100  due  to  you  by  B,  in  con- 
sideration of  your  giving  him  a  farther  credit  of  $200." 

[This  applies  only  to  a  single  transaction,  and  is  confined  to  the  single  debt 
of  $100.] 

"  I  hereby  guarantee  the  debt  of  $100,  due  to  you  by  B,  on  your 
giving  him  a  farther  credit ;  as  also  what  he  may  contract  with  you 
from  this  date  up  to  the  29th  of  October  next." 

{This  applies  to  the  debt  of  $1(10,  and  extends  lo  nil  transactions  of  what- 
ever  amount,  of  B  with  the  party  to  whom  the  guarantee  is  given, up  <o  a 
given  day.] 

"  I  hereby  guarantee  the  debt  of  $100,  due  to  you  by  B.  on  your 
giving  him  a  farther  credit ;  and  also  any  debt  he  may  contract 
with  you,  not  exceeding  $500,  for  goods  supplied  to  him  after  this 
date.'"^ 

lis  a  guarantee  for  the  debt  of  8100,  and  extending  tc  any  debt  not  exceed- 
ing $500,  which  may  at  any  lime  become  due  (orgoods  delivered  lo  B,  until  the 
credit  shall  be  recalled  by  him  who  gives  the  guarantee,  and  applies  lo  debts 
successively  renewed.] 

"  I  hereby  gtiarantee  the  payment  for  any  goods  which  yoa  may 
deliver  to  B  after  this  date." 

[Extends  to  all  transactions  for  goods  sold  to  B  at  any  future  time,  and  to 
aiiy  amount,  and  continues  in  force  until  the  credit  is  recalled.] 

For  Debts  already  Due,  to  prevent  Proceedings. 

"  Messrs.  E.  F.  and  G.  H.  having,  at  my  request,  agreed  to 
forego  proceedings  which  they  were  about  to  take  against  Mr.  J. 

W.,  of  &c.,  to  enforce  the  payment  of  $ due  from  him  to  them,  I 

hereby,  in  consideration  thereof,  guarantee  the  payment  to  them  ol 
that  sum.    Dated  &c." 


To  stop  Proceedings  when  commenced. 

Messrs.  E.  F.  and  G.  H.  having  at  my  request,  agreed  to  dis- 
continue the  proceedings  taken  by  them  against,  &c.  to  enforce 
payment  of  &c.  due  from  him  to  them,  I  hereby,  in  consideration 
thereof,  guarantee  the  payment  of  that  sum  and  of  $ costs." 


GUARANTEE  FOR  PAYMENT  OF  KENT.        47 


Guarantee  for  payment  of  Negotiable  Note. 

"  Pay  to  the  bearer,  and  for  value  received,  I  guarantee  the  pay- 
ment of  the  within.  Dated,  &c.  E.  F." 

Guarantee  for  Payrnent  of  Kent. 

"  In  consideration  of  the  execution  of  the  within  written  lease,  at 
our  request,  we  do  hereby  guarantee  to  the  said  A .  A.  the  true  and 
punctual  payment  of  the  rent  reserved  at  the  times  and  in  the 
manner  therein  mentioned,  and  in  default  thereof,  promise  to  pay 
the  same  on  demand. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals,  this day  of,  &c.     E.  G.  [l.s  ] 

Executed  in  presence  of  F.  F.  [l.s.]" 

FORMS    OF    LEASES. 
Directions. 

A  Lease  is  a  conveyance  of  lands  or  tenements  in  consideration  of  rent,  or 
other  annual  recompense,  for  life,  years,  or  at  will.  The  contract  for  a  Lease 
maybe  expressed  verbally  or  invrrUing.  If  verbally  it  usually  has  only  the 
force  and  eilecl  of  a  tenancy  at  will.  II  in  writing,  n  roust  be  subscribed  by 
the  party  makins;  it,  or  his  auihortzed  agent. 

The  stalule  law,  in  some  States,  requires  that  Leases  for  one  or  more  years 
be  in  writing,  signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of  one  or  more 
subscribing  witnesses,  and  be  registered  or  recorded.  In  Maine,  Massachu- 
setts, Nbw  Hampshire,  and  Maryland, the  term  is  seven  years  ;  in  New  York, 
Pennsylvania,  Ohio  and  Indiana,  three  ;  in  Vermont,  Conneclicul,  Rhode  Is- 
land and  South  Carolina,  one  ;  in  Kentucky  and  Virginia,  five. 

The  following  cauiions  are  necessary  to  be  observed  on  taking  the  Lease 
of  a  house.  1.  Whether  ihere  are  any  symptoms  of  dampness? — 2.  Whether 
the  chimneys  are  smoky  ? — 3.  Whether  the  house  is  subject  to  unpleasant 
smells? — 4.  Whether  ihe  lower  part  of  ihe  house  is  well  ventilated,  and  there 
is  a  good  drainage  to  the  cellar?— 5  Whether  the  house  is  iiifesied  wiih  bugs, 
cockroaches,  moths,  or  any  oiher  vermin  ? — 6.  Whether  it  is  supplied  with 
good  drinking  and  wasliing  waler? — 7.  Who  is  to  keep  the  pumps,  cisterns, 
Ac.  in  good  repair? — 8.  If  ihe  waier  fails  or  becomes  impure, or  the  water  fix- 
lures  get  out  ot  repair,  how  shall  the  tenant  supply  himself? — 9.  Whether  the 
bouse  leaks? — 10.  Whetherihe  landlord  or  tenant  is  lo  keep  the  privy,  waler 
courses,  Ac,  clean  and  in  gobd  condition  ? — 11.  Whether  ihe  house  is  in  good 
repair;  and  the  landlord  will  keep  it  so  during  the  lerm? — 12.  Whether  the 
landlord  is  to  pay  the  taxes?  If  so,  a  covenant  lo  that  effect  should  be  insert- 
ed among  the  agreements.  If  the  tenant,  the  like  among  liis.  A  Lease  is  a 
written  contract,  and  every  thing  agreed  upon  or  contracted  for  by  the  Land- 
lord or  Tenant,  should  be  staled  in  the  Lease. 

In  taking  a  house  on  Lease,  the  tenant  should  carefully  examine  the  Cove- 
nants of  the  Lea.^e,  or  he  may,  whrn  loo  late,  discover  that  he  is  so  tied  down 
by  the  terms  of  the  lea*e,  as  to  render  the  house  unfit  for  his  purposes,  or  that 
Ihe  restrictions  may  involve  him  in  difficulties,  and  subject  him  to  perpetual 
annoyance  ;  he  may  by  ihe  terms  of  ihe  lease,  be  restrained  from  making  ne- 
cessary or  convenient  alteraiions  ;  he  may  be  compelled  to  rebuild  or  pay  rent 
if  ihe  premises  be  burnt  down,  or  rendered  uninhabilable  by  fire,  or  oher  ac- 
cident ;  he  may  be  liable  lo  forfeit  his  lease,  or  be  subject  to  a  penally,  if  he 
assign  over  his  interest,  carry  on  a  irade,  or  the  like  ;  or  he  may  be  subject  lo 
pay  the  taxes,  or  be  assessed  for  the  water  tax,  or  be  otherwise  annoyed. 
♦'  The  laio  does  not  protect  men  from  their  own  carelessness  or  ignorance. 

Note. — For  further  information  on  this  important  subject  gee  "  LandhrriTs 
and  TenanVx  Assistant."'  one  of  this  series,  where  can  be  found  Forms  of 
Leases  of  Houses,  Stores,  Farm  on  Shares,  Furniture,  Tools,  Assignments, 
Surrenders,  Guariintees,  Special  Covenants,  and  the  Laws  regulating  the 
Hiring  and  Letting  of  Houses,  and  Ejectment  for  Xon-payment  of  Rent,  &.c. 


48  FORM   OF   LEASE. 


J^orm  of  Lease  of  Store  or  House. 

This   Indenture,  made  this  day  of ,  in  the 

year  eighteen  hvindred  and  fifty — ,  between  A.  B.  of ,  and 

C.  D.  oT ,  witnesses,  that,  in  consideration  ol  the  covenants 

herein  contained  on  the  part  of  the  said  C.  D.  to  be  kept  and  per- 
formed, the  said  A.  B.  does  hereby  lea«e  to  the  said  C.  D.  the  store, 
with  the  appurtenances,  numbered  22  B.  street,  in  the  city  of  B. 
[^or  describe  the  premises  as  is  usual  in  deeds  ] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  to  the  said  lessee,  for  the  term  of 

years  from  the  date  hereof,  the  said  lessee  paying  therefor 

the  yearly  rent  of dollars,  during  the  said  term. 

And  (he  lessee  covenants  with  the  lessor  to  pay  the  said  rent  in 

quarterly  payments  of dollars  each,  at  the  expiration  of  each 

and  every  quai  ter  during  the  said  term  ;  the  first  payment  thereof 
to  be  miide  on  the  —  day  of  — ,now  next  ensuing;  — and  to  make 
no  unlawful,  improper,  or  offensive  use  of  the  premises,  to  quit  and 
deliver  up  the  same,  and  all  future  erections  and  additions,  to  the 
lessor,  peaceably  and  quietly,  at  the  end  of  the  term,  in  as  good 
order  and  condition,  (reasonal>le  use  and  wearing  thereof,  fire  and 
other  unavoidable  casualties,  excepted)  as  the  same  now  are,  or 
may  be  put  into,  by  the  lessor,  or  those  having  his  estate  in  the 
premises ;  to  pay  all  taxes  and  assessments  wlialsoever ;  whether 
in  the  nature  of  taxes  now  in  being  or  not,  and  all  chaiges  for 
cleansing,  which  may  be  payable  for  or  in  respect  ot  the  prem- 
ises or  any  part  thereof  during  the  said  term,  together  with  the 
rent,  taxes,  assessments  and  charges  as  above  stated,  for  such  fur- 
ther lime  as  the  lessee,  or  those  claiming  under  him  may  hold  the 
premises;  not  to  make  or  suffer  any  waste  thereof,  —  nor  make 
nor  suffer  to  be  made,  any  alteration  therein,  nor  lease,  nor  un- 
derlet, nor  permit  any  other  person  or  persons  to  occupy  the  same, 
except  such  as  the  lessor,  or  those  having  his  estate  in  the  prem- 
ises, shitll  in  writing  approve;  and  that  the  lessor,  or  those  having 
his  estate  in  the  premises,  with  his  and  their  agents,  at  season- 
able times  may  enter  lo  view  the  premises,  and  make  repairs. 

Provided  always,  and  these  presents  are  upon  this  condition: 
That  in  case  the  said  rent  or  laxes  shall  be  in  arrear  for  the  space 
of  one  week,  and  the  same  shall  have  been  c'uly  (leman<!ed,  in  writ- 
ing, on  or  after  the  day  when  the  same  shall  have  become  payable 
— or,  if  the  lessee,  in  case  of  his  insolvency,  shall  tail  to  give  rea- 
sonable security  for  the  payment  of  all  sums  then  due,  and  there- 
after to  grow  due,  under  this  lease  ;  or  if  any  of  the  covenants  herein 
contained,  to  be  observed  on  the  part  of  the  lessee  or  those  claiming 
under  him  shall  be  broken, — the  lessor  or  those  havin<  his  estate 
ifl  the  premises,  whilst  such  neglect  or  default  continues,  may, 
without  fuither  notice  or  demand,  enter  upon  the  premises  and  ex- 
pel the  lessee  or  those  claiming  under  him,  or  may  otherwise  le- 
gally evict  him  or  them  without  prejudice  to  any  remedies  which 
might  otherwise  be  used  for  arrears  of  rent,  or  preceding  breach 
of  covenant. 

*  Provided,  also,  that,  in  case  the  premises,  or  any  part  thereof, 
shall,  during  said  term,  be  destroyed  or  damaged  by  fire  or  other 
unavoidable  casualty,  so  that  the  same  shall  be  thereby  i  endered 
unfit  for  use  and  habitation,  then,  and  in  such  case,  the  rent  here- 


NOTICE   TO   DETERMINE   TENANCY.  49 


inbefore  reserved,  or  a  just  and  proportionate  part  thereof,  accord- 
ing to  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  injury  sustained,  shall  be  sus- 
pended, or  abated  until  the  premises  shall  have  been  put  by  the 
lessor,  or  those  having  his  estate  in  the  premises,  in  proper  condi- 
tion for  use  and  habitation. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  parties  have  hereunto  interchangeably 
set  their  hands  and  seals,  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

A.  B.     [l.  8.] 
C.  D.     [L.  s.] 
Executed  in  presence  of 

Lease  of  House  or  Store. 

A.  B.  and  C.  D.,  both  of  W.,  agree  as  follows  : — A.  B.  leases  to 
C.  D.  his  house  [store]  with  the  appurtenances,  numbered  22  D. 
Street,  in  W.,   for  two  years  from  the  date  hereof. 

C  D.  agrees  to  pay  four  hundred  dollars  a  year  rent,  payable  in 
equal  quarter-yearly  payments,  the  first  payment  to  be  made  on  the 

day  of ,  now  next  ensuing,  and  not  to  assign  or  lease 

the  premises  or  any  part  thereof,  nor  make  alterations  therein,  with- 
out B.'s  written  consent ;  and  at  the  termination  of  this  lease,  to  quit 
and  deliver  up  the  premises  in  good  condition  and  repair,  unavoida- 
ble casualties  excepted. 

In  case  said  premises  shall  be  rendered  unfit  for  their  accustom- 
ed uses  by  any  unavoidable  casualty,  thereupon  this  lease  shall  be 
ended. 

This  lease  shall  be  void  if  C.  D.  fails  to  perform  this  agreement. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this day  of ,  1856. 

A.  B.         [L.  s.] 

Executed  in  presence  of  C.    D.  [l.   S.J 

Notice  from  Landlord  to  Tenant  to  Quit. 

Sir, — For  the  purpose  of  determining  your  tenancy  in  the  es- 
tate No.  5  B.  Street,  in  the  city  [town]  of  B.,  now  in  your  pos- 
session, you  are  hereby  notified  to  quit  and  deliver  up  tome  the 

premises  aforesaid,  on  the day  of next,  according  to  law. 

C.  D.,  Landlord. 

To  Mr.  A.  B.,  Tenant.  Bated, ,  Oct.  1,  185—. 

Notice  from  Tenant  to  Landlord  of  intention  to  Quit. 

Sir, — For  the  purpose  of  determining  my  tenancy  in  the  estate, 
which  I  now  hold  of  you,  known  as  No.  5  B  Street,  in  the  town 
of  B.,  you  are  hereby  notified  that  I  shall  quit  and  deliver  up  to 
you  the  premises  aforesaid,  on  the day  of next,  accord- 
ing to  law.                                                               A.  B.,  Tenant. 

To  Mr.  C.  D.  Landlord.  Dated, ,  Oct.  1, 185—. 

Notice  to  Quit  for  Non-payment  of  Rent. 

Sir, — You  are  hereby  notified  to  quit,  and  deliver  up  to  me,  the 
house  and  appurtenances,  known  as  No.  5  B.  Street,  in  the  city 
[town]  of  B.,now  occupied  by  you,  according  to  law,  your  rent 
being  due  and  unpaid.  C.  D.  Landlord. 

To  A.  B.  Tenant.  Dated, ,  Oct.  1.  185—. 

DMA  5 


50  CHATTEL    MORTGAGES. 

MORTGAGE    OF    PERSONAL   PROPERTY. 


A  mortgage  is  a  conveyance,  or  sale  of  goods,  to  become  an  absolute 
interest,  if  not  redeemed  at  a  certain  time.  The  execution  and  registra- 
tion is  a  substitute  for  a  delivery  of  the  articles,  when  they  can  be  sped- 
f'd  and  identified  by  a  written  description. — See  Laws  at  pp.  55,  56. 

la  Alabama,  mortgage  must  be  recorded  in  the  county  in  which  ihe  grantor 
resides,  also  w^here  the  property  is  at  the  date  of  the  mortgage  ;and  if  remov- 
ed to  another  county  must  be  recorded  in  the  county  to  wliicli  it  is  removed 
within  six  months  from  such  removal. 

In  Arkansas,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  county 
in  which  the  mortgagor  resides.  If  the  property  be  removed  beyond  the 
county,  without  consent  of  mortgagee,  the  person  so  removing  shall  be  liable 
to  imprisonment  for  not  less  than  one  nor  more  than  two  years. 

In  Gilifornia,  the  mortgagor  and  mortgagee  shall  make  affidavit  that  the 
mortgage  is  bona  fide,  and  made  without  any  design  to  defraud  or  delay  cred- 
itors ;  which  affidavit  shall  be  attached  to  the  mortgage.  Mortgage  must  be 
recorded  by  the  county  recorder  where  mortgagor  resides,  and  also  in  the 
county  where  the  properly  is  located. 

In  Connecticut,  machinery  used  in  a  manufacturing  or  mechanical  establish- 
ment, household  furniture,  and  hay,  or  other  personal  properly,  may  be  mort- 
gaged. If  the  mortgagor  retain  possession,  the  mortgage  must  be  described, 
executed  and  recorded  in  all  respects  as  mortgages  of  land. 

In  Florida,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  connty 
where  the  property  shall  be  at  the  time  of  the  execution  of  the  mortgage. 

In  Georgia,  mortgage  must  be  proved  by  the  affidavit  of  the  subscribing 
witness,  and  recorded  wiihiii  three  monlhs.by  the  clerk  of  Ihe  superior  court, 
in  the  county  where  the  mortgagor  resided  at  the  time  of  execution  of  the 
mortgage. 

In  Illinois,  mortgages  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  office  of 
the  recorder  of  the  county  in  which  mortgagor  resides,  and  is  valid  for  only 
two  years.  Immediately  upon  default  of  the  last  payment  mentioned  in  the 
mortgage,  the  mortgagee  must  take  possession,  or  such  mortgage  is  void  as 
10  judgment  creditors. 

In  Indiana,  mortgages  must  be  proved  or  acknowledged  as  provided  in  cases 
of  deeds  of  conveyance,  and  recorded  in  the  recorder's  office  of  the  county 
where  the  mortgagor  resides,  w^ithin  ten  days  after  execution. 

In  Iowa,  mortgages  must  be  executed  and  acknowledged  like  conveyances 
of  real  estate,  and  filed  for  record  in  the  recorder's  office. 

In  jKentttcA^;  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  connty 
where  the  mortgagor  resides  ;  same  as  deeds  of  real  estate. 

In  Louisiana,  all  mortgages  must  be  recorded  with  the  register  of  mortga- 
ges, within  six  days  (when  executed  in  N.  Orleans)  from  the  date,  and  a  day 
more  for  every  two  leagues  from  the  place  of  execution,  as  to  mortgages  exe- 
cuted in  other  parishes. 

/n  3rairt«,  if  the  debt  secured  exceeds  thirty  dollars,  the  Mortgage  must 
be  rec'irded  in  the  town  where  \he  rnortgagor  resides.  Properly  may  be  re- 
deemed by  mortgagor  within  sixty  days  after  condition  broken,  unless  it 
h.is  been  sold  in  pursuance  of  contract  between  the  parties. 

In  Maryland,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged  before  a  justice  of  the  county 
where  the  mortgagor  resides,  and  the  affidavit  of  the  mortsragor  or  mortgagee 
must  be  endorsed  on  the  mortgage,  stating  that  the  consideraiion  is  true  and 
bona  fide.    To  be  recorded  \vilhin  twenty  days,  with  the  records  of  the  county. 

In  Massachusetts,  Mortgage  must  be  recorded  by  the  clerk  of  the  town  where 
the  mortgagor  resides,  and  also  by  the  clerk  of  the  city  or  lown  in  ^vhich  he 
principally  transacts  his  business,  or  follows  his  trade  or  calling.  If  the  prop- 
erly is  not  sold  in  pursuance  of  a  contract  between  the  parliei',  the  right  of  the 
mortgagor,  or  his  assigns,  to  the  properly .  shall  not  be  forfeited  until  sixty  days 
after  the  mortgagee,  or  his  assigns,  shall  have  given  written  notice  to  the  mort- 
gagor, or  the  person  in  possession  of  said  property,  claiming  the  same,  of  his 


CHATTEL   mortgages'.  51 


or  their  intention  to  foreclose  said  mortgage  for  a  breach  of  the  conditions 
thereof,  and  caused  a  copy  of  the  same  notice  to  be  recorded  in  the  clerk's 
offices  where  the  mortgages  are  recorded.  Mortgages  of  personal  property 
are  discharged  in  like  manner  as  real  estate — see  page  57. — If  the  mortgagor 
sell  the  property,  or  part  thereof,  without  the  written  consent  of  the  mortgagee, 
and  without  informing  the  person  to  whom  he  sell-:,  that  the  same  is  mort- 
gaged, he  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  $100,  or  by  imprisonment 
in  jail  or  house  of  correction  not  exceeding  one  year. 

In  Michigan,  mortgage  must  be  filed  with  the  to^vn  clerk,  and  is  valid  for 
one  year  only,  unless  within  thirty  days  before  expiration,  the  mortgagee  an- 
nex to  the  instrument  on  file  an  affidavit,  getting  forth  the  interest  he  has  in 
the  property. 

In  Minnesota,  a  mortgage,  or  a  copy  thereof,  must  be  filed  in  the  office  of 
the  register  of  deeds  of  the  county  where  the  mortgagor  resides,  and  in  the 
case  of  H  non-resident  where  the  property  may  be  at  the  time  of  the  execution 
of  the  mortgage. 

In  Mississippi,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  court 
of  the  county  within  three  months  ;  and  ifremoved  to  another  county  must  be 
again  recorded  in  that  county  within  twelve  months  after  such  removal. 

In  Missouri,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged,  and  recorded  in  the  county 
where  the  mortgagor  resides,  the  same  as  deeds  of  real  property. 

In  Nfw  Hampshire  Mortgages  of  real  estate  must  be  recorded  in  the  office 
of  register  of  deeds.  Aforlgages  of  personal  property  must  be  recorded  in 
the  office  of  the  town  clerk  where  the  mortgagor  resides,  and  the  mongagor 
and  mortgagee  must  swear  that  the  mortgage  is  made  for  securing  the  debt 
specified  in  the  condition  thereof,  and  for  no  other  purpose,  and  that  it  is  a  just 
debt,  hiinestly  due  from  the  mortgagor  to  the  mortgagee.  A  second  mortgage 
cannot  be  executed  on  the  same  property,  without  getting  forth  in  the  subse- 
quent mortgage  the  existence  of  the  previous  one.  Property  cannot  be  sold 
without  the  written  consent  of  the  mortgagee. 

In  Nno  York,  mortgage  must  be  filed,  in  the  city  of  New  York,  in  the  office 
of  the  register;  if  in  any  other  city  or  county  town,  in  the  clerk's  office  there- 
in ;  and  in  all  other  towns,  in  town  clerk's  office.  It  becomes  void  after  the 
expiration  of  one  year,  unless  ^vithin  thirty  days  before  the  expiration  of  the 
year,  a  copy  with  a  statement  of  the  interest  of  the  mortgagee  in  the  property, 
be  again  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  or  register. 

In  North  Carolina,  mortgage  must  be  proved,  and  registered  within  six 
months  after  execution,  in  the  county  where  the  mortgagor  resides.  Mort- 
gage can  be  redeemed  wiihin  two  years  after  forfeiture. 

In  Ohio,  mortgage  must  be  deposited  with  the  clerk  of  the  township  where 
the  mortgagor  resides  ;  or  if  a  county  seat  with  the  register  of  deeds  of  the 
county.  ~^lf  not  a  resident,  it  must  be  deposited  with  the  clerk  of  the  township 
where  the  properly  shall  be  at  the  lime  of  the  execution  of  the  mortgage.  It 
becomes  void  af\er  the  expiration  of  one  year,  unless  within  thirty  days  before 
the  expiration  of  ihe  year,  a  cipy  with  a  statemeni  of  the  interest  of  the  mort- 
gagee in  the  property,  be  again  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  or  register. 

In  Rliode  Island,  the  mortgage  must  be  recorded  by  the  clerk  of  the  town 
where  the  mortgagor  shall  reside  at  the  time  of  making  the  same.  Mortgagor 
can  redeem  the  premises  within  sixty  days,  after  condition  broken,  unless 
the  property,  in  the  mean  time,  shall  have  been  sold  in  pursuance  of  the  con- 
tract between  the  parties. 

In  South  Carolina,  mortgage  must  be  recorded  in  the  office  of  the  register  of 
mesne  conveyances  for  the  district  w^here  mortgagor  resides. 

In  Tennessee,  mortgage  must  be  acknowledged  and  recorded  the  same  as 
mortgages  of  real  estate. 

In  Texas,  mortgage  must  be  proved  by  two  or  more  witnesses,  or  acknowl- 
edged, and  recorded  in  the   county  where  mortgagor  resides. 

In  Vermont,  mortgages  of  machinery  used  in  factory,  shop  or  mill,  are  not 
valid,  unless  possession  be  delivered  to  and  retained  by  the  mortgagee. 

In  Virginia,  mortgages  conveying  real  estate,  or  goods  and  chattels,  must 
be  recorded  in  the  county  or  corporation  \vhere  the  properly  may  be. 

In  Wisconsin,  a  mortgage  must  be  filed  with  the  town  clerk,  and  is  valid  for 
one  year  only,  unless  wiihin  thirty  days  before  expiration,  ihe  mortgagee 
annex  to  the  instrument  or  copy  on  file,  an  affidavit  setting  forth  the  interest 
he  has  in  the  property. 


52  CHATTEL  MORTGAGE. 

1.     Chattel  Mortgage   of  Goods,    Tools,  Machinery, 
Household  Furniture,  S^c. 

Be  it  known,  That  I,  A.  B.,  of ,  in  consideration  of 

dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.  of •*,  do  sell  and  convey  to  said  C. 

D.,  the  following  goods  and  chattels,  to  wit  : —  [or,  if  niiraerous, 
say,  mentioned  in  the  schedule  hereto  annexed]  ;  —  warranted 
free  of  incumbrance,  and  against  any  adverse  claims;  upon  con- 
dition that  if  I  shall  pay  my  certain  promissory  note,  bearing 
even  date  herewith,  given  to  the  said  C.  D.,  or  order,  for  the  sum 
of dollars,  according  to  the  tenor  of  said  note,  then  this  mort- 
gage shall  be  void. 

And  it  is  agreed  that  the  mortgagor  shall  remain  in  possession  of 
said  property  till  condition  broken. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of ,  1858. 

A.  B.         [l.  8.] 

SxtetUed  in  presence  of  Must  be  recorded. 

2.  Another  Mortgage  of  Personal  Property. 

Know    all    men  by  these  presents,  That   I,  A.   B.,  of 

. ,  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C. 

D.,  of ,  do  grant,  bargain,  sell  and  convey  unto  the  said  C.  D., 

the  following  articles  of  personal  property,  to  wit :  [or,  if  the  goods 
are  too  numerous  to  be  recited,  say,  all  and  singular  the  goods 
and  chattels,  wares  and  merchandize,  mentioned  and  contained 

in  the  schedule  hereunto  annexed:]  and  now  in  the ,  in  the 

town  of ,  [city]  aforesaid. 

To  hold  the  afore-granted  goods  and  chattels  to  the  said  C.  D., 
and  his  assigns,  forever. 

And  I,  th«  said  A.  B,,  do  avouch  myself  to  be  the  lawful  owner 
of  said  goods  and  chattels,  and  have  good  right  to  sell  and  dispose 
of  the  same  in  manner  aforesaid. 

Provided,  nevertheless,  that  if  the  said  A.  B.,  pay  to  the  said  C. 

D.,  or  his  assigns,  the  sum  of dollars,  in years  from  date, 

with  interest  on  said  sum  at  the  rate  of per  cent,  per  annum, 

payable  semi-annually,  then  this  deed,  as  lilso  a  certain  note,  bearing 
even  date  with  these  presents,  given  by  the  said  A.  B.  to  the  said 
C.  D.,  or  order,  to  pay  the  said  sum  and  interest,  and  at  the  times 
aforesaid,  shall  both  be  void. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  R.  have  hereunto  set  my  hand 

and  seal,  this day  of in  the  year  of  our  Lord  eighteen 

hundred  and . 

A.  B.     [l.  8.] 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  [Must  bo  recorded.] 

3.  Chattel  Mortgage  Power  of  Sale. 

The  following,  or  other  conditions,  may  be  added,  if  desired. 
But  if  default  shall  be  made  in  payment  of  the  principal  or  in- 
terest above  mentioned,  or  any  part  thereof,  then  the  said  C.  D. 
and  his  assigns,  are  hereby  authorized  to  take  possession  of  the 
above  described  goods,  chattels,  and  property,  [or,  mentioned  in 
the  schedule  hereto   annexed,]  and  advertise  and   sell  the   same 


MORTGAGE   TO   SECURE   ENDORSER.  53 


at  public  sale,  or  so  much  thereof  as  will  be  necessary  to  pay  and 
satisfy  the  principal  sum  whether  then  or  thereafter  payable,  with 
the  interest  thereon  which  shall  be  due  at  the  time  of  such  sale, 
and  all  costs,  charges,  and  expenses  attending  said  sale;  paying 
the  surplus,  if  any  there  be,  to  said  A.  B.,  or  his  representatives, 
on  demand. 

And  it  is  agreed  that  said  A.  B.  shall  remain  in  possession  of  said 
property  till  condition  broken  ;  but  said  C.  D.  may  at  his  pleasure 
take  and  remove  the  same,  and  may  enter  into  any  buildings  or 
premises  of  said  A.  B.  for  that  purpose. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of ,  1858. 

A.  B.     (l.  s.) 
Executed  in  presence  of 

[Must  be  recorded.] 

4    Mortgage  of  Person  al  Property  to  secure  Endorser. 

This  Indenture  of  two  parts,  made  this  day  of 

A.  D.  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  fifty ,  by  and  between 

C.  D.,  of ,  of  the  first  part,  and  C.  G.,  of ,  of  the  second 

part,  Witnesseth, 

That  the  said  G.,  at  the  request  of  the  said  D.,  has  agreed  to 
endorse  certain  notes  of  hand  for  his  accommodation,  and  the  said 

D.  has  agreed  to  give  the  said  G.  security  against  any  loss  or 
damage  that  may  bei'all  him  by  reason  of  such  endorsements. 

wherefore,  in  pursuance  of  such  engagements,  the  said  C.  D.  in 
consideration  of  the  premises,  hereby  bargains, sells,  assigns,  trans- 
fers and  sets  over  unto  the  said  C.  G.,  all  the  goods,  chattels,  tools, 
machinery  and  effects,  in  the  annexed  schedule  or  bill  of  particulars 
mentioned,  whereof  the  said  D.  does  avouch  himself  to  be  the  true 
and  lawful  owner. 

To  hold  the  said  premises  unto  the  said  G.  and  his  executors, 
administrators  and  assigns. 

Provided  nevertheless,  that  if  the  said  C.  D.,  shall  from  time 
to  time  pay  and  discharge  all  the  promissory  notes  which  the  said 
G.  may  endorse  for  his  accommodation,  as  they  shall  respectively, 
become  due  and  payable,  and  shall  finally  secure  and  indemnify 
the  said  G.  and  his  personal  representatives,  from  all  costs  and  dam- 
age, by  reason  or  on  account  of  the  liabilities  that  have  been  or 
may  be  assumed  by  him  in  pursuance  of  the  agreement  aforesaid, 
then  this  instrument  shall  be  void. 

Provided  also,  and  it  is  hereby  further  agreed,  that  until  default 
by  the  said  D.,  of  or  in  the  payment  of  any  of  the  said  notes,  it  shall 
be  lawful  for  the  said  D.,  to  retain  possession  of  the  said  chattels, 
and  effects,  and  to  use  and  enjoy  the  same  without  any  denial  or 
molestation  by  the  said  G.,  or  his  representatives. 

And  the  said  G.,  for  himself,  and  his  representatives,  does  hereby 
covenant  to  and  with  the  said  D.,  and  his  representatives,  that  in 
case  of  his  taking  possession  of  the  said  property,  for  a  breach  of  the 
condition  aforesaid,  he  will  advertise  and  sell  the  same  st  public 
vendue,  to  the  highest  bidder,  and  after  indemnifying  himself  fully 
from  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  for  all  the  liabilities  assumed  by  him 
as  aforesaid,  whether  the  notes  are  then  payable  or  not,  will  account 

BMA  5* 


54  MORTGAGE    OF   REAL  ESTATE. 


for  and  pay  over  the  balance  of  the  said  proceeds  to  the  said  D.,  or 
his  representatives  or  assigns  on  demand. 

In  witness  whereof  the  said  parties  have  set  their  hands  and  seals 
to  this  and  another  instrument  of  Hke  tenor  and  date. 

C.  D.  (l.  s.) 

Executed  in  presence  of  C.  G.  (l.  s.) 

[Must  be  recorded.  —  See  pages  50,  51.] 

5.  Mortgage  Deed  of  Real  Estate. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  of , 

in  the  county  of ,  and  State  of ,  merchant,  in  consideration 

of dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.,  of ,  in  the  county  of 

,  and  State  of physician,  (the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby 

acknowledged,)  do  hereby  give,  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and  convey 
unto  the    said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns,    a  certain  parcel  of 

land  &c.,  situate  in ,  described  and  bounded  as  follows,  to  wit: 

[here  state  how  bounded'],  with  all  the  privileges  and  appurtenan- 
ces thereto  belonging. 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  aforegranted  premises,  to  the  said  C.  D., 
his  heirs  and  assigns,  to  his  and  their  use  and  behoof  forever. 

And  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  for  myself,  my  heirs, executors  and  admin- 
istrators, do  covenant  with  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  that 
I  am    lawfully  seized  in  fee  simple  of  the  aforegranted  premises, 

that  they  are  free  from  all  incumbrances, that  I  have  good 

right  to  sell  and  convey  the  same  to  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and 
assigns  forever  as  aforesaid;  and  that  I  will,  and  my  heirs,  execu- 
tors and  administrators  shall,  warrant  and  defend  the  same  to  the  said 
C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  against  the  lawful  claims  and 
demands  of  all  persons. 

Provided  nevertheless.  That  if  the  said  A.  B.,  his  heirs,  execu- 
tors, or  administrators,  shall  pay  unto  the  said  C.  D.,  his  execu- 
tors, administrators,  or  assigns,  the  sum  of  dollars  in  

years  from  the  day  of  the  date  of  these  presents,  with  interest  on 
said  sum,  at  the  rate  of per  centum  per  annum,  payable  semi- 
annually," then  this  deed,  as  also  a  certain  promissory  note,f  bearing 
even  date  with  these  presents,  signed  by  the  said  A.  B.,  whereby  for 
value  received  he  promises  to  pay  the  said  C.  D.  or  order,  the  said 
sum  and  interest  at  the  times  aforesaid,  shall  both  be  absolutely  void. 

And  provided  also,  that,  until  default  of  the  payment  of  the  said 
sum,  or  interest,  or  other  default  as  herein  provided,  the  mortgagee 
shall  have  no  right  to  enter  and  take  possession  of  the  premises. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  A.  B.,have  hereunto  set  my  hand 
and  seal  this day  of ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  fifty A.  B.      [l.  s.J 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  inprcsenceof 

[Must  be  acknowledged  and  recorded.] 

•  To  he  inserted  if  required:-  and,  until  such  pajment,  keep  ihe  l)uildingg 

standing  on  itie  land  aforesaid  insured  against  fire,  in  a  sum  not  less  than 

dollars,  for  the  benefit  of  the  said  morlfjagee  and  his  executors,  adminisira- 
tors,  and  assigns,  at  such  insurance  office  in ,  as  the  said  C.  D.  shall  ap- 
prove, and  also  pay  all  taxes  levied  or  assessed  upon  the  said  premises. 

t  If  the  mortgag*  be  given  to  secure  the  payment  of  a  bond,  then  say  instead 
of"  a  certain  promissory  note,"  "a  urlain  obligation  orbond.^' 


POWER   OF  SALE. — EXTENSION   OF   MORTGAGE.  55 


6.  Mortgage  Power  of  Sale. 

[■After  the  close  of  the  fourth  paragraph  in,  JVq.  5,  add: — ] 

And  provided  also,  that  at  any  lime  after  [here  state  the  time,  if  weeks  or 
months']  continuance  of  any  hreach  ofthe  foregoing  condition,  the  grantee-, 
or  [his  or  their,  as  Vie  case  may  be]  Executors,  Administrators,  or  Assigns, 
may  sell  and  dispose  of  the  granted  premises,  with  all  improvements  that 

may  be  thereon,  at  public  auction  ;  such  sale  to  be  in  said of , 

without  further  notice  or  demand,  except  giving  notice  of  the  time  and. 

place  of  sale, in  each  of  three  successive  weeks,  in newspaper — 

printed  in  the aforesaid  :    And  in  his  or  their  own  names,  or  as  the 

attorney —  ofthe  grantor — ,  for  that  purpose  by  these  presents  duly  au- 
thorized, convey  the  same,  absolutely  and  in  fee  simple,  to  the  purchaser 
or  purchasers  accordingly ;  And  shall  hold  and  apply  the  proceeds  of 
such  sale  — first,  to  pay  and  reimburse  to  said  grantee —  all  sums  of  money 
then  secured  by  this  Deed  (whether  then  or  thereafter  payable),  together 
with  interest,  iind  all  costs  and  expenses,  including  all  sums  paid  by  said 
grantee —  for  insurance  ofthe  premises;  and,  secondlu, io  pay  the  surplus, 

if  any,  to  the  grantor —  or assigns;  or  in  case  such  sale  shall  be 

made  under  any  decree  of  or  proceedmg  in  any  court,  then  to  the  court 
by  which  such  sale  shall  have  been  decreed  ;  And  such  sale  shall  forever 

bar  the  grantor — ,  and  all  persons  claiming  under ,  from  all  right  and 

interest  in  the  premises,  at  law  or  in  equity.     It  being  mutually  agreed, 

that  the  said  grantee — ,  or Assigns  may  bid  and  be  the  purchaser  at 

said  sale,  and  that  no  other  purchaser  shall  be  answerable  for  the  appli- 
cation of  the   purchase  money. 

Andprovided  also,  that  until  some  breach  ofthe  condition  of  this  deed,  the 
grantee —  shall  have  no'.right  to  enter  and  take  possession  of  the  premises. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  the  said  A.  B.  and  Sarah  my  wife,  in  token  of  her 
release  of  all  right  of  dower  and  homestead  in  the  granted  premises,  have 

hereunto  set  our  hands  and  seals  this day  of ,  in  the  year  &.c. 

A.  B.    [l.  s.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of  S.  B.      [l.  S.] 

[Must  be  acknowledged  and  recorded.] 

NOTE.— Incumbrances,  &c.  must  be  stated  as  on  page  40,  and  if  grantor  be 
married  the  wife  should  join  tier  husband  hi  the  conveyance  of  the  estate,  and 
therein  releasing  her  claim  to   dower,  and  also  to  homestead,  if  there  be  one. 

Extension  of  Mortgage. 

This  Agreement  made  between  A.  B.  of ,  and  C.  D.  of , 

witnesseth — 

That,  whereas,  ihc  said  B  is  the  holder  of  D's  note,  whereby  he  promises 
to  [recite  the  noie],  which  note  is  secured  by  said  D's  mortgage  deed,  dated 

,  recorded  in ,  vol.  —  page  — ,  on  which  said  note  and  mortgage 

there  remains  unpaid  the  sum  of dollars,  with  interest  at  —  per  cent 

from . 

Now,  the  said  D  agrees  with  the  said  B,  that  the  interest  on  the  afore- 
said sum  of dollars  shall,  at  all  times  hereafter,  be  punctually  paid  to 

said  B,  or  his  assigns,  on  the day  of .in  every  year,  till  the  pay- 
ment ofthe  principal ;  and  that  the  said  principal  sum  of dollars  shall 

be  paid  to  said  B,  or  his  assigns,  in years  from  the  date  hereof  and  not 

sooner  ;  and  the  said  B  agrees  to  extend  the  time  of  payment  accordingly. 

It  is  also  agreed  that  this  instrument  shall  not  invalidate  or  impair  the 
efficacy  of  said  note  and  mortgnge. 

In  witness  «Slc. 

Note.—U  the  mortgagor  has  sold  the  estate,  his  grantee  should  join  to  show 
his  assent. 


56  RIGHTS   of   MORTGAGOR   AND   RIGHTS    OF   MORTGAGEE. 


LAW    OP   MORTGAGE. 

Conveyance  of  real  estate  by  mortgage. — Every  contract  for  securing  a 
debt  by  a  conveyance  of  lands  and  tenements,  is  deemed  a  mortg-age  as 
between  the  parties  5  and  the  borrower  will  be  entitled  to  redeem  his 
property,  although  the  conveyance  is,  on  the  face  of  it,  absolute.  In  order, 
however,  to  protect  both  mortgagor  and  mortgagee  against  subsequent 
purchasers  and  mortgagees,  it  is  necessary,  that  trie  fact  that  the  convey- 
ance is  intended  as  a  mortgage,  be  recorded  with  the  deed  of  conveyance. 

To  constitute  a  Mortgage,  a  particular  form  is  not  necessary,  though 
customary.  The  common  form  is  a  warranty  deed  [see  form  of  deed  at 
page  40],  containing  and  subject  to,  the  proposed  condition. 

Where  a  deed,  absolute  in  its  terms,  was  duly  executed,  and  on  the 
back  of  it  was  endorsed  a  writing  in  the  form  of  a  condition  to  a  mort- 
gage, without  date,  seal  or  signature, — it  Was  held  that  the  deed  was  a 
mortgage.    5  Pick.  181. 

In  a  Court  of  Chancery,  whenever  it  appears  from  written  evidence, 
that  the  land  is  conveyed  to  secure  the  payment  of  money,  the  convey- 
ance will  be  treated  as  a  mortgage. 

An  absolute  deed  of  land,  and  a  bond,  made  at  the  same  time,  to  re- 
convey,  upon  the  pa3'ment  of  a  sum  of  money,  though  unaccompanied  by 
any  collateral  personal  security  for  such  payment,  constitutes  a  mortgage. 

Fixtures,  and  additions  in  the  nature  of  fixtures,  which  are  placed  in  a 
building  by  a  mortgagor,  after  he  has  mortgaged  it,  become  part  of  the 
realty,  as  between  nim  and  the  mortgagee,  and  cannot  be  removed  or 
otherwise  disposed  of  by  him  while  the  mortgage  is  in  force.     4  Met  306. 

7'/ie  Statute  of  Limitations  does  not  affect  Collateral  Security  — Where 
the  note  is  barred  by  the  Statute  of  Limitations,  yet,  if  it  has  not  been 
paid,  the  mortgagee  has  his  remedy  on  the  mortgage.     19  Pick.  535. 

So  where  negotiable  notes  are  secured  by  a  mortgage,  and  the  mort- 
gagee assigns  the  notes  without  the  mortgage,  this  does  not  cancel  the 
mortgage ;  but  the  mortgagee  will  hold  it  as  trustee  for  the  holders  of  the 
notes.    4  Pick.  131. 

Rights  of  the  Mortgagor. 

Upon  the  execution  of  a  mortgage,  the  legal  estate  vests  in  the  mort- 
gagee, subject  to  be  defeated  upon  performance  of  the  conditions  of  the 
mortgage.  But,  as  between  mortgagor  and  mortgagee,  and  so  far  as  it  is 
necessary  to  give  full  effect  to  the  mortgage  as  a  security  for  the  per- 
formance of  the  condition,  a  mortgage  is  considered  an  absolute  conveyance 
in  fee;  yet,  for  all  other  purposes,  it  is  considered,  especially  until  entry  for 
condition  broken,  as  a  mere  charge  or  incumbrance,  which  cloes  not  alienate 
the  estate  of  the  mortgagor.  The  mortgagor  is  not,  therefore,  liable  for 
rent  while  he  remains  in  possession ;  and  he  has  the  right  to  lease,  sell, 
make  a  second  mortgage,  and  in  short  to  deal  in  every  respect  with  the 
property  as  owner,  so  long  as  he  does  not  in  any  way  affect  or  impair  the 
rights  of  the  mortgagee.  So  the  property  may  be  attached  and  taken 
for  the  mortgagor's  debts,  subject  to  the  rights  of  the  mortgagee. 

The  mortgagor,  until  failure  of  paj'ment  of  principal  or  interest,  is  to  pos- 
sess and  enjoy  the  property  mortgaged ;  and  though  failure  be  made,  he  and 
his  representatives  have  a  right  to  redeem  the  mortgage,  which  in  law  is 
termed  the  equity  of  redemption.  In  some  States  a  reasonable  period 
is  allowed,  in  which  to  redeem,  or  regain  the  estate,  in  others,  the  time 
varies  from  one  to  twenty  years  from  the  breach  of  the  condition  of  the 
mortgage.  The  person  entitled  to  redeem  shall  pay  or  tender  to  the  mort- 
gagee the  whole  sum  then  due,  and  payable  on  the  mortgage,  and  shall 
perform,  or  tender  performance  of  every  other  condition  contained  therein, 
and  all  costs  which  may  have  been  incurred  in  any  suit  for  recovering  the 


DISCHARGE   AND  RELEASE    OF   MORTGAGE.  57 

premises  ;  and  if  the  mortgagee  shall  not  accept  the  same,  and  discharge 
the  mortgage,  the  mortgagor  may  recover  posi'ession  by  a  bill  in  equity. 

Not  only  the  mortgagor  himself,  but  his  heirs,  personal  representatives, 
and  assigns,  may  redeem  the  mortgage.  So  also  may  a  widow  entitled  to 
dower,  a  jointress,  a  tenant  by  the  curtesy,  a  remainder  man  and  rever- 
sioner, a  judgment  creditor,  a  purchaser  of  the  equity  at  an  execution 
sale,  a  second  mortgagee,  and,  in  short,  every  person  who  has  an  interest 
in  or  lien  upon  the  land. 

Redemption  of  Estate. — Most  of  the  States  regulate,  by  statute,  the 
time  within  which  a  mortgaged  estate  may  be  redeemed  or  foreclosed. 
In  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Maine,  the  mortgagor  has  three 
years  in  which  to  redeem  the  property.  In  New  York  one  year  by  pay- 
ing the  sum  bid,  with  interest  on  that  sum  from  the  time  of  sale  at  the  rate 
of  ten  per  cent  a  year. 

In  Ohio,  a  mortgagor  has  a  reasonable  period,  {before  foreclosure.)  to 
redeem  the  estate,  on  payment  of  the  debt  and  all  equitable  charges,  &c. 

It  has  become  the  practice,  of  late  years,  to  insert  in  a  mortgage  an  afe- 
solute  power  of  sale;  by  which  the  mortgagee,  in  case  of  breach  of  condi- 
tion, is  enabled  to  sell,  and  thus  destroy  the  right  to  redeem  in  the  mort- 
gagor, and  all  claiming  under  him.     [See  Form  at  page  35.] 

Rights  of  the  Mortgagee. 

In  the  absence  of  any  statute,  or  of  any  agreefnent  in  the  mortgage, 
the  mortgagee  is  entitlea  to  immediate  possession  of  the  mortgaged  prop- 
erty. It  is  usual,  however,  to  insert  a  clause  in  the  mortgage,  '■  providiTig 
that  it  shall  be  laivfulfor  the  mortgagor  to  retain  possession  until  breach  of 
contJition ;"  in  which  case,  the  mortgagee  is  not  entitled  to  take  possession, 
until  after  breach  of  condition. 

If  a  mortgage  is  given  to  secure  the  payment  of  several  notes,  the  non- 
payment of  the  first  note  when  it  becomes  due,  is  a  breach  of  the  condition. 

The  mortgagee,  if  he  take  possession  of  the  property,  is  bound  to  lake 
reasonable  care  of  it,  account  for  the  actual  receipts  of  rents  and  profits, 
and  apply  them  to  the  reduction  of  the  principal  and  interest  due  on  the 
mortgage.  He  is  allowed  for  necessary  expenditures  in  keeping  the  es- 
tate in  repair ;  and  in  most  of  the  States,  he  is  entitled  to  a  reasonable 
compensation  for  his  services. 

Discharge  of  Mortgage  to  be  entered  on  the  Record. 

In  many  States,  mortgages  may  be^  discharged  by  the  mortgagee  ac- 
knowledging payment  thereof  by  an  entry  on  the  mortgage,  signed  and 
sealed  in  the  presence  of  one  or  two  witnesses,  which  entry  must  be  also 
recorded  in  the  margin  of  the  record  in  the  registry  of  deeds,  or  wherever 
the  mortgage  is  recorded. — The  following  Form  of  Discharge  is  used  in 
Mxssachusetis,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  several  other  States. 

B ,  May  1, 1859. —I  acknowledge  to  have  received  full  satisfaction 

for  the  debt  secured  by  this  mortgage,  and  do  therefore  hereby  cancel  and 
discharge  the  same.  C  D. 

The  Mortgage  can  also  be  discharged  by  a  Deed  of  Release— See  p.  C3. 

Satisfaction  of  Mortgage  in  New   York. 

I,  A.  B.,  of  the  town  of ,  and  county  of ,  do  hereby  certify, 

That  a  certain  mortgage,  bearing  date  the day  of ,  in  the  year 

,  made  and  executed  by  C.  D.  to  me,  A.  B.,  and  recorded  in  the 

office  of  the  Clerk  of  the  county  of ,  in  Lib.  —  of  .Mortgages,  upon 

page  — ,  on  the day  of ,  in  the  year ,  is  paid,  satisfied,  and 

discharged.     Dated  the day  of ,  185 — .  A.  B. 

In  prtsence  of  [Should  be  aclinowledged  and  Recorded.] 


58  NOTES. 

NOTES,    DUE    BILLS,    RECEIPTS,   ORDERS,   &c. 

Judgment  Note. 
$ B ,  July  1,185-. 

Sixty  days  after  date,  I  promise  to  pay  C.  D.  or  bearer.  Three 
Hundred  and  Ten  Dollars,  value  received.  And  in  case  of  default 
of  payment  of  the  same  when  due,  I  hereby  empower  C.  D.  or  any 
attorney  appointed  by  him,  to  appear  for  me,  and  to  confess  judg- 
ment bejore  any  Court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  the  State  of 

*  for  the  above  sum  and  costs,  with  release  of  errors,  waiving 

the  right  of  appeal. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of ,  A.  D.,  1855. 

Inpresence  of  A.  B.  [l.  S.j 

*  The  words,  "  before  any  justice  of  the  peace''''  can  be  substituted  for  the  above 
expression  m  italics,  where  the  statute  admits  of  it.     See  below. 

Any  person  who  is  by  law  capable  of  binding  himself  by  a  common  bond, 
may  enter  into  a  recognizance,  (that  is,  make  an  acknowledgment,  or  con- 
fession) of  any  debt,  and  thereby  subject  his  person,  goods,  and  estate  to  be 
taken  for  such  debt.  —  An  agent  has  precisely  the  power  of  his  principal,  in 
all  things  prescribed  by  the  power  of  attorney. 

In  Massachusetts  the  Statute  requires  that  an  acknowledgment  of  debt  be 
taken  before  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  in  term  time,  or  before  the  Clerk  of 
the  Court  during  vacation,  or  before  any  Justice  of  the  Peace  with  like  effect, 
if  the  execution  is  not  to  be  levied  on  land  If  the  execution  is  to  be  levied  on 
land  the  acknowledgment  must  be  recorded  with  the  Clerk  of  the  Court  within 
ninety  days  of  the  date.  The  person  making  the  acknowledgment  must  be 
known  to  the  judge,  clerk, or  justice,  or  his  identity  proved.  Fees  of  the  Clerk 
for  acknowledging  and  recording  50  cents,  for  recording  only,  25. 

In  New  Ybr>fc,  a  confession  of  judgment  may  be  given  as  security  for  an  exist- 
ing debt  or  for  future  advances,  or  to  secure  an  endorser.  The  acknowledg- 
ment must  be  sworn  to  before  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  and  filed  with  the  coun- 
ty clerk,  who  will  enter  a  judgment  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  the  amount. 

In  Pennsylvania,  judgment  may  be  confessed  wittiout  the  filing  of  a  decla- 
ration, the  prothonotary  being  empowered  to  enter  judgment  on  the  presenta- 
tion of  a  bond,  bill,  or  note  containing  a  power  of  attorney. — In  this  State  the 
wotAs^^  without  defalcation"  are  required  in  notes;  and  the  residences  of  the 
promisor  and  endorsers. 

A  confession  of  judgment  prevents  the  expenses  and  delays  growingout  of  an 
action  at  law  ;  and  if  goods  are  levied  on,  they  may  probably  be  held  by  the 
creditor,  though  the  debtor  subsequently  avail  himself  of  the  insolvent  law. 

The  above  form  of  note  prevails  extensively  in  some  of  the  Southern  and 
Western  Stales,  where  great  delay  and  expense  occurs  in  obtaining  judgment. 


NEGOTIABLE     NOTE. 

B ,  March  — ,  18 — .    For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay  A- 

B.,or  order, dollars  in  — months  [or  days]. 

S C.  D. 

No. Due . 

Joint  and  several  Note. 

g D ,  April— ,18     . 

months  [or  days]  after  date,  we  jointly  and  severally  promise 

to  pay  G.H., or  order, dollars,  value  received. 

A.  B. 
C.  U. 
Note  —  with  Witness. 

E ,  May  — ,  18—. 


For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay  A.  B.,  or  order, dollars,  in 

months  [or  days]  from  date,  with  interest,  at  the  rale  of  — — 


per  centum  per  annum. 
In  presence  of  A.  B. 


FOBEION    ASD    INLAND    BILLS.  59 


Note  on  demand — with  Interest. 

8 F jJuwE— ,  18— . 

For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay  A.  B., or  order, dollars  on 

demand,  with  interest,  CD. 

Notes — A  negotiable  note  taken  in  payment  of  a  debt  is  a  discharge  of 
the  de!)t.  To  lie  negotiable,  it  must  be  mude  payable  to  payee  or  order,  or  to 
bearer.  If  maiie  p;iyable  to  ueveral  persona,  not  co-partners,  it  must  be  en- 
dorseil  liy  each  porsun.  A  note  may  be  ondorsed  so  as  to  preclude  all  recourse  to 
the  endorser,  a-  follows  ;  B.  B.  without  recourse.  Any  person  may  be  au- 
Ihnrizeil  to  make  a  demand  for  payment.  II  the  maker  of  a  note  be  absent, 
the  demand  may  be  presented  to  his  agent,  or  left  at  his  place  ol'busineS8,or  house. 
If  he  is  absent  from  the  state,  and  has  left  no  agent,  and  no  knovrn  place  of 
business,  and  cannot, by  diligent  inquiry  be  found,  notice  need  not  be  proved 
All  notes  on  lime  are  allowed  three  days  grace,  (if  a  note  is  made  payable  thre« 
m'inths  from  Jan.  I,  it  is  due  April  4th,)  and  if  not  paid  before  the  expiration 
of  th  It  time,  the  endorsers,  if  they  reside  in  the  vicinity,  must  be  immediately 
notified  of  the  fact,'>ut  if  they  reside  at  a  distance,  the  notification  may  be  sent 
by  the  iiiickest  mode  of  conveyance,  or  the  earliest  post,  or  the  endorser*  will 
not  be  held  liable.  If  a  letter  be  sent  to  the  endorser  by  post,  and  it  miscarry, 
and  the  endorser  not  receive  it,  still  the  notice  is  sufficient.  Every  person  receiv- 
ins:  notice  should  immediately  give  a  fresh  one  to  the  persons  preceding  him, 
if  hf!  wishes  to  make  tbera  liable. 

Eich  endorser  l>ecom(!s  liable  to  all  subsequent  holders.  If  the  note  l>e  paid 
and  taken  uj>by  the  last  endorser,  he  may  again  transfer  it  to  a  new  endorsee, 
who  may  maintain  an  action  upon  it  in  his  own  name  against  any  prior  party. 
But  if  paid  byany  other  endorser  ihanthe  last,  the   note  is  no  longer  negotiable. 

No  p  irticular  form  nf  words  are  essential  to  be  used  in  the  notice  ;  but  it  must 
contain  an  intimition  that  payment  of  the  note  has  been  refused  by  the  maker. 

Notes  on  demand.  In  Massachusetts  a  demand  for  payment  must  be  made 
within  sixty  itays,  without  grace,  and  if  not  paid,  the  endorser  must  be  immedi- 
ately notified,  ortlie  holder  of  the  note  loses  his  claimon  the  endorser.  In  other 
states  a  demand  for  payment  must  be  made  within  a  reasonable  time,  in  order 
to  subject  the  endorser.  To  hold  the  endorser  he  should  have  received  notice 
immediately  after  the  first  demand,  and  refusal  of  payment. 

NoTK. — See  other  Forms  of  Notes  and  Indorsements,  and  the  'whole  Lav^ 
in  relation  to  Notes,  Indorsements,  Bills  of  Exchange  ;  Presenimenl  for  Ac- 
ceptance ;  when  not  Accepted  ;  Liability  of  Acceptor  ;  Effect  of  an  Indorse- 
ment :  Presentment  for  Payment ;  Notice  to  Endorsers  ;  when  want  of  Notice 
is  excused;  Form  of  Notice  &c..  in  *•  Trader's  Guide,  and  Business  Man''s 
Lts:'il  Companion  —  a  book  which  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  man  who 
truiisucls  any  kind  of  business. 


FORM    OF    AK    ORDINARY    INLAND    BILL    OF   EXCHANGE,  OR    DRAFT. 

S B ,  Nor.  — ,  18—. 

Three  months*  afterdate,  pay  to  the  order  of  G.  W.,  One  Hundred 
Doliars,  value  received,  and  charge  the  same  to  our  account. 

ToE.  F.  Merchant,  N.Y  C.  D.  k  Co. 

FORM    OF    A    FUREICN    BILL,  OR    SET    OF    EXCHANGE. 

S D ,  May  — ,  18—. 

Sixty  days*  aftersi^ht  of  this  First  of  Exchange,  (Second  and  Third 
of  the  same  tenor  and  date,  not  paid.)  pay  to  the  order  of  (".  D.  &,  Co.,  in 

Liverpool,  the  sum  of Dollars,  value  received,  and  charge  the  same 

to  account  of 

ToMr.  l^F.  ofC .  A.  B. 

•This  adinilsof  the  followinij  variations,  according  to  circumstances: — In- 
stead of 'iihree  months,"  or  "sixty  days,"  it  may  be  "ntsighl,"  or  at  such  a 
time  "aficr  siglu,"  or  at  such  a  specified  lime,  or  on  "demand." 


60  HECEIPTS,   ORDERS,    DUE   BILLS,   &C. 


The  various  parties  upon  a  bill,  besides  the  acceptor,  indorsers,  drawers, 
and  others,  become  liable  for  its  payment  on  failure  of  the  acceptor.  The 
acceptor's  failure  to  pay  is  commonly  said  to  be  an  act  of  dishonour.  If  the 
drawee  refuse  acceptance,  this  likewise  is  dishonour,  and  is  held  to  be  such 
a  prospective  refusal  of  payment  as  entitles  the  holder  to  claim  immediately 
from  the  drawer,  or,  if  there  be  an  indorser,  on  that  indorser,  who  has  re- 
course on  the  drawer  ;  butto  entitle  him  thus  to  recur  on  the  original  parties, 
there  are  obligations  on  the  holder,  without  performing  which  he  is  held  not 
to  have  duly  negotiated.  He  must  present  the  bill  for  acceptance  and  for  pay- 
ment on  the  proper  occasion.  The  holder  must,  where  a  r>ill  is  payable  within 
a  certain  period  after  sight,  present  it  for  acceptance  within  a  reasonable  time. 
The  drawee  may  retain  the  bill  twentyfourhours,  after  which  time  if  he  refuse 
to  return  it,  or  has  destroyed  it,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  have  accepted  it. 
The  holder  must  give  immediate  notice  of  the  non-acceptance  or  non-payment 
of  the  bill  to  the  drawer,  and  to  every  person  who  would  be  entitled  to 
bring  an  action  on  it  after  paying  it.  If  he  fail  to  do  this,  such  parties  are 
discharged.     He   should  also  in  most  cases  protest  it. 

A  Check  is  a  written  order,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  person  receiving  it, 
whether  from  the  drawer  or  an  indorser,  to  present  it  for  payment  on  the  day 
on  which  he  receives  it,  if  it  come  to  his  handsearly  in  the  day,  andotherwise 
on  the  day  following  ;  if  he  be  at  a  distance,  he  should  despatch  it  within  the 
same  time,  if  the  Post  Office  arrangements  admit  ofhis  doing  so,  otherwise  the 
holder  may  not  (in  caseof  the  Bank  becoming  insolvent)  recover  of  ihedrawer. 
Legal  rules  on  these  points  cannot,  however,  be  strictly  laid  down,  and  the 
above  statements  must  be  held  as  of  a  merely  precautionary  nature. 


RECEIPT. 

G ,  July  — ,  18 — .    Received  of  A.  B. dollars,  in  full  of 

all  demands.  C.  D. 

Receipt  for  Money  received  of  a  third  Person. 

H ,  Aug.  — ,  18 — ,    Received  of  A.  B.,  by  the  hand  of  C.  D., 

dollars,  on  account. 

S E.  P. 

Receipt  for  Interest  due  on  a  Bond. 

B ,Sept.— ,  18— .     Received  of  W.  R.,  the  sum  of dol- 
lars, in  full  for  one  year's  interest  of dollars   due  to  me  the 

day  of last,  on  bond  by  the  said  W.  R.,  which  sum  is  endorsed 

[or,  shall  be]  on  said  bond. 

S E.  W. 

Receiptfor  Money  dice  on  a  Bond. 

B , —  Nov.  18 — .     Received  of  A.  B.,  the  sum    of dol- 
lars, due  to  me  the day  of last,  on  bond  by  the  said  A.  B., 

to  be  endorsed  thereon. 

S C.  D. 

BORROWED  MONEY  DUE  BILLS,  OR  MEMORANDUM  CHECK. 

S I ,  Sept.— ,18- 

Borrowcd  and  received  of  A.  B., dollars,  which  I  promise  to 

pay  on  demand  with  interest.  C.  D. 

Due  Bill. 

Due,  on  demand,  to  A.  B.,  or  bearer,  for  dollars,  [to  be  pud 

in  merchandize,]  value  received. 

M ,  Oct.  — ,  18—.  N.  O. 

ORDER. 

Mr.  A.  B.  will  please  pay  to  X.  Y.  or  bearer, dollars  [in  mer- 
chandize.] and  charge  the  same  to  our  account. 

M -,OcT.— ,  18—  N.  O. 


POWERS   OF  ATTORNEY.  61 

POWERS    OF    ATTORNEY.* 
General  [or  comraon]  Form  of  Letter  of  Attorney. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.,  of        ■, 

county  of ,  and  state  of  ,  do  hereby  make,  constitute  and 

appoint  C.  D.,  of ,  my  true  and  lawful  attorney,  for  me,  and  in 

my  name,  tot  [here  describe  the  things  to  be  done,']  hereby  ratify- 
ing and  confirming  whatsoever  my  said  attorney  shall  lawfully  do, 
or  cause  to  be  done  in  the  premises. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  —  day  of — ,  A.  D.  18 — . 

A.  B.  [L.  s.] 
Seeeuted  in  presence  of 

Power  of  Attorney  to  Sell  Stock. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  That  for  value  receiv- 
ed,  I,  A.   B.,  of ,  do  hereby  make,  constitute,  and  appoint 

irrevocably,  CD.,  my  true  and  lawful  attorney,  toifA  power  of 
substitution,  for  me  and  in  my  name,  to  sell,  assign,  and  transfer, 
unto  any  person  or  persons  whatsoever,  sixteen  shares  now  stand- 
ing in  my  name,  in  the  Capital  or  Joint  Stock  of  the Railroad. 

And  my  said  attorney  is  hereby  fully  empowered  to  make  and  pass 
all  necessary  acts  for  the  said  assignment  and  transfer. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c.  A.  B.     [l.s.] 

Executed  in  presence  of 

Substitution. 

For  value  received,  I  appoint  irrevocably,  E.  F.  as  my  substi- 
tute, with  all  the  powers  above  given  to  C.  D. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  &c.  C.  D.     [l.  s.] 

Eteeuted  in  presence  of 

•  L  If  a  letter  of  Attorney  is  to  be  used  in  another  Slate  than  that  where 
the  principal  resides,  it  should  be  acknowledged  before  a  Commissioner,  No- 
tary Public,  Judge  of  a  Court,  or  justice  of  Peace,  &c.  If  in  a  foreign  country, 
it  should  be  acknowledged  before  a  minister  or  consul. 

2.  A  principal  is  bound  by  every  act  of  his  agent  or  Attorney  done  withia 
the  scope  of  the  authority  given  him. 

3.  Powers  of  Attorney  are  taken  to  be  in  force  till  notice  of  revocation,  or 
the  death  of  the  party  giving  the  same. 

4.  A  married  woman  may  lawfully  act  as  her  husband's  attorney,  if  duly 
empowered  by  a  letter  of  attorney  from  him. 

5.  Where  a  conveyance  is  made  by  an  attorney,  he  should  grant  it  in  th« 
name  of  the  principal,  and  put  the  principal's  name,  and  seal  to  the  deed,  and 
acknowledge  it  before  the  magistrate  to  be  the  deed  of  the  principal. 

^  If  the  Power  is  given  to  collect  Debts,  say  f"  ask,  demand,  sue  for,  col- 
lect, and  receive,  all  such  sum  and  sums  of  money,  debts,  rents,  dues,  ac- 
counts, and  other  demands  whatsoever;  which  are  or  shall  be  due,  owing, 
payable  and  belonging  to  me,  or  detained  from  me,  in  any  manner  whatso- 

ever_,  by  C.  C,  of ,  county  of ,  state  of ,  his  heirs,  executors,  and 

administrators,  or  any  of  them  ;  (or  by  any  person  or  persons  residing  or  being 
in  the  state  of ;) "] 

If  the   Power  relates  to  Tnsvraiue,   say  ["  effect  insurance  on  ,  with 

the Fire  [or,  Marine]  Insurance  Company,  in ,  on  such  terms  as  he 

shall  deem  fit ;  and  I  hereby  empower  him  to  sign  any  application  for  said 
Insurance,  representation  of  the  condition  and  value  of  said  property,  articles 
of  agreement,  promissory  note — ,  and  all  other  papers  that  may  be  necessary 
for  that  purpose  ;  and  also  to  cancel  and  surrender  any  policy  he  may  obtain, 
and  on  such  cancelling,  or  the  expiration  thereof,  to  receive  any  dividend,  re- 
turn premium  or  deposit  that  may  be  due,  and  on  such  receipt  fall  discharge  to 
give  therefor,"] 

BMA  6 


62  POWERS    OF    ATTORNEY. 

Power  of  Attorney  to  Sell  and  Lease  Lands. 

Know  all  men  by  these  &c.  [in  common  form]  to  [grant, 
bargain,  sell  and  convey,  to  any  person  or  persons,  who  may 

desire  to  purchase  the  same,  the quarter  of  section  number 

,  in    township    number  north    oj   the    base    line,  in 

range   number east  of  the principal  meridian  in  the 

State  of ,]  and  for  me  and  in  my  name  to  make,  execute, 

acknowledge,  and  deliver,  good  and  sufficient  deeds  and  convey- 
ances for  the  same,  either  with  or  without  covenants  and  war- 
ranty  ;*  giving  and  granting  to  my  said  attorney  full  power  and 
authority  to  do  all  acts  necessary  and  proper  to  be  done  in  the 
premises,  in  as  full  and  ample  a  manner,  as  I  might  or  could  do,  if 
personally  present.  And  I  do  hereby  ratify  and  confirm  all  the 
acts  of  my  said  attorney  lawfully  done  in  the  premises. 

Witness  my  hand  &c.  A.  B.     (l.  s.) 

Executed  in  presence  of  [To  be  acknowledged.] 

Power  of  Attorney  \or  Proxy]  to  Vote  for  Directors. 

Be  it  known,  that  I,  A.  B.,  of do  appoint  C.  D.,  of , 

to  be  my  proxy,  for  me  and  in  my  name,  to  vote  at  any  election 
of  directors  [or  trustees,  &c.,]  of  the  [describe  the  Company  or 
Society  by  its  corporate  title]  and  on  all  other  matters  which  at  any 
regular  meeting  of  the  stockholders  may  properly  come  before  them. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  &c.  A.  B.        [l.  s.] 

Signed  in  presence  of 

Power  to. receive  Dividends. 

Please  pay  A.  B.  all  dividends  due  on  all  Shares  in  your  Corpo- 
ration standing  in  my  name. 

To  Cashier  of Bank.  C.  D. 

B ,  Jan.  1,  185—. 

By  inserting  after  the  word  "due"  in  the  above,  the  words  "or  to  become 
due,"  the  Order  becomes  a  standing  one. 

If  to  Railroad,  direct  "  To  Treasurer  of  B Railroad." 

Revocation  of  a  Power  of  Attorney,  f 

Know  ALL  men  by  these  presents,  That  I,  A.  B.,  ofB., 
in  and  by  my  letter  of  attorney,  bearing  date  the  — day  of — ,  1856, 
did  appoint  C.  D.,  of  B.  my  attorney,  to  [here  copy  the  language  of 
the  letter  of  attorney,']  as  by  the  said  letter  of  attorney  will  appear: 
Now,  know  ye,  that  I,  the  said  A.  B.,  do  by  these  presents  revoke, 
countermand,  annul,  and  make  void  the  said  letter  of  attorney,  and 
all  power  and  authority  thereby  given,  or  intended  to  be  given,  to 
the  said  C.  D.  In  witness  whereof,  I  have  &c.  A.  B.  (l.s.) 
Executed  inpresence  of 

*Ifthelandisto  beleased,  iay,["And  nntilthesale  thereof  to  sign,  seal  and  inter- 
change  to,  and  with  any  person  with  whom  said  C.  D.  may  contract,  and  for  and 
upon  sucli  terms  as  said  C.  D.  may  agree,  leases  of  the  whole  or  any  pail  of  the 
aforesaid  land  :  hereby  authorizing  my  said  attorney  to  receive  the  rents,  which 
may  become  due  on  said  leases,  and  to  receipt  for  the  same  in  my  name,  he  ac- 
counting to  me  therefor;" 

t  A  Power  of  Attorney  is  revocable  at  pleasure,  and  all  persons  interested 
should  have  notice  of  the  revocation.  But  if  the  authority  is  coupled  with  an 
interest  it  is  not  revocable,  though  it  be  not  so  stated  in  the  letter. 


RELEASES.  63 

RELEASES. 
A  General  Release.    * 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.,  of  B., 

in  the  county  of  D.,  in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid  hy 

C.  D.,  of  E.,  do  hereby  for  myself,  my  heirs,  executors,  administra- 
tors, and  assigns,  release,  and  forever  discharge  the  said  C.  D,,  his 
heirs,  executors,  and  administrators,  of  and  from  all  debts,  demands, 
covenants,  actions  and  causes  of  action,  which  I  now  have,  in  law 
or  equity,  or  which  may  result  from  the  existing  state  of  things 
from  any  and  all  contracts,  liabilities,  doings  and  omissions,  from 
the  beginning  of  the  world  to  this  day.     In  witness  whereof,  &c. 

Executed  in  presence  of  A.  B.      [l.  S.] 

Release  of  a  Lease,  Contract,  Note,  Bond,  <^c. 

Know  all   men  by  these  presents,  That,  I,  A.  B.,  of  G,, 

in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.  of  G.,do  for 

myself  and  my  heirs,  release  and  forever  discharge  the  said  C.  D. 
and  his  heirs,  from  all  claims  and  demands,  which  now  exist,  or 
which   may  hereafter  accrue  in  my  favor,  from  or  concerning  a 

lease  made  between  me  and   the  said  C.  D.  on  ,  wherein  I 

leased  to  the  said  C.  D.  an  estate  situated  in ,  for  the  term  of 

years,  on  certain  terms  and  conditions,  in  sai5  lease  provided. 

[or  if  it  be  a  note  of  hand,  bond,  contract,  or  other  covenant,  de- 
scribe it  particularly,  instead  of  the  above  description  of  Lease.'] 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  &c.      A.  B.     [l.  s.] 
Executed  in  presence  of 

Deed  of  Release  of  Dower. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,  A.  B.  of  B., 
in  consideration  of  one  dollar  to  me  paid  by  C.  D.  of  B.,  do  here- 
by release  and  forever  quit-claim  to  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and 
assigns,  all  my  right  of  dower  in  and  to  the  following  described 
real  estate,  situate  in  [here  describe  the  estate,}  [of  which  my  late 
husband  E.  B.  was  heretofore  seized].  To  have  and  to  hold  the 
same  to  the  said  C.  D.,  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  &c.         A.  B.         [l.  s.] 

Executed  in  presence  of 

[Should  be  acknowledged  and  recorded.] 

Quit  Claim  Deed,  Releasing  Mortgaged  Premises. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents.  That  I,*  A.  B.,  the 
mortgagee  named  in  a  certain  mortgage  deed  given  by  C.  D.  to 

A.  B.,  to  secure  the  payment  of dollars;  dated ,  recorded 

in vol.  —  page — ,  in  consideration  of dollars,  to  me  paid 

by  C.  D.,  the  mortgagor,  do  hereby  release,  and  forever  quit  claim 
to  the  said  C.  D.,his  heirs  and  assigns,  all  my  claim  and  title  in  and 
to  the  mortgaged  estate  therein  mentioned ;  {having  received  full 
satisfaction  for  the  debt  thereby  secured.}  t 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this day  of  &c.    A.  B.     (l.  s.) 

Kiecuted  and  delivered  in  presence  of 

*  If  discharged  by  the  assignee,  "  say,  E.  F.,  assignee  of.^' 

t  If  Ihe  debt  has  been  actually  paid,  and  not  merely  the  security  changed. 
Acknowledged,  if  Real  Estate, — and  Recorded. 


64      FORMS   OP  PETITIONS.  —  LAWS  REGULATING   WILLS. 

FORMS    OF    PETITIONS. 

Petition  for  Change  of  Hightvay. 

To  the  County  Commissioners  for  the  County  of  W. 

The  undersigned  respectfully  represent,  that  the  public  highway  from  the  house  of  A. 
B.,  in  G.,  passing  the  house  of  C.  U.  to  the  house  of  E.  F.,  in  G.,  is  narrow,  croolied,  in- 
direct and  inconvenient ;  wherefore  your  petitioners  request  your  lionoriible  Uoard  to 
view  the  premises,  and  widen,  striiightcn,  or  new  locate  said  road,  and  discontinue  such 
parts  of  the  highway  as  may  be  useless  ;  or  make  such  alterations  and  improvements  ai 
■hall  appear  to  your  honors  necessary. 

And  your  petitioners  as  in  duty  bound  will  ever  pray.  [Signatures.] 

Petition  for  laying  out  a  Road. 

To  the  County  Commissioners  for  the  County  of  W. : 

Your  petitioners,  inliabitants  of  the  town  of  O.,  would  respectfully  represent,  that  the 

public  convenience  and  wants  require  that  a  road  and  highway  should  be  luld  out  and 

constructed,  beginning  at  B,  in  the  town  of  C,  and  leading  in  a direction  through  C. 

to  the  town  of  D. —  Your  petitioners  would  therefore  ask  that  your  Honors  would  view 
the  premises,  and  locate  and  construct  said  roiid  and  highway,  according  to  the  laws  in 
•uch  cases  made  and  provided.  And  as  in  duty  &c.  [Signatures.] 

Note.— The  terminii,  or  places  where  the  road  commences  and  ends,  should  be  partic- 
ularly described,  but  not  the  lots  of  land  through  which  the  road  is  to  poss,  as  this  would 
•onflue  the  commissioners  to  that  partlcuhir  route. 

To  TiiK  Legislature. 
To  the  Honorable  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  M.  [or  General  Court]  or  [Senate] 
or  [House  of  Keprcsentativcs]or[the  Congress  of  the  U.S.]  the  undersigned  respect- 
fully represents,  That,  &c. 

To   THE   AUTnOBlTIES   OP  A   CiTY  [OR  TOWW]. 

To  the  Ilonorablc  the  Mayor,  Aldermen,  and  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  B.  or  [the 
Selectmen  of  the  Town  of  B.]  the  undersigned  respectfully  represents  «:c. 


DIRECTIONS     FOR    MAKING    A    WILL. 

WHO  MAY  MAKE  A  WILL.  AH  persons  of  sound  mind,  except  inflinti  and 
married  women,  may  dispose  of  their  bkai.  property  by  will.  A  married  woman  may 
do  so  with  the  assent  of  her  husband  j  and  if  she  possess  a  deed  of  settlement  of  her 
estate,  prior  to  her  marriage,  she  may  retain  this  power  and  execute  it  afrer  marriage  In 
some  btates  she  may  dispose  of  property  by  will,  which  has  been  left  to  her  sole  use  be- 
yond the  control  of  her  husband. 

A  person  making  a  will  should  be  careful  to  give  his  christian  and  surname,  his  place 
Of  abode,  trade,  tc.    Legatees  should  also  be  properly  described. 

THE  NATURE  AND  EXECUTION  OF  WIIXS.  Wills  arc  of  two  kinds,  whittes 
and  UN  WRITTEN.  The  latter  have  now  become  very  uiuisuul,  l)eing  liable  to  great  im- 
position. In  some  Statcs.as  lu  Massaeliusetts  and  New  York  on  iiNiv kitten  will  be- 
queathing personal  estate,  is  only  valid  when  made  by  a  soldier  in  actual  service,  or  by  ■ 
manner  while  at  sea.  .«.  ,  ^/•  .v  ■ 

A  will  of  any  kind  of  property  must  be  in  writing. 

The  will,  or  codicil,  should  be  signed  at  the  foot  or  end  thereof  by  the  testator.  If  he 
docs  not  sign  it  must  be  signed  by  some  person  in  his  presence,  and  by  his  direction. 

The  signature  must  be  made,  or  acknowledged,  by  the  testator,  in  the  presence  of 
witnesses  present  at  the  same  time.  '  >«■  u« 

In  Mjissachusetts,  New  Uampshire,  Maine,  Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  New  Jersey. 
Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  all  the  other  States,  the  attestation 
Is  good  if  signed  l)y  three  witnesses.  In  Delaware,  Virginia,  Ohio,  lllinoi-i  Indiana 
Missoun,  Tennessee,  North  Carolina,  two  witnesses  only  are  required.  In  New  York' 
two  are  necessary,  who  must  write  opposite  their  names  their  place  of  residence,  -  penal- 
ty for  neglect  gsn.  '     j"*-""* 

Lastly,  the  leoal  number  of  witnesses  must  attest  and  subscribe  the  will,  or  codicil, 
in  the  presence  of  tlie  testator,  and  attest  tliat  the  wiU  was  signed,  or  his  signature  ao^ 
knowlcdged  by  the  testator,  in  their  presence. 

WITNESSES  TO  A  WILL.  They  should  not  be  persons  who,  on  account  of  havinjt 
been  convicted  of  any  infamous  crime,  are  disqualified  from  giving  evidence  in  a  court  o? 
'Zl'fn;  .h^jMi""  n-"'^  l^  legatees  under  tlie  will,  or  codicil  i  nor  any  way  interested  in 
making  the  w  ill.  Ihcy  should  also  be  persons  of  sufficient  Intelligence  and  understand- 
ing. Legacies  to  an  attesting  witness,  or  his  wife,  or  her  husband,  are  void.  But  creditors 
and  executors  can  be  attesting  witnesses.  Alterations  in  wills  must  be  made  in  the  same 
way  as  a  will  is  made,  that  is,  the  will  must  be  again  witnessed  and  sigiicdT 

CODICIL.  A  codicil  is  a  supplement  or  addition  made  to  a  will  by  the  testator,  addina 
IS'Jn''i„t'^""^'  °S,''"«"»8  »°T, V",'  "^  '"'  '"'■'"«'■  disposition.  It  may  be  written  on  thi 
same  paper,  or  affixed  to  and  folded  up  with  the  will ;  or  it  may  be  written  on  a  differSt 
paper,  and  deposited  in  a  different  place.  «iiucrBui 

In  general,  the  law  relating  to  a  codicil  is  the  same  as  that  relating  to  Willi,  ud  thallkt 
guaxaatces  of  slgmature  and  attestation  are  required.  n"»,  nuu  uw  uw 


wiLi..  65 

ylrww,  ■■iltlw  fcitto  en— ilr  rJid  wilh  tte  hK;  if  ■at  fwhidklwjr. 

LEOACr^  A  LepKf  ii«  beaaalkorsfttar  Baaer.  mots,  «rckatid*,hr*fn:  A* 
pef«»  to  whrnn  tt  b  girca  b  cdied  tte  k«i«M  s  aad  tf  die  eUt  is  of  flhe  loidM  of  aa 

rtifT  iTfttr  ttir  rrrj-nrnt  nf  IrVtf  ■■«  rrftnr  irffiri.  hr  Ii  ralTrfl  fhr  i  rriiliMij  inBtnri 

!■  CMC  of  •  deidlca^  of  MKti  to  ps7  tke  dcMa,  aO  tke  ceaoallccMic*  BM*  afeate  fie- 
VarttoBaO/.    So,ifihek«Meeakarebecapaid.tteraicioiaMltonAmdaiatMfelcpa(t. 

to  pcereat  tbe  laiilBiiMi  aWiia  of  the  ipfiflfai 

BEVOCATIOS  OFAWILI..  Awillla^hcte»okcdatfttpl»aiiii«  ofacteatator. 
nemqrbaxBtear.eaaecl.ar  oHiteiateit,bataa  iiMti  laWua  of  a  part  i»  a  irrocattBa  «f 
oalrtkatpart.  Marriage  aad  tfcc  thA  of  aefcild  ngfiaH  aa  a  irroeagoa,  prorided  flba 
via  aad  child  vera  aapforfdediw^  Aaeeoal  viHiaalae  a  reroeatiaaofateiial.  TlM 
iimiiat*  af  a  woaaaa  irrofceaawillfaeTiaa^l  laailc  byhct.  A  eodoeil  levokca  a  will 
if  eoatnoT  to  it. 


WILL.* 

Kirow  Ai>L  MEir  bt  these  presents.  That  I,  A.   B.,  of 

,  io  the  county  of ,  and  state  of .merchant,   being  of 

sound  disposing  mind  and  memory,  do  make  and  publish  this  my 
last  Will  and  Testament. 

Ist.  1  give  and  bequeath  to  my  son  C.  B.  one  hundred  dollars. 

2d.  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  sons  D.  B.  and  £.  B.,  five  hun- 
dred dollars  each. 

3d.  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  hooored  mother  five  hundred 
dollars. 

To  be  paid  to  them  respectively  within  one  year  after  my  decease. 

4th.  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  beloved  wife,  N.  B.,  all  my 
household  furniture,  wearing  apparel,  and  all  the  rest  and  residue 
of  niy  personal  property,  (after  payment  of  my  debts  and  legacies.) 

5th.  I  give  and  devise  to  my  daughter,  G.  H.,  wite  of  B.  H.,  of 

,  the  lot  of  land,  with  the  building  thereon,  situate  in  the  town 

of in  the  county  of [bounded  as  follows].     To  have  and 

to  hold  the  said  premises  with  the  appurtenances,  to  her,  the  said 
G.  H.,  to  her  sole  and  separate  use,  free  from  the  interference  or 
control  of  her  husband,  and  to  her  heirs  and  assigns  forever. 

6th.  I  give  and  devise  to  my  eldest  son  F.  B.,  his  heirs  and  as- 
signs, all  my  homestead  farm,  situate  in  the  town  of  B.,  in  the  coun- 
ty of  M..  whereon  i  now  live.  To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  to 
him,  the  said  F.  B  ,  and  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever. 

7th.  I  give  and  devise  to  my  beloved  wife,  S.  B.,  all  the 
rest  and  residue  of  my  real  estate,  —  together  with  any  and  all 
estate,  right  or  interest  in  lands,  which  I  may  acquire  after  the 
date  of  this  Will  —  as  long  as  she  shall  remain  unmarried,  and  my 
widow  ;  but  on  her  decease  or  marriage,  the  remainder  thereof  I 
give  and  devise  to  my  said  children,  and  their  heirs,  respectively, 
to  he  divided  in  equal  shares  between  them. 

8th.  I  ordain  and  appoint  my  brother,  R.  B.,  as  executor  of 
this  my  last  Will  and  Testament. 

•  If  a  testator  in  his  Will  makes  provision  for  hi*  wife,  declaring  the  same 
to  be  in«tead  of  dower,  the  wife  may  hare  her  election  (within  a  specified 
lime— In  Ma?«achu!5ell«  it  is  six  months)  to  accept  the  provisions  of  the  Will, 
or  claim  her  dower  at  law,  bat  she  cannot  have  both.  If  the  nrovi<iou8  in  the 
Will  are  not  declared  Io  be  instead  of  dower,  she  may  hold  both. 

BMA  6* 


66  WILL   AND    CODICIL.  EASEMENTS. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal, 
and   publish  and  declare  this  to  be  my  last  Will  and  Testament  in 

the  presence  of  the  witnessfes  named  below,  this day  of , 

in  the  year . 

A.  B.  [L.  8.] 

Signed,  sealed,  published,  and  declared  by  the  said  A.  B.,  as  and  for  his  last  Wit 
and  Testament,  in  presence  of  us,  who,  at  his  request  and  in  his  presence,  an 
in  the  presence  of  each  other ,  have  subscribed  our  names  as  witnesses  hereto. 

L.  M. 
O.  P. 
G.  H. 

If  the  Will  be  signed  by  a  third  person  for  the  testator,  the  attestation  shon 
be  thus : 

Signed  by  the  said  E.  F.  in  our  presence  and  in  the  presence  of  the  said  A.  B 
and  by  hisexprcss  direction,  and  by  the  said  A.B.  at  the  same  time  published  and 
declared  as  his  last  will  and  testament,  in  the  presence  of  the  said  £.  F.  and  of 
us,  who  each  in  the  presence  ofthe  other,  and  of  the  said  A.B.  and  of  the  said  E. 
F.  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  as  subscribing  witnesses. 

The  manner  of  signing  and  attesting  Wills  in  New  England  and  many  of  the 
States,  is  similar  to  the  above.    In  New  York,  it  is  as  follows  : 

The  above  instrument  was  now  here  subscribed  by  A.B.,the  testator,  in  the 
presence  of  each  of  us  ;  and  was  at  the  same  time  declared  by  him  to  be  his  last 
Will  and  Testament:  and  we,  at  his  request,  and  in  his  presence,  sign  our  names 
thereto,  as  attesting  witnesses. 

D.  F.,  residing  in  Utica, County. 

G.  H.,  residing  in  Utica, County. 

Codicil. 

W  HEREAs,  by  my  last  will  and  testament,  dated  the day  of 

,  18  — ,  I  gave  to  my  daughter  J.  W.,  [here  mention  the 

legacy,^  I  do  hereby,  by  this  present  writing,  which  I  declare  to 
be  a  Codicil  to  my  said  Will,  revoke  the  said  legacy,  and  give  and 
bequeath  the  same  to  my  son  S.  W.,  Jr.     I  also  give  and  bequeath 

to  my  nephew  G.  E.  the  sum  of and  to  my  niece  H.  E.  the 

sum  of .     And  I  hereby  ratify  and  confirm  my  aforesaid  Will 

in  all  respects,  except  so  far  as  changed  or  altered  by  this  Codicil. 

In  testimony  whereof,  &c.,  [same  as  will.]         A.  B.     [l.  s.] 

Signed,  sealed,  and  declaredby  the  said  A.  B.  to  be  a  Codicil  to  his  last  will  and 
testament,  in  the  presence  of   [same  as  will.] 

EASEMENTS. 
1.  Notice  to  Discontinue  an  Easement. 

To  A.  B.  and  C.  £>.,  the  Heirs  of  Mr.  J.  B  ,  deceased :  Apprehending  that, 
by  lapse  of  time,  a  right  may  hereafter  accrue  to  you  to  have  ihe  privilege  of 
an  alley,  or  passage-way,  in  and  upon  my  lot  of  land  on  M.  street,  numbered 
53,  which  you  now  enjoy  by  my  sufferance,  of  passing  to  and  from  said  street 
along  the  south  side  of  my  dwelling  house,  to  the  rear  of  your  house  on  said 
street.  Now  to  prevent  the  accruing  of  such  right  on  your  part,  or  on  the  part 
of  those  who  may  hereafter  own  the  estate.  I  hereby  notify  you,  that  I  claim 
the  right  of  building  upon  and  over  said  alley  or  passage-way  immediately, 
or  at  any  other  time,  or  of  closing  up  or  otherwise  disposing  of  the  same, 
■whenever  I  may  think  it  best  to  exercise  such  right.  E.  F. 

S ,  ss.  B ,  May  12, 1859.  I  have  this  day  nolified  the  with- 
in named  J.  B.,  by  leaving  an  attested  copy  of  these  presents  at  his  last  and 

usual  place  of  abode  in  said  B . 

H.  H.  G.,  Deputy  Sheriff. 


EASEMENTS, ENTRY   OF   MORTGAGEE.  67 

2.  Another  Form. 

B ,  May  21,  1859. 

To  H.  T. — Sir  :  You  are  hereby  notified  that  the  proprietors  of  the  real 
estate  hereinafter  mentioned,  intend  to  prevent  you  (rom  acqniring  by  adverse 

use,  or  possession,  or  otherwise,  any  right  of or  other  easement,  over, 

from,  ill,  or  upon  our  land,  situate  on  the  westerly  side  of  W.  street  in  said 
B.,  being  the  same  described  in  the  deed  of  C.  H.  to  E.  D.,  recorded  with  — 
Deeds.  Lib.  — ,  fol.  —  ;  and  we  also  severally  notify  you  that  it  is  our  inten- 
tion to'dispute  all  right  on  your  part  to  any or  other  easement. 

This  notice  is  given  to  you  because  you  are  now  using  and  enjoying,  with- 
out our  consent,  a from,  in,  upon,  and  over  our  said  land. 

Witness  our  hands  this day  of ,  185 — .  E.  D. 

C.  H. 

Note. — No  person  shall  acquire  any  right  or  privilege  of  way,  nor  any  other  easement, 
from,  in,  upon,  or  over,  the  land  of  another,  by  the  adverse  use  or  enjoyment  thereof,  un- 
less such  n9e  shall  have  been  continued  uninterrupted,  for  twenty  years.  The  person 
owning  the  land,  in  such  case,  may  give  notice  in  writing  to  the  person  claiming  or  using 
the  privilege,  expressing  his  intention  to  dispute  the  right  of  way,  or  other  easement, 
and  to  prevent  th?  other  party  from  acquiring;  such  right  ;  and  such  notice,  being  serv- 
ed and  recorded,  as  hereafter  provided  in  this  section,  shall  be  deemed  an  interruption 
of  such  use,  and  shall  prevent  the  acquiring  of  a  right  thereto,  by  the  continuance  of  the 
use  thereof,  for  any  length  of  time  whatever,  after  the  notice  aforesaid  ;  and  sucli  notice 
shall  be  served,  like  an  original  summons  in  civil  actions,  on  the  other  party,  or  his 
agent  or  guardian,  if  within  the  State  s  and  otherwise,  on  the  tenant  or  occupant  of  the 
ettate,  if  there  be  any  ;  and  if  not,  a  copy  of  the  notice  shall  be  afflxed  to  the  house,  or  to 
some  other  conspicuous  part  of  the  premises  s  and  the  service  shall  be  indorsed  and  re- 
turned on  the  original  paper,  and  said  notice,  with  the  return  thereon,  shall  be  recorded 
in  the  registry  of  deeds,  for  the  county  where  the  land  lies,  within  three  months  after  the 
service  ;  and  every  such  notice,  given  by  the  guardian  or  agent  of  the  owner  of  the  land, 
shall  have  the  like  effect  as  If  given  by  himself.    Mass.  Stat. 

No  person  who  has  erected,  or  may  erect  any  building  neartheland  of  another  person, 
shall  acquire  a  riglit  of  light  and  air.  by  mere  continuance  of  windows  overlooking  his 
land,  so  as  to  prevent  the  owner  of  such  land  from  erecting  any  building  thereon.  Ibid. 

FORECLOSURE    OF    MORTGAGE. 

Certificate  of  Entry  of  Mortgagee. 

This  shall  certify  to  all  persons,  that  I,  A.  B.,  the  within  named  mortgagor, 

this day  of ,  A.  D.,  186 — ,  do  give  peaceable  and  quiet  possession  of 

llie  real  esiale  described  in  the  within  mortgage,  to  C.  D.,  on  account  of  a 
breach  of  condition  therein  contained,  and  for  tlie  purpose  of  foreclosing  the 
same.  A.  B. 

[  Must  be  acknowledged.] 

Witnesses  Certificate  of  Entry. 

B ,  April  10,  1861. 

We,  the  subscribers,  hereby  certify  and  declare  that  we  were  this  day  pres- 
ent and  saw  E.  F.,  the  within  named  mortgagee,  enter  in  and  upon  the  real 
estate  described  in  the  within  mortgage,  and  take  open  and  peaceable  posses- 
sion thereof,  on  account  of  a  breach  of  condition  therein  contained,  and  for  the 
purpose  of  foreclosing  the  same.  A.  B. 

CD. 

S ,  8S.    B ,  April  10,  1957.    Then  personally  appeared  the 

above  named  A.  B.  and  C.  D.,  and  severally  made  solemn  oatli  that  the  above 
certificate  by  them  subscribed  is  true. 

Before  me,  I.  R.  B.,  Just,  of  the  Peace. 

After  breach  of  condition  of  a  mortgage  of  real  estate,  the  mortgagee  may  obtain  pos- 
session by  action,  or  make  an  open  and  peaceable  entry,  which  possession  being  contin- 
ued three  years,  the  redemption  is  forever  foreclosed.  The  mortgagor  may  sign  a  cer- 
tificate or  memorandum  upon  the  mortgage  deed,  acknowledging  the  entry  of  the  mort- 
gagee, which  certificate  must  be  recorded  in  the  Registry  of  Deeds  within  thirty  days,— 
or  else,  a  certificate  of  two  competent  witnesses  to  prove  tlie  entry,  shall  be  made  and 
sworn  to  before  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  and  recorded  as  above.    Mass.  Stat. 


68  THE    NEW    PATENT   LAW. 

NEW     PATENT     LAW.  — 1861. 

Sec.  1  relates  to  the  taking  of  affidavits  required  in  cases  pending  in  the 
Patent  Office,  the  subpoening  of  witnesses,  and  fees. 

Secs.  2,  3  &  4  relate  to  the  appointment  and  duties  of  three  examiners -in- 
chief,  and  to  salaries. 

Sec.  5  authorizes  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  to  restore  to  the  respective 
applicants,  or  when  not  removed  by  them,  to  otherwise  dispose  of  such  of  the 
models  belonging  to  rejected  applications  as  he  shall  not  think  necessary  to  be 
preserved.  The  same  authority  is  also  given  in  relation  to  all  models  ac- 
companying appllcalions  for  designs.  He  is  further  authorized  to  dispense  in 
future  Tviih  models  of  designs  when  the  design  can  be  sufficiently  represented 
by  a  drawing. 

Sec.  6  repeals  the  act  authorizing  the  appointment  of  agents  for  the  trans- 
portation of  models  and  specimens  to  the  Patent  Office. 

Sec.  7  relates  to  the  appointment  of  additional  examiners. 

Sec.  8  requires  all  papers  filed  in  the  Patent  Office,  if  not  correctly,  legibly 
and  clearly  written,  to  be  printed  at  the  cost  of  the  parties  filing  such  papers. 

Sec.  9  provides  that  no  money  paid  as  a  fee  on  any  application  for  a  patent 
after  the  passage  of  this  act  shall  be  withdrawn  or  refunded,  nor  shall  the  fee 
paid  on  filing  a  caveat  be  considered  as  part  of  the  sum  required  to  be  paid  on 
filing  a  subsequent  application  for  a  patent  for  the  same  invention. 

Thai  the  three  months'  notice  given  to  any  caveator,  in  pursuance  of  the  re- 
quirements of  the  twelfth  section  of  the  act  of  July  4th,  1S36,  shall  be  com- 
puted from  the  day  on  which  such  notice  is  deposited  in  the  post-office  at 
Washington,  with  the  regular  time  for  the  transmission  of  the  same  added 
thereto,  which  time  shall  be  indorsed  on  the  notice  ;  and  that  so  much  of  the 
13th  section  of  the  act  of  Congress,  approved  July  4th,  1836,  as  authorizes  the 
annexing  to  letters  patent  of  the  description  and  specification  of  additional 
improvements  is  hereby  repealed,  and  in  all  cases  where  additional  improve- 
ments would  now  be  admissible  independent  patents  must  be  applied  for. 

Sec.  10  provides  that  all  laws  now  in  force  fixing  the  rates  of  the  Patent 
Office  fees  to  be  paid,  and  discriminating  between  the  inhabitants  of  the  United 
States  and  those  of  other  countries  which  shall  not  discriminate  against  the 
inhabitants  of  the  United  States,  are  hereby  repealed,*  and  in  their  stead  the 
following  rates  are  established: — 

On  filing  each  caveat $10  00 

On  filing  each  original  application  for  a  patent,  except  for  a  design  .. .     15  GO 

On  issunig  each  original  patent 20  00 

On  every  appeal  from  the  examiners-in-chief  to  the  Commissioner. ...     20  00 

On  every  application  for  the  re-issue  of  a  patent 30  00 

On  every  application  for  the  extension  of  a  patent 50  00 

In  addition,  on  the  granting  of  every  extension 60  00 

On  filing  each  disclaimer 10  00 

For  certified  copies  of  patents,  and  other  papers,  per  100  words 0  10 

For  recording  every  assignment,  power  of  attorney,  and  other  papers, 

of  300  words  or  under 1  06 

For  recording  every  assignment,  and  other  papers,  over  300  and  under 

1000  words 2  00 

For  recording  every  assignment  or  other  writing,  if  over  1000  words. .       3  00 
For  copies  of  drawings,  the  reasonable  cost  of  making  the  same. 

Sec.  11  provides  that  any  citizen  or  citizens,  or  alien  or  aliens  having  resid- 
ed one  year  in  the  United  Stales,  and  taken  the  oath  of  his,  her  or  their  intention 
to  become  a  citizen  or  citizens,  who  by  his,  her,  or  their  own  industry,  genius, 
efforts,  and  expense,  may  have  invented  or  produced  any  new  and  original 
design  for  a  manufacture  whether  of  metal  or  other  material  or  materials,  or  an 
original  design  for  a  bust,  statue,  or  bas-relief,  or  composition  in  alto  or  basso 
relievo,  or  any  new  and  original  impression  or  ornament,  or  to  be  placed  on 
any  article  of  manufacture,  the  same  being  formed  in  marble  or  other  material, 
or  any  new  and  useful  pattern,  or  print,  or  picture,  to  be  either  worked  into 
or  worked  on,  or  printed,  or  paintedj  or  cast,  or  otherwise  fixed  on,  any  article 
of  manufacture,  or  any  new  and  original  shape  or  configuration  of  any  article 
of  manufacture,  not  known  or  used  by  others  before  his,  her,  or  their  inven- 
tion or  production  thereof,  and  prior  to  the  time  of  his,  her,  or  their  application 
for  a  patent  therefor,  and  who  shall  desire  lo  obtain  an  exclusive  property  or 

*  Note  to  Sec.  10.  AU  persons,  without  distinction  of  nationality,  (except  Canadi- 
am,}  may  now  file  applications  for  full  patents,  on  payment  of  the  fee  of  g^S. 


THE   NEW   PATENT   LAW.  69 

nght  iherein  to  make,  use,  and  sell,  and  vend  the  same,  or  copies  of  the  same, 
to  others,  by  them  to  be  made,  used,  and  sold,  may  make  application,  in  writ- 
ing, to  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  expressing  such  desire  ;*  and  the  Com- 
missioner, on  due  proceeding's  had,  may  grant  a  patent  therefor,  as  in  the  case 
now  of  application  for  a  patent,  for  the  term  of  Sj  years,  or  for  the  term  of  7 
years,  or  for  the  term  of  14  years,  as  the  said  applicant  may  elect  in  his  ap- 
plicaiion:  Proi-itJed,  \haX  the  fee  to  be  paid  in  such  application  shall  be,  for 
the  term  of  3  years  and  6  monihs  SIO,  for  7  years  815,  and  for  14  years  S30: 
And  provided,  that  the  patentees  of  designs  under  this  act  shall  be  entitled  to 
the  extension  of  their  respective  patents,  for  the  term  of  7  years  from  the  day 
on  which  said  patents  shall  expire,  apon  the  same  terras  and  restrictions  as 
are  now  provided  for  the  extension  of  letters  patent. 

Sec.  1'2  provides  that  all  applications  for  patents  shall  be  completed  and 
prepared  for  examination  within  two  years  after  the  filing  of  the  petition,  and 
in  default  thereof,  they  shall  be  regarded  as  abandoned  by  the  parties  thereto, 
unless  it  be  sliown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  that 
such  delay  was  unavoidable,  and  all  applications  now  pending  shall  be  treated 
as  if  filed  after  the  passage  of  this  act;  and  all  applications  for  the  extension 
of  patents  shall  be  filed  at  least  90  days  before  the  expiration  thereof;  and 
notice  of  the  day  set  for  the  hearing'of  the  case  shall  be  published,  as  now 
required  by  law,  for  at  least  60  days. 

Sec.  13  provides  that  in  all  cases  where  an  article  is  made  or  vended  by 
any  person  under  ihe  protection  of  letters  patent,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such 
person  to  give  sufficient  notice  to  the  public  that  said  article  is  so  patented, 
either  by  fixing  thereon  the  word  patented,  together  with  the  day  and  year 
the  patent  was  granted  ;  or  when,  from  the  character  of  the  article  patented, 
that  may  be  impracticable,  by  enveloping  one  or  more  of  the  said  articles,  ana 
affixing  a  label  to  the  package,  or  otherwise  attaching  thereto  a  label  on  which 
the  notice,  with  the  date,  is  printed ;  on  failure  of  which,  in  any  suit  for  the  in- 
fringement of  letters  patent  by  the  party  failing  so  to  mark  the  article  the  right 
to  which  is  infringed  upon,  no  damage  shall  be  recovered  by  the  plainliflT,  ex- 
cept on  proof  that  Ihe  defendant  was  duly  notified  of  the  infringement,  and 
continued  after  such  notice  to  make  or  vend  the  article  patented. 

Sec.  14  authorizes  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  to  print  ten  copies  of  the 
description  and  claims  of  all  patents  which  may  hereafter  be  granted,  and 
ten  copies  of  the  drawings. 

Sec.  15  provides  that  printed  copies  of  the  letters  patent  of  the  United 
Stales  with  the  seal  of  the  Patent  Office  affixed  thereto,  and  certified  and 
signed  by  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  shall  be  legal  evidence  of  the  contents 
of  said  letters  patent  in  all  cases. 

Sec.  16  provides  that  all  patents  hereafter  granted  shall  remain  in  force  for 
the  term  of  seventeen  years  irom  tlie  date  of  issue  ;  and  all  extensions  of  such 
patents  are  hereby  prohibited. 

•  Note  to  Sec.  11.  The  following  are  some  of  the  articles  for  which  a  patent  may  be 
obtained  :— Architect^',  draughtsmciis',  engineers',  photographers'  and  designers'  plans ; 
designs  for  bank  notes,  certificates  ofstoclcs,  bonds,  ic. — Baskets,  bells,  chairs,  table?, 
bedsteads,  boikcases,  pianos,  cups,  pitchers,  dishes,  or  any  other  article  of  household 
furniture.— All  works  of  art,  such  as  statues,  busts,  works  in  alto-relievo,  designs  for 
stove  plates,  clock-cases,  picture  frames,  articles  in  glass  or  other  material  ;  gas  fixtures, 
bnttons,  jewelry,  fancy  goods,  &c. — Merchants'  trade  marks,  and  druggists'  labels. — 
New  patterns  of  printed  and  woven  goods,  oil  cloths  and  carpels,  paper  hangings,  win- 
dow shades,  &c.— Bookbinders'  designs  for  covers,  and  printers'  designs  for  tvpe  ;  and 
every  new  style  of  article,  tool  or  pattern,  used  or  produced  in  any  trade  or  profession. 
All  kinds  of  ornaments  and  decorations  in  plaster  for  ceilings  and  facades ;  moldings 
in  wood,  plaster  or  other  material  ;  forms  of  fences,  posts,  railings,  stairs  and  banis- 
ters :  new  forms  of  p'.  uiished  and  plated  ware,  tea  sets,  waiter?,  lamps,  cans,  boxes,  and 
envelops  for  goods  !  designs  for  hardware,  tin-ware,  or  any  other  metal,  musical  instru- 
ments, toys,  canes,  umbrellas,  and  like  articles  ;  pictures,  paintings,  patterns,  cuts, 
ornaments  or  designs  for  any  article,  including  all  kinds  of  wearing  apparel,  bonnets, 
dresses,  ribbons,  ornaments  for  the  person,  embroidery,  laces,  edgings,  fcc,  &c. 


PATENT    POKMS   AND    RULES    OP    OFFICE. 

There  are  six  requisiies,  uniformly  insisted  upon,  before  an  application  is 
considered  ready  for  examination.  These  are: — 1.  The  petition;  2.  The 
specification;  3.  The  oath  ;  4.  The  drawings  ;  5.  The  model,  or  specimens, 
where  the  case  admits  of  them  ;  6.  The  payment  of  the  fee.  Until  these  are 
all  complete,  no  application  will  be  set  down  for  examination  in  iis  order. 


70      PATENT  FORMS  AND  RULES  OF  OFFICE. 


Patents  are  granted  to  citizens  of  the  United  Stales,  to  aliens  who  have  re- 
sided in  the  United  States  one  year,  and  made  oath  of  their  intention  to  become 
citizens,  and  also  to  foreigners  wlio  are  inventors  or  discoverers. 

The  following  are  the  usual  forms,  to  be  varied  according  to  circumstances. 

I.       THE  PETITION. 

This  must  be  addressed  to  the  Commissioner,  and  signed  by  the  inventor, 
even  though  it  is  intended  that  the  patent  shall  issue  to  an  assignee.     If  the 
inventor  is  dead,  his  executor  or  administrator  may  sign  it. 
Form  oj  Petition. 
To  THE  Commissioner  of  Patents  : 

The  petition  of  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  State  of ,  res- 
pectfully represents  :  That  your  petitioner  has  invented  a  new  and  improved 
mode  of  preventing  steam-boilers  from  bursting,  which  he  verily  believes  has 
not  been  known  or  used  prior  to  the  invention  thereof  by  your  petitioner.  He 
therefore  prays  that  letters  patent  of  the  United  Slates  may  be  granted  to  him 
therefor,  vesting  iu  him  and  his  legal  representatives  the  exclusive  right  to  the 
same,  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  expressed  in  the  act  of  Congress  in  that 
case  made  and  provided  ;  he  having  paid  fifteen  dollars  into  the  treasury,  and 
complied  with  the  other  provisions  of  the  said  act.                                  A.  B. 

II.       THE    SPECIFICATION. 

The  importance  of  this  document  is  not  easily  overrated.  It  is  of  vital  con- 
sequence that  it  be  drawn  up  with  skill  and  care.  Besides  describing  the  thing 
to  be  patented,  it  should  contain  full  references  to  tlie  drawings,  if  the  case  is 

E roper  for  them  ;  and  some  description  of  them  may  prove  useful.  It  should 
e  signed  by  tlie  inventor,  (his  executor  or  administrator,)  and  be  attested  by 
two  witnesses.  No  great  aid  is  to  be  expected,  in  drawing  up  the  substance  of 
the  specification,  from  any  forms.  There  is  hardly  any  class  of  documents  in 
preparing  which  so  little  aid  is  to  be  derived  from  precedents  ;  none  where 
more  depends  on  skill,  experience  and  ingenuity.  The  specification  must  be 
made  in  such  full,  clear  and  exact  terms,  that  the  public  may  know  how  to 
avail  themselves  of  it  wilh  reasonable-  facility  after  the  patent  has  expired. 
It  is  enough  if,  to  adopt  the  expressions  of  the  statute,  "  it  will  enable  any  per- 
son skilled  in  the  art  or  science  to  which  it  appertains,  or  wilh  which  it  is 
most  nearly  connected,  to  make,  construct,  compound  and  use  the  same."  (Act 
of  Congress,  18-36,  Sec.  6.) 

The  applicant  must  set  forth  in  his  specification  the  precise  invention  for 
which  he  claims  a  patent.  If  a  machine,  he  shall  fully  explain  the  principle, 
modes,  applcatiion,  and  character,  by  which  it  may  be  distinguished  from 
other  inventions  j  and  shall  particularly  point  out  the  part,  improvement,  or 
combination,  which  he  claims  as  his  own  invention  or  discovery. — Ibid. 
Form  of  Specification. 
To  ALL  Whom  it  may  Concekn  : 

Be  it  known  that  I,  A.  B.,  of  ,  in  the  County  of ,  in  the  State  of 

,  have  invented  a  new  and  improved  mode  of  preventing  s'cam-boilers 

from  bursting  ;  and  I  do  hereby  declare  that  the  following  is  a  full  and  exact 
description  thereof,  reference  being  had  to  the  accompanying  drawings,  and 
to  the  letters  of  reference  marked  thereon  : 

The  nilure  of  my  invention  consists  in  [here  describe  the  invention  with  great 
particularity  and  exactness]. 

What  I  claim  as  my  invention,  and  desire  to  secure  by  letters  patent,  is,the 
application  to  steam-boilers  of  a  fusible  alloy,  which  will  melt  at  a  given  tem- 
perature, and  allow  the  steam  to  escape,  as  herein  described,  using  for  that 
purpose  the  aforesaid  metallic  compound,  or  any  other  substantially  the  same, 
and  which  will  produce  the  intended  effect.  A.  B. 

Witnesses  :         S"  2" 

[  When  the  application  is  for  a  machine,  the  specification  should  commence  thus  :] 

Be  it  known,  that  1,  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  State  of , 

have  invented  a  new  and  useful  machine  for  [staling  the  use  and  title  of  the 
machine ;  and  if  the  application  is  for  an  improvement,  it  should  rend  thus ;  a 
new  and  useful  improvement  on  a,  (or,  on  the,)  machine,  &c.,]  and  I  do  here- 


PATENT  FORMS  AND  RULES  OF  OFFICE.       71 

by  declare  that  the  following-  is  a  full,  clear,  and  exact  description  of  the  con- 
struction and  operation  of  the  same  ;  reference  being  had  to  the  annexed 
drawings,  making  a  part  of  this  specification,  in  which  figure  1  is  a  perspec- 
tive view;  figure  2  a  longitudinal  elevation;  figure  3  a  transverse  section, 
Ac. ;  [thus  describing  all  the  sections  of  the  drawings,  and  then  referring  to  the 
parts  by  letters.  Then  follows  the  description  of  the  construction  and  operation 
of  the  machine;  and  lastly  the  claim,  which  should  express  the  nature  and 
character  of  the  invention,  and  identifj'  the  parts  claimed  separately  or  in  com- 
bination. If  the  specification  is  for  an  improvement,  the  original  invention 
should  be  disclaimed,  and  the  claim  confined  to  the  improvement.] 

To  the  specification  shouWbe  annexed  the  oath  of  the  inventor.  Where  an 
executor  or  administrator  applies,  the  law  requires  a  variation  iu  the  form. 

III.       OATH. 

State  of ,  CorKTi  of ,  m: 

On  this day  of ,  18 — ,  before  me,  the  subscriber,  a ,  personally 

appeared  the  wilhin  named  A.  B..  and  made  solemn  oaih  (or  afBrmalion)  that 
he  verily  believes  himself  to  be  the  original  and  first  inventor  of  the  mode 
herein  described  for  preventing  steam-boilers  from  bursting;  and  that  he  does 
not  know  or  believe  the  same  was  ever  before  known  or  used  ;*  [and  that  he  is 
a  citizen  of  the  United  States.] 

(Signed)  C  H.,  Justice  of  the  Peace. 

*  In  case  of  an  alien,  insert  in  place  of  what  is  in  brackets,  [and  that  he  is 

a  native  of  the ;  that  he  has  resided  within  the  United  States  for  the  whole 

of  the  past  year,  and  has  taken  the  oath  prescribed  by  law  for  becoming  natu- 
ralized m  this  country.] 

IV.       THE    DRAWINGS   AND   MODEL. 

Duplicate  drawings  will  be  required  in  every  case.  They  should  be  on 
sheets  separate  from  the  other  papers,  from  eighteen  to  nineteen  inches  in 
length  from  top  to  bottom,  and  not  less  than  thirteen  inches  across  nor  more 
than  twenty-five,  unless  more  space  is  necessary  to  exhibit  the  device  or  ma- 
chine with  clearness.  One  of  them,  which  is  to  be  kept  in  the  Office  for  ref- 
erence, should  be  on  stiff  drawing  paper.  The  other,  which  is  intended  to  be 
attached  to  the  patent,  should  have  a  margin  of  one  inch,  at  least,  for  that 
purpose  on  the  right  hand  side,  and  should  be  on  some  material  that  will  bear 
folding  and  transportation.  They  should  be  executed  in  artistic  style ;  and 
such  parts  as  cannot  be  otherwise  made  to  appear,  must  be  represented  in 
detail,  by  plans  and  sections,  which  should  be  numbered  and  described  in  ihe 
specification.  Each  part  should  be  distinguished  by  some  one  number  or 
letter  having  the  same  shape  wherever  that  part  is  dehneaied  in  the  drawings, 
and  should  be  referred  to  m  the  specification  by  such  letter  or  number.  It  is 
always  safe,  and  may  be  found  essential,  to  have  them  signed  by  the  inventor, 
and  attested  by  two  witnesses,  like  the  specification. 

The  model  should  be  made  of  durable  materials,  and  be  firmly  constructed, 
so  as  to  bear  the  frequent  handling  to  which  it  is  necessarily  exposed.  If  of 
any  soft  wood,  it  should  be  painted,  stained,  or  varnished.  Its  external  di- 
mensions should  not,  if  practicable,  exceed  one  cubic  foot  in  measure.  The 
name  of  the  inventor,  and  that  of  the  assignee,  if  the  patent  issue  to  him,  should 
be  permanently  affixed  to  it,  either  by  engraving  or  otherwise. 

Where  the  invention  consists  of  a  composition  of  matter,  samples  of  the  in- 
gredients, sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  experiment,  and  also  of  the  composition 
Itself,  must  be  furnished ;  also  specimens  of  any  article  of  manufacture  for 
■which  a  patent  is  sought. 

No  model  can  be  withdrawn,  except  when  the  Office  requires  some  defect 
to  be  corrected  in  it,  or  new  drawings  to  be  prepared  from  it. 
^  Models  and  specimens  may  be  sent  to  the  Office  by  express,  prepaid. 
V.      DESIGNS. 

In  making  an  application  to  patent  a  design,  the  same  course  is  to  be  pur- 
sued as  in  case  of  an  application  for  patenting  a  machine. 
Form  of  Petition  for  a  Design. 

To   THS    COMMISSIONEK  OF   PATENTS  : 

The  petition  of  A.  B.,  of ,  and  State  of ,  respectfully  represents  : 

That  your  petitioner  has  invented  or  produced  [a  new  and  original  design  for 


72      PATENT  FORMS  AND  RULES  OF  OFFICE. 

a  composition  in  alto-relievo]  which  he  verily  believes  has  not  been  known 
prior  to  the  production  thereof  by  your  petitioner.  He  therefore  prays  that 
letters  patent  of  the  Uiiileel  States  may  be  granted  to  him  therefor,  vesting  in 
him  and  his  legal  representatives  the  exclusive  right  to  the  same,  upon  the 
terms  and  conditions  expressed  in  the  Act  of  Congress  in  that  case  made  and 

provided,  he  having  paid dollars  into  the  Treasury,  and  complied  with 

the  other  provisions  of  the  said  Act.  A.  B. 

Form,  of  Specification  for  a  Design,  ^e. 
To  ALL  "Whom  it  mat   Conceen  : 

Be  it  known,  that  I,  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  State  of—, 

have  invented  or  produced  a  ne\v  and  original  design  for  a  composition  in 
alto-relievo,  and  I  do  hereby  declare  that  the  following  is  a  full  and  exact  de- 
scription of  the  same  : 

[Here  follows  a  description  of  the  design,  with  reference  to  the  specimen  or 
drawing,  the  specification  to  conclude  with  declaring  what  the  inventor 
claims,  in  terms  characteristic  of  the  design,  &c.] 

A.  B. 
C    D 
Witnesses :         g"  p* 

Form  of  Oath  same  as  No.  3,  inserting  in  place  of  the  italics,  [or  producer 
of  the  design  for  a  composition  in  alio- relievo.] 

VI.       CAVEATS. 

Any  person  entitled  to  take  out  a  patent,  who  shall  desire  further  time  to 
perfect  the  invention  he  has  made,  may,  by  paying  ten  dottars,  file  a  Caveat 
in  the  confidential  archives  of  the  office,  setting  forth  the  design  and  purpose 
of  his  invention,  its  principal  and  distinguishing  cAara(;Jeri.s«i«,  &c.,  praying 
protection  of  his  right  till  he  shall  have  matured  his  invention. 

If  application  shall  be  made  by  any  other  person,  within  one  year  from  the 
time  of  filing  such  caveat,  for  a  patent  of  any  invention  with  which  it  may  in 
any  respect  Interfere,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  to  deposit  the 
description,  specifications,  drawings  and  model,  in  the  confidential  archives 
of  the  office,  and  give  notice  (by  mail)  to  the  person  filing  the  caveat,  of  such 
application,  who  shall,  within  three  months  after,  file  his  description,  specifica- 
tion, drawings  and  model,  if  he  would  avail  himself  of  the  benefit  of  his  eaveat. 

Form  of  Caveat. 
To  THK  Commissioner  of   Patents  : 

The  petition  of  A.  B.jof ,  in  the  Connty  of ,  and  State  of ,  res- 
pectfully represents  :  That  he  has  made  certain  improvements  in  the  mode 
of  constructing  the  boilers  for  steam-engines,  and  that  he  is  now  engaged  in 
making  experiments  for  the  purpose  of  perfecting  the  same,  preparatory  to 
his  applying  for  letters  patent  therefor.  He  therefore  prays  that  the  subjoined 
description  of  his  invention  may  be  filed  as  a  caveat  in  the  confidential  ar- 
chives of  the  Patent  Office,  agreeablv  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Congress 
in  that  case  made  and  provided  ;  he  having  paid  ten  dollars  into  the  Treas- 
ury of  the  United  States,  and  otherwise  complied  with  the  requirements  of  the 
said  Act.                                                                                                        A.  B. 

Here  should  follow  a  description  of  the  general  principles  oi  the  invention 
•o  far  as  it  has  been  completed. 

It  is  desirable  that  caveats  should  be  explicit  as  to  the  character  and  feature 
of  the  invention — embrace  suitable  drawings  or  sketches;  and  a  model  ifcon- 
veiiient.    The  caveat  fails  of  its  purpose,  when  the  invention  is  not  explained. 

VII.       RE-ISSUES. 

A  re-issue  is  granted  to  the  original  patentee,  his  heirs,  or  assigns,  when 
by  reason  of  an  insufficient  or  defective  specification  the  patent  is  invalid,  pro- 
vided the  error  has  arisen  from  inadvertency,  accident,  or  mistake,  without 
any  fraudulent  or  deceptive  intention.    (Act  of  1S36,  sec.  13.) 

The  general  rule  is,  that  whatever  is  really  embraced  in  the  original  inven- 
tion, and  so  described  or  shown  that  it  might  have  been  embraced  in  the  ori- 
ginal patent,  may  be  the  subject  of  a  re-issue. 


PATENT  FORMS  AND  RULES  OF  OFFICE.      73 


Form  of  Surrender  of  a  Patent  for  a  Re-issue. 
To  THE  Commissioner  of  Patents  : 
The  petition  of  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of .  and  State  of ,  res- 
pectfully represents  :  That  he  did  obtain  letters  palent  of  the  United  States 
for  an  improvement  in  the  boilers  of  steam-engines,  which  letters  patent  are 
dated  on  the  first  day  of  March,  1S55  ;  that  he  now  believes  that  the  same  is 
inoperative  and  invalid  by  reason  of  a  defective  specification,  which  defect 
has  arisen  from  inadvertence  and  mistake.  He  therefore  prays  that  he  may 
be  allowed  to  surrender  the  same,  and  requests  that  new  letters  patent  may 
issue  to  him,  for  the  same  invention,  for  the  residue  of  the  period  for  which 
the  original  patent  was  granted  under  the  amended  specification  herewith 
presented,  he  having  paid  thirty  dollars  into  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States, 
agreeably  to  the  requirements  of  the  Act  of  Congress  in  that  case  made  and 
provided.                                                                                                     A.  B. 

Form  of  Oath  to  be  appended  to  applications  for  Re-issues. 

City  and  County  of ,  State  of ,  ss  : 

On  this day  of ,  18 — ,  before  the  subscriber,  a ,  personally  ap- 
peared the  above  named  A.  B  ,  and  made  solemn  oath  (or  affirmation)  that  he 
verily  believes  that,  by  reason  of  an  insufficient  or  defective  specification,  his 
aforesaid  patent  is  not  fully  valid  and  available  to  him  ;  and  that  the  said  error 
lias  arisen  from  inadvertence,  accident,  or  mistake,  and  without  any  fraudu- 
lent or  deceptive  intention,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  or  belief.        C.  D. 

VIII.  DISCLAIMER. 

^Vhere  by  inadvertence,  accident,  or  mistake,  the  original  patent  is  too 
broad,  a  disclaimer  may  be  filed  either  by  tlie  original  patentee  or  by  his  as- 
signees.   (Act  oi  1S37,  section?.) 

Form  of  a  Disclaimer. 
To  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  : 

The  petition  of  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  State  of ,  res- 
pectfully represents  :  That  he  has,  by  assignment,  duly  recorded  in  the  Pa- 
tent Office,  become  the  owner  of  a  right  for  the  several  States  of ,  to  cer- 
tain improvements  in  the  steam  engine,  for  which  letters  patent  of  the  United 

Slates  were  granted  to  of ,  in  the  Slate  of ,  dated  on  the day 

of ,18 — ;  that  he  has  reason  to  believe  that,  through  inadvertence  and 

mistake,  the  claim  made  in  the  specification  of  said  letters  patent  is  too  broad, 
including  that  of  which  the  said  patentee  was  not  the  first  inventor.  Your 
petitioner  therefore  hereby  enters  his  disclaiiner  to  that  part  of  the  claim  in  the 
aforenamed  specification  whicli  is  in  the  following  words,  to  wit:  "I  also 
claim  the  particular  manner  in  which  the  piston  of  the  above  described  engine 
is  constructed  so  as  to  insure  close  fitting  of  the  packing  thereof  to  the  cylin- 
der, as  set  forth  ;"  which  disclaimer  is  to  operate  to  the  extent  of  the  interest 
in  said  letters  patent  vested  in  your  petitioner,  who  has  paid  ten  dollars  into 
the  Treasury  of  the  United  States,  agreeably  to  the  requirements  of  the  Act  of 
Congress  in  that  case  made  and  provided.  A.  B. 

When  the  disclaimer  is  made  by  the  original  patentee,  it  must,  of  course,  be 
80  worded  as  to  express  that  fact. 

IX.  ASSIGNMENTS. 

An  inventor  can  assign  his  entire  right  before  a  paient  is  obtained,  .so  as  to' 
enable  the  assignee  to  lake  out  a  patent  in  his  own  name,  but  the  assignment 
must  first  be  recorded  and  the  specifications  sworn  to  by  the  inventor.  (Act 
of  1837,  sec.  6.) 

Evei->'  assignment  should  be  recorded  within  three  months  from  its  date  ; 
but  if  recorded  after  that  lime,  it  will  protect  the  assignee  against  any  one 
purchasing  after  the  assignment  is  placed  on  record. 

The  assignee  of  any  invention  may  have  the  patent  issue  to  him  directly, 
(Act  of  ia37,  sec.  6  ;)  but  this  is  held  to  apply  only  to  assignees  of  entire  inter- 
ests ;  so  that,  although  wlien  the  inventor  assigns  his  entire  interest  to  two  or 
more,  a  palent  will  issue  to  them  jointly,  still,  if  he  yet  retains  a  portion  iu 
tiimself,  a  joint  patent  will  not  be  issued  to  liim  and  tliem,  * 

BMA  7 


74  PATENT   FORMS   AND   RULES    OF   OFFICE. 


Form  of  Assignment  of  a  partial  Right  in  a  Patent. 

Whereas  I,  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  State  of ,  did  ob- 
tain letters  patent  of  the  United  States  for  certain  improvements  in ,  which 

letters  patent  bear  date  the  Isl  day  of  May,  1861 ;  and  whereas,  J  D.,  of , 

aforesaid,  is  desirous  of  acquiring  an  interest  therein  ;    Now  this  indenture 

witnesselh,  that  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  sum  of ,  to  me  in  hand 

paid,  the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  acknowledged,  I  have  assigned,  sold,  and 
set  over,  and  do  hereby  assign,  sell,  and  set  over  unto  the  said  J.  I).,  all  the 
right,  title,  and  interest  which  I  have  in  the  said  invention,  as  secured  to  me 
by  said  letters  patent,  for,  to,  and  in,  the  several  Stales  of ,  and  in  no  oth- 
er place  or  places.  The  same  to  beheld  and  enjoyed  by  the  said  J.  D.,  forhig 
own  use  and  behoof,  and  for  the  use  and  behoof  of  his  legal  representatives, 
to  the  full  end  of  the  term  for  which  said  letters  patent  are  or  may  be  granted, 
as  fully  and  entirely  as  the  same  would  have  been  held  and  enjoyed  by  me 
had  this  assignment  and  sale  not  been  made. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  affix  my  seal,  this  1st 
day  of  July,  186—.  A.  B.        (l.  s.l 

Witnesses  :     C D ,  E F 

Form  of  Assignment  of  entire  Interest  before  obtaining  Letters  Patent,  and 
to  be  recorded  preparatory  thereto. 

%Vhereas  I,  A.  B.,  of ,  in  the  County  of ,  and  Slate  of ,  have 

invented  certain  new  and  useful  improvements  in ,  for  which  I  am  about 

to  make  application  for  letters  patent  of  the  United  States;   and  whereas,  J. 

D.   of ,  aforesaid,  has  agreed  to  purchase  from  me  all  the  right,  title,  and 

interest,  which  I  have,  or  may  have,  in  and  to  the  said  invention  in  conse- 
quence of  the  grant  of  letters  patent  theref6r,  and  has  paid  to  me,  the  said  A. 

B.j  the  sum  of ,  the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby  aclinowledged  :  Now  this 

indenture  wilnesseth,that  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  said  sum  to  me  paid, 
I  have  assigned  and  transferred,  and  do  hereby  assign  and  transfer  to  the  said 
J.  D.,  the  full  and  exclusive  right  to  all  the  improvements  made  by  me,  as 
<ully  set  forth  and  described  in  the  specification  which  I  have  prepared  and 
executed  preparatory  to  the  obtaining  of  letters  patent  therefor.  And  I  do 
hereby  authorize  and  request  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  to  issue  the  said 
letters  patent  to  the  said  J.  D.,  as  the  assignee  of  my  whole  right  and  title 
thereto,  for  the  sole  use  and  behoof  of  the  Said  J.  D.,  and  his  legal  represen- 
tatives. 

In  testimony  whereof,  &c.  A.  B.        [l    s.] 

Witnesses  :    C D ,  E F . 

X.     PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  OFFICE  UPON  AN  APPLICATION. 

The  leading  principle  is,  that  applications  shall  be  taken  up  by  the  exam- 
iner within  whose  province  they  fall  in  the  order  in  which  they  have  been 
rendered  complete,  by  a  compliance  with  all  the  requisites.  He  may,  not- 
withstanding, take  up  one  out  of  its  turn,  if  it  belongs  to  a  class  upon  which 
he  is  engeged,  and  he  finds  that  it  will  facilitate  his  labors. 

If  the  specification,  drawings,  or  model,  are  found  to  be  defective,  they  will 
be  returned  with  instructions  how  to  correct  them.  If,  however,  they  are  al- 
tered at  any  stage  of  the  proceedings,  they  are  not  entitled  to  the  considera- 
tion of  the  examiner  anew,  until  all  the  cases  are  disposed  of  which  have 
been  filed  before  the  amended  documents  were  received  back. 

Should  the  applicant,  instead  of  amending  his  papers,  have  new  ones  pre- 
pared, he  must  return  the  originals  to  the  Office.  Until  that  is  done,  the  case 
will  receive  no  further  consideration. 

If  the  character  of  the  invention  is  changed  by  any  alteration  or  addition  af- 
ter the  application  is  filed,  the  original  application  must  be  withdrawn,  and  a 
new  one  filed  with  appropriate  drawings,  &c.,  and  the  fees  must  be  paid  anew. 

If  the  examiner  finds  that  the  claims  advanced  are  not  patentable,  the  appli- 
cant will  be  notified  of  their  rejection  and  of  the  reasons.  If  the  objection 
rests  upon  the  particular  invention  haviug  been  previously  known,  he  will  be 
furnished  with  a  reference  to  the  patent,  the  book,  or  other  work  in  which  he 
has  been  anticipated,  or  with  other  sufficient  information.  He  may  examine 
the  references  in  the  Office,  if  he  is  here  ;  or,  if  at  a  distance,  he  will  be  fur- 
nished with  copies  or  extracts,  for  the  legal  fee. 

»  After  a  second  rejection  the  case  is  not  entitled  to  any  further  examination, 
and   will  not  hereafter  receive  one,  unless  under  peculiar  circumstances. 


EPITOME  OF   MENSURATION,  75 

EPITOME    OF    MENSURATION. 

EXPLANATION  OF  THE  SIGNS  USED  IN   THIS   WORK. 

=  Equal  to,  as  12  inches  =  1  foot,  or  6  X  6  =  4  X  9  =  36. 

-{-  Plits,  or  more,  signifies  addition  ;  thus,  4+2  denotes  that  2 
is  to  be  added  to  4. 

—  Minus,  or  less,  denotes  subtraction  ;  thus,  8  —  2  =  6. 

X  Multiplied  by ,  ov  into,  signifies  multiplication ;  asTX  9:^63. 

-i-  Divided  by,  signifies  division,  as  117  -i-  9  =  13. 

:  : :  :  signifies  Proportion  ;  thus  4  :  6  : :  8:  12;  and  is  read,  as 
4  is  to  6  so  is  8  to  12. 

-/  indicates  the  square  root ;  as  ^25  =  5,  because  5  X  5  =  25. 

DECIMAL   ARITHMETIC. 

A  Decimal  Fraciion  is  a  fraction  whose  denominator  is  10,  or  100,  or  1000. 
tc.  The  denominator  of  a  decimal  is  never  written  ;  the  numerator  is  written 
wilh  a  point  (.)  prefixed  to  it,  and  the  denominator  is  understood  to  be  a  unit, 
with  as  many  ciphers  annexed  as  the  numerator  has  places  of  figures.    Thus, 

.5  is  tV,  -25  is  tVtt.  -825  is  /^Vir- 

Independent  of  the  point  (.)  which  distinguishes  between  integers  and  deci- 
mals, the  fundamental  rules  of  Addition,  Subtraction,  Multiplication  and  Di- 
vision are  the  same  as  in  simple  arithmetic.  Ciphers  placed  on  the  right  of 
Decimals  do  not  change  their  values;  but  placed  on  their  left  decrease  their 
value  tenfold ;  thus, 

.1  is  tV.  -01  is  i^xr.  -001  is   ixrW- 

In  Adding  and  Subtracting  Decimals  keep  the  points  under  each  other. 
In  Dividing  Decimals,  point  off  in  the  quotient  as  many  places  for  decimals 
as  the  decimal  places  in  the  dividend  exceed  those  in  the  divisor ;  thus, 

20.5)20.500(1.00 

If  there  he  not  figures  enough  in  the  quotient  to  point  off,  prefix  ciphers. 

In  Multiplying  Decimals  point  off  as  many  figures  in  the  product,  from  the 
right  hand,  accounted  as  decimals,  as  there  are  decimals  in  the  multiplier 
and  multiplicand  taken  together  ;  thus, 

15.32  X  2.4  =  36.768. 

Reduce  Decimals  by  multiplying  ihem  by  the  next  lower  denomination. 


BOARD  AND  PLANK  MEASURE. 

Board  and  Plaxk  are  usually  measured  by  the  square  or  superjicial  foot  of 
144  inches.    Ton  Timber  is  measured  by  the  cubic  foot  of  1728  inches. 

40  cubic  feet  ofround,  or  50  feet  o(hewn  timber,  equal  1  load,  or  ton. 

To  find  the  number  of  square  (or  superficial)  feet  multiply  the  length  ininches 
by  the  breadth  in  inches,  and  divide  by  144.  But  whtn  all  the  dimensions  are  in 
Jeet,  multiply  the  length  in  feet  by  the  breadth  in  feet, — omitting  the  divisor. 

Example  I. — How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  ihe  U/t  hand  figure  (sup- 
pose it  a  Table,  Slab  of  Marble,  Brick  Wall,  Board,  Plank,  l(c.,)  its  length  being 
6  feet,  and  its  breadth  6  feel  ?    Answer,  6  X  6  =  36  square  feet. 


Example  2. — How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  the  right  hand  figure  (sup- 


76  EPITOME   OF   MENSDRATION. 


posing  it  a  Board,  Table,  ^c.,)  its  length  being  4  feel  and  5  inches,  and  its 
breadth  (taken  on  the  dotted  line)  2  feet  3  inches. — [It'hen  either  of  the  dimen- 
sions are  in  feet  and  inches,  both  may  be  reduced  to  inches.] 

4  feet  5  inches  =  53  inches  X  27 -i- 144  =rQ-9  square  feet. 
2  feet  3  inches  =  27  inches. 
Triangle. — If  the  figure  be  a /riangie,  of  whatever  form,  multiply  thepw- 
p«ndicuiar,  (the  highest  part,)  by  one  Aa(/"of  the  fcase,  (the  length.) 


JExampU.  —  The  extreme  length(or  base)  of  the  left  hand  figure  under  this 
mie  is  14  feet  7  inches;  the  breadth  (or  perpendicular)  is  4  feet  2  inches. 
What  is  its  area? 

14  feel 7  inches  =  175  inches -7-2  =975  X 50 -^144  =  30-3 «2uar«/e««. 
4  feel  2  inches = 50  inches. 

LAND    MEASURE. 

How  many  square/eet  oCland  are  tliere  in  a  lot,  which  is  laid  oni  in  a  right 
angled  trtan?/e( represented  byihe  left  hand  figure)  the  base  measuring  49  feel, 
and  the  perpendictdar  30  feet. 

49  X  30  =  1470  feet -f- 2  =735  s?«are/e«/. 
BOARD   MEASURE. 

Boards  are  measured  by  the  square  (or  superficial)  feet, — thus,  Multiply  tht 
length  of  the  board  in  feet  by  the  liidth  in  inches  and  divide  the  product  by  12. 

Mcample  1. — How  many  square  feel  are  ihere  in  a  Board,  or  Plank,  18  feel 
long  by  10  inches  wide  ? 

18  feet  X  10  inches  =  180  -j-  12  =  15  square  feet. 

Rule  —  When  the  Board,  or  Plank,  tapers  gradually  add  the  width  of  the 
two  ends  together,  and  one  half  their  sum  multiplied  by  the  length,  will  give 
the  number  of  square  feet. 

Example  2. — How  many  square  feel  are  there  in  a  Board  18  feet  long,  13  in-' 
ches  wide  at  one  end  and  17  inches  at  the  other? — (Average  breadth  15  inches. 
18  feel  X  15  inches  =  270  -r-  12  =  22^  square  feel. 
TIMBER    AND    PLANK    MEASURE. 

In  measuring  timber  or  planJc  which  runs  tapering,  both  in  width  and  thick- 
ness, the  common  rule  is,  to  add  together  the  area  of  the  two  ends,  and  one 
half  of  the  sura  multiplied  by  the  length  and  divided  by  144,  will  give  the  solid 
contents.  This  rule  is  not  exact,  but  it  is  sufficient  where  absolute  accuracy 
is  not  required. 

Example  1. — Required  the  solidity  of  a  tapering  square  slid  of  timber,  the 
largest  end  being  14  inches  square, thelesserend  10  inches,  and  the  length  40 
feeU    Aiiswer, — Contents  by  the  cowmon  r«Ze,  4111  cubic  feet. 
14X  14  =  196-1- 100-T-2X40-r- 144=41-11  cubicfeel. 
10X10  =  100. 

Another  method  to  find  the  Solidity  of  a  Frustum. 

Rdle. — The  squares  of  the  diameters  of  the  two  ends  of  the  frustum  of  a 
Cone  added  to  the  product  of  the  two  diameters,  and  that  sum  by  it.>  height  and 
by  •2C18,  the  product  is  the  number  of  cubic  inches,  which  divided  by  231  gives 
the  number  of  gallons 

Example. — Required  the  solid  content,  and  gallons  in  a  Coffee-pot,  Pall,  &c., 
whose  height  is  18  inches,  diameter  at  the  top  6  inches,  and  diameter  at  the 
bouom  9  inches. 

62  +  92  =  117  1  =  ^^^  X  13  =  3078  X  -2618  =  80582  inches. 
805-82  -7-  231  =  3-488  Gallons  (or  ^Ji  gallons). 


EPITOME  OF   MENSURATION.  77 

ROUND    TIMBER    MEASURE. 

For  round  Timber  add  together  the  girth  of  the  two  ends  and  divide  the  snm 
by  2,  for  the  mean  girih  ;  then  square  (*)  }  of  this  quotient,  and  multiply  the 
product  by  the  length,  which  gives  the  contents. 

•  [The  square  of  any  number  is  that  number  multiplied  by  itself .     TTitts: 
2  X  2  =  4,  =  <Ae  square  of  2  ;  4  X  4  =  10  the  sqttare  of  4,  Ifc] 

Example. — The  mean  girth  of  a  tree  being  5  feet  8  inches,  and  its  length 
18  feet,  required  its  cubical  contents. 

5  rt.  8  inches  =  68  inches  -r-  4  =  17  X 17  X  216  ^  1728  (•)  =36-125  cubic  feet 
18  feet  =  216  inches. 

•  iXf  the  measurements  are  reduced  to  inches,  divide  by  1728  ;  but  if  one  of  the 
measures  is  in  feet,  multiply  the  inches  by  feet,  and  divide  the  product  by  144.] 

The  above  rule  gives  the  customary,  but  the   true  content  is  found  by 
squaring  one  fiUli  of  the  girth,  and  multiplying  by  twice  the  length. 
Example. —  The  same  as  above,  girth  5  feet  8  inches,  length  18  feet. 
Girth  =  63  -T-  5  =  13-6  X  13-6  X  36  ^  144  =  4624  cubic  feet. 
18  X  2  =  36  =  twice  the  length. 

CIRCLES. 

To  find  the  area'of  a  Circle  multiply  the  square  of  the  Diameter  by  the 
Decimal  •7854,  and  the  Product  will  be  the  area. 
Example.    Required  the  area  of  a  Circle  whose  diameter  is  6  inches  ? 
6  X  6  =  36  X  -7854  =  28-274  Square  Inches. 

To  find  the  circumference  of  a  Circle  from  the  diameter,  multiply  the  diam- 
ter  by  3-1410  the  product  is  the  circumference  ;  aind  multiply  the  circumference 
by  -31331,  and  the  product  is  the  diameter. 

Jn  the  formation  of  a  Hoop  or  Ring  of  Wrought  Iron,  the  following  is  the  rule 
to  determine  the  length  of  the  Iron  in  an  unbent  state:  —  If  it  is  the  interior  di- 
ameter of  the  hoop  that  is  given,  add  the  thickness  of  the  iron  ;  but  if  the  ex- 
terior diameter,  subtract  from  the  given  diameter  the  thickness  of  the  iron, 
multiply  the  sum  or  remainder,  by  3-1416,  and  the  product  is  the  length  of  the 
iron,  in  equal  terms  of  unity. 

Supposing  the  interior  diameter  of  a  hoop  to  be  32  inches,  and  the  thick- 
ness of  the  iron  1  J,  what  must  be  the  proper  length  of  the  iron,  independent 
of  any  allowance  for  shutting? 

32  +  1-25  =  33-25  X  3-1416  =  104-458  inches. 

Again,  let  it  be  required  to  form  a  hoop  of  iron  7-8  inch  in  thickness,  and 
16^  inches  outside  diameter. 

16-5  —  -875  =  15-625,  or  1  foot  3  5-8  inches, 
independent  of  any  allowance  for  shutting. 

CYLINDERS. 

To  find  the  solidity  of  a  cylinder,  (a  round  stick  of  timber  of  uni- 
form diameter,  or  a  grindstone,  &c.)  multiply  the  area  of  the  base, 
(as  in  the  above  example,)  by  the  length,  and  the  product  will  give 
the  solid  contents. 

Example.  Required  the  Sojid  Content  of  an  Iron  Roller,  2  feet  6 
inches  in  diameter,  and  12  fee't  in  length  ! 

8  ft.  6  in.  =  30  in.  X  30  X  -7854  X  12  -i-  144  =  58-905  Cubic  Feet. 

SHIP'S    WATER    TANKS,  &c. 

To  find  the  capacity  of  any  Cylindrical  Vessel,  find  its  interior  cubic  content 
in  inches,  and  if  its  capacity  be  required  in  gallons  divide  by  231. 

Example.  —  Required  the  number  of  gallons  in  a  Can,  whose  diameter  is 
30  inches,  and  depth  50  inches  ? 

30  X  30  X  -7854  X  50  -^  231  =  153  gallons. 
BMA  7* 


^"T~^ 


78  MEASURES   OF    CAPACITY   AND   WEIGHT. 

Or,  if  the  interior  diameter  of  the  Can  is  2^  feet,  and  its  depth  2^  feet,  then 

2  25  X  2-25  X  2-5  X  5S'5  =  74)^  gallons. 
Or,  if  the  diameter  of  a  Tank  is  62  inches,  and  its  depth  100  inches,  then 
C2  X  62  X  100  X  -0034  =  1300-90  gallons. 

CUBIC,    OR    SOLID    MEASURE. 

To  find  the  Cubical  Content  in  a  Stick  of  Timber,  Block  of  Stone,  Box,  Bin, 
&c.  If  all  the  Dimensions  are  in  Feet,  multiply  the  Length  by  the  Breadth, 
and  this  product  by  the  Depth  to  obtain  the  number  of  Cubic  Feel. 

If  the  Length  is  in  Feet  and  the  width  and  depth  in  Inches,  multiply  the 
length  by  the  width  and  this  Product  by  the  depth  in  inches, — then  divide  tJie 
last  Product  by  144  for  the  Cubic  Feet.  If  all  the  Dimensions  are  in  Feet  and 
Inches  reduce  the  whole  to  Inches,  then  multiply  the  Length,  Breadth  and 
Depth  together,  and  divide  the  Product  by  1728  to  obtain  the  Cubic  Feet. 

Required  the  number  of  cubic  feet  in  a  box,  stone,  &c.,  4]  feet  long,  SJ  feet 
wide  and  2  feet  deep  ? 

4-5  X  2-5  X  2  =  22i  cubic  feet. 

To  find  I  he  capacity  of  a  tin,  cistern,  tanner's  fflJ,  &c.,  find  its  (interior)  cu- 
bic contents  in  inches  by  the  preceding  rules,  then  if  the  capacity  be  required 
in  gallons,  divide  the  whole  number  of  inches  by  231 ;  —  if  in  bushels,  by 
2150-42,  —  or,  if  in  heaped  bushels,  by  2747-70. 

Or,  if  ihe  interior  of  a  coal  bin  be  4  feet  in  length,  41  inches  in  breadth,  and 
32  inches  in  depth  ;    then, 

4X  41  X  32  X  00694  =  301  cubic  feet,  =  2000  lbs.,  or  1  ton  of  Beaver 
Meadow  or  Lehigh  Coal. 

1  Cubic  Foot  of  Peach  Mountain  Coal,  broken  and  screened  for  Stoves, 
weighs  54  pounds,  and  requires  37  cubic  feet  of  space  to  stow  one  ton  of 
2000  pounds. 

Coal  is  bought  at  wholesale  at  the  rate  of  2240  pounds  to  the  ton,  and  sold 
at  retail  at  the  rate  of  2000  pounds  to  the  ton,  screened. 

Or,  if  the  interior  of  a  crib  be  6^  feet  in  length,  3|  feet  in  breadth,  and  3^ 
feet  in  depth  ;  then, 

6-5  X  3-75  X  3-25  X  -80356  =  636522  (or  63|  bushels  and  i  peck.) 

The  Solid  Contents  of  all  bodies,  which  are  of  uniform  bigness  throughout, 
whatever  may  be  the  form  of  the  ends  is  found  by  multiplying  the  area  of  one 
end  into  its  height  or  lengtti. 

144  inches  equal  ( = )  I  square  foot,  (or,  area.) 
1728  inches  equal  (  =  )  1  cubic  foot,  (or,  solid  contents.) 


MEASURES  OF  CAPACITY  AND  WEIGHT. 

Measures  of  Weight  — Avoirdupois:  —  16  drams  equal  1  ounce  ;  16 
ounces  1  pound  ;  112  pounds  one  hundred  weight ;  20  hundred  weight 
1  ton.  —  Troy :  —  4  grams  equal  1  carat ;  24  grains  1  pennyweight ;  20  pen- 
nyweights 1  ounce  ;  12  ounces  1  pound. —  Apothecaries: —  20  grains  equal 
1  scruple  (9);  3  scruples  1  dram  (3);  S  drams  1  ounce (  5 ) ;  12oz.  l(ft))  lb. 

Measures  OF  Surface,  or  Square  MeXsure.— 144  square  inches  =  1 
square  foot;  9  square  feet  =  1  square  yard;  30^  square  yards  =  1  square 
rod,  or  pole;  40  square  rods  =  1  square  rood;  4  square  roods  =  1  square  acre, 
(or  43.560  feet ;)  640  square  acre8=  1  square  mile. 

Measures  of  Capacity  (Dry.)— 2150  42  cubic  inches  =  1  United  States 
(or  Winchester)  bushel ;  the  dimensions  of  which  are  18^  inches  diameter  in- 
side, 19J  inches  outside,  and  6  inches  deep;  2747.70  cubic  inches  =  1  heaped 
bushel,  the  cone  of  which  must  not  be  less  than  6  inches  high.  1  Imperial 
(British)  bushel  =  2-218.192  cubic  inches,  and  contains  80  lbs.  of  distilled 
water;  the  same  in  Ohio,  1  quarter  of  wheat  =  8  bushels  English,  8i  U.  States. 


MEASURES    OF    CAPACITY   AND    WEIGHT.  79 

Meastres  of  Lbngth  : —  16}  feet  equal  1  rod  or  pole  ;  40  rods,  1  furlong; 

8  furlongs,  (or  5'i80  feetj)  1  mile  ;    60  geo.  miles  =  1  degree Ropes  AMD 

Cables  :— 6  feel  are  equal  to  1  fathom  ;  120  fathoms,  to  1  cable's  length. 

French  Measures  of  frequent  Reference,  compared  with  U.  S. 
Measures  —Toise,  76-755  inches  ;  League,  22S0  toises  (common)  2000  (post); 
Fathom,  5  feet  ;  Metre,  3-28  feet  ;  Decimetre  (l-lOih  metre),  3-94  inches  :  Veil, 
2  gallons;  Hectolitre,  26-42  do.  ;  Decalitre,  2-04  do. ;  Litre,  2-11  pints;  Kilo- 
litre, 35  3-2  feet;  Hectolitre,  2-S4  bushels;  Decalitre,  908  quarts;  Millier., 
2-205  pounds  ;  Quintal,  2-20-54  do.;  Kilogramme.  2-21  do.;  100  pounds  107-93 
do.;  100  feet,  1C6  60  feet ;  Ton  (of  wine)  240  gallons. 

Standard  Weight  of  Grain  and  othkb  Articles. 
Legal  Weight  of  a  Bushel  of  various  Articles  in  3Iassachusetls, — Salt,  70  lbs. ; 
Wheal,  60 ;  Corn,  or  Rye,  56 ;  Oats,  32 ;  Barley,  or  Buckwheat,  48  ;  Com,  or 
Rye  Meal,  50 ;  a  Ton,  2000  lbs. ;  cwt.,  100  lbs.  In  Indiana,— Whea\,  60  lbs.  ; 
Shelled  Corn,  56 ;  Corn  on  the  Cob,  68 ;  Buckwheat,  50 ;  Beans,  60  ;  Potatoes, 
60;  Clover  Seed,  60;  Hemp  Seed,  44  ;  Blue  Grass  Seed,  14  ;  Castor  Beans, 
46;  Dried  Peaches, 33;  Dried  Apples, 25;  Onions, 48;  Salt,  50 ;  Mineral  Coal, 
70;  Timothy  Seed,  45;  Rye,  56;  Oats,  32;  Flax  Seed,  56;  Barley,  4S;  Com 
Meal,  50  ;  a  Ton  of  Hay,  2000  lbs. 

One  Bushel  of  Bituminous  Coal  in  the  Western  States  =  2088  cubicinches 
=76  pounds.    Stone  Coal,  in  Illinois,  80  lb?,  lotne  bushel. 

Measures  of  Capacitit  (Liquids.)  —  231  cubic  inches  equal  1  United 
States  standard  gallon  ;  282  cubic  inches  =1  ale  gallon  ;  277-274  cubic  inches  := 
I  Imperial  (British)  gallon,  for  dry,  beer  and  wine ;  31}  U.  S.  gallons  =  1 
barrel  ;  42  galls.  =  1  tierce  ;  63  galls.  =:  1  hogshead ;  84  galls.  =  1  puncheon  ; 
126  galls.  =  1  pipe  ;  252  =:  1  tun. 

Gallons.  The  U.  S.  standard  gallon  contains  8-3.389  avoirdupois  pounds,  or 
58372.1754  troy  grains  of  distilled  water,  at  39-83*'  Fahrenheit,  the  barometer 
at  30  inches  ;  1  gallon  of  ale  weighs  10-5  lbs.;  1  Imperial  (British)  gallon 
weighs  10  lbs.  ;  1  gallon  of  Sperm  Oil  weighs  1}  lbs. ;  1  do.  of  Linseed  7|  lbs. ; 
1  do.  of  Olive  7}  lb.«. ;  1  do.  of  Whale  7  lbs.  11  ozs. ;  1  do.  of  Proof  Spirits 
7  lbs.  15  ozs. ;  1  do.-  Spirits  of  Turpentine  7  lbs.  5  ozs. 

Measures  of  Solidity,  or  Cubic  Measure. — 1728  inches^  1  cubic  foot ; 
27  cubic  feel  =  1  cubic  yard;  40  cubic  feet  of  round  timber=lton;  50  cubic 
feet  of  hewn  timber  =:'l  Ion;  10  cubic  feet  of  wood  =  1  foot  of  wood;  8  feet 
of  wood  (or  128  cubic  feet,)  =  1  cord;  1  chaldron  ofNewca.stle  coal  =  5936 
lbs. ;  1  perch  of  stone  =  24-75  cubic  feet. 

Number  of  Cubic  Feet  in  a  Ton  (2240  lbs.)  of  Various  Bodies  :— Mar- 
ble, 15-07  ;  Granite,  16  ;  Common  Stone,  14-22  ;  Paving  Stone,  1483  ;  Sand, 
23-5 ;  Tallow,  38  ;  English  Oak,  37  ;  American  Oak,  41  ;  Ash,  47  ;  Elm,  645  ; 
Beech,  50-5  ;  Teak,  43  ;  Spanish  Mahogany,  45  ;  Honduras  Do.  55  ;  Ma- 
ple, and  Riga  Fir,  47-8  ;  Larch.65-8;  Pitch  Pine,  53-6  ;  Oil, 39;  Proof  Spirits, 
38-6 ;  Distilled  Water,  35-6  ;  Sea  Water,  34-7  ;  Grindstones,  17  ;  Brick  17. 

Weight  of  Various  Substances:  —  lbs.  Avoirdupois. — 1  cubic  foot  of 
bricks  weighs  124  pounds  ;  1  do.  of  clay,  130  ;  1  do.  of  sand,  or  loose  earth, 
95  ;  1  do.  of  common  soil,  124  ;  1  do.  of  cork,  15  ;  1  do.  of  clay  and  stones,  160  ; 
1  do.  of  Marble,  171;  1  do.  of  Gr.anite,  165;  1  do.  of  Cast  Iron,  450-55;  1  do.  of 
Wrought  Iron,  486-65;  1  do.  of  Steel,  489-8;  1  do.  Copper,  555;  1  do.  Lead, 
703-75 ;  1  do.  Brass,  53475  ;  1  do.  Tin,  436  ;  1  do.  White  Pine,  2956  ;  1  do, 
Pitch  Pine,  41-8  ;  1  do.  Red  Pine,  415;  1  do.  Elm,  34-9 ;  1  do.  English  Oak. 
60-4;  do  do.  58-6;  1  do.  Canadian,  54  8  ;  1  do.  New  England  Fir,  34-9  ;  1 
do.  Sea  Water,  64-3;  1  do.  Fresh.  62-5.;  1  do.  Air,  -07529;  1  do.  Steam, 
•03689. 

Weight  of  a  Cubic  Tnehin  Pounds.—  Of  Lead  -410  lb. ;  Sheet  Copper  -323  ; 
Sheet  Brass  -304  ;  Sheet  Iron  -279  ;  Cast  Iron  -263  ;  Cast  Tin  -264  ;  Cast ; 
Zinc -245;  Platinum,  rolled, -797  ;  do.  wire,  -762:  do.  hammered,  -735;  do. 
puiified, -705:  do.  crude,  grains, -566;  Gold,  hammered, -701  ;  do.  pure  cast, 
•698;  do.  20  carats  fine,  -567;  Silrer,  hammered,  -382;  do.  pure,  -378; 
Cast  Steel,  -287  ;  do.  common  soft,  ^284  ;  do.  hard  and  tempered,  •2S2 ;  Iron, 
bar,  •281 ;  do.  cast,  •261 ;  do  hammered,  •SSI 


80 


DECIMALS   FOE  FACILITATING   CALCULATIONS. 


MULTIPLIERS    FOR    FACILITATING  CALCULATIONS^ 

The  product  multiplied  by  the  Decimals  in  (he  Table,  is  an  approxima- 
tion to  the  Capacity  in  Gallons,  Weight  in  Pounds,  Bushels,  Square 
Feet,  Cubic  Feet,  Miles,  and  Yards. 

equal  miles. 

"  square  feet. 

"  acres- 

"  square  feet. 

"  cubic  feet. 

"  cubic  yards. 

"  cubic  feet. 

"  cubic  yards. 

"  United  Stales  galloiu. 


Imperial  gallons. 


Lineal 

feet  mulii 

ipliec 

I  by     .00019 

It 

yards 

11 

.000563 

Square 

Inches 

i( 

.007 

" 

yards 

II 

.000206' 

Circalar  inches 

II 

.00546 

CylindhcaUnche! 

1  " 

.000454f 

>' 

feel 

It 

.02909 

Cubic  inches 

II 

.00053 

" 

feet 

It 

.03704 

Cubic  feet 

II 

7.478 

" 

inches 

II 

0.433 

Cylindrical  feet 

tl 

5.875 

41 

mches 

II 

.0034 

Cubic  feet 

II 

6.233 

" 

inches 

II 

.003607 

Cylindrical  feet 

It 

4.895 

" 

inches 

It 

.002832 

Cubic  feet 

II 

.80356 

((     ' 

inches 

II 

.0465 

C( 

•1 

II 

.779 

Cylindrical  feet 

II 

.6312 

u 

<i 

It 

.61183 

Cubic 

Inches 

It 

.263 

(1 

tl 

It 

.281 

It 

II 

It 

J283 

4C 

It 

u 

.3225 

tl 

1. 

II 

.3037 

l( 

It 

i« 

J26 

tl 

u 

II 

.4103 

II 

u 

tl 

J2636 

It 

11 

It 

4908 

M 

u 

It 

.0356 

It 

II 

II 

.0361 

II 

11 

It 

.0372 

It 

II 

It 

.033 

Cylindrical  inchei 

I" 

.2065 

i( 

•1 

II 

.2168 

it 

II 

It 

.2223 

M 

II 

II 

.2533 

M 

M 

M 

.2385 

II 

II 

II 

.2042 

K 

II 

II 

.3233 

N 

II 

It 

.207 

II 

II 

It 

.3854 

<l 

It 

11 

.263 

<l 

II 

II 

.029 

II 

II 

It 

.026 

Avoirdi 

apois  lb«. 

II 

.009 

It 

It 

U 

.00045 

United  States  bushels. 


Imperial                " 

United  States  bushela. 

Imperial                 " 

lbs.  avt 

I.  of  cast  iron. 

II 

wrought  '• 

II 

steel. 

II 

copper. 

II 

brass. 

II 

zinc. 

It 

lead. 

II 

tin. 

II 

mercury. 

it 

ice. 

II 

fresh  water. 

11 

salt  water. 

It 

oil. 

II 

cast  iron. 

It 

wrought  iron. 

II 

steel. 

It 

copper. 

It 

brass. 

II 

zinc. 

II 

lead. 

It 

tin. 

II 

mercury. 

It 

fresh  water. 

It 

salt  water. 

11 

oil. 

cwts. 

tons, 

Example  1.  —  Required  the  number  of  Gallons  contained  in  a  Ship's  Water 
Tank,  whose  interior  diameter  is  4^  feet,  ancUdepth  18  feet. 
4.5  X  4.5  X  18  X  5.875  =  2141.4  Gallons. 
Example  2. —  Required  the  weight  of  a  Cast  Iron  Cylinder  whose  diameter 
Is  6  inches,  and  length  6  feet. 

5  X  5  X  72  X  -2065  =  371.7  Pounds. 
JExampU  3.  —  Required  the  number  of  bushels  in  a  bin,  whsse  interior 
kngth  is  10  feet,  breadth  6  feet,  and  depth  4  feet. 

10  X  6  X  4  X  .80356  =  192.8  Bushels. 


SQUARE    FEET    MEASUREMENT. 


81 


EEADY   EECKONERS. 


PRACTICAL    TABLES. 


WASTE    IN    MATCHING    WESTERN    BOARDS. 

The  following   Table  shows  the  per    cenlage  of  waste   in    Matching,  or 
Tongue  and  Grooving,  Western  Slock  Boards,  —  not  measuring  the  tongue: — 


16  inches  wide,  3  per  cent. 


7 

'           I.       7     u  2-10 

" 

6 

<          "      8    "  3-10 

'• 

5 

'          "     10 

it 

4 

'          "     12  and  5-10 

(( 

3 

'          "    16    "    6-10 

i( 

14A    "  "      3  and  5-10  percent. 

13i    "  "      3    "  7-10    "      " 

12      "  "4  "      " 

11      "  "      4  and  8-10    "      " 

10      "  "      5    "   1-10    «'      " 

9      «  "5    "   6-JO    "      " 

It  is  very  seldom  that  boards  are  stocked  less  than  10  inches,  unless  made 
from  what  is  termed  siding. 

In  splitting  or  sawing  up  Stoct  Boards  fornarrow  sheathing,  2  or  3 per  cent, 
more  should  be  added  to  cover  all  waste. 


8  inches  wide,  6  and  4-10  per  cent. 


TABLE  OF    SUPERFICIAL,  OR,  FLAT  MEASURE, 

By  which  the  Content  in  Superficial  Feet,  of  Boards,  Plank, 
Paving,  SfC,  of  any  Length  and  Breadth  can  be  obtained,  by  mul- 
tiplijing  the  decimal  expressed  in  the  table  by  the  length  of  the  board,  SfC. 


Breadth 

lArea  of  a 

Breadth  I  Area  of  a 

Breadth 

lArea  of  a 

Breadth 

[Area  of  a 

in  inches 

!  lineal  foot. 

in  inches. 

lineal  foot. 

in  inches. 

[lineal  foot. 

in  inches 

llinealfoot. 

i 

.0208 

3* 

.2708 

6^ 

.5208 

H 

.7708 

* 

.0417 

3* 

.2916 

6* 

.5416 

H 

.7917 

i 

.0625 

n 

.3125 

6| 

•5625 

9| 

.8125 

1 

.0834 

4 

.3334 

7 

.5833 

10 

.8334 

H 

.1042 

H 

.3542 

7* 

.6042 

10^ 

.8542 

H 

.125 

4i 

.375 

U 

.625 

lOi 

.875 

i| 

.1459 

4% 

.3958 

n 

.6458 

10| 

.8959 

2 

.1667 

5 

.4167 

8 

.6667 

11 

.9167 

2* 

.1875 

H 

.4375 

s^ 

.6875 

ni 

.9375 

n 

.2084 

5<i 

.4583 

H 

.7084 

m 

.9583 

2| 

,2292 

5| 

.4792 

8? 

.7292 

111 

.9792 

3 

.25 

6 

.5 

9 

.75 

12 

1.0000 

Example  1.  Required  the  number  of  square 
feel  in  a  strip  of  board  10  feet  long  by  2  inches 
■wide  ? 

Opposite  2  is -leo?  which  multiplied  by(X) 
10  equals  (=:)  1  foot  8  inches. 

Example '2.  Required  the  number  of  square 
feet  in  a  hoard  or  plank.  41  feet  long  by  24| 
inches  wide  ?  Opposite  J  is  -0025,  to  which 
add  2  to  the  left  of  the  decimal  for  feet  {u-hen 
the  tvidth  nf  the  board  exceeds  llj  inches,  add  1 
to  the  left  of  the  decimal  for  each  foot) ;  then 
■2-0025  X  41  ^eel  =84  feet  7  inches. 


•1667    . 
10. 
1-6670 

.Multiplicand 
.Multiplier. 
..Product . 

20625 
41 

20C25 
82500 

84-5C25, 

Ans.SSfeet 

Note. — The  last  two  figures  of  the  Decimals,  (when  the  length  of  the  article 
consists  of  but  a  few  feet)  may  be  dropped,  and  those  remaining  multiplied. 


82 


ROUND   TIMBER   MEASUREMENT. 


Example  3.  The  pavement  of  a  side-walk 
is  40  feel  long  by  6  feet  6J  inches  wide  ;  re- 
quired the  number  of  square  feet.  Opposite 
6i  is  -5416,  to  which  add  6  for  feel :  then,0-5iiQ 
X  40  =  261  feet  8  inches. 

Example  4.  A  room  measures  16  feet  by  15 
feet  3^  inclies,  how  many  square  feet  of  floor- 
ing does  it  contain.  Opposite  3J  is  -2916,  to 
•which  add  15  for  feet ;  then,  15-2916  X  16  —  244 
feel  8  inches. 

If  yards  are  required  divide  the  Product 
by  9. 

Example  5.  Required  the  number  of  square 
feet  in  a  board  14  feet  long  15  inches  wide  at 
one  end  and  9  at  the  other?  (add  together  the 
width  of  the  two  ends  and  divide  by  2  =  12 
inches,  mean  width.)  Opposite  12  is  1-  X  14 
=  14  feet. 

It  is  customary,  in  measuring  boards,  &c.,  to  count  as  nothing  all  fractions 
under  6  inches,  and  to  count  as  one  foot  6  inches  and  all  fractions  over. 

ROUND    AND     EQUAL-SIDED    TIMBER    MEASURE. 

Table/or  ascertaining  the  number  of  Cubical  Feet,  or  Solid  Contents, 
in  a  Stick  of  Round  or  Equal-sided  Timber,  Tree,  ^-c. 


16-5416 

40 

261-6640    Ans.iO'ifeet, 


15-2916 
16 

917496 
152916 

244-6056  Ans.2A5/eet. 


1- 

_14 
14-    Ajis.  14  feet. 


i   Girt 

in 
defies. 


i    Girt 

Area 

i  Girt 

Area 

tn 

tn 

tn 

tn 

Inches. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Fiet. 

10^ 

•803 

151 

1-663 

11 

•84 

151 

1-722 

11; 

•878 

16 

1-777 

11. 

•918 

161 

1-833 

Hi 

•959 

16i 

1-89 

12 

!• 

163 

1-948 

121 

1042 

17 

2-006 

12 

1-085 

171 

2-066 

12^ 

1129 

174 

2126 

1.3 

1174 

17f 

2-187 

13* 

1-219 

18 

2-25 

131 

1265 

181 

2-313 

13| 

1313 

18 

2-376 

14 

1-361 

18: 

2-442 

14 

1-41 

19 

2-506 

14 

1-46 

19* 

2.574 

14 

1-.5H 

19i 

2-64 

15 

1-562 

19| 

2-709 

151 

1-615 

20 

2-777 

i    Girt 

in 
Inches. 


tn 
Feet. 


2-S98 

2-917 

2-99 

3-062 

3-136 

3-209 

3-2&5 

3-362 

3-4.38 

3-516 

3-598 

3-673 

3-754 

3-835 

3-917 

4- 

4-084 

4-168 

4-254 


i    Girt  ■  Area 

in     I      in- 

Inches.    Feet. 


Rule.  Multiply  the  area  in  Feet,  corresponding  to  the  i  ih  Girt,  by  the 
length  of  the  Slick  of  Timber,  aiid  the  prorfuct  is  the  solidity  in  feet  and  deci- 
mal parts  of  a  foot. 

1-361 

Example   1.    A  stick  of  Timber  is  18  feet  18 

long  and  56  inches  girt,  how  many  cubic  feet  10888 

does  it  contain  ?    Opposite  14  is  1-361  which  jgg] 

X  18  =  24  feel  6  inches.  

24-498    Ans.^i/eet. 

Rule.  —  If  a  tree,  ortimber,  is /apering',  girt  it  about  one-third  of  the  way 
from  the  butt  to  the  top;  —  or  add  together  the  area  at  the  two  ends,  and 
divide  the  sum  by  2,  to  obtain  the  mean  girlh  ;  or  lake  the  girth  of  the  tree  at 
equal  distances  from  each  other,  add  all  the  girths  together,  and  divide  the 
sum  by  this  number,  for  the  mean  girth. 

It  is  usual  to  allow,  on  account  of  the  bark,  in  oak  1-lOih  or  ]-12th  part  of 
the  circumference,  beech,  ash,  &c.,  should  be  less. 


TIMBER   AND   STONE    MEASUKEMENT. 


TABLE,  SHOWING  THE  SOLID  CONTENTS  IN  TIMBER, 
BOXES.    PACKAGES,    &c. 

Rc?LB  TO  FIND  Solid  (or  Cubic)  Fkkt. — If  all  the  dimensions  are  in  feet  inulti- 
ply  the  length  by  the  width  and  this  product  by  the  depth. — If  all  the  Dimensions  are 
in  feet  and  inches,  reduce  the  whole  to  inches,  and  multiply  the  length,  breadth  and 
depth  lopelher,  and  divide  the  product  by  1728,  to  obtain  cubic  feet. 

The  Width  and  Thickness  of  the  Timber  or  Package  is  given  in  the  top  lines  of 
the  Tables.  The  column  on  the  left  contains,  first,  the  length  in /e«t,  and  below  the 
length  in  inches.  If  the  length  of  the  Timber  or  Package  is  in  Feel  and  Inches,  add 
the  Feet  and  Inches  together. 

If  a  Timber  or  Package  be  of  larger  Thickness  or  Breadth  than  is  contained  in  the 
Tables,  add  two  numbers  together,  or  double  a  number. 

If  the  Length  of  the  Timber  is  not  contained  in  ihe  Table,  take  twice  some  length, 
or  aid  two  lengths  together.  Suppose  a  Timber  is  5  by  6  inches,  and  22  feet  long, 
take  twice  11,  and  you  have  4  feet  8  inches. 


Vng 

5  Inches  Thick  &y 

6  Inches  Thick  by 

ft.  in 

6 

B    7  B    8  Bj  9  B  10  B 

11  B 

12  B 

6  B 

7  B 

8  B   9  B  10  B 

11  B]12  B 

1- 

0 

3;  0   3   0    3;  0   4 

0    4 

0   5 

0    5 

0   3 

0   4 

0   4   0   5    0   5 

0   6 

0    6 

2  — 

0 

5    0    6   0    7 

0   8 

0    8 

0    9 

0  10 

0   6 

0   7 

0    8   0    9 

010 

Oil 

1    0 

3  — 

0 

S;  0    9    0  10 

Oil 

1    1 

1    2 

1   3 

0   9 

Oil 

1   oi  1   2 

1    3 

1    5 

1    6 

4- 

0 10;  1  oi  1  1 

1    3 

I    5 

1    6 

1    8 

1    0 

1   2 

1    4 

1   6 

1   8 

110 

2    0 

5- 

113 

1    5 

1    7 

1    9 

111 

2    1 

1   3 

1    6 

1    8 

111 

2    1 

2   4 

2    6 

6  — 

1 

3    1    6 

1    8 

111 

2    1 

2   4 

2   6 

1   6 

1    9 

2   0 

2   3 

2    6 

2   9 

3    0 

7  — 

6    1    8 

1  11 

2   2 

2    5 

2    8 

2  11 

1    9 

2    1 

2   4 

2   8 

2  11 

3   3 

3    6 

8- 

3;  111 

2    3 

2   6 

2    9 

3    1 

3    4 

2    0 

2   4 

2   8 

3    0 

3   4 

3   8 

4    0 

9'- 

111 

2    2 

2    6 

2  10 

3    2 

3    5 

3    9 

2   3 

2    8 

3    0 

3   5 

3   9 

4    2 

4    6 

lOl- 

2 

1 

2   S 

2    9 

3    2 

3    6 

3  10 

4   2 

2   6 

2  11 

3    4 

3    9 

4    2 

4    7 

5    0 

u- 

2 

4 

2    8 

3    1 

3    5 

3  10 

4   2 

4    7 

2    9 

3   3 

3    8 

4   2 

4    7 

5    1 

5    6 

12  — 

2 

6   2  11   3    4 

3    9 

4    2 

4    7 

5    0 

3   0 

3    6 

4    0 

4   6 

5   0 

5    6 

6    0 

13i- 

2 

9i  3    2   3    7 

4    1 

4    6 

5   0 

5   5 

3   3 

3  10 

4   4 

411 

5    5 

6    0 

6    6 

14  — 

211!  3    5|  3  11 

4    5 

4  10 

5   4 

5  10 

3   6 

4    1 

4   8 

5   3 

5  10 

6   5 

7    0 

15'— 

3 

2   3    8   4    2 

4   8 

5    3 

5   9 

6   3 

3   9 

4   5 

5    0 

5   8|  6   3 

611 

7    6 

20,— 

4 

2   4  10   5    7 

6   3 

6  11 

7   8 

8   4 

5    0 

5  10 

6    8 

7   6   8    4 

9   2'10    0 

25;- 

5 

3    6    1    6  11 

7  10 

8    8 

9    710   5 

6   3 

7   4 

8   4 

9   5  10   511    612   6 

30  — 

6 

37484 

9   5 

10   5  11   6  12   6 

7   6   8   9ll0   0 

11   3I12   613   9ll5    0 

30  - 

7 

6   8    9  10   0 

11   3 

12    6  13   9 15    0 

9    0  10   6 

12   0 

13   6ll5    0 

16   6;18    0 

—  I 

0 

o"ol)Tl) 

0    0 

0   0    0   0   0    0 

0   0 

0   0 

0   0 

0   0 

0    0 

0    0 

0    1 

—    2 

0 

0   0   0   0    1 

0    1 

0    10    10    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

—   3 

0 

10    10    1 

0    1 

0    10    10    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0   2 

—    6 

_0_ 

10    10    2   0    2 

0    2    0   2   0   3 

0   2   0   21  0    2'  0   2    0   31  0   3i  0    3 

Vng 

7  Inches  Thick  by 

8  Inches  Thick  by 

ft.  in 

7 

B   8  B|  9  BjlO  B 

11  B 

12  Bjl3  B 

8  B 

9  B,10  Bll  B12  Bjl3  B 

14  B 

"1 — 

0" 

4    0   5;  0    5i  0   6 

0    6 

0   7 

0   8 

0   5 

0   6 

0    7,  0    7   0   8 

0    9 

0    9 

2  — 

0 

8    0    9,  0 11 

1    0 

1    1 

1    2 

1    3 

Oil 

1   0 

1    1!  1    3    1   4 

1    5 

1    7 

3  — 

1 

0    1    2,  1    4 

1    6 

1    7 

1    9 

111 

1   4 

1   6 

1    8;  1  10 

2    0 

2   2 

2   4 

4'- 

1 

4    1    7|  1    9 

111 

3   2 

2   4 

2   6 

1    9 

2   0 

2   32   5 

2   8 

2  11 

3    1 

5i- 

1 

8    111 

2   2 

2   5 

2   8 

2  11 

3    2 

2   3 

2   6 

2    9   3    1 

3   4 

3   7 

3  11 

0- 

2 

1    2    4 

2    8 

2  11 

3   3 

3   6 

3  10 

2    8 

3   0   3   438 

4   0 

4   4 

4   8 

7- 

2 

51  2    9 

3    1 

3    5 

3    9 

4    1 

4   5 

3    1 

3   6 

311   4   3 

4   8 

5    1 

5   5 

8- 

2 

9 

3    1 

3   6 

3  11 

4   3 

4   8 

5    1 

3    7 

4   0 

4    5,  4  11 

5   4 

5   9 

6   3 

9|- 

3 

1 

3    61  3  11 

4    5 

4  10 

5   3 

5   8 

4    0 

4   6 

5    0,  5    6   6    0 

0   6 

7   0 

10  — 

3 

5 

3  111  4    5 

4  10 

5    4. 

5  10 

6   4 

4   5 

5   0 

5    7|  6    1 

6   8 

7   3 

7   9 

11  — 

3 

9 

4    3;  4  10 

5   4 

5  11 

6    5 

6  11 

4  11 

5   6 

6    16    9 

7   4 

7  11 

S   7 

12  — 

4 

1 

4    8   5   3 

5  10 

6    5 

7    0 

7    7 

5    4 

6   0 

6   8   7    4 

8    0 

8  81  9    41 

9  SlO    1 

13  — 

4 

S 

5    15   8 

6   4 

6  11 

7    7 

8   3 

5    9 

6   6 

7    3   7  11 

8   8 

U  — 

4 

9 

5    5   6   2 

6  10 

7   6 

3   2 

810 

6    3 

7   0 

7    9   8    7 

9   4  10    lIlOllI 

13- 

5 

11  5  10:  6   7i  7   4 

8    0 

8    9 

9    6 

6    8 

7   6   8   41  9   2'10   OilOlOiU    81 

20  — 

6  10    7   9   8   91  9   9 

10   8  11    8 

12   8 

8  1110   O'U    112   3  13   4|14   5ll5    7 

23  — 

8 

6   9   9  101112   2  13   4  14    7 

15  10 

11    ]!l2   6  13  1115   3  1C    818    lil9   5 

30- 

10 

3  11    8  13    214    7I16    117    819    0 

13    4  15   0  16   8  13   4  20   0,21    8'--i?   4 

30  — 112 

3  14    0  15    9  17   6  19   3^21    022    9 

16    013   0,20   0,22    0  24   020    0'^_0 

=  -T|T 

0000   0000    11  0101 

0    0|  0    11  0    il  0    1;  0    1   0    1    0  .1 

-   2    0 

1;  0   1    0    1    0    1    0    1|  0    1    0    1 

0    l|  0    t!  0   1!  0    ll  0    1   0    1   0   2 

-   3    0 

1010    li  010   20202 

0    10   2    0   2    0   2   0   2   0    2  0    2 

—  e;  0 

2   0   2   0   3   0   3'  0    3'  0    4   0    4 

0    30   30304040    405 

64 


TIMBER   AND    STONE    MEASUREMENT. 


If  a  Timber  be  lohokr  than  is  contained  in  the  Tables, 
LEKOTns  together.   If  the  Timber  is  26  feet  long,  add 


take  twice  some  i.ENnxn,  or  a'ld  two 
the  feet  opposite  20  and  6  together. 


L'ng- 

9  Inches  Thick  by                  \ 

10  Inches  Thick  fty                | 

ft.  in 

9  BIO  Bll  3  12  B 

L3  B14  B|15  B| 

10  B 

11  B 

12  B 

13  B 

14  B  15  B| 

16  B 

1.— 

0    7;  0    8    0    8    0    9 

0  10 

Oil 

Oil 

0    8 

0    9 

0  10 

Oil 

1   0 

1    1 

1    1 

2  — 

12131616 

1    8 

1    9 

111 

1   5 

1    6 

1    8 

110 

111 

2    1 

2   3 

3  — 

1    81  111 

2    12   3 

2   5 

2   8 

2  10 

2    1 

2    4 

2   6 

2   9 

2  11 

3    2 

3    4 

4  — 

2    3    2   6 

2   9   3    0 

3   3 

3    6 

3    9 

2    9 

3    1 

3    4 

3    7 

311 

4   2 

4    5 

5- 

2  10   3    2 

3   5   3    9 

4    1 

4   5 

4    8 

3    6 

3  10 

4    2 

4    6 

4  10 

5   3 

5    7 

6- 

3    5   3    9   4   2|  4    6| 

4  11 

5   3 

5    8 

4    2 

4    7 

5    0 

5   5 

5  10 

6    3 

6    8 

7  — 

311   4   5 

410 

5   3 

5    8 

6   2 

6    7 

4  10 

5   4 

5  10 

6    4 

6  10 

7    4 

7    9 

8  — 

4    6    5    0 

5   6 

6    0 

6    6 

7   0 

7    6 

5    7 

6    1 

6   8 

7   3 

7    9 

8   4 

811 

9- 

5    15    8 

6   2 

6    9 

7    4 

711 

8    5 

6   3 

6  11 

7    6 

8   2 

8    9 

9   5  10    0 

10- 

5    8    6   3 

6  11 

7    6 

8    2 

8   9 

9   5 

6  11 

7    8 

8   4 

9    0 

9    9 

10   5  11    1 

15^- 

8    5    9   510   4 

11   3 

12   2 

13   2 

14   1 

10   5 

11   6 

12   6 

13   7 

14    7 

15   8 

16   8 

20'— 

U    3  12   6|13   9 

15    0  16    3 

17   6 

18   9 

13  11 

15   3 

16   8 

18    1 

19   5 

2010 

22   3 

25  — 

14    115    8  17   2 

18   920   4 

2111 

23    5 

17    4 

19    1 

2010  22    7 
25   0  27    1 

24    4 

26    1 

27   9 

30- 

16  11  18   9  20   8  22   6!24    5| 

26   3 

28   2 

20  10  22  11 

29   2 

31   3 

33   4 

36i— 

20   3  22   6 

24    9  27    0,29   3j 

31   6 

33   9 

25    0  27    6 

30   0 

32   6 

35    0 

37   6 

40    0 

—    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

n 

0    1 

"0~1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

—1  2 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0   2 

0    2 

0    2 

0   2 

0    1 

0    2 

0   2 

0   2 

0    2 

0    2 

0   2 

-|3 

0   2 

0   2 

0    2 

0   2 

0    2 

0    3 

0   3 

0   2 

0   2 

0   3 

0    3 

0    3 

0   3 

0    3 

-'  6 

0    3 

0    4   0   4 

0    5 

0    5    0    5 

0   6 

0    4    0   5'  0   51  0    51  0    61  0    6'  0    7 

Vns 

11  Inches  Thick  6y 

13  Inches  Thick  by 

ft.  in 

11  B 

12  B 

13  B  14  B 

15  B 

16  B 

17  B 

12  B 

13  B|14  B 

15  B,16  B,17  B 

18  B 

1- 

0  10 

Oil 

1    0 

I    1 

1    2 

1   3 

1   4 

1    0 

1    1 

1    2 

1    3I  1    4 

1    5 

1    6 

2- 

1    8 

110 

2   0 

2    2 

2    4 

2    5 

2   7 

2    0 

2    2 

2    4 

2   6 

2    8 

2  10 

3    0 

3- 

2    6 

2   9 

3    0 

3    3 

3    5 

3    8 

311 

3    0 

3    3 

3    6 

3   9 

4    0 

4    3 

4    6 

4~ 

3    4 

3   8 

4   0 

4    3 

4    7 

4  11 

5   2 

4    0 

4    4 

4    8 

5   0 

5    4 

5    8 

6   0 

5  — 

4    2 

4    7 

5   0 

5    4 

5    9 

6    1 

6    6 

5    0 

5    5 

5  10 

6   3 

6    8 

7    1 

7    0 

6  — 

5    1 

5   6 

6   0 

6    5 

6  11 

7    4 

710 

6    0 

6    6 

7    0 

7   6 

8    0 

8    G 

9    0 

7- 

5  11 

6   5 

611 

7    6 

8    0 

8    7 

9    1 

7    0 

7    7 

8    2 

8    9 

9    4 

91IIIO    6 

8- 

6    9 

7   4 

711 

8    7 

9   2 

9    9 

10   5 

8    0 

8    8 

9    4 

10   0 

10    8 

11    4112    0 

9  — 

7    7 

8   3 

811 

9    8 

10   4 

11    0 

11   8 

9    0 

9    9 

10    6 

11   3 

12    0 

12    9 

13    6 

10- 

8    5 

9   2 

9  11 

10    8 

11    6 

12   3 

13    0 

10    0 

1010 

11    8 

12   6 

13    4 

14    2 

15    0 

15- 

12    7 

13   9 

1411 

16    1 

17   2 

18   4 

19   6 

15    0 

16   3 

17    6 

18   9 

20    0 

21    3 

22    (i 

20- 

16  10 

18   4 

1910;21    5 

22»11 

24   5 

26   0 

20    0 

21   8 

23    4 

25   0 

26    8 

28    4 

30    1) 

25- 

21    0  22  11124  10;26    9 

28   8 

30    7 

32   6 

25    0 

27    1 

29    2 

31   3 

33    4 

35    5 

37    6 

30|- 

25    3  27   6  29  10,32    1 

34   5 

36    8 

39   0 

30    0'32   6;35    0:37   6 

40    0 

42    6 

15    0 

36  — 

80    3 

33   0 

35    9j33   6 

41    3 

44    0 

46   9 

36    0,39   0|42    o|45   0 

43    0 

51    0 

51    0 

—  1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    10    10    1 

0    1 

"o^i 

Til 

—  a 

0    2 

0   2 

0   2 

0    2 

0    2 

0   2 

0    3 

0   2 

0    2   0    2   0   3 

0    3 

0    3 

0    3 

-    3 

0    3 

0   3 

0   3 

0    3 

0    3 

0   4 

0    4 

0   3 

0    3    0    4    0   4 

0   4 

0    4 

0    5 

-  e 

0    5 

0   6l  0    6l  0    6 

0    7 

0    7 

0    8 

0   6 

0    7   0    7    0   8 

0   8 

0    9 

0    9 

L'ng 

13  Inches  Thick  by                 |                 14  Inches  Thick  by 

ft.'in 

13  B  14  B 

15  B 

16  B 

17  B 

18  B 

19  B 

14  B 

15  B 

16  B 

17  B 

18  B 

19  B 

20  B 

1- 

T~2    1    3 

1    4 

1    5 

1    6 

1    8 

1    9 

1    4 

1    6 

1    7 

1    6 

1    9 

110 

1  11 

2- 

2   4 

2   6 

2    9 

211 

3    1 

3    3 

3    5 

2    9 

2  11 

3    1 

3   4 

3    6 

3   8 

3  11 

3- 

3    6 

3  10 

4    1 

4    4 

4    7 

4  11 

5   2 

4    1 

4    5 

4    8 

5    0 

5   3 

5   7 

5  10 

!<- 

4    8 

5    1 

5    5 

5    9 

6    2 

6    6 

610 

5    5 

5  10 

6    3 

6    7 

7    0 

7   5 

7    9 

5- 

5  10 

6    4 

6    9 

7   3 

7   8 

8   2 

8    7 

6  10 

7    4 

7    9 

8   3 

8    9 

9   3 

9    9 

«- 

7    1 

7    7 

8    2 

8   8 

9   3 

9    9 

10   4 

8    2 

8    9 

9    4 

9  11 

10   6 

11    1 

a  8 

7  — 

8   3 

8  10 

9    6 

10    1 

10   9 

11    5 

12    0 

9    6 

10   3 

10  11 

11    7 

12   3 

1211 

13   7 

8- 

9   5 

10    1  10  10 

11   7 

12   3 

13   0 

13    9 

1011 

11    8 

12   5 

13   3 

14    0 

14    9 

15   7 

9- 

10    7 

11    5  12   2 

13   0 

13  10 

14    8 

15    5 

12    3 

13    2 

14    0 

14  11 

15   9 

16    8ll7   6 

10- 

11    9 

12   8  13    7 

14    5 

15   4 

16    3 

17   2 

13    7 

14    7 

15    7 

16   6 

17   6|18   6il9   5 

15- 

17    7 

19   0|20   4 

21    8123   0 

24    5 

25    9 

20   5j21  11 

23   4 

24  10 

26   3 

27    929   2 

20'— 

23    6 

25   3:27    1 

281130   8 

32   6 

34   4 

27   329    2,31    1 

33    1 

35    0 

36  11  36  11 

25!- 

29   4  31    7|33  10'36    1 

38   4 

40   8142  11 

34    0  36    6  3811 

41    4 

43    9 

46    2|48    7 

30  - 

35   3I3711J40   8143   4 

46    1 

48   9 

51    6 

4010  43    9  46   8 

49   7 

52   6 

55   5 

58    4 

361- 

42   3 

45   6 

48    9j52   0 

55   3 

58   6 

61    9 

49    o!52    6'56   0 

59   6|63    0 

66   6 

70   0 

— i 

in 

0    1 

0    1 

0    1 

0    2 

0    2 

0   2 

0    1 

0    1 

0    2 

0   2 

0    2 

0   2 

0    2 

1  ^ 

0   2 

0   3 

0    3 

0   3 

0    3 

0   3 

0   3 

0    3 

0   3 

0   3 

0   3 

0   4 

0   4 

0    4 

-1  3 

0    4 

0   4|  0    4 

0   4 

0    5 

0    6 

0    5 

0    4 

0    4 

0    5 

0   5 

0   5 

0   6 

0    6 

-'e 

0    7 

0   3 

1  0    8 

0    9 

0    9 

010 

010 

0    8 

0   9 

0   9 

0  10 

Oil 

Oil 

1    0 

TIMBER  AND   STONE   MEASUREMENT. 


85 


Suppose  B  Package  9  feet,  long  4  feet  broad  and  20  inches  thick  f  opposite  9  and  under  24 
Inchea  we  find  30,  which  doubled  gives  60  feet, —  the  answer.  If  the  Timber  or  Package  ia  of 
larger  breadth  or  thickness  than  is  contained  in  the  Table,  add  two  numbers  together. 


Z'ng 

15  Inches  Thick  by 

16  Inches  Thick  by                 1 

ft.in 

15  B  16  Bil7  B| 

18  Bl 

9  B 

20  B  21  B 

16  B  17  BjlS  B;19  B,20  B,21  B,22  b| 

'  ji— 

1    71  1    8 

1    9 

111  " 

2~0 

2~1 

2   2 

1    9 

111 

2   0 

2 

1 

2   3    2   2   2    5 

z\~ 

3    2l  p    4 

3    7 

3   9 

4   0 

4   2 

4    5 

3   7 

3   9 

4   0 

4 

3 

4   5   4   4   4  11 

3- 

4   81  5    0 

5   4 

5   8 

511 

6   3 

6   7 

5   4   5   8| 

6   0 

6 

4 

6   8    7   8    7   4 

*- 

6   3i  6    8   7    11 

7   6 

7  11 

8   4 

8    9 

7   1 

7   7 

8   0 

8 

5 

311    9    0   9   9 

'f 

7  10]  8   4    8  10 

9   5 

9  11 

10   5  1011 

811 

9   5  10   0 

10 

7  11.  llll    4|I2   3 

9    5  10   0  10   8 

11   3  1 

111 

12    6  13   2 

10   8  11    4  12   0112 

8  13   4  14   8114    8 

'- 

10  1111    8  12   5 

13   21 1 

3  10 

14    7115   4 

12   513   3  14    0  14 

915    7  16    017    1 

8  — 

12   6,13   4  14   2jl5   015  10] 

16   817    6 

14   3  15   1  16   0  16  1117   9  18   419    7| 

^- 

14    lll5   0  15  ll!l6  11  17  10  18   9:i9   8 

16   0  17   0  18    0  19 

0  20   0  21    8  22    0 

0- 

15    8  16   8117   9|1S   9  19  10  20  102111 

17   9  18  11  20    0  21 

122   3  2:3    0:24    5 

■>- 

23   5  25   0  26   7j23   2  29   8,31    3!32 10 

26   8  28   4  30   0  31 

8  33   435   4  36   8 

o!— 

31    3  33   4  35   5  37   6,39   7  41    S  43    9 

35   7  37   9  40   0  42 

3  44    5'46    0  43  11 

25l- 

39    1,41    8  44   3,46  11149   6  52    l|54    8 

44   5  47   3:50   0  52 

9  55   7:53   8  61    1 

30 

— 

461150   0'53   2  56   3159   5|62    6  65   8 

53   4!56   860   0;63 

4,66   8:70   4l73    4 

36 

— 

56   3,60   0,63   9^67   6,71   3|75    0J78   9 

04    0  68   0i72   0,76 

OSO   084    0|88   0 

— 

1 

0   2    0   2 

0^ 

02020202 

0  2" 

0   2 

0   2 

0 

2   0   2 

0    0   0    2 

— 

2 

0    3    0   3 

0    4 

04040404 

0   4 

0   4 

0   4 

0 

4 

0    4 

0   2    0    5 

— 

3 

0    5    0   5 

0   5 

06060607 

0   5 

0   6 

0   6 

0 

6 

0    7 

0   5   0    7 

—  6» 

0    9    0  10   0  11'  0  11'  1    Ql  1    ll  1    1 

Oil   Olll  1    0 

1 

1 

1    1 

17    13 

T^ 

17  Inches  Thick  by 

18  Inches  Thick  by               \ 

ft. in 

17  B  18  B  19  B  20  B,21  B,22  B,23  B 

18  B 
2   3 

19  I 
2 

J  20  B 
5  ~2~6 

21  B 
2   8 

22  B 
2   9 

23  B 

2    0   2   2|^~3 

2    4 

2   6 

2   7 

2   9 

2  11 

2- 

4    0 

4   3 

4    6 

4    9 

5    0 

5   2 

5   5 

4   6 

4 

)    5    0 

5   3 

5   6 

5   9 

3- 

6    0 

6    5 

6    9 

7    1 

7   5 

710 

8   2 

6   9 

7 

2    7   6 

7  11 

8   3 

8   8 

"- 

8    0 

8    6 

9   0 

9   5 

9  11 

10   5 

10  10 

9    0 

9   6  10   0 

10    6 

11    0 

11    6 

s!- 

10   0 

10   8  11    3  11  10 

12   5 

13   0 

13    7 

U   3 

1111  12   6 

13   2 

13    9 

14    5 

6'— 

12    1 

12   9  13    6  14    2 

14  11 

15    7 

16    4 

13    6 

14    3  15    0 

15    9 

16    6 

17   8 

7  — 

14    1 

14  11 15    8  16   6 

17    4!l8   219    0 

15    9 

16    8  17    6 

18   5 

19   3 

20   2 

^\- 

16    1 

17    0  17  11  18  11 

19  10  20   9  21    9 

18    0 

19    0  20   0 

21    0 

22    0 

23    0 

9!- 

18    1 

19   2  20    2  21    3  22   4  23   5  24   5 

20   3 

21    5  22   6 

23    8 

24    9 

25  11 

10  — 

20    1 21    322    5i23   7!24  10  26   0'2y   2 

22   6 

23    9  25    0 

26   3 

27    6 

28   9 

15  — 
20  — 

30    1 
40    2 

311i;a3    8 

35   5'37    2  39   0  40   9 
47   349    7  511l'54    4 

.33    9 
45   0 

35    8  37    6 
47    6  50    0 

39   5 
52   6 

41   3 
55   0 

43   2 

57    6 

42   6'44  10 

25  — 

50    2i53    2.56    1 

59    0  62   0  64  11  07  11 

56   3 

59    5,62   6 

65    8 

68    9 

7111 

30- 

GO    3 

63    9  67    4 

7010:74    5:77  11 

81    6 

67    6 

71 

3  75   0 

78   9 

82    6 

86    3 

36|- 

72    8 
0    2 

76    6  80   9 

85    0  89   3j93   6 

97   9 

81    0 
0    2 

85 
0 

S  90   0 
2    0   3 

94   6 
0   3 

99    0 
0    3 

103    6 

~ 

1 

0    2i  0    2 

0   2 

0   2 

0   3 

0    3 

0   3 



2 

0   4 

0    4 

0    4 

0    5 

0   5 

0   5 

0    5 

0   5 

0 

5    0   5 

0   5 

0   6 

0   6 



3 

0    6 

0   6 

0    7 

0   7 

0    7 

0   8 

0   8 

0   7 

0 

7    0   8 

0   8 

0   8 

0   9 

— 

6 

1    Ol  1    1 

1    1 

1    2 

1    3 

1    4 

1    4 

1    2 

1    2'    1   3 

1    41    1   5 

1    5 

L'n? 

19  Inches  Thick  by               | 

20  Inches 

Thick  by                 \ 

ft.  in 
1  — 

19  B  20  B  21  B 

22  B|  23  B 

24  B 

20  B 
2   9 

21  B 

22  B 

23  B   24  B 

25  B 

2   6    2    8 

2   9 

21 

3    0 

3   2 

2  11 

3    1 

3   2 

3   4 

3    6 

2  — 

5    0    5   3 

5   7 

51( 

)     6    1 

6    4 

5    7 

5  10 

6    1 

6   5 

6   8 

6  11 

3- 

7   6    711 

8    4 

8   i 

)     9    1 

9    6 

8   4 

8   9 

9   2 

9   7 

10   0 

10   5 

4  — 

10    0  10    7!ll    1 

n  ' 

12   2 

12    8 

11    1 

11    8 

12   3 

12   9 

13    4 

13  11 

5|- 

12   6,13    2!1310 

14  e 

15   2 

15  10 

13  11 

14    7 

15   3 

16    0   16   8 

17   4 

6- 

15    ]'lol0  16    8 

17  t 

18   3 

19    0 

16    8 

17    6 

18   4 

19   2 

20   0 

20  JO 

7  — 

17    718   619   5 

20  4 

21   3 

22   2 

19    5 

20   5 

21   5 

22   4 

23   4 

24    4 

8- 

20    1I2I    122   2 

23   C 

24    3 

25   4 

22   3 

23   4 

24   5 

25    7 

26   8 

27    9 

9- 

22   7^3   9124  11 

26    5 

27   4 

29   6 

25    0 

26   3 

27   6 

28   9 

30   0 

31    3 

10- 

25    1126   527   9 

29    C 

30   4 

31    8 

27    9 

29    2 

30   7 

3111 

33   4 

34    3 

15- 

37    7  39    7  41    7 

43    ' 

45   6 

47   6 

41    8 

43   9 

4510 

47  11 

50   0 

52    1 

20- 

50   2  52   9  55   5 

53   1 

60   8 

63    4 

55    7 

58    4 

61    1 

63  11 

66   8 

69    5 

25- 

62    8;G6    0  69    3 

72   - 

75  10 

79   2 

69   5 

72  11 

76   5 

79  10 

83   4 

86  10 

30'— 

75    3  79   2 

83   2 

87    1 

91    1 

95    0 

S3   4 

87   6 

91   8 

95 10 100  o; 

104    2 

36- 

00    395    0 
[  0   31  0   3 

9C   9 

104  e 

109   3 

114    0 

100   0  105   0 
0   3     0   3 

110   0 

15    0 

120   0 

125  0 
0    3 

IZ 

1 

0    3 

0  c 

0   3 

0   3 

0   3 

0    3 

0   3 



2 

0   5|  0   5 

0    6 

0  e 

0   6 

0   6 

0   6     0   6 

0   6 

0    6 

0   7 

0    7 



3 

1  0    8!  0    8 

0    8 

0  { 

)     0   9 

0  10 

0   8     0   9 

0   9 

0  10 

0  10 

0  10 

— 

6 

1  1    3 

1    4 

1    5 

1  t 

)     1 

6 

1    71 

1    5 

1    6 

1 

61 

1 

71 

1    81 

1    9 

86 


PLANK  MEASDRE. 


PLANK   AND   SCANTLING   MEASURE. 

If  a  Plank  be  longer  than  is  represented  in  tlie  Tables,  then  take  ttmce 
iorae  length.    If  shorter  take  i  or  ^  of  some  length. 


Sr~ 

2  Inches  Thick,  by  10  to  28  Inches  Wide.                        | 

5^ 

10  11|12  13  14,15116  17  18[19 

20 

21|   22 

23 

24 

25|    26 

27)   28 

13 

22  21  26  2S  30  33  35  37  39,41 

43 

46    48 

50 

52 

541    56 

59    61 

14 

23  26  2S!30  33  35  37i40 

42 1  44 

47 

49    51 

54 

56 

58;    61 

63,    65 

15 

25  28  30l33  35  33  40  43 

45 

48 

50|   53i   55 

58 

60 

63 

65 

68    70 

16 

27  29  32  35  37|40  43  45 

4S 

51 

53 

56    59 

61 

64 

67 

69 

72    75 

17 

23  31  34'37  40,43|45  4S 

51 

54 

57 

60    62 

65 

68 

71 

74 

77;    79 

IS 

30  33, 3C.' 39  42' 45;  43  51 

5i 

57 

00 

63    60 

69 

72 

75 

78 

81)    84 

19 

32  35  3S:41i44'4S  51  51 

57 

00 

63 

67    70 

73 

76 

79 

82 

66     S9 

20 

33  37  40i43  47|50  53  57 

a 

63 

67 

70    73 

77 

80 

83 

87 

90;    93 

21 

35  39  42  46  49  53!  56  60 

63 

67 

70 

74    77 

81 

84 

63 

91 

95    98 

22 

37  40  44Us  51!  55' 59  02 

6C 

70 

73 

77    81 

84 

88 

92 

95 i    99  1031 

23 

38  42  46J50  54' 58;  61  05 

6!. 

73 

77 

81    84 

88 

92 

96j  100' 104  1071 

24 

40  44|4S:52  50  60  (i4  63 

72 

76 

80 

84    88 

92 

96 

100 

104  108  112 

25 

42  46' 50,  54  53  63  67  71 

7f 

79 

83 

88    92 

96 

100 

101 

103,  113  117 

26 

43  43  5-2|56  61  05  69  74 

76 

82 

87 

91    95 

100 

104 

106 

113  117  121 

27 

45  50  54  59  63  63  72  77 

81 

88 

90 

95    99 

101 

108 

113 

117  122  126 

23 

47i51i56  61  65,70  75  79 

84 

89 

93 

98  10:3: 107 

112 

117 

121   126  131 

29 

48  53  58  63  63!  73'  77  82 

8" 

92 

97 

102  106  111 

116i  121 

126  131  135 

30 

50  55  601  65  70  75'  SO  &3 

90195 

100  105  110  115 

120'  125 

130  135  140 

2  1-2  Inches  Thick  vg  10  to  27  Inches   H  idt.                     \ 

5^ 

10  11!  12;  13j  14  15 

16    17 

43 '"46 

18 
49 

19 
51 

20    21!    22 

23 
62 

24|    25 
65    63 

_26'J7| 

13 

27 

30  33135,38  41 

54    57 

60 

70 

73 

14 

29 

32  35  33 

41;  44 

47    50 

53 

55 

58 

61 

64 

67 

70    73 

76 

79 

•15 

31 

34  3V\  41 

44  4-' 

50 

53 

56 

59 

63 

66 

69 

72 

75    78 

81 

84 

16 

3:5  37  40|  43 

17  50 

53 

57 

60 

63 

67 

70 

73 

77 

80    83 

87 

90 

17 

35|39  43  46 

50  53 

57 

JO 

54 

67 

71 

74 

78 

81 

85    89 

92 

96 

18 

38  41  45: 49 

53  56 

60 

64 

68 

71 

75 

79 

83 

86 

90    94 

98 

101 

19 

40 

44  48'  51 

55  59 

63 

67 

71 

75 

79 

83 

87 

91 

95    99 

103 

107 

20 

42 

40  50i54i5S  63 

07 

71 

75 

79 

83 

88 

92 

96 

100  104 

108' 113 

21 

44 

48  53!57  61  60 

70 

74 

79 

83 

88 

92 

96 

101 

105  109 

II4I1I8 

22 

46 

50  55!  60,  64  69 

73 

78 

83 

87 

92 

96 

101 

105 

110  115 

119J124 

23 

48 

53  58  62  67  72 

77 

81 

86 

91 

96 

101 

10.5 

no 

115  120 

125  129 

2! 

5055  60;C5J70  75 

80 

85 

90 

95 

100 

105 

110 

115 

120  ]25|  130l 135 

25 

52i57  63' 68173  78 

83 

89 

94 

99 

104 

109 

115 

120 

125  130  135! 141 

26 

54  00  05' 70! 70  81 

87 

92 

98 

103 

108 

114 

119 

125 

130!  135;  141!  146 

27 

56,62  68' 73  79  84 

90 

96 

101 

107 

113  lis 

124 

12<l 

135  141   146  152 

23 

58  64  70i  76  82  88 

93 

95) 

105 

111 

117  123 

128 

134 

140:  146:  1-52  158 

29 

6OI66  73!  79  85:  91 

97 1 1031 

109 

115 

121   127 

133 

139 

145!  1511  157,163 

30 

r>3|69  75' 81   88  94;](K)  106| 

113 

119 

125,131 

133 1 144 

150!  156  163  169 

S'r 

3  Inches  Thick  by  10  to  27  Inches  Wide.                         | 

^^ 

10 
33 

11 

36 

12  13 
39  42 

14 

46 

151    16 

17 
55 

18 
59 

19 
62 

20 
65 

21 

22 
~72 

23|    24 

25 

81 

36 

85 

13 

49 

52 

75 

78 

14 

35 

39 

42  46 

49 

53 

56 

60 

63 

67 

70 

74 

77 

81 

84 

88 

91 

15 

38 

41 

45  49 

53 

56 

60    64 

68 

71 

75 

79 

&3 

86 

90 

94 

98 

16 

40 

44 

48  52 

56 

GO 

64    68 

72 

76 

80 

84 

88|   92 

96 

100 

104 

17 

43 

47 

51  55 

60 

64 

68    72 

77 

81 

85 

89 

94 

931  102 

106 

111 

18 

45 

50 

54  59 

03 

68 

72    77 

81 

86 

90 

95 

99 

1041  103 

113 

117 

19 

48 

52 

57  62 

67 

71 

76 

81 

86 

90 

95 

100 

105 

109  114 

lU) 

124 

20 

50 

55 

60  05 

70 

75 

80 

85 

90 

95 

100 

105 

110 

115 

120 

125 

130 

21 

53 

58 

03 

68 

74 

79 

84 

89 

95  lOOj 105  110 

116 

121 

126 

131 

137 

22 

55 

61 

66 

72 

77 

83 

88 

94 

99  105  110  116 

121 

127 

132 

13S 

143 

2:3 

58 

63 

69 

75 

81 

86 

921   98 

104  109  115  121 

127 

132 

136 

]'«4  1501 

24 

60 

66 

72 

78 

84 

90i    96  102 

103  114:120  126 

132  138 

144 

150156! 

25 

63 

69 

75 

81 

88 

94  100  106 

113  119  125  131 

139, 144: 150!  i.:o!  1631 

26 

65 

72 

78 

85 

91 

98  104  111 

117  124  130;  137  143;  150  156  163  169 

27 

68 

74 

81 

88 

95 

101  108;il5 

122, 123  135   142  149  155  162  169! 176 

2° 

70 

77 

84 

91 

98 

105  112  119 

126jl33  140  1471154  161  168  175i  132 

29 

73 

80 

87 

94 

102  i 109| 116  123 

13l!l38  145  152  160  167  174  181 ,189 

30 

75 

83 

90  98  !  105  i  113!  120  122 

135,  143  150! J5S  165  173  180  l&S' 195 

PLANK    MEASURE. 


87 


PLANK  AND   SCANTLING    MEASURE. 

ff  a  Plank,  or  Scantling,  be  longer  than  is  represented  in  the  Tables,  tak« 
twice  some  length  given  in  the  Tables,  or  add  two  lengths  together;  if  wider, 
take  two  widths ;  if  both  longer  and  wider,  double  the  contents  of  such  num- 
ber in  the  Tables  as  will  give  the  same  length  and  width  required. 


3  1-2  Inches  Thick  by  10  to  26  Inches  M'ide. 

','*1 

lOi  11|  12;  18 

14 

15 

16 

17  18|  19  20|  21|  22,  23 

24'  251  26 

TT 

~38  421  46 

49 

53 

57 

61 

~64~6S 

72  76 

80  83;  87 
60  91;  94 

~91  95 

99 

14 

41  45  49 

53 

57 

01 

65 

69  74 

78!  82 

98  102 

lOfi 

15 

44  48  53 

57 

61 

60 

70 

74 

79 

83  68 

92  96,101 

105  109 

114 

10 

47  51 

56 

61 

65 

70 

75 

79 

84 

89  93 

98  10:3!  107 

112  117 

121 

17 

50  55 

60 

64 

69 

74 

79 

84 

89 

94  99 

104  109,114 

119  124 

129 

IS 

53 

58 

63 

63 

74 

79 

84 

89 

95 

100  105; 110! 110  121 

120  131 

137 

19 

55 

01 

67 

72 

78 

83 

89 

94  lUO 

105  lllill0!l->2  127 

133  139 

144 

ao 

58 

64 

70 

76 

82 

88 

93 

99  105 

111  ini  12:3 

128: 134 

140  146 

152 

21 

61 

67 

74 

80 

86 

92 

98 

104  110 

116  12:3 1  129 

1:35  141 

147  153 

159 

22 

64 

71 

77 

83 

90 

96 

103 

1091 116 

122  128! 135 

14li  148 

154  160 

167 

2:3 

67 

74 

81 

87 

94 

101 

107 

114 

121 

127  134' 141 

148  154 

161  108 

m 

24 

70 

77 

84 

91 

98 

105 

112 

119 

120 

133  140 1 147 

154,  101 

108  175,182 

25 

73 

60 

88 

95 

102 

109 

117 

124 

131 

139  140] 153 

100;  108 

175  162  190 

26 

76 

83 

91 

99 

106 

114 

121 

129 

137 

144  152  159 

167|  174 

182  190  197 

27 

79 

87 

95 

102 

110 

118 

126 

134 

142 

150' 158  165 

173;  181 

189  197  205 

28 

82 

90 

98 

106 

114 

123 

131 

139 

147 

155  163  172; 180  186!  190  204  212 

29 

85 

93 

102  110 

118 

127 

135  144 

152 

101: 109  178  186  195  203  211  220 

30 

88  96 

1U5  114 

123 

131 

140  149 

158 

106  175;  184  19:3  201  210  219  228 

^£ 

4  Inches  Thick  by  10  to   26  Inche!~  Wide. 

^'^ 

10|  11 

12|  13 

14|  15;  16 

17  18|  19 

74  78|~&2 

20|  21|  22!  231  24 1  25l  26 

13 

43!"l8 

52  56 

61 

65,  69 

~87 

911  951100,  1041 108|  113 

14 

47!  51 

50  61 

65 

70  75|  79:  64 1  89 

93 

98|103  107:112;117|  121 

IS 

50 

55 

60  65 

70 

75'  80 

S5    90  95 

100 

105  110  115' 120! 125  130 

16 

53 

59 

64  69 

75 

so;  85 

91'  96  101 

107 

112  117  12:3, 128' 133  139 

17 

57 

62 

68 

74 

79 

851  91 

96  102  108 

113 

119; 125  130  136  142 

147 

13 

60 

66 

72 

78 

84 

OUl  96]  102  108 

114 

120 

126  132  138  144  150 

156 

19 

63 

70 

76 

62 

89 

95  101  108  114 

120  1271 133  139  140  152  158 

105 

20 

67 

73 

60 

87 

93 

100  107  113  120 

127  ia3' 140  147  153  100  167 

173 

21 

70 

77 

84 

91 

98!  105  112  119  126 

133; 140; 147  154  101  103  175 

182 

22 

73 

81 

68i  95 

103  110  117  125  132 

139  147! 1541 101  109  170  1S3! 191 

23 

77 

84 

92  100 

107  115  123  130  138' 146! 15311611 109  170  184  192.199 

24 

80 

88 

96!  104 

112  120  128  130  I44I 1521  100  lOS!  170  184  192  200  208 

25 

83 

92 

100  108 

117  125  133  142  ISOi 158' 107  175; 183  192  200  208:217 

26 

87 

95;  104  113 

121  130  139  147  150  105' 173  I&2I  191  199  208  217; 225 

27 

90 

99,  lOS  117  120  135  144  153  102' 171* ISO  189  198  207  210  225' 234 

28 

93 

lO-i!  112  121  131  140  149  159  lOSJ  177,  187: 190  205  215  224  2331  243 

29 

97 

106  1 16  120  135  145  155  104  174, 184!  Ift3  203  213  222  232  242  251 

30 

100  110  120  i:3()l  140  150  100  170  1?0  190  200  210  220  230  240  2.50'  260 

5  Inches  Thick  by  10  to  26  Inches  Wide. 

::^fe. 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14  15 

16 

17j  18j  19;  20|  21|  22:  231  24|  25 

20 

1^ 

"54 

~60 

~65 

"70 

7e~81 

~87 

921  98i  103  103  114lTl9  125  130  135 

141 

14 

58 

64 

70 

76 

821  88 

93 

99: 1051  111! 117!  123  128  134  140  146 

152 

15 

63 

09 

75 

81 

88!  94 

100 

106  113  119  125|  131  138  144  150  156 

163 

10 

67 

73 

80 

87 

93'  100'  107'  1131 120  127  133  140l  147  153  100  107 

173 

17 

71 

78 

85 

92 

99  100  113  120  128  135  142i 149  150  103  170  177 

184 

18 

75 

83 

90 

981  105  113'  120  12S  135  143  150:  158  165  173  ISO  188 

195 

19 

79 

87 

95 

103  111  119  127  135  143'  150  158  100  174  162  190  H)8 

206 

20 

83 

92: 100 

108  117  125  133  142  150  153  107,  175  1&3,  192  2(J0  208 

217 

21 

88 

90;  105 

114!  123  13i;  140  149  158  106  175;  184  193  201  210  219 

228 

22 

921 101  110 

119,  12-,  138  147J 150  If>.5  174  183  193'  202  211  220  229 

238 

2^ 

96  105  1 15  lL>5i  134;  144  153  103  173  1?-2   192  201  211  220  2:30  240 

249 

24 

lOO;  110  120i  130;  140  150  100  no  ISO  190  200  210  220  230  240  250 

200 

25 

104  115  125!  i:;;5  ]4(j,  i^   jg;  177  igg  igg  oQs   219  229  240  250  200' 271 

20 

108  119  130  141  152  103' 173  1S4  195  200  217  228  233  249  200  271  2S2 

27 

113,  124  135;  140  15S  109;  180  191  203  214  225  236  248  259  270  2811293 

28 

117j  128  140  152  163  175'  187  198  210  222  233  245  257  208  280  292  303 

29 

121;  133  145  J57  109;  181  193  205  213  230  242  254  260  278  290  302  314 

30 

125:  i38  150  163  175: 168  200  213  225  238  250  263  275  288  300  313,  323 

88      SCANTLING   EEDT7CED    TO    ONE    INCH   BOARD    MEASURE. 


SCANTLING    AND   TIMBER  MEASURE 


REDUCED     TO     ONE     INCH     BOAKD     MEASURE. 

EXPLANATION.  —  To  ascenain  the  number  of  Feet  of  Scantling  or  Timber, 
say  13  Feet  Long  and  2  by  3  Inches.  Find  2  by  3  in  the  top  columns,  and  18 
in  the  .eft  hand  column,  and  under  2  by  3  and  against  IS  is  9  feet. 

If  the  Scantlingis  onger  than  contained  in  the  Table,  add  two  lengths  together. 
If  shorter  lake  part  of  some  length. 

The  preceding  pages  also  contain  Scantling  and  Plank  Pleasure. 


Thickness  and  Width  in  Inches. 


2.2  2.3,2.4 


4 

4.8 
5.4 
G 

6.8 
7.4 
8. 
6.61  8.8' 

7.  I  9.41 
7.6;10. 

8.  10.8 
8.611.4, 

9.  12, 
9.6  12.8 

10.  13.4 
10.6'l4. 

11.  Il48 
11.61 15.4 

12.  1 16 
12.6!  16.8 
15.  |20. 
17     22.8 
21).  196.8 


2.5  2.6 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17 
18. 
19. 


5. 

5.10 

6.8 

7.6 

84 

9.2 

10. 

10.10 


11.8 
12.6 
13.4 
14.2 
15. 
15.10 
16.8  20. 
17.6  121. 
18.4  |22. 
19.2  ;23. 
20.  ;24. 
20.10  25. 
2.5.  130. 
,28.4  ,34. 
33.4  I40. 


7. 

82 

94 

10.6  1 12 
118  |13 
12.10  14, 


14. 
15.2 
16.4 
17.6 


18.8  lal. 
19.10  22. 

21.  124, 

22.2  25, 

23.4  26. 

24.6  28. 

25.8  29. 
26.10,30. 

28.  32, 

29.2  33, 

35.  40, 

39.8  45, 

46  8  53 


.9.     4.0 
.4  10.6   5.3 
,8112.  I  6. 
,  Il3.6i  6.9 
4  15.      7.6 
,8,16.6   8.3 
,  118.     9. 
,4  19.6   9.9 
,8-21.  |10.6 
.  J22.6ill.3 
,4  24.  1 12. 
8  25.6  12.9 


27. 
4  38,6 
8  30. 

i316 
4  33. 
fc  34.6 

136. 
4  37.6 

145. 
4  51. 
4  60. 


6. 
7. 

8. 
9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 
13.(i|18. 
14.3,19. 

15.  jyo. 

15.9  21. 
16.6  22. 
17.3  23. 
18.  24. 
18.9  25. 
22.6  30. 
25.6  34. 
30.040. 


2.7  2.8  2.9  3.3  3.4  3.5  3.6,3.7  3.8  3.9  4.4  4.5 

"tTo  "97  Tiui  127  i3^~8r  ToT 

8.9  10.6  12.3  14.  15.9   9.4  11.8 

10.    12.    14.    16.  18.    10.8  13.4 

11.3  13.6115.9  18.  20.3  12    15. 

12.6)5.  117.6  20.  ;22.6  13.4  16.8 

13.9  16.6  19.3  22.  124.9  14.8  1S.4 

15.  il8.  I21.    24.  127.    16.    20. 

16.3  1 9.6122.9  26.  129.3  17.4  21.8 

17.6  21.  |24.G98.  [316  18.8  23.4 

18.9  22.6:26.3  30.  '3;1.9  20.    25. 

2".  '24.    28.    32.  36.    21.4  26.8 

21 .3  25.6  29.9  34.  3j<.3  22.8  28.4 

22.6  27.    31.6  36.  40.6  2-4.    30. 

23.9  28.6  33.3,38.  42.9  25.4  31 .8 

25.  '30.  |35.   140.  45    120.6  33.4 

26.3  31.61.36.9  42.  47.3  28.    35. 

27.6  33.    3S.6  44.  49.6  29.4  36.8 

28.9  34.6  40.3  46.  51.9  30.8,38.4 

30.    36.    42.    48.  .54.  [32.    40. 

31.3  37.6  43.9  50.  .56.3  33.4  41.8 

37.6  45.    52.660.  67.6i40.    50. 

42.6  51.    59.6(8.  76.6  45.4  56.8 

50.    60.    70.  i80.  90.  '53.4  66.8 


Thickness  and  Width  in  Inches. 


4.6  4.7  4  8 ;4.9 


14.     16.  18. 

16.4    18.8  21. 

118.8   21.4  24. 

'21.     24.  27. 

|23  4i  20.8'  30. 

l25.8j  29.4]  33. 

128.  I  32.  I  36. 

130.4    34.8'  39. 

[32.8,  37.4,  42. 

|35.     40.  45. 

137  4    42.8  49. 

[39.8   45.4  51. 

142.      48.  j  54. 

50.8  57. 

53.4J  60. 

56.  63. 

58.8  66. 

61.4  69. 

64.  72. 

66.8  7.5. 

8(1.  !  <)n. 

I70.4!  90.8  102. 

93.4  106.8  120. 


44.4 
|46.8 
49. 
.51.4 

53.8 

.56, 

58.4 

70, 


f>.b 

5.7 

5.b| 

15. 

176 

20. 

17.6 

20.5 

23.4 

20. 

23.4 

26.8 

22.6 

26.3 

30. 

25. 

29.2 

33.4 

27.6 

33.1 

36.8 

30. 

35. 

40. 

32.6 

37,11 

43.4 

35. 

40.10 

46  8 

37.6 

43.9 

50. 

40. 

46.8 

53.4 

42.6 

49.7 

56.8 

45. 

52.6 

60. 

47.6 

.55.5 

63.4 

50. 

58.4 

66.8 

52.6 

61.3 

70. 

55. 

642 

73.4 

57.6 

67.1 

76.8 

60. 

70. 

80. 

62.6 

72.11 

83.4 

75. 

87.6 

100.   1 

85. 

99.2 

113.4 

100. 

116  8 

133.4 

6.7,6.8  6.9  610 


22.61   18. 
26.3    21. 


30. 

33.9 

37.6 

41.3 

45. 

48.9 

52.6 

56.3 

60. 

63.9 

67.6 

71.3 

75. 


24. 

27. 

30. 

33. 

36. 

39. 

42. 

45. 

48. 

51. 

54. 

57. 

60. 
78.91  63. 
82.6  66. 
86.3  69. 
DO.  72. 
93.9  75. 
112.61  90. 
127.6  102. 
150.    120. 


21. 

24. 

27. 

30. 

24.6 

28. 

31.6 

35. 

28. 

.32. 

36. 

40. 

31.6 

36. 

4(t,6 

45 

:«. 

40 

45. 

50. 

38.6 

44. 

49.fi 

65. 

42. 

48. 

54. 

60. 

45.6 

52. 

58.6 

65. 

49. 

56. 

63. 

70. 

52.6 

60. 

67.6 

75. 

.56. 

64. 

72. 

80, 

.59.6 

68. 

76.6 

85. 

63. 

72. 

81. 

90. 

66.6 

76. 

85.6 

95. 

70. 

80. 

90. 

100. 

73.6 

84. 

94.6 

105. 

77. 

88. 

99. 

110. 

80.6 

92. 

103.6 

115. 

84. 

96. 

108. 

120. 

87.6 

100. 

112.6 

125. 

10.5. 

120. 

1.35. 

150. 

119. 

136. 

1.53. 

170. 

140. 

160. 

180. 

200. 

SCANTLING    REDUCED    TO    ONE    INCH   BOARD   MEASURE.       89 


J 

Thicknoss  and   Width  in  Inches. 

6 

611 

33. 

612 

3(). 

I  7.7 

7.8 
"287 

7.9 

"Uu: 

1  7. 10 

7.11 

7.12 

8.8 
"32". 

8.9 

36. 

8.10 

811j8.12 

24.6 

;<5. 

38.6 

42. 

40. 

44. 

48. 

7 

38.6 

42. 

28.7 

32.8 

3(i.SJ 

40.10 

44.11 

49. 

37.4 

42. 

46.S 

51.4 

66. 

8 

44. 

48. 

32.8 

37.4 

42. 

46.IS 

51.4 

56. 

43.8 

48, 

53.4 

58.8 

64. 

9 

49  6 

54. 

36.9 

42. 

47.3 

52.6 

57.9 

63. 

48. 

54. 

60. 

66. 

72. 

19 

55. 

60. 

40.  IC 

46.8 

52.6 

58.4 

64.2 

70. 

53.4 

60. 

66.8 

73,4 

80. 

h 

60.6 

66. 

44.1 

51.4 

57.9 

64.2 

70.7 

77. 

58.8 

66. 

73.4 

80.8 

88. 

i'2 

66. 

72. 

49. 

56. 

63. 

70. 

77. 

84. 

04. 

72 

80. 

88. 

96. 

13 

71.6 

78. 

53.1 

60.3 

68.3 

7.5.10 

83.5 

91. 

69.4 

78. 

86.8 

95.4 

104. 

14 

77. 

84. 

57.2 

65.4 

73.e 

81.3 

89-10 

98. 

74.8 

84. 

93.4 

102.8 

112. 

15 

82.6 

90. 

61.3 

70. 

78.9 

87.6 

96.3 

105. 

80. 

90. 

100. 

110. 

120. 

Iti 

88. 

96. 

65.4 

74.8 

84. 

93.4 

102.8 

112. 

85.4 

96. 

106.8 

117.4 

128. 

n 

93.6 

102. 

69.5 

79.4 

89.3 

99.2 

109.1 

119. 

90.8 

102. 

113.4 

124.8 

136. 

18 

99. 

108. 

73.6 

84. 

94  6 

10.1. 

115.6 

126. 

96. 

108. 

120. 

132. 

144. 

19 

104.6 

114. 

77.7 

89.8 

99.9 

IIO.IC 

121.11 

133. 

101.4 

114. 

1-26.8 

139.4 

152. 

20 

110. 

120. 

81.8 

93.4 

105. 

116.8 

138.4 

140. 

106.8 

20. 

133.4 

146.8 

IbO, 

Ql 

115.6 

126. 

85.9 

98. 

110.3 

122.6 

134.9 

147. 

112. 

126. 

140. 

154. 

168, 

JM 

121. 

132. 

89.  IC 

102.8 

115.( 

128.4 

141.2 

154. 

117.4 

132. 

146.8 

161.4 

176. 

23 

126.6 

138. 

93  11 

107.4 

120.9 

134.2 

147.7 

161. 

122.8 

133. 

153.4 

168.8 

184. 

24 

132.    i 

144.- 

98. 

112. 

126. 

140. 

154. 

168. 

1-38. 

144. 

160.' 

176. 

192. 

^ 

Thickness  and  Width  in  Inches. 

9.9 

40.6 

uo 

9.1  H 

).12 

547 

10.10 

10.11 

55. 

10.12  11.11  1112  12-12  12.13:12.14 

45. 

49.6 

50. 

(:0. 

tO.6 

t)6. 

72. 

ie. 

84. 

7 

47.3 

52.fi 

.57.9 

63. 

58.4 

64.2 

70. 

70.7 

77. 

84. 

91. 

98. 

9 

54. 

60. 

66. 

72. 

66.8 

73.4 

80. 

80.8 

88. 

96. 

104. 

112. 

9 

60.9 

67.6 

74.3 

81. 

75. 

82.6 

90. 

90.9 

99. 

108. 

117. 

126. 

10 

67.6 

75. 

82.6 

9;». 

83.4 

91.8 

100. 

100.10 

110. 

1-20. 

1.30. 

140, 

U 

74.3 

82.6 

90.9 

99. 

91.8 

100.10 

110. 

110.11 

121. 

133. 

14.'!. 

1.54. 

12 

81.     90.  1 

99.    1 

08. 

100. 

110. 

120. 

121. 

132. 

144. 

l.iH. 

168, 

13 

87.9  97.61 

107.3  1 

17. 

108.4 

119.2 

130. 

131.1 

143. 

1.56. 

I(i9. 

182. 

14 

94.6il05.  1 

1 15.61 1 

211. 

116.8 

128.4 

140. 

141.2 

154. 

U8. 

18-3. 

196. 

IS 

;01.3,112.6 

123.9  1 

35. 

195. 

137.6 

150. 

151.3 

165. 

180. 

195. 

210. 

16 

108.    120.  1 

132.    1 

44. 

133.4 

146.8 

160. 

161.4 

176. 

193. 

208. 

•224. 

17 

114.9  127.6 

140.3  I 

53. 

141.8 

1,55.10 

170. 

171.5 

187. 

204. 

221. 

238. 

18 

121.6  135.  ! 

148,6  1 

62. 

l.'-jO. 

165. 

180. 

181.6 

198. 

216. 

234. 

252. 

19 

128.3142.6 

156.9  1 

71. 

158.4 

174.2 

190. 

191.7 

209. 

2-38. 

247. 

266. 

t 

20 

135.  1150.  1 

165.    I 

80. 

166.8 

183.4 

200. 

201.8 

2-20. 

240. 

260. 

280. 

21 

141.9  157.6 

173.3 

b<J. 

175. 

192.6 

210. 

211.9 

231. 

2.52. 

273. 

294, 

23 

148.6165. 

181.6 

98.. 

183.4 

201.8 

230. 

221.10 

24-2. 

264. 

28P. 

308. 

23 

155.3  172.6 

189.9  S 

07. 

191.8 

210.10 

230. 

231.11 

253. 

276. 

299. 

3-^2, 

24 

162.  1180. 

198.    '.. 

16. 

200. 

220. 

240. 

243."      2fi4. 

9>^S. 

312. 

336. 

^ 

Thickness  and  Width  in  Inches. 

1 
6 

12.15jl2.16 

13.13  13141315 

13.16  1414 

14.15 

14.16 

15  15  15.16 

90. 

96. 

84.6 

91. 

97.6 

l(i4. 

"    .98 

105. 

112. 

113  6 

V.O. 

7 

105 

112. 

98.7 

106  2 

113.9 

121.4 

114.4 

122.6 

130.8 

131.3 

140. 

8 

120. 

128. 

112.8 

121.4 

130. 

138.8 

130.8 

140. 

149,4 

150. 

160. 

9 

135. 

144. 

126.9 

136.6 

146.3 

156. 

147. 

1.57.6 

168. 

168.9 

180. 

10 

150. 

160. 

140.10   151.8  1 

162.6 

173.4 

163.4 

175. 

186.8 

187.6 

200. 

11 

165. 

176 

154.11    lee.lOi 

178.9 

190.8 

179.8 

192.6 

205.4 

206.3 

220. 

.12 

180. 

192. 

169. 

182. 

195. 

208. 

196. 

210. 

224. 

2-25. 

240. 

33 

195. 

208. 

18,3.1 

197.2 

211.3 

225.4 

212.4 

227.6 

242.8 

243.9 

260, 

14 

210. 

224. 

197.2 

212.4 

227.6 

24-3.8 

2-38.8 

245. 

261.4 

262.6 

280. 

15 

225. 

240. 

211.3 

237.6 

243.9 

260. 

245. 

262.6 

280. 

281.3 

300. 

10 

240. 

256. 

225.4 

243.8 

260. 

27T.4 

261.4 

280.- 

298.8 

300. 

320. 

17 

2.55. 

272. 

239.5 

257.10   276.3  1 

294.8 

277.8 

297.6 

317.4 

318.9  ;  340. 

IS 

270. 

288. 

243.6 

273. 

293.6 

312. 

290. 

314. 

336. 

337.6     360. 

IH 

285. 

304. 

257.7 

2S8.2 

308.9 

3-39.4 

310.4 

332.6 

a54.a 

356.3  j  380. 

90 

300. 

320. 

271.8  . 

303.4 

325. 

346.8 

3-26.8 

350. 

373.4 

375.       400, 

21 

315. 

■    33<). 

28.1.9 

318.6 

341.3 

364. 

343. 

367.6 

392. 

393.9  1  420. 

22 

•3:}0. 

352. 

299.10 

a33.8 

3,57.6 

381.4 

359.4 

385. 

410.8 

413.6     440. 

23 

315. 

368. 

313.11 

348.10 

373.9 

39&-g 

375.8 

"402.6 

429.4 

431.3   ^ec. 

24 

360. 

384. 

338. 

364. 

:T9o. 

416.    1  ."393.    1 

420. 

448.       450.     1  480.   J 

BMA 


8* 


90 


BOARD   AND   PLANK   MEASUREMENT. 


BOARD   AND   PLANK   MEASUREMENT —  AT  SIGHT. 

This  Table  gives  the  Square  Feet  and  Inches  in  Boards  from  6  to  25  inches  wide  and 
from  8  to  3G  feet  long.  If  a  board  be  longer  tlian  3H  feet,  unite  two  numbers.  For 
instance,  if  a  Board  is  40  feet  long  and  16  inches  wide — add  30  and  lOand  you  have  53  ft. 
4  in.    For  2  inch  Planlc  double  the  PRODUCT.    See  also  Board  Table,  p.  84. 


6  m 

l^]inW8in 

« 

9  in 

w 

lOiaWllinWmV 

1 

I3inW 

Uin 

w 

ibinW 

i*J 

/t.   in.  ft.  in.  \ 

ft.  in. 

ft.  in. 

ft.  in. 

ft.  in.  \ft.  in. 

ft.  in. 

ft.  in. 

ft.  in. 

~8 

4 

0      4    3 

^5" 

4 

~& 

0 

0 

8 

1 

4 

b 

0 

8    8 

9 

4 

irru 

9 

4 

6      5    3 

6 

0 

6 

9 

7 

6 

8 

3 

9 

0 

9     9 

10 

6 

U    3 

10 

5 

0 

5  10 

6 

8 

7 

6 

8 

4      9 

2 

10 

0 

10  10 

11 

8 

12    6 

11 

5 

C 

6    5 

7 

4 

8 

3 

9 

2    10 

1 

11 

0 

11  11 

12 

10 

13    9 

VI 

6 

0 

7    0 

8 

0 

9 

0 

10 

0    11 

0 

12 

0 

13    0 

14 

0 

15    0 

13 

6 

6 

7    7 

8 

8 

9 

SI 

10 

lOl  11 

11 

13 

0 

14     1 

15 

2 

16    3 

14 

7 

0 

8    2 

9 

4 

10 

6 

11 

8 

12 

10 

14 

0 

15    a 

16 

4 

17    6 

15 

7 

6 

8    9 

10 

0 

11 

3 

12 

6 

13 

9 

15 

0 

16    3 

17 

6 

18    8 

16 

8 

0 

9    4 

10 

9 

12 

0 

13 

4 

14 

9 

16 

0 

17    4 

18 

8 

20    0 

17 

8 

6 

9  11 

11 

4 

12 

9 

14 

2 

15 

7 

17 

0 

13    5 

19 

10 

21    3 

18 

9 

0 

10    6 

12 

0 

13 

6 

15 

0 

16 

6 

13 

0 

19    6 

21 

0 

22    6 

19 

9 

6 

U     1 

12 

8 

14 

3 

15 

10 

17 

5 

19 

0 

20    7 

22 

2 

23    9 

20 

10 

0 

11    8 

13 

4 

15 

0 

16 

8 

13 

4 

20 

0 

21    8 

23 

4 

25    0 

21 

10 

6 

12    3 

14 

0 

15 

9 

17 

6 

19 

3 

21 

0 

22    9 

24 

6 

26    3 

22 

11 

0 

12  10 

14 

8 

16 

6 

IS 

4 

80 

2 

22 

0 

83  10 

25 

8 

27    6 

23 

U 

6 

13    5 

15 

4 

17 

3 

19 

2 

21 

1 

23 

0 

24  11 

2:i 

10 

28    9 

24 

12 

0 

14    0 

16 

0 

13 

0 

20 

0 

22 

0 

24 

0 

26    0 

28 

0 

30    0 

25 

12 

6 

14    7 

16 

8 

18 

9 

20 

10 

22 

11 

25 

0 

27    1 

29 

2 

31    3 

86 

13 

0 

15    2 

17 

4 

19 

6 

81 

8 

23 

10 

26 

0 

28    a 

30 

4 

32    6 

27 

13 

6 

15    9 

18 

0 

20 

3 

22 

6 

24 

9 

27 

0 

29    3 

31 

6 

33    9 

28 

14 

0 

16    4 

18 

8 

21 

0 

23 

4 

25 

8 

28 

0 

30    4 

32 

8 

35    0 

29 

14 

6 

16  11 

19 

4 

21 

9 

24 

2 

26 

7 

29 

0 

31    5 

33 

10 

36    3 

30 

15 

0 

17    6 

20 

0 

22 

6 

85 

0 

27 

G 

30 

0 

32    6 

35 

0 

37    6 

31 

15 

6 

IS    1 

20 

8 

23 

3 

85 

10 

28 

5 

31 

0 

Xi    7 

36 

2 

33    9 

32 

16 

0 

13    8 

81 

4 

24 

0 

26 

8 

29 

4 

32 

0 

34    8 

37 

4 

40    0 

33 

16 

6 

19    3 

22 

0 

24 

9 

27 

6 

30 

3 

33 

0 

35    9 

38 

6 

41    3 

34 

17 

0 

19  10 

22 

8 

25 

6 

23 

4 

31 

2 

34 

0 

36  10 

39 

8 

42    6 

.35 

17 

6 

20    5 

83 

4 

26 

3 

29 

2 

32 

1 

35 

0 

•37  11 

40 

11) 

43    9 

36 

18 

0    21     0 

24 

0 

27 

0 

30 

0 

33 

0 

36 

(1 

39    0 

42 

0 

45    0 

\ 

BOARD 

TABLE 

MEASUREMENT- 

-  CONTINUED.            1 

I 

16inW 

ft.  in. 

llinW 

ft.  in. 
11    4 

18inW 

ft.  in. 

19iDW 

20inW 

21inW 

22iiiW 

23inW 

%M 

25inW 

ft. 

n. 

ft- 

13 

n. 
"4 

ft- 

n. 

ft. 

in. 

ft.  in. 

ft- 
16 

in. 
~0 

ft.  in. 

'W 

0}  12 

~8 

IT 

~0 

14 

~8 

15    4 

16     8 

9 

12 

0 

12    9 

13 

6 

14 

3 

15 

0 

15 

9 

ir. 

6 

17    3 

18 

0 

18    9 

10 

13 

4 

14    2 

15 

0 

15 

10 

16 

8 

17 

6 

18 

4 

19    2 

20 

0 

20  10 

11 

14 

8 

15    7 

16 

6 

17 

5 

18 

4 

19 

3 

20 

2 

21     1 

22 

0 

22  11 

12 

16 

0 

17    0 

18 

0 

19 

0 

20 

0 

21 

0 

22 

0 

23    0 

24 

0 

25    0 

13 

17 

1 

18    5 

19 

6 

20 

7 

21 

8 

22 

9 

23 

10 

24  11 

26 

0 

27    1 

14 

18 

8 

19  10 

21 

0 

22 

8 

83 

4 

24 

6 

25 

8 

26  10 

23 

0 

29    2 

15 

20- 

0 

21    3 

22 

6 

23 

9 

25 

0 

26 

3 

27 

6 

23    9 

30 

0 

31    3 

16 

21 

4 

22    8 

81 

0 

25 

4 

26 

8 

23 

0 

29 

4 

30    8 

32 

0 

33    4 

17 

22 

8 

24    1 

85 

6 

26 

11 

28 

4 

29 

9 

31 

2 

32    7 

34 

0 

35    5 

18 

24 

0 

25    6 

27 

0 

88 

6 

30 

0 

31 

6 

33 

0 

34    6 

36 

0 

37    6 

19 

25 

4 

26  11 

88 

6 

30 

1 

31 

8 

33 

3 

34 

10 

.30    5 

38 

0 

39    7 

20 

26 

8 

23    4 

30 

0 

31 

8 

33 

4 

35 

0 

36 

8 

38    4 

40 

0 

41    8 

21 

28 

0 

29    9 

31 

61  33 

3 

35 

0 

36 

9 

33 

6 

40    3 

42 

0 

43    9 

2-2 

20 

4 

31    2 

a3 

01  34 

10 

.36 

8 

38 

6 

40 

4 

42    2 

44 

0 

45  10 

23 

30 

8 

32    7 

34 

6  36 

5 

38 

4 

40 

3 

42 

2 

44     1 

46 

0 

47  11 

24 

32 

0 

34    0 

36 

0  38 

0 

40 

0 

42 

0 

44 

0 

46    0 

43 

0 

50    0 

85 

33 

4 

.35    5 

37 

6   39 

7 

41 

8 

43 

9 

45 

10 

47  11 

50 

0 

52    1 

26 

34 

8 

36  10 

39 

0  41 

8 

43 

4 

45 

6 

47 

8 

49  10 

52 

0 

54    2 

27 

36 

0 

33    3 

40 

6   42 

9 

45 

u 

47 

3 

49 

0 

51    9 

51 

0 

56    3 

es 

37 

4 

39    8 

42 

0   44 

4 

46 

8 

49 

0 

51 

4 

53    8 

56 

0 

53    4 

29 

38 

8 

41    1 

43 

6  45 

11 

43 

4 

60 

9 

53 

8 

55    7!  53 

0 

60    5 

30 

40 

0 

42    6 

45 

0  47 

61  50 

0 

52 

6 

55 

0 

57    6'  60 

0 

62    ft 

LOGS    REDUCED    TO    RUNNING    BOARD    MEASURE.        91 


LOGS   REDUCED  TO  ONE  INCH   BOARD  MEASURE. 

If  the  log  is  longer  ihau  is  contained  in  the  table,  take  any  two  lengths. 

The  first  coluuui  on  the  left  gives  the  length  of  the  Log  in  feel.  The  figures 
umJer  D  denoie  Ike  Uiamelers  uf  the  Logs  in  inches.  Fractional  parts  of  inches 
are  not  given. 

Tlie  Uiameier  of  timber  is  usually  taken  211  feet  from  the  butt.  AH  logs 
short  of  20  feel,  take  ihe  diameter  at  the  top^  or  small  end. 

To  find  ihe  numi)er  of  feel  of  boards  which  a  log  will  produce  when  sawed, 
take  ihe  length  of  teet  in  the  first  column  on  the  left  hand,  and  the  diameter  at 
the  top  of  the  page  in  inches 

Suppose  a  log  12  feet  lung  and  24  inches  diameter.  In  the  left  hand  column 
is  the  lenjlh,  and  opposite  12  and  under  24  is  3UU,  the  number  of  feel  of  boards 
in  a  log  of  that  lengih  and  diameter. 


tic^ 

D.  1  D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D-  ; 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D.  1  D.  1 

4^ 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

IS 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

10 

54 

66 

76 

93 

104 

170 

137 

151 

179 

191 

210 

237 

256 

11 

59 

72 

83 

102 

114 

131 

151 

169 

196 

213 

231 

261 

270 

12 

64 

78 

99 

111 

124 

143 

164 

134 

214 

232 

252 

235 

300 

13 

69 

84 

97 

120 

134 

154 

177 

199 

231 

251 

273 

308 

327 

14 

74 

90 

101 

129 

144 

166 

191 

214 

249 

270 

293 

332 

350 

15 

79 

96 

111 

138 

151 

177 

204 

229 

266 

289 

314 

355 

376 

16 

84 

102 

lis 

146 

164 

189 

217 

244 

284 

303 

335 

379 

401 

17 

89 

1U3 

126 

155 

173 

200 

231 

259 

301 

327 

35t 

402 

426 

18 

94 

114 

133 

164 

183 

212 

244 

274 

319 

340 

377 

426 

451 

19 

99 

121 

140 

173 

193 

223 

257 

289 

3:36 

365 

39S 

449 

477 

20 

104 

127 

147 

182 

203 

236 

271 

304 

354 

334 

4  IS 

473 

501 

21 

109 

133 

154 

191 

213 

247 

284 

319 

371 

403 

44C 

497 

527 

22 

114 

139 

161 

200 

22:3 

259 

297 

334 

389 

422 

461 

520 

552 

23 

119 

145 

168 

209 

233 

270 

311 

349 

407 

441 

481 

542 

563 

24 

124 

151 

176 

218 

243 

282 

324 

364 

424 

460 

502 

568 

613 

25 

129 

157 

183 

227 

253 

293 

337 

379 

442 

479 

52.3 

591 

628 

26 

134 

163 

190 

233 

263 

305 

350 

394 

459 

493 

544 

615 

653 

27 

139 

169 

197 

245 

273 

316 

363 

409 

477 

517 

565 

639 

678 

23 

144 

175 

201 

254 

233 

328 

376 

424 

494 

536 

5se 

663 

703 

29 

149 

131 

211 

263 

293 

339 

389 

439 

512 

555 

607 

637 

723 

30 

154 

187 

213 

272 

303 

351 

402 

454 

529 

574 

62; 

711 

753 

31 

159 

193 

225 

281 

313 

362 

415 

469 

547 

593 

64£ 

735 

773 

ii^ 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

3^ 

10 

25 

233 

26 
309 

27 

23 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

339 

359 

377 

407 

440 

456 

486 

496 

543 

573 

11 

311 

340 

374 

396 

415 

447 

4S4 

502 

5:J5 

546 

598 

-630 

i^ 

340 

371 

403 

432 

453 

489 

523 

548 

584 

596 

653 

638 

369 

40 1 

442 

469 

491 

530 

572 

594 

633 

646 

708 

746 

14 

397 

435 

476 

505 

529 

571 

613 

640 

632 

696 

762 

8ft3 

15 

426 

465 

511 

541 

567 

612 

6(i2 

686 

731 

746 

817 

861 

16 

4.-.5 

496 

545 

573 

605 

653 

706 

732 

780 

796 

872 

919 

17 

483 

527 

579 

614 

613 

6!i4 

751 

778 

829 

840 

927 

976 

18 

512 

553 

613 

650 

631 

735 

795 

824 

878 

896 

981 

1034 

19 

541 

590 

647 

688 

719 

776 

839 

870 

927 

946 

1036 

1092 

20 

5n9 

621 

681 

724 

757 

817 

834 

910 

976 

996 

1091 

1148 

21 

598 

632 

716 

760 

796 

859 

928 

902 

1025 

1016 

1146 

1206 

22 

627 

634 

750 

796 

6:J4 

900 

972 

1003 

1074 

1090 

1200 

1264 

2:} 

655 

715 

7-4 

833 

872 

941 

1017 

1054 

1123 

1146 

1255 

1313 

24 

G84 

746 

818 

869 

910 

982 

1001 

1100 

1172 

1196 

1310 

1376 

25 

713 

777 

853 

906 

943 

loa 

1105 

1146 

1221 

1240 

1365 

1434 

26 

742 

803 

887 

942 

936 

1064 

1149 

1192 

1270 

1290 

1420 

1492 

27 

771 

839 

921 

979 

1024 

1105 

1193 

1238 

1319 

1316 

1475 

1550 

23 

800 

870 

955 

1015 

1062 

1146 

1237 

1234 

1363 

1390 

1530 

1603 

29 

829 

901 

980 

1052 

1100 

1187 

1281 

1330 

1417 

1440 

1535 

1666 

30 

858 

932 

1023 

1083 

1138 

1228 

1335 

1376 

1466 

1496 

1640 

1724 

-  31 

887 

963 

lOS-'l 

1125 

1176 

1269 

1309 

1122 

1515 

1546 

1095 

1782 

92      EQUAL  SIDED  TIMBER  MEASTTRE. — COAL  MEASURE. 


SOLID    CONTENTS    OF    EQUAL    SIDED    TIMBER. 

If  the  Log  i»  shorter  than  is  contained  in  the  Table,  take  half  or  quarter  of 
feme  length,  iflonger  double  some  length. — The  length  of  the  Lo){  is  given  on 
the  top  of  the  colninns,  the  diameter  in  the  ieft  hand  column.  To  obtain  the 
Cubical  Contents  of  Masts,  Spars,  Round  Logs,  &c.,  subtract  one-fourth  from 
the  Contents. 


.     L 

L.   1   L;  1   L 

■" 

L 

"" 

L. 

L 

. 

L.        L.    1     L 

L.   1     L.    1 

9 

"3 

10 
a   6 

11 
2    9 

12 
3    0 

13 
3    3 

14 
3    6 

15 

16 

17 

18 

"6 

19 

30 

3 

9 

4    0 

4    3 

4 

4    9 

5    0 

7 

3 

0 

3    4 

3    7 

4 

4 

5 

4    9 

5 

1 

5    5 

5    9 

6 

2 

6    6 

6  10 

8 

4 

1 

4    4 

4  10 

5 

5 

9 

6    2 

6 

7 

8    0 

8    5 

8  10 

9    3 

9    8 

9 

5 

2 

5    9 

6    2 

6 

7 

4 

7  11 

8 

6 

9    1 

9    8 

10 

3 

10  10 

11    5 

10 

6 

2 

6  10 

7    8 

8 

9 

0 

9    8 

10 

4 

11    0 

11    8 

12 

4 

13    0 

13    8 

11 

7 

0 

8    4 

9    3 

10 

10  lllU    9U2 

7 

13    5 

14    3 

15 

1 

15  11 

16    9 

12 

9 

0 

10    0 

11    0 

12 

13 

0 

14    0  15 

0 

16    0 

17    0 

IS 

0 

19    0 

20    0 

13 

10 

4 

11    7 

12  10 

14 

15 

3 

16    517 

9 

18    9 

19  11 

21 

1 

22    3 

23    5 

14 

12 

2 

13    7 

14  11 

16 

17 

8 

18  1120 

3 

21    7 

22  11 

24 

3 

25    7 

26  11 

15 

14 

2 

15    9 

17    2 

18 

9|20 

4 

21  10  23 

5 

25    0 

26    7 

23 

2 

29    9 

31    4 

ir, 

16 

0 

17  10 

19    6 

21 

4J23 

1 

24  10  26 

7 

23    4 

30    1 

31 

10 

33    7 

35    4 

17 

IS 

0 

20    0 

•J2    0 

24 

26 

1 

28    l!.30 

1 

32    1 

34    1 

36 

1 

33    1 

40    1 

18 

20 

3 

22    6;24    9 

27 

29 

3 

31    6,33 

9 

36    0 

33    3 

40 

6 

42    9 

45    0 

19 

22 

6 

2.5    0!27    6 

30 

32 

7 

35    i;37 

7 

41    1 

43    7 

46 

1 

48    7 

52    0 

2() 

25 

0 

27  1030  10 

33 

36 

1 

38  1041 

7 

44    4 

47    2 

50 

0 

52    9 

55    9 

21 

27 

7 

30    833    9 

36 

39 

10 

42  11;46 

0 

49    1 

52    2 

55 

3 

58    4 

61    5 

22 

30 

2ia3    630  10 

40 

43 

8 

47    0  50 

4 

53    8 

57    0 

60 

4 

03    8 

67    0 

•2! 

33 

0 

.36    840    4 

4-1 

47 

951    555 

1 

53    9 

62    5 

60 

1 

09    9 

73    5 

21 

3() 

0 

40    044    0 

48 

52 

0  58    0  60 

0 

64    0 

63    0 

72 

0 

70    0 

60    0 

25 

39 

0 

43    4  43    1 

52 

56 

5  60    9  65 

1 

69    5 

73    9 

73 

1 

82    5 

86    9 

2a 

42 

2 

46  lli51    7 

56 

61 

065    870 

4 

75    0 

79    8 

84 

4 

89    0 

93    8 

27 

45 

7 

50    8  55    ^,m 

65  10 

70  11  76 

0 

81    1 

66    2 

91 

7 

96    8 

101  11 

2S 

49 

0 

54    559  10 

65 

70 

9 

76    281 

7 

85    0 

92    5 

97 

10 

103    3 

103    8 

29 

52 

6 

53    4164    2 

70 

75  11 

81    9,87 

7 

93    5 

99    3;  106 

1 

112  11 

117    9 

30]  55 

9 

62    0,68    3 

75 

OiSl 

3i87    693 

9 

100    0106    3ill2 

6 

113    9 

125    0 

WEIGHT  OF   HARD  COAL  PROPORTIONED  IN  STOWAGI, 


« ji 

•  d 

»',  a 

• 

3*. 

J!  0 

£0 

C 

^ 

1 

1 

0 

"Ss 

"&  = 

'-t^ 

a 

DESIGNATION. 

<s 

•  it 

wO 

-"§ 

a 
0 

J3 

0 

c  ^ 

^    -^ 

«  £^ 

rt 

c 

—  a 

0 

so 

J3  _ 

«?.- 

.27, 

•a 

l^ 

—  b 

5g. 

51 

X 

b 
88.942 

Beaver  Meadow, 

1.610 

54.925 

40.790 

36.41 

Forest  Improvement, 

1.477 

53.653 

41.740 

37.27 

90.7.51 

Peach  Mountain, 

1.464 

53.794 

41.640 

37.20 

89.020 

Lehigh, 

1.590 

55.316 

40.500 

30  15 

89.153 

Lackawana, 

1.421 

48.8S6 

45.820 

40.91 

87.741 

•  Walter  Johnson's  Report  to  the  Navy  Department  of  the  U.  Slates. 

To  obtain  the  Cubic  feet  of  a  CoaL  Bin,  take  the  dimensions  by  ineaauring 
the  inside— reduce  the  feet  to  inches,  and  multiply  the  length,  breadth  ond  depth 
together,  and  the  product  multiplied  by  .00058  gives  the  number  of  cubic  feel. 


VALUE  OF   WOOD   AND   BAEK. 


93 


•J  «^ 

?  -o 


c  3 

.1  s 


■a    X  .= 

5  ^  2 


p  „ 


a>    —    fc- 


—      4)     ^ 

o     a      _ 
m  ■-  -z 


6  -S 

9    00 


«i    2    Q. 
.=    3     2 


g    s 


o  ,  X  -o  r^  —  :•.  1-  •(;  n  e  x  L-5 

o        ^  I)  «  CO  rr  lo  s  i~  j»  0( 
o  1                                                  ...^ 

UO  CO  0 

CO  >o 
coco 

cj  £  S 
co-^  0 

r-  0 

CO  0 

=  m 

c<  m  0 
x<-  0 

t-x  c 

o  1                                         _, 

TT  CI  CO 
—  «0» 

?»eo 

eo-ff-» 

23 

mm 

S2 

tor» 

TCT  m 

5;:s 

—  ti 

«C0 

001  = 
0  oj  la 

co-w" 

S3 

to  to 

t»  t~  0 

SI 

00  1 

sT 

^'  1 

S2 
«co 

ss 

ojco 

<n  xo 

CO  — <N 

CO  COT 

m  — 

tcco 

T  m 

m  0 

toT  m 
cor-  X 

0  C?  0  0  —  X  -?■  =  -.2  «  0 

5SS 

CO  w  0 
eoco-w 

TO 

3o 

0-.0 

c»  0  0 

to  I-    00 

0  T»  t:  CO  ci  10  -^  f»  cri  c:  -t 

—  —  CiClCO-WlOlOd 

'-i?2 

coS 

ijcoeo 

2§ 

CI  to 
mm 

X  m  m 
m  ts  1^ 

^i 

eo  0  -- 

eicoco 

§3 

COT 

0  T 

mm 

tsT  m 

to  CO    CI 

m  to  r- 

% 

10  —  o-jt^cooo-roioii 

g3!? 

2S 

50XC 
11  CO  CO 

COT 

c»m 

C-.  CJ 

Tm 

m  to  t- 

»l 

SS3 

S5 

3gS 

CTCOCO 

LOO 
CO-* 

r~  X 

mm 

m  m  <o 

Tm  to 

31 
lO  1 

"S-2SSSSK59S 

CO  00 
0  ^  10 

^1t 

?S2 

5»0<  CO 

coco 

0  o> 
CO  to 

Si 

'^='32SSIIS35S 

•g-  —  0 

88S 

naoS 
eio»eo 

txio 
CJ  r- 

coco 

00 

CI  m 

Tm  CO 

SI 
SI 

U3  I 

■*»SUS§§Ss5§ 

sss 

~c» 

2g!2 

0  T 

eon 

X  -^ 

COT 

SS  m 
■»■  T  m 

'""32SSl!3S^5 

sss 

ss 

82=3 

S5S 

CJco 

coco 

2gS 
TT  m 

Si 

o  1 

rrOOMaSOCTf^  —  1.OO5C0 

S::a  828 

«3  TO 
OCOtfJ 

MCT 
CI  CO 

Tim 
m  t^ 

coco 

— IX    p 

(jico  0 
CO  T  m 

SI 

■"— -25:sas?5Sg 

C  QCO 

5  io 

c»c» 

2g 

coco 

s?sg 

eoeo  T 

Si 

"'-22t:g5}S;§SS 

£SS 

??5 

—  —  (N 

CI  CI 

0  01 

CI  -" 

cm 

eoeo  T 

gj 

oocic222gag-§ 

SSi 

SS 

to  Cf.  0 

OQOO 

T   —  CJ 

2S 

c»eo 

2Sg 

eoeo  T 

n  1 

""*';:S22?5S«5 

SS2 

C  CO 

X  T  LO 

5  — 

—  CI 

CIO 

CJ  CO    CO 

coox>o«ioaD  =  coo  — 

— -.s  -. 
0  l-(/) 

6'?5 

1^  CJCO 

00  e 

coco 
—  c» 

i^5 

OCI 

m  X  c5 
cjcj  CO 

g 

o»  10 1~  c  c>  -r  -o  =:  —  -r  X 

<-"  —  —  JJ  «  CO 

t-00 

S2 

000  = 

—  T>0 

T  X 

to  X 

Si!? 

C)C» 

ssg 

cioi  CO 

§2  8 

—  CJ    « 

2 

'-  — -  — —  wco 

gg-s 

S3 

gC;^, 

r~  to 

com 

lOX 
«*  X 

§ 

NTTlOt^O— "N-WOt^OD 

^3g 

S3 

oooco 

St 

X  Oi 

mto 

S£¥S 

—  —    CJ 

S 

cjcoooaoa-"?!-»'eQ 

WHO 

3S 

I^OO 

gS 

^0 
Tm 

•■cms 
m  t»  0 

«-«    CJ 

U4 

•Hcips'^otoi^aooioo 

0  0  « 

OJCOCO 

C  CO 

§3S 

Ss 

gi 

|2  a 

1 

s 

CO 

X 
T 

m 

«-    OD 

94 


WOOD    AND    BARK   MEASUREMENT. 


is!!: 

C  et 
J3  3 


—  c 


OS  -^ 


S^- 


H 

—3 

•3    ,c 

ffi 
o 

It 

c^  = 

-a  « 

{JJ 

s^^r 

"■a  3 

c.° 

•a  p  cr 

5)    " 

•5  o 

^1 

■a  _3 
.%  »  ~ 

W 

■a 

^^  = 

S 

bc'V 

i^s-s 

M 

®  o 

J5.S-a 

C< 

—    3 

•5  =  3 

^^ 

S.g^' 

^ 
S 

00 -m 

— -ctH 

•a'" 

"  ■£  -3 

>..        3 

o-*« 

C.0  " 

< 

5=2 

II 

=  52 

Q 

.     V 

xc  5 

*  J3 

% 

°,r^   O 

< 

Sga 

Q 

w   3 

O 

o 

>i^?, 

I"?    >> 

It 

*■=' 

<B  r  o 

O 

^2 

lit 

T1^ 

n 

.=  «^ 

d'~ 

TJ 

stoS 

II 

o 

.£fe 

kt 

> 
o 
•a 

H-= 

«■".« 

^1 

c 

B> 

-c 

C'S 

•  c^  x  T  o  :s  c»  a^  c?  c;  o  — '  1^  c?  00  -T  —  : 

•  L-^  o  t^  i^  «*  cc  00  Ci  C5  o  —  "  CI  r)  o  -r  - 


St  —  O— f^'MOO'^'C:  us  — 


o  »  o  «»  t-  aS  C-.  ci  c:  c  —  —  ■TJ  (r:  cc  -:r 


t^  C?  Ci  ^  o 


■>  f-  «  00  c?  C-.  -T  =-.  m  o  I'S  -•  o  —  r^  w  r^  C-:  7)  < 


e  —  g  —  (,  : 


I-  n  aj  (t:  crj  r;  cT)  C7  c:  rr  Ci  -T  C-.  T  o  o  o  to 


■ooooi-i~(X/aDcicic;  =  —  - 


■M  c?  -r  -T  O  O 


SOOOICCOOOC^VOOOOOCOOO^OOIOOOO 


■  f3  CC  ■<T  T  U5  O  O 


S  —  O 
1^  l» 


(OOOOIOC  —  ■ 


;apC^(^rNf^  —  O  —  u^COO-rCSC^JT) 


Oi^OtCi^l^l^OOQOCiC^Ct  —  —  —  T 


—  o  —  o  o 


;902;gC'>Too?joc.»TaoCTtcO"Tcn«oc'S'CD(Noo 


•  —  TTODOIffiO-rl^  —  UJ 

•  aDao2>c:c--ooc:  —  — 


-C»(N(Nrirt»r'«r'<rou5«300i»t^ 


i-ooducccxrcsoo  — 


S  —  ogp2;'ocno>ttc-.  fotoocjr-o^i^— rrco  —  locxjojio 


*  Ci  G^  C^  W  WCO 


Twntootct^t^t^ajoooocBaicioo 


^ri^owociC'iox  —  'rt^or'eoc;c^toGO--'<j't^o 


•7^  w  cc:  CO  CO  0? 


■iO»fl«5;C?OOOi^l^t^OQCDXO 


goo  -H 
CO^—!M 

*'"■*■*■  —  -n*  -T  w  uo  >o  lO  C2  o  c  o  1^  r*  t^  </5 


CiWCJCCCOCO-^-V 


r^ocooon  —  '•i^oco'cao  —  »tr»0(N 


loyjiccr^coot^t^t^Goxc 


'3  —  — C^-TJC^oicoc-? 


s 


■  »r3  LO  o  lo  ci  o  o  cs  i^  <■*  r* 


rcoocoL-^T^ocoinxccoocDCcoLOTiocoioajocoio 

■■  *-"  O^  C^  W  C^  CO  CO  C*  "*  ~ _.—  .-..*.-..-.-.  —  .-._   .^  »^ 

^^roci  —  c;^30CDOj 
CO  uo 


;a  •-  —  —  (N 


0^  o  CD  o  rj  rt  I 

o>  S»  U  CO  Ct  CO  ! 


71  -T  :r  <7?  O  CO 
O*  Ol  Ol  W  CO  CO 

O  0>  -r  C  TO  O 


■  o  oi  -r  t-  c;  —  T  •-  cri  —  CO  «;  <n  o 
'^^•wTr-3-«^ioi.o»oooo«ci^ 

orj  o  O'  -r  cs  ci  ^  ( 


trccoco'-O'^o  —  ros 


"i  CO  o  oj  —  o  cri  o  o)  —  ts  CO  o 


0'icococococo*T-rTT' 


;§[ 


•^    f-   —    fi    »-t   T—   Ol    C^ 


—  —  —  —  r^  —  $5wWo5o^c*coroc^cococo'^'^^'3'^r 


e_co 

so-CJCowsr^cDOCj 
CO  — 
8  OOO 

e  o  (^^ 


-r  o  cc  C-. 

Jl  O)  CI  o> 


CICOCOCO  CO  CO- 


J  C  ''-  CO  o 
•  o  lo  «5  in 


Qooo>coicr^ODC5  0cotcr*cr 


\% 


(N-s-«5t^ar)0  —  co-r^£^^o=J'^>col■5  0aDcn  —  w^uj 

Si^^;^  —  l^^c.|ClogolC»c♦cococoe-•cococo■<^•■v>r«• 


^^'Olcovoo^^oo^-o^'*'wo 


rj  «;  w  I-  ^. . .  -    .^  .  -  a'  O  —  Ol  CO  lO  c  r^  o  o 

—  —  —  WT-OIOJ'i'l  0*C*CICIOJC0C0C0C0C0C0C0'* 


xoocjTrtooocooi^ooDcoW'S'toaDoo 


U,  —  T-'*-'-<  —  —  C3CJCicid©Jeococococo(r»^*^f*s'*i'^* 


Exampli".  How  many  cords  of 
wood  in  a  pile  CO  feel  long,  6  feet 
high  and  4  feel  wide  ? 


60 

a 

360 

4 


128)  1440  111   eonb. 


TABLES  FOR  ENGINEERS  AOT)  MACHINISTS. 


95 


WEIGHT    OF    ONE    FOOT    OF    FLAT    BAR    IRON, 

•If  a  Bar  of  Iron  be  thicker  than  contained  in  the  table  add  together  the  weight  of 
two  numbers,  or  treble  the  weight  of  one  number.  Wanted  the  weight  of  1  toot  of 
Bai  Iron,  4  inches  broad  and  2  1-4  inches  thick.  Opposite  4  and  im.ier  1  ia  13*364, 
vhich  doubled  is  2(>-r&j,  add  the  weight  of  l-lth,  (3'34l,)  ciiual  iXfuf.!  tbn 


e 

is 
II 

THICKNESS 

[N    PAETS   OF   AX  INCH. 

i 

f^ 

t 

I^^ 

i 

f 

* 

i 

lin. 

.83.5 

1.044 

1.2-53 

1.461 

1.670 

2.088 

2.506 

2.923 

3.340 

H 

.939 

1.174 

1.409 

1-644 

1.878 

2.348 

2.818 

3.287 

3.756 

1.044 

1.305 

1.566 

1.826 

2.088 

2.609 

3.132 

3.6-53 

4.176 

]l 

1.148 

1.4a5 

1.722 

2.009 

2.296 

2.870 

3.444 

4.018 

4.592 

M 

1.252 

1.566 

1.879 

2.192 

2.504 

3.131 

3.7-58 

4.384 

5.008 

if 

1.3-58 

1.696 

2.03.5 

2.374 

2.716 

3.392 

4.070 

4.749 

5.432 

1.462 

1.827 

2.192 

2.5-57 

2.924 

3.653 

4.384 

5.114 

5.848 

ji 

1.566 

1.957 

2.348 

2.740 

3.132 

3.914 

4.696 

5.479 

6.264 

2 

1.671 

2.088 

2.505 

2.922 

3.342 

4.175 

5.010 

5.845 

6.684 

2k 

1.775 

2.218 

2.062 

3.105 

3.550 

4.435 

5.324 

6.210 

7.100 

H 

1.880 

2.348 

2.818 

3.2as 

3.760 

4.696 

5.636 

6.575 

7.520 

2i' 

1.984 

2.479 

2.975 

3.470 

3.968 

4.957 

5.950 

6.941 

7.936 

21 

2.088 

2.609 

3.131 

3.6.53 

4.176 

5.218 

6.262 

7.306 

8.a52 

2| 

2.193 

2.740 

3.288 

3.836 

4.386 

5.479 

6.-576 

7.671 

8.772 

2k 

2.297 

2.870 

3.444 

4.018 

4.594 

5.740 

6.888 

8.036 

9.188 

2\ 

2.402 

3.001 

3.601 

4.201 

4.804 

6.001 

7.202 

8.402 

9.608 

3 

2.506 

3.131 

3.758 

4.384 

5.012 

6.262 

7.516 

8.767 

10.024 

3 

2.715 

3.392 

4.071 

4.749 

5.430 

6.784 

8.142 

9.498 

10.860 

a 

2.923 

3.653 

4.384 

5.114 

5.846 

7.306 

8.768 

10.228 

11.692 

3 

3.132 

3.914 

4.697 

5.479 

6.264 

7.828 

9.394 

10.9-59 

12.528 

4 

3.341 

4.175 

5.010 

5.845 

6.682 

8.a50 

10.020 

11.690 

13.364 

4 

3..549 

4.436 

5.323 

6.210 

7.098 

8.871 

10.646 

12.421 

14.196 

4A 

3.7-58 

4.697 

5.636 

6.575 

7.516 

9.393 

11.272 

13.151 

15.032 

4- 

3.966 

4.958 

5.949 

6.941 

7.932 

9.915 

11.898 

13.881 

15.864 

5 

4.175 

5.219 

6.263 

7.306 

8.3-50 

10.437 

12.526 

14.612 

16.700 

0 

4.384 

5.479 

6.576 

7.671 

8.768 

10.958 

13.1-52 

15.343 

17.536 

5, 

4.593 

5.741 

6.889 

8.037 

9.186 

11.480 

13.778 

16.073 

18.372 

S' 

4.801 

6.001 

7.202 

8.402 

9.602 

12.002 

14.404 

16.804 

19.204 

6 

5.010 

6.262 

7.515 

8.767 

10.020 

12.524 

15.030 

17.5a5 

20.042 

WEIGHT  OF  0.\E  SQU.\RE  FOOT  OF  SHEET  IRON,  &c 

a; 

f 

Cop. 
Biau 

Thickness  by  the  Birmingham  (Eng.)  Wire  Gauge.                 ^  | 

1     1    2        3 

12..'>o' 1-3.00  11.00 
14..T0  13.90  12.75 
13.75  13.201 1-MO 

4         5 

10.00    8.74 
11.60  10.10 
I'.OO    9.61 

6    1    7  1  8 

8.I2;7.50  6.86 
9.40:8.70  7.90 
8.9:)  i8.-i5i  7.54 

9 

6.24 
7.20 
6.86 

10 

5.62 
6.50 
6.18 

11 

5.00 
5.80 
5.50 

12 

4.38 
5.08 
4.81 

13 

3.75 
4.34 
4.12 

14 

3.12 
3.60 
3.43 

15 

a82 

3.27 
3.10 

Thickness  by  the  Wire  Gauge. 

lion 
0>p. 
Bran 

■  16      17   ,  :8 

2.50   2.18'   1.86 
2.90   2.5  >|  2.15 
2.75   2.401  2.04 

19 

1.70 
1.97 

1.87 

20 

1.54 

1.78 
1.69 

21 

1.40 
1.62 
1.54 

22    23     24 

1.25  1.12  1.00 
1-451 1.30  1.16 
1.37il.-33|l.l0 

25     26     27 

.90    .80    .72 
1.04    .92    .83 
.991  .88,'  .79 

28     29     30 

~!64  "^56    .50 
.74    .64    .58 
.70    .611  .55 

No.lWire  GuageisS-lBths  of  «nhich)No.4bl.4th;  No.  11  i»  l-8h  ;  No.  13  is  l-12tll  | 
No.  15  ia  l-14th  i  No.  16  is  l-16th  ;  No.  17  is  l-18th  ;  No.  19  is  1-23  i  No.  22  U  1-32. 


WEIGHT   OF   BAR   IRON   AND   OTHER   METALS. 


RUSSIA   SHEET   IRON 

Measures  56  by  28  Inches,  and  is  rated  by  the  weight  per  sheet.  The 
numbers  run  from  8  to  18  Russian  lbs.  per  sheet.  8  Russian  pounds  equal 
7-2  English  pounds ;  9  =^  8-1  lbs.  ;  10  =  9  lbs.  ;  11  =  10  lbs. ;  12  =  11-2 
lbs.  &c.  —  100  Russian  lbs.  equal  90  lbs.  English. 

WEIGHT  OF  ONE  SQUARE  FOOT  OF  PLATE  IRON,  &c. 


i 

2.5 

8. 
o 

2.9 

n 
2.7 

1 

i 

1 

c 

1 
19.0 

•a 
a 

3.7 

^^ 

17.5 

20.3 

25.9 

i 

5.0 

5.8 

5.5 

7.4 

i 

20.0 

23.2 

21.8 

29.6 

r^F 

7.5 

8.7 

8.2 

11.1 

t 

25.0 

28.9 

27.1 

37.0 

i 

10.0 

11.6 

10.9 

14.8 

i 

30.0 

34.7 

32.5 

44.4 

tv 

12.5 

14.5 

13.6 

18.5 

I 

35.0 

40.4 

37.9 

57.8 

i 

15.0 

17.4. 

16.3 

22.2 

1 

40.0 

46.2 

43.3 

59.2 

WEIGHT  ONE  FOOT  IN  LENGTH  OF  SQUARE  AND 
ROUND  BAR  IRON. 


hi 

s 
£ 

Zi 

§•- 
(4 

g.E 

Square   Iron 
in  lbs. 

c 
o 

*m         . 
-J 

•c 
c  s 
a  — 

o 

.11 

^  u 
s  _ 

in  " 

3f 

F 

Round  Iron 
in  lbs. 

.209 

.164 

8.820 

6.928 

46.909 

36.895 

w 

.326 

.2.36 

n 

10.229 

8.043 

3^ 

50.1-53 

39.390 

1 

•470 

.369 

H 

11.743 

9.224 

4 

53.440 

41.984 

tV 

.640 

.503 

2 

13.360 

10.496 

4* 

56.833 

44.637' 

.83.3 

.656 

2^ 

15.083 

11.846 

4i 

60.329 

47.385 

1.057 
1.305 

.831 
1.02-5 

2i 
2i- 

16.909 
18.840 

13.283 
14.797 

4i 
4^ 

63.930 
67.637 

50.211 
53.132 

1.579 
1.879 

1.241 
1.476 

2J. 

2? 

20.875 
23.115 

16.396 
18.146 

4& 
4f 

71.445 
75.3.59 

56.113 
59.187 

2.205 

1.7.32 

2^ 

25.2-59 

19.842 

44 

79.378 

62.344 

I 

2.558 

2.011 

2^ 

27.608 

21.684 

b 

83.510 

6-5.-585 

\ 

2.936 

2.306 

3 

30.070 

23.653 

i>i 

92.459 

72.618 

3.340 

2.624 

3^5 

32.618 

2.5.620 

i>^ 

101.036 

79.370 

H 

4.228 

3.321 

3i 

a5.279 

27.709 

5^ 

110.429 

86.731 

5.219 
6.315 

4.099 
4.961 

3| 
3=^ 

38.045 
40.916 

29.881 
32.170 

6 

120.243 

94.610 

Thew 

eijhl  of  Bar  I 

ron  being  1  ; 
lron=   .M 

^ 

7.516 

5.913 

3| 

43.890 

34.472 

" 

"        "  Su-el 
"        "  Copp 

l.(B 
er,       l.U 

CAST   IKON   COLUMNS.      MOLDER's   TABLE. 


97 


DIMENSIONS    OF    CYLINDRICAL    COLUMNS     OF    CAST 
IRON    TO    SUSTAIN    A   PRESSURE    WITH   SAFETY. 


i.s 

2 

LBNOTH  OR  HBIOHT  Ilf  FEET.                     1 

4 

6 

1  8 

10  1  12  1  14  1  16  1  18 

20 

22 

« 

WEIGHT  OB  LOAD  IN  CWTS.                      1 

72 

60 

49 

40 

32 

26 

22 

18 

15 

13 

11 

'^ 

119 

105 

91 

77 

65 

55 

47 

40 

34 

29 

25 

3 

178 

163 

145 

128 

111 

97 

84 

73 

64 

56 

49 

'-ih 

347 

2.32 

214 

191 

172 

156 

135 

119 

106 

94 

83 

4 

326 

310 

288 

266 

242 

9,ni 

198 

178 

IGO 

144 

130 

4^ 

418 

400 

379 

354 

327 

301 

275 

251 

229 

208 

189 

5 

5i>> 

501 

479 

452 

427 

394 

365 

337 

310 

285 

202 

6 

607 

592 

573 

550 

525 

497 

409 

440 

413 

380 

360 

7 

10;i2 

1013 

989 

959 

924 

887 

848 

808 

765 

725 

686 

« 

1333 

1315 

1289 

1259 

1^24 

1185 

1142 

1097 

1052 

1005 

959 

9 

1716 

1697 

1672 

1640 

1603 

1561 

1515 

1467 

1416 

1364 

1311 

10 

3119 

2100 

2077 

2045 

2007 

1964 

1916 

1865 

1811 

1755 

1097 

11 

2570 

2550 

2520 

2490 

2450 

2410 

2358 

2305 

2248 

2189 

2127 

lii 

3050 

3040 

3020 

2970 

2930 

2900 

2830 

2780 

2730 

2670 

2600 

I  Practical  utility  of  Vie  Table. 

JVote Wanting  to  support  tlio  front  of  a  building  with  cast  iron  column*  18 

feet  in  length,  8  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  metal  1  inch  in  thickness;  what 
weight  may  I  confidently  expect  each  column  capable  of  supporting  without  tea» 
dency  to  deflection  ? 

Opposite  8  inches  diameter  and  under  18  feet  =  1097 
*  AUo  opposite  6  in.  diameter  and  under  18  feet  =  440 


*  This  deduction  is  on  account  of  the  core, 
MOLDER'S    TABLE. 


=  657  cwt. 


Bar  Iron  being  1, 
Cast  Iron  equal  .95 
Steel  "       102 

Copper       "       1.16 
Brass  "       1  09 

Lead  "       1.48 


Cast  Iron  being  1, 
Bar  Iron  equal  1.07 
Steel  "     1  08 

Brass  "     1.16 

Copper  "  1.21 
Lead  "     1.56 


Yellow  Pine  being  1 , 
Cast  Iron  equal   12. 
Brass  "       12.7 

Copper         "       13  3 
Lead  "       18.1 

Zinc  "       11.5 


1.  Suppose  I  have  an  article  of  plate  iron,  the  weight  of  which 
IS  72»  lbs.,  but  want  the  same  of  copper,  and  of  similar  dimensions, 
what  will  be  its  weight  ? 


2.  A 

iron 
wha 


728  X  1.16  =  844.48  lbs. 

A  model  of  Dry  Pine  weighing  3  lbs.,  and  in   which  tha 
for  its  construction  forms  no  material  portion  of  the  weight, 
it  mav  I  anticipate  its  weight  to  be  in  cast  iron. 
3  X  12  =  36  pounds. 

It  frequently  occurs,  in  the  construction  of  models,  that  neither 
the  quality  or  condition  of  the  wood  can  be  properly  estimated ; 
and  in  such  cases,  it  may  be  a  near  enough  approximation  to  reckon 
13  lbs.  oi  cast  iron  to  each  pound  of  model. 


BMA 


98 


BOLTS CISTERNS  —  SCREWS LEAD   PIPE. 


HEXAGONAL    NUTS    FOR    WROUGHT   IRON    BOLTS. 
Diameter  of  bolts.l   ^|      f        |      1      1^     1^     Ifl^      l|lf 
Breadth  of  nuts,  f   i    U    1^    1^    IJ    Hi  2^^  2g   2^%   2f  3 

CAPACITY  OF  CISTERNS  AND  RESERVOIRS    IN  GALLONS. 

Depth,  10  Inches :  —  Diamettr  from  2  to  25  Feet. 

feet  313-33 
a33-72 
396-06 


9 


feet 


19-5 

30-6 

44-06 

69-97 

78-33 

99-14 


feet  122-40 

"  148-10 

"  176-2.5 

"  206-85 

"  239  88 

"  275-40 


10 

11 


461-40 
489-20 
69240 


feet 


705- 
827-4 
959-6 
1101-6 
1958-4 
3059.9 


NCMBER  OF  THREADS 

IN   V-THREAD   SCREWS. 

Diam.  in  inches,    .    .    .    ^    ■f'z 
No.  of  threads,      ...    20    18 

t  tV  *   1    f   i    1   1*   li 
16   14    12  11   10    9    8    7      7 

i^ 

Diam.  in  inches,    .    .    .    1^    1| 
No.  of  threads,      ...    6      5 

1|    15    2    2i    2i     23     3     3i 
5     4.i    4i    4      4      3l    3i    3. 

3A 

3; 

Diam.  in  inches,    .    .    .    3|     4 
No.  of  threads,      ...    3       3 

44     4A     43     5     54     5*     5| 
2f     2f     25     2|    2|     21     2| 

6 
2i 

The  depth  of  the  threads  should  be  half  their  pitch.  The  diameter 
of  a  screw,  to  work  in  the  teeth  of  a  wheel,  should  be  such,  that  the 
anele  of  the  threads  does  not  exceed  10°. 

WEIGHT    OF    LEAD   PIPE    PER   FOOT 


Diameter. 

|lbs.  oz. 

- 

Diameter. 

lbs.  oa. 

1     inch 

.  medium 



1^     inch 

extra  light 

3 



<(          (( 

strong 

5 

"        " 

light 
medium 

4 

5 

i    ;; 

light 
medium 



i(        << 

5 

3 

5 

«               C( 

strong 

6 

5 

«         <l 

strong 

10 

ll    « 

medium 

6 

5 

«         (( 

extra  strong 

2 

2 

I(          « 

strong 

6 

11 

i     " 

light 

1 

10 

2 

light 

5 

9 

<«        « 

medium 

2 

3 

<(        i< 

medium 

6 

11 

»          « 

strong 

2 

8 

((       «< 

strong 

7 

11 

«         l< 

extra  strong 

2 

12 

2i       « 

light 

i 

5 

i     " 

"     light 

1 

11 

(<        (i 

medium 

— 

<(           <c 

light 

2 

1 

•<        « 

strong 

11 

11 

«        « 

medium 

2 

11 

3 

light 
medium 

10 

— 

«         « 

strong 

3 

4 

«        « 

11 

10 

t<        (i 

extra  strong 

3 

8 

<(        <( 

strong 

14 

11 

1 

•«     light 

2 

5 

3i       " 

medium 

15 

— 

M               « 

light 
medium 

2 

12 

«        f< 

strong 

18 

— 

<4               « 

3 

7 

<(        « 

extra  strong 

23 

5 

t<         (I 

strong 

4 

1 

4 

waste  light 

5 

5 

U     «' 

extra  light 

2 

12 

K               « 

"  medium 

7 

— 

•(       « 

light 

3 

4 

((               <l 

"  strong 

8 

11 

<t         .< 

medium 

3 

11 

H    ;; 

"  light 

5 

12 

<•        « 

strong 

4 

3 

"  medium 

8 

— 

«            M 

extra  strong 

4 

1^    J 

i<    i< 

"  strong 

9 

11 

WEIGHT    OF    CAST    IRON    PIPES. 


99 


WEIGHT   OF   ONE    FOOT    OF    CAST    IRON    PIPES. 


Oi.'im.  of 

>i  in. 

%  III 

K  i»- 

%in. 

K  in. 

%in. 

1  in. 

bore. 

thick. 

thick. 

thick. 

thick, 
lb. 

thick, 
lb. 

thick. 

thick. 

Inch. 

11). 

lb. 

lb. 

lb. 

lb. 

1 

3-06 

5-06 

»i 

3-68 

598 

H 

4-29 

6-9 

982 

n 

4  91 

7-83 

11-05 

2 

553 

8-75 

12-27 

16-11 

H 

6  14 

9-66 

13-5 

17-64 

2i 

6-74 

10-58- 

1472 

19  17 

23-92 

2| 

7-36 

11  5 

15-95 

2u7 

25  71 

3 

7-98 

12-43 

17-18 

22  19 

27-62 

33  29 

39-28 

H 

8  59 

13-34 

13-35 

23-78 

2945 

35-44 

41-72 

H 

9-2 

14-21 

19-64 

25  31 

31  3 

37-58 

44  18 

H 

9-76 

15  19 

20-86 

26  85 

3313 

39-73 

46  63 

4 

10  44 

1611 

22-1 

28  38 

34-98 

41-88 

49  1 

44 

111 

17-08 

23  37 

2997 

36-87 

44  08 

51-6 

4i 

11-66 

17-94 

24-54 

31  44 

38  65 

46  17 

54- 

41 

1227 

18-87 

25  77 

32-98 

40-5 

48  32 

56-45 

5 

12-80 

19-78 

26-99 

34-51 

42-33 

50-46 

59- 

H 

13-5 

20-71 

28-23 

36  05 

4418 

52  62 

61-36 

H 

1411 

21-63 

29-45 

37  58 

46-02 

54-76 

63-81 

&i 

14-73 

22-55 

30-68 

39-12 

47-86 

56-91 

66-27 

6 

15  34 

23-47 

3191 

40-65 

49-7 

59-06 

68  73 

H 

25  31 

34-36 

43-72 

53-39 

63-36 

73  41 

1 

27-15 

3682 

46  79 

56-84 

67-65 

78-53 

U 

29- 

39-05 

49-86 

60-74 

71  95 

83-45 

8 

30-83 

41-71 

52  92 

64-42 

76  23 

88-35 

H 

329 

44-4 

56-21 

68  33 

80-76 

93-49 

9 

34  52 

46-64 

59-07 

71-8 

84-84 

98-18 

H 

36-36 

49-09 

62  13 

75-47 

S913 

1031 

10 

38-2 

51.54 

65-2 

79-16 

93  42 

108- 

m 

40-()4 

54- 

68-26 

82-84 

97  71 

113- 

11 

41-88 

56-46 

71-33 

86-52 

10201 

117  81 

lU 

43-71 

58-9 

74-39 

9<i  19 

106-3 

122-71 

12 

45-55 

61-35 

77-48 

93-6 

110.6 

127-6 

bore. 

lbs. 

9i  m 
lbs. 

%i>i. 

111! 

1.'^  in. 

m   in. 
lbs. 

\ii   in 

1%  in 

2  in. 

liuh. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

12^ 

63-5 

97-3 

114 

1H2 

149 

167 

205 

243 

285 

13 

66- 

101- 

118 

137. 

154 

173-5 

212 

252 

294 

13^ 

63-4 

1048 

122 

141  5 

160 

179 

219 

260 

3<»4 

14 

71- 

108-2 

126 

146- 

165 

185 

227 

269 

314 

14A 

73-4 

112-3 

130 

151- 

170 

192 

234 

277 

324 

15 

75-8 

115-7 

135 

156- 

176 

193 

242 

286 

334 

15.^ 

73  1 

119- 

139 

161- 

181 

204 

250 

295 

344 

16 

807 

123- 

143 

166 

187 

211 

257 

303 

355 

16i 

83-1 

126-5 

147 

170-1 

192 

217 

264 

312 

363 

17 

85-5 

130- 

152 

178.5 

198 

223 

271 

322 

376 

18 

9l)-5 

137- 

161 

185- 

209 

235 

285 

338 

393 

19 

9.5  5 

144  8 

169 

195- 

222 

247 

300 

354 

412 

20 

100- 

152- 

178 

205 

233 

259 

315 

372 

432 

100 


AREAS   OP   CIRCLES. 


AREAS  OF  CIKCLES. 


O  lO  O  »rf  O  lO  O  LO 

osoioc;  —  —  &*<-* 


o  -^  —  tc  -^  '— ■  cJ  r^  o5  I-  re*  cc  «  ci  ^  o 
cc  ro  'v  "<r  tc  L'^  '^  ts  i-^  t--  c©  ao  ci  c-  o  — 


O  -^  td  ci  r^  r^  ci  ^ 

X  :s  ::5  '^  o  -^  ;o  '^ 


.S  -^B-frrrtBD-IC^OttKieHEg 


,--i|s,^,p--^^co*>o   c^m«co®gQ«<?J  kovr^in-^cC'^o   oo^oo'^otcoo 

oc-^aQrcr^-^*o  io-^aocor^C'J'-cc  ,»co'»rcsHgor:t-^  tC^';~  —  ^'-^"id 

rtfor^ffQWcotCW  icortricoco^""""   —  —  —  —  —      — —  .«.«..«  —  .«.«.«^. 


"«r  [-v  -VT  ■^  ■< 


to  —  ooooo-^-^  — 
"TOO  —  oOTr  —  oq 

-T  00  —  »0  00  IT*  '-C  w5 

i.-;  >ft  o  -o  -j:  r~  r- 1- 


■fi  S)  O  00  -o  ■^  C^  II 


i 

s< 

3 

?; 

s 

-r  00  II  -^  =  -r  X  <?! 
—  —  S)  CI  r-,  e-;  c5  T 


CI  »/^  r^  c;  r^  o  oo  — 

n  :^  n -vT  -^  T  m 


x  Oi  in  o  o  c^  cc  (71 
r:3ixc:mor-x 
~:  ■-;  t  '^'  "".  ^  ^.  '^ 
rj  —  3;  ci  o  r-^  o  r: 
trt  irt  ir^  -^  -^  ;c  1^  f^ 


s?!S;hS??sb  S-S&' 


•i  C-.  C!  ic  X'  -"  • 


:S 


i  Ol  CI  Oi  CI  CI  CI  i 


oftcioxi-^^io 
rf  ic  r^  c5  o  cJ  -^  '^ 


oiO'^oo*TCio'^»ocir5CiCJTrr5r^:cci«CQO'r:ccJ 
-r  —  —  Tr35-^ox  mooci--:c^f^'-'5  ici-^'ni--  —  xt~5> 
inmoi.-im'.ct-oB  |OCi"r^x  —  -rf^  orrxcir-;—  —  -^ 
CO  c  53  'T  o  00  c:  ci  |  >n  r^  — !  —  ri  ■-=  x'  o  !  r;  iri  i~-'  =  ci «  f>-'  =' 
i^oo!fcao*xoiOicio>o3  =  ooo— c5Sic>cin 


H»  ^ 


gl  1^  O  QQ  o  r^  X 
I  ToiJ;  O  2  o 

•-o  ^  O  f^  X  O)  — 


— •«C»0»0<C)CIO» 


t^-^i^ xt~-XTi  xt^x  —  i»-;r~c  k^TiSS-Ti^r^ji 

ci  1-  :c  C3  —  T  r-;  —  ■»  X  ;?;  t>;  —  1=  —  (-  1  ci  x  -r  c  f-;  -r  —  oq 

X  ci  o  —  «  "T  >':  r-^  oc  3  —  ci  -r  u~  r^  o6  I  o  — '  r:  ■'J  ~'  x*  o  -r 

CJ  c»  n  CO  «  c^  n  n  «  r5  ■>»•  V  TT  ^  T  T 


|0>COOtCkC<SCO 


1    -^^-^  0D^"4ffJC}  — 

00  S>  CI  X  -i  t~  c  -^ 
" -^ -I -^  ci  o5  ci 


■J  L5  o  c>>»  c:  o  CD  h2  ^  r-  CI  -J  a  ^  ci  ,  X  "f- ^  ri  2  c  c  10 

-.rjcjTrcs-ro^.   =.  <^.  s^.  =>. -.  c  -  -    ci  H -r"  ui  «i  J  r-"  c6 
eo«MTv>niao   r»r-ocxo>  ' 


Use  op  the  Table:  —  To  find  the  Capacity  of  any  Cylindrical  Measure, 
from  1  Inch  Diameter  to  30  Inches,  take  the  inside  Diameter  of  the  Measure 
in  Inches,  and  Muliiply  the  Area  in  the  Table,  which  corresponds  to  the 
Diameter,  by  thedepih  In  Inches,  and  divide  the  Products,  if  Gills  are  required, 
by  7-21TJ,  if  Pnilsby  23.875,  if  Quarts  by  57.75,  and  if  Gallons  by  2:31.  If  bushelt 
are  required,  (say  in  a  Tierce  or  Barrel,  alter  the  mean  diameter  is  obtained), 
multiply  as  above,  and  divide  the  product  by  2150.42,  the  quoiieiii  is  the  num- 
ber of  bushels.  Calling  the  Diameters  Feet  the  Areas  are  Feel.  —  then,  if  a 
Ship's  Water  Tank,   Steam   Boiler,  &c.,  is  5}^,  or  any  number  of  Feel  and 

Farts  of  Feet  in  Diameter,  find  the  Area  in  the  Table  which  correspond*  in 
nches,  multiply  it  by  the  length  in  Feet,  and  multiply  this  result  by  a  Cubio 
Foot,  (7.4805).  and  the  product  is  the  answer  in  Gallons.  If,  in  any  case.  lhei« 
■re  more  figures  in  the  divisor  than  in  the  dividend,  add  ciphers. 


DECIMAL    PARTS    OF   POUNDS. 


101 


WEIGHT    OF    ONE    FOOT    OF    CQPPER   PIPES. 


Diameter 

Weight 

Diameter 

Weight 

Diameter 

Weight 

Diameter 

Weight 

of  bore. 

in  Lbs. 

of  bore. 

in  Lbs. 

of  bore. 

in  Lbs. 

of  bore. 

in  Lbi. 

a  in. 

•94 

IX  in. 

208 

IJiin. 

303 

2J^ill. 

3-97 

H. 

1-33 

1% 

2-23 

2 

3-21 

2% 

412 

7i 

1-51 

I>^ 

2-42 

2>^ 

3-39 

'2X 

4-34 

1 

1-69 

1% 

2G7 

2X 

3-58 

^X 

4-56 

IX 

189 

IK 

2-87 

2X 

3-78 

3 

4-78 

WEIGHT    OF    PLATE  COPPER. 

The  peat  variety  of  thicknesses  into  which  copper  is  manufactured,  cause 
the  weight  to  be  named  whereby  to  determine  the  thickness  required,  the  uuh 
being  thai  of  a  common  sheet,  so  designated,  viz.,  4  feet  by  2  feet,  in  lbs.,  thus  :— 

A  70  lb.  plate  is  j\ths  of  an  inch  in  thickness;  46^ do. 
\  do. ;  23  do,  y'^  do. ;  11^  do.  ^  do. ;  6  do.  ^  do. 


WEIGHT    OF    SHEET    LEAD. 

The  thickness  of  lead  is  also  in  common  determined  or  understood  bjr  th« 
weight ;  the  unit  being  that  of  a  square  or  superficial  fool ;  thus: — 

4  lbs.  lead  is  -^^ih  of  an  inch  in  thickness  ;  6  do.  .ji^  do. ; 
7i  do.  i  do. :  11  dx>.  t%  do. ;  15  do.  I  do. 


DECIMAL    TABLES. 

Decimals  equivalent  to  the  fractional  parts  of  a  Pound.  —  See   Tablet 
of  Metals,  Weights  and  Measures,  SfC. 


.03125 

h  oz. 

.28125 

4ioz. 

.53125 

S^oz. 

.78125 

I240Z. 

.0625 

1 

:  .3125 

5 

.5625 

9 

.8125 

13 

.09375 

U 

1  .34375 

5* 

.59375 

9h. 

.84375 

13^ 

.125 

2 

.375 

6 

.625 

10 

.875 

14 

.15625 

24 

.40625 

eh     \ 

.6.5625 

lOi 

.90625 

14i 

.1875 

3 

.4375 

7      1 

.6875 

11 

.9375 

15 

.21875 

H. 

1  .46875 

7* 

.71875 

11* 

.96875 

I5<^ 

.25 

4 

.5 

8 

.75 

12 

1.000 

16 

APPLICATION.  Required  the  weight  of  one  foot  of  Flat  Bar  Iron, 
3-4  ths  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  1  7-8  ths  inches  breadth.  Refer  to  the 
Table  of  Flat  Bar  Iron,  and  you  will  find  the  weight  of  1  foot  of  the  above 
dimensions,  to  be  4-696,  that  is,  4  pounds  and  696  thousandth  parts  of  a 
pound  ;  and  to  ascertain  this  decimal  in  ounces,  refer  to  the  above  Table 
for  tlie  decimal  that  is  nearest,  and  yaxx  will  find  it  to  be  "6875,  opposite  to 
which  is  11  ounces,  the  weight  of  the  decimal  required,  consequently  the 
weight  of  I  foot  length  of  the  flat  bar  in  question,  will  be  4  pounds  11  ounces 

APPLICATION.  Required  the  weight  of  Tire  Bar  Iron,  1-2  an  incfc 
thick,  and  15-8  ths  of  an  inch  broad,  16  feet  long. 

Sec  Table  of  Bar  Iron,  where  1  foot  length  is  2-716  lbs.,  then 
2-716  X  ^6  =  43-450,        {_or  43  lbs.  7i  oz.  being  the  mean  between  -437  tc  -468). 
BMA  9* 


102 


DECIMAL  PARTS  OF  FEET  AND  INCHES. 


APPLICATION.  Required  the  weight  of  35  Bars,  Round  Iron,  1  1-4 
inch  diameter,  12  feet  loflg,  each. 

See  Table  of  Round  Iron,  where  1  foot  in  length  is  4*09  lbs.,  then 

409  X  12  X  35  =  1717S0  {or  1717  lbs.  13  oz.  bein?  the  nearest  e^ivalent). 

APPLICATION.  Required  the  weight  of  64  Square  Feet  of  Boiler 
Plate  Iron,  3-16  ths  of  an  inch  thick.  See  Tables  of  weight  and  thickness 
of  Plate  Iron,  Copper,  Brass  and  Lead. 

As.  1  Square  Foot  weighs  7o  lbs.,  then  7-5  X  64  =  4800  lbs. 

APPLICATION.     Required  the  tceight  of  22  Square,   or  superficial, 
Feet  of  Sheet  Iron,  No.  9  Wire  Gauge  thickness.     See  Tables  Sheet  Iron, 
Copper,  and  Brass,  from  No.  1  to  No.  30  Wire  Gauge  thickness. 
As  I  sqaare  foot  weighs  6-24  lbs.,  then 

6-24  X  22  =  137-28  (137  lbs.  4^  oz.) 

Decimals  equivalent  to  the  fractional  parts  of  an  Inch  when  divided  into 

thirty-two  parts ;  likewise  the  Decimals  equivalent  to  the  fractional  parts 

of  a  Foot. 


Decimals. 

Parts  of  an 
Inch. 

Decimalg. 

Parts  of  an     |> 
Inch.           I 

Decimalg. 

Partaof 
a  Foot. 

.03125 

1-32 

.53125 

i  &  1-32      ; 

.01041 

i 

.0625 

116 

.5625 

I  &  1-16 

.02083 

k 

.09375 

3-32 

.59375 

h  &  3-32     ( 

.03125 

I 

.125 

J 

.625 

t                  1 

.04166 

.15625 

J  &  1-32 

.65625 

1  &  1  32 

.05208 

.1875 

J  &  1-16 

.6875 

I&1-16 

.0625 

1 

.21875 

i  &  3-32 

.71875 

.  ;  &  3-32 

.07291 

i 

.25 

i 

.75 

-                  i 

.0833 

I 

.28125 

i  &  1-32 

.78125 

1  &  1-32 

.1666 

2 

.3125 

i&l-16 

.8125 

1  &  1-16    ; 

.25 

3 

.34375 

i  &  3-32 

.84375 

1  &  3-32 

.3333 

4 

.375 

1 

.875 

I 

.4166 

5 

40625 

i  &  1-32 

.90625 

1  &  1-32 

.5 

6 

.4375 

i  &  1-16 

.9375 

J  &  1-16 

.5833 

7 

.46875 

f  &  3-32 

.96875 

1  &  3-32 

.6666 

8 

.5 

* 

1.000 

1  inch.       ) 

.75 

.8333 

.9166 

9 
10 
11 

APPLICATION.  1.  Required  the  number  of  Square  Yards  in  a  floor 
whose  length  is  13j|,  and  breadth  9|  feet. 

13-5  X  9- '5  =  131  625  -^  9  =  14  625  square  yards. 

2.  Required  the  Area  of  a  Fire  Grate,  under  the  boiler  of  a  Steam  Engine, 
whose  length  is  4  feet  7  inches,  and  width  3  feet  6  inches. 

7  inches  equal  -5833  and  6  inches  equal  -5  (see  table),  then 
4-5S33  X  3-5  =  16  04155  square  feet. 

3.  Required  the  Area  of  the  side  of  a  square  piece  of  Board,  8  3-16  in- 
ches in  length.  1-8  &.  1-16  =  3-16  equal  -1875  (see  table), 

8-1875  X  8  1875  =  6703515625  square  inches. 

4.  Reauired  the  Cubic  Contents  in  Inches  of  a  Plate  30^  inches  in  length, 
8  7-8  incnes  in  breadth,  and  5-8  inches  thick. 

30  50  X  e-S75  =  270-68750  X  '625  =  16917  -f  cubic  inches. 

5.  —  Required  the  Register  Tonnage  of  a  single  decked  vessel,  length 
101  feet  and  9A  inches,  breadth  26  feet  3  inches,  and  depth  9  feet  2  inchest 
Opposite  9  ana  ^  inch,  is -75  and  •04166,  which  added  together  equal  -79166: 
Then,  101-79166  — 3-5 of  26-25  X  2625  X  916G6  -i-95  =  217  88-95ths  tons. 


INTEREST    TABLES.  103 

INTEREST     TABLES 

AT    6,    7,    8,    9   AND    lO   PER    CENT. 


EXPLANATION    OF    THE    TABLES. 

In  the  following  Tables  the  interest  on  any  sum  of  money  and  for  any  lenglh 
of  lime,  may  be  obtained,  by  adding  to  or  doubling  any  certain  sum,  or  length 
of  lime,  ill  tlie  Tables,  viz: 

If  the  inierest  of  $44  is  required,  double  the  amount  opposite  $22. 
If  the  interest  of  $300  is  required,  take  three  times  the  aniuunt  opposite  SlOO  ; 
and  so  for  any  larger  amount. 

If  tiie  interest  of  f94  is  required,  add  the  amount  opposite  $4  to  the  amount 
opposite  §90,  and  so  for  any  other  amount. 

If  the  time  is  54  days,  double  the  sum  under  27  days. 

If  3  months  and  3  days,  add  the  sum  under  3  days  to  the  sum  under  3  months. 

EXAMPLES. 

Required  the  interest  of  $107  fiir  4  months  and  7  days  at  8  per  cent. 

Inierest  of  $100  for  4  months  equal    $2  67 

"  7  "  "  .19 

"  100        7  days  "  .15 

"  7  "  "  .01 

Interest  of  $107  for  4  months  and  7  days  equal       $3.02 

Required  the  interest  of  $42  for  29  days  at  8  per  cent. 

Interest  of  $21  for  29  days  equal  $0.13 

Multiplied  by        2 

Interest  of  $42  for  29  days  equal  $0.26 

Required  the  inierest  of  $94  for  27  days  at  7  per  cent. 

Interest  of  $90  for  27  days  equal         $0.46 
"  4        "  "  .02 

Interest  of  $94  for  27  days  equal         $0.48 

Required  the  inierest  of  $3.50  for  54  days  at  C  per  cent. 

Interest  oi  $100  for  27  days  equal        $0  4.5 
Multiplied  by        3 

Interest  of  $300  for  27  days  equal        $1.35 
"  50  "  "  ^ 

Interest  of  $350  for  27  days  equal        $1.58 
Multiplied  by        2 

Interest  of  $350  for  54  days  equal        $3.16 

These  Tables  are  computed  on  the  principle,  that  there  are  only  .360  days  in  a 
year;  a  rule  adopted  by  banks  and  all  mercantile  houses,  in  this  country. 

If  a  note  be  written  for  calendar  months,  calendar  months  are  understood, 
whether  the  months  have  28  or  31  days  ;  so  that  30  days  is  cue  month ;  60  days 
two  months  ;  90  days  three  months,  &c. 

FRACTION    OF   INTEREST. 

When  the  fraction  of  interest  is  half  a  cent,  or  more,  a  whole  cent  is  taken  ; 
but  when  it  is  less  than  half  a  cent,  nothing  is  charged.  The  same  rule  is  ob- 
served, with  respect  to  cents  forming  a  part  of  the  principal ;  if  they  amount  to 
half  a  dollar,  or  upwards,  the  discoum  is  taken  as  for  a  whole  dollar;  when  they 
do  not  amount  to  half  a  dollar,  they  are  disregarded.  This  is  the  rule  generally 
pursued  by  banks  and  mercantile  houses. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  I860,  by  I.    R.    Butts,  in  the  Clerk'* 
Office  of  the  District  Couri  of  the  District  of  Masaachusctts. 


104 


SIX    PER    CENT    INTEREST. 


TABLES  OF  INTEREST  AT  SIX  PER  CENT. 


Days- 

-1  2 

3 

U  0 

4 
0 

5  ( 

o" 

j7 

0  0 

1 

9 

10 

0 

il 

0 

121 

3^14 

15  1 

0 

6  17 
0  0 

18 
0 

19  2 
0  ~ 

)  21 
J  0 

22 
0 

23 
0 

24 
0 

JlCl 

0 

0;  0 

0 

0  0 

2 

0 

1)  0 

0 

0 

0  0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0  0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

I   1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

0 

»  0 

0 

0 

0  0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

L   1 

1 

1 

1 

^4 

0 

0  0 

0 

0 

0  0 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

I   1 

1 

2 

2 

fe5 

0 

D  0 

0 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1  1 

2 

2 

2  2 

2 

2 

2 

'Se 

0 

0    0 

0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

2 

2  2 

2 

2 

2  2 

2 

2 

2 

07 

0 

0    0 

0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

2  2 

2 

2  2 

2 

2 

2  2 

3 

3 

3 

8 

0 

0    0 

I 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

2 

2  2 

2 

2  2 

2 

3 

?  3 

3 

3 

3 

9 

0 

0  0 

1 

1 

1  1 

2 

s 

2 

2  2 

2 

2  3 

3 

3 

3  3 

3 

3 

4 

10 

0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2  2 

3 

3  3 

3 

3 

3  4 

4 

4 

4 

n 

0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

2 

2 

Si 

2 

2  3 

3 

3  3 

3 

3 

4  4 

4 

4 

4 

12 

0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

2  2 

2 

s 

2 

3  3 

3 

3  3 

4 

4 

4  4 

4 

5 

5 

13 

0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1  2 

2,  2 

2 

s 

3 

3  3 

3 

3  4 

4 

4 

4  5 

5 

5 

5 

14 

0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1  2 

2  2 

2 

3 

3  3 

4 

4  4 

4 

4 

5  5 

5 

5 

6 

15 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

2  2 

2  2 

3 

: 

3 

3  4 

4 

4   4 

5 

5 

5     5 

6 

6 

6 

IB 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

2  2 

2  2 

3 

3 

3 

3  4 

4 

4  5 

5 

5 

5     6 

6 

6 

6 

17 

0 

1  1 

I 

I 

2  2 

2  3 

3 

3 

4  4 

4 

5  5 

5 

5 

6  6 

6 

7 

7 

18 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2j  2 

2  3 

3 

4 

4  4 

5 

5  5 

5 

6 

6  6 

7 

7 

7 

19 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2|  2 

3 

3 

3 

' 

4 

4  4 

5 

5  5 

6 

6 

6   7 

7 

7 

8 

20 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2  2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4  5 

5 

5  6 

6 

6 

7  7 

7 

8 

e 

21 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2  2 

3 

3 

4 

< 

4 

5  5 

5 

6  6 

6 

7 

7  7 

8 

8 

8 

22 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2  3 

3  3 

4 

< 

4 

5  5 

6 

6  6 

7 

7 

7  8 

8 

8 

9 

25 

0 

1  1 

2 

2 

3  3 

3  4 

4 

>  5 

5  6 

6 

7  7 

8 

8 

8  9 

9 

10 

10 

30 

I  2 

2 

3 

3  4 

4  5 

5 

i 

>  6 

7  7 

8 

8  9 

9 

10  1 

0  11 

11 

12 

12 

40 

1  2 

3 

3 

4  5 

5^  6 

7 

r  8 

9  9 

10  1 

1  11 

12 

13  1 

3  14 

15 

15 

10 

50 

2  3 

3 

4 

5!  6 

7;  8 

S  9  10  11  12 

13  1 

3  14 

15 

16  1 

7  18 

18 

19 

20 

60 

2  3 

4 

5 

6  7 

8!  9 

10  11  12  13  14 

15  1 

6  17 

18 

19  2 

0  21 

22 

23 

24 

70 

2  4 

5 

6 

7!  8 

9  11 

,12  13  14  15  16 

18  1 

9  20 

21 

22  2 

3  25 

26 

27 

23 

80 

3  4 

5 

7 

8!  9 

1112 

13  15;  16  171 19 

20  S 

1  23 

24 

25  2 

7  28 

29 

31 

32 

9(1 

3  5 

6 

8 

911 

12  14 

15  17il8  20  21 

23  '<: 

4  26 

27 

29  3 

0  32 

33 

35 

36 

100 

3  5 

7 

8  1 

0  12 

13  15 

17  18  20  22  23 

25  S 

7  28 

30 

32  i 

3  35 

37 

38 

40 

Davi-25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

IMo. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6  1 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

$1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

3 

1 

1 

1 

I 

1 

2 

3 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

15 

17 

«< 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

§5 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

5 

8 

10 

13 

15 

18 

20 

23 

2S 

28- 

=§6 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

9 

12 

15 

18 

21 

24 

27 

30 

33 

Q7 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

7 

11 

14 

18 

21 

25 

28 

32 

35 

39 

8 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

32 

36 

40 

44 

9 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

9 

14 

18 

23 

27 

32 

36 

41 

45 

50 

10 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

55 

11 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

11 

17 

22 

28 

33 

39 

44 

50 

55 

61 

12 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54 

60 

66 

13 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 

13 

20 

26 

33 

39 

46 

52 

59 

65 

72 

14 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

14 

21 

29 

35 

42 

49 

56 

63 

70 

77 

15 

6 

7 

7 

7 

7 

8 

15 

23 

30 

38 

45 

53 

60 

63 

75 

&3 

16 

7 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

16 

24 

32 

40 

48 

66 

64 

72 

80 

68 

17 

7 

7 

8 

8 

S 

9 

17 

26 

34 

43 

51 

60 

68 

77 

85 

94 

18 

8 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

18 

27 

36 

45 

54 

63 

72 

81 

90 

90 

19 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10 

19 

29 

33 

43 

57 

67 

76 

86 

95' 

1.05 

20 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

20 

30 

40 

5(1 

60 

70 

80 

90 

1.00  1 

1.10 

21 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

21 

32 

42 

53 

63 

74 

84 

95 

1.05 

1.16 

22 

9 

10 

10 

10 

U 

11 

22 

33 

44 

55 

66 

77 

88 

99 

1.10 

1.21 

25 

10 

11 

11 

12 

2 

13 

25 

38 

50 

63 

75 

88 

1.00 

1.13 

125 

1.38 

30 

13 

13 

14 

14 

15 

15 

30 

45 

60 

75 

90 

1.05 

1.20 

1..35 

1.50 

1.05 

40 

17 

17 

18 

19 

19 

20 

40 

60 

80 

1.00 

1.20 

1.40 

1.00 

1.80 

2.00 

2.20 

50 

21 

2-2 

2) 

23 

24 

25 

50 

75 

1.00 

1.25 

150 

175 

200 

2.25 

2.50 

2.75 

60 

25 

26 

27 

23 

29 

30 

60 

90 

1.20 

1..00  1  80 

2.10 

2.40 

2.70 

3.00 

3  30 

70 

29 

30 

33 

33 

34 

35 

70 

105 

1.40 

1  75  2.10 

2.45 

2  SO 

3.15 

3..50 

3.85 

80 

33 

35 

36 

37 

39 

40 

80 

1.20 

1.60 

200  2.40 

2.80 

3.20 

3.60 

4.00 

4.40 

90 

38 

39 

41 

42 

44 

45 

90 

1.35 

1.80 

2.25  2  70 

3.15 

3  60 

4.05 

4.50 

4.95 

100 

42  43 

45 

47 

48 

50 

1.00 

1.50 

2.00 

2  50  3  00 

3  50' 4.00 

4.50  5.00  5.501 

SEVEN    PER    CENT    INTEREST. 


105 


TABLES    OF    INTEREST    AT    SEVEN    PER    CENT. 


Days-1  2 

3   i 

T 

6 

7  8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1314 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22    2 

3  24 

«l|iO     (1 

0    0 

0 

0  ' 

0    0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

~0 

0 

0    0 

2 

0    0 

0    0 

0 

0 

0   0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1    1 

3 

0    0 

0    0 

0 

0 

0   0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1    1 

^4 

0    0 

0    0 

0 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2    2 

^3 

o!  0 

0    (J 

0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2    2 

^e 

Oj  0 

U    0 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3     3 

P7 

0,  u 

0    1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3     3 

s 

o;  0 

0     1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4     4 

9 

o!  0 

1  1 

1 

1 

1  1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4     4 

10 

0    0 

1   1 

1 

1 

1   2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4     5 

11 

0   0 

i   1 

1 

1 

1   2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5     5 

12 

Oi  0 

1    I 

1 

1 

2    2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5     G 

13 

o!  1 

1  1 

1 

2 

2    2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

a 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6     6 

14'Oj  1 

1  1 

1 

2 

2    2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6     7 

15 

0     J 

1   1 

1 

2 

2    2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7     7 

16 

0     1 

1   1 

2 

2 

2   2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7     7 

17 

0     1 

1   1 

2 

2 

2   3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8     8 

18 

0     1 

1  1 

2 

2 

2   3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8     8 

19 

1)   1 

1   1 

2 

2 

3   3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8     9 

20 

0     1 

1    2 

2 

2 

3   3 

4 

4 

4 

5;  5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9     9 

21 

0    1 

1    2 

2 

2 

3   3 

4 

4 

4 

5   5 

6 

C 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9   10 

22 

0     1 

1    2 

2 

3 

3   3 

, 

4 

5 

5   6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9   1 

U   10 

25 

Ij  1 

1    2 

2 

3 

3    4 

4 

5 

5 

6   6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11    1 

1    12 

30 

1 1  1 

2    2 

3 

4 

4    5 

5 

6 

6 

7    8 

S 

9 

9 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

13   1 

3   14 

40 : 

1|  2 

2    3 

4 

5 

5   6 

^ 

9 

9  lOlll 

12 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16 

17   1 

8   19 

50 

l!  2 

3    4 

5 

I) 

7    8 

9 

10 

11  12  I3;i4 

IS 

16 

17 

18 

18 

19 

20 

21   S 

i   S3 

GO 

1  i  2 

4    5 

6 

7 

8    9 

llil2 

13  14  15  16 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

25 

26   2 

7   28 

70  i 

1    3 

4    5 

7 

8  ] 

Oil 

12  14 

15  16  18;i9 

20 

22 

23 

25 

26 

27 

29 

30  3 

1    33 

SO 

2    3 

5    6 

8 

9  i 

1  12 

14  16 

17;  19  20  22 

23 

25 

26 

28 

30 

31 

33 

34   3 

6   37 

90  1 

2    4 

5    7 

9 

11 

2  14 

10  18 

1921  23  25 

126 

29 

30 

32 

33 

35 

37 

39   4 

0  42 

100  1 

2    4 

6    8 

0 

12 

4  16 

l3il9 

212:3  25  27 

!29_ 

31 

33 

•35 

37 

39 

41 

43   4 

5  47 

Days-25 1  a 

6  27 

28 

29 

Uo 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1     ^ 

9 

10 

11 

$1 

0 

1    1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

2 

1 

1    1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

11 

12 

13 

3 

1 

i    a 

2 

2 

2 

4 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

14 

15 

IS 

19 

«4 

2 

a    2 

2 

2 

a 

5 

7 

9 

12 

14 

16 

1 

t9 

21 

83 

26 

^5 

2 

3     3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

9 

12 

15 

18 

20 

23 

26 

29 

32 

^6 

3 

3     3 

3 

3 

4 

7 

11 

14 

18 

21 

25 

I     28 

32 

35 

39 

C)7 

3 

4     4 

4 

4 

4 

8 

12 

16 

20 

25 

29 

1     33 

36 

41 

44 

8 

4 

4     4 

4 

5 

5 

9 

14 

19 

23 

28 

33 

!    37 

42 

47 

51 

9 

4 

5     5 

5 

5 

5 

11 

16 

21 

20 

32 

37 

42 

47 

53 

57 

10 

5 

5     5 

5 

6 

6 

12 

18 

23 

29 

35 

41 

47 

53 

58 

64 

11 

5 

6     6 

6 

6 

6 

13 

19 

26 

32 

39 

45 

51 

57 

64 

70 

12 

6 

6     6 

7 

7 

7 

14 

21 

28 

33 

42 

49 

56 

63 

70 

77 

13 

0 

7     7 

7 

7 

8 

15 

2:} 

30 

38 

46 

53 

61 

68 

76 

83 

14 

7 

7     7 

8 

6 

8 

IG 

25 

33 

41 

49 

57 

65 

74 

82 

90 

15 

7 

8     8 

8 

8 

9 

18 

26 

35 

44 

53 

61 

i     70 

78 

88 

96 

16 

8 

8     8 

9 

9 

9 

19 

28 

37 

47 

56 

65 

75 

84 

63 

1.03 

17 

8 

9     9 

9 

10 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

69 

79 

89 

99 

1.09 

18 

9 

9     9 

10 

10 

11 

21 

32 

42 

53 

63 

74 

:     84 

95 

1.05 

1.16 

19 

9    1 

0   10 

10 

11 

11 

22 

33 

44 

55 

67 

78 

89 

99 

111 

1.21 

20 

10    1 

0   11 

11 

11 

12 

23 

35 

47 

58 

70 

82 

:  93 

1.05 

1.17 

1.28 

21 

10    1 

I    11 

11 

12 

12 

25 

37 

49 

61 

74 

86 

:  93 

1.10 

1.23 

1.34 

22 

11    1 

1    12 

12 

12 

13 

26 

39 

51 

04 

77 

90 

1.03 

.16 

1.28 

1.41 

25 

12    1 

3    13 

14 

14 

15 

29 

44 

58 

73 

83 

102 

1.17 

131 

1.46 

1.60 

30 

15    1 

3    16 

16 

17 

13 

35 

53 

70 

88 

1.05 

1.23 

1.40 

1.58 

1.75 

1.93 

40 

19   2 

0  21 

22 

23 

23 

47 

70 

93 

1  17 

1.40 

1.63 

1.87 

2.10 

2.33 

2.57 

50 

2112 

5  20 

27 

28 

29 

58 

88 

1.17 

146 

1.75 

2  04 

2.-33 

>.62 

2.92 

3.21 

60 

29  3 

i>  32 

33 

34 

35 

70 

105 

1.40 

1.75 

2.10 

2.45 

2  80  3.15 

3.50 

3  85 

70 

34   3 

5  3 

38 

39 

41 

82 

123 

1  63 

2  04 

2.45 

2.60 

3.27 

J.fiS 

4.08 

4.49 

80 

|39   4 

0  42 

44 

45 

47 

93 

1.40 

1.87 

233 

2  80 

3  27 

3.73  ' 

1.20 

4  67 

5.13 

90 

144   4 

(>  47 

49 

51 

53 

1.05 

1.58 

2.10 

2.63 

3.15 

3.68 

4.20  ' 

.72 

5.25 

5.77 

100 

149  5 

I   53 

54 

56 

58 

1.17 

1.75 

2.33 

2.92 

3.50 

4.0s 

4.67  5.25 

583 

6,42 

106 


EIGHT    PER   CENT    INTEREST. 


TABLES    OF    INTEREST    AT    EIGHT   PER    CENT. 


Davs-1 

2 

3 

4 

7 

6  1 

8 

"i 

101 

112 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19|20 

21 

22  2 

{  24 

9  1 

(1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0  0 

0 

( 

)  0 

0  0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

u 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0   1 

u 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

u 

0 

0 

( 

)  0 

0  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1   1 

3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

U 

1 

1 

1  I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1  2 

«4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

I  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

2 

2  a 

C'5 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3  3 

~G 

0 

u 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1  2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3  3 

<^7 

0 

0 

0 

I 

1 

1 

1 

2  2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3  4 

8 

0 

0 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2  2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4  4 

9 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

>  2 

2   2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5  5 

10 

(1 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

i  2 

i   3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5  .') 

11 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

5  2 

3  3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

a 

5 

5 

5 

6  6 

1-2 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

>  3 

3  3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6  6 

13 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

!  3 

3  3 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7  7 

14 

0 

1 

1 

2i  2 

2 

i  3 

3  4 

4 

4 

5 

3 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7  7 

15 

0 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

!  3 

4  4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8  8 

10 

0 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

t  3 

4  4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8  9 

17 

0 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

t  4 

4  5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9  9 

18 

0 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

i 

4 

4  5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9  10 

19 

0 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

, 

1  4 

S  5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9  1 

0  10 

20 

0 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

I 

I  4 

5  5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

S 

8 

9 

9 

10  1 

0  11 

21 

0 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

I 

1  5 

5  6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10  1 

1  11 

22 

0 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

i. 

5 

5  6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11  1 

1  12 

25 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

>  5 

B  7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12  1 

3  13 

30 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

\ 

5  7 

7  8 

9 

9 

10 

11 

11 

12 

13 

13 

14 

15  1 

5  16 

40 

3 

3 

4 

5 

d 

7 

6 

3  91 

Oil 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

19  2 

1  21 

50 

2 

3 

4 

5 

7 

a 

9 

1( 

Jill 

2  13 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19 1 20  i 

21 

22 

23 

24  2 

5  27 

60 

3 

4 

5 

7 

8 

9 

It 

12113  1 

5  16 

17 

19 

20 

21 

23 

24 

25 

27 

28 

29  3 

1  32 

70 

3 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12iU  15  1 

7  19 

■m 

22 

23 

25 

26 

28 

29 

31 

.33 

34  3 

i  37 

60 

2 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

12  14  1(3  18U 

9  21 

23 

25 

27 

28 

30 

32 

34 

35 

37 

39  4 

1  43 

90 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12  14  II)  HOd;-) 

2  24 

26 

23 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

42 

44  4 

B'48 

100 

2 

4 

7 

9 

11 

I3i|5  Is  2U22  2 

127 

29 

31 

33 

35 

38 

40 

42 

44 

47_ 

49  5 

1  !53 

Days-2-5 

26 

27 

28|29 

llo. 

1 

2 
1 

3 
2 

4 

3 

5 
3 

6 
4 

7 
5 

8 

5 

9 
5 

10 

7 

11 

i 

$1 

1 

1 

1 

il  1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

4 

5 

7 

8 

8 

10 

12 

13 

15 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

4 

6 

A 

10 

12 

14 

16 

17 

20 

21 

•4 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

5 

8 

10 

13 

16 

19 

21 

24 

27 

29 

eS 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

7 

10 

13 

17 

20 

23 

27 

2q 

33 

36 

^6 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8 

12 

16 

20 

24 

■28 

32 

36 

40 

44 

c?* 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

9 

14 

19 

23 

28 

33 

37 

41 

47 

51 

81 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

11 

16 

21 

27 

32 

37 

43 

48 

53 

59 

9i 

5 

5 

5 

6 

0 

6 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

53 

60 

65 

10 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 

13 

20 

27 

33 

40 

47 

53 

60 

67 

73 

11 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

7 

15 

22 

29 

37 

44 

51 

59 

65 

73 

80 

12 

7 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

10 

24 

32 

40 

43 

56 

64 

72 

80 

88 

13 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

17 

26 

35 

43 

52 

61 

69 

77 

87 

95 

14 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9 

19 

28 

37 

47 

56 

65 

75 

84 

93 

1.0:3 

15 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

89 

1.00 

1.09 

16 

9 

9 

10 

10 

10 

11 

21 

32 

43 

53 

64 

75 

85 

96 

1.07 

1.17 

17 

9 

10 

10 

11 

n 

11 

23 

34 

45 

57 

68 

79 

91 

1.01 

1.13 

1  24 

18 

to 

10 

11 

1] 

12 

12 

24 

36 

48 

60 

72 

84 

96' 

1.08 

1.20 

1:32 

19 

U 

11 

U 

12 

12 

13 

25 

38 

51 

63 

76 

89 

1.01; 

1  13 

1.27 

1.39 

20 

11 

11 

12 

12 

13 

13 

27 

40 

53 

67 

80 

93 

I  07 

1.20 

1.33 

1.47 

21 

12 

12 

13 

13 

13 

14 

28 

-:2 

56 

70 

84 

98 

1.12 

1 .25 

;i.40 

153 

22 

12 

13 

13 

14 

14 

15 

29 

44 

59 

73 

88 

1.03 

1.17 

1.32 

1.47 

1.61 

25 

14 

14 

15 

15 

16 

17 

33 

50 

67 

83 

1.00 

i.r 

1..33 

1.40 

1.67 

1.63 

30 

17 

17 

18 

19 

19 

SO 

40 

60 

80 

1.00 

120 

1.40 

1.60 

1.80 

2  00  2.20 

40  1 22 1  2:? 

24 

25 

26 

27 

53 

80 

1.07 

1.33 

1.60 

1.87 

2.13 

2  40 

2.67  2.93 

50  28  29 

30 

31 

32 

a3 

67 

100 

1.33 

1.67 

2.00 

2.33 

2.6T 

3.00 

3.;33  3.67 

00  ;33|35 

3f>  37  39 

40 

SO 

1.20 

160 

2.00 

9.40 

2.80 

3.20 

3.00 

4.00  4.40 

70m3!1 

40 

42  43  45 

47 

93 

1.40 

1.87 

2.33 

2.80 

3.27 

3.73 

4  20 

4  67  .5.13 

80 

44 

46 

48  50  51 

53 

1.07 

1.60 

2.13 

2  67 

3.20 

3.73 

4  27 

4.80 

5  33  5  87 

90 

5(1 

52 

54  156  53 

60 

1  20 

1.80 

2.40 

3.00 

3.60 

4.20 

4  80 

5.40 

6  (K)  6.60 

100 

55 '53 

60162  61 

67 

1.33 

2.00 

2.67 

3.3:3 

4.00 

4.67  5.-33  6.00 

6.67  7.33 

NINE     PER    CENT    INTEREST. 


107 


TABLES  OF  INTEREST  AT  NINE  PER  CENT. 


Dajs-l  1 

2    3 

4 

5 

6  7  8 

9  10 

1112, 

13 

14 

15  1 

6    17 

18 

19 

20 

^ 

22  23(241 

$r 

0 

0    0 

0 

0 

("0    0 

0    0 

0 

"0 

0 

0 

0 

0     0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

~~o 

Oi    11 

2 

i" 

0    0 

0 

0 

0    0    0 

0    0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1    1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

0 

0    0 

0 

0 

0    0    1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1    1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

v;4 

0 

0    0 

0 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2     2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

^5 

0 

0    0 

0 

1  1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2     2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

=|(>i 

0 

0   0 

1 

1    2 

2    21 

2 

2 

2 

2     3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

Cl' 

0 

0    0 

1 

2    2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3     3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8 

0 

0    1 

1 

112 

2    2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

.3 

3     3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

9 

(1 

0    1 

1 

1    2    2 

2    2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4     4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

0 

0    1 

1 

2    2    2 

2    2 

3i  3 

31  3 

4 

4     4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

11 

0 

0    1 

1 

2    2    2 

2    3 

3    3 

31  4 

4 

4     5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

12 

0 

1 

2    2    2 

3    3 

3    4 

4    4 

5 

5     5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

13 

0 

1 

2 

2    2   3 

3    3 

3 

4 

4    5 

5 

5     5 

6 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

S 

14 

u 

1 

2 

2    2   3 

3    3 

4 

4 

5    5 

5 

6     6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

15 

0 

2 

2 

2    3   3 

3    4 

4 

5 

5   5 

6 

6     6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

16 

0 

2 

2 

2    3   3 

4    4 

4 

5 

5    6 

6 

6     7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

17 

0 

2 

2 

3    3    3 

4    4 

5 

5 

5    6 

6 

7     7 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

18 

0 

2 

2 

3    3    4 

4    5 

5 

5 

6    6 

7 

7     8 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

19 

0 

2 

2 

33    4 

4    5 

5 

6 

6    7 

7 

8     8 

9 

9 

9 

lU 

10 

11 

11 

'20 

0 

1    2 

2 

2 

3    3    4 

5    5 

5 

6 

6    7 

8 

8     8 

9 

9 

10 

11 

11 

11 

12 

21 

0 

1    2 

2 

3 

3    4    4 

5    5 

6 

6 

7    7 

8 

8     9 

9 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

13 

22 

0 

1    2 

2 

3 

3    4    4 

5    5 

6 

7 

7   8 

8 

9     9 

10 

10 

11 

12 

'2 

13 

13 

25 

1    2 

2 

3 

4    4    5 

6    6 

7 

8 

8    9 

9   1 

0   11 

11 

12 

12 

13 

14 

14 

15 

30 

2    2 

3 

4 

5   5    6 

7    8 

8 

9 

10  11 

11    1 

2    13 

14 

14 

15 

16 

17  i 

17 

18 

40 

2    3 

4 

5 

6    7    8 

9  10 

11 

12 

13  14 

15    1 

6    17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22   Zi 

24 

50 

2    4 

5 

6 

S    9  10 

11  12  14  15' 

16  17 

19   2 

0;21 

2:? 

24 

25 

26 

27 

29  \  30 

60 

70 ' 
!^0 

1^ 

3    5 

3  5 

4  6 

6 

1 

8 
9 
10 

9  1l!l2 

11  1214 

12  14  16 

14|l5  17 
16:17  19 
IS;20  22 

IS 

20 

21 
24 

2b 

23I2 
26   2 
30  i  3 

4    26 

8,. 30 
2   .34 

27 
32 
36; 

29 
33 

38 

30 
35 
40 

32 
37 
42 

a-} 

3s 
44 

35  36 
40   42 

46  !  48 

21 

23 

241 

26 

90 

2; 

5    7 

9 

11 

14  16  18 

20  23  25!27i 

29  32 

34  j  3 

6  38 

41! 

43 

45 

47 

50 

52   54 

100 

2l 

5    8 

10 

12_ 

15  17  20 

23  25  2730! 

32  35 

3814 

0  42 

45 

47 

50 

53  55  57   60| 

D8J8-25 

26 

1 

27 
1 

28 
1 

29    11 
1        1 

).     2 
2 

3 

2 

4 
3 

5 

4 

6 
5 

7 
5 

8 
6 

9       10 

6       i 

11 

i        8 

s~iTri 

2!|    1 

1 

1 

1 

1       2 

3 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

U 

)      17 

3  1    2 

2 

2 

9 

2       2 

5 

7 

9 

11 

14 

16 

18 

20 

2: 

24 

v'l, 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3       3 

6 

9 

12 

15 

IS 

21 

24 

27 

31 

33 

e5' 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4        4 

8 

11 

15 

19 

23 

26 

30 

33 

3f 

41 

1« 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4        5 

9 

14 

18 

23 

27 

32 

36 

41 

45 

50 

■S'l 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5        5 

11 

16 

21 

26 

32 

37 

42 

47 

5: 

57 

81 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6        6 

12 

18 

84 

30 

36 

43 

48 

54 

61 

ee 

9! 

6 

6 

6 

6 

Oj      7 

14 

20 

27 

34 

41 

47 

54 

60 

6g 

74 

10 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7       8 

13 

23 

30 

38 

45 

53 

60 

68 

75 

a3 

11 

7 

7 

7 

8 

8       E 

17 

25 

3:3 

41 

50 

58 

66 

74 

83 

90 

12 

8 

8 

8 

e 

9        8 

18 

27 

36 

45 

54 

63 

72 

81 

91 

99 

13 

8 

8 

9 

9 

91    10 

20 

£9 

39 

49 

39 

68 

78 

87 

9^ 

1.07 

14 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10      11 

21 

32 

42 

53 

63 

74 

84 

95! 1.05 

1  16 

15 

9 

10 

10 

11 

11      11 

23 

34 

45 

56 

68 

79 

90 

1.0li1.1."3 

1  23 

16 

10 

10 

11 

11 

12;    la 

24 

36 

48 

60 

72 

84 

96 

1.08 1 1.2(1 

1.32 

17 

11 

11 

11 

12 

12;    13 

26 

38 

31 

64 

77 

89 

102 

1.14  ].2g 

1.40 

18 

11 

12 

12 

13 

13      14 

27 

41 

54 

68 

81 

95 

1.08 

1.22  1.35 

149 

19  l!  12 

12 

13 

13 

14;    14 

*29 

43 

J57 

71 

86 

1.00 

1.14 

1.28!  1.43 

1.56 

20 

12 

13 

14 

14 

14:      15 

30 

45 

60 

75 

90 

1.05 

1.20 

i.a5;i  5( 

1.65 

21 

13 

14 

14 

13 

15      16 

32 

47 

63 

79 

95 

1  10 

1  1  26 

1.41,1  5f- 

1.73 

22 

14 

14 

15 

15 

16      17 

33 

50 

G6 

83 

99 

1.16 

i  1..32 

1.49:1.65 

1.82 

23 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18      IS 

38 

56 

75 

94 

1.13 

131 

1  50 

1.6!^'j.«f- 

2.06 

30 

19 

20 

20 

21 

22     2: 

45 

6S 

90 

1.13 

1.35 

1.58 

1.60 

2.(6  2.23 

2.48 

40 

25 

26 

27 

as 

29      3C 

60 

90 

1.20 

1.50 

1.80 

2.10 

2  40 

2.70  3.(X 

3.30 

50 

31 

32 

34 

35 

36     35 

75 

1.13 

150 

1.88 

2.25 

2.03 

3  00 

3.38;».T.'> 

4.13 

liO 

38 

39 

41 

42 

44      4.' 

90 

1.35 

1.80 

225 

2.70 

3.15 

3.60 

1.05  4. 5( 

4.95 

70 

44 

45 

47 

49 

51      5C 

1.05  i  1.58 

2.10 

2.63 

3.15 

3.68 

4.20 

4.73  5.25 

5  78 

80 

50 

52 

54 

56 

58      6C 

i]  20    1  go 

240 

3.(X) 

3.60 

4.20 

4  go! 

5.40  6.(l( 

.00 

90 

56 

59 

61 

63 

65  1  6i 

jl  35i2.(0 

2.70 

3.-38 

4  05 

4.73 

5.40; 

R.ns  6.75  17.431 

100 

62 

05  6S 

70 

72  1  7£ 

1..50  12.25 

3.00 

3.75 

4.50 

5.25 

6.00  i 

S.75  7..50ls.23| 

108 


TEN     PER   CENT    INTEREST. 


TABLES  OF  INTEREST  AT  TEN  PER  CENT. 


Days-l  ' 

o'  0 

4 

0 

5    ( 
0 

7 

8 

9 
0 

101 

112 

13 

14 

15 
0 

0 

17 
1 

18 

1 

19  21 
1 

)    21  1 
1     1 

22 

1 

23 
1 

21 

1 

ii  1    u 

0    0    0 

0 

0    0 

ojo 

2 

0 

0  0 

0 

0 

0    0    0 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1     1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

0 

0  0 

0 

0 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2     2 

2 

2 

2 

«■> 

0 

0   0 

0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

1  1 

] 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

i     2 

2 

3 

3 

c5 

0 

0  0 

1 

1  1 

1 

1 

1 

2    2 

2 

2 

2; 

2 

2 

i    3 

3 

3     3 

3 

3 

3 

l« 

0 

0    1 

1 

1  1 

1 

2 

2 

2    2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3     4 

4 

4 

4 

(§7 

0 

0   1 

1 

1  1 

2 

2 

2 

2    2 

3'  3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4     4 

4 

4 

S 

8 

0 

0   1 

1' 

1 

1    2    2 

2 

2 

2    3 

3i  3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4     5 

5 

5 

5 

9 

0 

1  1 

1 

2    2    2 

2 

3 

3    3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5     5 

6 

6 

6 

10 

0 

1  1 

jl 

1 

2    2    2 

3 

3 

3    3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

3     6 

6 

6 

7 

11 

0 

1  1 

1l 

2 

2    2;  2 

3 

3 

3    4 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6     6 

7 

7 

7 

W 

0 

1  I 

It 

2 

2    2 

3 

3 

3 

4    4 

4 

5 

5l 

5 

6 

6 

6 

7     7 

7 

8 

S 

13 

0 

1  1 

2 

2    3 

3 

3 

4 

4    4 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7     8 

8 

8 

9 

14 

0 

1  1 

2 

2 

2    3 

31  4 

4 

4    5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

7 

8     8 

9 

9 

9 

15 

0 

1  1 

2 

2  3l  3|  3|  4 

4 

5    5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

S     9 

9 

10 

10 

16 

0 

1  1 

2 

2 

3    3    4    4 

4 

5    5 

6|  6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

9     9 

10 

10 

11 

17 

0 

1  1 

2 

2 

3    3   4    4 

5 

5    6 

6    7 

7 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9  10 

10 

11 

11 

18 

1   2 

2 

3 

3    4    4    5 

5 

6    6 

7    7 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10  1 

0  11 

11 

12 

12 

19 

1 

1   2 

2 

3 

3    4    4    5 

5 

6    6 

7    7 

8 

8 

9 

10 

10  1 

1    11 

12 

12 

13 

20 

1   2 

2 

3 

3    4    4    5 

6 

6    7 

7    8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

11   1 

1   12 

12 

13 

13 

21 

1   2 

2 

3 

4    45    5 

6 

6    7 

8    8 

9 

9 

10 

ill 

11   1 

2   12 

13 

13 

14 

2i 

1   2 

2 

3 

4    4i  5    6 

6 

7    7 

8    9 

9' 

10 

10 

11 

12  1 

2  13 

13 

14 

15 

25 

I   2 

3 

3 

4    5    G    6 

7 

8    8 

9  10 

10 

11 

12 

13 

13  1 

4   15 

15 

16 

17 

30 

1 

2  3 

3 

4 

5    6    7    8 

8 

9!l0 

11112 

13 

13 

14 

15 

16  1 

7   18 

18 

19 

20 

40 

1 

2  3 

4 

6 

7i  8i  9  10 

11  12  13 

14  16 

17 

IS 

19 

20 

21  2 

2  23 

24 

26 

27 

50 

1  ] 

3   4 

6 

7   8  toll  13  U  15  17 

IS  10 

21 

22 

24 

'25 

20 '  ■> 

8 '29 

31 

3-2 

33 

60 

1  ^ 

3  5 

7 

810  1213  15  17  IS  20 

2-.>23 

25 

27 

28 

30 

32  S 

3:35 

37 

3r 

|40 

70 

* 

4   6 

8  |012  14  16  18  19  21  23 

25  27 

29 

31 

3:? 

35 

37  3 

9  41 

43 

45 

47 

8<i 

<  'J 

1  * 

4   7 

'  9  III  13  16  18  20  22  24  27 

29  31 

133 

36 

38 

40 

42  4 

4|47 

49 

51 

53 

91 

13 

5  8 

;  10  13  15  IS  20  23  25  23  30 

33.35 

138 

40 

43 

45 

48  5 

0  53 

55 

5S 

;60 

100 

3 

e!  8  111417  19  22  25  28  31  33 

36  39 

;42 

44 

47 

!  50  53  5 

6  58 

61 

64 

167 

Da)s-2') 

28 

27 

2S 

29 

IHo. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10    " 

11 

$ri 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

7 

8 

8 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

5 

7 

8 

10 

12 

13 

15 

17 

18 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

8i 

3 

5 

8 

10 

13 

15 

18 

20 

22 

25 

27 

^•4 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

7 

10 

13 

17 

20 

2:) 

27 

30 

33 

37 

^5 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4| 

4 

8 

13 

17 

21 

25 

29 

33 

37 

42 

45 

|o 

4 

4 

5 

5 

5 

S 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

55 

Q7 

5 

5 

9 

5 

6 

6 

12 

18 

23 

29 

35! 

41 

47 

52 

58 

63 

8 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

7 

13 

20 

27 

33 

40 

47 

53 

60 

67 

73 

9 

6 

7 

7 

7 

7! 

8 

15 

23 

30 

38 

45 

53 

60 

67 

75 

82 

10 

7 

7 

8 

8 

8 

8 

17 

25 

33 

42 

50 

58 

67 

75 

83 

92 

11 

8 

8 

8 

9 

9 

9 

IS 

28 

37 

46 

55 

64 

73 

82 

92 

1.00 

12 

8 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

eo 

90 

1.00 

110 

13 

9 

9 

10 

10 

10 

11 

22 

33 

43 

54 

65 

76 

87 

97 

1.03 

1  IS 

14 

10 

10 

11 

11 

11 

12 

23 

35 

47 

58 

70 

82 

93 

1.05 

1.17 

123 

15 

10 

11 

11 

12 

12 

13 

25 

38 

50 

63 

75 

68 

1.00 

1.12 

125 

137 

16 

It 

12 

12 

12 

13 

13 

27 

40 

53 

67 

80 

93 

1.07 

120 

1.31 

1.47 

17 

12 

12 

13 

13 

14 

14 

23 

43 

57 

71 

85| 

99 

i.n 

1.27 

1.42 

1.55 

19 

i:» 

13 

14 

14 

15 

15 

30 

45 

60 

75 

90! 

105 

120 

1.:15 

1.50 

165 

19 

13 

14 

14 

15 

15 

16 

32 

43 

63 

79 

95: 

111 

127 

142 

158 

1.73 

20 

14 

14 

15 

16 

16, 

17 

33 

50 

67 

83 

1  00: 

117 

l..^3 

1  50 

107 

1.83 

21 

15 

15 

16 

16 

17! 

19 

35 

53 

70 

88 

1.05 

1.23 

140 

157 

1  75 

1.92 

22 

15 

16 

17 

17 

IS 

13 

37 

55 

73 

92 

1  10 

128 

1.47 

1.65 

183 

2.02 

25 

17 

18 

19 

19 

20   1  21 

42 

6:1 

83 

1.04 

1.25 

1.46 

167 

1b7 

2.03 

2  28 

30 

21 

22 

23 

2:1 

24      25 

50 

75 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.T5 

2  00 

22.5 

2.5') 

2.75 

40 

28 

2i) 

30 

31 

32   ;  3:3 

67 

100 

1:13 

1.67 

2  ((0 

2.3:^ 

2  67 

3.00   3..^3 

3  67 

50 

•\5 

36 

38 

39 

40   j  42 

83 

125 

167 

2.08 

2  50 

2.02 

3  33 

3.75    4.17 

4.59 

60 

42 

[43 

45 

47 

|4S      50 

1.00   1  50 

2  00 

2  50 

3.00 

?50 

4.00 

450    5.001 

5.50 

70 

49 

51 

53 

54 

156   j  58 

1.17  1.T5  2.33 

2  92 

3  50 

4  0« 

4  67 

5.*-.    5.?3 

6  42 

60 

50  j  59 

60 

62 

64      67 

1.33  2  00  2  67 

3.a3 

4  00 

4  67 

5.33 

6.00    6.671 

7.33 

90 

01    65 

63 

70 

73      75 

1.50  2.25  3  00  3.75 

4.50 

5  25 

600 

0.75    7.5"    8  25 

I00i:«9|72 

75 

78 

81 1  i  8:1 

1.67  2.50  3.33  4.17 

5.00  5.83 

6.07 

7.50   8.33   9.17 

EQUATING,    OR   AVERAGING    PAYMENTS. 


109 


sS^- 


'I'4RI.F:  for  Banking  aii<l  equuU.ili,  thowilig  llie  imri  Ul  cl 
ilayi  from  an3r  Dale  In  one  Muiitb,  tu  the  •sine  Date  in 
any   utlier    Month.  Example.      How  mxny    days    from 

the  2.1  ol  Pebruaty  to  the  %l  ol  Augml  t     Look  for  February 
at  the  lelt  band,  and  Augatl  at.tbe  top,  in  tl.e  angle  b  ]8l. 


1853. 

From 

To 


F.;b. 
Mar. 

April. 
M  .y. 
June. 
July. 
Aug. 

( »cl.  • 
Nov. 
Dee. 


^4    - 


3(a  31  59 

:)3t3(;5  28 

30U337  365 

■ilo  306  334 

3 1.5  -.iTIi  304 

21124.5  273 

184  215  243 

1,53  184  212 

122  153  181 

92  12:)  151 

Gl  92  120 

31  62  9) 


90  120 

5J   89 

3l[  61 
365!  30 
:!a5'365 
304  334  365 
•274  3;i4  335 
243  373  :i04 
212  342  373 
183  313  243 
151  181212 
121  151  182 


■^  < 


181212  243  273 

150  181;213l242 

122  153  1841314 

91122  153183 

61  92;i23  153 

30  61  j  92  122 

365  31  62;  92 

334  365  31  61 

303  334':?(.5'  30 

273  304  3a5' 365 

242  2T3  304  334 

212  243  274  304 


o   C   e 

O  a  G 


304:-34 
273:03, 
245275i 
214'244: 
184,214 
153  183 
123;15:i 


m 

w 

(5 

•^ 

« 

s 

A 

u 

^ 

i\ 

« 

>- 

>> 

— 

c 

c 

■o 

3 

.rf 

o 

ca 

u 

B 

u 

Xi 

< 

3 

'Z 

a 
3 

1 

m 

.. 

a 

. 

o 
c 

S 

a 

— 

F 

'w 

ti-a 

a 

^.^ 

C 

5^ 

« -a 


Note. — If  Leap- Year,  add  one  Day  if  February  be  included. 
EQUATION    OF    PAYMENTS. 
Rule.  —  Multiply  each  Debt  by  the  time  in  which  it  i.s  Payable,  and 
divide  the  Sum  of  the  Producta  by  the  Sum  of  the  Debts— as  follows  : 
Bought  at  4  months'  credit.     When  is  the  equated  time  of  payment  7 

1855.  AmU.                        Days.        Products. 

March    1.        S  50.(X)  

"        7.  67.00  Multiplied  by    6  equal  402  00 

«•      12.  3200            "          "  11      "      352.00 

«•      19.  82.00            "          «'  13      "    1476.00 


8  23100 


)  2230.00  (  9  day«. 
2079.00 


2230.00  beine  divided  by  231.00  gives  9  days  and  151.00         as  the  re- 

mainder, which  latter  being  more  than  half  of  231.00,  counts  a  whole  day. 

The  column  of  days  represents  the  number  of  days  after  July  1  (4  months 
afier  March  1,)  at  which  time  the  several  debts  become  payable.    The  quotient 
9  days  (and  the  remainder)  added  to  July  1  gives  July  11  for  the  equated  lime. 
Another  Method  for  finding  the  Average  Payment  or 

Different  Payments. 
Role.  —  Find  the  interest,  b/  Interest  Tables,  on  each  item  from  the 
date  o?  each  charge  to  the  date  of  the  last  charge.     Add  up  the  interest  ol 
these  several  charges,  and  then  ascertain  how  long  a  time  it  will  take  for 
the  <o/a/ of  tlie  account  to  make  that  amount  of  Interest — then  deduct  this 
time  from  the  date  of  the  last  charge  in  the  account,  and  this  will  give  you 
the  month  and  daj'  of  the  average.     Cents  may  be  disregarded  unless  over 
60,  and  counting  them  as  an  additional  dollar  if  they  are  50  or  more. 
Bought  at  4  movths.     When  is  the  average  time  of  payment.  ? 
March  1,  $200.     From  .March  1  to  July  1  is  122  days.— Interest  $  4  07 
April    2,      70.        "      April    2  to  July  1  is    90  days.—      "  105 

May    4,      30.        "      May     4  to  July  1  is    .59  days.—      "  29 

June    6,      50.        "     June     6  to  July  1  is    25  days.—      "  21 

July      1,      50. 

8400.  85  61 

•  The  Interest  on  8400,  for  2  months  and  24  days  is  85  60.  Now  deduct  the 
amount  of  time  (2  months  and  24  days)  from  the  date  of  the  last  charge,  (Jul^ 
1,1  and  this  will  give  April  0,  as  the  month  and  day  for  the  average^  and  Augi 
8tD  as  the  day  o/  payment. 

BMA  10 


110     GOLD   COINS,   WITH   THEIR  WEIGHT   AND   VALUE. 


GOLD    COINS    WITH    THEIR    WEIGHT    AND    VALUE. 

[24  grains  equal  1  pennyweight,  20  pennyweights  1  ounce,  12  ounces  I  pound. 


Denomination. 


I  Ifeigkt.l  Val.  Denomination. 


UNITBD     STATES. 


Bagfo  before  1834 

(^  &  I  in  proportion.) 

Eagles,  atXer  1834,     

Doul.lfi  Eagle, 

HalfEagIn, 

Three  Dollar  piece, , 

Quarter  Kagle, 

Gold  Dollar, 


AUSTRIA. 

Quadruple  Ducat, 

Ducat, •••• 

SuuveraiD(ror  Lombardv) 


270 

258 
516 
129 
77.4 
64.5 
25.S 
dt.gr 
9  (X) 
2    5i 
7    7 


BATARIA. 

Ciirolin, 16  5JI 

Ducut {2  5|| 

BELGIUM. 

Twenty  Franc  pieces,  . .   14  3^1 

Forty  Franc  piecea, |  8  7 


BOLIVIA. 
Doubloon, |17    8ill5  58 


Vi  6(J 

10  00 
20  00 

5  00 
3  00 
2  50 

1  00 
■Sc. 

9  12 

2  28 

6  75 


4  93 
2  27 


3  82 
7  67 


BRAZIL. 

Jtihatines,  {\  in  prop.). . . 

Dobroan, 

Dobra, 

Moidore,  (J  in  prop.) . 


Piece  of  6,400  reig jg    6 


18  00  17  4 
34  12  32  71 
18  16  17  31 
6  22  6  56 
8  72 

BRUNSWICK  &,  MECKLEKGBURGH. 

TenThaler,  1813tol838, 1  8  13  |  7  89 

CENTRAL   AMERICA. 
Doubloon, |17    9  |14  96 

COLUMBIA. 
Doubloon, |17    e^jlS  62 

CBILI. 

Doubloon,  (beFore  1835.)   117    9  115  57 
«  (after  1835,)..  117    9  (l5  66 

DENMARK. 

TenThaler I  8  13  I  7  88 

Fred.  D'or,  1813  to  1839,   14    6  |  3  93 

ENGLAND. 

Guinoa,(Jin  prop.) 15  8  I  5  05 

Sovereigns,  (i  in  prop.)  .5  3i    4  85 

"        (Double)  .....  |10  6i|  9  70 

EAST   INDIES. 

Rupee,  Bombay, I  7  11  [  7  09 

Rupee,  Madras, 7  12  |  7  II 

Pagoda,  Star, |  2  4J  |  1  79 

SAXONY 
Double  Aug.  D'or,  1837,  •  I  8  13  I  7  94 
Ducat, 2    6     2  26 


\Weight.\VaL 


FRANCE. 

\dt.gT.\9.e. 
D'ble  Louis,  (before  1786)   10  11   I  9  71 

Louis,  «lo 5    4      4  79 

D'blo  Louis,  (since  178C).      0  2(1      9  16 

Louis,  do 4  22  I  4  52 

Double  Napoleon,  or  40 

Francs, 18    7  I  7  68 

Napoleon,  or2'J  Francs, .  |  4    3^{  3  84 
HOLLAND. 

Double  Ryder, 112  21  112  20 

Ryder, 6    9  (  6  04 

Ducal, I  2    5JI  2  a"* 

HAMBURGH. 

Ducat,  (double  in  prop.)  .  |  2  5}]  2  27 

HANOVER. 

TenThaler, George  II.  .     8  13  7  84 

Do.  Wra.  IV.  &  Ernest,.      8  13  7  89 

Fine  Thaler 4  6  3  91 

Ducat, ^ 2  5i  2  28 

HINDUSTAN. 

MohuT,E.LCo I  7  12  I  7  10 

NETHERLANDS. 

Ducat, I  2 

Ten  Gilders, (4  in  prop.) . I  4 

NEW    GRENADA. 
Doubloon,  (of  various  fine- 
nes3)froni  $15,31  toSI5,- 
71,  generally  weigh  the 
same  as  a  dollar,  average  |17  8J|15  53 

MEXICO. 
Doubloon,{*hares  in  prop.) 
various  dates  coined  at 
dilTerent  mints,  varying 
in  value  from  $15  44  to 
$15  67,.... average,...,  |17  8J|15  53 

PRUSSIA. 

Frederick  D'or 14    6     3  95 

Double  do,  1831, |  8  13      7  97 

Do.  do.tol811 1  8  13     7  92 

RUSSIA. 

Five  Rubles, 14  4  i  3  95 

Ducat,  1796 |  9  18     9  76 

Iniperial.l801,(Jinprop.){  8  7  |  7  84 

SARDINIA. 

Twenty  Lire, |4  3  |  3  83 

SWEDEN. 
Ducat I  2    5 


?ll? 


2  27 
00 


2S3 

SPAIN. 
Quadruple  Pistole,  or  Doub- 
loon, (}  in  prop.)  1772, ..  j  17    8J|16  03 

Doubloon,  18(J1, 117    9    15  54 

Pistole  (^  Doubloon) |  4    8i    3  90 


VALUE  OF  SILVER  COIN  fc   FOREIGN    CURRENCY.       Ill 


RATES   OF  SILVER    MONEY  AND  FOREIGN   CURRENCIT 

(Established  by  Law.— Custom  House  Value.) 


Sc.  m 
Dollar  of  U.  S.  (i  &  i  in  prop.)  1.00 
of  Austria,  ------        97 

of  Sweden, (gpeeiei  d.iler,)-     1.04 
of  Norway,  (  Rigsbaiik  daler)    1  05 
of  Netherlands,      -    -    -    -     1.00 

of  Denmark,  (Species  daler,)    1.04 
of  Bremen,  ------        73  7 

of  Bolivia,  Peru  &  Chili,      -     1  00  0 
of  Central  Am.  uncertain,   -        97 
jf   Mexico,  8    reals,  (varying 
from  95  to  100,)  -    -    -    -     1.00 

of  New  Grenada,  (usual  ■wl.)  1.02 
PonxD  Sterling  of  (Jr.  Britain,  4-84 
Half  Ckowji  of  do.  -  -  54 
Shilling  of  do.  -    -       22 

FoURPENCE  of  do.   -     -  7 

FsANX  of  France  and  Belgium, 
F<vE  Franc  of  France, 
Rix  Dollar  of  Austria,   -    - 
of  Berlin  &  Saxony,  .    -    - 
of  llalavia,   ------ 

Thaler   of  "Prussia,    Saxony, 
Brunswick,  &  Hesse  Cassel, 
of  Leipsic  and  Hanover, 
Florixs  and  Gcilders  of  Nu- 
rembnrg,  St.  Gail,   Frank- 
fort,  Netherlands,  Bavaria, 
Brazil,  Baden,  AmUerdam, 
and  Rotlerrlam,  -    -     -    - 

of  Austria,  Trieste,  Bohemia 

Liepsic,  and  Augsburg,    - 
of  Prussia,    ------ 

of  Tuscany,  -    -    .    .    -    - 
of  Brabant,  ----.- 

OciLDEE  of  Wurtemberg, 


IS  5 

93 

97 

69 

75 


69 


40 

48  5 
23 
26 
34 
39  5 


(c.  m.' 

Double  Thaler  of  Prussia,  1.39 
Real  Vellon  of  Spain,    -    -         5 

ofPliite,        10 

PisTAREEN  (4  Real  Vellons  of 

Spain,) 19  « 

Pon.NDofBrilisli  Provinces,   -  4.00 

of  Jamaica,  Turks  Island,  and 

Honduras, 3.00 

of  Nassau,     -.--•-  2.50 
Dec  AT  of  Naples,      -    -     .    -        80 

Oc.NCE  of  Sicily,       -    -    .    -  2.40 
SccDo  of  .Malta,  -    -    -    •    -       40 

of  Naples,    -    -         -    -    .        94 

of  Rome, 1.00  5 

Pezzo  of  Leghorn,  -    -    -    .        90  7 
MtLL  Rea  of  Azores,   -    -    -        83  3 

of  Madeira, 1.00 

of  Portugal, 1.12 

Marc  Ba.nco  of  Hamburg,    -        35 
Rouble  of  Russia,  silver,       -        75 

of  Russia,  paper,  .    -    -    -        21  4 
Piastre  of  Turkey,      -    -    -  5 

Twextt  Piastres  of  Turkey,      82 
Lira,  (for  Lorabardyic Tuscany,)  16 
Twenty  Kreutzers,       -     -        16 
Lira  of  Sardinia,      -.-    -    -        18  5 
Five  Lira  of  Sardinia,    -    -       93  2 
Li  VRE  of  Genoa,       -    -    -    .        18  5 

of  Catalonia  &  Barcelona,  -        53  5 

of  Neufchatel, 26  5 

Talk  of  China, 1.48 

Pagoda  of  Madras,        -    -    -  l.§4 

Caows  of  Tuscany,      -    -    »  1,05 

Pagoda  of  India  -----  1.84 
Rupee  of  British  India,     -    -       44  fi 


Most  foreign  Silver  Coins  possess  a  higher  standard  value  than  the  present 
United  Slates  coinage. 


VALUE,  WEIGHT  AND  LAW   REGULATING  THE   TENDER 
OF   U.  STATES   CfUNS. 


Kanus  of  the  Coins- 

Grains. 

Value. 

One  Dollar,  or  ten  Dimes,  (No  change  in  Law.)  - 
Half  Dollar,  or  five  Dimes,   ------ 

Quarter  Dollar,  or  two  and  ahalf  Diraesj       .        .        - 
One  Dime,              -.-.-.--. 
Half  Dime,           -.....-.. 

Three  Cent  piece,           ....... 

192. 
96. 
33 .4 
19.2 
11.52 

100 

50 

2S 

10 

5 

3 

The  laws  of  the  United  States  make  one  cent  pieces  a  legal  tender  for 
nmounti  not  exceeding  10  cenie, — three  cent  pieces  for  amounts  not  exceed- 
ing 3U  cents  — U.  St:itcs  Silver  Coins  for  amounts  not  exceeding  5  dollars,^ 
and  Gold  Coins  at  their  retpective  values. 

Foreign  Gold  and  Silver  Coins  are  no  longer  legal  tender.    Law  of  1S57- 

The  Standard  fineness  of  U.  States  Gold  and  Silver  Coins  is  one  tctight  of 
alloy  to  nine  weights  if  pure  metal.  The  alloy  for  Gold  Coin  is  Silver  and 
Copper,  and  Copper  for  Silver  Coin. 

The  silver  coins  of  Great  Briiaiu  are  not  legal  tender  in  that  country  in 
■oms  exceeding  X2. 


112      REDUCTION    OF    FOREIGN   MONEY   TO  U.    STATES. 


REDUCTION    OF    FOREIGN    MONEY. 


engLxsh  sterlikq  deduced  to  DOttAfid  ASI)  CEKtS. 
As  fixed  by  Law. 


a. 

c.  m. 

s. 

e.  m. 

£ 

$<;. 

£ 

$   c. 

£ 

$  e. 

£ 

$  c. 

£ 

ae. 

1 

24  2 

11 

2  66  2 

1 

4  84 

11 

5324 

21 

10164 

31 

150  04 

41 

198  44 

2 

48  4 

12 

290  4 

2 

9  68 

12 

58  08 

22 

106  48 

32 

154  88 

42 

20328 

3 

726 

13 

314  6 

3 

14  52 

13 

62  92 

23 

11132 

33 

15972 

43 

20812 

4 

96  8 

14 

3  38  8 

4 

19  36 

14 

G7  76 

24 

116  16 

34 

164  56 

44 

212  9<> 

.5 

1210 

15 

3  63  0 

5 

24  20 

13 

72  60 

23 

12100 

35 

169  40 

45 

217  80 

6 

1452 

16 

3  87  2 

6 

29  04 

16 

7741 

26 

125  84 

36 

174  24 

46 

222  64 

7 

169  4 

17 

411  4 

7 

33  88 

17 

8228 

27 

130  68 

37 

17908 

47 

227  48 

fi 

1  93  6 

18 

4  35  6 

8 

38  72 

18 

87  12 

28 

135  52 

3d 

183  <e 

48 

2:i232 

9 

2  17  8 

19 

4  59  8 

9 

43  56 

19 

91  96 

29 

140  36 

39 

188  76 

49 

237  16 

10 

2  42  0 

20 

484  0 

10 

48  40 

20 

9680 

30 

145  20 

40 

193  60 

50 

242  00 

FRENCH    FRANCS    REDUCED    TO    DOLLARS   AND    CENTS. 
As  fixed  by  Law. 


fr 
1 

$cts 
19 

fr 
16 

$cts 

fr 
31 

$cts 
577 

fr 
46 

$  cts 
856 

fr 
fil 

9  cts 
1135 

fr 

76 

Sets 
14  14 

frs 
91 

S  cts 

2  93 

16  93 

3 

37 

17 

3  16 

32 

595 

47 

8  74 

62 

11  53 

77 

14  32 

92 

1711 

3 

56 

18 

3  35 

33 

614 

48 

8  93 

IK} 

11  72 

78 

14  31 

93 

17  3;) 

4 

74 

19 

3  51 

34 

6  32 

49 

9  11 

&i 

11  90 

79 

14  G9 

94 

17  48 

5 

93 

20 

3  72 

35 

651 

50 

9  30 

65 

12  09 

80 

14  88 

95 

17  67 

6 

112 

21 

3  91 

36 

6  70 

51 

9  49 

66 

12  28 

81 

15  07 

96 

17  86 

7 

130 

oo 

4  09 

37 

688 

52 

9  67 

67 

12  46 

82 

15  25 

97 

18  04 

8 

149 

23 

4  28 

38 

7  07 

53 

9  86 

68 

12  65 

83 

13  44 

98 

1823 

9 

167 

24 

4  46 

39 

725 

54 

10  04 

69 

12  83 

84 

15  62 

99 

1841 

10 

186 

2.5 

465 

40 

7  44 

55 

10  23 

70 

13  02 

85 

15  81 

100 

1860 

11 

2(15 

26 

4  84 

41 

7  63 

56 

10  42 

71 

13  21 

86 

16  00 

200 

37  20 

12 

2  23 

27 

5  02 

42 

781 

57 

10  60 

72 

13  39 

87 

16  18 

300 

55  SO 

13 

2  42 

28 

5  21 

43 

800 

58 

10  79 

73 

13  58 

88 

16  37 

400 

74  40 

J4 

2  60 

29 

5  39 

44 

8  18 

59 

10  97 

74 

13  76 

89 

16  55 

500 

93  00 

15 

279 

30 

5  58 

45 

837 

60 

11  16 

75 

13  95 

90 

16  74 

COO 

11160 

THALERS    REDUCED    TO    DOLLARS   AND    CENTS. 

As  fixed  by  Law. 


T 

$  c. 

T 

c.  $ 

r 

$  c. 

T 

$e. 

T 

Sc. 

T 

8  e. 

T 

S  c. 

1 

69 

8 

5  52 

15 

10  35 

22 

15  18 

29 

20  1 

36 

24>«4 

43 

29  67 

2 

138 

9 

6  21 

16 

11  4 

23 

15  87 

30 

20  70 

37 

25  53 

44 

30  36 

3 

207 

10 

6  90 

17 

11  73 

24 

I6  5(i 

31 

21  39 

38 

26  92 

45 

31  5 

4 

2  76 

11 

7  59 

18 

12  42 

25 

17  25 

32 

22  8 

39 

26  91 

46 

31  74 

5 

3  45 

12 

8  28 

19 

13  11 

26 

17  94 

33 

22  77 

40 

27  60 

47 

32  43 

6 

4  14 

13 

8  97 

20 

13  80 

27 

18  63 

34 

23  46 

41 

23  29 

48 

33  12 

7 

4  83 

14 

9  (i6 

21 

1449 

28 

19  32 

.351  24  15  1 

42 

28  98 

49 

33  81 

BREMEN    RIX   DOLLARS    REDUCED   TO   DOLLARS   AND    CENTS. 
As  fixed  by  Lau. 


r.d. 

$  e. 

r^.d. 

$c. 

r.  d. 

$  c. 

r  d. 

S  e. 

r.d. 

$  e. 

r.d. 

$  c. 

1 

783 

9 

7  09 

17 

1339 

25 

1969 

33 

25  99 

41 

3229 

2 

153 

10 

783 

18 

14  IS 

26 

20  48 

34 

20  7? 

42 

33  03 

3 

230 

11 

860 

19 

14  96 

27 

21  26 

25 

27  6€ 

43 

33  86 

4 

315 

12 

9  45 

20 

13  73 

28 

22  05 

36 

2835 

44 

3163 

5 

3  94 

13 

1021 

21 

16  54 

29 

22  84 

37 

29  14 

45 

35  44 

6 

4  73 

14 

1103 

22 

lTa3 

30 

2:163 

33 

29  93 

46 

36  2:3 

7 

3  51 

15 

1181  1 

23 

18  11 

31 

24  41 

39 

30  71 

47 

37  01 

8 

6  30 

16  ,12  60  1 

24 

1890 

32 

25  20 

40 

3159 

43 

37  SO 

COMPOUND    INTEREST    TABLE    FOR    SAVINGS    BANKS.    113 


COiMPOUJSD  INTEREST,— FOR  SAVINGS  BANKS,  &c. 

This  Table  contains  the  amount  of  §1  or  £1  at  difiercnt  rates  of  per 
centag-e. 

Example. — What  will  be  the  amount,  at  5  per  cent,  compound  interest, 
ofS20n,  (orSyears? 

gl  in  5  years  at  5  per  cent,  interest,  is  {by  table)  glJ2,7628  which  sum 
multiplied'by  200  equals  5255  25^. 


T'rs. 

3  per  Cent. 

3 1-2  per  Ct. 

4  per  Cent 

4 1-2  per  Ct 

5  per  Cent 

6  per  Cent 

7  per  Cent. 

1 

1.03000 

1.035fW 

1.04000 

1.04500 

1.05000 

1.06000 

1.070OO0 

2 

l.OeO'JO 

1.07122 

1.08  KiO 

1.09202 

1.10250 

1.12360 

1.144900 

3 

1.09--'73 

1.11872 

1  12486 

1.14117 

1.15762 

1.19102 

1.225W3 

4 

1.12551 

1.14752 

1.10986 

1.19252 

1.21551 

1.26248 

1.310796 

5 

1.1.5927 

1.18769 

1.21665 

1.24618 

1.27628 

1.33823 

1.4<.2552 

6 

1.19405 

1.22925 

1  205:32 

1.30226 

1.34010 

1.41852 

1.500730 

7 

1 .22987 

1.27228 

1.31593 

1.. 36086 

1.40710 

1.50363 

1.005781 

8 

1.2()G77 

1.31651 

1.36857 

1.42210 

1.47745 

1.59385 

1.718186 

9 

1.30477 

1.. 36290 

1.42:331 

1.48009 

1.55133 

1.6894S 

1.838459 

10 

1.343i)2 

1.41060 

1.48024 

1.55297 

1.62&S9 

1.79085 

1.907151 

U 

1.3842:3 

1.45997 

1.5.3945 

1.62285 

1.71034 

1.89830 

2.104852 

12 

1.42570 

1.51107 

1.60103 

1.6958S 

1.79586 

2.01220 

2-252192 

13 

1.40S53 

1.50:396 

1.00507 

1.77220 

1.88565 

2.13293 

2.408845 

14 

1.51259 

1.01869 

1.73168 

1S5194 

197993 

2.26090 

2.578534 

15 

1.55797 

1.675:35 

1.80094 

1.93528 

2.07S93 

2.39656 

2.7.59031 

IG 

1.00471 

1.73399 

1.87298 

2.02237 

2.18287 

2.54035 

2.952164 

17 

1.652S5 

1.79407 

194790 

2.11338 

2.29202 

2.69277 

3.158815 

18 

1.70213 

1.85749 

2.02562 

2.20848 

2  40662 

2.85434 

3.379931 

19 

1.75351 

1.92250 

2.10085 

2.30786 

2.52695 

3.02560 

3.610526 

20 

1.80611 

1.96979 

2.19112 

2.41171 

2.65.330 

3.20713 

3. 86^683 

21 

1.6G029 

2.a5943 

2.27677 

252024 

2.7a596 

3.39956 

4.140561 

22 

1.9IGI0 

2.13151 

2.30992 

2.0:3:305 

2.92526 

3.603.54 

4.430400 

23 

1.97359 

2.2061 1 

2.46471 

2.75217 

3.07152 

3.81975 

4.740528 

24 

2.0.3279 

2.28333 

2  5t>330 

2.87601 

3.22510 

4.04893 

5.072365 

25 

2.f,9)78 

2.30324 

2.665S4 

3.00543 

3.38635 

4.29187 

5.427431 

26 

2.15659 

2.44590 

2.77247 

3.14068 

3.55567 

4.54938 

5.807351 

27 

2.2212'J 

2.53157 

2.68.337 

S.26201 

3.7.3346 

4.822r'5 

6.213866 

28 

2.28793 

202018 

2.99870 

3.42970 

3.92013 

5.11169 

6.048630 

29 

2.35650 

2.71183 

3.11865 

3.58404 

4.11014 

5.41839 

7.114255 

30 

2  42720 

2  80079 

3.24340 

3.74532 

4.32194 

5.74349 

7.612253 

31 

2  50003 

2.90503 

3.37313 

3.91 3S6 

4.53804 

6.08810 

8.145110 

32 

2.57508 

3.00071 

3..'5OS06 

4.08998 

4.70494 

6.45.339 

8.715268 

33 

2.65233 

3.11194 

3.04838 

4.27403 

5.00319 

6.84059 

9.325337 

34 

2.7:3190 

3.22086 

3.79432 

4.466.36 

5.25-335 

7.25102 

9.978110 

35 

2.81386 

3.3.3359 

3.94009 

4.00735 

5.51601 

7.66609 

10.670578 

3f) 

2.89828 

3.45027 

4.10393 

4.87738 

5.79182 

8.14725 

11.423939 

37 

2.98.52.3 

3.57102 

4.20609 

5.09686 

6.08141 

8.63609 

12.223014 

38 

3.07478 

3.69601 

4.4.3881 

5.32622 

6.38548 

9.15425 

13-079277 

39 

3.16703 

3.62537 

4.010-37 

5.56590 

6.70475 

9.70351 

13.994827 

40 

3-26204 

3.95920 

4.SO102 

5.81636 

7.03999 

10.2=572 

14.974405 

SHOWING    THE    TIME    IK  AVHICH    A    SUM    WILL   DOUBLE   ITSELF,   WHEN 
LENT    AT   THE    FOLLOWING    RATES   OF   INTEREST. 


K»«  1  Time  in  which  a 

Sum  will  double. 

Kate 
per 
cent. 

Time  in  which  a 

Sum  will  double. 

cent    Simple  Interest. 

Compel 

ind  Int 

Simple  Interest. 
20  years. 

I  Compound  Int 

2         50  years. 

35  years 

1  day. 

5 

|]4  years     Todays. 

2  1-2  40  years. 

28  years 

2C  days. 

6 

16  years  8  months 

'11  years   327  days. 

3         33  years  4  months 

23  years 

1G4  days. 

7 

14  years  104  days. 

10  years     89  days. 

3  1-2  28  years  208  days. 

(20  years 

54  days. 

8 

12  1-2  years. 

9  years       2  days. 

4         25  years. 

17  years 

24<!  davs. 

'J 

11  years  40  days. 

8  years     16  days. 

4  1-2  22  years  »1  days. 

Il5  years 

27.'!  davs. 

JO 

10  years. 

-Tears    100  davs. 

10* 


114    READY  RECKONER,  2000  LBS.  TO  THE  TON. 


PRODUCE  AJJD  MERCHAJTDISE  READY  RECKONERS 


HAY 

BUTTER 

,    CHEESE, 

LARD,  AND  OTHER  PRODUCE. 

cts  1  ets 

cts 

$rt 

Set 

$  c 

t    $  C{    $  C(  1  $  ct  1 

Bcti 

$ct 

Set 

S  cts 

$  ets  $  ets 

Lbs. 

25  j  -50 

•75 

1-00 

2-00 

3-0( 

)  4-00 

500 

6-00 

7-00 

3-00 

9^00 

10-00 

11-00 

12-00 

3 

,  , 

•  1 

•  1 

•  1 

•  1 

•  1 

•  1 

•  2 

•  a 

•  2 

7 

•1 

•' 

I     •  1 

•  2 

•  2 

•  2 

•  3 

•  3 

•A 

•  4 

•  4 

10 

,  , 

•i 

•  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  3 

•  4 

•  4 

•  5 

•  5 

6 

•  6 

20 

•  1 

•  1 

•  1 

•  2 

•  4 

•  5 

•  6 

•  7 

•  8 

•  9 

•10 

•11 

•12 

30 

•  I 

•  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  5 

•  6 

•  8 

•  9 

•11 

•12 

•14 

•15 

•17 

'18 

40 

"l 

•  1 

•  2 

•  2 

•  4 

•  e 

•  8 

•10 

•12 

•14 

•16 

■18 

•20 

•22 

•24 

50 

1 

•  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  5 

■  c 

•10 

•13 

•15 

•18 

•20 

•23 

•25 

•23 

•30 

60 

1 

•  2 

■  2 

•  3 

•  6 

•  £ 

•12 

•15 

•18 

•21 

•24 

•27 

•30 

•3:3 

•36 

70 

•  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  4 

•  7 

•11 

•14 

•18 

•21 

•25 

•28 

•32 

•35 

•39 

•4a 

80 

■  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  4 

•  8 

■li 

•16 

•20 

•24 

••23 

•32 

•36 

•40 

•44 

•48 

90 

•  1 

•  2 

•  3 

•  5 

•  9 

•14 

•18 

•23 

•27 

•32 

•36 

•41 

-45 

•50 

•54 

100 

•  1 

•  3 

•  4 

•  5 

•10 

•IS 

•20 

•25 

•30 

•35 

•40 

-45 

•50 

•55 

•60 

200 

•  3 

•  5 

•  8 

•10 

•20 

•30 

•40 

•50 

•60 

•70 

80 

•90 

100 

110 

1'20 

300 

•  4 

•  8 

•11 

•15 

•30 

•45 

•60 

•75 

•90 

1^05 

[•20 

1-35 

1-50 

1-65 

1^80 

400 

•  5 

•10 

•15 

•20 

•40 

•60 

•80 

100 

r2:) 

1^40 

1-60 

1-80 

'2-00 

2-20 

2'40 

500 

•  6 

•13 

•19 

•25 

•50 

•75 

100 

125 

1-50 

175 

J-OO 

2-25 

2-50 

2-75 

3^00 

600 

•8   -15 

23 

-30 

•60 

•90 

1-20 

1^50 

1-80 

2^10 

J-40 

2-70 

3'00 

3-31 

300 

700 

•  9 

•18 

•28 

•35 

•70 

105 

1-40 

175 

2^10 

2-45 

i-80 

3-15 

3.50 

3-85 

4-20 

800 

•10 

••20 

•30 

•40 

•60 

V2G 

1-60 

2-m 

2-40 

280   > 

)-20 

3-60 

4-00 

4-40 

4-30 

900 

•11 

•23 

•34 

•45 

•90 

V33 

1-80 

2-25 

2-70 

3^15  ; 

5-60 

4-1)5 

4^50 

4-95 

5-40 

1000 

•13 

•25 

•33 

•50 

[•00 

150 

200 

'2-50 

300 

3-50   i 

1-00 

4-50 

500 

550 

600 

1100 

•14 

•28 

•41 

•55 

110 

165 

2-20 

2-75 

330 

3-S5   ^ 

1-40 

4-95 

5-50 

6'05 

6-60 

1200 

•15 

•30 

•45 

•60 

[•20 

1-SO 

2-40 

3-00 

3^60 

4-20   < 

-SO 

5-40 

6-00 

6-60 

7-20 

1300 

•16 

•a3 

•49 

•65 

.30 

195 

2  60 

325 

390 

4-55   . 

5-20 

5-a5 

6-50 

715 

780 

14(10 

•18 

•35 

•53 

•70 

1-40 

2-10 

280 

350 

4^20 

4-90  ; 

)-60 

6-30 

7-00 

7-70 

8  40 

1500 

■19 

•38 

•56 

•75 

L-50 

2-25 

3-00 

3-75 

450 

5-25   ( 

-00 

6-75 

7-50 

I  8-25 

9^00 

1600 

••20 

•40 

•60 

•80 

-60 

2-40 

3-20 

4-00 

4  80 

5-60    ( 

)-4U 

7-20 

800 

1  S-80 

9-60 

1700 

.21 

•43 

•64 

•85 

•70 

255 

13-40 

4-25 

.5-10 

5-95   ( 

-SO 

7-65 

8-50 

j  9  35 

10'20 

ISOO 

•23 

•45 

-63     -90! 

-SO 

2-70 

i3  60 

4-50 

540 

5-30    ■ 

r-20 

8-10 

9-00 

1  9-90 

10  SO 

1900 

•21 

•48 

•711  •951 

-90 

2-S5 

1 3-80 

4-75 

5-70 

1305    ' 

■GO 

8-55 

0-.5() 

10-45 

11-10 

$  ets 

$  cts 

S  cts 

S  cts 

$  ets 

$  ets 

S   Ctl 

Sf  cts  '  $  ctsiS  Cts  1 

$  ctsi 

S  cts 

Us. 

1300 

1400 

1500 

1600 

17-00 

IS^OO 

19O0 

•200 

B   25-00 

3000 

40-00 

50-00 

3 

•  2 

•  2 

•  2 

•  2 

•  3 

•  3 

•  3 

}       •  4 

•  5 

~^6 

•  8 

7 

•  5 

•  5 

•  5 

•  6 

•  6 

•  6 

•  7 

• 

7       •  9 

•11 

•14 

•18 

10 

•  7 

•  7 

•  8 

•  8 

•  9 

•  9 

•10 

•1 

3       ^13 

•15 

-'20 

-25 

20 

•13 

•14 

•15 

•16 

•17 

•18 

•la 

•2( 

J       -25 

•30 

•40 

-50 

30 

•20 

•21 

•23 

•24 

•26 

•27 

•29 

•3( 

)       ^3^ 

•45 

•60 

-75 

40 

•26 

•23 

•30 

-32 

•34 

•36 

•38 

•4( 

)       •SO 

•60 

•SO 

1-00 

50 

•33 

•35 

•33 

•40 

•43 

•45 

•48 

•5( 

)       ^63 

•75 

1-00 

1-25 

60 

•39 

•42 

•45 

•48 

•51 

•54 

•57 

•C( 

)       ^75 

•90 

1-20 

150 

70 

•46 

•49 

•53 

•56 

•60 

•63 

•67 

•7( 

)     •ss 

105 

1-40 

175 

80 

•52 

•56 

•60 

•64 

•68 

•72 

•76 

•sr 

100 

1^'20 

1-60 

2-00 

90 

■59 

•63 

•68 

•72 

•77 

•SI 

•86 

•9C 

113 

1.35 

1-80 

2*25 

100 

65 

•70 

•75 

•80 

•85 

•90 

•95 

1-OC 

125 

150 

2-00 

2-50 

200 

130 

1^40 

1^50 

1^60 

1^70 

ISO 

190 

2^00 

250 

300 

4-(K) 

5-00 

300 

195 

210 

2'25 

240 

2-55 

2^70 

2-85 

,300 

375 

4^50 

6^00 

7.50 

400 

260 

2-80 

300 

320 

340 

3-60 

3-80 

4^00 

5-00 

6^00 

800 

1000 

500 

325 

3-50 

375 

400 

4^25 

4.50 

4-75 

5-00 

6-25 

7-50 

10-00,  12-50 

600 

390 

4-20 

450 

4-80 

5-10 

540 

5^70 

6-00 

7-50 

9-00 

1-2  00  1  15  00 

700 

455 

490 

5"25 

5-60 

5-95 

630 

6^65 

7-00 

8-75    1 

0-50 

4-00   17-50 

600 

5-20 

5  60 

600 

6-40 

6S0 

7^20 

7-60 

8-00 

10-00   1 

2-001 

6  00  120  00 

900 

5-85 

6-30 

675 

7-20 

7-65 

810 

8-55 

9-00 

11-25    1 

3-50 

8-00 '[  -22-50 

1000 

6^50 

7^00 

7-50 

8-00 

8-50 

9-00 

9^30 

10-00 

12-50    1 

5-00  '. 

>0-00  i  '25  00 

uoo 

715 

7-70 

S-25 

8-80 

9-35 

990 

1045 

1100 

13-75   1 

6-50   i 

h2-00  j  27-50 

1200 

7^80 

8^40 

900 

9-00 

0-20 

10-80 

11-40 

12-00 

15-00   I 

S-00  5 

>4- 00  30-00 

1300 

8-45 

9-10 

9^75 

10-40 

b05 

11-70 

12,35 

1300 

16-25   1 

9-50   ', 

0-00  .32-50 

1400 

9-10 

9  80 

10-50 

11-20 

11-90 

12-60 

13-30 

14-00 

17-.50I  21-00  !i 

>S  00  ,3.5-00 

1500 

9^75 

10-50 

11-25 

12-00 

2-75 

13-50 

14-25 

15-00 

lS-75   22-50   ' 

0-00  1  37-50 

1600 

10-40 

11-20 

12-00 

12S0 

3-00 

14  40 

15-20 

16-00 

2000   '2400  Z 

200  1  40-00 

1700 

1105 

11-90, 

12-75 

13-60   14-15  1 

15-30 

16-15 

17-00 

21 -25  i  25-50   r 

4-00  1  42-,50 

1800 

11-70 

12  60  I 

13-30   14-40115-301 

16-20 

17-10 

IS^Ofl 

22-50   '27.00   g 

600  :  45-00 

1900    12  35 

13-30 : 

1425   1520 !  1615  1 

17-10    1805 

19-00 

23  75   '28  50   38-00   47-50  | 

READY  RECKONER,  2240  LBS.  TO  THE  TON.    115 


[f  the  No.  requ 

ired 

is  not  in  the  Tables 

,  add  the  amounts  of  two  numbers  together. 

Ct! 

cts 

;  cts 

S  ct  ^ct  Set   8  ct 

jS« 

8c« 

S  «i 

S  c<:Scti8  cts 

$  cts '9  ctt\ 

U>s. 

•25 

•50 

-75 

100  200 

30( 

J,  4^00 

15-00 

600 

7^00 

8-m  9^0 

U  10-00 

11-00 

il'200 

10 

L      a 

•2 

■3 

~5 

~^ 

1         4 

•5 

•6 

15 

•1 

.< 

I       -3 

•3 

•4 

•5 

•5 

•i 

5        -7 

•7 

•8 

20 

•2 

}      -4 

•4 

•5 

•6 

•7 

• 

3        -9 

•10 

11 

25 

•i 

•2 

' 

1       -4 

•5 

•7 

•8 

•9 

•1 

9       11 

'12 

•13 

30 

•i 

•1 

•3 

•5 

•7 

•8 

•9 

•11 

•1 

I       13 

•15 

•16 

40 

•1 

•2 

■4 

•7 

•9 

11 

13 

•14 

•1( 

3      -18 

•20 

•21 

50 

'•i 

•2 

•2 

•4 

•c 

•9 

•11 

•13 

•10 

•13 

■2( 

)      ^22 

•25 

•27 

60 

•1 

•2 

•3 

■5 

•c 

•11 

■13 

•16 

•19 

•21 

■2 

1      -27 

•29 

•32 

70 

•2 

•2 

•3 

•6 

•t 

•12 

•15 

•19 

•22 

•25 

•a 

i      ■SI 

•34 

■37 

SO 

•2 

•3 

•4 

•7 

■11 

•14 

•18 

•21 

•25 

•29 

•» 

J      ■SO 

•39 

■43 

SKJ 

•2 

•3 

•4 

•8 

•li 

•16 

•20 

•24 

•28 

•32 

•3< 

3      -40 

•44 

■48 

KKI 

•1 

•2 

•3 

•4 

•9 

•la 

•18 

•22 

•27 

•31 

•36 

•4( 

)      ^45 

•49 

■54 

200 

•2 

•4 

•6 

•9 

•18 

•27 

•36 

•45 

•54 

■63 

■71 

■&. 

)      -89 

•93 

107 

.30.) 

•3 

•7 

•10 

•13 

■27 

•4C 

■54 

•67 

•80 

■94 

107 

1-2 

I     1-34 

147 

161 

<00 

•4 

•9 

•13 

•18 

•36 

•54 

■71 

•89 

107 

1-25 

143 

1-6 

I     1-79 

1^96 

214 

5(K) 

•6 

11 

•17 

•22 

•45 

•67 

•89 

112 

134 

1-56 

1-79  20 

2-23 

2-46 

268 

GOO 

•7 

13 

•20 

•27 

•54 

•80 

107 

134 

161 

1-68 

2)4  241 

263 

295 

321 

700 

■8 

16 

•23 

•31 

•63 

94 

125 

156 

l^b7 

219 

2-50  28 

312 

344 

375 

&(X) 

•9 

18 

■27 

•36 

•71 

107 

143 

179 

214 

250 

2S0  3^2 

357 

393 

4-29 

900 

•10 

20 

•30 

•40 

•60 

121 

161 

201 

'2-41 

2-81 

32 1  3^05 

!    402 

442 

4^S2 

1000 

•11 

22 

•33 

•45 

•69 

134 

179 

2-23 

2^68 

313 

357  40i 

446 

4^91 

536 

IKK) 

•12 

25 

•37 

•49 

•98 

1-Al 

196 

246 

295 

344 

393;  4^4i 

491 

5^40 

5  89 

1200 

■13 

27 

•40 

■54 

•07 

1.61 

214 

268 

321 

3-75 

l-29i  4-8S 

536 

589 

643 

1300 

■14 

29 

•44 

-58. 

•16 

174 

2-32 

290 

3-48 

4^00 

^64  52i 

5^80 

6^33 

696 

1100 

•16 

31 

47 

-62 

•25 

1^87 

1250 

3.12 

375 

4^33 

500  56£ 

625 

6^87 

750 

I.5(K) 

•17 

33 

•50 

-67: 

■34 

201 

l2^C8 

335 

4^02 

4-69 

536;  60C 

670 

7-.37 

804 

161  If) 

•IS 

36 

•54 

•71  ; 

■43 

214 

|260 

3.57 

4  28 

500 

5-71 1  6-43 

714 

7^86 

8^57 

1700 

•19 

38 

•57 

•70; 

■52 

2-28 

303 

379 

456 

531 

3-07  6^8a 

759 

&35 

911 

IS(J« 

•20 

10 

•60 

-so' 

■61 

241 

321 

402 

4^62! 

563 

343;  723    804 

8^84 

9^64 

1900 

■21 

42 

■64 

■65 

■70 

254 

3.39 

424 

5091 

5-94   ( 

>^73  7^63    8^49 

933 

1018 

2000 

■22 

45 

■67 

•69  1 

■78 

269 

357 

4  46 

5.36' 

6^25 ; 

••14  803    8-93 

962 

1071 

2100 

•23 

47 

•70 

•94  i-e-? 

2-8 1 

*375 

4- 09 

5^02   GSO  ' 

?50  S-44    9.37  1031 

11-25 

S  ct. 

$  cts 

$  cts 

S  cts 

S  cts 

$  cts 

%cts 

Set. 

t  8  rti  1 

S  cts 

8  cts\ 

8  cts 

Lhs. 

130C 

1400 

15^00 

1600 

170O 

vs-oo 

1900 

'200( 

2100 

2200 

2300 

2400 

10 

•fi 

■d 

•7 

•7 

~8 

•8 

■  8 

•  £ 

>       •  9 

•10 

•10 

•11 

15 

•s 

•9 

•10 

•11 

■11 

■12 

•13 

•IC 

14 

•15 

•15 

•16 

20 

•la 

•13 

•13 

•14 

■15 

•16 

•17 

•K 

•19 

•20 

•21 

•21 

25 

•15 

•16 

•17 

•18 

•19 

•20 

•21 

22 

■23 

•25 

•26 

■27 

30 

•17 

•19 

•20 

•21 

•23 

■24 

•25 

27 

•28 

•29 

•31 

•32 

40 

•23 

•25 

•27 

•29 

•30 

•32 

•34 

3(] 

•38 

•39 

•41 

•43 

50 

•2S 

•31 

•33 

•30 

■•ss 

•40 

•42 

•45 

•47 

•49 

•51 

•54 

60 

•35 

•38 

•40 

•43 

•46 

•48 

•51 

•54 

•56 

•59 

•62 

■64 

70 

•41 

•44 

•47 

•50 

•5:3 

•56 

■59 

•6-2 

•66 

•69 

•72 

•75 

80 

•40 

•50 

•54 

•57 

•61 

•64 

■68 

•71 

•75 

•79 

•82 

•86 

90 

■5-i. 

•56 

•60 

•&4 

•69 

•72 

•76 

•80 

•84 

•88 

•92 

•96 

ItK) 

•5S 

•63 

•67 

•71 

•76 

•80 

•85 

•8S 

■94 

•9S 

ro3 

ro7 

200 

l^lfl 

1-25 

134 

142 

152 

161 

1^70 

178 

1-88 

196 

205 

214 

300 

1^74 

1^88 

2^01 

214 

•228 

241 

254 

263 

2-81 

2-95 

3^08 

321 

400 

2-3-a 

250 

2^63 

•286 

304 

321 

339 

3^57 

3-75 

393 

411 

4^29 

500 

2-90 

313 

335 

3.57.    3791 

4^02 

4-24 

446 

469 

491 

513 

536 

()(K) 

348 

375 

402 

4^29 

4  55 

4^82 

509 

53B 

563 

589 

6-16 

643 

700 

4^06 

4^38 

469 

5^00l 

531 

562 

5-94 

625 

656 

687 

M9 

7^50 

800 

4^64 

500 

536 

571 

607 

6^43 

679 

714 

7-50 

766 

8^21 

8^57 

9(X) 

5-20 

5-63 

603 

6-43 

6S3 

723 

763 

S04 

8^44 

8^84 

9^24 

9^64 

1(X)0 

580 

625 

670 

714 

759 

804 

8^48 

893 

938 

982 

10-27 

]0^71 

IKHI 

G33 

6^88 

7.37 

7^S6 

835 

$•84 

9-33 

9^82 

1031 

10^80 

II-29i 

1179 

1200 

6^96 

7-50 

&04 

8^57 

911 

964 

10^  18 

1071 

1125 1 

1179  i 

1232 1 

r2^86 

1300 

7^54 

813 

8^70 

9^28 

9^S7; 

1045 

1103 

1I61 

1'219 

12^77  : 

13-.35 ' 

13-93 

MOO 

812 

8^75 

937 

1000 

062 

1125 

11^87 

1250 

1313; 

13-75 

u-37; 

1500 

1500 

870 

9-33 

10^04 

10^71 ' 

r.39 

1205 

1272 

13^39 

14^06' 

14-73 

I5^40  1 

16-07 

1600 

9"2S 

1000 

I0^71 

1143 

•214  1 

l-2^86 

1357 

14-29 

1500; 

15-71 

lfi^43 ! 

1714 

1700 

9^S6 

10-a3 

1138 

1214 

■2-90. 

13^66 

14-42 

lo^lS 

1594 ; 

16-70  i  17-45 

18-21 

i&no 

10^44 

11-25! 

1205 

i2-5(; 

3-66 , 

1446 

15-27 

1607 

16-S8  i 

17-68    18-48 

19-29 

1900 

11-03 

11-89  1 

1272 

1357 ; 

4  42 

1527 

16- 12  i  1696 

17-81  1 

18-66    19-51 

20-36 

2000 

11-61 

12-.50  i 

13-39 

14-2S ;  1 

519|  16-07 

1696 :  1786 

18-75    19  64    20-53   21  43  1 

2100 

12^19 

:  13-13  1 

HOC 

15^(K)    1 

5-94    10-87 

17^8li  18-75    19-69   -20-02   21-5  >    2-2-501 

116    READY  RECKO>'ER,  2240  LBS.  TO  THE  TON. 

If  the  article  cost  $12-50  per  ton,  add  the  amounts  under  $12.  and  50  cents  >ogetner 


8  ets 

S  cts 

$  cts 

Sett 

$  cts 

S  c(5  ,  $  cts 

$  as 

S  els ,9  cts\%  cts\Z  cts  1 

Us. 

2500 

26-00 

27-00 

28-00 

2900 

30-00 

31-00 

3-2-00 

33-00 

34-00 

35-00 

36-00 

10 

~Ti 

-12 

•12 

•13 

•13 

■13 

•14 

"T4 

•15 

•15 

~^6 

-16 

15 

•17 

-17 

•OS 

-19 

•19 

•20 

•21 

-21 

•22 

•23 

•23 

24 

20 

•22 

•23 

S4 

-25 

•26 

•27 

•28 

-29 

•29 

•30 

•31 

•32 

25 

•28 

•29 

30 

-31 

•32 

•33 

•35 

•36 

•37 

•38 

•39 

40 

30 

•33 

•35 

36 

-38 

•39 

•40 

•41 

•43 

•44 

•46 

•47 

•48 

40 

•45 

•46 

-48 

•50 

•52 

•54 

•55 

-57 

•59 

-61 

•63 

•64 

50 

•56 

•58 

•60 

.63 

•65 

•67 

•69 

•71 

-74 

•76 

•78 

•80 

60 

•67 

-70 

•72 

-75 

•78 

•80 

•83 

•86 

•88 

-91 

•94 

•96 

70 

•79 

-81 

•94 

•88 

•91 

•94 

•97 

l^OO 

1^03 

1-00 

109 

1-12 

80 

•89 

•93 

•96 

100 

104 

1^07 

111 

114 

1-18 

1-21 

1-25 

1-29 

90 

1-00 

104 

1^03 

113 

1-16 

121 

125 

1^29 

133 

1-37 

1-41 

145 

100 

1-12 

116 

121 

1'25 

1-29 

134 

1^38 

143 

1-47 

1-52 

1-56 

1-61 

200 

2-23 

2-32 

241 

2-50 

2^59 

2^6S 

2-77 

2^86 

2-94 

3-04 

3-12 

3-2i 

300 

3-35 

3-48 

3-62 

3-75 

3-88 

4-02 

415 

4-29 

4-41 

4-55 

4-69 

4-89 

400 

4  46 

4-64 

4-82 

500 

5-18 

5-36 

5-M 

5-71 

5-89 

607 

6-25 

6-43 

500 

5-58 

5-60 

6-03 

6-25 

6-47 

670 

6-92 

714 

7-37 

7-59 

7-81 

804 

600 

6  70 

6-96 

7-23 

7-50 

7-77 

8^04 

8-30 

8-57 

8-84 

9-11 

9-38 

9-64 

700 

7-81 

8-12 

8-44 

8-75 

906 

937 

9-09 

1000 

10-31 

10-62 

10-94 

1125 

600 

8-93 

9-29 

964 

1000 

10-36 

10-71 

11-07 

1143 

11-79 

1'2-14 

12-50 

12-80 

900 

10-04 

10-45 

10-85 

11-25 

11-65 

12-05 

12-46 

12-86 

13-26 

13-66 

11-06 

14-46 

1000 

1M6 

11-61 

12-05 

12-50 

12-95 

13-39 

13-84 

14-29 

14-73 

15-18 

15-63 

16-07 

1  IfXI 

12-28 

12-77 

13-26 

13-75 

14-24 

14-73 

15-22 

15-71 

16-21 

16-70 

1719 

17-68 

i-im 

13-39 

13-93 

14-46 

15-00 

15-54 

16-07 

16-61 

17-14 

17-68 

18-21 

19  75 

19  29 

1300 

14^51 

15-09 

15-67 

16-25 

16-83 

17-41 

17-99 

18-57 

19-15 

19-73 

20-31 

20  89 

14(M) 

la^62 

16-25 

16-87 

17-50 

1812 

13-75 

19-37 

20-00 

20-62 

21-25 

21-88 

22-50 

15(X) 

10^74 

17-41 

18-03 

18-75 

19-42 

20-09 

20-76 

21-43 

2-2-10 

22-77 

23  44 

24-11 

I6(«) 

17-86 

18-57 

19-23 

20-00 

20-71 

2143 

2-2-14 

22-86 

23-57 

24-23 

25  00 

'23-71 

1700 

18  97 

19-73 

20-49 

21-25 

22-00 

2-2-77 

23-53 

24-28 

25-04 

25-80 

26-56 

27  32 

1?(K) 

-20  •oa 

20-89 

21-70 

22-50 

23-30 

21-11 

24-91 

25-71 

26-52 

27-32 

28-13 

28-93 

1900 

21-20 

2-2-05 

22-90 

23-75 

24-60 

25-44 

26-29 

27-14 

27-99 

29-84 

2969 

30-53 

2fHH) 

•22-32 

2:3-21 

21-10 

2.5-00 

25-«9 

26-78 

27-67 

'2S-57 

29-46 

30-36 

31-25 

32  14 

21(K) 

2:3-44 

24-37 

2.5-31 

20-25 

'27-19 

2S-12 

29-00 

30-00^ 

30-93 

31-87 

3-2-81 

a3-75 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts 

$  cts\?l,  cts 

$  cts 

S  cts 

$  cts 

Lbs. 

37-00 

38-10 

39-00 

40-00 

41-00 

42-00 

43-00 

44-00 

45-00 

50'00 

55  00 

60-00 

10 

•17 

•17 

•17 

•18 

•18 

•19 

-19 

•20 

•20 

•22 

•25 

~27 

15 

-25 

•25 

-26 

•27 

•27 

•28 

-29 

•29 

•30 

•33 

•37 

40 

20 

•33 

-34 

•35 

-36 

•37 

•38 

•38 

•39 

•40 

•45 

•49 

•54 

25 

•41 

•42 

-44 

-45 

•46 

•47 

•48 

•49 

•50 

•56 

•61 

•67 

30 

•50 

-51 

-52 

•54 

•55 

•56 

•57 

•59 

•60 

•67 

•74 

•80 

40 

•66 

•68 

-70 

•71 

•73 

•75 

•77 

•79 

•80 

•89 

•98 

1-07 

50 

-83 

•85 

•87 

•89 

•92 

•94 

-96 

•98 

1-00 

1-12 

1-23 

1-34 

60 

-99 

1-02 

104 

107 

I^IO 

1-13 

1-15 

1-18 

120 

1-34 

1-47 

1^61 

70 

116 

119 

1-21 

1-25 

1-28 

1-31 

1-34 

1-37 

1-41 

1-50 

1-72 

1-87 

80 

1-32 

1-36 

1-39 

1-43 

1-40 

1-50 

1-54 

1-57 

1-61 

1-79 

1-96 

214 

90 

149 

1-53 

157 

1-61 

1^65 

1-69 

1-73 

1-77 

1-81 

2-01 

2-21 

2-41 

100 

1-65 

1-70 

174 

179 

l^83 

1-88 

1-92 

1-96 

2-01 

2^23 

2-46 

2-69 

200 

3  30 

3  39 

3-48 

3-57 

3-66 

3-75 

3-81 

3-93 

4-02 

4-46 

491 

5-36 

300 

4-96 

5-09 

5-22 

5-30 

5-49 

5-63 

576 

5-89 

6-03 

6-70 

7-37 

8-04 

100 

6-61 

6-79 

6-96 

7-14 

7-32 

7-50 

7-63 

7-86 

8-04 

8-93 

9-82 

10-71 

500 

826 

8-48 

8-71 

8-93 

915 

9-38 

9-60 

9-82 

10-04 

11-16 

12 '29 

13^39 

6(X) 

991 

10-18 

10-45 

10-71 

10-98 

11 -'25 

11^52 

11-79 

12-05 

13-39 

14-73 

16-07 

700 

11-56 

11-87 

1'219 

12-50 

12-81 

13-13 

13-44 

13-75 

14-06 

15-62 
17-86 

17-19 

18-75 

800 

13-21 

13-57 

13-93 

14-29 

14-64 

15-00 

15-36 

15-71 

16  07 

19  64 

21-43 

900 

14-67 

15  27 

15-67 

16-07 

16-47 

16-88 

17-28 

17-68 

18-08 

20-09 

2-210 

'24-11 

1000 

16-52 

16-96 

17-41 

17-86 

18-30 

18  75 

19  20 

19-64 

20  09 

22  32 

24-55 

26-79 

IKX) 

18-17 

18-66 

1915 

19-64 

20-13 

20-63 

21-12 

21-61 

2'2-10 

24-55 

•27-01 

•2946 

12fX) 

19-82 

20-36 

20-89 

21-43 

21-96 

22-50 

2:3-04 

23  57 

24-11 

26-79  ! 

29  46i 

3214 

1300 

21-47 

22  05 

22-63 

2:3-21 

23-79 

24-38 

24-95 

25-53 

26-12 

29-02, 

31  92 

31-2 

1400 

•i3-I2 

23-75 

24-37 

25-00 

25-62 

26-25 

26-87 

27-.50 

28-12 

31-25  1 

34-37 

37-50 

1500 

24  78 

25-45 

26-12 

26-79  , 

27-45 

2813 

28-79 

29-46 

3013 

33-48  i 

36  63 

40-lS 

1000 

26-43 

2714 

27-80 

23-57  ; 

29-23 

30-00 

30-71 

31-43 

32-14 

35-71 1 

39-28 

42-96 

1700 

2S-0S 

28-84 

29-60  1 

30-36 

31-12 

31-69 

.32-63 

33-39 

34-15 

37-95  1 

41-74 

45-53 

IcOO 

29-73 

30- .54 

31-31 

.32-14 

32-95 

.33-75 ' 

34-55 

35-36 

36-16 

40-18 

44-'20  1 

48-21 

1900 

31-3S 

3-2-23 

33-OS  ; 

33-93 

31-78  1 

35-63  : 

36-47  1 

37-32  ! 

3S-17 

42-41 ! 

46-05  ; 

50-89 

aiKio 

33-03  ! 

.3:3-93 

3I-S2 

.05-71 

30  01  I 

37-50 '' 

.38-39 : 

39-29 

40-18 

44-64 

49-11 

53-57 1 

9100 

31-63  1 

35-03   3G-.'>G 

37-50  . 

3S-14  1 

.30  38 

40-31  , 

41-25. 

42191 

46- 87  , 

51  56 

56-251 

READY  RECKONER,   BY  THE  PIECE,    BUSHEL,   &C.  117 

READY   RECKONER,   to  find  the  Price  of  any  Number  of  Pounds,  Yards, 

Pieces,  or  Bushels,  from  2  cents  to  i$3'00. 

Tlie  first  column  contains  the  NUMBER,  the  lop  columns  the  PRICES. 


NosJict.3ct  \ict.5ct.6ct. 


•2-2    -33 


•30 

•39 

•42 

•45 

•48 

•51 

•54 

•57 

•CO 

■63 

•CO 

■09 

•72 

•75  1 

•90  1 


■SO  1-20  1 
1.00  1-50  2 
l-'20  1-80  2 
1-40  2- 10  2' 
1-fiO  2-40  3' 
1.S0  2-70  3 
2-00  3-00  4 


81  -10 
12  15 
Kil  -20 
20  ^25 
24 1  ^30 
28;  ^35 
32  ^40 
36  ^45 
40  •SO 
44  •So 
43'  -60 
52  •OS 
56'  -70 
60 1  -75 
04  i  •80 
68'  •SS 
72,  •OO 
70  •OS 
80  1^00 
84  1^05 
■63  MO 
92  1^15 
96  1-20 
00  1-25 
20  1^50 
60  2-00 
002^503-00 
40  3-003-60 
80,3-504-20 
20,4^00|4-80 
004'50^S-40 
00  5-00  600 


6  j  ct, 
•121 

25 

•31  i 
•37| 
•43| 
•SO 
•50' 
•021 
•G8J 
•75 
•811 
•874 
•93S 
1-00 
1-061 
l-12i 

i-m 

1-25 

l-31i 

I^37i 

1-43| 

ISO 

l^SOi 

I -871 

2-50 

3- 1-24 

375 

4-374 

S-00 

5024 

6-25' 


•14 
•21 

•28 
•35 
•42 
•49 
•50 
-63 
•70 
•77 
■84 
•91 
•98 

ros 

M2 
M9 
^26 
1^33 
1^40 
147 
1-54 
1-61 
1-68 
1^75 
2-10 
2-SO 
3-50 
4-20 


•16 

•24 

•32 

•40 

•48 

•56 

•64 

•72 

•80 

•88 

•96 

VOi 

112 

1^20 

1-23 

1-36 

1-44 

1-52 

1^60 

1-68 

h76 

1^84 

192 

2-00 

2-40 

3-20 

400 

4-80 


4-90  ISOO 
5^60  6-40 
030  7-20 

00  '800 


•18 

•27 

•36 

•45 

•54 

•63 

•72 

•81 

•90 

•99 

l^OS 

1117 

il-26 

il-35 

1-44 

1-53 

1-62 

1-7] 

1-80 

1-89 

1-98 

2-07 

2-16 

2:25 

2-70 

300 

4-50 

5-40 

0-30 

7-20 

8-10 

9.00 


llOct. 

11  c«. 

•20 

•22 

•30 

•33 

•40 

•44 

•50 

•55 

•60 

•66 

•70 

•77 

•BO 

■88 

•90 

•99 

1^00 

110 

MO 

121 

1-20 

132 

1-30 

1^43 

1-40 

1-54 

1-50 

1-65 

160 

1^70 

170 

1-87 

l^SO 

1-98 

i-<M 

2-09 

200 

2-20 

210 

a^3i 

2-20 

2-42 

230 

253 

2^40 

264 

2^50 

275 

3^00 

3^30 

400 

4-40 

5^00 

5-50 

6^00 

600 

700 

7-70 

8^00 

8-80 

9-00 

9-90 

1000 

11-00 

J2c<.  12icM3ct. 

"^ 

•39 

•52 

•65 

•78 

•91 

104 

M7 

1^30 

1-43 

1-56 

169 

182 

195 

2  08 

2-21 

2.34 

2-47 

2.60 

2-73 

2-86 

2-99 

312 

3-25 

3-90 

5-20 

6-50 

7-80 

9-10 

10-40 

11-70 


■24 

■25 

•36 

•374 

•48 

•50 

•60 

•624 

•72 

•75 

•84 

•874 

■m 

l^OO 

1-08 

M24 

1-20 

125 

1-32 

1-374 

1-44 

1^50 

1-56 

1^624 

1-68 

175 

1^80 

1-874 

192 

2-00 

204 

2-124 

216 

2-25 

2-28 

2-374 

2  40 

2-SO 

2-52 

2-024 

2  64 

2-7.-5 

2^76 

2-874 

2^88 

3-00 

300 

3124 

3  60   3-75 

4  SO  S-00 
6  00  6-25 
7-20  7-50 
8-40  8-75 
9-0010-00 

10-80  11-25 


12-00  12-50  ;i3-00 


14  ct. 

~^S 

•42 

•56 

•70 

■84 

■98 

.•12 

120 

1-40 

154 

108 

182 

1-96 

210 

224 

2-38 

2-52 

2-66 

2 

2-94 
3-08 
3-22 
356 
3-50 
4-20 
5-60 
7-00 
8-40 
9-80 
11-20 
12-00 
I40O 


Nos  \5 ct.  Kid.  VcCASct. 


•301 

-oo! 

■75: 

■90 
105! 
1-20J 
1-35 
1-50 
165' 


•32 

48 

•64 

■SO 

•90 

1^12 

1^28 

144 

1-60 

1-76 


I-80:  1-92 
1-95;  2-08 
•2-10;  2-24 


2-25 
•2-40 
2-5S 
2-70 
•2'6.5 
3-00 


2-40 
2-SO 
2-72 
2-88: 
3-04 
3'20i  3 
3- IS   3-36'  3 
3-30;  3-52   3 
3-45,  3-G8   3 
3-GO   3^84!  4 
3^75,  4^00   4 
4-50    4^80   5' 
600   6^40   6 
7^50    8^00   8- 
9-00    9^6010 
lO-.OO  11-20  11 
12-00  12-80  13 
13-.5(1  11-40  1.5 
l.5-(IO  10-00  17 


•36 
•54 
•72 

•90 
1-08 
1^20 
1^44 
162 
1-80 
1 

2-16 
2-34 
2-52 
2-70 
2-88 
306 
3-24 
3^42 
3-60 
3-78 
3^96 
4^14 
432 
4-.50 
5^40 
7^20 
sol  9^00 
20  10-80 
90  12  60 
00  14-40 
30  10-20 
00  18-00 


18i  ct 


■37* 
•56| 
•75 
•933 

iiai 

1^31| 

rso 

1^68i 
1^87j 
2^00i 
2^'35 
2^43J 
2-624 
2-811 
3-00 
3^]S3 
3-374 
3-SOi 
375 
3^933 
4-124 
4^31 1 
4-50 
4^C83 
5'624 
750 
9-374 
11-25 
13-l-2i 
15  dO' 
10'874 
18-75 


19c«.:20c«.21 


1-71 
1^90 
209 
2^28 
2^47 
266 


cf.|22c/. 

23  c< 

24  ct. 

•43     ^44 

•46 

•48 

•63     -66 

•69 

•ra 

•84     -88 

•92 

•90 

■05    110 

1-15 

1-20 

■26!  132 

1-38 

1-44 

■47[  154 

1^61 

l-(i8 

■68i  1'76 

1-84 

199 

•891  V98 

2-07 

216 

■10  2-20 

2-30 

240 

•31    2^42 

253 

2^64 

■52   2^64 

2-76 

2-88 

■73|  2^86 

2-99 

3-12 

■94   3-08 

3-::'2 

3^36 

15   3^30 

3-45 

360 

36!  352 

3-68 

3^84 

57,  3-74 

3-91 

4-08 

7S!  3-96 

4-14 

4-32 

99!  -I'lS 

4-37 

4^56 

90!  4-40 

4-60 

4^80 

41!  4^02 

4-83 

5-04 

62   4-84 

5^06 

5^28 

S3   5^06 

529 

S'52 

04,  5  28 

5-52 

5'70 

25   5-.50 

575 

6^00 

30    6.60 

o.no] 

7.20 

40:  8.80 

9.20 

9.60 

50  11-00 

ll^SO 

12^00 

6013-20 

13^R0 

14-40 

•70  15-40 

16^10 

16-80 

SO  17-60 

i3^40 

19-20 

90  19-80 

20-70 

21-00 

-00  22-00 

23-00 

■24-00 

25  ci, 
~^0 
-75 
1-00 
123 
I'SO 
1^75 
2-00 
2^25 
2^50 
2-75 
300 
325 
3^S0 
3^75 
4^00 
4-23 
4-50 
4^75 
3^00 
525 
550 
5^75 
0-00 


20  ct 

~52 

•78 
104 
130 
1-56 
1-82 
8-08 
234 
2'60 
2  66 
312 
3^38 
3^64 
3^90 
416 
4.40 

4^6S 
4-94 


27^ 

^4 

■81 
108 
1-35 
169 
189 
216 
843 
2-70 
2^97 
324 
3^51 
3^7S 
4^05 
4  32 
4-59 
4  86 
513 
5-201  5^40 
5-46  5  67 
5-72!  5-94 
5^9S;  6^21 
6-24:  6-4S 


6-25J  6^50;  6^73 
7^50  7-80  8-10 
lO'OOl  10-40  lO^SO 
12'50il3  00  13-50 
15-00  13  60  10^20 
]7-5()  18  20  18-90 
20-00,20-80  21-60 
22-50 ->3-40  2J -.30 
2500  -26-00  27-00 


118 


KKADY  RECKONER,    BY   THE   PIECE,   BUSHEL,   &C. 


The  first  column  on  the  left  contains  the  NUMBER  of  the  Article,  and  the  column 
on  the  tops  of  the  Tables,  the  PRICE. 


Nos 
2 

29ct.29rt 

30  c/. 

~^2\ 

31i  ct. 

32  c(. 
•64 

33  ct. 
•66 

33i 

ct.j34ct. 

35  ct. 

36  c«. 

37  c«. 

374  cf. 
•75 

~l6i     53 

.60 

•62i 

■66}      68 

■70^2 

-74 

3 

•S4!     -87 

■90 

•93 

•93J 

•96 

■99 

1.00     1^02 

105    1-03 

111 

1124 

4 

112    116 

120 

1-24 

1-25 

1-28 

1^32 

1331    136 

1-40    1-44 

1-48 

1-50 

5 

140    1-45 

1-50 

155 

1-561 

160 

1-65 

1-66|    1-70 

175    1-80 

1-85 

1-874 

6 

1-68    1-74 

l-SO    1-86 

187i 

1-92 

1-98 

2-00     2-04 

2-10   216 

2-22 

2-2.5 

7 

1-96    203 

210   217 

2-lsf 

2-24 

2-31 

2-33 J    2-33    2-45!  2-52 

2-59 

2-62i 

8 

2-24   2-32 

2-40   2-43 

2-50 

2-56 

2-64 

2-66|    2-72    2-S0|  2-88 

2-96 

3-00 

9 

2-52   2-61 

2-70   2-79 

2811 
3- 121 

2-83 

2-97 

3-00     3-06 

315   3-24 

3  33 

3-374 

10 

280   2-90 

3-00   3-10 

320 

3-30 

3-33,   3-40 

3-50 

3-60 

3-70 

3-75 

11 

303   319 

3-30!  3-41 

3-4.3? 

3-52 

3-63 

3-661,  3-74 

3^85 

3-96 

4-07 

4-J24 

li 

3  36   3-43 

3-60'  3-72 

3-75 

3-84 

3-96 

4-00  1  4-08 

420 

4-32 

4-44 

4-50 

13 

3-64   3-77 

3-90   403 

406i 

4-16 

4-29 

4-33J    442 

4-55 

4-63 

4-Sl 

4-874 

14 

3-92   406 

4-20   4  31 

4-37J 

4-48 

4-62 

4661   4-76 

4-90 

504 

5-18 

5-25 

15 

4-20i  4-35 

4-50!  405 

4-68| 

4-80 

4-95 

5-00  1  5-10 

5-25 

5-40 

5-55 

5-024 

13 

4-4s:  404 

4-SO,  4-90 

500 

5-12 

5-23 

5-33J    5-44 

5-60 

5-7G 

5-92 

600 

17 

4-76;  4-93 

510'  5-27 

5-3U 

5-44 

5-61 

5-661    5-73 

5-95 

6  12 

0-29 

6-374 

IS 

5  04   5-2-> 

5-40|  5-53 

5-62^ 

5-76 

5-94 

6-00  1  6- 12 

0-30 

6-43 

6G6 

6-75 

io 

5  32   5-51 

5-70   5-89 

5-933 

6-03 

6-27 

6-.33i    6-46 

6-65 

6-81 

7-(C 

M24 

20 

500   5S0 

600    6  20 

6-25 

6-40 

660 

6061   6-80 

7-00 

7-20 

7-40 

7^50 

21 

5-S3;  609 

6-30    6-51 

6-56| 

6-72 

693 

700  1  7^14 

7-35 

7-56 

7-77 

7-87J 

22 

6-16   6  38 

6-60   6-82 

6-S7i 
7-18| 

704 

7  26 

7-33i    7-48 

7-70 

7-92 

8-14 

6-25 

23 

6-44    6  67 

6-90   7-13 

7-36 

759 

7^06i    7-82 

8tt5 

8-28 

8-51 

8024 

24 

6-72   6-90 

7-20   7-44 

7-.50 

7-68 

7-92 

S^OO     S^IO 

8-40 

8-64 

8-88 

9-0O 

25 

7-00'  7-25 

7-50   7-75 

7-81i 

8-00 

8^25 

S-33J    8-50 

8-75 

9-00 

9-25 

9-374 

30 

8-40   8-70 

900    9-30 

9-37A 

9-60 

9-90 

1000  il0-20;i0-50]0S0 

11-10  11-25    1 

40 

U-20  11-60 

1200  I-2-40 

12-50 

1-2-30 

13-20 

i3-3.V3  1^-00  Ai-0&U-40 

14-80,15  00    1 

50 

14-00  14  50  1500:i5-50 

15-624 

16-00 

10-50 

16-66i;17-00  ;i7-50, 18-00  |lS-50,lS-75 

60 

lOSO  17-40  ISOOlS-60 

lS-75 

19-20 

19-80 

■2000    •20-40  2100  21-00  i22 -20  2-2-.50 

70 

10-60  20-30  21-00  21-70 

21-871 

2-2-40 

•2:>10 

•2:3-33J:2:3S0  •24-50  •2o-20  ;'25  90  26-25 

SO 

■W-40  23-20  •2400  24-80 

•25-00 

25-60  •26-40 

260fij  '27-20  '2300  •2S-S0  r29-Uf)  30-00 

90 

■->o -20  2G10  -2700  27-90 

•2S121 

2380  29-70 

3000  :30G0  '31-50  .32-40  i,33-:i(i  :a-75 

100 

ibOO  29(H)  3000,31  00 

31-25 

3200  33- 0( 

'33-33J  34()0  1.35-00  3G-00  37(111  37-50 

Notice.  ;39et.ii0et. 

ilct. 

42<:f.  4 

3ct.Aicl.i 

5ct. 

46  ct.,47  ct.  48  ct.iQ  ct.  50 ct.  51  ct. 

2 

•761     -78      'SO 

■&l 

■64 

■ec    -68 

■90 

•92;     ^04     •06,     -98    100,  102 

3 

I- 14;  1-17    1-20 

123 

1-26 

129    132 

1-35 

r38   l-4i    1^44    l-47j  l-50;  1-53 

4 

1  52!  1-56    1'60 

1-64 

1-68 

172    1-76 

1^80 

1'84    1-68    1-92'  1-96   20(1   2-04 

5 

1-90    1-95    200 

205 

210 

2-15    2-20   2-25 

2^30   2-35   240'  245   250   2-55 

6 

2-28   2-34    2-40 

2-40 

2-52 

2-5S 

264 

2-70 

2-76!  2-82,  2'S8    294   300J  3-06 

7 

2-66 

2-73 

2-80 

2-87 

2-04 

301 

3-08 

3-15 

3-22   3-29   3-36    3-43   3-5 

J   3-57 

8 

3-04 

312 

3-20 

328 

3-S6 

3-44 

3-52 

3-GO 

3-68   3  76   3-84!  3-921  4-0( 

1)   403 

9 

3-42 

351 

300 

3-69 

3-78 

3-37 

3-96 

4-05 

4-14   4-23 

4-32    4-41]  4-5( 

J   4^59 

10 

3-80 

390 

4-00 

4-10 

4-20 

4-30 

4-40 

4-50 

4-GO,  4-70 

4  80   4-90l  50( 

3   510 

U 

4-18 

4-29 

4-40 

4-51 

4-62 

4-73 

4-64 

4-95 

5-06   517 

5  98   5-39|  5-5 

1   5-61 

12 

4-56 

4-63 

4^80 

4-92 

5-041 

516 

5-28 

5-40 

5-52   564 

5-7t>    5-88;  6-0 

J   6- 12 

13 

4-94 

507 

5^20 

5-33 

5-46' 

5-59 

5-72 

5-85 

5-98   6-11    6-24  [  6-37J  6-5( 

J   663 

14 

5-32 

5-46 

5-60 

5-74 

.5-83 

602 

6-16 

0'30 

6-44    6-53   6-72:  6-80,  7-0 

3   7-14 

15 

5-70 

5-85 

6-00 

615 

6-30, 

6-45 

6-60 

6-75 

6-90    7-05    7-20,   7-35|  7-5 

1   7-65 

16 

6  08 

6-24 

640 

6-56 

6-72 

6-88 

704 

7-20 

7.36,  7-52   7-68'  7-84:  80 

)   8-10 

17 

6-46 

6-63 

6-80 

6-97 

714 

7-31 

7-48 

7-65 

7-82,  7-99,  8-16,  6-.3:3    8-50;  8-(i7 

18 

6-84 

702 

7-20 

7^38 

7-56 

7-74 

7-92 

8-10 

8-28   8-46,  8-641  8-82   O-OO'  9-1? 

19 

7-22 

7-41 

7-60 

7-79 

7^98 

8-17 

8-30 

S-55 

8-74,  8-93   9-12,  9-3r  9-50   9-69 

20 

7-00 

7-80 

8-00 

8-20 

8-40, 

8-60 

8-80 

9-00 

9-20;  9-40   9-00    9-80  lO-OO  10-2(i 

21 

7-98 

8-19 

8-40 

8-61 

8^&-2 

9a3 

9-ei 

9-45 

9-66>  9-87:iO-03  10->29,I(J'5O  10-71 

22 

8  30 

8-58 

8-60 

•9-02 

9-24; 

9-46 

9-09 

9-90  10-12  10-.34  10-56  10-78  UOO  11-22 

23 

8-74 

8-97    9-20 

9-43 

9.66: 

9-S9 

012  1 

0-35  10^5e  10-81  11-04  11  27  ll-.5(Hl-73 

24 

9-12 

936    960 

9-84 

10-03 

10-32  10-56  1 

0-80]ir04  1ia8  11-52  11-76  fJOO  1-2-21 

25 

9-50 

9-75  lO-OO;  10-25 

10-50 

10-75, 1100  1 

i-25;ll-50  11-75  12IX)  1-2-25  12'.J0  1-2-75 

30 

ii-4oin-7o:r2oo;i-2-30 

1200 

2-90:i3'20  I 

3-50,13-80  14-10  14-40  14-7ti  15  00  1.5-30 

40 

15-^  15-60, 16-00  16-4( 

16-SO 

17-20  1760  1 

S-00, 18-40  18-60  19-20  19  Oi)  ■2(1  (KJ  •20-40 

50 

1900  19-50,20  00  20-50 

21-00 

21-50  2-2-(K)-J 

2-50i23-00;23-50  21-00  24-50  25-00  -iJ-.Tfl 

60 

2-2S0  23-40, •24-00  21-60 

25-20 

i3-SO'26'40  ■27-00:27-60|28-20  23-80  •20-40  30  00 .30-0(1 

70 

26-00  27-301 -iS'OO  23-70 

29-40 

3010. 30-80  31-50  32-20  32-90  33'60  34'.30  35(10  35-70 

60 

3O-40;31-20,32  00  3-2-80 

3360 

?4-40  a>-20  :i0-00, 36-80  37-60  38-40  39-20  4()(I0  40-80 

90 

31-20  3510  36-00  36  90 

37-?0 

J8-70  .39-00  4()-aO  41-40  42-.30  43-20  41-10  45  dO  45-90 

100 

38-00139- 00l4O0O410O 

4200 

13-00  440()!45-00  46-00  47-00  48(M)  49-00  5()(Hi  51-00 

READY   RECKONER,    BY   THE   PIECE,    BUSHEL,    &C. 


119 


The  firat  column  on  the  left  contains  the  NUMBER  of  the  Aiticle,  and  the  column 
on  the  tops  of  the  Tables,  the  PRICE. 


Nos5'2cl.  5S  ci. 

5i  ct.  55  ct. 

56  ct. 

51  ct. 

53  «. 

59  c<. 

60  ct. 

61  ct   62ct.62ic(. 

63  ct. 

2 

1-04 

l-<6 

109 

110 

112 

114 

116 

1-18 

1-20 

1-22 

1-24  S  1-25 

1-26 

3 

1-56 

1-59 

1-62 

165 

1-63 

1-71 

1-74 

1-77 

1-80 

1-63 

1-861  1-87A 

1-69 

4 

2-08 

212 

2  16 

220 

224 

2-28 

2-32 

2-36 

2-40 

2-44 

2-48   2-50 

2-52 

5 

2  60 

2-65 

2  70 

2-75 

2  80 

2-65 

2-90 

2-95 

3-00 

3-05 

3- 10  5  3-12i 

3-15 

G 

3-12 

3-18 

324 

3-30 

3-36 

3-42 

3-4S 

3-54 

3-60 

3-66 

3-72! 

3-75 

3-73 

7 

3-04 

3-71 

3-78 

3-85 

3  92 

3-99 

4-06 

4-13 

4-20 

4-27 

4-34 

4-37i 

4-41 

b 

4-16 

4-24 

4  32 

4-40 

4-48 

4-56 

4-64 

4-72 

4-80 

4-88 

4-96 

5-00 

5-04 

9 

4-68 

4-77 

4-S6 

4-95 

5  04 

5-13 

5-22 

5-31 

5-40 

5-49 

5-58 

5-62i 

5-67 

10 

5-20 

5-30 

5  40 

5  50 

560 

5-70 

5-60 

5-90 

6-00 

6-10 

6-20 

6-25 

6-30 

11 

5-72 

5-&3 

5  94 

605 

616 

6-27 

6-38 

6-49 

6-60 

6-71 

6  32' 

6-37i 

6-93 

12 

6-24 

6-36 

6-43 

6-60 

6-72 

6-64 

6-96 

7-08 

7-20 

7-32 

7-44 

7-50 

7-56 

13 

6-76 

6-89 

702 

715 

7-28 

7-41 

7-54 

7-67 

7-60 

7-93 

8-06 

S-12J 

8-19 

14 

7-28 

7-42 

7-56 

7-70 

7-84 

7-98 

8  12 

8-26 

8-40 

8-54 

8-68 

8-75 

8-62 

15 

7-80 

7-95 

8-10 

825 

8-40 

8-55 

8-70 

8-85 

9-00 

915 

930' 

9-37i 

9-45 

le 

6-32 

8-48 

8-64 

880 

8-96 

9-12 

9-28 

9-44 

9-60 

9-76 

9-92  lO-OO" 

10-08 

17 

8-84 

9-01 

9-18 

9-35 

9-52 

9-69 

9-86 

10-03 

10-20 

10-37 

10-54 

10-621 

10-71 

18 

9-3G 

9-54 

9  72 

9-90 

1008 

10-26 

10-44 

10-62 

10-80 

10-98 

11-16 

11-25 

11-34 

19 

9-88  10-07 

10-26 

10-45 

10  64 

10-83 

11-02 

11-21 

11-40 

11-59 

11-78 

11-87| 

11-97 

20 

10-40  10-60 

1980 

1100 

11-20 

11-40 

11-60 

11-80 

12-00 

12-20 

12-40 

12-50 

12-60 

21 

10-92  11-13 

11-34 

11-55 

11-76 

11-97 

12-18 

12-39 

12-60 

12-81 

13-02 

13-121 

13-23 

22 

1144  11-66 

1188 

12-10 

12-32 

12-54 

12-76 

12-98 

13-20 

13-42 

13-64 

3-75 

13.86 

23 

11-96  1219 

1242 

12-65 

12  88 

13-11 

13-34 

13-57 

13-60 

14-03 

1426 

14-37i 

14-49 

24 

12-48  12-72 

1296 

13-20 

13-44 

13-68 

13-92 

14  16 

1440 

14-64 

14-88 

15-00 

15-12 

25 

13-00  13-25 

13-50 

1375 

14-00 

14-25 

14-50 

14  75 

15-00 

15-25 

15-50 

15-624 

15-75 

30 

15-60  15-90 

16-20 

10  50 

16-80 

17-10 

17-40 

17  70 

18-00 

13-30 

13-60  18-75' 

18-90 

40 

•20-60  21-20 

21-00 

22  00 

22-40 

22-60 

23  20 

23-60 

24-00 

24-40 

•24-80  25-00 

25-20 

50 

26-00  26-50 

27  00 

27-50 

28-00 

28-50 

2900 

•29  50 

30-00 

30-50 

31-00  31-25 

31-50 

60 

31-20  31  80 

32-40 

33-00 

33  60 

34-20 

34  80 

35-40 

36-00 

36-60 

37-20  37-50 

37-60 

70 

3640  37-10 

37-60 

38-50! 

39-20 

39-90 : 

40-60 

41-30 

42-00 

42-70 

43-40  43  75 

44-10 

80 

41-60  42-40 

43-20 

44-00 

44-80 

45-60 

46-40 

47-20 

48-00 

48-80 

49-60  50-00 

50-40 

90 

46  SO  47-70 

48-60 

49-50 

50  40 

51-30 

52-20 

53-10 

54-00 

54-90  55-60  56-25 

56-70 

100  52-00  53-00 

54  00 

55  00 

5600 

57-00 

53-00 

50-00 

60-00 

6100  62-00  62-50 

63-00 

Nos 
'  2 

64  ct.  165  a. 
1-28  |T30 

met. 

mict 

67  ct. 
1-34 

G8  ct. 
1-36 

69  ct. 
T38 

70  c«. 
1-40 

71  ct. 
1-42 

72  ct. 
^44 

73  ct. 
1-46 

74  ct  J5  ct-  1 

1-32 

1-33J 

1-48 

1-50 

3 

1-92     1-95 

1-98 

2-00 

2-01 

2-04 

2-07 

210 

2-13 

216 

2-19 

2-22 

2-25 

4 

2-56 

2-60 

2-64 

2-66§ 

2-68 

2-72 

2-76 

2-80 

2-84 

2-88 

2-92 

2-96 

3-00 

5 

3-20 

3-25 

3-30 

3-33J 

3-a5 

3-40 

3-45 

3-50 

3-55 

3-60 

3-65 

3-70 

3-75 

6 

3-S4 

3-90 

3-96 

4-00 

4-02 

4-08 

4-14 

4-20 

4-26 

4-32 

4-38 

4-44 

4-50 

7 

4-48 

4-55 

4-62 

4-661 

4-69 

4-76 

4-83 

4-90 

4-97 

5-04 

511 

5-18 

5-25 

8 

512 

5-20 

5-28 

5-33i 

5-36 

5-44 

5-52 

5-60 

5-158 

5-76 

5-S4 

5-92 

600 

9 

5  76 

5-85 

5-94 

6-00 

6-03 

6-12 

6-21 

6-30 

6-39 

6-48 

6-57 

6-661  6-751 

10 

6-40 

6-50 

6-60 

6-661 
7-33i 

6-70 

6-80 

6-90 

7-00 

7-10 

7-20 

7-30 

7-40 

7-50 

11 

704 

7-15 

7-26 

7-37 

7-48 

7-59 

7-70 

7-81 

7-92 

8-03 

8-14 

8-25 

12 

7-6S 

7-SO 

7-92 

8-00 

8-04 

8-16 

8-28 

8-40 

8-52 

8-64 

8-76 

8-88 

900 

13 

8-32 

8-45 

8-58 

8-66i 

8-71 

884 

8-97 

9-10 

9-23 

9-36 

9-49 

9-62 

9-75 

14 

8-96 

9-10 

9-24 

9-33. 

9-38 

9-52 

9-66 

9-80 

9-94 

10-08 

10-22 

10-36  10-50 

15 

9-60 

9-75 

9-90 

iO-00 

10-05 

10-20 

10-35 

10-50 

10-65 

10-80 

10-95 

11-1011-25 

16 

10-24 

10-40 

10-56 

10-661 

10-72 

10-88 

11-04 

11-20 

11-36 

11-52 

11-68 

11-84  12-00 

17 

10-88 

11-05 

11-22 

11-33J  11-39 

11-56 

11-73 

11-90 

12-07 

12-24 

12--41 

12-59  12-75 

18 

11-52 

11-70 

11-88 

12-00    12-06 

12-24 

12-42 

12-60 

12-78 

12-96 

13-14 

13-32  13-50 

19 

12-16 

12-35 

12-54 

12-661 12-73 

12-92 

13-11 

13-30 

13-49 

l.''-'58 

13-67 

14-0614-25 

20 

12-80 

13-00 

13-20 

13-33  Ji  13-40 

13-60 

13-80 

14-00 

14-20 

l»--iO 

14-60 

14-80  15  00 

21 

13-44 

13-65 

13-86 

14-00    14-07 

14-28 

14-49 

14-70 

14-91 

15-12 

15-33 

15-54  l.';-75 

22 

14-08 

14-30 

14-52 

14-66f!l4-74 

14-96 

15-18 

15-40 

15-62 

15-84 

16-06 

16-28  16-50 

23 

14-72 

14-95 

15-18 

15-33J15-41 

15-64 

15-87 

16-10 

16-33 

16-56 

16-79 

17-0217-25 

24 

15-36 

15-60 

15-84 

16-00  |16-08 

16-32 

16-56 

16-60 

1704 

17-28 

1752 

17-76  18-00 

25 

16-00 

16-25 

16-50 

16-663  16-75 

17-00 

17-25 

17-50 

17-75 

18-00 

18-25 

18-50  18-75 

30 

19-20 

19-50 

19-80  120-00' 20-10 

20-40 

20-70 

21-00 

21-30 

21-60 

21-90 

22-20  22-.';0 

40 

25-60 

26-00 

26-40  i  26-661  26-80 

27-20 

27-60 

28-00 

28-40 

28-80 

29-20 

29-60  30-00 

50 

32-00 

32-50 

33-00  I33-33J  33-50 

34-00 

34-50 

35-00 

35-50 

3S-00 

36-50 

37-00  37-SO 

60 

:JS-40 

39-00 

39-60  140-00   40-20 

40-60 

41-40 

42-00 

42-60 

43-20 

43-80 

44-40  4.5-00 

70 

44-80 

45-50 

46-20  146-661  46-90 

47-60 

48-30 

49-00 

4!t-70 

50-40 

51-10 

51-60  52-50 

60 

51-20 

52-00 

52-80  53-a3|  53-60 

'54-40 

55-20 

56-00 

56-80 

57-60  58-40 

59-21160-00 

90 

57-60 

58-50 

59-40  160-00   60-30 

61-20 

62-10 

63-00 

63-90 

64-90  65-70 

66-60  67-50 

100 

64-00  'as-oo 

66-00  66-661 '67-00 

68-00 

69-00 

70-00 

71-00 

72-00  /3-00  74-00  7500] 

120 


READY   RECKONER,    BY   THE   PIECE,    BUSHEL,    &C. 


If  the  Number  required  is  not  found  in  the  Tables,  add  two  Numliers  lopeiher;  for 
instance,  if  35  bushels  are  required,  add  the  prices  opposite  30  and  5  togelliei ; 
and  so  for  365  bushels — treble  the  value  of  100,  and  add  GO  and  5  logelher. 


76  ct.  77  ct.  78  ct.  79  ct.  80  cf.Sl  rt.\82  ct.S3  ct.  84  ct.  85  ct.  86  cX.  67 


l-5ii  1  54 
■2-28  2-31 
.  3-04  308, 
:3-80!  3-85 
4-56'  iii-i 
5-32,  539 
608'  61G 
0-84  6-93 
7-00;  7-70 
S-3G]  8-47 
9  12  9-24 
9-88  lO-Ol 
10-64  10-78 
11-40  11-55 
1-2-IG  l-J-32 
12-92  13-09 
13-63  13  86 
144414-63 
15-21)  15-40 
15-9G  lG-17 
16-72  16-94 
17-4S;  17-71 
18-24  18-48 
19-00!  19-25 
22-80|2:>10 
30-4030-80 
33-00  38-50 
45-60146-20 
5:3-20'53-90 
60-8061-60 
68-40  69-30 
6-00  7700 


1-56  1-58 

2-34  2-37 

3-12  3- 16 

3-90  3-95 

4-68:  4-74 

5-46  5-53 

6-24  6-32 


7-02 
7-80 
8-58 
9-36 
10-14 


7-11 
7-9i) 
8-G9 
9-48 
10-27 


10-92  11-06 
11-70  11  85 
12-48  12  61 
13-26  13-13 
14-04  14-22 
14-62  15-01 
15-60  15-80 
16-38  16-59 
17-16  17-38 
17-94  18-17 
18-72  18-96 
19-50  19-75 
23-40  23-70 
31-20  31-60 
39-00  39-50 
46-80  47-40 
54-60  55-30 
62-40  6:3-20 
70-20  71-10 
7«5-0O  79-00 


1-60  1-02 
2-40,  2-43! 
3  201  3-24! 

4-001  4-05J 
4-SOl  4-86; 
5-60!  5  07 
6-401  6-48 
7-20    7-29 
S-00|  8  10 
6-80   8-91 
9-60   9-72 
10-40  10-53;10 
ll-20lll-31ill 
1200  12-15  12 
12-80  12-96  13 
13-60  13-77  13 
14-40,14-58  14 
15-20  15-39  15 
16-00  16-20  16 
16-8017-01  17 
17-6017-82  18 
18-4018-03  18 
19-20  19-44]l9 
20-00  20-25  20 
21-00  24-30  24 
32-00  32-40  32 
40-00  40-50  41 
48-00  43-60  19 
56-00  56-70,57 
61-00  64-80  65 
72-(X)  72-90,73 
80-00  81-00  82 


1-GG:  1-G3 

2-49   2-52 

3-32   3-36 

4-]5i  4-20 

4-981  5-04 

5-81    5-88: 

6-64   6-72 

7-47   7-56 

8-30   8-40 

9-13!  9-24 

9-})C10-08 

10-79  10-92 

11-62  1 1-7G 

12-45  12-6() 

13-2M3-44 

14-11  14-2S 

11-941.V12 

15-7745-96 

lG-60  16-80 

17-4317-64 

18-26  18-48 

19-0919-32 

19-9220-16 

20-7521-00 

21-902.5-20 

33-2033-60 

41-50  42-00 

49-8050-40 

5S- 10  58-80 

60-40  67-20 

74-70;75-60 

&3-00  84-00 


1-70 
2-55 
3-40 
4-25 
5-10 
5-95 

c-so 

7-65 
8-50 
9-35 
10-20 
11-05 
11-90 
12-75 
1300 
14-45 
15-30 
10-15 
17-00 
17-85 
18-70 
19-55 
20-40 
21-25 
25-50 
34 -(K) 
42-50 
51-00 
59-50 
68-00 
70-50 
85-(>0 


1-72! 
2-53 
3  44i 

4-30 

5-16 

602 

6-88! 

7-74!  7- 

8-60   8- 

9-46  9 
10-32  10- 
11-1S,11- 
12-04  12- 
12-90  13- 
13-76  13- 
14-62  14 
15-43  15 
16-34  16- 
17-20  17 
18-06  IS- 
18-92  19 
19-73  20- 
20-64  20- 
21-50  21- 
25-80  26- 
34-40  34 
43-00 -is- 
51-60  52- 
60-20  60- 
63-80  69- 
77-40  78- 
86-00  87- 


c«.  87^  «.  88  (r< 
74!  1-75  iT;6 
61  i  2-62i  204 
48  3-50  i  3-52 
35-  4-37A  4-40 
22,  5-25  i  5-28 
(19  G-12A'  6-16 
961  7.00  7-04 
33!  7-87JI  7-02 
701  8-75  i  8-SO 
57|  9-62i  9-68 
44  10-50  10-5<> 
31ill-37ni-44 

13  12-25  12-32 
(>5  13-12J  1.3-20 
92,14-00  14-08 
79  14-87i  14-96 
6ii  15-75  15-84 
53  16-62  J  16-72 
40  17-50  17-60 
27  18-37  J  18-48 

14  19-25  19-36 
01  20-12^  20-24 
88  21-00  21-12 
75  21-87J22-00 
10  20-25  26-40 
eo:r.-00  35-20 
50  43-75  44-(H) 
20  52-50  52-SO 
90  61-25  61-60 
60  70-Of)  70-40 
30  78-75  79-20 
00  87-50   88-00 


Nos  39 et.  90  ct.  91  ct.  92  ct.  93  ct.  194  ct.  95  ct.  96  c<.  97  ct.  98  ct.  99  ct.    $1 


i  sa. 


1-73 
2-67 
3-56, 
4-45; 
5-34 
6-23 
7-12 
8-01 
8-90 ! 
9-79 
10-68 
11-57 
12-46 
13-35 
14-24 
15-13 
16-02 
16-91 
17-80 
18-69 
19-58 
20-47 
21-36 
22-25 
26-70 
35-60 
44-50 
53-40 
62-30 
1-20 
90-10 
39-00 


1-80 

2-70 

3-60 

4-50 

5-40 

6-30 

7-20 

8-10 

9-00 

9-90 
10-80 
11-70 
12-60 
13-50 
14-40 
15-30 
16-20 
17-10 
18-00 
18-90 
19-80  20 
20-70;20- 
21-6021- 
22-50 !  22- 
27-00 ;  27- 
36-00.36- 
45-00  45- 
54-00'54- 
6:3-00  03- 
7-2- 00  72- 
81-00  81- 
9000  91 


1-84!  1-86 
2-76  2-79 
3-63  3-72i 
4-60  4-65 
5-52  5-58 
6-44  6-51 
7-36,  7-44 
8-23  8-37 
9-20   9-30 

01  10-12  10-23 

92  11-04  11-16 
83  11-G6  12-09! 
74!l2-&S  13-02 
65 :  13-80  13-95 
56  14-72  14-83 
47  15-64  15-81 
33  16  56  16-74 
29,17-48  17-67 
20  18-40  18-60 
11119-32  19-53 

02  20-24  20-46 

93  21-16  21-39 
84,22-03  22.32 
75  23-00  23-25 
.30,27-60  27-90 
40  36-80  37-20 
50  46-00  46-50 
60  5.5-20  55-80 
7064-40  65-10 
•80  73-60  74-40 
90|S2-80  83-70 
00!  92-00  93-00 


1-90    1 

2-85    2 

3-80I  3 

4-75   4 

5-701  5 

6-65    6 

7-60    7 

8-55    8 

9-50    9 

10-45  10 

11-40  11 

12-35  12 

13-30  13 

14-25  14 

15-20  15 

16-15  16' 

17.1017 

18-05  IS 

19-00  19 

19-95  20 

20-90  21- 

21-85  22 

22-80  23 

23-75*4 

23-50  28- 

38-00  38- 

47-50  48' 

57-00  57 

66-50  67 

76-00  76 

85-50  86 

95-00  96 


1-94 
2-91 

3-88 

4-85 

5-82 

6-79 

7-76 

8-73' 

9-70 

10-67 

11-64 

12-61 

13-58 

14-55 

15-52 

16-49 

17-46 

18-43 

19-40 

20-37 

21-34 

22-31 

04123-28 

00:24-25 

SO  29-10 

4038-80 

00|  43-50 

60:58-20 

20  67-90 

80 ! 77-60 

40 '87-30 

OO197-OO 


1-96 

2-&4 

3-92 

4-90 

5-88 

6-86 

7-84 

8-82 

9-80 
10-78 
11-76  11 
12-74  12 
13-72  13 
14-70,14 
15-63  15 
16-66  16 
17-64  17 
18-62  IS 
19-60  |19 
20-53  ;20- 
21-56,21 
22-54  22- 
23-52  23 
24-50  24- 
29-40  29- 
39-20  .39- 
49-00  49- 
58-80  59- 
68-60  09- 
78-40  79- 
83-20  89- 
98-00  99. 


g- 

lo- 
ll 

12- 

13 
14 
15 

16 
17 
18' 
19 
20- 
21 
22- 
23 
24 
751  25 
70  I  30 
60  I  40 
50  50- 
40  60- 
30  70- 
20,  60- 
10.  90- 

,oo!ioo- 


4- 
6- 
8- 
10- 
12- 
14- 
16- 
18- 
20- 
22- 
24- 
26- 
28- 
30- 
32- 
34- 
36- 
38- 
40- 
42- 
44. 

46- 
48- 
50- 
60- 
80- 
100- 
120- 
140- 
160- 
180- 
200- 


6- 
9- 
12- 
IS- 
IS- 
21- 
24- 
27- 
30- 
33- 
36- 
39- 
42- 
45 
48- 
51 
54 
5T 
GO 
63 
66 
69- 
72 
75 
9C 
120- 
150- 
180- 
210- 
240- 
270- 
300- 


WAGES  TABLE,  BY  THE  DAY  AND  MONTH. 


121 


"5    I  "S^ 
■3      "PT 


I;-  »p  fj*  O  h-  i{3  o3  O  i^  ip  C*}  O  !;•  ip  C*  O  h-  ^  Q<  o  r*  »{5  (7<  o  r-  o 

ooocoosoooooooocooooooooop 

00003000000000000000000000 

tpC^qp"^oo^ap'^ocp(r/Qp'r^^9SGp'^?^ffl<?'^9'^ 
'^r3^icBc:'^<fj'^it^ciOCTrr»rti^dbo(f*c^iOOcbo'^ 
'-'  "  -^  ^^  '-^  C;j  g<c^CTC^CTr?r:cccor3  cq  -^  -^ 

ir5  0iooiooif:oirio>coooooioooo»co 
i;-cpc»-^C5i00tp-^r^c?<cproci'roi{i-7'toCl(;-cp 
t^C30<f*ccAf^(»oAr34'cpr^m-^<7j^irtf^dbo 

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 

tOOipOiCcpinOipoiOOiTJOipOiOOiOOiOOiOOirSO 

'-^A^it^cio(?ic^vhcbcbCT-^(7jrrioAQbo-—c'3^cbj^OJ 

iooioO'Coiooir;otoooo>i^OiOO>/iooooo»oo 

■^C5CpCpCit;*'^:pOOO'>TCprph*^tp'^i{5O'^OTC^0^ 

Ac<'^iOi^<»o--^c^4'»hi^dbo'^r;'^ii^oioAcorrit^ 

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 

•<rcpi^»;oo'^qp(>joO'^cpq<t^o-^Gpc7Jcpo-rrcp(ri:^ 

^C4'^oi^dboi'^(5('^ib*odbcs'^^}Mi?5:bdbo50(7*r5io<^ 

icoiooinoooKOoooujoooirioiQOiooiooifso 
coi^OTri^7H'7Qp'7ipQp<?^»r$05f?}cccic;500cpi_-*cp-^t^^ 
Adi'^*oodboioc^«'^x>(^cbo-^c*'^ir5t^Qbas'^oj«o 

'^'^^-^'^•~-^<7iOiOi(>iCiOto^Qic^c^nn 

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 
•^«w»oi>t^C5o  —  c^-^ihoa^osoffic^i-^or^^OiF^d^M 

^  — ■  ^  ^— .^-^  —  CJOJC^gJCJO^gJgjCOC^  rf 

lO  o  »ft  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  if5  o  >^  o  irj  o  >ri  o  o  o  o  o  »o  o  irt  o 
<?*»?5i-oc*ior^oc5ir;(-oc^ini-oc3ir5i^oGM»r:r*o(7l55 

,  oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 
;?l^^apocj-^;p3poqt^*,papO(7^'^cpa:;Oc*Y'?'¥'9''5^ 
•^o»r3'^oi>'cic>o(7ir3-^i?30cooo.liCT"^'oif^r»0'--i 

I —   —   —.—,„   —   ^,„,gjg|g.jgfg^/7lg.jQjf^eO 

,  irioir50ir5oioo»oooo»oo»Qoioo400iooioo»oo 
'T^cp'^coh-ooqiro'n'-QGpqj-^CN'^ipr^-aSo'^c^'C'Ot^oi 
A(f^c^4'oicoc>0'^(jtcb4*'it^dbAo-^c?3'^o'it^cibci 

t  oooooooooooooooooooooooooo© 

I  «c*c^'^o^t^c»6i'^c»cH'^inor*cfcc5or^r33riho(^^ 

I  ic  o  lO  o  If;  o  tn  o  ic  o  lO  Q  lo  o  lO  o  o  o  irt  o"  irj"  o  in  o  tn  o~ 
•^c<«'^ih!ir^Qbo50-^CT:o4"oo(^dbciAijjr;-^»htbt- 

I ^^*>^^-^^»^-^— ■^Cf^tg}C^(7Jgj&j 

I  oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 
ooooooooooooooooopopppocpoo 

■-^— .  —  ^^-^  —  — ■^^— ■— .Cve^OTgjctoj  G^ 

IiOotcoiooirtoooinoioooooooooo'Oooo 
oioapopt^-r^oxjiC'C-^-^cpr^Ci^  —  7-ppoocpGpr*t;- 
^CiP^-^ihoi^dboso  —  cf»cb-^oor^dbc5oo-^ijic*5'T 
—  ^  ^  -^  ^^  -^^  ^  .-H  ^  ^  -^  Gvi  J)  t;>  c5_0i_ 

IC50000000000000000000000000 
•^ciW'^»h«5t^c»C50^o-^(?jw-^»hot^(»cbdjO'^^»M 
^^  —  -.  —  ^  —  ^^-^-^Clg^C-tgj 

Iin  o  o  o  »o  o  if5  o  lO  o  irj  o  lO  o  lO  o  >f3  o  w5  o  »J^  o  ic  o  L':  o 
•^CJcb-4rioiri:Dt^a)6ioA-^7»co^iocoi^t^dbcio  —  2* 

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo 

00  'w  -^  C*  p  GO  ^O  -^  (N  p  £»  O  -^  5(  O  op  '-P  "7  C7*  p  CO  O  -^  0»  p  op 
•^  CJ  73  "^  -^  O  to  t »  do  cfc  OS  O  -^  ffl  CI  C^  TT  »h  O  O  I^  CO  OS  o  o 

IiOOOOiCOtOOOOiOOtOOinOiOC^iOOiOOinOiOO 
^-^o<^»pt^lOc^p^^lO(^tpr^lr^(75c.;.l{5c^p^-.t{^Q5p^•o 
■^©Jr3CO'^00'it^Qbo050-^0*ffI22!i2i£5'^iS^^ 

IOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO  Q  o  o 
i^y---<»ipcjppc;^pi;-"^-7'c»if5oiqipr;3pr;--^-;*cptO(5i 
■^CJCiPOTr^o-o)>i^dbc5ioao  —  •^^^^'^lOOtb^oo 

Iu5o»no>noino>ooioo»r5  0ir50iooio  o  40  o  lO  o  lo  o 
pcpppctplr5(^»xo•;-'(»'7-7^•■^p^-«ppcoppclp 
•-^•^c»wcb'^»ooiit^i^dboioiO'^'^(?j«cH*^2!i22''^ 

IOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO oooooooo 
ocioo*<ro^trjQp'^pp<>jQp'^op(7Ja)'^ppc*qp^pp 
A^oJCor54"'^4oicbt^t'-.dbc>oiooAcj£ic2^4;»£5»h 

Iu50iooir;o»r5  0»oo».'7oooir;oiooico*coooi00 
o  -^  o  (ji  t-  c;^  r-.  7"  p  ip  p  p  —  I;-  17^  (»  ?p  p  -^  p  i{3  7-  p  CI  r*  « 
•^•^CJCirs^TT'^ih'icbi^i^a^dbaiCio-^-^ciciCoco^l 

|-.oico^iooi^Qooio-2i22;i2S!^22SS55g5SS;c5§ 


■SS 


^So 


•  5t  5 


BMA 


11 


122      WAGES    BY    DAY   AND   WEEK    FROM    50    CTS.    TO    $3-25. 


Days- 


50  as.  60  cts:.62i  ct.170  ets 


•25 
•331 
•44 
•50 


•5Si 
•66i 
•75 

•911 
100 


l^OSl 

l]6i 

125 

l-33i 

1-4U 

1-50 


•70 
•80 
•90 
100 
1^10 
1-20 


1-30 
140 
1'50 
1-60 
1-70 
1-80 


1-58JI  1  90 

l-66i  2  00 

1  75  2- 10 
1-831  2iJ0 
l-9l|  230 

2  00  2  40 


2  08i 
•216* 
225 
2-331 


250 
2.60 
2  70 
•<J-80 


■mi 
.93| 
1-04 
114J 
1-25 


l-35» 

145| 

156 

1-66 

1-77 

1.87 


1.97| 
208] 
2  1 81 
2 '29 
2-391 
2-50 


•lU 
-23} 
•35 
-46i 

•53} 


1-5U 
l-63i 
175 
1-S6i 
198} 
2-10 


2  GOil 
2-70i 
2-81 
2  91^1 


2-21  i 

2-a3} 

245 

2-56i 

2  68} 

280 

291* 

303} 

3- 15 

326i 


•12i 

•25 

-37i 

•50 

•62i 

•75 


•87i 
1-00 
ll-2i 
1-25 
1-37J 
1-50 


1-02J 
1-75 
l-87i 
200 
2- 1-2  J 
2-25 


2-37i 
250 
2-62i 
275 

2  87J 
3-00 


3-l'2i 
3-25 
3-37i 
3-50 


•13} 

•26i 

•40 

•53J 

•66l 

•80 


•9:3} 
1-061 
1-20 
1-3:3} 
l-46i 
1-60 


1.73} 

1-86J 

200 

213} 

2'26i 

240 


t:7Jer. 


•14^ 
29 
•433 

•58} 
•73 
87i 


102 
1-161 
1-31} 
1-45| 
l-60i 
1-75 


1-S9i 
2-04 
'2- 18  J 
2  33} 
2-48 
2-62J 


i 
•11} 


1-05 
1-20 
1-35 
1-50 
1-&5 
1.80 


1-95 
210 
225 
240 
255 
2-70 


285 
300 
3- 15 
330 
3  45 
3-GO 


3-75 
3-90 
4-05 
4-20 


$1-00 


■ill 


•16 
-33, 
•50 
•66i 
-83} 
1-00 


1.161 

133} 

1-50 

1-661 

1-83} 

200 


2  161 

2*3} 

2-50 

2661 

2-83} 

300 


3161 

3-33} 

3-50 

3-661 

3-83} 

4-00 


4-16J 
4-33} 
4-50 
4-66i 


S;l-12i  Si  -25 


;:i 


•14 


•181 
•37i 
•56} 
•75 
•933 
1-12^ 


1-31} 

1-50 

1-683 

1-871 

2-00} 

2-25 


•5} 
•101 
•15| 

•20J 
-4li 
-621 
•83} 
l-(Vl 
1-25 


2-43  J 

2-621 

2-81} 

3-00 

3-l.S 

3-3-|: 

3-56}  j  3-953 

3-75  4-161 

3-933  4-371 

4-12i  4-58} 


145} 

1-661 

1-87| 

208} 

2-29 

2-50 

2-703 

2-911 

3-121 

3-33} 

3-54 

3-75 


4-3!} 
4-50 


4-79 
500 


4-6S3i  5-203 

4-87^1  5-42 

506}  5-62* 

5-25  I  5-63} 


Days. 


6-50 

7-W 

7-00 

7-58} 

7-50 

8-12 

800 

8-66 

8-50 

9-20 

9-00 

9-75 

10-29 
10-83} 
1J-37| 
II-91I 
12-45} 

13-00 

7-81}  8-33}i"9-37i  10-411  ll-4o3  12-50"  13-54 
8-l'2i  8-C6.|l  9-75  jl0-8:3}  11-9U  13-00  1408} 
8-43ii  900  i]012Vll-25  |r2-37|  13-50  140i>X 
8-75  I  9.33}:io-.5()  !ii-r,(;^lr3.&.3}  14-04I  isiny 


WAGES   BY    DAY    AND   WEEK    FROM    $3  50  TO  $12"00.       123 


Days. 

83-50  jS3-75  |a4-00  '$4^25   S4-50  |S4-75 

$5-00  j$5-'25 

$5-50 

$5-75 

$600 

~~ 

•14i 

•154    -1G4I    -nil    -ISI 

•19} 

•20} 

■21 1 
•43| 
•65| 

-23 

21 

-25 

«i 

•29 
■433 

■58i 

•31. 
■463 

-33}  1     -354      -374 
■50        -53  1     ■56} 

•39, 
•59 

-414 
-62i 

•45 
•68 

-48 
-71  i 

-50 
•75 

U 

■624 

■GG4      -703 1     .75 

•79 

■83 
1-664 

-3741     -91 J 

•95} 

1-00 

< 

u 

2 

1-10.'t 

125 

t-3:3i 

1-4141  1-50 

1-5S 

175 

183} 

1-91 
2-87 
3-83 

2-00 

3 

1-75 

i87;y 

2.00 

2-124    2-25 

2-37 

250 

2-624 

2-75 

3-00 

4 

233} 

2-50 

2-664 

2-8.3}    3-00 

3-16 

3-33} 

3-50 

366. 
453' 

4-00 

5 

29  H 

3  1-24 

3-:J3} 

3-54}    3-75 

3-95 

4-164 

4-374 

4-79 

5-00 

6 

7" 

350 

3-75 

4-00 

4-25      4-50 
4-953  j  5..)5 

4-75 

5-00 

5-25 

5-50 

5-75 

6-00 

^, 

4^fl8> 

4374 

4-664 
5-33} 

5-54 

5-83, 
606' 

6-l'24 

6-4  U 
733J 

670} 

7-00 

8 

4^6G.^ 

500 

5-664!  6-00 

6-33} 

7-00 

7-664    800 

a 

9 

525 

5G24 

6-00 

0^374    6-75 
7^08}    7-50 

7-12. 

7-50 

7-874 

825 

8-624    900 
9-58}  10-00 

10 

5^8:U 

G-25 

6-G64 
7-33} 

7-915 
8-70 

8-33}!  8-75 

916 

10-08; 

rfi 

U 

6-4U 

6-874 

7-79      8-25 

9-164 

9-624 

10-54    ll^OO 

QC 

12 

7-00 

7-50 

8.00 

8-50     9-00 

9- .50 

[10-00 

10-50 

11-00 

11-50  1 12-00 

H 
< 

13 

7-531    si-i'j 
8-lG?j    8-75 

8-664 

0--203    9-75 

10-29 

1 10-83};  11-3741 11-91  i 

12-45}  13-00 

14 

9-.3;3}i  9-914  10-50 

11-03} 
11-874 

11-664 

12-25    12-83} 

13-41414-00 

13 

8-75      9-37^ 

10-00    10-0^24  11-25 
10-664  :ll-.33}  l'2-OO 

12-50 

13-124  13-75 

14-.374  15-00 

16 

9-33.1  £0-00 
9-9l|  10-G2i 

12-604 
13-453 

;i3-a3i 

14-00    14-66* 
14-67415-58} 

15-33}  16-00 

17 

11-33}  1-2-04     I-2-75 

;14-16| 

16-'29    17-00 

18 

10-50  1 11-25 

1-2-00   i  1-2-75   :  13-50 

14-25 

15-00  1 15-75  j  16-50 

17-25    18-00 

f 

19 

11 -OSi  11-874 

1-2-664' 13-453  14-25  1 15.04 

15-83}  16-624117-414 

18-'20}  19-00 

ir, 

20 

11  GGi  12-50 

13-33}|14-164  15-00 

15-83, 

l6-664ll7-50  '18.33} 

19-164  20-00 

< 

21 

1-2-25   j  13- 124 

14-00   114-874  15-75 

16-6-24 

17-50  i  18-374 '19-25 

20-124  21-00 
21-08}  '2-2-00 

S 

22 

12-83f  13-75 
13-4  li  14-374 

14-664!  15-58}  16-50 

17-41 

18-33, 19-25  |20-164 
19-164;-20-124  21'08} 

23 

15-3.3}!  16-29   !  17-25 

18^20 

'22-04    '23-00 

fY* 

84 

14-00   ;i5^00 

16-00  j  17-00  ;  18-00 

19-00 

120-00   21-00  !22-00 

•23-00    24-00 

o 

23 

14-58i  15-G24 

10-664:17-70}  18-75 
1733}  lS-114  19-50 

1979 

20-83},21-374 '22-914 

23-95}  25-00 

u. 

26 

15164  16-25 

•20-53} 

21-661-22-75  i23-83} 

24-914  '26-00 
'25-874  27-00 

27 

15-75   1 16-874 

1800    19^12i  20^25 

21 -.371 

•22-50   23-624124-75 

o 

28 

lG-33iil7-50  i  18-664 119-83 J  21-00 

2-2- 16| 

23-33}!24-50  125.664126-83}  2800 

Days. 

$6-501 

$700 

S7-50  $S-(X)   $8-50  S9-00 

■311:     331       354     ^374 
■6^24:     ■664      -701      -75 

S9-50 

$10-00 

810-50  SHOO 

$12-00 

1 

-27 

•29 

■394 

-414 
•83f 

-43| 

-45? 
-91 

-50 

^ 

1 

•51 

•58i 

•87| 

•79 

■87 

1-00 

n 

3 

•sn 

•93  J    1^00  1  ro6| 

1-1-24 

i^iei 

1-25 

131, 

1-374 

150 

1 

1-US3 
2-lG| 

1164 

1-25 

1-331    1-414 
2-664    2-8.3 J 

1-50 

158}l   1664 

1-75 

1-83} 

200 

2 

2-33\ 

2-50 

3-«0 

3164 

3-331 

3-50 

3-664 

400 

« 

3 

3-25 

3-50 

3-75 

4-00  i  4-25 

4-50 

4-75 

500 

525 

5-50 

6-00 

4 

4-3:U 
5-4l| 

4-(W4 

500 

5-.331    5-664 
6-664    7081 

6-00 

6^a3l 
7^9U 

6664 

700 

7-331 
9-164 

800 

S 

5-S3i 

6-25 

7-50 

8-331 

8^75 

10-00 

«J 

6 

6-50 

7-00 

7-50 

8-00  1  8-50 

9-00 

9-50 

10-00 

10^50 

11-00 

12-00 

?! 

7 

7-58' 

8-164 

8  75      9-331    9-914 
10-00    10  6G4  11-331 

10-50 

U-OSJ 

11-664  1-2-25 

12-83} 
14-664 

14-00 

O 

8 

8-6G4 

9-a3', 

1-2-00 

12-664 

l3-a31  14-00 

16-00 

k; 

9 

9-75 

10-50 

11-25    l'2-OO    V2-75 

13-50 

14-25 

15-00  115-75 

16-50 

18-00 

u< 

10 

10-83.\ 

11-664 

V2-.50    13-33i  14-16.1 

15-00 

15-331 
17-414 

16-664  17-50 

18-331 

20-00 

, 

11 

11-914 

I-2-83\ 

13-75    14-664  15-58iil6.50 

18-a31  19-25 

■20^164 

2-2-00 

12 

13-(K) 

1400 

1.5-00  i  16-00    17-00    18-00 

19^00 

20-00  1 21-00 

22-00 

24  00 

13 

14-031 
15- 161 

15^164 

16-25  I17-3.3J  18-41419-50 

•20^581 

21-664  2-2-75 

23-831 
25-664 

26-00 

^ 

14 

lG^a3J 

17-50    18-664  19-»3l!21-00 

•2-2-164 

•23.331  24-50 

28-00 

13 

16-25 

1750 

18-75    20-(K>    21^25  i22-50 

23-75 

•25-00    26-25 

27-50 

30-00 

Hi 

16 

17 

17-33i 
18-414 

18  664l^20-00    21-331  •2-2^66i!24-00 
19-83J  21-25  ;2-2-664  24-0s|  25-50 

'25-331  '26-664  28-00 
2G-914|28-33|  29-75 

29-331 
31-164 

32-00 
34-00 

18 

19-50 

21-00    •2-2-50    24-00    25-50  |27-00 

28-50  1 30-00    31-50 

3300 

36-00 

19 

20-5S' 
21-664 

■2-2-164  •2:3-7.'>  ;2.3-3.3V  •26-911128-50 
•2333J  ■2.5-00  ''26664  2S-a3|:30-00 

30-OSJ  31-664  33-'25 

.34-83} 

38-00 

20 

3I-664'a333135-00 

36-664 

40-00 

M 

21 

22-75 

•24-50  i'2(i-2.5  i'2S-00    29-75  |31-50 

33-25  1 35-00    36-75 

38-50 

4200 

rn 

22 

23-&3J 
a4-9lJ 
•2600 

25-66,!27-50  129-33.5  31  104  33-00 
26-83|j23-75  |30-664  32-58^34-50 

34-a31i36-664  38-50 
36-4l|;aS-a3J  40-'25 

40-33i 

44-00 

< 

23 
21 

42-164 

4600 

ft 

25 

27-08J 

29-164  31-25  i333:n  35^414t37^5i) 
30^33^i32-50  '34-664  36-831  39-00 
31-50   33-75    36-00    3825   40-50 

.39-581  41064  43-75 
41-16|i4.3-33|  45-50 

45-S3} 

50-00 

26 

27 

28-164 
29-25 

47-66| 
49-50 

52-00 
54-00 

28 

:jo-33j 

l32-664i35-00    37-33J  39-66^  4200 

44-33i  46-664  49-00 

51-33}  56-00  1 

124      WAGES    BY   THE   MONTH   FROM    $5-00    TO    $30- 00. 


O   c   V 

|§2 

■£»-S 

Sea 

c    ,E 
•5-5  01 


S  ■-  sa  c 

i-t;   »  I. 

«  iJ5  0) 

"  u  *  c 


5S.3-2 


c  c  w 

*=  I.   1  rt 

-V  o  ■;  '- 

§2S  ^ 

2  c  2  « 


rHOiC3^W3CDOOC;O^CIC5>rtOr^ODCiO»-C?*rU^or^CDO 


r»iocooao?oe5^03tOTrc5oi^ocooococ3r-c-.  o-SrSiS 


t^TT^c-.  ^OMT-.cCoccof^ioirlotOTj'T-cctocoooomc^c 
»H(rj(NC3^w«5<Dt^CDCDOOO.-i<c;«'>j'Oc2-,sr-or;c. 


!£CTOl^rr»-'CDOO>OtOCTOtCC301^Tr'-aj«35<C.  <OCTO 


•OeOCS(001&'OI10DU3>->a3>n"'X;rrT-iJ-.TrOC-nO 


tono 
r>  o  «o  t» 


•Qr>CJtoo>«f~--^'no2ioc 


•QO'TJcooc?.  4»*^»cci<: 


cooocpoooooo 


ocoooocoo 

WOiOO«C»OOiO 


ggiSg 


^i-H©J(?JCOe0^^lOW3«30t>-l>QDQDCSC;  OO  —  ^CJCJW 


>r>-cjci'<*'e^C5'-'e^«3cr'0'?)v'?t^o^ 


'  cs  en  i-t  c?  o  cr  < 


■NTrtsoSf-wtoccocoMbt^owTTOoit-coeoaooeoiot^o 


NEW    RATES    OF   POSTAGE,  125 

NEW    RATES    OF    POSTAGE. 


No.  1.  LETTER  POSTAGE  TO  AND  FROM  ANY  PART  OF  THE  U.  S. 

For  each  4  ounce,  under  3000  miles, —  prbpaid  by  postage  stamps, 3  cents. 
For  each  J  ounce  over  3000  miles,  —  pbepaid  by  postage  stamps,  10  cents. 
Fractions  over  a  single  rate  are  ciiarged  as  one  rate.    Letters  dropped  for 
delivery  are  charged  otu  cent.    Letters  advertised  are  charged  one  cent  extra. 

NO.  2.  LETTER  POSTAGE  TO  AND  FROM  BRITISH  NORTH 

AMERICAN  PROVINCES,-(Pkkpaid  oe  kot.) 
For  each  i  ounce,  when  not  over  3000  miles  from  ihe  line  of  crossing,  10  cents. 

For  each  \  ounce  when  distance  exceeds  3000  miles  do IS  cents. 

Newspapers  and  Periodicals  are  chargeable  with  United  States  postage  to 
and  from  the  lines.    To  be  prepaid  when  Sent  and  collected  when  received. 

NO.  3.    POSTAGE     ON     PRINTED     MATTER,    TRANSIENT    OR 
OTHERWISE,  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

New  Law — Prepayment  on  all  Transient  Printed  Matter  Compulsory. 
Unsealed  circulars,  adverlisemenls,  business  cards,  transient  news- 
papers, and  every  other  article  of  transient  printed  matter,  (except  books,) 
not  weighing  over  three  ounces,  sent  in  the  mail  to  any  part  of  the 
United  Slates,  are  chargeable  with  one  cent  postage  each,  to  be  prepaid  by 
postage  stamps.  Where  more  than  on^i  circular  is  printed  on  a  sheet,  or  a 
circular  and  letter,  each  must  be  charged  with  a  single  rate.  This  applies  to 
lottery  and  other  kindred  sheets  assuming  the  form  and  name  of  newspapers  ; 
and  the  miscellaneous  matter  in  such  sheets  must  also  be  charged  wth  one 
rate.  A  business  card  on  an  unsealed  envelope  of  a  circular  subjects  the  en- 
tire package  to  letter  postage.  Any  transient  matter,  like  a  circular  or  hand- 
bill, enclosed  in  or  with  a  periodical  or  newspaper  sent  to  a  subscriber,  or  to 
any  other  person,  subjects  the  whole  package  to  letter  postage  ;  and  when- 
ever subject  to  letter  postage,  from  being  sealed,  or  from  any  cause  whatever,  all 
printed  matter,  without  exception,  must  be  prepaid,  or  excluded  from  the  mail. 

Three  ounces,  oT  \e!is — prepaid  by  postage  stamps, 1  cent. 

For  each  additional  ounce  —  prepaid  by  postage  stamps, 1  cent. 

No.  2. — Small  Newspapers  and  Periodicals,  published  monthly  or  oftener, 
and  Pamphlets  not  containing  more  than  16  octavo  pages,  when  sent  in 
single  packages  to  one  address,  and  weighing  at  least  8  ounces — 

For  eight  ounces  —  prepaid  by  postage  stamps, 4  cents. 

For  each  additional  ounce —  prepaid  by  postage  stamps, ^  cent. 

No.  3. — Maps,  engravings,  lithographic  or  photographic  prints  on  rollers  or 
in  paper  covers  ;  books,  bound  or  unbound  ;  phonographic  paper  and  letter  en- 
velopes, shall  be  charged  postage  by  the  weight  of  the  package, — not  in  any 
case  to  exceed  four  pounds. — Cards,  blank  or  printed  ;  blanks  in  packages, 
and  seeds  and  cuttings  in  packages — not  exceeding  eight  ounces  in  weiglit. 

To  be  put  up  in  a  cover  or  wrapper,  or  packed  and  marked,  so  that  their 
true  character  may  be  seen. 

For  ectch  ounce  — under  1500  miles  —  prepaid  by  postage  stamps,  1  cts. 

For  each  ounce — over  1500  miles — prepaid  by  postage  stamps,  2  cents. 
Fractions  over  a  single  rate  are  charged  as  one  rate. 

An  avoirdupois  J  ounce  is  21SJ  grains.  —  1  Wafer  weighs  1  grain,  Sealing 
wax  5  gr.  A  sheet  of  foolscap  weighs  172  grains;  letter-paper,  135.  Small  en- 
velope, 42  grains  ;  large,  52.  You  can  send  a  letter  3000  miles  for  3  cents,  pre- 
paid, containing  the  sheet  of  letter-paper,  with  five  bank-notes,  sealed  wilh 
wax  ;  or  the  letter  with  three  bank-notes  in  an  envelope.  Haifa  sheet  of  let- 
ter-paper, with  a  half-eagle  enclosed  under  wax.  A  sheet  with  one  and  a  half 
dimes  enclosed,  secured  by  wafers.  A  single  sheet  ofletter-paper,  with  a  quar- 
ter-eagle enclosed,  secured  by  wax. 

BMA  11* 


126  PRACTICAL    SYSTEM    OF    BOOK-KEEPING. 


BOOK-KEEPING. 

Book-keeping  is  the  art  of  recording,  in  a  regular  set  of  books,  every 
business  and  transaction  where  money  or  properly  of  any  sort  passes  to  or 
from,  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  true  state  of  sales,  receipts,  and  debts, 
may  be  known  by  inspecting  the  books. 

Without  keeping  books  regularly,  no  person  in  any  business  can  know 
the  true  slate  of  his  affairs. 

Two  methods  have  been  generally  adopted,  viz, : 

1.  Single  Entry.    2.  Double  Entry. 

In  order  to  know  his  situation  perfectly,  it  is  necessary  from  time  to  time 
for  a  man  in  trade  to  take  an  account  oi  stock,  and  when  that  is  done,  the 
use  of  double  entry  is  nearly  done  away,  as  the  intention  of  double  entry  is 
principally  to  let  one  know  the  stock  on  hand  by  the  books,  as  well  as  the 
profits  upon  each  separate  transaction. 

Those  who  trust  to  double  entry,  and  who  have  no  goods  actually  in  their 
possession,  may  rely  on  its  being  a  complete  and  perfect  system  ;  but  there 
havx;  been  instances  where  those  who  have  many  goods  on  hand,  trusting  to 
this  method,  and  neglecting  to  take  account  of  stock,  have  been  robbed  to 
a  considerable  amount  before  thej'  knew  anytliing  of  it. 

The  method  by  single  entry  is  used  principally  by  traders  in  retail  busi- 
ness, and  is  calculated  to  answer  all  the  purposes  of  the  Mechanic  and 
Farmer,  that  a  just  and  exact  state  of  their  less  extensive  pecuniary  con- 
cerns may  at  any  time  be  known. 

DAY    BOOK. 

This  Book  commences  with  an  inventory  of  the  Tradesman's  effects,  viz  : 
his  Cash,  Merchandise,  Real  Estate,  Notes,  and  obligations  payable  to  him, 
and  sums  due  him,  Ate,  and  also  all  the  Debts  dac  by  mm  to  others,  on  Notes, 
Book  Accounts,  <^c.  This  book  contains  the  entry  of  every  transaction 
made  at  the  time  it  occurs,  in  plain  and  concise  language.  The  Day  Book 
should  be  kept  with  great  care  and  accuracy,  for  it  contains  the  original 
entries,  and  is  the  principal  book  relied  on  as  evidence  in  litigated  cases. 
It  should  be  regularly  paged  throughout. 

When  an  entry  is  made  in  the  Day  Book  which  is  settled  by  cash  before 
it  is  postid  in  the  Leger,  the  posting  may  be  omitted,  and  "  Paid  "  written 
against  the  charge,  and  the  amount  entered  in  the  Cash  Book. 

LEGER. 

This  is  the  Book  into  which  the  entries  from  the  Day  Book  are  so  posted 
under  Dr.  and  Cr.,that  the  amount  of  each  account  is  immediately  appar- 
ent. The  Leger  should  be  regularly  paged  throughout,  and  should  contain 
an  alphabetical  list  of  the  names  of  persons  with  whom  accounts  are  opened, 
with  the  number  of  the  folio  on  which  they  can  be  found.  The  requisite 
number  of  pages,  at  the  beginning  of  the  Leger.  can  be  taken  for  this  Index. 

When  the  place  assigned  for  any  person  s  account  is  filled  with  items, 
the  account  may  be  transferred  to  another  page  in  the  following  manner, 
viz. :  add  up  the  columns  on  both  sides,  and  against  the  sum  write,"  Amount 
transferred  to  folio  ■"  inserting  the  number  of  the  folio  where  the  new 
account  is  opened.  After  titling  the  new  account  and  entering  the  number 
of  the  folio  m  the  index,  write  on  the  Dr.  side  of  the  new  account,  "  To 
amount  brought  from  folio  "  inserting  the  number  of  the  folio  from  which 
the  old  account  was  brought,  and  on  the  Cr.  side  "  By  amoujit  brought  from 
folio  "  inserting  also  the  folio  where  the  old  account  was  ;  and  place  the 
sums  in  the  proper  columns. 


PRACTICAL    SYSTEM    OF    BOOK-KEEPING.  127 

Although  merchanis,  doing  a  large  business,  keep  their  books  by  double 
entry,  the  relailcr,  from  the  smallness  of  his  sales,  seldom  does  so.  He 
may,  however,  find  it  expedient  to  open  the  following  accounts  : 

Stock — Is  made  Dr.  for  ihe  amoum  you  owe,  and  Cr.  for  your  effects. 

Cash — Is  Dr.  for  all  money  on  hand  at  the  commencement  of  business,  and 
for  uU  sums  received  afterwards,  and  Cr.  for  all  paid  out. 

Notes  Receivable — Are  Dr.  for  notes  received,  and  Cr.  for  all  disposed  of. 

Notes  Payable — Are  Dr.  for  all  notes  paid  or  taken  up  that  you  have  given, 
and  Cr.  for  all  you  give. 

Interest — Is  Dr.  for  amounts  allowed  on  discounts,  accounts  current,  and  in- 
terest on  notes  payable,  and  Cr.  for  balances  of  interest  in  your  favor. 

Expense  — This  account  is  Dr.  for  all  charges,  such  as  workmen,  laborers, 
freight,  truckage,  postage,  rent,  &c.,  &c. 

Sdspeksk  — In  this  account  are  entered  all  amounts  which  remain  in  donbt  ; 
and  also,  all  deficiencies  of  merchandise,  &c. ; — and  is  credited  for  whatever  is 
received  on  the  same  accounts, 

Pbofit  and  Loss — Is  Dr.  for  every  article  delivered  for  which  notliing  is  ex- 
pected lo  be  received  as  an  equivalent ;  also  for  all  losses,  and  Cr.  for  all  gain 
upon  bargains  or  goods. 

These  accounts  should  be  opened  in  the  Leger  in  the  same  manner  as  with 
individuals,  the  Ur.  always  being  on  the  left  hand,  and  the  Cr.  on  the  right. 

CORRECTION    OF    ERRORS. 

If  the  entry  of  an  article  be  omitted  in  the  Day  Book,  enter  it  in  the  next 
vacant  place,  writing  the  word  "  omitted."  If  a  wrong  name  be  entered 
draw  a  line  underneath,  and  write  the  right  name  above.  If  an  error  be 
made  in  an  account,  write  the  word  "  error"  against  it  (omitting  to  post,) 
and  make  a  correct  entry. 

in  the  Leger,  if  an  item  has  been  posted  to  a  wrong  account,  post  on  the 
opposite  side,  "  By  or  To  Error"  and  mark  both  by  a  star; — when  posted 
on  the  wrong  side  of  an  account  balance  it  by  posting  "  To  or  By  Error" 
on  the  opposite,  and  then  post  on  the  right  side.    Erasures  should  not  be  made. 

CASH    BOOK. 

In  this  Book  the  daily  receipts  and  payments  of  money  are  recorded,  with 
the  date  and  other  particulars.  The  account  should  be  balanced  monthly, 
or  at  shorter  intervals,  and  the  totals  transferred  to  the  Dr.  and  Cr.  side  of 
the  Leger.    See  Cash  Book. 

BALANCE    SHEET. 

At  the  close  of  each  year,  or  oftcncr,  it  will  be  found  useful  to  form  a 
balance  account. 

When  all  the  transactions  are  correctly  posted  into  the  Leger,  each  ac- 
count is  balanced  by  subtracting  the  less  side  from  the  greater,  entering  the 
balance  on  the  less  side,  by  which  both  sides  will  be  made  equal.  The  bal- 
ances being  added  to  the  cash  on  hand  and  the  value  of  the  goods  unsold, 
the  sum  is  the  net  of  the  estate,  which  compared  with  the  stock  at  com- 
mencing business  exhibits  the  profit  and  loss. 

GENERAL  ACCOUNT  BOOK. 

This  Book  shows  the  method  of  keeping  accounts  with  only  one  book, 
and  is  adapted  to  the  business  of  Farmers,  Mechanics,  and  those  whose 
business  is  too  limited  to  require  a  set  of  books.  This  book  is  ruled  like 
the  Leger;  but  the  accounts  are  entered  in  full,  as  in  the  Day  Book.  If  an 
account  occupies  more  space  than  is  allotted  to  it,  it  may  be  transferred  to  a 
new  page.     See  Example. 


128 


DAY    BOOK. 


DAY    BOOK. 

Boston,  November  1,  1857. 


[11 


Inventory  of  Effects  on  commencing  business  : — 

By  cash  on  hand 

"   Merchandise  in  store, 

I  am  indebted — 

To ,    

Net  Capital 

Charles  Fbeeman,  Dr. 

To   5Ibs.  H.  Tea a  50 

"  20  lbs.  Suffar, "    8 

"    (i  lbs.  Raisins, "  12 

"  20  lbs.  No.2  Soap, "    7 

_^_^^^_^_^_  "  — .^__^^^_^^ 

John  Smith,  Dr. 

To  1  ps.  bleached  Sheeting, 32  yds.  a      7 

•'  4  Linen  Cambric  Hdkfs.,       "     50 

"  0  yds.  blue  Cassiraeres, "2.00 

"  12"     Calico "     20 

"  4  pairs  Footings, "     23 

^ 5 

D.  Eggert  &  Son,  IMew  York,  Dr. 

To  I  Law  Cabinet— (enlarged  edition) a  2. '25 

"  2  Masters' and  Mates' Manual, "    .75 

"  1  Art  of  Sailmakiiig, "     .75 

"  5  Laws  of  the  S»-a, "     .25 

"  4  Merchants'  and  Common  Carriers'  Assistant,. . ."     .25 

7 

Mayo  &  Brown,  Cr. 

By  1  bbl.  brown  Havana  Sugar, net  240  lbs.  a      5 

•>  1  bag  Cuba  Coffee "100"     "       9 

"  1  ches-t  Niiig>-ong  Tea, "     62"     "     25 

"  1  bbl.  Sperm  Oil, "     32gals."  1.00 

u 

D.  Eggert  &  Son,  New  York,                                    Cr. 
By  Cash  on  account, 

8 

D.  Eggert  &  Son,  New  York,  Dr. 

To  20  Merchants'  and  Mechanics'  Assistants  including 

the  Art  of  Sailmakmg,  Book-keepmg,  &c a  2.00 

'•    3  Law  Cabinets, — enlarged  edition, "  2.25 

'    3  Art  of  Sailmaking, "     .75 

10 

Mato  &  Brown,  Dr. 

To  Cash  on  account, 

11 

Grant,  Warhen  &  Co.,  Cr 

By  1  ream  Cap  Paper, a  2  00 

"1     ••       Letter  Paper, "  2  IK) 

"1     "       Pot  Paper "1.75 

"  1     "      Demy  Paper "  1.25 


« 

c. 

$ 

.300 

00 

200 

00 

500 
000 

50<l 

2 

50 

1 

(•0 
72 

1 

40 

6 

2 

24 

2 

00 

12 

00 

2 

■10 

1 

00 

19 

2 

1 

25 
50 
75 

1 

25 

1 

00 

6 

12 

00 

9 

00 

15 

CM 

32 

00 

as 

4 

40 

00 

(i 

2 

25 

49 
11 



_ 

7 

DAY    BOOK. 


129 


t2l 


Boston,  November  12,  1857. 


P.  of  L. 

P.<id 
Enter  ill 
Cash 
Book. 


Puiil. 
U.  B. 


Paid. 
C.  B. 


PaiJ. 
V.  B. 


F.  W.  Lincoln,  Jr.,  &  C'^.,  Dr. 
To  10  .MercliaiMs'  and  Mecliaiiics'  Assistants  in- 
cluding the  An  of  Sailraaking, a  2.00 

2  Masters'  and  Mates'  Manuals, "     .75 


—  12  — 


Mrs.  Horace  S.mitu,  Dr. 

To  10  lbs   Raisins a  10 

"  80  lbs.  white  Havana  Sugar, "10 

15 


Carter  &  Brother,  Cr. 

By  1  firkin  Butter net  40  lbs.  a  20 

"  1  bbl.  Sperm  Oil, net  32  galls,  a  l.OO 


16 


\Vm.  B.  Littlb,  Druggist,  San  Francisco,         Cr. 

By   7  lbs.  Turkey  Rhubarb, 0.3.75 

"  10  "     Opium, "  3..'50 

"     1  bbl.  Cream  Tartar,  pulv., 225  1bs.net."     19 

17 


Charles  Chase, 
By  Mdse.,  as  per  bill,. 


Cr. 


Thaxter  &  Son,  Dr. 
To  12  Merchants'  and  Mechanics'  Assistants,  in- 
cluding the  Art  of  Sailmaking, a  2.00 


Negcs  /c  Co.,  New  York,  Dr. 
To  5  Merchants'  and   Mechanics'  Assistant,  in- 
cluding the  An  of  Sailmaking, a  2.00 


18 


Charles  Freeman, 
jBycash  paid  in  full  on  settlement, 

30  


D.  Eggert  &  Son,                                                    Cr. 
By  their  note  at  00  days  in  full  on  settlement, 


M.*TO  &  Brown,  Dr. 

to  my  note  at  30  days  from  date  in  full  on  settlement, 


John  S.mith, 
By  Cash  on  account, 


Cr. 


Wm.  B.  Little, 
3jTo  my  note  at  4  months,. 


9 

c. 

• 

20 
1 

00 
•■50 

21 

1 

8 

60 
00 

9 

8 
32 

00 
00 

40 

26 
30 
42 

25 
00 
75 

104 
46 

24 

10 
6' 
51 

57 
10 
104 

Notes. — If  an  entry  is  made  in  the  Day-Book,  which  is  paid  before  it  is 
posted  111  the  Leger,  write  "  Paid'''  against  it.  and  enter  the  amount  in  Cash- 
Book. — Always  enter  in  Cash-Book  all  moneys  received  or  paid  a'way. 

When  you  give  an  Order,  charge  the  man  to  whom  it  is  given,  and  credit  the 
man  on  M-hom  it  is  drawn,  without  waiting  to  know  if  he  accepts  it. 

If  a  person  resides  in  another  town,  the  name  of  his  residence  should  be 
mentioned  in  the  Day-Book. 


130 


LEGER. 


Dr. 


LEGEB. 
D.  Eggert  &  Son. 


Cr. 


1857. 

Nov.    1 

"       8 

ToMdse 

"    Balance,  . . . 

1 

S 
6 
49 

55 
51 

c. 
75 
00 
75 

75 

1857. 

Nov.    7 
"     30 

By  cash, 

"   balance,.... 

«    Note 

^1 
2 

*4 
51 

55 
~5l 

c 

OU 

75 

75 

Nov.  30 

Nov.  30 

75 

Dr. 


Charles  Freeman. 


Cr. 


1857.  p 

Nov.    2   To  Mdse I 


Note.— WMe  the  bu- 
sineis  continues,  no  acct. 
is  closed  unless  pajment 
is  made  in  full. 


1857.  p 

6    22    Nov.  18   By  Cash,  in  full,    2 


22 


Dr. 

John  Smith. 

Cr. 

1857. 
Nov.    5 

To  Mdse 

To  Balance 

P- 
1 

$ 

19 

^^9 
9 

c. 
64 

61 
64 

1857. 

Nov.  30 

'•     30 

By  Cash 

"    Balance.... 

•^2 

10 

9 

^9 

c. 
00 
64 

64 

Nov.  .'W 

Dr. 


Mayo  &  Brown. 


Cr. 


1857. 

Nov.  10 

«'     30 

To  Cash, 

"   Balance, . . . 

To  ray  Note, . . . 

P- 
1 

11 
57 

57 

c.   i     1857. 
00    Nov    7 

By  Mdse., 

By  Balance, — 

P- 

1 

S 
68 

57 

c. 
50 

^ 

Nov.  30 

50     Nov.  30 

50 

Dr. 


Grant,  Warren  &  Co. 


Cr. 


1857.  p 

Nov.  11    By  Sundries,. . .     1 


Dr. 


William  B.  Little. 


Cr. 


1857. 
Nov.  30 


To  my  Note,  ^ 


p- 

2 

104 

c. 
00 

1857. 
Nov.  16 

By  Mdse.,. 


104 


Dr. 


Negus  Ic  Co.  ,  New  York. 


Cr. 


13.57. 
Nov.  17   To  Mdse.,. 


Whon  one  side  of  an 

apace  than  another,  place 
tbe  footiing  of  iKtIh  ool 
umn«  on  parallel  lines, 
and  draw  adiaf:onal  line 
across  the  vaoant  space. 


NoTB. — An  account  should  be  closed  when  you  receive  or  pay  in  full.-AVhon  you  close 
an  account  "  By  Balance,"  the  balnnce  is  brought  down,  aud  is  the  fcepinning  of  a  new  ac- 
count. Ifcloscd**To  Balance,"  Credit  the  new  acco«nt  by  that  balance,  if  closed  "By 
Balance/'  Debit  the  new  account  to  that  balance. 


CASH    BOOK. 


131 


Nov.  1. 


CASH    BOOK. 


Df 


Or. 


1857. 

Nov: 

1 

1 

7 

10 

18 

12 

15 

17 

To  Cash  on  hand,  per  Inventor)-, 

Paid  for  Stationer)- 

Received  of  D.  Eggert  Ic  Son,  on  aect., 

Paid  Mayo  !c  Brown,  on  acct., 

;  Received  of  F.  \V.  Lincoln,  Jr.,  k  Co., 

"        "        "     Mrs.  Smith, 

Paid  Carter  &  Brother,  for  Mdse 

•'     Charles  Chase, 

Received  of  Thaxter  &  Son, 

Paid  for  Insurance  on  Stock, 

"     •'     Postage, 

Received  of  John  Jones,  for  drawing  Mortgage, 
Paid  discount  on  D.  Eggert  &  Son'*  Note, 

''    freight  on  Mdse 

"    truckage  and  cooperage  for  Mdse., 

Received  of  Charles  Freeman, 

Paid  for  Rent 

*'     "  Clerk's  Hire. 

Received  as  Commissions, 

Paid  for  Personal  Expenses,  this  month, 

Received  ot  John  Smith,  on  acct., 

Paid  House  Expenses, 

Balance  carried  to  new  acct., . 


Dec.  1   :  Balance  of 'Ca.«h  on  hand,  brought  down, 


S     c. 


21  30 
9  60 


24  00 


2.00 
10  00 


379  32 
189  07 


40  00 
45iOO 

12|50 
1|60 

75 

s'oo 

2. 50 

24'oO 
lljOO 

25  00 

12  00 
189^07 

379:32 


Note. — Retailers  allow^  the  money  received  during  the  day  to  remain  until 
evening  then  count  it,  and  enter  it  in  the  Cash  Book,  as  the  amount  of  sales 
for  the  da)-.  Some  Retailers  enter  on  a  slate  all  cash  received  during  the  day 
from  sales  and  enter  it  in  the  Cash  Book  in  the  evening.  Sometimes  it  is  more 
convenient  for  the  cash  account  to  occu;)y  two  pages. 


BALANCE    SHEET, 
Tlie  object  of  a  balance  sheet  is  to  exhibit  at  one  \ievr  the  result  of  the  Leg- 
er,  and  the  state  of  your  affairs. 

EESouRCEsi.  November  31,  1S57.  liabilitiks. 


John  Smith,  on  acct.,-. 

Negus  4  Co.,...." I  3 

Notes,.. 


Goods  on  hand,  as  per 
acct.  of  Stock  taken  to 
date, 

Cash  as  per  bal.  in  Cash 
Book, 


3 
3 

9 
9 
10 
51 

C.  ', 

64  i 

00 

75; 

71 

39 

450 

00 

'.. 

i 

189 

07 

710 

-^6 

Grant,  Warren  &  Co.  on 

acct., 

Notes, 


Amt.  of  Capital,  Nov.  1, 

1857 $500.00 

Gain, 40.60 

Present  net  Cap'l,  Nov. 
31,1857, 


168 


541 

I  710 


50 


An  Account  Current  is  a  transcript  from  both  sides  of  a  Leger,  with  the  par- 
ticular dates  and  explanations  from  the  original  entries. 

Whenever  a  Bill  is  settled  by  Cash,  or  otherwise,  \vrite  the  day  of  the  month 
and  year  it  is  paid,  or  settled,  m  the  bill. 

NVhenever  you  enter  into  an  agreement  or  contrixct,  make  duplicates  ia 
writing,  and  lot  them  be  signed  and  witnessed.  ^ 

When  you  lend  money,  always  take  a  note  for  the  amount. 

When  you  pay  a  person  either  iii  part  or  in  full,  always  take  a  receipt. 


132 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT    BOOK. 


o§gl5I^A 

si 

cSSgi 

S?MS 

M 

oSSSIgll 

d 

o55 

^4 

1^  X  f.   1  o 

t-  TT  IT   1    CO  1 

o 

c 

»           I" 

a; 

C 

«e            " 

*-' 

»'' 

a 

d 

3 

C 

s   § 

c 

8S  . 

c 

S     6 

•A 

•  •  •    s 

V 

be 
•    .    .          el 

i 

C5 

6 

Beg 

D. 
d 

d 

a; 
bo 

o. 

....                  £ 

o 

C 

s 

.    .^ 

E 
o 

s  ..  ■  ■     :° 

bo 

>ii 

>a 

IScS      1 

og-^.         -a 

A 

^  1 

.•SCO)          >. 
ccfi  a        ~ 

c 

c 

1=  =  |   i 

J.I 
d-  d 

r    bo 

o 

a 
o 

Si 
a 

3      « 

o 

d  -    5 
x;       3 

o 

m 

3 

i 

a-  - 

1 

< 

'OsjO 

PQ-    - 

X 

c 

1 

o 

o 
o 

10 

■< 

ca 

2       t 

'5 

5    ^ 

'-'"S3 

>■ 

o 
Z 

CS  CI  CO 

"^  >  -  - 

.:<  o  •  -. 
Z 

3       6 

.  O  O  p  O  |0 
«5  «•<»  OS  I-- 

•  O  O  1         Oil 

c;  »o  o  1       ell 

•  2 

^      O 

t» 

ot-=       IS;  1 1 

«! 

•-1 

OOS              lOU  ,1 

O  W  1         Oil 

v-i 

2       »: 

*'-'         1" 

d 

« -    hll 

*-  1  "II 

Sfe" 

3       S 

o  o  o  2 

g 

[^      S 

ci  -H      ri 

CO 

S 

e  a  e  e 

•» 

•    • 

e  ■ 

=!    « 

>• 

H 

.»  « 

> 

•  • 

„  • 

u 

'    s 

^ 

O 

o 

3      2 

o 

■    ■   ■    ■     & 

ei 

B 

a 
CO     . 

z 

& 

3 

•    ■    .    ■    c 

e 

o. 

H 

o 

? 

o> 

E 

.  o 

o    . 

5 

15  12    5 

^ 

5 

«S  O  «    "J 

3'C 

bo 

5 

gs 

u  u 

Is 

i 

5 

■Sjs 

e 

3 

o 

1       4 

4 

on 

o  - 

4 

II 

0« 

<^ 

E 

< 

H-  ■•  -     - 

E^- 

H- 

d 

H 

•  SS 

CO 

O. 

^^•.=.-     = 

IS"^ 

d 
c 

M^- 

a 

c 

^8 

Z 

Z                  1 

i 

z 

Q 

Note. — Where  only  one  book  is  kept,  an' account  had  belter  occupy  two 
pages,  like  the  above,  that  there  may  be  sufficient  room  lo  note  down  the  name, 
quality,  price,  &c.,  of  the  articles. 


THE 


TINMAN'S  MANUAL 


AND 


BTJILDEH'S 


AND 


MECHANIC'S   HANDBOOK, 


DESIGNED   FOR 

Tinmen,  Japanners,  Coppersmitlis,  Engineers,  Mechanics,  Builders,  llill- 

■WTiglits,  Smiths,  Masons,  Carpenters,  Joiners,  Slaters,  Plasterers, 

Painters,  Glaziers,  Pavers,   Plumbers,   Surveyors,  Gangers,  &c,  &c.;  with 

Compositions  and  Beceipts  for  other  useful  and  important  purposes  in 

the  Practical  Arts. 


By  I.    R.    BUTTS, 


Author  of  the  "  United  States  Business  Man's  Law  Cabinet,"  "  Business  Man's 
Law  Library  ;"  "  Merchsuii's  and  Shipmaster's  Manual  and  Shipbuild- 
er's  and  Sailmaker's   Assistant,"  &c.,  &c. 


s  E  a  o  3sr  r>   exditiokt. 


BOSTON: 
PUBLISHED   BY   I.    R.    BUTTS    &    CO. 

COENER    OF    SCHOOL   AND    ^^STASHIErGTOW   STREET, 
Over   Cficknor    <Sc    I<''ielcls'    Bookstore. 

1861. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1860,  by  I.  R.  BniTS,  in  the 
Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


PREFACE 


The  present  work  is  ofiFered  to  Tiniu|p,  Builders,  Mechanics,  and 
Engineers,  as  a  useful  manual  of  reference,  and  information. 

The  first  part  ofthe  work  containing  Rules,  Diagsams  and  Tables, 
will  be  found  very  useful  to  Tinmen. 

Mr.  Truesdell  who  has,  for  many  years,  used  the  Diagrams  pre^ 
pared  by  him  for  this  work,  now  offers  them  to  the  public  with  every 
confidence. 

The  Receipts- for  Japans,  Varnishes,  Cements,  Sfc.,  were  taken 
from  "Ure's  Dictionary,"  "  Cooley's  Cyclopedia,"  "Muspratt's 
Chemistry,"  and  other  valuable  publications. 

The  sources  from  which  most  of  the  materials  relating  to  Building, 
Mechanics,  and  Engineering  have  been  derived,  are  "  Grier's 
Mechanic's  Calculator,"  "Templeton's  Workshop  Companion," 
"  The  Engineer's  and  Contractor's  Pocket-book,"  "  Adcock's  En- 
gineer," "Smeaton's  BuUder's  Companion,"  and  "Lowndes's 
Engineer's  Handbook,"  which  renders  this  portion  of  the  work 
deserving  of  the  utmost  confidence. 


LETTER    FROM    L.    W.    TRUESDELL. 

Mr.  Butts, — 

Dear  Sie, — If  I  may  be  permitted  to  comment  upon 
the  first  part  of  your  book,  I  would  like  to  point  out  to  Tinmen  the 
value  of  the  Diagrams  which,  a  few  years  ago,  could  not  have  been 
purchased  at  any  price  ;  but  as  they  are  now  to  be  published,  and 
sold  at  a  low  price,  I  am  confident  they  wiU  be  bought  by  every  Tin- 


4  PREFACE. 

man,  for  I  know,  bj^experience,  the  perplexities  to  which  they  are 
often  subjected  from  the  want  of  them. 

With  these  Directions  and  Diagrams,  the  Tinman  will  be  enabled 
to  cut  a  Right-Angled  or  Circular  Elbow  of  any  size,  in  a  few  min- 
utes, and  produce  as  perfect  a  mitre  joint  as  can  be  made  ;  also, 
patterns  for  Flaring  vessels,  of  any  size  or  flare.  Envelopes  for  Cones, 
Pyramid  Cakes,  Covers  for  Oval  Dishes  and  Boilers,  Funnel-shaped 
Covers  for  Pails,  Breasts  for  Cans,  Lips  for  Measures  of  any  size,  &c.* 

When  about  to  make  a  copy  from  these  diagrams  the  person  should 
provide  himself  with  a  sheet  of  paper  or  tin-plate,  and  strictly  follow 
the  directions  given. 

Suppose,  for  example,  that  he  is  about  to  copy  Fig.  1,  the  directions 
are,  first,  from  the  centre  C^escribe  a  circle  AB.  Having  described 
the  circle  AB,  next,  place  the  corner  of  the  squai-e  on  the  centre  C,  and 
draw  the  lines  CD  and  CE  ;  then  draw  the  chord  DE. 

When  the  Tinman  has  become  familiar  with  the  diagrams,  he  will 
find  them  simple  and  convenient,  and  be  better  qualified  to  undertake 
work  of  a  difficult  character.  If  an  Elbow  at  right-angles,  of  ten  or 
fifteen  inches  diameter,  should  be  required,  with  the  directions  and 
diagrams  before  him,  he  could  cut  it  out  in  a  few  minutes  ;  and  so 
with  a  curved  elbow  of  any  diameter,  a  semicircle,  or  an  ellipses- 
shaped  dish  of  any  size.  But  without  a  rule  or  pattern  it  would  be 
a  difficult  and  troublesome  undertaking. 

Having  by  experience  proved  the  correctness  and  usefulness  of 
these  Diagrams,  I  can  confidently  recommend  them  to  all  persons 
engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  Tin  Ware. 

L.    W.    TRTJESDELL. 
OwEGO,  N.  Y.  Sept.  23,  1860. 


EXTRACT    OF    A    LETTER    FROM    A    TINMAN. 
Mr.  Butts, — 

Deab  Sik,  —  "Your  *  Tinman's  Manual'  strikes 
me  as  being  nearer  what  we  want  in  our  business,  than  anything  I 
have  ever  seen, — and  I  have  examined  every  thing  of  the  kind  I  have 
been  able  to  find.  The  best  we  have  been  able  to  do  has  been  to  pick 
up  what  ideas  we  could  from  works  on  Geometry  and  Building,  and 
work  out  what  rules  we  could  from  them.  I  have  often  wondered 
why  some  person  did  not  undertake  just  what  you  have  done.  Tliis 
work  of  yours  supplies  just  the  want  that  every  thinking  man  who 
works  at  the  business  has  felt,  even  from  his  first  start ;  and  tlie  want 
is  still  more  sensibly  felt  as  he  grows  older,  and  finds  how  much  there 
is  to  learn." 


•  In  Tinman's  Diagrams  the  allowance  for  locks  is  always  omitted. 


ADDITION    TO    TINMAN'S    MANUAL. 


TINMAN'S    TWELVE     POUND     BILL, 

OR    BILL    OF    DAY'S    WORK 
or      F  Tu  Ji^  X  JsT      T  X  IsT      -^^^  -A.  H.  B 


No.  of  Articles  for  Day's  Work.  12  lb. 

16  Sixteen  quart  Large  Dish 

KettleH 84 

10  Water  Pots, 75 

18  Twelve  quart  Pails 67 

18  Large  Dish  Kettles, 67 

20  Foot  Stoves, 67 

24  Ten  quart  Pails, 58 

24  Ten  quart  Pans, 68 

18  Gallon  Coffee  Pots, 58 

18  Six  quart  Covered  Pails, .  58 

18  Large  Sauce  Pans, 58 

24  Gallon  Measures, 39 

30  Six  quart  Pails, 39 

36  Common  Size  Milk  Pans, .  39 

20  Large  Wash  Bowls, 39 

20  Lanterns, 39 

24  Small  Dish  Kettles,  six  qt.  39 

20  Cullenders, 39 

24  Three  quart  Coffee  Pots,.  39 

24  Large  Puddmg  Bags, ...  39 

24  Roasters, 39 

40  Lantern  Pans, 36 

24  Two  quart  Coffee  Pots, . .  34 

20  Three  qt.  Covered  Pails,  .  34 

24  Small  Wash  Bowls, 34 

24  Small  Sauce  Pans 34 

30  Half  gallon  Measures, ...  25 

48  Half  gallon  Pans, 25 

24  Half  gallon  Dippers,  ....  25 

36  Half  gallon  Funnels, 25 

30  Three  pint  Coffee  Pots,  . .  25 

24  Two  quart  Covered  Pails,  25 

86  Large  Blow  Horns, 25 

36  Three  quart  Pails, 25 

48  Round  Pans, 18 

100  Square  Pans, 18 

108  Scollop  Pie  Pans, 18 

48  Sausage  Horns, 18 

86  Quart  Coffee  Pots, 18 

48  Square  Toast  Pans, 18 


•No.  of  Articles  for  Day's  Work.  13  lb. 

36  Round  Toast  Pans, 18 

40  Quart  Covered  Pails 18 

36  Round  Flat  Bottom  Tea 

Pots, 18 

72  Second  Size  Horn 18 

48  Sailor  Pots, 18 

36  Quart  Lamp  Fillers, 18 

36  Water  Ladles, 18 

36  Sugar  Scoops, 18 

36  Milk  Strainers, 18 

72  Quart  Measures, 14 

48  Large  Skimmers 14 

72  Quart  Funnels, 14 

72  Small  Horns, 14 

72  Basins, 12 

144  Quart  Scollops, 12 

144  Quart  Grease  Pans, 12 

60  Round  Handled  Dippers,  12 

120  Half  Square  Pans, 10 

84  Half  Sheet  Funnels, 10 

72  Half  Sheet  Dippers 10 

120  Half  Sheet  Scollops, 10 

96  Pint  Funnels, 8 

84  Pint  Measures 8 

96  Pint  Cups, 8 

168  Pint  Scollops, 8 

48  Flour  Boxes, 8 

96  Half  Pint  Measures, 5 

108  Half  Pint  Cups, 5 

96  Half  Pint  Dippers, 6 

120  Half  Pint  Funnels, 5 

96  Gill  Measures 5 

48  Basters, 5 

96  Small  Skimmers, 5 

124  Flat  Candlesticks, 5 

120  Needle  Cases, 5 

84  Pepper  Boxes, 5 

120  Hearts, 3 

144  Rounds, 3 

98  Rattle  Boxes, 3 


[The  6  Pound  Bill  is  one-half  of  the  12  Pound  Bill.] 


ADDITION    TO    TINMAN* S    MANUAL. 


No.  of  Articles  for  Day's  Work.  12  lb. 

12  Six  quart  Coffee  Boilers,  1.00 
12  Five  quart  Coffee  Boilers,  83 
12  Four  quart  Coffee  Boilers,  67 
12  Three  qt.  (ioffee  Boilers,  50 
12  Two  quart  Coffee  Boilers,  42 
12  Six  quart  Coffee  Pots,. . .   83 

12  Five  quart  Pots, 75 

12  Large  Dutch  Buckets,. . . 
12  Small  Dutch  Buckets, . . . 

12  Small  Water  Pots, 

12  Ten  quart  Covered  Pails,  84 
18  Five  quart  Covered  Pails,  5Q 
26  Three  pint  Covered  Pails,  20 
30  One  pint  Covered  Pails,. .  14 
30  Five  quart  Open  Pails, . .  50 

32  Gall.  Open  Pails, 

40  Three  Pint  Open  Pails,. . 


No.  of  Articles  for  Day's  "Work.  12  lb. 

24  Nine  quart  Pans, 

16  Twelve  qt.  Pans,  handles,  80 
20  Seven  qt.  Pans,  handles,  50 
36  Five  quart  Straight  Pans, 
40  Two  quart  Straight  Pans, 
48  Three  pint  Straight  Pans, 
20  Handled  Wash  Boards, . .   39 
18  Twelve  qt.  Dish  Kettles,.   67 

18  Ten  qt.  Dish  Kettles, 58 

24  Four  qt.  Dish  Kettles, ...  39 

40  Three  pint  Dish  Kettles, .   18 

Twelve  qt.  Cov.  Buckets,  1.00 

Oak  Leaf  Cake  Cutters, . ,   10 

One  quart  Tea  Pots, 34 

One  gallon  Fluid  Cans, . . 
Half  gallon  Fluid  Cans, . . 


1.— WEIGHTS    OF    IRON    WIRE    PER    20    FEET. 
Manufactured  by  Ichabod  Washburn  &  Moen,  Worcester,  Mass. 


No.  0.. 

.5  lbs. 

No. 

6.. 

.lib. 

14  ozs. 

No. 

12.. 

.9    ozs 

No.  1.. 

.4  lbs. 

2  ozs. 

No. 

7.. 

.lib. 

10  ozs. 

No. 

13.. 

.  6    ozs. 

No.  2., 

.3  lbs. 

8  ozs. 

No. 

8.. 

.lib. 

7  ozs. 

No. 

14.. 

.5    ozs 

No.  3.. 

.2  lbs. 

15  ozs. 

No. 

9.. 

.lib. 

2  ozs. 

No. 

15.. 

.4i  ozs 

No.  4.. 

.2  lbs. 

8  ozs. 

No. 

10.. 

14  ozs. 

No 

16.. 

.3^  ozs 

No.  5. . 

.2  lbs. 

5  ozs. 

No. 

11.. 

. 

10  ozs. 

No. 

17. 

.3    ozs 

2.— WEIGHT    OF    IRON    WIRE    PER    LINEAL    ROD. 


Diameter  in  1-100 

Weight  per 

Diameter  in  1-100 

Weight  per 

Nog. 

of  an  Inch. 

Lineal  Rod. 

4  lbs.    2  ozs. 

Nos. 

8 

of  an  Inch. 

Lineal  Rod. 

1 

.32 

.18 

1  lb.    4  ozs. 

2 

.30 

3  "     10   " 

9 

.16 

1  "        0     " 

8 

.27 

2  «     15    « 

10 

.15 

0  "    14    " 

4 

.25 

2  "       8    " 

11 

.13 

0"    10   « 

6 

.24 

2  "       5    " 

12 

.12 

0"      9    " 

6 

.22 

1  "     15    '« 

13 

.10 

0"      6    " 

7 

.20 

1  "       9    " 

E!  It  It  A.  T  A.. 

Page  35. — To  find  the  Solidity  of  a  Pyramid  or  Conk. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  area  of  the  base  by  the  height,  and  one-third  of  the 
product  will  be  the  solid  content. 

Example. — Required  the  solid  content  in  inches  of  a  Cone  or  Pyramid,  the 
diameter  of  the  base  being  8  inches,  and  perpendicular  height  18  inches  ? 
8X8  =  64  X  .7854X13  =  904.7808^-3  =  301.5936  inches -4- 231  =  1  gall.  1^  qls. 

Page  92  No.  38.— For  Tin  64  lbs.  Copper  1  lb.  read  Copper  64  lbs.  Tin  1  lb. 


CONTENTS. 


RULES  AND  DIAGRAMS   FOR  WORKERS   IN  TIN,   SHEET 
mON   AND    COPPER. 


Page. 

Manufacture  of  Tin  Plate 12 

Quality  of  Tin  Plate 14 

CIRCLES. 

To  find  the  Circumference 'of  any 
Diameter 15 

To  find  the  Area  of  a  Sector  of  a 
Circle 15 

Proportion  of  Circles  lo  enable  ma- 
chinists to  enlarge  or  reduce 
wheels  without  changing  their 
motion 16 

The  Circle  and  its  Sections 27 

To  find  the  centre  of  a  Circle  from 
a  part  of  the  Circumference 33 

Diameters,  Circumferences,  and 
Areas  of  Circles 41 

CYLINDERS. 

To  find  the  Contents  in  Gallons  of 
any  Cylindrical  Vessel 38 

Tables  giving  the  Content  in  Gal- 
Ions  o(  Cylmders  from  1  inch  to 
30  feet  Diameter 42 

Table  giving  the  Content  in  Gal- 
lons of  Cans  from  3  inches  to  40 
inches  Diameter.. . .  .• 45 

BEVEL  COVERS. 

To  describe  Bevel  Covers  for  Ves- 
sels, or  Breasts  for  Cans 25 

To  describe  Bevel  Covers  for  Ves- 
sels, or  Breasts  for  Cans,  (another 
mode) 32 

To  describe  Covers  for  Pails 85 

ELLIPSES   OB  OVAIS. 

To  describe  an  Ellipse 17 

Definition  of  an  Oval, — note 17 

To    describe  an  Ellipse    {another 

mode) 18 

To  find  the  Circumference  of  an 

Ellipse 19 

To  find  the  Area  of  an  Ellipse 19 

To  describe  an  Oval  Boiler  Cover  26 
To  draw  an  Ellipse,  the  transverse 

and  conjugate  Diameters  being 

given,  i.  e.  the  length  and  width  116 
To  draw  an  Ellipse  by  means  of 

two  concentric  circles 117 

1* 


Page. 
ELBOWS. 

To  describe  a  Right  Angled  Elbow  20 
To  describe  a  Straight  Elbow  (old 

method) 21 

To  describe  a  Curved  Elbow 22 

To    describe    a    Straight    Elbow 

(another  mode) 24 

rLABLNO   V£SSEI£. 

To  describe  a  Flaring  Vessel  Pat- 
tern, a  Set  of  Patterns  for  a  Py- 
ramid Cake,  or  an  Envelope  for 

a  Cone 28 

To  describe  a  Cone  or  Frustum.. .  29 
To  strike  the  Side  of  a  Flaring 

Vessel 31 

To  construct  the  Frustum  of  a  Cone    34 
To  strike  out  a  Cone  or  Frustum. .     35 
To  find  the  content  of  a  Cone  . .    35 
To  find  the  Angles  of  a  Frustum  of 
an  inverted  Pyramid,  such  as  a 

Mill  Hopper,  &c 36 

To  find  the  content  of  the  Frustum 
of  a  Cone,  such  as  a  Cofl!ee-pot, 
Bowl,  &c 36 

SaSCELLiJfEOUS. 

To  joint  Lead  Plates 23 

Soldering  for  Lead,  Zinc,  Tin,  and 

Pewter 23 

To  joint  Lead  Pipes, 24 

Soldermg  for  Copper 160 

To  describe  a  Lip  to  a  Measure. .  27 

To  describe  a  Cycloid,  or  Curve. .  30 

To  describe  a  Heart 30 

Tinning  Iron 31 

A  good  Solder 32 

Sector,  for  obtaining  Angles 34 

Sector,  definition  of. 34 

Rule  to  find  the  Content  in  Gallons 

of  Frustums  of  Cones 37 

Rule  to  find  the  Content  in  Gallons 

of  any  Cylindrical  Vessel 38 

Table  to  ascertain  the  weight  of 
Pipes  of  various  idetals,and  any 

Diameter  required 38 

Table    of  Tin    Plates,    size    and 

weight  per  box 39 

Table  of  Cans,  quantity  and  qual- 
ity of  Tin  required  for  2J  to  125 

gallons 39 


CONTENTS. 


Weight  of  a  cylindrical  and  cubic 
inch,  cubic  foot  and  gallon  ot 
Water 40 

Decimal  Equivalents  to  the  frac- 
tional pans  of  a  Gallon  or  an  Inch    40 

Tables  containing  the  Diameters, 
Circumferences  and  Areas  of 
Circles 42 

Tables  giving  the  Diameters  and 
Circumferences  of  Circles 171 

Tables  to  ascertain  the  weight  of 
Lead  Pipes 139 

Capacity  of  Cans  in  Gallons  from 
3  inches  to  40  Indies  in  Diameter    45 

New  Tinning  Process 46 


Page. 
Crystallizing  Tin  Plate,  how  per- 
formed     46 

Tinnir.g  Vessels  of  Brass  or  Copper    46 

Kustitien's  Metal  for  Tinning 46 

Instruments  used  In  Drawing. .. .  101 
Composition  of  Britannia  Metal  for 

Spouts,  Registers,  Spoons,  &c. .     01 
Composition  of  Britannia  Metal  for 
Lamps,  Pillars,    Handles,   and 

Castings 92 

Solder  for  Britannia  Ware 91 

Lacker  for  Tin  Plate 73&94 

Solder,  Tinman's 96 

Definitions  of  Arithmetical  Signs 
•  used  in  this  work 110 


RECEIPTS   FOR   THE   USE   OF   JAPANNERS,   VARNISHEES, 
BUILDERS,  MECHANICS,  &c. 

Soft  Brilliant  Varnish 62 

Brown  Hard  Spirit  Varnishes — To 
prepare  a  Varnish  for  Coaling 
Metals  —  Varnish  for  Iron  and 
Steel,  for  Iron  Work,  Black  for 
Iron  Work,  Bronze  lor  Statuary    63 

Amber  Varnishes,  Black,  Pale, 
Hard— Black  Varnish 64 

Varnish  for  certain  parts  of  Car- 
riages, Coaches,  Mahogany,  for 
Cabinet  Makers — Cement  Var- 
nish for  water-tight  Luting — The 
Varnish  of  Walin  for  Glided  Ar- 
ticles —  Oak  Varnish  — Varnish 
for  Wood-work — Dark  Varnish 
for  light  Wood-^vo^k 65 

Varnish  for  Inslrumenls,  for  Wood 
Toys  of  Spa,  for  Furniture— To 
Frencli  Polislj 66 

Furniture  Polishes,  Gloss,  Cream, 
Oils,  Pastes — Etching  Varnishes    67 

Varnish  for  Engravings,  Maps,  to 
fix  Engravings  or  Lithographs  on 
Wood,  (for  Oil  Paintings  and 
Lithographs,  for  Paintings  and 
Pictures— .Milk  of  Wax 68 

Crj'stal  Varnishes,  Italian — Water 
Varnish  for  Oil  Paintings — Var- 
nish for  Paper-hangings,  Book- 
binders, Card  work 69 

Varnish  for  Printers  —  for  Brick 
walls — Mastic  Varnlshes.i.India 
Rubber  Varnishes 70 

Black  Varnish  for  Harness — Boil- 
ed Oil  or  Linseed  Oil  Varnish — 
Dammar  Varnish 71 

Common  Varnish  —  Waterproof 
Varnishes  —  Varnishes  for  Bal- 
loons, Gas  Bags,  &c. —  Gold  Var- 
nish —  Wainscot  Varnish  for 
House  Painting  and  Japanning    72 


JAPANNING  AND  VARNISHING. 

Directions  for  Japanning 49 

White  J.ipan  Grounds— Gum  Copal    50 
Black  Grounds — Black  Japan. . ,,     51 
Brunswick     Black — Blue    Japan 
Grounds  —  Scarlet  Japan  —  Yel- 
low   Grounds  —  Green    Japan 

Grounds 52 

Orange  Colored  Grounds — Purple 
Japan  Grounds — Black  Japan- 
Japan  Black  for  Leather — Trans- 
parent Japan — Japanners'  Copal 

Varnish 53 

Tortoise  Shell  Japan  —  Painting 
Japan  Work — Japanning  Old 
Tea-trays — Japan  Finishing, ...     54 

VARNISHES — MISCELLANEOUS. 

"Substances  employed  for  making 

Varnishes 55 

Choice  of  Linseed  Oil 56 

CHIEF   RESINS   EMPLOYED   IN 
MAKING   VARNISH. 

Amber — Anime — Benzoin  —  Colo- 
phony— Copal 56 

Dammara — Elimi — Lac — Mastic — 
Sandarach 57 

Turpentine  —  Alcohol  —  Naphtha 
and  Methylated  Spirit  of  Wine- 
Spirit  Varnishes 58 

Essence  Varnishes— Oil  Varnishes 
— Lacker 59 

VARNISHES. 

Copal  Varnishes  {six  kinds) 60 

Copal  Varnishes  {three  kinds)  Cab- 
inet Varni^h  —Table  Varnish — 
Common  Table  Varnish — Copal 

Varnish  for  Inside  Work 61 

Copal  Polish — White  Spirit  Var- 
nish— Wliite  Hard  Spirit  Var- 
nishes — White  Varnish 62 


LACKERS. 

Gold  Lacker — Red  Spirit  Lacker — 
Pale  Brass  Lacker — Lacker  for 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 
Tin  —  Lacker  Varnish  —  Deep 
Gold  Colored  Lacker— Lackers 
for  Pictures,  Meial,  Wood,  or 
Leaiher 73 

CEMENTS. 
Armenian,  or  Diamond   Cement. .     74 
Cements  (or  mending  Glass  Ware    74 
Cement  for  Stone-ware— Iron-Rust 
Cement — for  making  Architectu- 
ral Ornaments — Varley's  Mastic 
— Electrical  and  Chemical  Appa- 
ratus Cement 75 

Cements  for  Iron  Tubes,  Boilers, 
Ivory,  Mother  of  Pearl,  Holes  in 
Castings,  Coppersmiths  and  En- 
gineers, Plumbers,  Bottle-corks, 

China  and  Leather 76 

Cements  for  Marble,  Marble-work- 
ers, Coppersmiths,  Glass,  mend- 
ing Iron  Pots  and  Pans,  Cisterns 

and  Casks 77 

Cements  for  mending  Fractured 
Bodies  of  all  kinds,  for  Cracks  in 
Wood,  joining  Metals  and  "Wood, 
for  fastening  Brass  to  Glass  Ves- 
sels, Blades,  and  Files— Gas- Fit- 
ter's Cement— Cement  Paint 78 

BUILDEES'   CEMENTS. 

Cements  for  Terraces,  Roofs,  Re- 
servoirs, Fronts  of  Houses,  &c.. .    79 

Cements  for  Brick  Walls,  Seams, 
and  Tile  roofs 80 

Coarse  Stuff. 80 

Parker's  Cement — Hamelein's  Ce- 
ment—Plaster in  imitation  of 
Marble — Scagliola 81 

Maltha,  or  Greek  Mastic  —  Fine 
Stuff— Stucco  for  Inside  Walls    82 

Higgins's  Stucco  —  Gauge  Stuff- 


Page. 
Composition  —  Foundations    of 

Buildings 83 

Concrete  Floors — Fiie-proof  Com- 
position      84 

RECEIPTS. 

To  Polish  Wainscot  and  Mahoga- 
any — Imitation  of  Mahogany — 
Furniture  Varnish  —  To  make 
Glass  and  Stone  Paper 85 

Whitewash  —  Paint  for  Coating 
Wire  AVork — To  Bleach  Sponge 
— Lac  Varnish  for  Vines— Razor 
Paste  —  Leather  Varnish  —  To 
keep  Tires  Tight  on  Wheels 86 

To  Cut  Glass  —  Prepared  Liquid 
Glue — Marine  Glue —  Paste  for 
Envelopes — Dextrine,  or  British 
Gum — Gum  Mucilage 87 

Flour  Paste  —  Sealing  Wax  for 
Fruit  Cans— Fusible  Metal— Me- 
tallic Cement 88 

Artificial  Gold — Or-n)ulo — Blanch- 
ed Copper — Browning  Gun  Bar- 
rels— Silvering  Powder  for  Coat- 
ing Copper 89 

Alloys  for  Journal  Boxes — Bells 
of  Clocks — Tools — Cymbals  and 
Gongs — Solder  for  Steel  Joints — 
Files — To  prevent  Tools  from 
Rusting — Axle-Grease— to  Gal- 
vanize—Soft Gold  Solder 90 

RECEIPTS   AND  COMPOSITIONS. 

Nearly  200  Compositions  for  Me- 
chanists, Iron  and  Brass  Found- 
ers, Turners,  Tinmen.  Copper- 
smiths, Dentists,  Finishers  of 
Brass,  German  Silver,  Britan- 
nia, and  other  useful  purposes  in 
the  Practical  Arts 91 


Instruments  used  in.  Drawing....  101 
The  Sector ia3 


MECHANICAL    DRAWING. 

Mechanical  Drawing  and  Perspec- 


105 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY. 


Definition  of  Arithmetical  Signs. .  110 
PROBLEMS. 

To  find  the  Circumference  of  a  Di- 
ameter      15 

To  find  the  area  of  a  Sector 15 

To  find  the  Proportion  of  Circles 
by  which  to  enlarge  or  reduce 
WTieels  whhout  changing  their 
motion 16 

To  find  the  various  and  proper  Di- 
mensions of  Materials  whereby 
to  construct  Hipped  Roofs,&c.. .    36 


To  find  the  Centre  of  a  Circle  from 
a  part  of  the  Circumference 33 

The  Circle  and  its  Sections 27 

Sector,  for  obtaining  Angles 34 

To  inscribe  an  Equilateral  Trian- 
gle within  a  given  Circle Ill 

AVithin  a  given  Circle  to  inscribe  a 
Square 112 

Within  a  given  Circle  to  inscribe  a 
regular  Pentagon 112 

Within  a  given  Circle  to  describe 
a  regular  Hexagon 113 

To  cut  off  the   Corners  of  a  given 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 
Square,  so  as  to  form  a  regular 
Octagon •  113 

To  divide  a  given  Line  into  any 
Number  of  Parts,  which  Parts 
shall  be  in  the  same  Proportion 
to  each  other  as  the  Parts  of 
some  other  given  line,  whether 
those  parts  are  equal  or  unequal  ll4 

On  a  given  Line  to  draw  a  Poly- 
gon of  any  Number  of  Sides,  so 
that  that  Line  shall  be  one  side 
of  a  Polygon 114 

OF   DRAWING   CURVED   LINES. 

To  draw  an  Ellipse  with  the  Rule 
and  Compasses,  the  transverse 
and  conjugate  Diameters  being 
given  ;  i.  e.  the  length  and  width  116 

To  draw  an  Ellipse  by  means  of 


Page. 

two  Concentric  Circles - 116 

To  draw  an  Ellipse  of  any  length 
and  width • 18 

To  find  the  Circumference  &  Area 
of  an  Ellipse 19 

Other  methods  for  describing  an 
Ellipse 117 

To  find  the  Centre  and  the  two 
Axes  of  an  Ellipse 118 

To  draw  a  flat  Arch  by  the  inter- 
section of  Lines,  having  the 
Opening  and  Spring  or  Rise 
given 119 

To  find  the  Form  or  Curvature  of 
a  raking  Moulding  that  shall 
unite  correctly  with  a  level  one  119 

To  find  the  Form  or  Curvature  of 
the  Return  in  an  open  or  broken 
Pediment 120 


EPITOME    OF    MENSURATION. 


Of  the   Circle,  Cylinder,    Sphere, 

Zone,  &c 122 

Of  the   Square,  Rectangle,  Cube  123 
Surfaces  and  solidities  of  Bodies  124 

Of  Triangles,  Polygons,  &c 124 

Of  Ellipses,  Cones,  Frustums,  &c.  125 

INSTRUMENTAL  ARITHMETIC. 

Utility  of  the  Slide  Rule... , . .  • 125 

Numeration 126 


To  Multiply  Numbers  by  the  Rule  126 
To  divide  Numbers  upon  the  Rule  126 
Proportion  or  Rule  of  Three  Direct  127 
Square  &  Cube  Roots  of  Numbers  127 

Rule  of  Three  Inverse 127 

Mensuration  of  Surface 128 

Mensuration  of  Solidity  and  Ca- 
pacity    129 

Power  of  Steam  Engines 130 

OfEngine  Boilers 130 


RULES   AND  TABLES   FOR  ARTIFICERS  AND  ENGINEERS. 


Measurement  of  Bricklayer's  work  132 
Table  to  find  the  number  of  Bricks 

in  any  given  Wall 133 

Measurement  of  Wells  &  Cisterns  133 
Measurement  of  Mason's  Work..  133 
Measurement  of  Carpenter's  and 

Joiner's  AVork 134 

Table  of  different  sized  Nails  to  alb  135 
Table  of  different  sized  Sashes,  &c  136 
Measurement  of  Slater's  Work.. .  136 

Table  of  American  Slates 136 

Table  of  Imported  Slates 137 

Measurement  of  Plasterer's  'Work  137 
Measurement  of  Paver's  Work. . , .  137 
Measurement  of  Painter's  "Work...  137 
Measurement  of  Glazier's  AVork. .  138 
Table  of   Size    and    Number   of 

Lights  to  the  100  Square  Feet.. .  138 
Measurement  of  Plumber's  Work  138 
Table  of  Sizes  and  Weight  of  Pa- 
tent Lead  Pipe 139 

Table  of  Boston  Lead  Pipe 139 

Table  of  Comparative  Strength  and 
Weight  of  Ropes  and  Chains  .. .  139 

STRENGTH   OF  MATERIALS. 

Definitions 140 

Table  of  Tenacities,  Resistance  to 


Compression,    &c.,   of   various 

Bodies 140 

Resistance  to  Lateral  Pressure.  ..  140 

Table  of  Practical  Data 141 

To  find  the  dimensions  of  a  beam 
of  Timber   to    sustain  a  given 

Weight 141 

To  determine  the  absolute  strength 
of  a  Rectangular  Beam  of  Tim- 
ber  141 

To  determine  the  dimensions  of  a 
Beam  with  a  given  degree  of  de- 
flection    142 

Cast-iron  Beams  of  strongest  sec- 
tion   142 

Of  Wooden  Beams,  Trussed 142 

Absolute    Strength    of    Cast-iron 

Beams 142 

Dimensions  for  Cast-iron  Beams. .  143 
To  find  the  Weight  of  a  Cast-iron 

Beam- 143 

Resistance  to  flexure  by  vertical 

pressure 143 

To  determine  the  dimensions  for  a 

Column  of  Timber 144 

Resistance  of  Bodies  to  Twisting  144 
Relative  strength  of  Metals  to  re- 
sist Torsion 144 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 
Breaking    strength   of   a   Bar   of 

WiDUghi  Iron 145 

Lateral  strenglli  of  Wrought  Iron 

as  compared  with  Cast-iron 145 

Load  on   Bridges,  Floors,  Roofs, 

and  Beams  .'  145 

Strengtii  of  Beams,  Bar  of  Wood, 

Stone,  Metal,  Ropes,  Tubes,  or 

Hollow  Cylinders 146 

Models  proportioned  to  Machines  146 
Metals  arranged  according  to  their 

Strength 147 

AVoods  arranged  according  to    do.  147 

Strength  of  Cords,  &c 147 

Strength  of  Rectangular  and  Round 

Timber 148 

Table  of  the   Cohesive   Power  of 

Bars  of  Metal 148 

Relative  Strength  of  Cast  and  MeiI- 

leable.Iron 148 

STRENGTH   OF   BEAMS. 
Solid,  Rectangular,  Round,  Hollow  149 
To  find  the  breaking  Weight  in  lbs.  149 
To  find  the  proper  Size  for  any  giv- 
en purpose 150 

Strength  of  Cast-iron  with  Feath- 
ers or  Flanges 150 

Wrought  Iron  Beams  and  Girders  151 

Hollow  Girders 152 

To  find  the  Strength  of  a  Round 

Girder- 152 

To  find  the  Strength  of  any  Beam  152 

SOLID   COLUMNS. 

To  find  the  Strength  of  any  Wro't 
Iron  Column  with  Square  ends  153 

To  find  the  Strength  of  Round  Col- 
umns exceeding  2-5  diameters  in 
Length 154 

Tables  of  Powers  for  the  Biarae- 
lers  and  Lengths  of  Columns. . .  154 

HOLLOW    COLUMNS. 

Square  Columns  of  Plate  Iron  riv- 
etted 155 

To  find  the  Strength  of  any  Hol- 
low Wrought  Iron  Column  ....  155 

Round  Columns  of  Plate  Iron  ....  156 

CBAXE. 

To  find  the  Strain  on  the  Post 156 

COLD    WATEK  PUMP. 
To  find  tne  proper  Size,  under  any 
circumstances,  capable  of  sup- 
plying twice  the  quaniiiy  ordina- 
rily used  in  injection 156 

FANS. 

Velocity  of  Fans 157 

The  best  Velocity  of  Circumfer- 
ence for  differenl  Densities. ...  157 


Page. 

To  find  the  Horse  Power  required 
for  any  Fan 157 

To  find  the  Density  to  be  attained 
with  any  given  Fan 157 

To  find  the  Quantity  of  Air  that 
will  be  delivered  by  any  Fan, 
the  Density  being  known 158 

FEICTION. 
From  Mr.  Rennie-s  Experiments..  158 

CENTRIFUGAL     FORCE 
In  terms  of  Weight 158 

PEDESTAL  AND  BHiCKET. 
Thickness  of  cover,  diameter,  dis- 
tance, solid  metal,  &c 159 

TEMPERING. 
For  Lancets,  Razors,  Penknives, 
Scissors,  Hatchets,  Saws,  Chis- 
els, Springs,  &c 159 

CASE   HARDENING 
Articles,  how  Case  Hardened. ...  159 
To  Case  Harden  Cast  Iron 160 

HEAT. 

Effects  of  Heat  on  Metals,  &c.,  at 
certain  Temperatures 160 

SOLDERING. 
For  Joints,  Copper,  Iron  and  Brass  160 

BORING. 
The    best  speed  for  boring  Iron, 
drilling,  and  turning 161 

BRABS. 

Compositions  of  Brass 161 

Brass  Castings,  mode  of  Casting..  161 

ROPE. 
To  find  the   Breaking  Weight  of 

Tarred  Hemp  Rope 162 

To  find  the  Weight  per  Fathom  of 

Rope  or  Tarred  Cordage 163 

To  find  the  Weight  per  Fathom  of 

Tarred  Hawser  or  Manilla  Rope  163 
To  find  the  Weight  per  Fathom  of 

Hawser  laid  Manilla 163 

WEIGHT   OP   CASTINGS. 
To  find  the  Weight  of  any  Casting  163 
To  find  the  "Weight  from  the  Areas  163 

To  find  the  Weight  in  cwls 163 

Weight  of  Boiler  Plates 16:} 

Tofind  the  Weight  of  Boiler  Plates  164 

CONTINUOUS    CIRCULAR   MOTION. 

When  Time  is  not  taken  into  Ac- 
count     164 


10 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

To  find  the  number  of  Revolutions 
of  the  last  to  one  of  the  first,  in  a 
train  of  Wheels  and  Pinions. .. .  164 

When  Time  must  be  regarded. . . .  165 

The  distance  between  the  Centres 
and  Velocities  of  two  AVheels  be- 
ing given,  to  find  their  Diameters  165 

To  determine  the  Proportion  of 
Wheels  for  Screw-cutting  by  a 
Lathe 166 

Table  of  Change  Wheels  for  Screw 
cutting;  the  leading  Screw  be- 
ing half  inch  pitch,  or  contain- 
ing 2  threads  in  an  inch 167 

Table  by  which  to  determine  the 
Number  of  Teeth,  or  Pitch  of 
Small  Wheels,  or  ^vhat  is  called 
the  Manchester  Principle 167 

Strength  of  the  Teeth  of  Cast  Iron 
Wheels  at  a  given  Velocity 169 

WHEELS   AND    GUDGEONS. 

To  find  size  of  Teeth  necessary  to 
transmit  a  given  Horse  Power. .   168 

To  find  the  Horse  Power  that  any 
Wheel  will  transmit 169 


To  find  the  multiplying  Number  for 
any   "Wheel 169 

To  find  the  Size  of  Teeth  to  carry 
a  given  Load  in  lbs 169 

WATER. 

To  find  the  Quantity  of  Water  that 
will  be  discharged  through  an 
Orifice,  or  Pipe,  in  the  side  or 
bottom  of  a  Vessel 169 

To  find  the  size  of  Hole  necessary 
to  discharge  a  given  Quantity  of 
Water  under  a  given  Head 170 

To  find  the  Height  necessary  to 
discharge  a  "jiven  Quantity  thro' 
a  given  Orifice 170 

The  Velocity  of  Water  issuing 
from  an  Orifice  in  the  side  or  bot- 
tom of  a  Vessel  ascertained. . . .  170 

To  find  the  Quantity  of  Water  that 
will  run  through  any  Orifice,  the 
top  of  which  is  level  with  the 
Surface  of  Water,  as  over  a 
Sluice  or  Dam 170 

To  find  the  Time  in  which  a  Vessel 
will  empty  itself  through  a  given 
Orifice 170 


MECHANICAL    TABLES    FOR    THE    USE    OF    OPERATIVE 
SMITHS,    MILLWRIGHTS,    AND    ENGINEERS. 


Tables  of  the  Diameters  and  Cir- 
cumferences of  Circles 171 

Observations  on  do 177 

Circumferences    of  Angled    Iron 

Hoops — outside 179 

Circumferences   of    Angled    Iron 

Hoops — inside ISO 

Observations  on  the  above  Tables  181 
Tables  of  the  Weight  of  100  lbs.  of 
Ship  Spikes,  Hatch  Nails,  Hook 
Heads,  Deck  Nails,  Boat  Spikes, 
Railroad  Spikes  &  Horse  Shoes  182 
Coppers,  dimensions  and  weight  of  183 

Copper  Tubing,  weight  of. 183 

Brass,  Copper,  Steel  and  Lead, 
weight  of  a  Foot  from  J  to  3  inch- 
es Round  or  Square 1S3 

Flat  Cast  Iron,  weight  of  a  Foot.. .   184 
Cast  Iron,  Weight  of  a  Superficial 

Foot,  from  ^  to  2  inches  thick. .   184 
Table  giving  the  Weight  of  Cast 
Iron,    Copper,   Brass,  and  Lead 
Balls,  from  1  to  12  inch  diameter  184 
Cast    Iron,   weight  of  a    Foot  in 

length  of  Square  and  Round 185 

Steel,  weight  of  a  Foot  of  Flat 185 

Parallel  Angle  Iron,  of  equal  sides  186 


Parallel  Angle  Iron,  unequal  sides  186 
Taper  Angle  Iron,  of  equal  sides. .  188 
Parallel  T  Iron,  unequal  width  and 

depth 187 

Parallel  T  Iron,  of  equal  depth  and 

width 187 

Taper  T   Icon 187 

Table  of  Weight  of  Sash  Iron 188 

Table  of  Weight  of  Rails,  top  and 

bottom  Tables 188 

Table  of  Weight  of  Temporary  do.  188 
Tables  showing  the  Weight  of  a 
lineal  Foot  of  Malleable  Rectan- 
gular, or  Flat  Iron,  from  X  1°  3 
inches  in  thickness 189 

ELASTIC   FORCE   OF   STEAM. 

Table  of  the  Elastic  Properties  of 
Steam  and  corresponding  tempe- 
rature of  ^Vater 194 

Production  &  Properties  of  Steam  195 

Table  of  the  Elastic  Force  of  Steam 
the  Pressure  of  the  Atmosphere 
not  being  included 195 

Table  of  the  Consumption  of  Coal 
per  hour  in    Steamers 196 

Evaporative  Power  of  Coal 190 


G AUGER'S  RULES  AND  TABLES. 


To  Gauge  Casks,  U.  States  Gallons  201 
To  Gauge  Ca.sks,  Imperial  Gallons  202 
To  Ullage,  or  find  the  contents  of 
Casks  partly  filled 203 


Tables  of  the  Comparative  Value 
of  Imperial  and  United  States 
Measures 203 

Miscellaneous  TcAles 204 


RULES    WITH    DIAGRAMS 


FOR   WORKERS    IN 


TIN,    SHEET    IRON    AND    COPPER, 


TABLES  GIVING  THE  DIAMETERS,    CIRCUMFERENCES, 
AND  AREAS   OF    CIRCLES, 


THE  CONTENTS  OF  EACH  IN  GALLONS. 


MANUFACTURE    OF    TIN   PLATE. 


"  The  different  processes  of  the  manufacture  of  tin  plate  may  be  de- 
scribed most  properly  in  seven  distinct  stages.  The  first  begins  with 
the  bars  of  iron  which  form  the  plate  ;  the  last  terminates  with  an 
account  of  the  process  of  tinning  their  surface.  The  description  is 
somewhat  technical  ;  but  a  glance  at  the  following  heads  will  enable 
the  reader  to  comprehend  the  whole  process  : — 

"  1.  Rolling  is  the  first  and  most  important  point  requisite  to  the 
production  of  the  latten,  or  plates  of  iron,  previous  to  the  operation 
of  tinning  them.  For  this  purpose  the  finest  quality  of  charcoal  iron 
is  invariably  employed,  which,  in  its  commercial  state,  generally 
consists  of  long  flat  bars.  These  are  cut  into  small  squares  averaging 
one-half  an  inch  in  thickness,  which  are  heated  repeatedly  in  a  fur- 
nace, and  are  repeatedly  passing  through  iron  rollers.  A  convenient 
degree  of  thinness  having  been  obtained,  the  now  extended  plates  are 
•'  doubled  up,"  heated,  rolled,  opened-out,  heated  and  rolled  again, 
until,  at  length,  the  standard  thickness  of  the  plate  has  been  reached. 

'*  2.  Shearing. — A  pair  of  massive  shears  worked  by  machinery,  is 
now  applied  to  the  rugged  edges  of  this  lamellar  formation  of  iron- 
plate.  It  is  cut  into  oblong  squares,  14  inches  by  10,  and  presents  the 
appearance  of  a  single  plate  of  iron,  beautifully  smooth  on  its  surface. 
A  juvenile  with  a  knife  soon  destroys  the  appearance,  however,  and 
eight  plates  are  produced  from  the  slightly  coherent  mass. 

"  3.  Scaling. — This  process  consists  in  freeing  the  iron  surface  from 
its  oxyd  and  scoriaj.  After  an  application  of  sulphuric  acid,  a  number 
of  plates,  to  the  extent,  we  shall  say,  of  GOO  or  800,  are  packed  in  a 
cast-iron  box,  which  is  exposed  for  some  hours  to  the  heat  of  a  furnace. 
On  being  opened  the  plates  are  found  to  have  acquired  a  bright  blue 
steel  tint,  and  to  be  free  from  surface  impurities. 

"  4.  Cold  Rolling. — It  is  impossible  that  the  plates  could  pass 
through  the  last  fiery  ordeal  without  becoming  disfigured.  The  cold 
rolling  process  corrects  this.  Each  plate  is  separately  passed  through 
a  pair  of  hard  polished  rollers,  screwed  tightly  together.  Not  only  do 
the  plates  acquire  from  this  operation  a  high  degree  of  smoothness 


MANUFACTURE    OF    TIN    PLATES.  13 

and  regularity,  but  they  likewise  acquire  the  peculiar  elasticity  of 
hammered  metal.  One  man  will  cold  roll  225,000  plates  in  a  week, 
and  each  of  them  is,  on  an  average,  three  times  passed  through  the 
rollers. 

"  5.  Annealing. — This  process  is  also  a  modern  improvement  on  the 
manufacture :  600  plates  are  again  packed  into  cast  iron  boxes  and 
exposed  to  the  furnace.  There  is  this  difference  in  the  present  pro- 
cess from  that  of  scaling — that  the  boxes  must  be  preserved  air-tight, 
otherwise  the  contained  plates  would  inevitably  weld  together  and 
produce  a  solid  mass.  The  infinitessimal  portion  of  confined  air 
prevents  this. 

"  6.  Pickling. — The  plates  are  again  consigned  to  a  bath  of  diluted 
acid,  till  the  surface  becomes  uniformly  bright  and  clean.  Some 
nice  manipulation  belongs  to  this  process.  Each  plate  is,  on  its  re- 
moval from  the  acid,  subjected  to  a  rigid  scrutiny  by  women,  whose 
vocation  it  is  to  detect  any  remaining  impurity,  and  scour  it  from 
the  surface.  These  multifarious  operations,  it  will  be  seen,  are  all 
preliminary  to  the  last,  and  the  most  important  of  all — that  of  tinning. 
Theoretically  simple,  this  process  is  practically  difficult  ;  and  to  do 
it  full  justice  would  carry  us  beyond  our  limits.  We  shall  however, 
mention  the  principal  features. 

"  7.  Tinning. — A  rectangular  cast  iron  bath,  heated  from  below, 
and  calculated  to  contain  200  or  300  sheets,  and  about  a  tun  of  pure 
block  tin,  is  now  put  in  request.  A  stratum  of  pyreumatic  fat  floats 
upon  its  surface.  Close  to  the  side  of  this  tin  pot  stands  another  re- 
ceptacle, which  is  filled  with  melted  grease,  and  contains  the  prepared 
plates.  On  the  other  side  is  an  empty  pot,  with  a  grating  ;  and  last 
of  all  there  is  yet  another  pot,  containing  a  small  stratum  of  melted 
tin.  Let  us  follow  the  progress  of  a  single  plate.  A  functionary 
known  as  the  "  washerman,"  armed  with  tongs  and  a  hempen  brush, 
withdraws  the  plate  from  the  bath  of  tin  wherein  it  has  been  soaking  ; 
and,  with  a  degree  of  dexterity  only  to  be  acquired  by  long  practice, 
sweeps  one  side  of  the  plate  clean,  and  then  reversing  it,  repeats  the 
operation.  In  an  instant  it  is  again  submerged  in  the  liquid  tin,  and 
is  then  as  quickly  transferred  to  the  liquid  grease.  The  peculiar  use 
of  the  hot  grease  consists  in  the  property  it  possesses  of  equalizing 
the  distribution  of  the  tin,  of  retaining  the  superfluous  metal,  and  of 
spreading  the  remainder  equally  on  the  surface  of  the  iron.  Still 
there  is  left  on  the  plate  what  we  may  term  a  salvage  ;  and  this  is 
2 


14  MANUFACTURE  OF  TIN  PLATES. 

finally  removed  by  means  of  the  last  tin  pot,  which  just  contains  the 
necessary  quantity  of  fluid  metal  to  melt  it  off — a  smart  blow  being 
given  at  the  same  moment  to  assist  the  disengagement.  The  "  list- 
mark,"  may  be  observed  upon  every  tin  plate  without  exception. 
We  may  add  here,  that  an  expert  washerman  will  finish  6000  metal- 
lic plates  in  twelve  hours,  notwithstanding  that  each  plate  is  twice 
washed  on  both  sides,  and  twice  dipped  into  the  melted  tin.  After 
some  intermediate  operations — for  we  need  not  continue  the  consec- 
utive description — the  plates  are  sent  to  the  final  operation  of  clean- 
ing. For  this  purpose  they  are  rubbed  with  bran,  and  dusted  upon 
tables  ;  after  which  they  present  the  beautiful  silvery  appearance  so 
characteristic  of  the  best  English  tin  plate.  Last  of  all  they  reach 
an  individual  called  the  "sorter,"  who  subjects  every  plate  to  a 
strict  examination,  rejects  those  which  are  found  to  be  defective,  and 
sends  those  which  are  approved  to  be  packed,  300  at  a  time,  in  the 
rough  wooden  boxes,  with  the  cabalistic  signs  with  which  the  most  of 
us  have  been  familiar  since  the  days  of  our  adventures  in  the  back- 
shop  of  the  tinsmith." — \^From  the  Builder."] 


QUALITY    OF     TIN    PLATE. 

The  tests  for  tin  plates  are  ductility,  strength,  and  color  ;  and  to 
possess  these,  the  iron  used  must  be  of  the  best  quality,  and  all  the 
process  be  conducted  with  care  and  skill.  The  following  conditions 
are  inserted  in  some  specifications,  and  will  serve  to  indicate  the 
strength  and  ductility  of  first-class  tin  plates  :  — 

1st,  They  must  bear  cutting  into  strips  of  a  width  equal  to  ten 
times  the  thickness  of  the  plate,  both  with  and  across  the  fibre,  with- 
out splitting  ;  the  strips  must  bear,  while  hot,  being  bent  upon  a 
mould,  to  a  sweep  equal  to  four  times  the  width  of  the  strip. 

2nd,  While  cold,  the  plates  must  bear  bending  in  a  heading  ma- 
chine, in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  a  cylinder,  the  diameter  of  which 
shall  at  most  be  equal  to  sixty  times  the  thickness  of  the  plate.  In 
these  tests,  the  plate  must  show  neither  flaw  nor  crack  of  any  kind. 


^xplitwatitfu  vt  §mpm$. 


TO  FIND    THE    CIRCUMFERENCE     OF   ANY    DIAIMETER. 

[Drawn  for  thi«  work  by  L.  W.  Tbcbsdill,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  Y.] 

Fig.  1. 


From  the  centre  C  describe  a  circle  AB,  having  the  required  diam- 
eter ;  then  place  the  corner  of  the  square  at  the  centre  C,  and  draw 
the  lines  CD  and  CE  ;  then  draw  the  chord  DE  :  three  times  the  diam- 
eter added  to  the  distance  from  the  middle  of  the  chord  DFE  to  the 
middle  of  the  subtending  arc  DGE,  wiU  be  the  circumference  sought. 


TO  FIND  THE  AREA  OF  THE  SECTOR  OP  A  CIRCLE. 
Rui-E.  Multiply  the  length  of  the  arc  DGE  by  its  radius  DC, 
and  half  the  product  is  the  area. 

The  length  of  the  arc  DGE  equal  9i  feet,  and  the  radii  CD,  CE, 
equal  7  feet  required  the  area. 

9-5x7  =  66-5  —  2  =  33-25  the  area. 


16 


PROPORTION  OF    CIRCLES. 


PROPORTION    OF    CIRCLES. 

[Drawn for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Teuksdell,  Tinman,  Owcgo,  N.  T. 

Fig.  2. 


.  To  enable  machinists  to  enlarge  or  reduce  machinery  wheels  with- 
out changing  their  respective  motion. 

First,  describe  two  circles  AB  and  CD  the  size  of  the  largest  wheels 
which  you  wish  to  change  to  a  large  or  small  machine,  with  the 
gentre  P  of  the  smaller  circle  CD  on  the  circumference  of  the  large 
one  AB  ;  then  draw  two  lines  LM  and  NO  tangent  to  the  circles  AB 
and  CD,  and  a  line  IK  passing  through  their  centres  P  and  R  ;  then 
if  you  wish  to  reduce  the  machine,  describe  a  circle  the  size  you  wish 
to  reduce  it  to  ;  if  one-half,  for  example,  have  the  centre  Q  one-half 


TO    DESCHIBE   AN    ELLIPSE. 


17 


the  distance  from  R  to  S  and  describe  the  circle  EF,  and  on  its  cir- 
cumference T  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  GH,  allowing  their  cir- 
cumferences to  touch  the  tangent  lines  LM  and  NO,  which  -will  make 
the  circle  EF  one-half  the  size  of  the  circle  AB,  and  GH  one-half  thel 
size  of  CD  ;  therefore  EF  and  GH  are  in  the  same  proportion  to  each 
other  as  AB  and  CD. 

If  you  wish  to  reduce  one-third,  have  the  centre  Q  one-third  the 
distance  from  R  to  S  ;  if  one-fourth  have  the  centre  Q  one-fourth  the 
distance  from  R  to  S,  and  so  on.  This  calculation  may  be  applied 
beyond  the  centre  R  for  enlarging  machine  wheels,  which  will  enable 
you  to  make  the  alteration  without  changing  their  respective  motion. 


TO    DESCRIBE    AN    ELLIPSE,  ob  OVAL. 

[Simple  Method.] 

Fig.  3. 


&      T 


At  a  given  distance,  equal  to  the  required  eccentricity  of  the  ellipse, 
place  two  pins,  A  and  B,  and  pass  a  string,  ACB,  round  them  ; 
keep  the  string  stretched  by  a  pencil  or  tracer,  C,  and  move  the  pencil 
along,  keeping  the  string  all  the  while  equally  tense,  then  will  the 
ellipse  CGLFH  be  described.  A  and  B  are  the  foci  of  the  ellipse, 
D  the  centre,  DA  or  DB  the  eccentricity,  EF  the  principal  axis  or 
longer  diameter,  G  H  the  shorter  diameter,  and  if  from  any  point  L  in 
the  curve  a  line  be  drawn  perpendicular  to  the  axis,  then  will  LK 
be  an  ordinate  to  the  axis  corresponding  to  the  point  L,  and  the  parts 
of  the  axis  EK,  KF  into  which  LK  divides  it  are  said  to  be  the  ab- 
scissae corresponding  to  that  ordinate. 

NOTE. — Oval.  A  curve  line,  the  two  diameters  of  which  are  of  unequal 
length,  and  is  allied  in  form  to  the  ellipse.  An  ellipse  is  that  figure  which  is 
produced  by  cvitting  a  cone  or  cylinder  in  a  direction  oblique  to  its  axis,  and 
passing  through  its  sides.  An  oval  may  be  formed  by  joining  diflerent  seg- 
ments of  circles,  so  that  their  meeting  shall  not  be  perceived,  but  form  a  contin- 
uous curve  line.  All  ellipses  are  ovals,  but  all  ovals  are  not  ellipses  ;  for  the 
term  oval  may  be  applied  to  all  egg-shaped  figures,  those  which  are  broader  at 
one  end  than  the  other,  as  well  as  those  whose  ends  are  equally  curved. 

2* 


18 


TO    DESCRIBE    AN    ELLU'SE. 


TO    DESCRIBE    AN    ELLIPSE. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  \V.  Teuesdbll,  Tinman,  Owcgo,  N.  Y.3 

O  i-  i  s  1 11  a,  1 . 

Fig.  4. 

D 


w 


V 


Tc  describe  an  ellipse  of  any  length  and  width,  and  by  it  to  describe 
a  pattern  for  the  sides  of  a  vessel  of  any  flare. 

First  draw  an  indefinite  line  DE  perpendicular  to  the  line  AB,  and 
^rom  C,  the  point  of  intersection,  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  FG, 
having  the  diameter  equal  to  the  length  of  the  ellipse  ;  from  the 


TO    DESCRIBE    AN  ELLIPSE.  19 

same  centre  C  describe  a  circle  HJ  equal  to  the  width  ;  then  describe 
the  end  circles  LK'  and  LK,  as  much  less  than  the  width  as  the  width 
is  less  than  the  length  ;  then  draw  the  lines  MN  and  MN  tangent  to 
the  circles  K'L,  HJ  and  KL  ;  from  the  middle  of  the  line  MN  at  0  erect 
a  perpendicular  produced  until  it  intersects  the  indefinite  line  DE  ; 
from  the  point  of  intersection  P  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc  K'HK, 
and  with  the  same  sweep  of  the  dividers  mark  the  point  R  on  the  line 
DE  ;  from  the  point  R  draw  the  lines  RU  and  RV  through  the  points 
K'  and  K  where  the  arc  K'HK  touches  the  end  circles  K'L  and  KL  ; 
then  place  one  foot  of  the  dividers  on  the  point  R  and  span  them  to 
the  point  H,  and  describe  the  arc  Q'HQ,  which  will  be  equal  in  length 
to  the  arc  K'HK  ;  from  the  same  centre  R  describe  the  arc  UVW  the 
width  of  the  pattern  ;  then  span  the  dividers  the  diameter  of  the  end 
circle  KL  ;  place  one  foot  of  the  dividers  on  the  line  RV,  at  point  Q, 
and  the  other  at  Y  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc  QT  the  length  of 
the  curve  line  KG,  and  with  the  same  sweep  of  the  dividers  describe 
the  arc  T'Q'  from  the  centre  Y'  on  the  line  RTJ  ;  then  span  the  dividers 
from  Y'  to  U,  and  from  Y'  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc  UX,  and  from 
Y  as  a  centre,  deseribe  the  arc  VX,  which  completes  the  description  of 
the  pattern. 

Tte  more  flare  you  wish  the  pattern  to  have,  the  nearer  the  centre 
point  R  must  be  to  H  ;  and  the  less  flare,  the  further  the  centre  point 
R  must  be  from  H  ;  in  the  same  proportion  as  you  move  the  centre 
R  towards,  or  from  H,  you  must  move  the  centre  Y  towards,  or  from 
Q,  or  which  would  be  the  same  as  spanning  the  dividers  less,  or  greater, 
than  the  diameter  of  the  end  circle  KL. 

TO    FIND   THE    CIRCUMFERENCE    OF    AN    ELLIPSE. 
Rule. — Multiply  half  the  sum  of  the  two  diameters  by  3-1416,  and 
the  product  will  be  the  circumference. 

Example. — Suppose  the  longer  diameter  6  inches  and  the  shorter 
diameter  4  inches,  then  6  added  to  4  equal  10,  divided  by  2  equal  5, 
multiplied  by  3-1416  equal  15-7080  inches  circumference. 


TO    FIND    THE    AREA    OF    AN    ELLIPSE. 
Rule. — Multiply  the  longer  diameter  by  the  shorter  diameter,  and 
by  '7854,  and  the  product  will  be  the  area. 

Example. — Required  the  area  of  an  ellipse  whose  longer  diameter 
is  6  inches  and  shccter  diameter  4  inches  ? 

6  X  4  X  -7854  =  18-8496,  the  area. 


2a 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    RIGHT    ANGLED    ELBOW. 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    RIGHT    ANGLED    ELBOW. 

[Drawn  for  this  workby  L.  W.  Truesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  Y.] 
037lg;lxia>l  . 

Fig.  5. 
A 


First  construct  a  rectangle  ADEB  equal  in  width  to  the  diameter 
of  the  elbow,  and  the  length  equal  to  the  circumference;  then  from 
the  point  J,  the  middle  of  the  line  AB,  draw  the  line  JH,  and  from 
the  point  F,  the  middle  of  the  line  AD,  draw  the  line  FG  ;  from  the 
point  J  draw  two  diagonal  lines  JD  and  JE  ;  then  span  the  dividers 
so  as  to  divide  one  of  these  diagonal  lines  into  six  equal  parts,  viz. 
J,  L,  G,  T,  0,  V,  E  ;  from  the  point  L  erect  a  perpendicular,  pro- 
duced to  the  line  JH  ;  from  the  point  of  contact  M,  as  a  centre, 
describe  the  arc  N  JO  for  the  top  of  the  elbow,  and  from  the  points 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    STRAIGHT    ELBOW. 


21 


M'  and  M'  as  centres,  with  the  same  sweep  of  the  dividers,  describe 
the  arcs  NO  and  NO  ;  then  draw  an  indefinite  straight  line  PQ  tan- 
gent to  the  arcs  NO  and  NJ,  having  the  points  of  contact  at  S  and 
S  ;  on  this  tangent  line  erect  a  perpendicular  passing  through  the 
point  N  produced  until  it  intersects  the  line  BE  produced  ;  then  place 
one  foot  of  the  dividers  on  the  point  of  intersection  R  and  span  them 
over  the  dotted  line  to  the  point  T,  and  with  the  dividers  thus  spanned 
describe  the  arcs  TS,  TS,  TS,  and  TS  ;  these  arcs  and  the  arcs  NO, 
NJO,  and  ON  will  be  the  right  angled  elbow  required. 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    STRAIGHT    ELBOW. 

[Old  Method.] 

Fig.  6. 


A 

■"^-^^ 

, 

>^' 

^^ 

r; 

I 

N 

^ 

.^ 

1 

2 

/ 

\ 

i 

- 

'\ 

/ 

c 

d 

\ 

v{4- 

5/ 

/ 

b 

e 

\ 

,  \5 

6 

//  a. 

f 

\v 

6 

B 

7 

y 

V 

7 

D 


Mark  out  the  length  and  depth  of  the  elbow,  ABCD  ;  draw  a  semi- 
circle at  each  end,  as  from  AB  and  CD  ;  divide  each  semicircle 
into  eight  parts  ;  draw  horizontal  lines  as  shown  from  1  to  1,  2 
to  2,  &c.  ;  divide  the  circumference  or  length,  ACBD,  into  sixteen 
equal  parts,  and  draw  perpendicular  lines  as  in  figure  ;  draw  a  line 
from  a  to  6  and  from  b  to  c,  and  on  the  opposite  side  from  d  to  e 
and  e  tof;  for  the  top  sweep  set  the  dividers  on  fourth  line  from 
top  and  sweep  two  of  the  spaces  ;  the  same  at  the  corner  ;  on 
space  for  the  remaining  sweeps  set  the  dividers  so  to  intersect  in 
the  three  corners  of  the  spaces  marked  X .  The  seams  must  be 
added  to  drawing. 


3^ 


TO    DESCRIBE   A   CURVED   ELBOW. 


TO  DESCRIBE  A  CURVED  ELBOW. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Teuesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  T.] 
Orl  jglxxa.!. 

Fig.  7. 


FiQ.  8. 


TO  DESCEIBE  A  CURVED  ELBOW.  23 

Describe  two  circles  UX  and  V'S,  the  curves  desired  for  the  elbow, 
having  the  distance  from  U  to  V  equal  to  the  diameter  ;  then  divide 
the  circle  V,  W,  R  and  S,  into  as  many  sections  as  desired  ;  then 
construct  a  rectangle,  Fig.  8,  ADEB,  the  width  equal  to  the  width  of 
one  section  V'W,  Fig.  7,  and  the  length  equal  to  the  circumference  of 
the  elbow  ;  then  span  the  dividers  from  the  point  R  to  the  point  P  at 
the  dotted  line,  Fig.  7,  and  with  the  dividers  thus  spanned  mark  the 
points  FF'  Fig.  8,  from  points  A  and  D,  and  draw  the  lines  FG  and 
F'G' ;  from  point  I  draw  the  two  diagonal  lines  IF  and  IG,  span  the 
dividers  so  as  to  divide  one  of  these  diagonal  lines  into  six  equal  parts, 
viz.  I,L,0,T,0,V,G;  from  the  point  L  erect  a  perpendicular 
line  produced  until  it  intersects  the  line  IH  produced  ;  from  the 
point  of  intersection  M,  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc  NIO  for  the  top 
of  the  elbow  ;  with  the  same  sweep  oi  the  dividers  describe  the  arcs  NO 
and  NO  ;  then  draw  an  indefinite  straight  line  PQ  tangent  to  the 
arcs  NO  and  NT,  having  the  points  of  contact  at  S  and  S  ;  on  this 
tangent  line  erect  a  perpendicular  line  passing  through  the  point  N 
(same  as  in  Fig.  5),  produced  until  it  intersects  the  line  BE  pro- 
duced ;  then  place  one  foot  of  the  dividers  on  the  point  of  intersection 
and  span  them  over  the  dotted  line  to  the  point  T,  (same  as  in  Fig.  5), 
and  with  the  dividers  spanned  describe  the  arcs  TS,  TS,  TS,  and  TS  ; 
these  arcs  and  the  arcs  NO,  NIO  and  ON,  will  be  one  side  of  the 
section,  and  by  the  same  rule  the  other  side  of  the  section  may  be 
described  at  the  same  time,  which  will  be  a  pattern  to  cut  the  other 
sections  by. 

SOLDERING. 

For  Lead  the  solder  is  1  part  tin,  1  to  2  of  lead;  — for  Tin  1  to 
2  parts  tin  to  1  of  lead  ;  —  for  Zinc  1  part  tin  to  1  to  2  of  lead  ;  — 
for  Pewter  1  part  tin  to  1  of  lead,  and  1  to  2  parts  of  bismuth. 

The  surfaces  to  be  joined  are  made  perfectly  clean  and  smooth,  and 
then  covered  with  sal-ammoniac,  or  resin,  or  both  ;  the  solder  is  then 
applied,  being  melted  in,  and  smoothed  over  by  the  soldering  iron. 

To  Joint  Lead  Plates. — The  joints  of  lead  plates  for  some  purposes 
are  made  as  follows  :  —  The  edges  are  brought  together,  hammered 
down  into  a  sort  of  channel  cut  out  of  Avood,  and  secured  with  a  few. 
tacks.  The  hollow  is  then  scraped  clean  with  a  scraper,  rubbed  over 
with  candle  grease,  and  a  stream  of  hot  lead  is  poured  into  it,  the 
surface  being  afterwards  smoothed  with  a  red-hot  plumber's  iron. 


24 


TO    DESCRIBE   A   STRAIGHT   ELBOW. 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    STRAIGHT    ELBOW. 

CAnothcr  Method  for  describing  a  Straight  Elbow.] 

Figs.  9  &  10. 
Fig.  10.  Fig.  9. 

^  ,       ,       .       .  ^ 

^^ 1 — i — T — 


a 

I 

/ 

/ 

b 

N 

\ 

c 

\ 

i 

a 

Fig.  9.  —  Draw  a  profile  of  half  of  the  elbow  wanted,  and  mark 
a  semicircle  on  the  line  representing  the  diameter,  divide  the  semin 
circle  into  six  equal  parts,  draw  perpendicular  lines  from  each  divi- 
sion on  the  circle  to  the  angle  line  as  on  figure. 

Fig.  10.  Draw  the  circumference  and  depth  of  elbow  wanted, 
and  divide  into  twelve  equal  parts,  mark  the  height  of  perpendic- 
ular lines  of  Fig.  9  on  Fig.  10  abc  &c.  ;  set  your  dividers  the 
same  as  for  the  semicircle  and  sweep  from  e  to  e  intersecting  with  / 
and  the  same  from  a  to  the  corner,  then  set  the  dividers  one-third 
the  circumference  and  sweep  from  e  to  d  each  side,  and  from  a  to  6 
each  side  at  bottom  ;  then  set  your  dividers  three-fourths  of  the  cir- 
cumference and  sweep  from  c  to  d  each  side  on  top,  and  from  c  to 
b  at  bottom,  and  you  obtain  a  more  correct  pattern  than  is  gen- 
erally used.  Allow  for  the  lap  or  seam  outside  of  your  drawing, 
and  lay  out  the  elbow  deep  enough  to  put  together  by  swedge  or 
machine.  Be  careful  in  dividing  and  marking  out,  and  the  large 
end  will  be  true  without  trimming.  The  seams  must  be  added  to 
drawing. 

To  Joint  Lead  Pipes. — Widen  out  the  end  of  one  pipe  with  a  taper 
wood  drift,  and  scrape  it  clean  inside  ;  scrape  the  end  of  the  other  pipe 
outside  a  little  tapered,  and  insert  it  in  the  former  :  then  solder  it  ■yvith 
common  lead  solder  as  before  described  ;  or  if  required  to  be  strong, 
rub  a  little  tallow  over,  and  cover  the  joint  with  a  ball  of  melted 
lead,  holding  a  cloth  (2  or  3  plies  of  greased  bed-tick)  on  the  under 
side  ;   and  smoothing  over  with  it  and  the  plumber's  iron. 


TO    DESCRIBE    BEVEL    COVERS. 


25 


TO  DESCRIBE  BEVEL  COVERS  FOR  VESSELS,  OR 
BREASTS  FOR  CANS. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Teuesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  Y.] 

Fig.  11. 


From  0  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  DE  larger  than  the  vessel ; 
and  from  C  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  AB  the  size  of  the  vessel,  then 
•with  the  dividers  the  same  as  you  described  the  circle  the  size  of  the 
vessel,  apply  them  six  times  on  the  circumference  of  the  circle  larger 
than  the  vessel  ;  for  can-breasts  describe  the  circle  FG  the  size  you 
wish  for  the  opening  of  the  breast. 


TO    DESCRIBE   PITCHED    COVERS  FOR  PAILS,   &c. 
Fia.  12. 


.To  cut  for  pitched  covers,  draw  a  circle  one  inch  larger  than  the 
hoop  is  in  diameter  after  burring,  then  draw  a  line  from  the  centre  to 
3 


26 


OVAL    BOILER    COVER. 


the  circumference  as  in  the  figijre,  and  one  inch  from  the  centre  and 
connecting  with  this  line  draw  two  more  lines  the  ends  of  which  shall 
be  one  inch  on  either  side  of  the  line  first  drawn,  and  then  cut  out 
the  piece. 


TO    DESCRIBE    AN    OVAL    BOILER    COVER. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Trcesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.Y.J 

Fig.  13. 
J 


From  C  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  whose  diameter  will  be  equal 
to  the  width  of  the  boiler  outside  of  the  wire,  and  draw  the  line  AB 
perpendicular  to  the  line  EF,  having  it  pass  through  the  point  D,  which 
is  one-half  of  tlie  length  of  the  boiler  ;  then  mark  the  point  J  one 
quarter  of  an  inch  or  more  as  you  wish,  for  the  pitch  of  the  cover,  and 
apply  the  corner  of  the  square  on  the  line  AB,  allowing  the  blade  to 
fall  on  the  circle  at  II,  and  the  tongue  at  the  point  J  ;  then  draw  the 
lines  HB,  BJ,  GA  and  AJ,  which  completes  the  description. 


TO   DESCRIBE   A   LIP    TO    A    MEASURE.  27 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    LIP    TO    A    MEASURE. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Truesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  T.] 
Original. 

Fig.  14. 


Let  the  circle  AB  represent  the  size  of  the  measure  ;  span  the  divi- 
ders from  K  to  F  three-quarters  of  the  diameter  ;  describe  the  semi- 
circle DKE  ;  move  the  dividers  to  G  the  width  of  the  lip  required,  and 
describe  the  semicircle  KPJ,  which  will  be  the  lip  sought. 

THE    CIRCLE    AND    ITS    SECTIONS, 

1.  The  Areas  of  Circles  are  to  each  other  as  the  squares  of  their 
diameters  ;  any  circle  twice  the  diameter  of  another  contains  four 
times  the  area  of  the  other. 

2.  The  Radius  of  a  circle  is  a  straight  line  drawn  from  the  centre 
to  the  circumference. 

3.  The  Diameter  of  a  circle  is  a  straight  line  drawn  through  the 
centre,  and  terminated  both  ways  at  the  circumference. 

4.  A  Chord  is  a  straight  line  joining  any  two  points  of  the  circum- 
ference. 

5.  An  Arc  is  any  part  of  the  circumference. 

6.  A  Semicircle  is  half  the  circumference  cut  oiF  by  a  diameter. 

7.  A  Segment  is  any  portion  of  a  circle  cut  oiF  by  a  chord. 

8.  A  Sector  is  a  part  of  a  circle  cut  off  by  two  radii. 


28 


FLARING    VESSEL. 


TO  DESCRIBE  A  FLARING   VESSEL    PATTERN,   A  SET  OF 

PATTERNS    FOR    A   PYRAMID    CAKE,    OR    AN 

ENVELOPE    FOR    A    CONE. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Tbcbsdell,  Tinman,  Owcgo,  N.  Y.] 
Orlgina/l. 

Fia.  15. 


From  a  point  C  as  a  centre,  describe  a  circle  AB  equal  to  the  large 
circumference  ;  vritli  the  point  F  as  a  centre,  the  depth  of  the  vessel, 
describe  a  circle  DE  equal  to  the  small  circumference  ;  then  draw  the 
lines  GH  and  RS  tangent  to  the  circles  AB  and  DE  ;  from  the  point 
of  intersection  0  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arcs  ACB  and  DFE  ;  then 
ADEB  will  be  the  size  of  the  vessel,  and  three  such  pieces  will  be  an 
envelope  for  it,  and  AJBTFU  the  altitude  ;  then  by  dividing  the  sector 


TO    DESCRIBE    THE      FElfSTTJM    OF    A   CONE.  29 

SOH  into  sections  AB,  DE,  PQ,  and  WX,  you  will  have  a  set  of 
patterns  for  a  pyramid  cake  ;  and  the  sector  AOB  mil  be  one-third  of 
an  enTelope  for  a  cone. 

In  allowing  for  locks,  you  must  draw  the  lines  parallel  to  the  radii, 
as  represented  in  the  diagram  by  dotted  lines,  which  will  bring  the 
vessel  true  across  the  top  and  bottom. 


TO    DESCRIBE  A    CONE  OR    FRUSTUM. 
Fig.  16. 
D 


^~ -.C 


G-N 


First  draw  a  side  elevation  of  the  desired  vessel,  DE,  then  from  A 
as  a  centre  describe  the  arcs  CDC  and  6EG  ;  after  finding  the  diam- 
eter of  the  top  or  large  end,  turn  to  the  table  of  Diameters  and  Cir- 
cumferences, where  you  will  find  the  true  circumference,  which  you 
will  proceed  to  lay  out  on  the  upper  or  larger  arc  CDC,  making  due 
allowance  for  the  locks,  wire  and  burr.  This  is  for  one  piece  ;  if  for 
two  pieces  you  will  lay  out  only  one-half  the  circumference  on  the 
plate  ;  if  for  three  pieces  one-third  ;  if  for  four  pieces  one-fourth  ;  and 
80  on  for  any  number,  remembering  to  make  the  allowance  for  locks, 
wire  and  burr  on  the  piece  you  use  for  a  pattern. 
3* 


so 


TO    DESCKIBE    A    HEART. CYCLOID. 


TO    DESCRIBE    A    HEART. 

CDrawn  for  this  work  by  L.  W.  Truesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N,  Y.] 

Fig.  17. 


Draw  an  indefinite  line  AB  ;  then  span  the  dividers  one-fourth  the 
■width  you  wish  the  heart,  and  describe  two  semicircuraferences  AC 
and  CB  ;  span  the  dividers  from  A  to  B,  the  width  of  the  heart,  and 
dessribe  the  lines  AD  and  BD,  which  completes  the  description. 


CYCLOID. 
Fig.  18. 


ABA 

Cycloid,  a  curve  much  used  in  mechanics.     It  is  thus  formed  : — 

If  the  circumference  of  a  circle  be  rolled  on  a  right  line,  beginning 

at  any  point  A,  and  continued  till  the  same  point  A  arrive  at  the 

line  again,  making  just  one  revolution,  and  thereby  measuring  out 

a  straight  line  ABA  equal  to  the  circumference  of  a  circle,  while  the 


TO    STRIKE    THE  SIDE  OF  A   FLARING   VESSEL.  31 

point  A  in  the  circumference  traces  out  a  curve  line  ACAGA  :  then 
this  curve  is  called  a  cycloid  ;  and  some  of  its  properties  are  contained 
in  the  following  lemma. 

If  the  generating  or  revolving  circle  be  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
cycloid,  its  diameter  coinciding  with  the  axis  AB,  and  from  any  point 
there  be  drawn  the  tangent  CF,  the  ordinate  CDE  perpendicular  to 
the  axis,  and  the  chord  of  the  circle  AD  ;  then  the  chief  properties 
are  these  : 

The  right  line        CD  equal  to  the  circular  arc    AD  ; 

The  cycloidal  arc  AC  equal  to  double  the  chord  AD  ; 

The  semi-cycloid  ACA  equal  to  double  the  diameter  AB,  and 

The  tangent  CF  is  parallel  to  the  chord  AD. 
This  curve  is  the  line  of  swiftest  descent,  and  that  best  suited  for 
the  path  of  the  ball  of  a  pendulum. 


TO   STRIKE  THE  SIDE    OF   A    FLARING  VESSEL. 
Fia.  19. 


To  find  the  radius  of  a  circle  for  striking  the  side  of  a  flaring  ves- 
sel having  the  diameters  and  depth  of  side  given. 

Rule.  — As  the  diiference  between  the  large  and  small  diameter 
is  to  the  depth  of  the  side,  so  is  the  small  diameter  to  the  radiua 
of  the  circle  by  which  it  is  struck. 

Example.  —  Suppose  ABCD  to  be  the  desired  vessel,  with  a 
top  diameter  of  12  inches,  bottom  diameter  9  inches,  depth  of  side 
8  inches.     Then  as  12  —  9  =  3  :  8  :  :  9  to  the  radius. 

8x  9  =  72-7-3  =  24  inches,  answer. 

TINNING     IRON. 
Cleanse  the  metal  to  be  tinned,  and  rub  with  a  coarse  cloth, 
previously  dipped  in  hydrochloric  acid,  (muriatic  acid)  and  then  rub 
on  French  putty  with  the  same  clotB.     French  putty  is  made  by 
mixing  tin  filings  with  mercury. 


32 


TO    DESCRIBE    BREASTS    FOR    CANS. 


TO     DESCRIBE     BEVEL     COVERS     FOR    VESSELS,    OR 

BREASTS    FOR    CANS. 

Fia.    20. 


Construct  a  right  angle  ADB,  and  from  the  point  C,  the  altitude 
height  you  wish  the  breast,  erect  a  perpendicular  line  F  ;  then  on  the 
line  B,  mark  the  point  E  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  can  ;  and  on  the 
line  F,  mark  the  point  G  one-half  the  diameter  of  the  opening  in  the 
top  of  breast ;  draw  a  line  N  to  pass  through  the  points  E  and  G  pro- 
duced until  it  intersects  the  line  A  ;  place  one  foot  of  the  dividers  at 
the  point  of  intersection  H,  and  place  the  other  on  the  point  E,  and 
describe  the  circle  EIK  ;  span  the  dividers  from  the  point  H  to  point 
G,  and  describe  the  circle  GLM  ;  then  span  the  dividers  from  the 
point  D  to  E,  and  step  them  six  times  on  the  circle  EIK,  which  gives 
the  size  of  the  breast.  Remember  to  mark  the  lines  for  the  locks 
parallel  with  the  radii. 

A    GOOD   SOLDER. 

Take  1  lb.  of  pure  Banca  tin,  and  melt  it,  then  add  half  a  pound 
of  clean  lead,  and  when  it  is  melted,  stir  the  mixture  gently  with  a 
stick  or  poker,  and  pour  it  out  into  solder  strips. 


TO    FIND    THE    CENTRE    OF    A    CIRCLE. 


33 


rO    FIND    THE     CENTRE     OF    A     CIRCLE    FROM    A    PxVRT 
OF    THE    CIRCUMFERENCE. 

[Drawn  for  this  work  by  L.  AV.  Tevesdell,  Tinman,  Owego,  N.  Y.] 
Oi<ig;lTia.l. 
Fig.  21. 
Span  the  dividers  any  distance  you  wish,  and  place  one  foot  on  the 
circumference  AB,  and  describe  the  semicircumfei'ences  CD,  EF,  GH, 
and  IK,  and  tlirough  tlie  points  of  their  intersection  PQ  and  RS, 
draw  two  indefinite  lines  LM  and  NO  ;  the  point  of  their  intersection 
r,  will  be  the  centre  desired. 


t— 7^ 


34 


TO   CONSTRUCT    THE    FRUSTUM    OF   A   CONE. 


SECTOR,    FOR    OBTAINING    ANGLES. 
Fig.  22. 


Sectok,  a  portion  of  a  circle  comprehended  between  any  two 
radii  and  their  intercepted  arcs. —  Similar  Sectors  are  those  whose 
radii  include  equal  angles. 

To  find  the  area  of  a  sector.  Say  as  360"  is  to  the  degrees,  &c., 
in  the  arc  of  the  sector,  so  is  the  area  of  the  whole  circle  to  the  area 
of  the  sector.  Or  multiply  the  radius  by  the  length  of  the  arc,  and 
half  the  product  will  be  the  area. 


TO    CONSTRUCT    THE    FRUSTUM    OF    A    CONE. 
Form  ofjlat  Plate  by  which  to  construct  any  Frustum  of  a  Cone. 

Fig.  23. 


Let  ABCD  represent  the  required  finastum  ;  continue  the  lines 
AD  and  BC  until  they  meet  at  E  ;  then  from  E  as  centre,  with  the 
radius  EC,  describe  the  arc  CH  ;  also  from  E,  with  the  radius 
EB,  describe  the  arc  BI  ;  make  BI  equal  in  length  to  twice  AGB, 
draw  the  line  EI,  and  BCIH  is  the  form  of  the  plate  as  required. 


STRIKING    OUT    A    CONE. 


35 


RULE    FOR   STRIKING    OUT   A   CONE    OR  FRUSTUM. 
Fia.  24. 
C 


In  a  conical  surface,  there  may  be  economy,  sometimes,  in  having 
the  slant  height  6  times  the  radius  of  base.  For  a  Circle  may  be 
wholly  cut  into  conical  surfaces,  if  the  angle  is  60°,  ^0°,  15°,  &c. 

But  there  is  a  greater  simplicity  in  cutting  it,  when  the  angle  ia 
60°.  For  instance,  take  AC  equal  to  the  slant  height,  describe  an 
indefinite  arc  AO  ;  with  the  same  opening  of  the  dividers  measure 
from  A  to  B  ;  draw  BC  and  we  have  the  required  sector.  This 
would  make  the  angle  C  equal  60°.  This  angle  may  be  divided 
into  two  or  four  equal  parts,  and  we  should  thus  have  sectors  whose 
angle  would  be  30°  or  15°,  which  would  not  make  the  vessel  very 
flaring.     The  accompanying  figure  gives  about  the  shape  of  the  flar- 

FiG.  25. 


ing  vessel  when  the  angle  of  the  sector  ia  30". 


TO  FIND  THE  CONTENTS  OF  A  PYRAMID  OR  CONE. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  diameter  of  the  base  by  itself,  and  this  pro- 
duct by  the  height,  then  take  one-third  of  this  product  for  the  con- 
tents ;  to  obtain  gallons,  divide  the  last  result  by  231. 

Example. — Required  the  cubic  inches  of  a  Cone  whose  base  is  8 
inches  diameter,  and  height  18  inches. 

8XS  =  <>1X18  =  1152  -r-  3  =  3S4  cubic  inches,  -j-  231  =  1  gall.  2^^  quans. 


36  CONTENTS  IN  GALLONS  OF  A  FRUSTUM  OF  A  CONE. 


HIPPED    ROOFS,    MILL    HOPPERS,    &c. 
To  find  the  various  Angles  and  proper  Dimensions  of  Materials 
whereby  to  construct  any  figure  whose  form  is  the  Frustum  of  a 
proper  or  inverted  Pyramid,  as  Hipped  Roofs,  Mill  Hoppers,  S^c. 

Fig.  26. 

D  C 


/        V 

yi.fn 

S^"^ 

/b 

t 

Let  ABCD  be  the  given  dimensions  of  plan  for  a  roof,  the  height 
RT  also  being  given  ;  draw  the  diagonal  AR,  meeting  the  top  or 
ridge  Rs  on  plan  ;  from  R,  at  right  angles  with  AR  and  equal  to 
the  required  height,  draw  the  line  RT,  then  TA,  equal  the  length  of 
the  struts  or  corners  of  the  roof ;  from  A ,  with  the  distance  AT, 
describe  an  arc  TZ,  continue  the  diagonal  AR  until  it  cuts  the  arc 
11,  through  which,  and  parallel  with  the  ridge  Rs,  draw  the  line 
m  n,  which  determines  the  required  breadth  for  each  side  of  the 
roof:  from  A,  meeting  the  line  m  n,  draw  the  line  Ao,  or  proper 
angle  for  the  end  of  each  board  by  which  the  roof  might  require  to 
be  covered  ;  and  the  angle  at  T  is  what  the  boards  require  to  be  made 
in  the  direction  of  their  thickness,  when  the  comers  or  angles  re- 
quire to  be  mitred. 


CONTENTS  IN  GALLONS  OF  THE  FRUSTUM  OF  A  CONE. 
Figs.  27,  28,  29. 


To  find  the  Contents  in  Gallons  of  a  Vessel,  whose  diameter  is 
larger  at  one  end  than  the  other,  such  as  a  Bowl,  Pail,  Fiskin, 
Tub,  Coffee-pot,  &c. 

Bulk. — Multiply  the  larger  diameter  by  the  smaller,  and  to  the 


CONTENTS    IN    GALLONS    OF    SQUAKE    VESSELS. 


37 


product  add  one-third  of  the  square  of  their  difference,  multiply  by 
the  height,  and  multiply  that  product  by  .0034  for  Wine  Gallons,  and 
by  .002785  for  Beer. 

Example. — Required  the  contents  of  a  CoflFee-pot  6  inches  diameter 
at  the  top,  9  inches  at  the  bottom,  and  18  inches  high. 


large  diameter    9 
small      do.         6 

brought 

up 
or 

1026 
.0034 

54 
J  of  the  square  3 

4104 
3078 

57 
height    18 

456 
67 

3.4884 
nearly  ! 

Carried  up    1026 

1026  multiplied  by  .002785  equal  2.8574  Beer  Gallons. 


RULE   TO    FIND    THE   CONTENTS    IN    GALLONS    OF    ANY 
SQUARE    VESSEL. 

Rule. — Take  the  dimensions  in  inches  and  decimal  parts  of  an 
inch,  multiply  the  length,  breadth,  and  height  together,  and  then 
multiply  the  product  by  .004829  for  Wine  Gallons,  and  Jjy  .003546 
for  Ale  Gallons. 

Example. — How  many  Wine  Gallons  will  a  box  contain  that  is  10 
feet  long,  5  feet  wide,  and  4  feet  deep. 


Length  in  inches. 

120 

broug 

ht  up  345600 

Breadth  in    do. 

60 
7200 

.004329 

3110400 

Height  in  inches. 

48 

691200 
1036800 

57600 

1382400 

28800 
345600 

Carried  up. 

1496.102400  gaUons. 

or  1496 

galls,  and  3^  gills. 

4 

38       CONTENTS  IN    GALLONS  OF    CYLINDRICAL    VESSELS. 

CONTENTS    IN    GALLONS    OF    CYLINDRICAL    VESSELS. 

Rule. — Take  the  dimensions,  in  inches  and  decimal  parts  of  an 
inch.  Square  the  diameter,  multiply  it  by  the  length  in  inches,  and 
then  multiply  the  product  by  .0034  for  Wine  Gallons,  or  by  .002785 
for  Ale  Gallons. 

Example. — How  many  XJ.  S.  Gallons  will  a  Cylindrical  Vessel  con- 
tain, whose  diameter  is  9  inches,  and  length  9^  inches? 

Diameter,  9  brought  up     769.5 

9  .0034 


Square  Diam.    81 
Length,  9.5 

405 

729 


30780 
23085 

2.61630 
or  2  gallons  and  5  pints. 


Carried  up,  769.5 


TO    ASCERTAIN    THE    WEIGHTS    OF    PIPES    OF    VARIOUS 
METALS,    AND    ANY    DIAMETER    REQUIRED. 


Thickness  in 

parts  of  an 
inch. 

Wrought  iron. 

Copper. 

Lead. 

1-32      . 

•326 

Hi  lbs.  plate    -38 

2  lbs.  lead      ^483 

1-16 

•653 

23A            "        ^76 

4           "        ^967 

3-32 

•976 

35              "       114 

5k         "      1-45 

1-8 

1-3 

46^            "      1-52 

8           "      1-933 

6-32 

1-627 

58              "      1-9 

91         "      2-417 

3-16 

1-95 

70              "      2-28 

11           "      2-9 

7-32 

2-277 

80i            "      2-66 

13           "      3-383 

1-4 

2-6 

93             "      3-04 

15           "      3.867 

Rule. — To  the  interior  diameter  of  the  pipe,  in  inches,  add  the  thickness 
of  the  metal ;  multiply  the  sum  by  the  decimal  numbers  opposite  the  re- 
quired thickness  and  under  the  metal's  name;  also  by  the  length  of  the 
pipe  in  feet,  and  the  product  is  the  weight  of  the  pipe  in  lbs. 

1.  Required  the  weight  of  a  copper  pipe  whose  interior  diameter  is  7i 
incheS;  its  length  6^  feet,  and  the  metal  1-8  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 

7-5  +  -125  =  7-625  X  1-52  X  625  =  72-4 lbs. 

2.  What  is  the  weight  of  a  leaden  pipe  18^  feet  in  length,  3inches  in- 
terior diameter,  and  the  metal  |  of  an  inch  in  thickness  ? 

3  -f  -25  =  3-25  X  3-867  X  185  =  232-5  lbs. 


TIN    PLATES. QUANTITY    OF    TIN    FOR    CANS. 


39 


TIN    PLiVTES. 


Size, 

Length,  Br 

eadth,  and   Weight. 

Bbabd'Mabk. 

No.  of 
She»t3 
in  Box. 

Length  and 
Breadth. 

Weight  per 
Box. 

Inches  .Inches. 

Cw" 

Tqr.  lbs. 

1  c 

225 

14  by  10 

1 

0     0 

'' 

1  X 

225 

14  by  10 

1 

1     0 

1   XX 
1   XXX 

1  xxxx 

225 
225 
225 

14  Dy  10 
14  by  10 
14  by  10 

1 
1 
1 

1  21 

2  14 

3  7 

1  Each  Ix  advances 
r           $1.75  to  $2.00 

1  xxxxx 

225 

14  by  10 

2 

0     0 

1  xxxxxx 

225 

14  by  10 

2 

0  21 

^ 

DC 

100 

17  by  12.i 

0 

3  14 

o    '^    O    M 

D  x 

100 

17  by  12i 

1 

0  14 

N  <y  t-  o 

D  XX 

100 

17  by  12i 

1 

1     7 

D  XXX 

100 

17  by  12i 

1 

2     0 

>>  a.  9  _; 

D  xxxx 

100 

17  by  12^ 

1 

2  21 

01  „   5  o 

D  xxxxx 

100 

17  by  12| 

1 

3  14 

■^.2  s:= 

D  xxxxxx 

100 

17  by  12i 

2 

0     7 

>•      QJ      0)      "^ 

SDC 

200 

15  by  11 

1 

1  27 

SDx 

200 

15  bv  11 

1 

2  20 

fccS  '«^'" 

S  D  XX 

200 

15  by  11 

1 

3  13 

^'Z'i^'^ 

S  D  XXX 

200 

15  by  11 

2 

0     6 

§ll«l 

S  D  xxxx 

200 

15  by  11 

2 

0  27 

•-S^i^r 

S  D  xxxxx 
S  D  xxxxxx 

200 
200 

15  by  11 
15  by  11 

2 
2 

1  20 

2  13 

In  addi 
e   itnpi 
iually  ( 
)rtion 
emed  i 

about 

TTT  Taggers, 

225 

14  by  10 

1 

0     0 

S    3    S,2 

1  C 

225 

12  by  12 

■ 

I  X 

225 

12  by  12 

1   XX 

225 

12  by  12 

1  XXX 

225 

12  by  12 

1  xxxx 

225 

12  by  12 

► 

About  the  same  weight 

1  c 

112 

14  by  20 

>-per  Box,  as  the  plates 
above  of  similar  brand. 

1  X 
1  XX 

112 
112 

14  by  20 
14  by  20 

14  by  10. 

1  XXX 

112 

14  by  20 

I  xxxx 

112 

14  by  20 

' 

Leaded  or}  I  C 
Ternes    Jl  x 

112 
112 

14  by  20 
14  by  20 

1 
1 

0  0 

1  0 

>     For  Roofing. 

OIL  CANISTERS,  (from^h  <o  12.5 ^a//s.;  WITH  THE  QUANTITY 
AND  QUALITY  OF  TIN  REQUIRED  FOR  CUSTOM  WORK. 


Gali8. 

Quantity  and  Quality. 

Galls. 

33 

Quantity  and  Quality. 

H 

2     Plates,  I  X  in  body. 

13^  Plates,  IX  in  body,  3 

H 

2        «     S  DX       " 

breadths  high. 

5h 

2.      "        DX       « 

45 

13^  Plates,  S  D  X  in  body. 

8 

4        «        IX 

60 

13i       "         D  X      " 

10 

3i       «        DX       « 

90 

15i      "         DX      «   • 

15 

4        «        DX       « 

125 

20        "         D  X      « 

'  The  bottom  tier  of  plates  to  be  placed  lengthwise. 


40      WEIGHT    OF   WATER   AND   DECIMAL    EQUIVALENTS. 


WEIGHT    OF    WATER. 

1  cubic  inch is  equal  to  .03617  pounds. 

12  cubic  inches    is  equal  to  .434      pounds. 

1  cubic  foot is  equal  to      62.5  pounds. 

1  cubic  foot is  equal  to      •7.50       JJ.  S.  gallons. 

1.8  cubic  feet is  equal  to    112.00        pounds. 

35.84  cubic  feet is  equal  to  2240.00        pounds. 

1  Cylindrical  inch  . .  is  equal  to  .02842  pounds. 

12  Cylindrical  inches .  is  equal  to  .341      pounds. 

1  Cylindrical  foot    . .  is  equal  to      49.10        pounds. 

1  Cylindrical  foot    . .  is  equal  to        6.00        U.  S.  Gallons. 

2.282  Cylindrical  feet    . .  is  equal  to    112.00        pounds. 

45.64  Cylindrical  feet    . .  is  equal  to  2240.00        pounds. 

11.2  Imperial  gallons  . .  is  equal  to    112.00        pounds. 

224  Imperial  gallons  . .  is  equal  to  2240.00        pounds. 

13.44  United  States  galls,  is  equal  to    112.00        pounds. 

268.8  United  States  galls,  is  equal  to  2240.00        pounds. 

Centre  of  pressure  is  at  two-thirds  depth  from  surface. 


DECIMAL    EQUIVALENTS    TO    THE    FRACTIONAL    PARTS 

OF    A    GALLON,    OR    AN    INCH. 

[The  Inch,  or  Gallon,  being  divided  into  32  parts.] 

[In  multiplying  decimals  it  is  usual  to  drop  all  but  the  two  or  three  first  figures.] 


Deci- 
mals. 

Gallon. 

or 
Inch. 

5 

i 

a 

<» 
■e 

a 

<y 

Deci- 
mals. 

Gallon. 

or 
Inch. 

5 

i 

1 

Decimals. 

Gallon. 

or 
Inch. 

5 

i 

& 

.03125 

1-32 

1 

i 

J 

.375 

3-8 

12 

3 

u 

.71875 

23-32 

23 

5.1 

21 

.0625 

1-16 

2 

* 

^ 

.40625 

13-32 

13 

^\ 

n 

.75 

3-4 

24 

6 

3 

.09375 

3-32 

3 

i 

« 

.4375 

7-16 

14 

3*13 

.78125 

25-32 

25 

n 

3^ 

.125 

1-8 

4 

1 

* 

.46875 

15-32 

15 

35 

n 

.8125 

13-16 

26 

6h 

H 

.15625 

5-32 

5 

H 

« 

.5 

1-2 

16 

4 

2 

.84375 

27-32 

27 

Q% 

3S 

.1875 

3-16 

6 

H 

? 

.53125 

17-32 

17 

H 

n 

.875 

7-8 

28 

7 

3* 

.21875 

7-32 

7 

n 

V 

.5625 

9-16 

18 

4J, 

H 

.90625 

29  32 

29 

n 

3| 

.25 

1-4 

8 

2 

1 

.59375 

19-32 

19 

4| 

2f 

.9375 

15-16 

30 

n 

n 

.28125 

9-32 

9 

n 

u 

.625 

5-8 

20 

5 

2h 

1  .96875 

31-32 

31 

n 

H 

.3125 

5-16 

10 

2h 

H 

.65625 

21-32 

21 

H 

2| 

1.000 

1 

32 

8 

4 

.34375 

11-32 

11 

21 

n 

.6875 

11-16 

22 

54 

25 

APPLICATION.  Required  the  gallons  in  any  Cjlindrical  Vessel.  Sup- 
pose a  vessel  9  1-2  inohes  deep,  9  inches  diameter,  and  contents  2-6163, 
that  is,  2  gallons  and  61  hundredth  parts  of  a  gallon,  now  to  ascertain  this  de- 
cimal of  a  g^allon  refer  to  the  above  Table,  lor  the  decimal  that  is  nearest, 
which  is  •625,  opposite  to  which  is  5-8ths  of  a  gallon,  or  20  gills,  or  5  pintsj 
cr  2  1-2  quarts,  consequently  the  vessel  contains  2  gallons  and  5  pints. 

INCHES.  To  find  what  part  of  an  inch  the  decimal  -708  is.^  liefer  to 
the  above  Table  for  the  decimal  that  is  nearest,  which  is  -71875,  opposite 
to  which  is  23-32,  or  nearly  3-4ths  of  an  inch. 


A.     TABLE 

CONTAIHING  THE 

DIAMETERS,     CIRCUMFERENCES,     AND    AREAS 
OF    CIRCLES, 

AND   THE 

CONTENT  OF  EACH  IN  GALLONS  AT  1  FOOT  IN  DEPTH. 

TTXIIjIT-^    of    the    T-A-BUjE- 

examples. 

1.  Required  the  circumference  of  a  circle,  the  diameter  being  ^re 
inches  ? 

In  the  column  of  circumferences  opjwsite  the  given  diameter, 
stands  15*708*  inches,  the  circumference  required. 

2.  Required  the  capacity,  in  gallons,  of  a  can  the  diameter  being 
6  feet  and  depth  10  feet  ? 

In  the  fourth  column  from  the  given  diameter  stands  211.4472* 
being  the  content  of  a  can  6  feet  in  diameter  and  1  foot  in  depth, 
which  being  multipled  by  10  gives  the  required  content,  two  thou- 
sand one  hundred  fourteen  and  a  half  gallons. 

3.  Any  of  the  areas  in  feet  multiplied  by  .03704,  the  product  equal 
the  number  of  cubic  yards  at  1  foot  in  depth. 

4.  The  area  of  a  circle  in  inches  multiplied  by  the  length  or  thick- 
ness in  inches,  and  by  .263,  the  product  equal  the  weight  in  pounds 
of  cast  iron. 

•  See  opposhe  page  (page  40)  for  Decimal  Equivalents  to  the  Fiactional  parts 
of  a  Gallon,  and  an  Inch. 


4* 


42 


DIAMETERS   AND    CIRCUMFERENCES    OF    CIRCLES. 


DIAMETERS    AND     CIRCUMFERENCES    OF    CIRCLES,    AND 
THE    CONTENT  IN    GALLONS  AT   1   FOOT    IN    DEPTH. 


[Area  in 

Inches.'\ 

Diam. 

Circ.  in. 

Area.  in. 

Gallons. 

Diam. 

Circ. in. 

Area.  in. 

Gallons. 

lin. 

31416 

•7854 

-04084 

6  h 

20-420 

33- 183 

172552 

X 

3-5343 

•9940 

-05169 

1 

20813 

34-471 

1  79249 

-. 

39270 

1-2271 

•06380 

1 

21-205 

35-784 

1^86077 

S 

4-3197 

1-4848 

•07717 

1 

21-598 

37-122 

193034 

h 

4-7124 

1-7671 

-09188 

7  in. 

21-991 

38-484 

2-00117 

§ 

5-1051 

2  0739 

•10784 

^ 

22-383 

39-871 

2-07329 

I 

5-4978 

2-4052 

•12506 

i 

22-776 

41-282 

2-14666 

I 

5-8905 

2-7611 

-14357 

5 

23-169 

42-718 

222134 

2  in. 

6-2832 

3-1416 

-16333 

23-562 

44-178 

2.29726 

i 

6  6759 

3-5465 

•18439 

23-954 

45663 

2-37448 

i 

7-0686 

3-9760 

•20675 

1 

24-347 

47173 

2-45299 

3 

74613 

4-4302 

•23036 

.1 
8  in. 

24-740 

48-707 

2  53276 

J; 

7-8540 

4-9087 

•25522 

25-132 

50-265 

2-61378 

'i. 

8-2467 

5-4119 

•23142 

X 

25515 

51-848 

2-69609 

i 

8-6394 

5-9395 

•30883 

I 

25-918 

53456 

2  77971 

i- 

90321 

6-4918 

•33753 

1 

26-310 

55-088 

2-86458 

3  in. 

9-4248 

7-0686 

36754 

1 

26-703 

56-745 

2-95074 

1 

9-8175 

7-6699 

•39879 

i 

27-096 

58  426 

3-03815 

1 

10-210 

8.2957 

•431.34 

1 

27489 

60132 

3-12686 

1 

10-602 

8-9462 

•46519 

1 

27-881 

61862 

321682 

10995 

9-6211 

•50029 

9  in. 

28-274 

63  617 

3-30808 

A 

11.388 

10-320 

■53664 

1 

28-667 

65-396 

3-40059 

1 

11-781 

11-0^4 

•57429 

29-059 

67-200 

3-49440 

i 

12173 

11793 

-61324 

3 

29-452 

69-029 

3-58951 

4  in. 

12-566 

12-566 

•6.5343 

29-845 

70-882 

3-68586 

i. 

12959 

13-364 

-69493 

A 

30-237 

72-759 

378347 

1 

13351 

14-186 

•73767 

1 

30  630 

74-662 

3-88242 

1 

13-744 

15-033 

•78172 

I 

31-023 

76-588 

3-98258 

^ 

14-137 

15-904 

•S2701 

10  in 

31-416 

78  540 

4-08408 

4 

14-529 

16-800 

-87360 

X 

31-808 

80-515 

418678 

1 

14-922 

17-720 

-92144 

1 

32-201 

82516 

429083 

i 

15-315 

18-665 

-97058 

3 

32  594 

84-540 

4-39608 

5  in. 

15-708 

19-635 

1-02102 

1 

32-986 

86-590 

4-50268 

X 

16-100 

20-629 

107271 

A 

33-379 

8S-664 

4-61053 

1 

16-493 

21-647 

1-12564 

1 

33772 

90762 

4-71962 

1 

16-886 

22-690 

1-17988 

1 

34- 164 

92  885 

4-82846 

17-278 

23-758 

1  23542 

11  in. 

34  557 

95-0.33 

4-94172 

4 

17-671 

24-850 

1-29220 

r 

34950 

97-205 

5-05466 

1 

18-064 

25967 

1-35028 

35343 

99-402 

5 16890 

i 

18-457 

27-108 

1-40962 

!  1 

35-735 

101-623 

528439 

6  in. 

18-849 

28-274 

1-47025 

36-128 

103  869 

5-40119 

r 

19-242 

29-464 

1-53213 

r 

36-521 

106-139 

5-51923 

:: 

19635 

30-679 

1-59531 

i 

36-913 

108  4.34 

5-63857 

1 

20  027 

31-919 

1-65979 

i 

37-306 

110-753 

5-75916 

DIAMETERS    AND    CIECUMFEEENCES    OF    CIECLES. 


43 


DIAMETERS    AND    CIRCUMFERENCES    OF    CIRCLES,    AND 

THE    CONTENT  IN  GALLONS  AT    1    FOOT    IN    DEPTH. 

[Area  in  Feet-I 


Diam. 

Circ. 

Area  in  ft. 

Gallons.  1 

Diam. 

Circ. 

Area  in  ft. 

Gallons. 

Ft 

In.  Ft. 

In. 

1ft.  in  depth 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft.  In. 

1ft.  in  depth 

3 

If 

■7854 

5-8735  i 

4 

6 

14  14  15-9043 

118-9386 

1 

3 

4% 

.9217 

6-8928 

4 

7 

14  4|  16-4986 

123-3830 

2 

3 

8 

1-0690 

7-9944 

4 

8 

14  7| 

17-1041 

127-9112 

3 

3 

11 

12271 

91766 

4 

9 

14  11 

17-7203 

1325209 

4 

4 

% 

1-3962 

10-4413 

4 

10 

15  2i 

183476 

137-2105 

5 

4 

1  5761 

11-7866 

4 

11 

15  51 

18-9858 

1420582 

6 

4 

^l 

1-7671 

13  2150 

7 

4 

llf 

1-9689 

14  7241 

5 

15  8^ 

19-6350 

146-8384 

8 

5 

n 

2-1816 

16-3148  ' 

5 

1 

13  11| 

20-2947 

151-7718 

9 

5 

^ 

2-4052 

17-9870  , 

5 

2 

16  2|  20-9656 

156-7891 

10 

5 

9 

2  6398 

19-7414  j 

5 

3 

16  5|  21-6475 

161  8886 

11 

6 

2i 

2  8852 

21-4830 

5 
5 

4 
5 

16  9 

17  0^ 
17  3i 

22  3400 

23  0437 

1670674 
172-3300 

2 

6 

3| 

31416 

23-4940 

5 

6 

23  7583 

177-6740 

2 

1 

6 

6i 

3-4087 

25-4916 

5 

7 

17  6f 

24-4835 

183-0973 

2 

2  6 

9| 

3  6869 

27  5720 

.5 

8 

17  9|  25-2199 

188-6045 

2 

3|  7 

Og 

3-9760 

297340 

3 

9 

18  0| 

25-9672 

1941930 

2 

4j  7 

31 

4-2760 

32-6976 

5 

10 

18  3| 

26-7251 

199-8610 

2 

5 

7 

7 

4-5S69 

34-3027 

5 

11 

18  7| 

27-4943 

205-6133 

2 

6 

7 

lOi 

4-9087 

36-7092 

2 

7 

8 

1§ 

5-2413 

39- 1964 

2 

8 

8 

7| 

5-5850 

41  7668 

6 

18  \H 

19  U 

28-2744 

211-4472 

2 

9 

8 

5-9395 

44-4  J  79 

6 

3 

30-6796 

229-4342 

2 

10 

8 

io| 

6-3049 

47- 1505 

6 

6 

20  4| 

331831 

2481.564 

2 

11 

9 

H 

6-6813 

49-9634 

6 

9 

21  2| 

35-7847 

267-6122 

3 
3 

1 

9 
9 

5 

lia 

70686 
7-4666 

52-8618 
55-8382 

7 
7 

|21  Hi 
322  91 

38-4846 
41  2825 

287-8032 
308-7270 

3 

2 

q 

7  8757 

58-8976 

7 

6:23  6i 

44-1787 

330-3859 

3 

3  10 

24 

8-2957 

62  0386 

7 

9  24  4| 

471730 

352-7665 

3 
3 

410 
5,10 

5§ 
83 

lU 

8-7265 
9-1683 

65-2602 
68  5193 

8 

25  li 

50  2656 

373-9062 

3 

6  10 

9-6211 

73-1504 

8 

3  25  11 

534562 

399-7668 

3 

7  11 

s'' 

100846 

75-4166 

8 

6  26  8| 

56-7451 

424-3625 

3 

8!ll 

H 

10-5591 

78-9652 

8 

927  5| 

601321 

449-2118 

3 
3 

9|ll 
10:12 

4 

11-0446 
11-5409 

825959 
86  3074 

9 

28  H 

636174 

475-7563 

3 

11 

12 

120481 

901004 

I 

3 
6 

29  Of 
29  lOJ 

67-2007 
70-8823 

502-5536 
530-0861 

4 

12 

6| 

12-5664 

93  9754 

9 

9 

30  7.^ 

74-6620 

558-3522 

4 

112 

9| 

13-0952 

97-9310 

4 

2ll3 

1' 

13-6353 

101-9701 

10 

31  5 

78-5400 

587  3534 

4 

3  13 

4^ 

14-1862 

1030300 

10 

3]32  2| 
6132  111 

82-3160 

617-0876 

4 

4;i3 

7! 

14-7479 

110  2907 

10 

S6-5903 

647-5568 

4 

5'l3 

lOi 

15-3206 

11!  .5735 

10 

9l33  9^ 

90-7627 

678-2797 

44        DIAMETERS    AND   CIRCUMFERENCES    OF    CIRCLES. 


Diam, 


Ft.  In. 
11 

11  3 

11  6 

11  9 

12 

12  3 
12  6 

12  9 

13 

13  3 
13  6 

13  9 

14 

14  3 
14  6 

14  9 

15 

15  3 
15  6 

15  9 

16 

16  3 
16  6 

16  9 

17 

17  3 
17  6 

17  9 

18 

18  3 
18  6 

18  9 

19 

19  3 
19  6 

19  9 

20 

20  3 
20  6 
20  9 


Circ. 


47     li 

47  lOi 

48  8^ 

49  5| 


56  6h 

57  4 

58  If 

58  10| 

59  8^ 

60  5| 

61  3^ 

62  0| 

62  91 

63  7| 

64  4| 

65  2i 


Area  in  ft, 


95-0334 

99-4021 

103-8691 

108-4342 

113-0976 
117-8590 
1227187 
127-6765 

132-7326 
137-8867 
143-1391 
148-4896 

153-9384 
159-4852 
165-1303 
170-8735 

176-7150 
182  6545 
188-69-23 
194-8282 

201-0624 
207-3946 
213-8251 
220-3537 

226  9806 
2337055 
240-5287 
247-4500 

254-4696 
261-5872 
2688031 
276-1171 

283-5294 
291-0397 
298-6483 
306-3550 

314-1600 
322  0630 
3300643 
338-1637 


Gallons. 


1  ft.  in  depth 
710-6977 
743-3686 
776-7746 
8109143 

848-1890 
881-3966 
917-7395 
954-8159 

992-6274 
1031-1719 
1070-4514 
1108-0645 

1151-2129 
1192-6940 
12349104 
1277-8615 

1321-5454 
1365-9634 
1407-5165 
1457-0032 

1503-6250 
15509797 
1599.0696 
1647-8930 

1697-4516 
1747-7431 

1798  7698 
1850-5301 

19030254 
1956-2537 
2010-2171 
2064-9140 

2120-3462 
2176-5113 
2233  2914 
2291-0452 

2349-4141 

2408-5159 
2468-3528 
2528  9233 


Diam. 


I  Ft.  In 
21 

21  3 
21  6 
21     9 


Circ.    Area  in  ft. 


Ft.    In 

65  11#  346-3614 


69  1 

69  10 

70  84 

71  5| 

72  3 

73  Oii 

3  91 

74  li 

75  4| 

76  2J 

76  11# 

77  9 

78  6| 

79  3 

80  Ij 

80  10| 

81  81 

82  54 

83  3 

84  0| 

84  9| 

85  8| 

86  4| 

87  2l 

87  lU 
9 

89  6| 

90  3| 

91  14 

91  lOl 

92  Sl 

93  5| 

94  21 

95  of 

95  9| 

96  74 


354-6571 
363-0511 
371-5432 

3801336 
388-8220 
397-6087 
406-4935 

415-4766 
424-5577 
433-7371 
4430146 

452-3904 
461-8642 
471-4363 
481-1065 

490-8750 
500-7415 
510-7063 
520  7692 

530-9304 
541-1896 
551-5471 
562-0027 

.572  5566 
5832085 
593-9587 
604-8070 

615-7536 
626-7982 
637-9411 
649-1821 

660-5214 
671-9587 
683-4943 
695-1280 

706-8600 
718-6900 
730-6183 
742-6447 


Gallons. 


1  ft.  in  depth 
2590-2290 
2652  2532 
2715-0413 
2778-5486 

2842-7910 
2907-7664 
2973-4889 
3039-9209 

3107-1001 
3175-0122 
3243-6595 
33130403 

33831563 
3454-0051 
3525-5929 
3597-9068 

3670-9596 
3744-7452 
3819-2657 
3894-5203 

3970-5098 
4047-2322 
4124-6898 
4202-9610 

4281-8072 
4361-4664 
4441-8607 
4522-9886 

4604-8517 
4686-4876 
4770-7787 
4854  8434 

4939-6432 
5025-1759 
5111-44S7 
5198-4451 

5286-1818 
5374-6512 
54638558 
5553-7940 


CAPACITY  OF  CANS  IN  GALLONS. 


45 


CAPACITY  OF  CANS  ONE  INCH  DEEP. 

rTIUTT  OF  THE  TABLE. 

Required  the  contents  of  a  vessel,  diameter  6  ~-10tks  inches,  depth  10  inches? 

By  the  table  a  vessel  1  inch  deep  and  6  and  ~-10tlui  inches  diameter  contains 
.15  (hundredths)  of  a  gallon,  then  .15  X  10  =  1-50  or  1  gallon  and  2  quarts. 

Required  the  contents  of  a  can,  diameter  19  8-lOlhs  inches,  depth  30  inches  ? 

By  the  table  a  vessel  1  inch  deep  and  19  and  8-Wths  inches  diameter  contains 
1  gallon  and  .33  (hundredths),  then  1.33  X  30  =  39.90  or  nearly  40  gallons. 

Required  the  depth  of  a  can  whose  diameter  is  12  and  2-10«As  inches,  to  con- 
tain 16  gallons. 

By  the  table  a  vessel  1  inch  deep  and  12  and  2-10rt«  inches  diameter  contains 
.50  (hundredths  of  a  gallon),  then  16  -r-  .50  =  32  inches  the  depth  required,  viz  : 
.50  )  16  (  32  X  -50  =  16  gallons. 


Diam- 
«er. 

tV 

T% 

3 

^a 

T^TT 

T% 

^ 

A 

A 

3 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.05 

4 

.05 

.05 

.05 

.05 

.06 

.06 

.07 

.07 

.07 

.08 

5 

.08 

.08 

.08 

.09 

.09 

.10 

.10 

.11 

.11 

.11 

6 

.12 

.12 

.12 

.13 

.13 

.14 

.14 

.15 

.15 

.16 

7 

.16 

.17 

.17 

.18 

'.18 

.19 

.19 

.20 

.20 

.21 

8 

.21 

.22 

.22 

.23 

.23 

.24 

.25 

.25 

.26 

.26 

9 

.27 

.28 

.28 

.29 

.30 

.30 

.31 

.31 

.32 

.33 

10 

.34 

.34 

.35 

.36 

.36 

.37 

.38 

.38 

.39 

.40 

11 

.41 

.41 

.42 

.43 

.44 

.44 

.45 

.46 

.47 

.48 

12 

.48 

.49 

.50 

.51 

.52 

.53 

.53 

.54 

.55 

.56 

13 

.57 

.58 

.59 

.60 

.60 

.61 

.62 

.63 

.64 

.65 

14 

.66 

.67 

.68 

.69 

.70 

.71 

.72 

.73 

.74 

.75 

15 

.76 

.77 

.78 

.79 

.80 

.81 

.82 

.83 

.84 

.85 

16 

.87 

.88 

.89 

.90 

.91 

.92 

.93 

.94 

.95 

.97 

17 

.98 

.99 

1.005 

1.017 

1.028 

1.040 

1.051 

1.063 

1.075 

1.036 

18 

1.101 

1.113 

1.125 

1.138 

1.150 

1.162 

1.170 

1.187 

1.200 

1.211 

19 

1.227 

1.240 

1.253 

1  266 

1.279 

1.292 

1.304 

1  317 

1.330 

1.343 

2U 

1.360 

1.373 

1.385 

1.400 

1.414 

1.428 

1.441 

1.455 

1.478 

1.482 

21 

1.499 

1.513 

1.527 

1.542 

1.5.56 

1.570 

1-585 

1.600 

1.612 

1.630 

22 

1.6# 

1.660 

1.675 

1.696 

1.705 

1.720 

1.735 

1  750 

1.770 

1.780 

23 

1.798 

1.814 

1.830 

1.845 

1.861 

1.876 

1.892 

1.908 

1.923 

1.940 

24 

1.958 

1.974 

1.991 

2.007 

2.023 

2.040 

2.056 

2.072 

2.096 

2.105 

25 

12.125 

2.142 

2.159 

2.176 

2.193 

2.210 

2  227 

2.244 

2.261 

2.280 

26 

2.298 

2.316 

2.,333 

2.351 

2.369 

2.386 

2404 

2.422 

2.440 

2.460 

27 

'2.478 

2.496 

2.515 

2.533 

2.552 

2.570 

2.588 

2.607 

2.625 

2.643 

28 

2.665 

2.684 

2.703 

2.722 

2.741 

2.764 

2.780 

2.800 

2.820 

2.836 

29 

2.859 

2.879 

2.898 

2.918 

2.938 

2.958 

2.977 

2.997 

3.017 

3.036 

30 

3.060 

3.080 

3.100 

3.121 

3.141 

3.162 

3.182 

3.202 

3.223 

3.245 

31 

3.267 

3.288 

3.309 

3.330 

3.351 

3.372 

3.393 

3414 

3.4.36 

3.457 

32 

3.481 

3.503 

3.524 

3.543 

3.568 

3.590 

3.612 

3.633 

3.655 

3.689 

33 

3.702 

3.725 

3.747 

3.773 

3.795 

3.814 

3.837 

3  860 

3.882 

3.904 

34 

3.930 

3.9.53 

3.976 

4.003 

4.022 

4.046 

4.070 

4.092 

4.115 

4.140 

35 

4.165 

4.188 

4.212 

4.236 

4.260 

4.284 

4307 

4.331 

4.355 

4.380 

36 

4.406 

4.430 

4.455 

4.483 

4.503 

4.528 

4.553 

4  577 

4.602 

4.626 

37 

4.654 

4.679 

4.704 

4.730 

4.755 

4.780  4.805 

4.834 

4.855 

4.880 

38 

4.909 

4.935 

4.961 

4.987 

5.012 

5.038  5.064 

5.090 

5.120 

5.142 

39 

5.171 

5.197 

5.224 

5.250 

5.277 

5.304  5  330 

5.357 

5.383  5.410 

40 

5.440 

5.467 

5.491 

5.521 

5.548 

5.576  5.603 

5.630 

5.657  5.684 

46  CRYSTALLIZED    TIN-PLATE. 


CRYSTALLIZED    TIN-PLATE. 

Crystallized  tin-plate,  is  a  variegated  primrose  appearance,  pro- 
duced upon  the  surface  of  tin-plate,  by  applying  to  it  in  a  heated  state 
some  dilute  nitro-muriatic  acid  for  a  few  seconds,  then  washing  it  with 
water,  drying,  and  coating  it  with  lacker.  The  figures  are  more  or 
less  beautiful  and  diversified,  according  to  the  degree  of  heat,  and 
relative  dilution  of  the  acid.  Place  the  tin-plate,  slightly  heated, 
over  a  tub  of  water,  and  rub  its  surface  with  a  sponge  dipped  in  a 
liquor  composed  of  four  parts  of  aquafortis,  and  two  of  distilled  water, 
holding  one  part  of  common  salt  or  sal  ammoniac  in  solution.  When- 
ever the  crystalline  spangles  seem  to  be  thoroughly  brought  out,  the 
plate  must  be  immersed  in  water,  washed  either  with  a  feather  or  a 
little  cotton  (taking  care  not  to  rub  otf  the  film  of  tin  that  forms  the 
feathering),  forthwith  dried  with  a  low  heat,  and  coated  with  a  lacker 
varnish,  otherwise  it  loses  its  lustre  in  the  air.  If  the  whole  surface 
is  not  plunged  at  once  in  cold  water,  but  if  it  be  partially  cooled  by 
sprinkling  water  on  it,  the  crystallization  will  be  finely  vai'iegated 
with  large  and  small  figures.  Similar  results  will  be  obtained  by 
blowing  cold  air  through  a  pipe  on  the  tinned  surface,  while  it  is  just 
passing  from  the  fused  to  the  solid  state. 


TINNING. 

1.  Plates  or  vessels  of  brass  or  copper,  boiled  with  a  solution  of 
stannate  of  potassa,  mixed  with  turnings  of  tin,  become,  in  the 
course  of  a  few  minutes,  covered  with  a  firmly  attached  layer  of  pure 
tin. — 2.  A  similar  effect  is  produced  by  boiling  the  articles  with  tin 
filings  and  caustic  alkali,  or  cream  of  tartar.  In  the  above  way, 
chemical  vessels  made  of  copper  or  brass  may  be  easily  and  perfectly 
tinned.  _ 


NEW   TINNING   PROCESS. 

The  articles  to  be  tinned  are  first  covered  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  and  when  quite  clean  are  placed  in  warm  water,  then  dipped 
in  a  solution  of  muriatic  acid,  copper  and  zinc,  and  then  plunged  into 
a  tin  bath  to  which  a  small  quantity  of  zinc  has  been  added.  When 
the  tinning  is  finished,  the  articles  are  taken  out  and  plunged  into 
boiling  water.  The  operation  is  completed  by  placing  them  in  a  very 
warm  sand  bath.     This  last  process  softens  the  iron. 


KUSTITIEN'S   METAL    FOR   TINNING. 

Malleable  iron  1  pound,  heat  to  whiteness  ;  add  5  ounces  regulus 
of  antimony,  and  Molucca  tin  24  pounds. 


RECEIPTS 

FOR   THE   USE    OF 

JAPANNERS,    YARNISHERS, 

BUILDERS  AND   MECHANICS, 

AND  FOR 
OTHER  USEFUL  AND  IMPORTANT  PURPOSES 

IN   THE 

PRACTICAL    ARTS. 


PKACTICAL    RECEIPTS. 


[Tie  following  Receipts  are  selected  from  "  Ure's  Dictionary,"  "  Cooley's  Cy- 
clopedia," "  Muspratt's  Chemistry,"  and  other  valuable  sources.] 


JAPANNING    AND    VARNISHING. 

Japanning  is  the  art  of  covering  bodies  by  groiinds  of  opaque 
colors  in  varnish,  which  may  be  aftcrivards  decorated  by  printing 
or  gilding,  or  left  in  a  plain  state.  It  is  also  to  be  looked  upon  in 
another  sense,  as  that  of  ornamenting  coaches,  snuff  boxes,  screens, 
&c.  All  surfaces  to  bo  japanned  must  be  perfectly  clean,  and 
leather  should  be  stretched  on  frames.  Paper  should  be  stiff  for 
japanning. 

The  French  prime  all  their  japanned  articles,  the  English  do 
not.  This  priming  is  generally  of  common  size.  Those  articles 
that  are  primed  thus,  never  endure  as  well  as  those  that  receive  the 
japan  coating  on  the  first  operation,  and  thus  it  is  that  those 
articles  of  japan  work  that  are  primed  with  size  when  they  are  used 
for  some  time,  crack,  and  the  coats  of  japan  fly  off  in  flakes. 

A  solution  of  strong  isinglass  size  and  honey,  or  sugar  candy, 
makes  a  good  japan  varnish  to  cover  water  colors  on  gold  grounds. 

A  pure  white  pi-iming  for  japanning,  for  the  cheap  method,  is 
made  with  parchment  size,  and  one-third  of  isinglass,  laid  on  very 
thin  and  smooth.  It  is  the  better  for  three  coats,  and  when  the  last 
coat  is  dry,  it  is  prepared  to  receive  the  painting  or  figures.  Pre- 
vious to  the  last  coat,  however,  the  work  should  be  smoothly  polish- 
ed. When  wood  or  leather  is  to  be  japanned,  and  no  priming  used, 
the  best  plan  is  to  lay  on  two  or  three  coats  of  varnish  made  of 
seed-lac  and  resin,  two  ounces  each,  dissolved  in  alcohol  and 
strained  through  a  cloth.  This  varnish  should  be  put  on  in  a  warm 
place,  and  the  work  to  be  varnished  should,  if  possible,  be  warm 
also,  and  all  dampness  should  be  avoided,  to  prevent  the  varnish 
from  being  chilled.  When  the  work  is  prepared  with  the  above 
composition  and  dry,  it  is  fit  for  the  proper  japan  to  be  laid  on.  If 
the  ground  is  not  to  be  white  the  best  varnish  now  to  be  used  is  made 
of  shellac,  as  it  is  the  best  vehicle  for  all  kind  of  colors.  This  is 
made  in  the  proportions  of  the  best  shellac,  five  ounces,  made  into 
powder,  steeped  in  a  quart  of  alcohol,  and  kept  at  a  gentle  heat  for 
two  or  three  days  and  shaken  frequently,  after  which  the  solution 
5 


60  JAPANNING   AND   VARNISHING. 

must  be  filtered  through  a  flannel  bag,  and  kept  in  a  Tvell  corked  bot- 
tle for  use.  This  varnish  for  hard  japanning  on  copper  or  tin  ■will 
stand  for  ever,  unless  fire  or  hammer  be  used  to  burn  or  beetle  it  off. 
The  color  to  be  used  with  shellac  varnish  may  be  of  any  pigments 
whatever  to  give  the  desired  shade,  as  this  varnish  will  mix  with 
any  color. 

WHITE   JAPAN   GROUNDS. 

To  form  a  hard,  perfect  white  ground  is  no  easy  matter,  as  the 
substances  which  are  generally  used  to  make  the  japan  hard,  have  a 
tendency,  by  a  number  of  coats,  to  look  or  become  dull  in  bright- 
ness. One  white  ground  is  made  by  the  following  composition  : 
white  flake  or  lead  washed  over  and  ground  up  with  a  sixth  of  its 
weight  of  starch,  then  dried  and  mixed  with  the  finest  gum,  ground 
up  in  parts  of  one  ounce  gum,  to  half  an  ounce  of  rectified  turpentine 
mixed  and  ground  thoroughly  together.  This  is  to  be  finely  laid  on 
the  article  to  be  japanned,  dried,  and  then  varnished  with  five  or  six 
coats  of  the  following :  two  ounces  of  the  whitest  seed-lac  to  three 
ounces  of  gum-anima  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  and  dissolved  in  a 
quart  of  alcohol.  This  lac  must  be  carefully  picked.  For  a  softer 
varnish  than  this,  a  little  turpentine  should  be  added,  and  less  of  the 
gum.  A  very  good  varnish  and  not  brittle,  may  be  made  by  dis- 
solving gum-anima  in  nut  oil,  boiling  it  gently  as  the  gum  is  added, 
and  giving  the  oil  as  much  gum  as  it  will  take  up.  The  ground  of 
white  varnish  may  of  itself  be  made  of  this  varnish,  by  giving  two 
or  three  coats  of  it,  but  when  used  it  should  be  diluted  with  pure 
turpentine.  Although  this  varnish  is  not  brittle  it  is  liable  to  be  in- 
dented with  strokes,  and  it  will  not  bear  to  be  polished,  but  if  well 
laid  on  it  will  not  need  polishing  afterwards  ;  it  also  takes  some  time 
to  dry.  Heat  applied  to  all  oils,  however,  darkens  their  color, 
and  oil  varnishes  for  white  grow  very  yellow  if  not  exposed  to  a  full 
clear  light. 

GXJM   COPAL. 

Copal  varnish  is  one  of  the  very  finest  varnishes  for  japanning 
purposes.  It  can  be  dissolved  by  linseed  oil,  rendered  diy  by  adding 
some  quicklime  at  a  heat  somewhat  less  than  will  boil  or  decompose 
the  oil  by  it. 

This  solution,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  turpentine,  forms  a 
very  transparent  varnish,  which,  when  properly  applied  and  slowly 
dried  is  very  hard  and  durable.  This  varnish  is  applied  to  snufif 
boxes,  tea  boards  and  other  utensils.  It  also  preserves  paintings 
and  renders  their  surfaces  capable  of  reflecting  light  more  uniformly. 

If  powdered  copal  be  mixed  in  a  mortar  with  camphor,  it  softens 
and  becomes  a  coherent  mass,  and  if  camphor  be  added  to  alcohol  it 
becomes  an  excellent  solvent  of  copal  by  adding  the  copal  well 
ground,  and  employing  a  tolerable  degree  of  heat,  having  the 
vessel  well  corked  which  must  have  a  long  neck  for  the  allowance  of 
expansion,  and  the  vessel  must  only  be  about  one-fourth  filled  with 
the  mixture.  Copal  can  also  be  incorporated  with  turpentine,  with 
one  part  of  powdered  copal  to  twelve  parts  of  pure  turpentine,  sub- 


JAPANIUNG    AND   VARNISHING.  51 

jected  to  the  heat  of  a  sand-bath  for  several  days  in  a  long  necked 
mattress,  shaking  it  frequently. 

Copal  is  a  good  varnish  for  metals,  such  as  tin;  the  varnish 
must  be  dried  in  an  oven,  each  coat,  and  it  can  be  colored  with  some 
substances,  but  alcohol  varnish  will  mix  with  any  coloring  matter. 
For  white  japans  or  varnishes,  we  have  already  shown  that  fine 
chalk  or  white  lead  was  used  as  a  basis,  and  the  varnishes  coated 
over  it. 

To  japan  or  varnish  white  leather,  so  that  it  may  be  elastic,  is 
altogether  a  different  work  from  varnishing  or  japanning  wood  or 
metal,  or  papier  mache. 

For  white  leather  oil  is  the  principal  ingredient,  as  it  is  well 
known  that  chalk  is  extensively  used  to  give  white  leather  its  pure 
color,  or  speaking  more  philosophically,  its  fair  colorless  whiteness. 
White  leather  having  already  the  basis  of  white  varnish,  it  should 
get  a  light  coat  of  the  pure  varnish,  before  mentioned,  and  dried 
well  in  the  oven,  or  a  coat  of  the  oil  copal  will  answer  very  well.  This 
being  well  dried,  boiled  nut  oil  nicely  coated  and  successively  dried, 
will  make  a  most  beautiful  white  varnish  for  leather,  not  liable  to 
crack.  This  quality  takes  a  long  time  to  dry,  and  of  course  is  more 
expensive.  Coarse  varnish  may  be  made  of  boiled  linseed  oil,  into 
which  is  added  gradually  the  acetate  of  lead  as  a  drier.  This  addi- 
tion must  be  done  very  cautiously  as  the  oil  will  be  apt  to  foam  over. 

A  better  and  more  safe  drying  mixture  than  the  mere  acetate  of 
lead,  is,  to  dissolve  the  acetate  of  lead  in  a  small  quantity  of  water, 
neutralize  the  acid  with  the  addition  of  pipe  clay,  evaporate  the 
sediment  to  perfect  dryness,  and  feed  the  oil  when  gently  boiling 
gradually  with  it. 

These  varnishes  or  japans,  as  far  as  described,  have  only  ref- 
erence to  white  grounds. 

There  is  some  nice  work  to  be  observed,  and  there  is  much  in 
applying  the  varnishes  at  the  right  time,  knowing  by  the  eye  the 
proper  moment  when  the  mixture  is  perfect,  or  when  to  add  any  in- 
gredient.   These  things  require  practice. 

BLACK   GEOCNDS. 

Black  grounds  for  japans  may  be  made  by  nflxing  ivory  black 
with  shellac  varnish  ;  or  for  coarse  work,  lamp  black  and  the  top 
coating  of  common  seedlac  varnish.  A  common  black  japan  may 
be  made  by  painting  a  piece  of  work  with  drying  oil,  (oil  mix^ 
with  lead,)  and  putting  the  work  into  a  stove,  not  too  hot,  but 
of  such  a  degree,  gradually  raising  the  heat  and  keeping  it  up 
for  a  long  time,  so  as  not  to  burn  the  oil  and  make  it  blister. 
This  process  makes  very  fair  japan  and  requires  no  polishing. 

BLACK   JAPAN. 

Naples  asphaltum  fifty  pounds,  dark  gum-anime  eight  pounds,  fuse, 
add  linseed  oil  twelve  gallons,  boil,  add  dark  gum  amber  ten  pounds, 
previously  fused  and  boiled  with  linseed  oU  two  gallons,  add  the 
driers,  and  proceed  as  last.     Used  for  wood  or  metab. 


52  JAPANNING     AND    VARUISHING. 


BEUNSWICK  BLACK. 

1.  Foreign  asphaltum  forty-Sve  pounds,  drying  oil  six  gallons, 
litharge  six  pounds,  boil  as  last,  and  thin  with  twenty-five  gallons 
of  oil  of  turpentine.  Used  for  ironwork,  &c.  2.  Black  pitch  and 
gas  tar  asphaltum,  of  each  twenty-five  pounds,  boil  gently  for  five 
hours,  then  add  linseed  oil  eight  gallons,  litharge  and  red  lead,  of 
each  ten  pounds,  boil  as  before,  and  thin  with  oil  of  turpentine  twen- 
ty gallons.     Inferior  to  the  last,  but  cheaper. 

BLUE   JAPAN   GE0TJND3. 

Blue  japan  grounds  may  be  formed  of  bright  Prussian  blue. 
The  color  may  be  mixed  with  shellac  varnish,  and  brought  to  a  pol- 
ishing state  by  five  or  six  coats  of  varnish  of  seed-lac.  The  varnish, 
however,  is  apt  to  give  a  greenish  tinge  to  the  blue,  as  the  varnish 
has  a  yellowish  tinge,  and  blue  and  yellow  form  a  green.  Whenever 
a  light  blue  is  desired,  the  purest  vamish  must  always  be  used. 

SCARLET   JAPAN. 

Ground  vermilion  may  be  used  for  this,  but  being  so  glaring  it 
is  not  beautiful  unless  covered  over  with  rose-pmk,  or  lake,  which 
have  a  good  effect  when  thus  used.  For  a  very  bright  crimson 
ground,  safilower  or  Indian  lake  should  be  used,  always  dissolved  in 
the  alcohol  of  which  the  varnish  is  made.  In  place  of  this  lake, 
carmine  may  be  used,  as  it  is  more  common.  The  top  coat  of  var- 
nish must  always  be  of  the  white  seed-lac,  which  has  been  befoi-e 
described,  and  as  many  coats  given  as  will  be  thought  proper  ;  it  is 
easy  to  judge  of  this. 

YELLOW     GROUNDS. 

If  turmeric  be  dissolved  in  the  spirit  of  wine  and  strained 
through  a  cloth,  and  then  mixed  with  pure  seed-lac  varnish,  it  makes 
a  good  yellow  japan.  Saffron  will  answer  for  the  same  purpose  in 
the  same  way,  but  the  brightest  yellow  ground  is  made  l)y  a  primary 
coat  of  pure  crome  yellow,  and  coated  successively  with  the  varnish. 

Dutch  pink  is  usetl  for  a  kind  of  cheap  yellow  japan  ground.  If 
a  little  dragon's  Uood  be  added  to  the  vamish  for  yellow  japan,  a 
most  beautiful  and  rich  salmon-colored  varnish  is  the  result,  and  by 
these  two  mixtures  all  the  shades  of  flesh-colored  japans  are  produced. 

GREEN   JAPAN   GROUNDS. 

A  good  green  may  be  made  by  mixing  Prussian  blue  along  with 
the  cremate  of  lead,  or  with  turmeric,  or  orpiment,  (sulphuret  of 
arsenic)  or  ochre,  only  the  two  should  be  ground  together  and  dis- 
solved in  alcohol  and  applied  as  a  ground,  then  coated  with  four  or 
five  coats  of  shellac  varnish,  in  the  manner  already  described.  A 
very  bright  green  is  made  by  laying  on  a  ground  of  Dutch  metal,  or 
leaf  of  gold,  and  then  coating  it  over  with  distilled  verdigris  dissolved 
in  alcohol,  then  the  varnishes  on  the  top.  This  is  a  splendid  green, 
brilliant  and  glowing. 


JAPANNING   AND   VARNISHING.  53 


ORANGE  COLORED    GROUNDS. 

Orange  grounds  may  be  made  of  yellow  mixed  with  vermilion 
or  carmine,  just  as  a  bright  or  rather  inferior  color  is  wanted.  The 
yellow  should  always  be  in  quantity  to  make  a  good  full  color,  and 
the  red  added  in  proportion  to  the  depth  of  shade.  If  there  is 
not  a  good  full  body  of  yellow,  the  color  will  look  watery,  or  bare,  as 
it  is  technically  termed. 

PURPLE    JAPAN    GROUNDS. 

This  is  made  by  a  mixture  of  lake  and  Prussian  blue,  or  er- 
mine, or  for  an  inferior  color  vermilion,  and  treated  as  the  foregoing. 
When  the  ground  is  laid  on  and  perfectly  dried,  a  fine  coat  of  pure 
boiled  nut  oil  then  laid  on  and  perfectly  dried,  is  a  good  method  to 
have  a  japan,  not  liable  to  crack.  But  a  better  plan  is  to  use 
this  oil  in  the  varnish  given,  the  first  coat,  after  the  ground  is  laid 
on,  and  which  should  contain  considerable  of  pure  turpentine.  In 
every  case  where  oil  is  used  for  any  purpose  for  varnish,  it  is  all  the 
better  if  turpentine  is  mbced  with  it.  Turpentine  enables  oils  to 
mix  with  either  alcohol  or  water.     Alkalies  have  this  property  also. 

BLACK   JAPAN. 

1.  Asphaltum  three  ounces,  boiled  oil  four  quarts,  burnt  umber 
eight  ounces.  Mix  by  heat,  and  when  cooling  thin  with  turpentine. 
2.  Amber  twelve  ounces,  asphaltum  two  ounces  ;  fuse  by  heat,  add 
boiled  oil  half  a  pint,  resin  two  ounces  ;  when  cooling  add  sixteen 
ounces  oil  of  turpentine.    Both  are  used  to  varnish  metals. 

JAPAN  BLACK  FOR  LEATHER. 

1.  Burnt  umber  four  ounces,  true  asphaltum  two  ounces,  boiled 
oil  two  quarts.  Dissolve  the  asphaltum  by  heat  in  a  little  of  the  oil, 
add  the  burnt  umber  ground  in  oil,  and  the  remainder  of  the  oil, 
mix,  cool,  and  thin  with  turpentine.  Flexible.  2.  Shellac  one  part, 
wood  naphtha  four  parts,  dissolve,  and  color  with  lampblack.  In- 
flexible. 

TRANSPARENT  JAPAN. 

Oil  of  turpentine  four  ounces,  oil  of  lavender  three  ounces,  cam- 
phor one-half  drachm,  copal  one  ounce  ;  dissolve.  Used  to  japan 
tin,  but  quick  copal  varnish  is  mostly  used  instead. 

JAPANNERS'    COPAL  VARNISH. 

Pale  African  copal  seven  pounds,  fuse,  add  clarified  linseed  oil  one 
half  gallon,  boil  for  five  minutes,  remove  it  into  the  open  air,  add 
boiling  oil  of  turpentine  three  gallons,  mix  well,  strain  it  into  the  cis- 
tern, and  cover  it  up  immediately.  Used  to  varnish  furniture,  and 
by  japanners,  coachmakers,  &c.  Dries  in  15  minutes,  and  may  be 
polished  as  soon  as  hard. 
5* 


54  JAPANNING   AND   VARNISHING. 


TORTOISE   SHELL   JAPAN. 

This  varnish  is  prepared  by  taking  of  good  linseed  oil  one  gal- 
lon, and  of  umber  half  a  pound,  and  boiling  them  together  until 
the  oil  becomes  very  brown  and  thick,  when  they  are  strained 
through  a  cloth  and  boiled  again  until  the  composition  is  about 
the  consistence  of  pitch,  when  it  is  fit  for  use.  Having  prepared 
this  varnish,  clean  well  the  copper  or  iron  plate  or  vessel  that  is 
to  be  varnished,  (japanned,)  and  then  lay  vermillion,  mixed  with 
shellac  varnish,  or  with  drying  oil,  diluted  with  turpentine,  very 
thinly  on  the  places  intended  to  imitate  the  clean  parts  of  the 
tortbise  shell.  When  the  veimillion  is  dry  brush  over  the  whole  with 
the  above  umber  varnish  diluted  to  a  due  consistence  with  tur- 
pentine, and  when  it  is  set  and  firm,  it  must  be  put  into  a  stove 
and  undergo  a  strong  heat  for  a  long  time,  even  two  weeks  will 
not  hurt  it.  This  is  the  ground  for  those  beautiful  snuff  boxes 
and  tea  boards  which  are  so  much  admired,  and  those  grounds  can 
be  decorated  with  all  kinds  of  paintings  that  fancy  may  suggest, 
and  the  work  is  all  the  better  to  be  finished  in  an  annealing 
oven. 

PAINTING   JAPAN  WORK. 

The  colors  to  be  painted  are  tempered,  generally,  in  oil,  which 
should  have  at  least  one-fourth  of  its  weight  of  gum  sandarach,  or 
mastic  dissolved  in  it,  and  it  should  be  well  diluted  with  turpen- 
tine, that  the  colors  may  be  laid  on  -thin  and  evenly.  In  some 
instances  it  does  well  to  put  on  water  colors  or  grounds  of  gold, 
which  a  skilful  hand  can  do  and  manage  so  as  to  make  the  work 
appear  as  if  it  was  embossed.  These  water  colors  are  best  pre- 
pared by  means  of  isinglass  size,  mixed  with  honey,  or  sugar  candy. 
These  colors  when  laid  on  must  receive  a  number  of  upper  coats 
of  the  varnish  we  have  described  before. 

JAPANNING   OLD   TEA-TRAYS. 

First  clean  them  thoroughly  with  soap  and  water  and  a  little  rotten 
stone  ;  then  dry  them  by  wiping  and  exposure  at  the  fire.  Now,  get 
some  good  copal  varnish,  mix  with  it  some  bronze  powder,  and  apply 
with  a  brush  to  the  denuded  parts.  After  which  set  the  tea-tray  in 
an  oven  at  a  heat  of  212"  or  300°  ixntil  the  varnish  is  dry.  Two  coats 
will  make  it  equal  to  new. 

JAPAN   FINISHING. 

The  finishing  part  of  japanning  lies  in  laying  on  and  polishing  the 
outer  coats  of  varnish,  which  is  necessary  in  all  painted  or  simply 
ground  colored  japan  work.  When  brightness  and  clearness  are 
wanted,  the  white  kind  of  varnish  is  necessary,  for  seed-lac  varnish, 
which  is  the  hardest  and  most  tenacious,  imparts  a  yellow  tinge. 
A  mixed  varnish,  we  believe,  is  the  best  for  this  purpose,  that  is,  for 
combining  hardness  and  purity.    Take  then  three  ounces  of  seed-lac, 


VARNISHES.  55 

picked  very  carefully  from  all  sticks  and  dirt  and  washing  it  well 
with  cold  water,  stirring  it  up,  pouring  it  off,  and  continuing  the 
process  until  the  water  runs  off  perfectly  pure.  Dry  it  and  then 
reduce  it  to  powder,  and  put  it  with  a  pint  of  pure  alcohol  into  a 
bottle,  of  which  it  must  occupy  only  two-thirds  of  its  space.  This 
mixture  must  be  shaken  well  together  and  the  bottle  kept  at  a  gentle 
heat  (being  corked)  until  the  lac  be  dissolved.  When  this  is  the 
case,  the  clear  must  be  pourefl  ofiF,  and  the  remainder  strained  through 
a  cloth,  and  all  the  clear,  strained  and  poured,  must  be  kept  in  a  well 
stopped  bottle.  The  manner  of  using  this  seed-lac  varnish  is  the 
same  as  that  before  described,  and  a  fine  polishing  varnish  is 
made  by  mixing  this  with  the  pure  white  varnish.  The  pieces 
of  work  to  be  varnished  for  finishing  should  be  placed  neara 
stove,  or  in  a  warm,  dry  room,  and  one  coat  should  be  perfectly 
dry  before  the  other  is  applied.  The  varnish  is  applied  by  proper 
brushes,  beginning  at  the  middle,  passing  the  stroke  to  one  end  and 
with  the  other  stroke  from  the  middle  to  the  other  end.  Great  skill 
is  displayed  in  laying  on  these  coats  of  varnish.  If  possible  the  skill 
of  hand  should  never  cross,  or  twice  pass  over  in  giving  one  coat. 
When  one  coat  is  dry  another  must  be  laid  over  it,  and  so  on  succes- 
sively for  a  number  of  coats,  so  that  the  coating  should  be  sufficiently 
thick  to  stand  fully  all  the  polishing,  so  as  not  to  bare  the  surface  of 
the  colored  work.  When  a  sufficient  number  of  coats  are  thus  laid 
on,  the  work  is  fit  to  be  polished,  which,  in  common  cases,  is  com- 
menced with  a  rag  dipped  in  finely  powdered  rotten  stone,  and 
towards  the  end  of  the  rubbing  a  little  oil  should  be  used  along  with 
the  powder,  and  when  the  work  appears  fine  and  glossy  a  little  oil 
should  be  used  alone  to  clean  off  the  powder  and  give  the  work  a 
still  brighter  hue.  In  very  fine  work,  French  whiting  should  be  used, 
which  should  be  washed  in  water  to  remove  any  sand  that  might  be 
in  it.  Pumice  stone  ground  to  a  very  fine  powder  is  used  for  the 
first  part  of  polishing,  and  the  finishing  done  with  whiting.  It  is 
always  best  to  dry  the  varnish  of  all  japan  work  by  heat.  'For 
wood  work,  heat  must  be  sparingly  used,  but  for  metals  the  varnish 
should  be  dried  in  an  oven,  also  for  papier  mache  and  leather.  The 
metal  will  stand  the  greatest  heat,  and  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
darken  by  too  high  a  temperature.  When  gold  size  is  used  in  gild- 
ing for  japan  work,  where  it  is  desired  not  to  have  the  gold  shine, 
or  appear  burnished,  the  gold  size  should  be  used  with  a  little  of  the 
spirits  of  turpentine  and  a  little  oil,  but  when  a  considerable  degree 
of  lustre  is  wanted  without  burnishing  and  the  preparation  neces- 
sary for  it,  a  little  of  the  size  along  with  oil  alone  should  be  used. 


VARNISHES,  —  mSCELLANEOUS. 

Different  substances  are  employed  for  making  varnish,  the  object 
being  to  produce  a  liquid  easily  applied  to  the  surface  of  cloth, 
paper  or  metal,  which,  when  dry,  wUl  protect  it  with  a  fine  skin. 


56  VARNISHES. 

Gums  and  resins  are  the  substances  employed  for  making  varnishes; 
they  are  dissolved  either  in  turpentine,  alcohol,  or  oil,  in  a  close 
stone  ware,  glass  or  metal  vessel,  exposed  to  a  low  heat,  as  the  case 
may  require,  or  cold.  The  alcohol  or  turpentine  dissolves  the  gum 
or  resin,  and  holds  them  in  solution,  and  after  the  application  of 
the  varnish,  this  mixture  being  mechanical,  the  moisture  of  the 
liquid  evaporates,  and  the  gum  adheres  to  the  article  to  which  it  is 
applied. 

The  choice  of  linseed  oil  is  of  peculiar  consequence  to  the  varnish- 
maker.  Oil  from  fine  full-grown  ripe  seed,  when  viewed  in  a  vial, 
will  appear  limpid,  pale,  and  brilliant ;  it  is  mellow  and  sweet  to  the 
taste,  has  very  little  smell,  is  specifically  lighter  than  impure  oil,  and, 
when  clarified,  dries  quickly  and  firmly,  and  does  not  materially 
change  the  color  of  the  varnish  when  made,  but  appears  limpid  and 
brilliant. 


The  following  are  the  chief  Resins  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 
Varnishes. 


This  resin  is  most  distinguished  for  durability.  It  is  usually  of 
some  shade  of  yellow,  transparent,  hard,  and  moderately  tough. 
Heated  in  air,  it  fuses  at  about  549°  ;  it  burns  with  a  clear  flame, 
emitting  a  pleasant  odor. 


This  is  imported  from  the  East  Indies.  The  large,  transparent, 
pale-yellow  pieces,  with  vitreous  fracture,  are  best  suited  for  var- 
nish. Inferior  qualities  are  employed  for  manufacturing  gold-size  or 
japan-black.  Although  superior  to  amber  in  its  capacity  for  drying, 
and  equal  in  hardness,  varnish  made  from  anime  deepens  in  color  on 
exposure  to  air,  and  is  very  liable  to  crack.  It  is,  however,  much 
used  for  mixing  with  copal  varnish. 


This  is  a  gum-resin  but  little  used  in  varnishes,  on  account  of  ita 
costliness. 

COLOPHOKT. 

This  resin  is  synonymous  with  arcanson  and  rosin.  When  the 
resinous  juice  of  Pinus  sylvestris  and  other  varieties  is  distilled, 
colophony  remains  in  the  retort.  Its  dark  color  is  due  to  the  action 
of  the  fire.  Dissolved  in  linseed  oil,  or  in  turpentine  by  the  aid  ol 
heat,  colophony  forms  a  brilliant,  hard,  but  brittle  varnish. 


This  is  a  gum-resin  of  immense  importance  to  the  varnish-maker. 
It  consists  of  several  minor  resins  of  different  degrees  of  solubility. 


VARNISHES.  5^ 

In  durability,  it  is  only  second  to  amber.  When  made  into  varnish, 
the  better  sorts  become  lighter  in  color  by  exposure  to  air. 

Copal  is  generally  imported  in  large  lumps  about  the  size  of  pota- 
toes. The  clearest  and  palest  are  selected  for  what  is  called  body- 
gum  ;  the  second  best  forms  carriage-gum  ;  whilst  the  residue,  freed 
from  the  many  impurities  with  which  it  is  associated,  constitutes 
worst  quality,  fitted  only  for  japan-black  or  gold-size. 

In  alcohol,  copal  is  but  little  soluble  ;  but  it  is  said  to  become 
more  so  by  reducing  it  to  a  fine  powder,  and  exposing  it  to  atmos- 
pheric influences  for  twelve  months,  jgoiling  alcohol  or  spirit  of 
turpentine,  when  poured  upon  fused  copal,  accomplishes  its  complete 
solution,  provided  the  solvent  be  not  added  in  too  large  proportions 
at  a  time.  The  addition  of  camphor  also  promotes  the  solubility  of 
copal  ;  so  likewise  does  oil  of  rosemary. 


This  is  a  tasteless,  inodorous,  whitish  resin,  easily  soluble  in  oils. 
It  is  not  so  hard  as  mastic,  with  which  it  forms  a  good  admixture. 


This  is  a  resin  of  a  yellow  color,  semi-transparent,  and  of  faint 
fragrance.  Of  the  two  resins  which  it  contains,  one  is  crystallizable 
and  soluble  in  cold  alcohol. 


This  constitutes  the  basis  of  spirit-varnish.  The  resin  is  soluble 
in  strong  alcohol  aided  by  heat.  Its  solution  in  ammonia  may  be 
used  as  a  varnish,  when  the  articles  coated  with  it  are  not  exposed 
more  than  an  hour  or  two  at  a  time  to  water. 


This  is  a  soft  resin  of  considerable  lustre.  The  two  sorts  in  com- 
merce are,  i7i  tears  and  the  common  mastic  ;  the  former  is  the  purer 
of  the  two.  It  consists  of  two  resins,  one  of  which  is  soluble  in  di- 
lute alcohol.  With  oil  of  turpentine,  it  forms  a  very  pale  varnish, 
of  great  lustre,  which  flows  readily,  and  works  easily.  Moreover,  it 
can  be  readily  removed  by  friction  with  the  hand  ;  hence  its  use  for 
delicate  work  of  every  description. 

SANDARACH. 

This  is  a  pale,  odorous  resin,  less  hard  than  lac,  with  which  it  is 
often  associated  as  a  spirit-varnish.  It  consists  of  three  resins  difier- 
ing  as  to  solubility  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  turpentine.  It  forms  a 
good  pale  varnish  for  light-colored  woods  ;  when  required  to  be 
poli.shed,  Venice  turpentine  is  added  to  give  it  body. 

Of  the  solvents  of  these  various  resins,  little  need  be  said.  In  the 
manufacture  of  varnishes,  great  care,  as  well  as  cleanliness,  are  re- 
quired. The  resins  should  be  washed  in  hot  water,  to  free  them  from 
particles  of  dust  and  dirt  ;  they  should  be  dried  and  assorted  accord- 


58  VARNISHES. 

ing  to  their  color,  reserving  the  lightest  shades  for  the  best  kinds  of 
varnish. 

The  linseed-oil  should  be  as  pale  colored,  and  as  well  clarified  as 
possible.  New  oil  always  contains  mucilage,  and  more  or  less  of 
foreign  matters  ;  as  these  prevent  the  regular  absorption  of  oxygen, 
the  oil  requires  preliminary  treatment.  The  common  plan  is  to  boil 
it  with  litharge  ;  but  such  oil  varnish  is  inferior  to  that  prepared 
with  sulphate  of  lead. 

•  The  best  method  is  to  rub  up  linseed-oil  with  dry  sulphate  of  lead, 
in  sufficient  quantity  to  form  a  milky  mixture.  After  a  week's 
exposure  to  the  light,  and  frequent  shaking,  the  mucus  deposits  with 
the  sulphate  of  lead,  and  leaves  the  oil  perfectly  clear.  The  precipi- 
tated slime  forms  a  compact  membrane  over  the  lead,  hardening  to 
such  an  extent  that  the  clarified  oil  may  be  readily  poured  oif. 

TURPENTINE. 

This  is  of  very  extensive  use.  The  older  it  is,  the  more  ozonized, 
the  better  it  is.  Turpentine  varnishes  dry  much  more  readily  than 
oil  varnishes,  are  of  a  lighter  color,  more  flexible  and  cheap.  They 
are,  however,  neither  so  tough  nor  so  durable. 


This  is  employed  as  the  solvent  of  sandarach  and  of  lac.  The 
stronger,  cteteris  paribus,  the  better. 

NAPHTHA  AND   METHYLATED   SPIRIT  OF  WINE. 

These  are  used  for  the  cheaper  varnishes.  Their  smell  is  disagree- 
able.   The  former  is,  however,  a  better  solvent  of  resins  than  alcohol. 

SPIRIT   VARNISHES. 

These  varnishes  may  be  readily  colored — red,  by  dragon's  blood  ; 
yellow,  by  gamboge.  If  a  colored  varnish  is  required,  clorly  no 
account  need  be  taken  of  the  color  of  the  resins.  Lac  varnish  may 
be  bleached  by  Mr.  Lemming's  process  :  —  Dissolve  five  ounces  of  shel- 
lac in  a  quart  of  spirit  of  wine  ;  boil  for  a  few  minutes  with  ten 
ounces  of  well-burnt  and  recently-heated  animal  charcoal,  when  a 
small  quantity  of  the  solution  should  be  drawn  off  and  filtered  :  if  not 
colorless,  a  little  more  charcoal  should  be  added.  When  all  tinge  is 
removed,  press  the  liquor  through  silk,  as  linen  absorbs  moi'e  var- 
nish ;  and  afterwards  filter  it  through  fine  blotting-paper.  Dr.  Hare 
proceeds  as  follows  : — Dissolve  in  an  iron  kettle  about  one  part  of 
pearlash  in  about  eight  parts  of  water,  add  one  part  of  shell  or  seed 
lac,  and  heat  the  whole  to  ebullition.  When  the  lac  is  dissolved,  cool 
the  solution,  and  impregnate  it  with  chlorine  gas  till  the  lac  is  all 
precipitated.  The  precipitate  is  white,  but  the  color  deepens  by 
washing  and  consolidation.  Dissolved  in  alcohol,  lac  bleached  by 
this  process  yields  a  varnish  which  is  as  free  from  color  as  any  copal 
varnish. 

One  word  in  conclusion  with  reference  to  all  spirit  varnishes.    A 


VARNISHES.  59 

damp  atmosphere  is  sufficient  to  occasion  a  milky  deposit  of  resin, 
owing  to  the  diluted  spirit  depositing  a  portion  :  in  such  case  the 
varnish  is  said  to  be  chilled. 

ESSENCE   VAENISHES. 

They  do  not  differ  essentially  in  their  manufacture  from  spirit 
varnishes.  The  polish  produced  by  them  is  more  durable,  although 
they  take  a  longer  time  to  dry. 

OIL   VAENISHES. 

The  most  durable  and  lustrous  of  varnishes  are  composed  of  a  mix- 
ture of  resin,  oil,  and  spii'it  of  turpentine.  The  oils  most  frequently 
employed  are  linseed  and  walnut ;  the  resins  chiefly  copal  and 
amber. 

The  drying  power  of  the  oil  having  been  increased  by  litharge, 
red-lead,  or  by  sulphate  of  lead,  and  a  judicious  selection  of  copal 
having  been  made,  it  is  necessary,  according  to  Booth,  to  bear  in 
mind  the  following  precautions  before  proceeding  to  the  manufacture 
of  varnish  : — 1.  That  oil  varnish  is  not  a  solution,  but  an  intimate 
mixture  of  resin  in  boiled  oil  and  spirit  of  turpentine.  2.  That  the 
resin  must  be  completely  fused  previous  to  the  addition  of  the  boiled 
or  prepared  oil.  3.  That  the  oil  must  be  heated  from  250°  to  300°. 
4.  That  the  spirit  of  turpentine  must  be  added  gradually,  and  in  a 
thin  stream,  while  the  mixture  of  oil  and  resin  is  still  hot.  5.  That 
the  varnish  be  made  in  dry  weather,  otherwise  moisture  is  absorbed, 
and  its  transparency  and  drying  quality  impaired. 

The  heating  vessel  must  be  of  copper,  with  a  riveted  and  not  a 
soldered  bottom.  To  promote  the  admixture  of  the  copal  with  the 
hot  oil,  the  copal — carefully  selected,  and  of  nearly  uniform  fusibility 
— is  separately  heated  with  continuous  stirring  over  a  charcoal  fire. 
Good  management  is  required  to  prevent  the  copal  from  burning  or 
becoming  even  high  colored.  AVhen  completely  fused,  the  heated 
oil  should  be  gradually  poured  in  with  constant  stirring.  The  exact 
amoimt  of  oil  required  must  be  determined  by  experiment.  If  a  drop 
upon  a  plate,  on  cooling,  assumes  such  a  consistency  as  to  be  pene- 
trated by  the  nail  without  cracking,  the  mixture  is  complete  ;  but  if 
it  cracks,  more  oil  must  be  added. 

The  spirit  of  turpentine  ^rcj;iousZy  heated  is  added  in  a  thin  stream 
to  the  former  mixture,  care  being  taken  to  keep  up  the  heat  of  all 
the  parts. 

LACKER. 

This  is  used  for  wood  or  brass  work,  and  is  also  a  varnish.  For 
brass,  the  proportions  are  half  a  pound  of  pale  shell-lac  to  one  gallon 
of  spirit  of  wine.  It  is  better  prepared  without  the  aid  of  heat,  by 
simple  and  repeated  agitation.  It  should  then  be  left  to  clear  itself, 
and  separated  from  the  thicker  portions  and  from  all  impurities  by 
decantation.  As  it  darkens  on  exposure  to  light,  the  latter  should  be 
excluded.  It  need  scarcely  be  said  that  the  color  will  be  also  modified 
by  that  of  the  lao  employed. 


60  VARNISHES. 


1.  COPAL  VAENISHES. 

1.  Oil  of  turpentine  one  pint,  set  the  bottle  in  a  water  bath,  and 
add  in  small  portions  at  a  time,  three  ounces  of  powdered  copal  that 
has  been  previously  melted  by  a  gentle  heat,  and  dropped  into  water  ; 
in  a  few  days  decant  the  clear.  Dries  slowly,  but  is  very  pale  and 
dm-able.  Used  for  pictures,  &c.  2.  Pale  hard  copal  two  pounds  ; 
fuse,  add  hot  drying  oil  one  pint,  boil  as  before  directed,  and  thin 
with  oil  of  turpentine  three  pints,  or  as  much  as  sufficient.  Very 
pale.  Dries  hard  in  12  to  24  hours.  3.  Clearest  and  palest  African 
copal  eight  pounds  ;  fuse,  add  hot  and  pale  drying  oil  two  gallons, 
boil  till  it  strings  strongly,  cool  a  little,  and  thin  with  hot  rectified 
oil  of  turpentine  three  gallons,  and  immediately  strain  into  the  store 
can.  Very  fine.  Both  the  above  are  used  for  pictures.  4.  Coarsely- 
powdered  copal  and  glass,  of  each  four  ounces,  alcohol  of  90  per  cent 
one  pint,  camphor  one-half  ounce  ;  heat  it  in  a  water-bath  so  that  the 
bubbles  may  be  counted  as  they  rise,  observing  frequently  to  stir  the 
mixture  ;  when  cold  decant  the  clear.  Used  for  pictures.  5.  Copal 
melted  and  dropped  into  water  three  ounces,  gum  sandarach  six 
ounces,  mastic  and  Chio  turpentine  of  each  two  and  one-half  ounces, 
powdered  glass  four  ounces,  alcohol  of  85  per  cent,  one  quart ;  dis- 
solve by  a  gentle  heat.     Used  for  metal,  chaii's,  &c. 

All  copal  varnishes  are  hard  and  durable,  though  less  so  than 
those  made  of  amber,  but  they  have  the  advantage  over  the  latter  of 
being  paler.  They  are  applied  on  coaches,  pictui-es,  polished  metal, 
wood,  and  other  objects  requiring  good  durable  varnish. 

2.  COPAL    VARNISH. 

Hard  copal,  300  parts  ;  drying  linseed  or  nut  oil,  from  125  to  250 
parts  ;  oil  of  turpentine,  500  ;  these  three  substances  are  to  be  put 
into  three  separate  vessels  ;  the  copal  is  to  be  fused  by  a  somewhat 
sudden  application  of  heat;  the  drying  oil  is  to  be  heated  to  a  tem- 
perature a  little  under  ebullition,  and  is  to  be  added  by  small 
portions  at  a  time  to  the  melted  copal.  When  this  combination  is 
made,  and  the  heat  a  little  abated,  the  essence  of  turpentine,  likewise 
previously  heated,  is  to  be  introduced  by  degrees  ;  some  of  the  vola- 
tile oil  will  be  dissipated  at  first,  but  more  being  added,  the  union 
will  take  place.  Great  care  must  be  taken  to  prevent  the  turpentine 
vapor  from  catching  fire,  which  might  occasion  serious  accidents  to 
the  operator.  When  the  varnish  is  made  and  has  cooled  down  to 
about  130  degrees  of  Fah.,  it  may  be  strained  through  a  filter,  to 
separate  the  impurities  and  undissolved  copal.  Almost  all  varnish 
makers  think  it  indispensable  to  combine  the  drying  oil  with  the 
copal  before  adding  the  oil  of  turpentine,  but  in  this  they  are  mis- 
taken. Boiling  oil  of  turpentine  combines  very  readily  with  fused 
copal;  and,  in  some  cases,  it  would  probably  be  preferable  to  com- 
mence the  operation  with  it,  adding  it  in  successive  small  quantities. 
Indeed,  the  whitest  copal  varnish  can  be  made  only  in  this  way  ;  for 
if  the  drying  oil  has  been  heated  to  nearly  its  boiling  point,  it 
becomes  colored,  and  darkens  the  vaxuish. 


VARNISHES.  61 

This  varnish  improTCs  in  clearness  by  keeping.  Its  consistence 
may  be  vai-ied  by  varying  the  proportions  of  the  ingredients  within 
moderate  limits.  Good  varnish,  applied  in  summer,  should  become 
80  dry  in  twenty-four  hours  that  the  dust  will  not  stick  to  it  nor  re- 
ceive an  impression  from  the  fingers.  To  render  it  sufficiently  dry 
and  hard  for  polishing,  it  must  be  subjected  for  several  days  to  the 
heat  of  a  stove. 

3.      COPAL   VARNISHES. 

1.  Melt  in  an  iron  pan  at  a  slow  heat,  copal  gam,  powdered,  eight 
parts,  and  add  balsam  copaiva,  previously  warmed,  two  parts.  Then 
remove  from  the  fire,  and  add  spirits  of  turpentine,  also  warmed  be- 
forehand, ten  parts,  to  give  the  necessary  consistence.  2.  Prepared 
gum  copal  ten  parts,  gum  mastic  two  parts,  finely  powdered,  are 
mixed  with  white  turpentine  and  boiled  linseed  oil,  of  each  one  part, 
at  a  slow  heat,  and  with  spirits  of  turpentine  twenty  parts.  3.  Pre- 
pared gum-copal  ten  parts,  white  turpentine  two  parts,  dissolve  in 
spirits  of  turpentine. 

Gum-copal  is  prepared  or  made  more  soluble  in  spirits  of  turpentine, 
by  melting  the  powdered  crude  gum,  afterwards  again  powdering, 
and  allowing  to  stand  for  some  time  loosely  covered. 

CABINET   VABNISH. 

Copal,  fused,  fourteen  pounds  ;  linseed  oil,  hot,  one  gallon  ;  tur- 
pentine, hot,  three  gallons.  Properly  boiled,  such  a  varnish  will  dry 
in  ten  minutes. 

TABLE    VABHISH. 

Damma  resin,  one  pound  ;  spirits  of  turpentine,  two  pounds  ; 
camphor,  two  hundred  grains.  Digest  the  mixture  for  twenty-four 
hours.     The  decanted  portion  is  fit  for  immediate  use. 

COMMON   TABLE  VAENISH. 

Oil  of  turpentine,  one  pound;  bees'  wax,  two  ounces  ;  colophony, 
one  drachm. 

COPAL   VARNISH  FOB   INSIDE  WOEK. 

1.  Pounded  and  oxidixed  copal,  twenty-four  parts;  spirit  of  tur- 
pentine, forty  parts  ;  camphor,  one  part. — 2.  Flexible  Copal  Var- 
nish. Copal  in  powder,  sixteen  parts;  camphor,  two  parts;  oil  of 
lavender,  ninety  parts. 

Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  oil,  heat  the  latter,  and  stir  in  the  co- 
pal in  successive  portions  until  complete  solution  takes  place.  Thin 
■with  sufficient  turpentine  to  make  it  of  proper  consistence. 

BEST    BODY    COPAL    VAENISH     FOE    COACH    MAKERS,    &C. 

This  is  intended  for  the  body  parts  of  coaches  and  other  similar 

vehicles,  intended  for  polishing.     Fuse  eight  lbs.  of  fine  African 

gum  copal,  and  two  gallons  of  clarified  oU,  boil  it  very  slowly  for 

four  or  five  hours,  untU  quite  stringy,  mix  with  three  gallons  and  a 

6 


62  VARNISHES. 

half  of  turpentine  ;  strain  off  and  pour  it  into  a  cistern.  If  this  13 
too  slow  in  drying,  coach-makers,  painters  and  varnish-makers  have 
introduced  to  two  pots  of  the  preceding  varnish,  one  made  as  follows  : 
eight  lbs.  of  fine  pale  gum-anime,  two  gallons  of  clarified  oil  and 
three  and  a  half  gallons  of  turpentine.     To  be  boiled  four  hours. 

COPAL   POLISH. 

Digest  or  shake  finely  powdered  gum  copal  four  parts,  and  gum 
camphor  one  part,  with  ether  to  form  a  semi-fluid  mass,  and  then 
digest  with  a  suflicient  quantity  of  alcohol. 

WHITE    SPIRIT    VAENISH. 

Sandarach,  250  parts  ;  mastic,  in  tears,  64  ;  elemi  resin,  32  ; 
turpentine,  64  ;  alcohol  of  85  per  cent,  1000  parts,  by  measure. 
The  turpentine  is  to  be  added  after  the  resins  are  dissolved.  This  is 
a  brilliant  varnish,  but  not  so  hard  as  to  bear  polishing. 

■WHITE   HARD   SPIRIT   VARNISHES. 

1.  Gum  sandarach  five  pounds,  camphor  one  ounce,  rectified  spirit 
(65  over  proof)  two  gallons,  washed  and  dried  coarsely-pounded  glass 
two  pounds  ;  proceed  as  in  making  mastic  varnish  ;  when  strained 
add  one  quart  of  very  pale  turpentine  varnish.  Very  fine.  2.  Picked 
mastic  and  coarsely-ground  glass,  of  each,  four  ounces,  sandarach 
and  pale  clear  Venice  turpentine,  of  each  three  ounces,  alcohol  two 
pounds  ;  as  last.  3.  Gum  sandarach  one  pound,  clear  Strasburgh 
turpentine  six  ounces,  rectified  spirit  (65  over  proof )  three  pints; 
dissolve.  4.  Mastic  in  tears  two  ounces,  sandarach  eight  ounces,  gum 
elemi  one  ounce,  Strasburgh  or  Scio  turpentine  (genuine)  four  ounces, 
rectified  spirit  (65  over  proof)  one  quart.  Used  on  metals,  &c. 
Polishes  well. 

WHITE  VARNISH. 

1.  Tender  copal  seven  and  one-half  ounces,  camphor  one  ounce, 
alcohol  of  95  per  cent,  one  quart  ;  dissolve,  then  add  mastic  two 
ounces,  Venice  turpentine  one  ounce  ;  dissolve  and  strain.  Very 
white,  drying,  and  capable  of  being  polished  when  hard.  Used  for 
toys.  2.  Sandarach  eight  ounces,  mastic  two  ounces ,  Canada  balsam 
four  ounces,  alcohol  one  quart.     Used  on  paper,  wood,  or  linen. 

SOFT  BRILLIANT   VARNISH. 

Sandarach  six  ounces,  elemi  (genuine)  four  ounces,  anime  one 
ounce,  camphor  one-half  ounce,  rectified  spi-it  one  quart ;  as  before. 

The  above  spirit  varnishes  are  chiefly  applied  to  objects  of  the  toil- 
ette, as  work-boxes,  card-cases,  &c.,  but  are  also  suitable  to  other 
articles,  whether  of  paper,  wood,  linen,  or  metal,  that  require  a  bril- 
liant and  quick-drying  varnish.  They  mostly  dry  almost  as  soon  as 
applied,  and  are  usually  hard  enough  to  polish  in  24  hours.  Spirit 
varnishes  are  less  durable  and  more  Hable  to  crack  than  oil  varnishes. 


VABNISHES.  63 


BEOWN   HABD   SPIKIT  VAENISUES. 

1.  Sandarach  four  ounces,  pale  seed-lac  two  ounces,  elemi  (true) 
one  ounce,  alcohol  one  quart ;  digest  with  agitation  till  dissolved,  then 
awld  Venice  turpentine  two  ounces.  2.  Gum  sandarach  three  pounds, 
shellac  two  pounds,  rectified  spirit,  (65  over  proof,)  two  gallons  ;  dis- 
solve, add  turpentine  varnish  one  quart  ;  agitate  well  and  strain. 
Very  fine.  3.  Seed-lac  and  yellow  resin,  of  each  one  and  one-half 
pounds,  rectified  spirit  two  gallons. 

TO     PREPAEE    A    VAENISH    FOB    COATING    METALS. 

Digest  one  part  of  bruised  copal  in  two  parts  of  absolute  alcohol; 
but  as  this  varnish  dries  too  quickly  it  is  preferable  to  take  one  part 
of  copal,  one  part  of  oil  of  rosemary,  and  two  or  three  parts  of  ab- 
solute alcohol.  This  gives  a  clear  varnish  as  limped  as  water.  It 
should  be  applied  hot,  and  when  dry  it  wUl  be  found  hard  and 
durable. 

TO     VAENISH    ARTICLES     OF    IBON    AND    STEEL. 

Dissolve  10  parts  of  clear  grains  of  mastic,  5  parts  of  camphor,  15 
parts  of  sandarach,  and  5  of  elemi,  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  alcohol, 
and  apply  this  varnish  without  heat.  The  articles  will  not  only  be 
preserved  from  rust,  but  the  varnish  will  retain  its  transparency 
and  the  metallic  brilliancy  of  the  articles  will  not  be  obscured. 

VARNISH    FOB    IRON    WOEK. 

Dissolve,  in  about  two  lbs.  of  tar  oil,  half  a  pound  of  asphaltum, 
and  a  like  quantity  of  pounded  resin ,  mix  hot  in  an  iron  kettle,  care 
being  taken  to  prevent  any  contact  with  the  flame.  When  cold  the 
varnish  is  ready  for  use.  This  varnish  is  for  out-door  wood  and  iron 
■work,  not  for  japanning  leather  or  cloth. 

BLACK  VARNISH    FOR   IRON  WORK. 

Asphaltum  forty-eight  pounds,  fuse,  add  boiled  oil  ten  gallons,  red 
lead  and  litharge,  of  each  seven  pounds,  dried  and  powdered  white 
copperas  three  pounds,  boil  for  two  hours,  then  add  dark  gum  amber 
(fused)  eight  pounds,  hot  linseed  oil  two  gallons,  boil  for  two  hours 
longer,  or  till  a  little  of  the  mass,  when  cooled,  may  be  rolled  into 
pills,  then  withdraw  the  heat,  and  afterwards  thin  down  with  oil  of 
turpentine  thirty  gallons.  Used  for  the  ironwork  of  carriages,  and 
other  nice  purposes. 

BRONZE  VARNISH  FOB  STATUARY. 

Cut  best  hard  soap  fifty  parts,  into  fine  shavings,  dissolve  in  boil- 
ing water  two  parts,  to  which  add  the  solution  of  blue  vitriol  fifteen 
parts,  in  pure  water  sixty  parts.  Wash  the  copjier-soap  with  water, 
dry  it  at  a  very  slow  heat,  and  dissolve  it  in  spirits  of  turpentine. 


€4  VARNISHES. 


AMBER  VARNISHES. 

1.  Amber  one  pound,  pale  boiled  oil  ten  ounces,  turpentine  one 
pint.  Render  the  amber,  placed  in  an  iron  pot,  semiliquid  by  heat ; 
then  add  the  oil,  mix,  remove  it  from  the  fire,  and  when  cooled  a 
a  little,  stir  in  the  turpentine.  2.  To  the  amber,  melted  as  above, 
add  two  ounces  of  shellac,  and  proceed  as  before. 

This  varnish  is  rather  dark,  but  remarkably  tough.  The  first  form 
is  the  best.  It  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  copal  varnish,  and 
forms  an  excellent  article  for  covering  wood,  or  any  other  substance 
not  of  a  white  or  very  pale  color.  It  dries  well,  and  is  very  hard 
and  durable. 

AMBER   TARNISH,    BLACK. 

Amber  one  pound,  boiled  oil  one-half  pint,  powdered  asphaltum 
six  ounces,  oil  of  turpentine  one  pint.  Melt  the  amber,  as  before 
described,  then  add  the  asphaltum,  previously  mixed  with  the  cold 
oil,  and  afterwards  heated  very  hot,  mix  well,  remove  the  vessel  from 
the  fire,  and  when  cooled  a  little  add  the  turpentine,  also  made  warm. 

Each  of  the  above  varnishes  should  be  reduced  to  a  proper  con- 
sistence with  more  turpentine  if  required.  The  last  form  produces 
the  beautiful  black  varnish  used  by  the  coachmakers.  Some  manu- 
facturers omit  the  whole  or  part  of  the  asphaltum,  and  use  the  same 
quantity  of  clear  black  rosin  instead,  in  which  case  the  color  ia 
brought  up  by  lampblack  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder,  or  pre- 
viously ground  very  fine  with  a  little  boiled  oil.  The  varnish  made 
in  this  way,  lacks,  however,  that  richness,  brilliancy,  and  depth  of 
blackness  imparted  by  asphaltum. 

AMBER  TARNISHES. 

1.  (Pale.)  Amber  pale  and  transparent  six  pounds,  fuse,  add  hot 
clarified  linseed  oil  two  gallons,  boil  till  it  strings  strongly,  cool  a 
little,  and  add  oil  of  turpentine  four  gallons.  Pale  as  copal  varnish  ; 
soon  becomes  very  hard,  and  is  the  most  durable  of  oil  varnishes  ; 
but  requires  time  before  it  is  fit  for  polishing.  When  wanted  to  dry 
and  harden  quicker,  "  drying  "  oil  maybe  substituted  for  linseed, 
or  "  driers  ' '  may  be  added  during  the  boiling.  2.  Amber  one  pound ; 
melt,  add  Scio  turpentine  one-half  pound,  transparent  white  resin 
two  ounces,  hot  linseed  oil  one  pint,  and  afterwards  oil  of  turpentine 
as  much  as  sufficient ;  as  above.  Very  tough.  3.  (Hard.)  Melted 
amber  four  ounces,  hot  boiled  oil  one  quart ;  as  before.  4.  (Pale.) 
Very  pale  and  transparent  amber  four  ounces,  clarified  linseed  oil  and 
oil  of  turpentine,  of  each  one  pint ;  as  before. 

Amber  varnish  is  suited  for  all  purposes,  where  a  very  hard  and 
durable  oil  varnish  is  required.  The  paler  kind  is  superior  to  copal 
varnish,  and  is  often  mixed  with  the  latter  to  increase  its  hardness 
and  durability. 

BLACK   TARNISH. 

Heat  to  boiling  linseed  oil  varnish  ten  parts,  with  burnt  umber 
two  parts,  and  powdered  asphaltum  one  part,  and  when  cooled  dilute 
with  spirits  of  turpentine  to  the  required  consistence. 


VARNISHES.  65^ 


VARNISH    FOE    CERTAIN    PAET3    OF    CAEEIAOES. 

Sandarach,  190  parts  ;  pale  shellac,  95  ;  resin,  125  ;  turpentine, 
190  ;  alcohol,  at  85  per  cent,  1000  parts,  by  measure. 

COACH   VAENISH. 

Mix  shellac  sixteen  parts,  white  turpentine  three  parts,  lamp- 
black sufficient  quantity,  and  digest  with  alcohol  ninety  parts,  oil 
of  lavender  four  parts. 

MAHOGANY   VAENISH. 

Sorted  gum-anime  eight  pounds,  clarified  oil  three  gallons,  litharge 
and  powdered  dried  sugar  of  lead,  of  each  one-fourth  pound  ;  boil  till 
it  strings  well,  then  cool  a  little,  thin  with  oil  of  turpentine  five  and 
one-half  gallons,  and  strain. 

VAENISH    FOE    CABINET    MAKERS. 

Pale  shellac,  750  parts  ;  mastic,  64  ;  alcohol,  of  90  per  cent, 
1000  parts  by  measure.  The  solution  is  made  in  the  cold,  with  the 
aid  of  frequent  stirring.  It  is  always  muddy,  and  is  employed 
without  being  filtered.  With  the  same  resins  and  proof  spirit  a  var- 
nish is  made  for  the  bookbinders  to  do  over  their  morocco  leather. 

CEMENT  VAENISH   FOE   WATER-TIGHT  LUTING. 

^  White  turpentine  fourteen  parts,  shellac  eighteen  parts,  resin  six 
parts,  digest  with  alcohol  eighty  parts. 

THE   VAENISH   OF  WATIN  FOR   GILDED  AETICLES. 

Gum-lac,  in  grain,  125  parts ;  gamboge,  125  ;  dragon's  blood, 
125  ;  annotto,  125  ;  saffron,  82.  Each  resin  must  be  dissolved  in 
1000  parts  by  measure,  of  alcohol  of  90  per  cent ;  two  separate  tinc- 
tures must  be  made  with  the  dragon's  blood  and  annotto,  in  1000 
parts  of  such  alcohol ;  and  a  proper  proportion  of  each  should  be  added 
to  the  varnish,  according  to  the  shade  of  golden  color  wanted. 

CHEAP   O^VK   VAENISH. 

Clear  pale  resin  three  and  one-half  pounds,  oil  of  turpentine  one 
gallon  ;  dissolve.  It  may  be  colored  darker  by  adding  a  little  fine 
lampblack, 

VAENISH    FOR   WOOD-WORK. 

Powdered  gum  sandarach  eight  parts,  gum  mastic  two  parts, 
eeed-lac  eight  parts,  and  digest  in  a  warm  place  for  some  days  with 
alcohol  twenty-four  parts,  and  finally,  dilute  with  sufficient  alcohol 
to  the  required  consistence. 

DARK   VAENISH   FOE  LIGHT  WOOD-WOEK. 

Pound  up  and  digest  shellac  sixteen  parts,  gum  sandarach  thirty- 
two  parts,  gum    mastic  (juniper)  eight   parts,    gum  elemi    eight 
6* 


66  VARNISHES. 

parts,  dragon's  blood  four  parts,  annotto  one  part,  with  whit«  tur-. 
pentine  sixteen  parts,  and  alcohol  two  hundred  and  fifty-six.  Di- 
late with  alcohol  if  required. 

VARNISH    FOR   INSTRUMENTS. 

Digest  seed-lac  one  part,  with  alcohol  seven  parts,  and  filter. 

VARNISH    FOR    THE    WOOD   TOTS     OF    SPA. 

Tender  copal,  75  parts  ;  mastic,  12.5  ;  Venice  turpentine,  6.5  ; 
alcohol,  of  95  per  cent,  100  parts  by  measure  ;  water  ounces,  for 
example,  if  the  other  parts  be  taken  in  ounces.  The  alcohol  must 
be  first  made  to  act  upon  the  copal,  with  the  aid  of  a  little  oil  of  lav- 
ender or  camphor,  if  thought  fit ;  and  the  solution  being  passed 
through  a  linen  cloth,  the  mastic  must  be  introduced.  After  it  is 
dissolved,  the  Venice  turpentine,  previously  melted  in  a  water-bath, 
should  be  added  ;  the  lower  the  temperature  at  which  these  operations 
are  carried  on,  the  more  beautiful  will  the  varnish  be.  This  varnish 
ought  to  be  very  white,  very  drying,  and  capable  of  being  smoothed 
with  pumice-stone  and  polished. 

VARNISHES  FOE  FUENITXTRE. 

The  simplest,  and  perhaps  the  best,  is  the  solution  of  shellac  only, 
but  many  add  gums  sandarach,  mastic,  copal,  arabic,  benjamin,  &c., 
from  the  idea  that  they  contribute  to  the  eflfect.  Gum  arabic  is  cer- 
tainly never  required  if  the  solvent  be  pure,  because  it  is  insoluble  in 
either  rectified  spirit  or  rectified  wood  naphtha,  the  menstrua  em- 
ployed in  dissolving  the  gums.  As  spirit  is  seldom  used  on  account 
of  its  expense,  most  of  the  following  are  mentioned  as  solutions  in 
naphtha,  but  spirit  can  be  substituted  when  thought  proper. 

1.  Shellac  one  and  a  half  pounds,  naphtha  one  gallon  ;  dissolve, 
and  it  is  ready  without  filtering.  2.  Shellac  twelve  ounces,  copal 
three  ounces,  (or  an  equivalent  of  varnish) ;  dissolve  in  one  gallon  of 
naphtha.  3.  Shellac  one  and  a  half  pounds,  seed-lac  and  sandarach 
each  four  ounces,  mastic  two  ounces,  rectified  spirit  one  gallon  ;  dis- 
solve. 4.  Shellac  two  pounds,  benzoin  four  ounces,  spirit  one  gal- 
lon. 5.  Shellac  ten  ounces,  seed-lac,  sandarach,  and  copal  varnish 
of  each,  six  ounces,  benzoin  three  ounces,  naphtha  one  gallon. 

To  darken  polish,  benzoin  and  dragon's-blood  are  used,  turmeric 
and  other  coloring  matters  are  also  added  ;  and  to  make  it  lighter  it 
is  necessary  to  use  bleached  lac,  though  some  endeavor  to  give 
this  effect  by  adding  oxalic  acid  to  the  ingredients,  it,  like  gum 
arabic,  is  insoluble  in  good  spirit  or  naphtha.  For  all  ordinary  pur- 
poses the  first  form  is  best  and  least  troublesome,  while  its  appearance 
is  equal  to  any  other. 

TO    FRENCH   POLISH. 

The  wood  must  be  placed  level,  and  sand-papered  until  it  is  quite 
smooth,  otherwise  it  will  not  polish.  Then  provide  a  rubber  of  cloth, 
list,  or  sponge,  wrap  it  in  a  soft  rag,  so  as  to  leave  a  handle  at  the 
back  for  your  hand,  shake  the  bottle  against  the  rubber,  and  in  the 


VARNISHES.  67 

middle  of  the  varnish  on  the  rag  place  with  your  finger  a  little  raw 
linseed  oil.  Now  commence  rubbing,  in  small  circular  strokes,  and 
continue  until  the  pores  are  filled,  charging  the  rubber  with  varnish 
and  oil  as  required,  until  the  whole  wood  has  had  one  coat.  When 
dry  repeat  the  process  once  or  twice  until  the  surface  appears  even 
and  fine,  between  each  coat  using  fine  sand-paper  to'smooth  down  all 
irregularities.  Lastly,  use  a  clean  rubber  with  a  little  strong  alcohol 
only,  which  will  remove  the  oil  and  the  cloudiness  it  causes  ;  when 
the  work  will  be  complete. 

FUKNITUB.E   POLISHES. 

New  wood  is  often  French-polished.  Or  the  following  may  be  tried  : 
Melt  three  or  four  pieces  of  sandarach,  each  the  size  of  a  walnut, 
add  one  pint  of  boiled  oil,  and  boil  together  for  one  hour.  While  cool- 
ing add  one  drachm  of  venice  turpentine,  and  if  too  thick  a  little  oil 
of  turpentine  also.  Apply  this  all  over  the  furniture ,  and  after  some 
hours  rub  it  off ;  rub  the  furniture  daily,  without  applying  fresh  var- 
nish, except  about  once  in  two  months.  Water  does  not  injure  this 
polish,  and  any  stain  or  scratch  may  be  again  covered,  which  cannot 
be  done  with  French-polish. 

FURNITURE   GLOSS. 

To  give  a  gloss  to  household  furniture,  various  compositions  are 
used,  known  as  wax,  polish,  creams,  pastes,  oils,  &c.  The  following 
are  some  of  the  forms  used  : 

FUBNITUKE  CREAM. 

Bees-wax  one  pound,  soap  four  ounces,  pearlash  two  ounces,  soft 
water  one  gallon  ;  boil  together  until  mixed. 

FURNITURE  OILS. 

1.  Acetic  acid  two  drachms,  oil  of  lavender  one-half  drachm, 
rectified  spirit  one  drachm,  linseed  oil  four  ounces.  2.  Linseed  oil 
one  pint,  alkanet  root  two  ounces  ;  heat,  strain,  and  add  lac  varnish 
one  ounce.  3.  Linseed  oil  one  pint,  rectified  spirit  two  ounces, 
butter  of  antimony  four  ounces. 

FURNITURE   PASTES. 

1.  Bees-wax,  spirit  of  turpentine,  and  linseed  oil,  equal  parts  ; 
melt  and  cool.  2.  Bees-wax  four  ounces,  turpentine  ten  ounces, 
alkanet  root  to  color  ;  melt  and  strain.  3.  Bees-wax  one  pound, 
linseed  oil  five  ounces,  alkanet  root  one-half  ounce  ;  melt,  add  five 
ounces  of  turpentine,  strain  and  cool.  4.  Bees-wax  four  ounces, 
resin  one  ounce,  oil  of  turpentine  two  ounces,  Venetian  red  to  color. 

ETCHING  VARNISHES. 

1.  White  wax,  two  ounces  ;  black  and  Burgundy  pitch,  of  each 
one-half  ounce  ;  melt  together,  add  by  degrees  powdered  asphaltum 
two  ounces,  and  boil  till  a  drop  taken  out  on  a  plate  will  break 
when  cold  by  being  bent  double  two  or  three  times  between  the  fin- 


68  VARNISHES. 

gers  ;  it  must  then  be  poured  into  warm  water  and  made  into  small 
balls  for  use.  2.  {Hard  Varnish.)  Linseed  oil  and  mastic,  of  each 
four  ounces  ;  melt  together.  3.  {Soft  Varnish.')  Soft  linseed  oil, 
four  ounces  ;  gum  benzoin  and  white  wax,  of  each  one-half  ounce  ; 
boil  to  two-thirds. 

VARNISH   FOE  ENGRAVINGS,   MAPS,   ETC. 

Digest  gum  sandarach  twenty  parts,  gum  mastic  eight  parts, 
camphor  one  part,  with  alcohol  forty-eight  parts.  The  map  or  en- 
graving must  previously  receive  one  or  two  coats  of  gelatine. 

VARNISH  TO   FIX   ENGRAVINGS   OR   LITHOGRAPHS   ON  WOOD. 

For  fixing  engravings  or  lithographs  upon  wood,  a  varnish  called 
mordant  is  used  in  France,  which  dift'ers  from  others  chiefly  in  contain- 
ing more  Venice  turpentine,  to  make  it  sticky  ;  it  consists  of  sanda- 
racli,  250  parts  ;  mastic  in  tears ,  64  ;  rosin,  125  ;  Venice  turpentine, 
250  ;  alcohol,  1000  parts  by  measure. 

VARNISHES  FOR  OIL  PAINTINGS   AND  LITHOGRAPHS. 

1.  Dextrine  2  parts,  alcohol  1  part,  water  6  parts.  2.  Varnish 
for  drawings  and  lithographs  :  dextrine  2  parts,  alcohol  ^  part, 
water  2  parts.  These  should  be  prepared  previously  with  two  or 
three  coats  of  thin  starch  or  rice  boiled  and  strained  through  a  cloth. 

VARNISH   FOR    OIL    PAINTINGS. 

Digest  at  a  slow  heat  gum  sandarach  two  parts,  gum  mastic  four 
parts,  balsam  copaiva  two  parts,  white  turpentine  three  parts,  with 
spirits  of  turpentine  four  parts,  alcohol  (95  per  cent)  60-56  parts. 

BEAUTIFUL    VARNISH    FOR    PAINTINGS    AND    PICTXTRES. 

Honey,  1  pint;  the  whites  of  two  dozen  fresh  hen's  eggs;  1  ounce 
of  good  clean  isinglass,  20  grains  of  hydrate  of  potassium,  ^  ounce 
of  chloride  of  sodium ;  mix  together  over  a  gentle  heat  of  80  or  90 
degrees  Fah. ;  be  careful  not  to  let  the  mixture  remain  long  enough 
to  coagulate  the  albumen  of  the  eggs  ;  stir  the  mixture  thoroughly, 
then  bottle.  It  is  to  be  applied  as  follows  :  one  table  spoonful  of  the 
varnish  added  to  half  a  table  spoonful  of  good  oil  of  turpentine, 
then  spread  on  the  picture  as  soon  as  mixed. 

MILK   OP   WAX. 

Milk  of  wax  is  a  valuable  varnish,  which  may  be  prepared  as  fol- 
lows : — Melt  in  a  porcelain  capsule  a  certain  quantity  of  white  wax, 
and  add  to  it,  while  in  fusion,  an  equal  quantity  of  spirit  of  wine,  of 
ep.  grav,  0-830  ;  stir  the  mixture,  and  pour  it  upon  a  large  porphyry 
slab.  The  granular  mass  is  to  be  converted  into  a  paste  by  the  mul- 
ler,  with  the  addition,  from  time  to  time,  of  a  little  alcohol ;  and  aa 
Boon  as  it  appears  to  be  smooth  and  homogeneous,  water  is  to  be  in- 
troduced in  small  quantities  successively,  to  the  amount  of  four  times 
the  weight  of  the  wax.    This  emulsion  is  to  be  then  passed  through 


VAHNISHES.  69 

canvas,  in  order  to  separate  such  particles  as  may  be  imperfectly  in- 
corporated. The  milk  of  wax,  thus  prepared,  may  be  spread  with  a 
smooth  brush  upon  the  surface  of  a  painting,  allowed  to  dry,  and  then 
fused  by  passing  a  hot  iron  (salamander)  over  its  surface.  When 
cold,  it  is  to  be  rubbed  with  a  linen  cloth  to  bring  out  the  lustre.  It 
is  to  the  unchangeable  quality  of  an  encaustic  of  this  nature,  that  the 
ancient  paintings  upon  the  walls  of  Herculaneum  and  Pompeii  owe 
their  freshness  at  the  present  day. 

CRYSTAL  YABNISHES. 

1.  Genuine  pale  Canada  balsam  and  rectified  oil  of  turpentine, 
equal  parts  ;  mix,  place  the  bottle  in  warm  water,  agitate  well,  set  it 
aside,  in  a  moderately  warm  place,  and  in  a  week  pour  ofif  the  clear. 
Used  for  maps,  prints,  drawings,  and  other  articles  of  paper,  and 
also  to  prepare  tracing  paper,  and  to  transfer  engravings.  2.  Mastic 
three  ounces,  alcohol  one  pint ;  dissolve.    Used  to  fix  pencil  drawings. 

ITALIAN  VABNISHE9. 

1,  Boil  Scio  turpentine  till  brittle,  powder,  and  dissolve  in  oil  of 
turpentine.  2.  Canada  balsam  and  clear  white  resin,  of  each  six 
ounces,  oil  of  turpentine  one  quart ;  dissolve.     Used  for  prints,  &c. 

WATEK  VABNISH   FOB   OIL-PAINTINGS. 

Boil  bitter-apple,  freed  from  the  seeds  and  cut  five  parts,  with  rain- 
water fifty  parts,  down  to  one-half.  Strain  and  dissolve  in  the  liquor 
gum  arable  eight  parts,  and  rock-candy  four  parts,  and  lastly,  add 
one  part  of  alcohol.    Let  it  stand  for  some  days,  and  filter. 

VAKNISH    FOR   PAPER-HANGINGS. 

Sandarach,  four  parts,  mastic,  seed-lac,  white  turpentine,  of  each 
two  parts,  gum  elemi  one  part,  alcohol  twenty-eight  parts.  Digest 
with  frequent  shaking,  and  filter.  Before  applying  this  varnish,  the 
paper  must  be  twice  painted  over  with  a  solution  of  white  gelatine, 
and  dried. 

book-binders'  varnish. 

Shellac  eight  parts,  gum  benzoin  three  parts,  gum  mastic  two 
parts,  bruise,  and  digest  in  alcohol  forty-eight  parts,  oil  of  lavender 
one-half  i>art.  Or,  digest  shellac  four  parts,  gum  mastic  two  parts, 
gum  dammar  and  white  turpentine  of  each  one  part,  with  alcohol 
(95  per  cent)  twenty-eight  parts. 

to  varnish  cabdwobk. 

Before  varnishing  cardwork,  it  must  receive  two  or  three  coats  of 
size,  to  prevent  the  absorption  of  the  varnish,  and  any  injury  to  the 
design.  The  size  may  be  made  by  dissolving  a  little  isinglass  in  hot 
water,  or  by  boiling  some  parchment  cuttings  until  dissolved.  In 
either  case  the  solution  must  be  strained  through  a  piece  of  clean 
muslin,  and  for  very  nice  purposes,  should  be  clarified  with  a  little 


70  VARNISHES. 

vbite  of  egg.  A  small  clean  brush,  called  by  painters  a  sasb  tool,  is 
the  best  for  applying  the  size,  as  well  as  the  varnish.  A  light  deli- 
cate touch  must  be  adopted,  especially  for  the  first  coat,  least  the 
ink  or  colors  be  started,  or  smothered. 

SIZE,   OR  VAENISH,   FOR  PRIKTEBS,   ETC. 

Best  pale  glue  and  white  curd  soap,  of  each  4  ounces  ;  hot  water  8 
pints  ;  dissolve,  then  add  powdered  alum  2  ounces.  Used  to  size 
prints  and  pictures  before  coloring  them. 

TARNISH  FOR  BRICK  WALLS. 

A  varnish  made  with  one  pound  of  sulphur  boiled  for  half  an  hour 
in  an  iron  vessel  is  a  perfect  protection  from  damp  to  brick  walls.  It 
should  be  applied  with  a  brush,  while  warm. 

MASTIC  VARNISHES. 

1.  (_Fine.)  Very  pale  and  picked  gum  mastic  five  pounds,  glass 
pounded  as  small  as  barley,  and  well  washed  and  dried  two  and  one- 
half  pounds,  rectified  turpentine  two  gallons  ;  put  them  into  a  clean 
four  gallon  stone  or  tin  bottle,  bung  down  securely,  and  keep  rolling 
it  backwards  and  forwards  pretty  smartly  on  a  counter  or  any  other 
solid  place  for  at  least  four  hours  ;  when,  if  the  gum  is  all  dissolved, 
the  varnish  may  be  decanted,  strained  through  muslin  into  another 
bottle,  and  allowed  to  settle.  It  should  be  kept  for  six  or  nine  months 
before  use,  as  it  thereby  gets  both  tougher  and  clearer.  2.  (Second 
Quality.)  Mastic  eight  pounds,  turpentine  four  gallons  ;  dissolve  by 
a  gentle  heat,  and  add  pale  turpentine  varnish  one-half  gallon. 
3.  Gum  mastic  six  ounces,  oil  of  turpentine  one  quart  ;  dissolve. 

Mastic  varnish  is  used  for  pictures,  &c.  ;  when  good,  it  is  tough, 
hai'd,  brilliant,  and  colorless.  Should  it  get  "  cAi7/c(/,"  one  pound 
of  well-washed  silicious  sand  should  be  made  moderately  hot,  and 
added  to  each  gallon,  which  must  then  be  well  agitated  for  five  min- 
utes, and  afterwards  allowed  to  settle. 

INDIA-RUBBER  VARNISHES. 

1.  Cut  up  one  pound  of  India  rubber  into  small  pieces  and  difiiise 
in  half  a  pound  of  sulphuric  ether,  which  is  done  by  digesting  in  a 
glass  flask  on  a  sand  bath.  Then  add  one  pound  pale  linseed  oil  var- 
nish, previously  heated,  and  after  settling,  one  pound  of  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, also  heated  beforehand.  Filter,  while  yet  warm,  into  bottles. 
Dries  slowly. 

2.  Two  ounces  India  rubber  finely  divided  and  digested  in  the  same 
way,  with  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  camphene,  and  half  an  ounce  of 
naphtha  or  benzole.  When  dissolved  add  one  ounce  of  copal  varnish, 
which  renders  it  more  durable.     Principally  for  gilding. 

3.  In  a  wide  mouthed  glass  bottle,  digest  two  ounces  of  India  rub- 
ber in  fine  shavings,  with  one  pound  of  oil  of  turpentine,  during  two 
days,  without  shaking,  then  stir  up  with  a  wooden  spatula.    Add 


VAENISHES.  71 

another  pound  of  oil  of  turpentine,  and  digest,  with  frequent  agitation, 
until  all  is  dissolved.  Then  mix  a  pound  and  a  half  of  this  solution 
with  two  pounds  of  very  white  copal-oil  varnish,  and  a  pound  and  a 
half  of  well  boiled  linseed  oil,  shake  and  digest  in  a  sand  bath,  until 
they  have  united  into  a  good  varnish. — For  morocco  leather. 

4.  Four  ounces  India  rubber  in  fine  shavings  are  dissolved  in  a 
covered  jar  by  means  of  a  sand  bath,  in  two  po\mds  of  crude  benzole, 
and  then  mixed  with  four  pounds  of  hot  linseed  oil  varnish,  and  a 
half  pound  of  oil  of  turpentine.     Dries  very  well. 

5.  Flexible  Varnish. — Melt  one  pound  of  rosin,  and  add  gradually 
half  a  pound  of  India  rubber  in  very  fine  shavings,  and  stir  until  cold. 
Then  heat  again,  slowly,  add  one  pound  of  linseed  oil  varnish,  heated, 
and  filter. 

6.  Another. — Dissolve  one  pound  of  gum  dammar,  and  a  half 
pound  of  India  rubber,  in  very  small  pieces,  in  one  pound  of  oil  of 
turpentine,  by  means  of  a  water  bath.  Add  one  pound  of  hot  oil 
varnish  and  filter. 

7.  India  rubber  in  small  pieces,  washed  and  dried,  are  fused  for 
three  hours  in  a  close  vessel,  on  a  gradually  heated  sand  bath.  On 
removing  from  the  sand  bath,  open  the  vessel  and  stir  for  ten  minutes, 
then  close  again,  and  repeat  the  fusion  on  the  following  day,  until 
email  globules  appear  on  the  surface.     Strain  through  a  wire  sieve. 

8.  Varnish  for  Waterproof  Goods. — Let  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of 
India  rubber,  in  small  pieces,  soften  in  a  half  pound  of  oil  of  turpen- 
tine, then  add  two  pounds  of  boiled  oil,  and  let  the  whole  boil  for  two 
hours  over  a  slow  coal  fire.  When  dissolved,  add  again  six  pounds  of 
boiled  linseed  oil  and  one  pound  of  litharge,  and  boil  until  an  even 
liquid  is  obtained.     It  is  applied  warm. 

9.  Gutta  Percha  Varnish. — Clean  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  Gutta 
Percha  in  warm  water  from  adhering  impurities,  dry  well,  dissolve  in 
one  '^pound  of  rectified  rosin  oil,  and  add  two  pounds  of  linseed  oil 
varnish,  boiling  hot.    Very  suitable  to  prevent  metals  from  oxidation. 

BLACK   VABNISH   FOR   HARNESS. 

Digest  shellac  twelve  parts,  white  turpentine  five  parts,  gum 
eandarach  two  parts,  lampblack  one  part,  with  spirits  of  turpentine 
four  parts,  alc9hol  ninety-six  parts. 

BOILED   OIL   OB   LINSEED-OIL   VABNISH. 

Boil  linseed  oil  sixty  parts,  with  litharge  two  parts,  and  white 
vitriol  one  part,  each  finely  powdered,  until  all  water  is  evaporated. 
Then  set  by.  Or,  rub  up  borate  of  manganese  four  parts,  with  some 
of  the  oil,  then  add  linseed  oil  three  thousand  parts,  and  heat  to 
boiling. 

DAMMAB   VABNISH. 

Gum  dammar  ten  parts,  gum  sandarach  five  parts,  gum  mastio 
one  part,  digest  at  a  low  heat,  occasionally  shaking,  with  spirits  of 


72  VARNISHES. 

turpentine  twenty  parts.      Finally,  add  more  spirits  of  turpentine 
to  give  the  consistence  of  syrup. 

COMMON    VARNISH. 

Digest  shellac  one  part,  with  alcohol  seven  or  eight  parts. 

WATEBPROOF  VABNISHES. 

Take  one  pound  of  flowers  of  sulphur  and  one  gallon  of  linseed  oil, 
and  boil  them  together  until  they  are  thoroughly  combined.  This 
forms  a  good  varnish  for  waterproof  textile  fixbrics.  Another  is  made 
with  four  pounds  oxyde  of  lead,  twopounds  of  lampblack,  five  ounces 
of  sulphur,  and  ten  pounds  of  India  rubber  dissolved  in  turpentine. 
These  substances,  in  such  proportions,  are  boiled  together  until  they 
are  thoroughly  combined.  Coloring  matters  may  be  mixed  with  them. 
Twilled  cotton  may  be  rendered  waterproof  by  the  application  of  the 
oil  sulphur  varnish.  It  should  be  applied  at  two  or  three  different 
times,  and  dried  after  each  operation. 

VARNISHES   FOR  BALLOONS,   GAS  BAGS,  ETC. 

1.  India  rubber  in  shavings  one  ounce  ;  mineral  naphtha  two  lbs. ; 
digest  at  a  gentle  heat  in  a  close  vessel  till  dissolved,  and  strain.  2. 
Digest  one  pound  of  Indian  rubber,  cut  small,  in  six  pounds  oil  of 
turpentine  for  7  days,  in  a  warm  place.  Put  the  mixture  in  a  water 
bath,  heat  until  thoroughly  mixed,  add  one  gallon  of  warm  boiled 
drying  oil,  mix,  and  strain  when  cold.  3.  Linseed  oil  one  gallon  ; 
dried  white  copperas  and  sugar  of  lead,  each  three  ounces;  litharge 
eight  ounces  ;  boil  with  constant  agitation  till  it  strings  well,  then 
oool  slowly  and  decant  the  clear.  If  too  thick,  thin  it  with  quicker 
drying  linseed  oil. 

GOLD    VARNISH. 

Digest  shellac  sLxteen  parts,  gum  sandarach,  mastic,  of  each  three 
parts,  crocus  one  part,  gum  gamboge  two  parts,  all  bruised,  with 
alcohol  one  hundred  forty-four  parts.  Or,  digest  seed-lac,  sanda- 
rach, mastic,  of  each  eight  parts,  gamboge  two  parts,  dragon's  blood 
one  part,  white  turpentine  six  parts,  turmeric  four  parts,  bruised, 
•with  alcohol  one  hundred  twenty  parts. 

WATNSCOT  VARNISH   FOR    HOUSE    PAINTING   AND    JAPANNING. 

Anime  eight  pounds  ;  clarified  linseed  oil  three  gallons  ;  litharge 
one-fourth  pound  ;  acetate  of  lead  one-half  pound  ;  sulphate  of  copper 
one-fourth  pound. 

All  these  materials  must  be  carefully  but  thoroughly  boiled  together 
until  the  mixture  becomes  quite  stringy,  and  then  five  and  a  half 
gallons  of  heated  turpentine  stirred  in.  It  can  be  easily  deepened  in 
color  by  the  addition  of  a  little  gold-size. 


LACKERS.  73 

LACKERS. 

GOLD     LACKER. 

Put  into  a  clean  four  gallon  tin,  one  pound  of  ground  turmeric, 
one  and  a  half  ounces  of  gamboge,  three  and  a  half  pounds  of  pow- 
dered gum  sandarach,  three  quarters  of  a  pound  of  shellac,  and  two 
gallons  of  spirits  of  wine.  When  shaken,  dissolved,  and  strained, 
add  one  pint  of  tui'pentine  varnish,  well  mixed. 

RED     SPIRIT     LACKER. 

Made  exactly  as  the  gold  lacker  with  these  ingredients  :  two  gal- 
lons of  spirits  of  wine,  one  pound  of  dragon's  blood,  three  pounds  of 
Spanish  annotto,  three  and  a  quarter  pounds  of  gum  sandarach,  and 
two  pints  of  turpentine. 

PALE    BRASS     LACKER. 

Two  gallons  of  spirits  of  wine,  one  pound  of  fine  pale  shellac, 
three  ounces  of  Cape  aloes,  cut  small  :  one  ounce  of  gamboge,  cut 
small. 

LACKER   FOR   TIN. 

Any  good  lacker  laid  upon  tin  gives  it  the  appearance  of  copper 
or  brass.  It  is  made  by  coloring  lac-varnish  with  turmeric  to  impart 
the  cijlor  of  brass  to  it,  and  with  annotto,  to  give  it  the  color  of  cop- 
per. If  a  tin  plate  is  dipped  into  molten  brass,  the  latter  metal  will 
adhere  to  it  in  a  coat. 

LACKER    VARNISH. 

A  good  lacker  is  made  by  coloring  lac-varnish  with  turmeric  and 
annotto.  Add  as  much  of  these  two  coloring  substances  to  the  varnish 
as  will  give  it  the  proper  color  ;  then  squeeze  the  varnish  through  a 
cotton  cloth,  Avhen  it  forms  lacker. 

DEEP  GOLD  COLORED  LACKER. 

Seed-lac  three  ounces,  turmeric  one  ounce,  dragon's  blood  one- 
fourth  ounce,  alcohol  one  pint  ;  digest  for  a  week,  frequently  shaking, 
decant  and  filter. 

Lackers  are  used  upon  polished  metals  and  wood  to  impart  the  ap- 
pearance of  gold.  If  yellow  is  required,  use  turmeric,  aloes,  saffron, 
or  gamboge  ;  for  red,  use  annotto,  or  dragon's  blood,  to  color.  Tur- 
meric, gamboge,  and  dragon's  blood,  generally  afford  a  sufficient 
range  of  colors. 

LACKERS  FOR  PICTURF^,  METAL,  WOOD  OK  LEATHER. 

1.  Seed-lac  eight  ounces,  alcohol  one  quart ;  digest  in  a  close  vessel 
in  a  warm  situation  for  three  or  four  days,  then  decant  and  strain. 
2.  Substitute  lac  bleached  by  chlorine  for  seed-lac.  Both  are  very 
tough,  hard,  and  durable  ;  the  last  almost  colorless. 

7 


74  MISCELLANEOUS    CEMENTS. 


MISCELLANEOUS     CEMENTS, 


ARMENIAN    OB   DIAMOND    CEMENT. 

This  article,  so  much  esteemed  for  uniting  pieces  of  broken  glass, 
for  repairing  precious  stones,  and  for  cementing  them  to  watch  cases 
and  other  ornaments,  is  made  by  soaking  isinglass  in  water  until  it 
becomes  quite  soft,  and  then  mixing  it  with  spirit  in  which  a  little 
gum  mastic  and  ammoniacum  have  been  dissolved. 

The  jewellers  of  Turkey,  who  are  mostly  Armenians,  have  a  singular 
method  of  ornamenting  watch  cases,  &c.,  with  diamonds  and  other 
precious  stones,  by  simply  glueing  or  cementing  them  on.  The  stone 
is  set  in  silver  or  gold,  and  the  lower  part  of  the  metal  made  flat,  or 
to  correspond  with  the  part  to  which  it  is  to  be  fixed  ;  it  is  then 
warmed  gently,  and  has  the  glue  applied,  which  is  so  very  string 
that  the  parts  so  cemented  never  separate  ;  this  glue,  which  will 
strongly  unite  bits  of  glass,  and  even  polished  steel,  and  may  be  ap- 
plied to  a  variety  of  useful  purposes,  is  thus  made  in  Turkey  : — Dis- 
solve five  or  six  bits  of  gum  mastic,  each  the  size  of  a  large  pea,  in  as 
much  spirits  of  wine  as  will  suffice  to  render  it  liquid  ;  and  in  another 
vessel,  dissolve  as  much  isinglass,  previously  a  little  softened  in  water, 
(though  none  of  the  water  must  be  used,)  in  French  brandy  or  good 
rum,  as  will  make  a  two-ounce  vial  of  very  strong  glue,  adding  two 
small  bits  of  gum  albanum,  or  ammoniacum,  Which  must  be  rubbed 
or  ground  till  they  are  dissolved.  Then  mix  the  whole  with  a  suffi- 
cient heat.  Keep  the  glue  in  a  vial  closely  stopped,  and  when  it  is 
to  be  used,  set  the  vial  in  boiling  water.  Some  persons  have  sold  a 
composition  under  the  name  of  Armenian  cement,  in  England  ;  but 
this  composition  is  badly  made  ;  it  is  much  too  thin,  and  the  quantity 
of  mastic  is  much  too  small. 

The  following  are  good  proportions :  isinglass,  soaked  in  water  and 
dissolved  in  spirit,  two  ounces,  (thick) ;  dissolve  in  this  ten  grains  of 
Tery  pale  gum  ammoniac,  (in  tears,)  by  rubbing  them  together  ; 
then  add  six  large  tears  of  gum  mastic,  dissolved  in  the  least  possible 
quantity  of  rectified  spirit. 

Isinglass,  dissolved  in  proof  spirit,  as  above,  three  ounces  ;  bottoms 
of  mastic  varnish  (thick  but  clear)  one  and  a  half  ounces  ;  mix  well. 

"When  carefully  made,  this  cement  resists  moisture,  and  dries  col- 
orless. As  usually  met  with,  it  is  not  only  of  very  bad  quality,  but 
sold  at  exorbitant  prices. 

CEMENTS    FOR   MENDING    EARTHERN    AND    GLASS    WARE. 

1.  Heat  the  article  to  be  mended,  a  little  above  boiling  water  heat, 
then  apply  a  thin  coating  of  gum  shellac,  on  both  surfaces  of  the 
broken  vessel,  and  when  cold  it  will  be  as  strong  as  it  was  originally. 
2.  Dissolve  gum  shellac  in  alcohol,  apply  the  solution,  and  bind  the 
parts  firmly  together  until  the  cement  is  perfectly  dry. 


MISCELLANEOUS   CEMENTS.  75 


CEJiTEXT    FOR   STONEWARE. 

Another  cement  in  which  an  analogous  substance,  the  curd  or  ca- 
seuin  of  milk  is  employed,  is  made  by  boiling  slices  of  skim-milk  cheese 
into  a  gluey  consistence  in  a  great  quantity  of  water,  and  then  incor- 
porating it  with  quicklime  on  a  slab  with  a  muller,  or  in  a  marble 
mortar.  When  this  compound  is  applied  warm  to  broken  edges  of 
stoneware,  it  unites  them  very  firmly  after  it  is  cold. 

IRON-RDST   CEMEST.  « 

The  iron-rust  cement  is  made  of  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  parts  of 
iron  borings,  pounded  and  sifted,  mixed  with  one  part  of  sal-ammo- 
niac, and  when  it  is  to  be  applied  moistened  with  as  much  water  as 
will  give  it  a  pasty  consistency.  Formerly  flowers  of  sulphur  were 
used,  and  much  more  sal-ammoniac  in  making  this  cement,  but  with 
decided  disadvantage,  as  the  union  is  effected  by  oxidizement,  conse- 
quent expansion  and  solidification  of  the  iron  powder,  and  any  hetero- 
geneous matter  obstructs  the  effect.  The  best  proportion  of  sal-ammo- 
niac is,  I  believe,  one  per  cent  of  the  iron  borings.  Another  compo- 
sition of  the  same  kind  is  made  by  mixing  four  parts  of  fine  borings  or 
filings  of  iron,  two  parts  of  potter's  clay,  and  one  part  of  pounded 
potsherds,  and  making  them  into  a  paste  with  salt  and  water.  When 
this  cement  is  allowed  to  concrete  slowly  on  iron  joints,  it  becomes 
Tery  hard. 

FOR   MAKING    ARCHITECTURAL   ORNAMENTS   IN    RELIEF. 

For  making  architectural  ornaments  in  relief,  a  moulding  compo- 
sition is  formed  of  chalk,  glue,  and  paper  paste.  Even  statues  have 
been  made  with  it,  the  paper  aiding  the  cohesion  of  the  mass. 


Mastics  of  a  resinous  or  bituminous  nature,  which  must  be  softened 
or  fused  by  heat,  are  the  following  : — 

varlet's    mastic. 

Mr.  S.  Varley's  consists  of  sixteen  parts  of  whiting  sifted  and  thor- 
oughly dried  by  a  red  heat,  adding  when  cold  a  melted  mixture  of 
sixteen  parts  of  black  rosin  and  one  of  bees'-wax,  and  stirring  well 
during  the  cooling. 

ELECTRICAL  AND   CHEMICAL   APPARATUS  CEMENT. 

Electrical  and  chemical  apparatus  cement  consists  of  5  lbs.  of  rosin, 
1  of  bees'-wax,  1  of  red  ochre,  and  two  table-spoonsful  of  Paris  plas- 
ter, all  melted  together.  A  cheaper  one  for  cementing  voltaic  plates 
into  wooden  troughs  is  made  with  6  pounds  of  rosin,  1  pound  of  red 
ochre,  4  of  a  pound  of  plaster  of  Paris,  and  ^  of  a  pound  of  linseed 
oil.  The  ochre  and  the  plaster  of  Paris  should  be  calcined  beforehand, 
and  added  to  the  other  ingredients  in  their  melted  state.  The  thinner 
the  stratum  of  cement  that  is  interposed,  the  stronger,  generally  speak- 
ing, is  the  junction. 


76  MISCELLANEOUS    CEMENTS. 


CEMENT   FOR   IKON    TUBES,    BOILERS,    ETC. 

Finely  powdered  iron  sixty-six  parts,  sal-ammoniac  one  part,  water 
a  sufficient  quantity  to  form  into  paste. 

CEMENT  FOR  IVORY,  MOTHER  OF  PE.VRL,  ETC. 

Dissolve  one  part  of  isinglass  and  two  of  white  glue  in  thirty  of  wa- 
ter, strain  and  evaporate  to  six  parts.  Add  one-thirtieth  part  of 
gum  mastic,  dissolved  in  half  a  part  of  alcohol,  and  one  part  of 
white  zinc.     When  required  for  use,  warm  and  shake  up. 

CEMENT   FOR  HOLES    IN   CASTINGS. 

The  best  cement  for  this  purpose  is  made  by  mixing  one  part  of 
sulphur  in  powder,  two  parts  of  sal-ammoniac,  and  eighty  parts  of 
clean  powdered  iron  turnings.  Sufficient  water  must  be  added  to 
make  it  into  a  thick  paste,  which  should  be  pressed  into  the  holes  or 
seams  which  are  to  be  filled  up.  The  ingredients  composing  this  ce- 
ment should  be  kept  separate,  and  not  mixed  until  i-equired  for  use. 
It  is  to  be  applied  cold,  and  the  casting  should  not  be  used  for  two  or 
three  days  afterwards. 

CEMENT  FOR  COPPERSMITHS  .^JN'D  ENGINEERS. 

Boiled  linseed  oil  and.  red  lead  mixed  together  into  a  putty  are  often 
used  by  coppersmiths  and  engineers,  to  secure  joints.  The  washers  of 
leather  or  cloth  are  smeared  with  this  mixture  in  a  pasty  state. 

A   CHEAP     CEMENT. 

Melted  brimstone,  either  alone,  or  mixed  with  rosin  and  brick  dust, 
forms  a  tolerably  good  and  very  cheap  cement. 

plumber's   CEMENT. 

Plumber's  cement  consists  of  black  rosin  one  part,  brick  dust  two 
parts,  well  incorporated  by  a  melting  heat. 

CEMENT    FOR   BOTTLE-CORKS. 

The  bituminous  or  black  cement  for  bottle-corks  consists  of  pitch 
hardened  by  the  addition  of  rosin  and  brick-dust. 

CHINA   CEMENT. 

Take  the  curd  of  milk,  dried  and  powdered,  ten  ounces  ;  quicklime 
one  ounce  ;  camphor  two  drachms.  Mix,  and  keep  in  closely  stopped 
bottles.  When  used,  a  portion  is  to  be  mixed  witli  a  little  water  into 
a  paste,  to  be  applied  quickly. 

CEMENT   FOR    LEATHER. 

A  mixture  of  India-rubber  and  shell-lac  varnish  makes  a  very  ad- 
hesive leather  cement.  A  strong  solution  of  common  isinglass,  with 
a  little  diluted  alcohol  added  to  it,  makes  an  excellent  cement  for 
leather. 


MISCELLANEOUS    CEMENTS.  77 


MARBLE   CEMENT. 

Take  plaster  of  paris,  and  soak  it  in  a  saturated  solution  of  alum, 
then  bake  the  two  in  an  oven,  the  same  as  gypsum  is  baked  to  make 
it  plaster  of  paris  ;  after  which  they  are  ground  to  powder.  It  ia 
then  used  as  wanted,  being  mixed  up  with  water  like  plaster  and  ap- 
plied. It  sets  into  a  very  hard  composition  capable  of  taking  a  very 
high  polish.  It  may  be  mixed  with  various  coloring  minerals  to  pro- 
duce a  cement  of  any  color  capable  of  imitating  marble. 

A   GOOD   CEMENT. 

Shellac  dissolved  in  alcohol,  or  in  a  solution  of  borax,  forms  a  pretty 
good  cement. 

CEMENT   FOa   MARBLE  WORKERS   AND   COPPERSMITHS. 

White  of  egg  alone,  or  mixed  with  finely  sifted  quicklime,  will 
answer  for  uniting  objects  which  are  not  exposed  to  moisture.  The 
latter  combination  is  very  strong,  and  is  much  employed  for  joining 
pieces  of  spar  and  marble  ornaments.  A  similar  composition  is  used 
by  coppersmiths  to  secure  the  edges  and  rivets  of  boilers  ;  only  bul- 
lock's blood  is  the  albuminous  matter  used  instead  of  white  of  egg. 

TRANSPARENT   CEJIENT   FOR   GLASS. 

Dissolve  one  part  of  India-rubber  in  64  of  chloroform,  then  add 
gum  mastic  in  powder  16  to  24  parts,  and  digest  for  two  days  with 
frequent  shaking.     Apply  with  a  camel8-hair»brush. 

CEMENT   TO   MEND   IRON   POTS   AND   PANS. 

Take  two  parts  of  sulphur,  and  one  part,  by  weight,  of  fine  black 
lead  ;  put  the  sulphur  in  an  old  iron  pan,  holding  it  over  the  fire 
until  it  begins  to  melt,  then  add  the  lead  ;  stir  well  until  all  is  mixed 
and  melted  ;  then  pour  out  on  an  iron  plate,  or  smooth  stone.  When 
cool,  break  into  small  pieces.  A  sufficient  quantity  of  this  compound 
being  placed  upon  the  crack  of  the  iron  pot  to  be  mended,  can  be 
soldered  by  a  hot  iron  in  the  same  way  a  tinsmith  solders  his  sheets. 
If  there  is  a  small  hole  in  the  pot,  drive  a  copper  rivet  in  it  and  then 
solder  over  it  with  this  cement. 

CEMENT  TO   RENDER  CISTERNS  ANT)   CASKS   WATER  TIGHT. 

An  excellent  cement  for  resisting  moisture  is  made  by  incorporating 
thoroughly  eight  parts  of  melted  glue,  of  the  consistence  used  by  car- 
penters, with  four  parts  of  linseed  oil,  boiled  into  varnish  with  lith- 
arge. This  cement  hardens  in  about  forty -eight  hours,  and  renders 
the  joints  of  wooden  cisterns  and  casks  air  and  water  fight.  A  com- 
pound of  glue  with  one-fourth  its  weight  of  Venice  turpentine,  made 
as  above,  serves  to  cemerft  glass,  metal  and  wood,  to  one  another 
Fresh-made  cheese  curd,  and  old  skim-milk  cheese,  boiled  in  water  to 
a  slimy  consistence,  dissolved  in  a  solution  of  bicarbonate  of  potash 

7* 


78  MISCELLANEOUS    CEMENTS. 

are  said  to  form  a  good  cement  for  glass  and  porcelain.  The  gluten  of 
wheat,  well  prepared,  is  also  a  good  cement.  White  of  eggs,  with 
flour  and  water  well-mixed,  and  smeared  over  linen  cloth,  forms  a 
ready  lute  for  steam  joints  in  small  apparatus. 

CEMENT   FOR   REPAIRING   FRACTURED   BODIES    OF  ALL  KINDS. 

White  lead  ground  upon  a  slab  with  linseed  oil  varnish,  and  kept 
out  of  contact  of  air,  affords  a  cement  capable  of  repairing  fractured 
bodies  of  all  kinds.  It  requires  a  few  weeks  to  harden.  When  stone 
or  iron  are  to  be  cemented  together,  a  compound  of  equal  parts  of  sul- 
phur with  pitch  answers  very  well. 

CEMENTS  FOR  CRACKS  IN  WOOD. 

Make  a  paste  of  slacked  lime  one  part,  rye-meal  two  parts,  with  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  linseed  oil.  Or,  dissolve  one  part  of  glue  in  six- 
teen parts  of  water,  and  when  almost  cool  stir  in  sawdust  and  pre- 
pared chalk  a  sufficient  quantity.  Or,  oil-varnish  thickened  with  a 
mixture  of  equal  parts  of  white-lead,  red-lead,  litharge,  and  chalk. 

CEMENT   FOR   JOINING   METALS    AND   WOOD. 

Melt  rosin  and  stir  in  calcined  plaster  until  reduced  to  a  paste, 
to  which  add  boiled  oil  a  sufficient  quantity,  to  bring  it  to  the  con- 
sistence of  honey  ;  apply  warm.  Or,  melt  rosin  180  parts,  and  stir 
in  burnt  umber  30,  calcined  plaster  15,  and  boiled  oil  8  parts. 

GAS    fitters'    cement. 

Mix  together,  resin  four  and  one-half  parts,  wax  one  part,  and 
Venetian  red  three  parts. 

impervious  cement  for  APPARATUS,  CORKS,  ETC. 

Zinc-white  rubbed  up  with  copal  varnish  to  fill  up  the  indentures; 
when  dry,  to  be  covered  with  the  same  mass,  somewhat  thinner,  and 
lastly  with  copal  varnish  alone. 

cement  for  fastening   brass    TO    GLASS   VESSELS. 

Melt  rosin  150  parts,  wax  30,  and  add  burnt  ochre  30,  and  cal- 
cined plaster  2  parts.     Apply  warm. 

cement   for  FASTENING    BLADES,    FILES,   ETC. 

Shellac  two  parts,  prepared  chalk  one,  powdered  and  mixed.  The 
opening  for  the  blade  is  tilled  with  this  powder,  the  lower  end  of  the 
iron  heated  and  pressed  in. 

HYDRAULIC    CEMENT  TAINT. 

If  hydraulic  cement  be  mixed  with  oil,  it  forms  a  first-rate  anti- 
combustible  and  excellent  water-proof  paint  for  roofs  of  buildings, 
outhouses,  walls,  &c. 


builders'  cements.  79 

BUILDERS'     CEMENTS. 


CEJIENT  FOR  TERBACES,   FLOORS,   ROOFS,   RESERVOIRS,   ETC. 

In  certain  localities  where  a  limestone  impregnated  with  bitumen 
occurs,  it  is  dried,  ground,  sifted,  and  then  mixed  with  about  its  own 
weight  of  melted  pitch,  either  mineral,  vegetable,  or  that  of  cold  tar. 
When  this  mixture  is  getting  semifluid,  it  may  be  moulded  into  large 
slabs  or  tiles  in  wooden  frames  lined  with  sheet  iron,  previously 
smeared  over  with  common  lime  mortar,  in  order  to  prevent  adhesion 
to  the  moulds,  which,  being  in  moveable  pieces,  are  easily  dismounted 
so  as  to  turn  out  the  cake  of  artificial  bituminous  stone.  This  cement 
is  manufactured  upon  a  great  scale  in  many  places,  and  used  for 
making  Italian  terraces,  covering  the  floors  of  balconies,  flat  roofs, 
water  reservoirs,  water  conduits,  &c.  When  laid  down,  the  joints 
must  be  well  run  together  with  hot  irons.  The  floor  of  the  terrace 
should  be  previously  covered  with  a  layer  of  Paris  plaster  or  common 
mortar,  nearly  an  inch  thick,  with  a  regular  slope  of  one  inch  to  the 
yard.  Such  bituminous  cement  weighs  144  pounds  the  cubic  foot ;  or 
a  foot  of  square  surface,  one  inch  thick,  weighs  12  pounds.  Some- 
times a  second  layer  of  these  slabs  or  tiles  is  applied  over  the  first, 
with  the  precaution  of  making  the  seams  or  joints  of  the  upper  corres- 
pond with  the  middle  of  the  under  ones.  Occasionally  a  bottom  bed, 
of  coarse  cloth  or  gray  paper,  is  applied.  The  larger  the  slabs  are 
made,  as  far  as  they  can  be  conveniently  tsansported  and  laid  down, 
80  much  the  better. 

MASTIC  CEMENT   FOR   COVERING    THE   FRONTS    OF   HOUSES. 

Fifty  parts,  by  measure,  of  clean  dry  sand,  fifty  of  limestone  (not 
burned)  reduced  to  grains  like  sand,  or  marble  dust,  and  10  parte  of 
red  lead,  mixed  with  as  much  boiled  linseed  oil,  as  will  make  it 
slightly  moist.  The  brick,  to  receive  it,  should  be  covered  with  three 
coats  of  boiled  oil,  laid  on  with  a  brush,  and  suffered  to  dry,  before 
the  mastic  is  put  on.  It  is  laid  on  with  a  trowel  like  plaster,  but  it 
is  not  so  moist.  It  becomes  hard  as  stone  in  a  few  months.  Care 
most  be  exercised  not  to  use  too  much  oil. 

CEMENT  FOR   OUTSIDE   BRICK  WALLS. 

Cement  for  the  outside  of  brick  walls,  to  imitate  stone,  is  made  of 
clean  s;ind  90  parts,  litharge  5  parts,  plaster  of  Paris  5  parts,  moist- 
ened with  boiled  linseed  oil.  The  bricks  should  receive  two  or  three 
coats  of  oil  before  the  cement  is  applied. 

CEMENT  FOR  COATING   THE  FRONTS    OF   BUILDINGS. 

The  cement  of  dihl  for  coating  the  fronts  of  buildings  consists  of  lin- 
seed oil,  rendered  dry  by  boiling  with  litharge,  and  mixed  with  por- 
celain clay  in  fine  powder,  to  give  it  the  consistence  of  stiflf  mortar. 


80  builders'  cements. 

Pipe-clay  would  answer  equally  well  if  well  dried,  and  any  color  might 
be  given  with  ground  bricks,  or  pottery.  A  little  oil  of  turpentine  to 
thin  this  cement  aids  its  cohesion  upon  stone,  brick  or  wood.  It  has 
been  applied  to  sheets  of  wire  cloth,  and  in  this  state  laid  upon  ter- 
races, in  order  to  make  them  water  tight  ;  but  it  is  a  little  less  ex- 
pensive than  lead. 

CEMENT   FOR   STEPS   AND   BKICK   WALLS. 

A  cement  which  gradually  indurates  to  a  stony  consistence,  may  be 
made  by  mixing  twenty  parts  of  clean  river  sand,  two  of  litharge,  and 
one  of  quicklime,  into  a  thin  putty  with  linseed  oil.  The  quicklime 
may  be  replaced  with  litharge.  When  this  cement  is  applied  to  mend 
broken  pieces  of  stone,  as  steps  of  stairs,  it  acquires  after  some  time  a 
stony  hardness.  A  similar  composition  has  been  applied  to  coat  over 
brick  walls,  under  the  name  of  mastic. 

A   HARD   CEJIENT  FOR   SEAMS. 

An  excellent  cement  for  seams  in  the  roofs  of  houses,  or  for  any 
other  exposed  places,  is  made  with  white  lead,  di'y  white  sand,  and 
as  much  oil  as  will  make  it  into  the  consistency  of  putty.  This  cement 
gets  as  hard  as  stone  in  a  few  weeks.  It  is  a  good  cement  for  filling 
up  cracks  in  exposed  parts  of  brick  buildings  ;  and  for  pointing  up 
the  base  of  chimneys,  where  they  project  through  the  roofs  of  shingled 
houses. 

ANOTHER   GOOD   CEMENT. 

Dissolve  one  pound  of  alum  in  boiling  water,  and  while  it  is  boiling 
add  five  pounds  of  brown  soap,  cut  into  small  pieces  ;  boil  the  mixture 
about  fifteen  minutes.  It  then  becomes  sticky  like  shoemaker's  wax. 
Now  mix  it  with  whiting  to  a  proper  consistency  for  filling  up  seams, 
&c.  It  becomes  partially  liard  after  a  few  months,  and  strongly  ad- 
heres to  wood.  The  wood  should  be  perfectly  dry.  To  make  it  ad- 
here it  must  be  well  pressed  down.  When  dry  it  is  impervious  to 
water,  and  is  slightly  elastic* 

CEMENT   FOR   TlLE-ROOFS, 

The  best  cement  for  closing  up  seams  in  tile-roofs  is  composed  of 
equal  parts  of  whiting  and  dry  sand  and  25  per  cent  of  litharge,  made 
into  the  consistency  of  putty  with  linseed  oil.  It  is  not  liable  to  crack 
when  cold,  nor  melt,  like  coal-tar  and  asphalt,  with  the  heat  of  the 
Bun. 

COARSE   STUFF. 

Coarse  stuff,  or  lime  and  hair,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  is  pre- 
pared in  the  same  way  as  common  mortar,  with  the  addition  of  hair 
procured  from  the  tanner,  which  must  be  well  mixed  with  the  mortar 
by  means  of  a  three-pronged  rake,  until  the  hair  is  equally  distribu- 
ted throughout  the  composition.  The  mortar  should  be  first  formed, 
and  when  the  lime  and  sand  have  been  thoroughly  mixed,  the  hair 
should  be  added  by  degrees,  and  the  whole  so  thoroughly  united,  that 
the  hair  shall  appear  to  be  equally  distributed  throughout. 


builders'  cements.  81 


PARKER'S   CEMENT. 

Tliis  cement,  ■which  is  perhaps  the  best  of  all  others  for  stucco,  as 
it  is  not  subject  to  crack  or  flake  ofi",  is  now  very  commonly  used, 
and  is  formed  by  burning  argillaceous  clay  in  the  same  manner  that 
lime  is  made.  It  is  then  reduced  to  powder.  The  cement,  as  used 
by  the  plasterer,  is  sometimes  employed  alone,  and  sometimes  it  is 
mixed  with  sharp  sand  ;  and  it  has  then  the  appearance,  and  almost 
the  strength,  of  stone.  As  it  is  impervious  to  water,  it  is  very 
proper  for  lining  tanks  and  cisterns. 

hajielein's  cement. 

This  cement  consists  of  earthy  and  other  substances  insoluble  in 
water,  or  nearly  so  ;  and  these  may  be  either  those  which  are  in 
their  natural  state,  or  have  bean  manufactured,  such  as  earthen- 
ware and  china  ;  those  being  always  preferred  which  are  least 
soluble  in  water,  and  have  the  least  color.  When  these  are  pul- 
verized, some  oxide  of  lead  is  added,  such  as  litharge,  gray  oxide, 
or  minium,  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  ;  and  to  the  compound  is 
added  a  quantity  of  pulverized  glass  or  flint  stones,  the  whole 
being  thoroughly  mixed  and  made  into  a  proper  consistence  with 
some  vegetable  oil,  as  that  of  linseed.  This  makes  a  durabi2  stucco 
or  plaster,  that  is  impervious  to  wet,  and  has  the  appearance  of 
stone. 

The  proportion  of  the  several  ingretlients  is  as  follows  :  —  to  every 
five  hundred  and  sixty  pounds  of  earth,  or  earths,  such  as  pit  sand, 
river  sand,  rock  sand,  pulverized  earthenware  or  porcelain,  add 
forty  pounds  of  litharge,  two  pounds  of  pulverized  glass  or  flint, 
one  pound  of  minium,  and  two  pounds  of  gray  oxide  of  lead.  Mix 
the  whole  together,  and  sift  it  through  sieves  of  difierent  degrees 
of  fineness,  according  to  the  purposes  to  which  the  cement  is  to  be 
applied. 

The  following  is  the  method  of  using  it :  —  To  every  thirty  pounds 
weight  of  the  cement  in  powder,  add  about  one  quart  of  oil,  either 
linseed,  walnut,  or  some  other  vegetable  oil,  and  mix  it  in  the  same 
manner  as  any  other  mortar,  pressing  it  gently  together,  either  by 
treading  on  it,  or  with  the  trowel  ;  it  has  then  the  appearance  of 
moistened  sand.  Care  must  also  be  taken  that  no  more  is  mixed  at 
one  time  than  is  required  for  use,  as  it  soon  hardens  into  a  solid 
mass.  Before  the  cement  is  applied,  the  face  of  the  wall  to  be  plas- 
tered should  be  brushed  over  with  oil,  particularly  if  it  be  applied 
to  brick,  or  any  other  substance  that  quickly  imbibes  the  oil  ;  if  to 
wood,  lead,  or  any  substance  of  a  similar  nature,  less  oil  may  be 
used. 

PLASTER   IN   IMITATION   OF   MARBLE — SCAGLIOLA. 

This  species  of  work  is  exquisitely  beautiful  when  done  with  taste 
and  judgment,  and  is  so  like  marble  to  the  touch,  as  well  as  appear- 
ance, that  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  distinguish  the  one  from  the 
other.    We  shall  endeavor  to  explain  its  composition,  and  the  man- 


82  builders'  cements, 

ner  in  ■which  it  is  applied  ;  but  so  much  depends  upon  the  workman's 
execution,  that  it  is  impossible  for  any  one  to  succeed  in  an  attempt 
to  work  with  it  without  some  practical  experience. 

Procure  some  of.  the  purest  gypsum,  and  calcine  it  until  the  large 
masses  have  lost  the  brilliant,  sparkling  appearance  by  which  they 
are  characterized,  and  the  whole  mass  appears  uniformly  opaque. 
This  calcined  gypsum  is  reduced  to  powder,  and  passed  through  a 
very  fine  sieve,  and  mixed  up,  as  it  is  wanted  for  use,  with  glue, 
isinglass,  or  some  other  material  of  the  same  kind.  This  solu- 
tion is  colored  with  the  tint  required  for  the  scagliola  ;  but  when  a 
marble  of  various  colors  is  to  be  imitated,  the  several  colored  compo- 
sitions required  by  the  artist  must  be  placed  in  separate  vessels,  and 
they  are  then  mingled  together  in  nearly  tlie  same  manner  that  the 
painter  mixes  his  color  on  the  pallet.  Having  the  wall  or  column 
prepared  with  rough  plaster,  it  is  covered  with  the  composition,  and 
the  colors  intended  to  imitate  the  mai-ble,  of  whatever  kind  it  may 
be,  are  applied  when  the  floating  is  going  on. 

It  now  only  remains  to  polish  the  work,  which,  as  soon  as  the  com- 
position is  hard  enough,  is  done  by  rubbing  it  with  pumice-stone,  the 
work  being  kept  wet  with  water  applied  by  a  sponge.  It  is  then 
polished  with  Tripoli  and  charcoal,  with  a  piece  of  fine  linen,  and 
finished  with  a  piece  of  felt,  dipped  in  a  mixture  of  oil  and  Tripoli, 
and  afterwards  with  pure  oil. 

MALTILi,    OR    GEEEK    MASTIC. 

This  is  made  by  mixing  lime  and  sand  in  the  manner  of  mortar, 
and  making  it  into  a  proper  consistency  with  milk  or  size,  instead  of 
water. 

FINE  STUFF. 

This  is  made  by  slaking  lime  with  a  small  portion  of  water,  after 
which  so  much  water  is  added  as  to  give  it  the  consistence  of  cream. 
It  is  then  allowed  to  settle  for  some  time,  and  the  supeiHuous  water 
is  poured  oflF,  and  the  sediment  is  sutFered  to  remain  till  evaporation 
reduces  it  to  a  proper  thickness  for  use.  For  some  kinds  of  work,  it 
is  necessary  to  add  a  small  portion  of  hair. 

STUCCO    FOR    INSIDE   OF   WALLS. 

This  stucco  consists  of  fine  stuff  already  described,  and  a  portion 
of  fine  washed  sand,  in  the  proportion  of  one  of  sand  to  three  of  fine 
stuff.  Those  parts  of  interior  walls  are  finished  with  this  stucco 
which  are  intended  to  be  painted.  In  using  this  material,  great  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  surface  be  perfectly  level,  and  to  secure  this 
it  must  be  well  worked  with  a  floating  tool  or  wooden  trowel.  This 
is  done  by  sprinkling  a  little  water  occasionally  on  the  stucco,  and 
rubbing  it  in  a  circular  direction  with  the  float,  till  the  surface  has 
attained  a  high  gloss.  The  durability  of  the  work  very  much  de- 
pends upon  the  care  with  which  this  process  is  done  ;  for  if  it  be  not 
thoroughly  worked,  it  is  apt  to  crack. 


builders'  cement.  83 


HIGGIKS'   STUCCO. 


To  fifteen  pounds  of  the  best  stone  lime,  add  fourteen  pounds  of 
bone  ashes,  finely  powdered,  and  about  ninety-five  pounds  of  clean, 
washed  sand,  quite  di'y,  either  coarse  or  fine,  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  work  in  hand.  These  ingredients  must  be  intimately 
mixed,  and  kept  from  the  air  till  wanted.  When  required  for  use, 
it  must  be  mixed  up  into  a  proper  consistence  for  working  with 
lime  water,  and  used  as  speedily  as  possible. 

GAUGE   STUFF. 

This  is  chiefly  used  for  mouldings  «and  cornices  which  are  run  or 
formed  with  a  wooden  mould.  It  consists  of  about  one-fifth  of  plas- 
ter of  Pai-is,  mixed  gradually  with  four-fifths  of  fine  stuflF.  When 
the  work  is  required  to  set  very  expeditiously,  the  proportion  of 
plaster  of  Paris  is  increased.  It  is  often  necessary  that  the  plaster 
to  be  used  should  have  the  property  of  setting  immediately  it  is  laid 
on,  and  in  all  such  cases  gauge  stuff  is  used,  and  consequently  it  ia 
extensively  employed  for  cementing  ornaments  to  walls  or  ceilings, 
as  well  as  for  casting  the  ornaments  themselves. 

COMPOSITION. 

This  is  frequently  used,  instead  of  plaster  of  Paris,  for  the  orna- 
mental parts  of  buildings,  as  it  is  more  durable,  and  becomes  in  time 
as  hard  as  stone  itself.  It  is  of  great  use  in  the  execution  of  the 
decorative  parts  of  architecture,  and  also  in  the  finishings  of  picture 
frames,  being  a  cheaper  method  than  carving  by  nearly  eighty  per 
cent. 

It  is  made  as  follows  :  —  Two  pounds  of  the  best  whitening,  one 
pound  of  glue,  and  half  a  pound  of  linseed  oil  are  heated  together, 
the  composition  being  continually  stii-red  until  the  different  substan- 
ces are  thoroughly  incorporated.  Let  the  compound  cool,  and  then 
lay  it  on  a  stone  covered  with  powdered  whitening,  and  heat  it  well 
until  it  becomes  of  a  tough  and  firm  consistence.  It  may  then  be 
put  by  for  use,  covered  with  wet  cloths  to  keep  it  fresh.  When 
wanted  for  use,  it  must  be  cut  into  pieces,  adapted  to  the  size  of  the 
mould,  into  which  it  is  forced  by  a  screw  press.  The  ornament, 
or  cornice,  is  fixed  to  the  frame  or  wall  with  glue  or  with  white 
lead. 

FOUNDATIONS   OF   BUILDINGS. 

The  nature  and  condition  of  the  soil  upon  which  houses  are  to  be 
built  should  receive  far  more  attention  than  is  usually  bestowed  upon 
such  subjects.  A  soil  which  is  spongy  and  damp,  or  contains  much 
loose  organic  matter,  is  generally  unhealthy  ;  whei*eas  a  dry,  porus 
soil  affords  a  healthy  site  for  buildings.  Wherever  we  find  a  soil  de- 
ficient in  gravel  or  sand,  or  where  gravel  and  sand-beds  are  underlaid 
with  clay,  there  should  be  a  thorough  sub-soil  drainage,  because  the 
clay  retains  the  water,  and  a  house  built  in  such  a  spot  would  other- 
wise always  be  damp  and  unhealthy. 


84  builders'  cements. 

When  the  sub-soil  is  swampy,  which  is  the  case  with  many  portions 
of  various  cities  that  have  been  filled  in  with  what  is  called  viade 
earth,  fever  is  liable  to  prevail  in  houses  built  in  such  localities, 
owing  to  the  decay  of  organic  matter  underneath,  and  its  ascension 
in  the  form  of  gas  through  the  soil.  When  good  drainage  cannot  be 
effected  in  such  situations,  and  it  is  found  necessary  to  build  houses 
on  them,  they  should  all  have  solid  floors  of  concrete,  laid  from  the 
outside  of  the  foundations  and  covering  the  whole  area  over  which 
the  structure  is  erected.  These  floors  tend  to  prevent  dampness  in 
houses,  consequently  they  are  more  comfortable  and  healthy  than 
they  otherwise  would  be.  Such  floors  also  tend  to  prevent  the  crack- 
ing of  the  walls,  owing  to  the  selidity  and  firmness  imparted  to  their 
foundations. 

CONCEETE  FLOORS. 

The  lower  floors  of  all  the  cellars  of  houses  should  be  composed  of  a 
bed  of  concrete  about  three  inches  thick.  This  would  tend  to  render 
them  dry,  and  more  healthy,  and  at  the  same  time  prevent  rats  from 
buri'owing  under  the  walls  from  the  outside,  and  coming  up  under 
the  floor — the  method  pursued  by  these  vermin  where  houses  are 
erected  on  a  sandy  soil.  This  conci-ete  should  be  made  of  washed 
gravel  and  hydraulic  cement.  Common  mortar  mixed  with  pounded 
brick  and  washed  gravel,  makes  a  concrete  for  floors  nearly  as  good 
as  that  formed  with  hydraulic  cement.  Such  floors  become  very  hai-d, 
and  are  much  cheaper  than  those  of  brick  or  flagstones. 

FIRE-PROOF   COMPOSITION    TO    RESIST   FIRE   FOR    FIVE   HOURS. 

Dissolve,  in  cold  water,  as  much  pearlash  as  it  is  capable  of  holding 
in  solution,  and  wash  or  daub  with  it  all  the  boards,  wainscoting, 
timber,  &c.  Then  diluting  the  same  liquid  with  a  little  water,  add  to 
it  such  a  portion  of  fine  yellow  clay  as  will  make  the  mixture  the  same 
consistence  as  common  paint ;  stir  in  a  small  quantity  of  paperhang- 
er's  flour  paste  to  combine  both  the  otlier  substances.  Give  three 
coats  of  this  mixture.  AVhen  dry,  apply  the  following  mixture : — 
Put  into  a  pot  equal  quantities  of  finely  pulverized  iron  filings,  brick 
dust,  and  ashes  :  pour  over  them  size  or  glue  water  ;  set  tiie  whole 
near  a  fire,  and  when  warm  stir  them  well  together.  With  this  liquid 
composition,  or  size,  give  the  wood  one  coat  ;  and  on  its  getting  dry, 
give  it  a  second  coat.  It  resists  fire  for  five  hours,  and  prevents  the 
wood  from  ever  bursting  into  flames.  It  resists  the  ravages  of  fire, 
BO  as  only  to  be  reduced  to  coal  or  embers,  without  spreading  the  con- 
flagration by  additional  flames  ;  by  which  five  clear  hours  are  gained 
in  removing  valuable  effects  to  a  place  of  safety,  as  well  as  rescuing 
the  lives  of  all  the  family  from  danger  !  Furniture,  chairs,  tables, 
&c.,  particularly  staircases,  may  be  so  protected.  Twenty  pounds  of 
finely  sifted  yellow  clay,  a  pound  and  a  half  of  flour  for  making  the 
paste,  and  one  pound  of  pearlash,  are  sufficient  to  prepare  a  square 
rood  of  deal-boards. 


MISCELLANEOUS    RECEIPTS.  85 

MISCELLANEOUS    RECEIPTS. 


TO    POLISH   WAINSCOT  AND    MAHOGANY. 

A  very  good  polish  for  wainscot  may  be  made  in  the  following 
manner  :  Take  as  much  beeswax  as  required,  and,  placing  it  in  a 
glazed  earthen  pan,  add  as  much  spirits  of  wine  as  will  cover  it,  and 
let  it  dissolve  without  heat.  Add  either  one  ingredient  as  is  required, 
to  reduce  it  to  the  consistence  of  butter.  When  this  mixture  is  well 
rubbed  into  the  grain  of  the  wood,  and  cleaned  off  with  clean  linen, 
it  gives  a  good  gloss  to  the  Avork. 

IMITATION   OF    M^VHOGANT. 

Plane  the  surface  smooth ,  and  rub  with  a  solution  of  nitrous  acid. 
Then  apply  with  a  soft  brush  one  ounce  of  dragon's  blood,  dissolved 
in  about  a  pint  of  alcohol,  and  with  a  third  of  an  ounce  of  carbonate  of 
soda,  mixed  and  filtered.  When  the  brilliancy  of  the  polish  dimin- 
ishes, it  may  be  restored  by  the  use  of  a  little  cold  drawn  linseed  oil. 

FUBNITUBE   VAKNISH. 

Wliite  wax  six  ounces,  oil  of  turpentine  one  pint ;  dissolve  by  a 
gentle  heat.     Used  to  polish  wood  by  friction. 

TO    MAKE    GLASS    PAPER. 

Take  any  quantity  of  broken  glass  (that  with  a  greenish  hue  is 
the  best),  and  pound  \^  in  an  iron  mortar.  Then  take  severel  sheets 
of  paper,  and  cover  them  evenly  with  a  thin  coat  of  glue,  and,  hold- 
ing them  to  the  fire,  or  placing  them  upon  a  hot  piece  of  wood  or 
plate  of  iron,  sift  the  pounded  glass  over  them.  Let  the  several 
sheets  remain  till  the  glue  is  set,  and  shake  off  the  superfluous  pow- 
der, which  will  do  again.  Then  hang  up  the  papers  to  dry  and 
harden.  Paper  made  in  this  manner  is  much  superior  to  that  gene- 
rally purchased  at  the  shops,  which  chiefly  consists  of  fine  sand.  To 
obtain  difierent  degrees  of  fineness,  sieves  of  difi'erent  degrees  of  fine- 
ness must  be  used.     Use  thick  paper. 

TO    MAKE   STONE   PAPEB. 

As,  in  cleaning  wood-work,  particularly  deal  .and  other  soft 
woods,  one  process  is  sometimes  found  to  answer  better  than  another, 
we  may  describe  the  manner  of  manufacturing  a  stone  paper,  which, 
in  some  cases,  will  be  preferred  to  sand  paper,  as  it  produces  a  good 
face,  and  is  less  liable  to  scratch  the  work.  Having  prepared  the 
paper  as  already  described,  take  any  quantity  of  powdered  pumice- 
stone,  and  sift  it  over  the  paper  through  a  sieve  of  moderate  fineness. 
When  the  surface  has  hardened,  repeat  the  process  till  a  tolerably 
thick  coat  has  been  formed  upon  the  paper,  which,  when  dry,  will 
be  fit  for  use. 

8 


86  MISCELLANEOUS    RECEIPTS. 


WHITEWASU. 


The  best  method  of  making  a  whitewash  for  outside  exposure  is  to 
slack  half  a  bushel  of  lime  in  a  barrel,  add  one  pound  of  common 
salt,  half  a  pound  of  the  sulphate  of  zinc,  and  a  gallon  of  sweet  milk. 


PAINT  FOR  COATING  WIRE  WORK. 


Boil  good  linseed  oil  with  as  much  litharge  as  will  make  it  of  the 
consistency  to  be  laid  on  with  the  brush  ;  add  lampblack  at  the  rate 
of  one  part  to  every  ten,  by  weight  of  the  litharge  ;  boil  three  hours 
over  a  gentle  fire.  The  first  coat  should  be  thinner  than  the  follow- 
ing coats. 


TO   BLEACH   SPONGE. 


Soak  it  well  in  dilute  muriatic  acid  for  twelve  hours.  Wash  well 
with  water,  to  remove  the  lime,  then  immerse  it  in  a  solution  of  hypo- 
sulphite of  soda,  to  which  dilute  muriatic  acid  has  been  added  a  mo- 
ment before.  After  it  is  bleached  sufficiently  remove  it,  wash  again, 
and  dry  it.     It  may  thus  be  bleached  almost  snow  white. 


LAC  VARNISH   FOR   VINES. 

Grape  vines  may  be  pruned  at  any  period  without  danger  from 
loss  of  bleeding,  by  simply  covering  the  cut  parts  with  varnish  made 
by  dissolving  stick-lac  in  alcohol.  The  lac  varnish  soon  dries,  and 
forms  an  impenetrable  coat  to  I'ain  ;  it  may  also  be  applied  with  ad- 
vantage in  coating  the  wounds  of  young  trees. 

RAZOR   PASTE. 

1.  Levigated  oxide  of  tin  (prepared  putty -powder)  1  oz.  ;  pow- 
dered oxalic  acid  1-4  oz.  ;  powdered  gum  20  grs.  ;  make  it  into  a 
stiff  paste  with  water,  and  evenly  and  thinly  spread  it  over  the  strop. 
With  very  little  friction,  this  paste  gives  a  fine  edge  to  the  razor,  and 
its  efficiency  is  still  further  increased  by  moistening  it. 

2.  Emery  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder  2  parts  ;  spermaceti 
ointment  1  part ;  mix  together,  and  rub  it  over  the  strop. 

3.  Jewellers'  rouge,  blacklead,  and  suet,  equal  parts  ;  mix. 

LEATHER  VARNISH. 

Durable  leather  varnish  is  composed  of  boiled  linseed  oil,  in  which 
a  drier,  such  as  litharge,  has  been  boiled.  It  is  colored  with  lamp- 
black. This  varnish  is  used  for  making  enamelled  leather.  Common 
leather  varnish,  which  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  blacking,  is  made 
of  thin  lac- varnish  colored  with  ivory  black. 

TO   KEEP   TIRES   TIGHT   ON   WHEELS. 

Before  putting  on  the  tires  fill  the  felloes  with  linseed  oil,  which  ia 
done  by  heating  the  oil  in  a  trough  to  a  boiling  he.at,  and  keeping 
the  wheel,  with  a  stick  through  the  hub,  in  the  oil,  for  an  hour  The 
wheel  is  turned  round  until  every  felloe  is  kept  in  the  oil  one  hour. 


MISCELLANEOUS   EECEIPTS.  87 


CTJTTINO   GL.48S. 

To  cut  bottles,  shades,  or  other  glass  vessels  neatly,  heat  a  rod  of 
iron  to  redness,  and  having  filled  your  vessel  the  exact  height  you 
wish  it  to  be  cut,  with  oil  of  any  kind,  you  proceed  very  gradually  to 
dip  the  red  hot  iron  into  the  oil,  which,  heating  all  along  the  surface, 
suddenly  the  glass  chips  and  cracks  right  round,  when  you  can  lift 
oflf  the  upper  portion  clean  by  the  surface  of  the  oil. 

PREPARED    LIQUID   GLUE. 

Take  of  best  white  glue  16  ounces  ;  white  lead,  dry,  4  ounces  ; 
rain  water  2  pints  ;  alcohol  4  ounces.  With  constant  stirring  dis- 
solve the  glue  and  lead  in  the  water  by  means  of  a  water-bath.  Add 
the  alcohol,  and  continue  the  heat  for  a  few  minutes.  Lastly  pour 
into  bottles  while  it  is  still  hot. 

LIQUID    GLUES. 

Dissolve  33  parts  of  best  (Buffalo)  glue  on  the  steam  bath  in  a 
porcelain  vessel,  in  36  parts  of  water.  Then  add  gradually,  stirring 
constantly,  3  parts  of  aqua  fortis,  or  as  much  as  is  suflScient  to  pre- 
vent the  glue  from  hardening  when  cool.  Or,  dissolve  one  part  of 
powdered  alum  in  120  of  water,  add  120  parts  of  glue,  10  of  acetic 
acid  and  40  of  alcohol,  and  digest. 

MARINE   GLUE. 

Dissolve  4  parts  of  India  rubber  in  34  parts  of  coal  tar  naphtha — 
aiding  the  solution  with  heat  and  agitation,  add  to  it  64  parts  of 
powdered  shellac,  which  must  be  heated  in  the  mixture,  till  the 
whole  is  dissolved.  While  the  mixture  is  hot  it  is  poured  upon  metal 
plates  in  sheets  like  leather.  When  required  for  use,  it  is  heated  in 
a  pot,  till  soft,  and  then  applied  with  a  brush  to  the  surfaces  to  be 
joined.  Two  pieces  of  wood  joined  with  this  glue  can  scarcely  be 
sundered. 

AN   EXCELLENT   PASTE   FOR   ENVELOPES. 

Mix  in  equal  quantities  gum-arabic  (substitute  dextrine)  and 
water  in  a  phial,  place  it  near  a  stove,  or  on  a  furnace  register,  and 
stir  or  shake  it  well,  until  it  dissolves.  Add  a  little  alcohol  to  pre- 
vent its  souring. 

DEXTRINE,    OR   BRITISH    GUM. 

Dry  potato-starch  heated  from  300°  to  600°  until  it  becomes  brown, 
soluble  in  cold  water,  and  ceases  to  turn  blue  with  iodine.  Used  by 
calico  printers  and  others,  instead  of  gum  arabic. 

GUM   MUCILAGE. 

A  little  oil  of  cloves  poured  into  a  bottle  containing  gum  mucilage 
prevents  the  latter  from  becoming  sour  and  putrid  ;  this  essential  oil 
possesses  great  antiseptic  powers. 


88  MISCELLANEOUS   RECEIPTS. 


FLOUR    PASTE. 

Too  numerous  to  mention  are  the  little  conveniences  of  having  a 
little  flour  paste  always  at  hand,  as  those  made  of  any  of  the  gums 
impart  a  glaze  to  printed  matter,  and  make  it  rather  difficult  to  read. 
Dissolve  a  tablespoonful  of  alum  in  a  quart  of  warm  water,  and  when 
cold,  stir  in  as  much  flour  as  will  give  it  the  consistency  of  thick 
cream,  being  particular  to  beat  up  all  the  lumps,  then  stir  in  aa 
much  powdered  resin  as  will  stand  on  a  dime,  then  tlirow  in  half  a 
dozen  cloves,  merely  to  give  a  pleasant  odor.  Next,  liave  a  vessel  on 
the  fire  which  has  a  teacupful  or  more  of  boiling  water,  pour  the 
flour  mixture  on  the  boiling  water,  stir  it  well  all  the  time  ;  in  a  very 
few  minutes  it  will  be  of  the  consistence  of  mush  ;  pour  it  out  in  an 
earthen  or  china  vessel ;  let^  it  cool  ;  lay  a  cover  on  it,  and  put  it 
in  a  cool  place.  It  will  keep  for  months.  When  needed  for  use,  take 
out  a  portion  and  soften  it  with  warm  water.  Keep  it  covered  an 
inch  or  two  in  water  to  prevent  the  surface  from  drying  up. 

SEALING-"WAX    FOR   FRUIT-CANS. 

Beeswax,  i  oz.  ;  English  Vermillion,  1^  ozs.  ;  gum  shellac,  2^  ozs.  ; 
rosin,  8  ozs.  Take  some  cheap  iron  vessel  that  you  can  always  keep 
for  the  purpose,  and  put  in  the  rosin  and  melt  it,  and  stir  in  the  Ver- 
million. Then  add  the  shellac,  slowly,  and  stir  that  in,  and  afterward 
the  beeswax.  When  wanted  for  use  at  any  after  time,  set  it  upon  a 
slow  fire  and  melt  it  so  you  can  dip  bottle-nozzles  in.  For  any  pur- 
pose, such  as  an  application  to  trees,  where  you  want  it  tougher  than 
the  above  preparation  will  make  it,  add  a  little  more  beeswax,  and 
leave  out  the  vermillion. 

If  the  vermillion  is  left  out  in  the  above,  the  wax  will  be  all  the 
better  for  it,  as  it  is  merely  used  for  coloring  purposes. 

FUSIBLE   METAL. 

1.  Bismuth  8  parts  ;  lead  5  parts  ;  tin  3  parts  ;  melt  together, 
Melts  below  212  degrees  Fahr.  2.  Bismuth  2  parts  ;  lead  5  parts  ; 
tin  8  parts.  Melts  in  boiling  water.  3.  Lead  3  parts;  tin  2  parts; 
bismuth  5  parts  ;  mix.     Melts  at  197  deg.  Fahr. 

Remarks.  The  above  are  used  to  make  toy-spoons,  to  surprise 
children  by  their  melting  in  hot  liquors  ;  and  to  form  pencils  for 
writing  on  asses'  skin,  or  paper  prepared  by  rubbing  burnt  harts- 
horn into  it. 

METALLIC   CEMENT. 

M.  Greshiem  states  that  an  alloy  of  copper  and  mercury,  prepared 
as  follows,  is  capable  of  attaching  itself  firmly  to  the  surfaces  of 
metal,  glass,  and  porcelain.  From  twenty  to  thirty  parts  of  finely 
divided  copper,  obtained  by  the  reduction  of  oxide  of  copper  with 
hydrogen,  or  by  precipitation  from  solution  of  its  sulphate  with 
zinc,  are  made  into  a  paste  with  oil  of  vitrei  and  seventy  parts  of 
mercury  added,  the  whole  being  well  triturated.  When  the  amal- 
gamation is  complete,  the  acid  is  removed  by  washing  with  boiling 


MISCELLANEOUS    RECEIPTS.  89 

■water,  and  the  compound  allowed  to  cool.  In  ten  or  twelve  hours, 
it  becomes  sufficiently  hard  to  receive  a  brilliant  polish,  and  to 
scrateh  the  surface  of  tin  or  gold.  By  heat  it  assumes  the  consis- 
tence of  wax  ;  and,  as  it  does  not  contract  on  cooling,  M.  Greshiem 
recommends  its  use  by  dentists  for  stopping  teeth. 

AKTIFICIAI,    GOLD. 

This  is  a  new  metallic  alloy  which  is  now  very  extensively  used  in 
France  as  a  substitute  for  gold.  Pure  copper  100  parts,  zinc,  or 
preferably  tin  17  parts,  magnesia  G  parts,  sal  ammoniac  3-6  parts, 
quick  lime  1"8  parts,  tartar  of  commerce  9  parts,  are  mixed  as  fol- 
lows :  The  copper  is  first  melted,  then  the  magnesia,  sal  ammoniac, 
lime,  and  tartar,  are  then  added,  separately  and  by  degrees,  in  the 
form  of  powder  ;  the  whole  is  now  briskly  stirred  for  about  half  an 
hour,  so  as  to  mix  thoroughly  ;  and  then  the  zinc  is  added  in  small 
grains  by  throwing  it  on  the  surface  and  stirring  till  it  is  entirely 
fused  ;  the  crucible  is  then  covered  and  the  fusion  maintained  for 
about  35  minutes.  The  surface  is  then  skimmed  and  the  alloy  ia 
ready  for  castmg. 

It  has  a  fine  grain,  is  malleable  and  takes  a  splendid  polish.  It 
does  not  corrode  readily,  and  for  many  purposes  is  an  excellent  sub- 
stitute for  gold.  When  tarnished,  its  brilliancy  can  be  restored  by 
a  little  acidulated  water.  If  tin  be  employed  instead  of  zinc  the  alloy 
will  be  more  brilliant.  It  is  very  much  used  in  France,  and  must 
ultimately  attain  equal  popularity  here. 


The  or-molu  of  the  brass  founder,  popularly  known  as  an  imitation 
of  red  gold,  is  extensively  used  by  the  French  workmen  in  metals. 
It  is  generally  found  in  combination  with  grate  and  stove  work.  It 
is  composed  of  a  greater  portion  of  copper  and  less  zinc  than  ordi- 
nary brass,  is  cleaned  readily  by  means  of  acid,  and  is  burnished  with 
facility.  To  give  this  material  the  rich  appearance,  it  is  not  unfre- 
quently  brightened  up  after  "  dipping  "  (that  is  cleaning  in  acid)  by 
means  of  a  scratch  brush  (a  brush  made  of  fine  brass  wire),  the 
action  of  which  helps  to  produce  a  very  brilliant  gold-like  surface. 
It  is  protected  from  tarnish  by  the  application  of  lacker. 

BLANCHED   COPPEE. 

Fuse  8  ounces  of  copper  and  ^  ounce  of  neutral  arsenical  salt,  with 
a  flux  made  of  calcined  borax,  charcoal  dust  and  powdered  glass. 

BROWNING   GUN  BAERELS. 

The  tincture  of  iodine  diluted  with  one-half  its  bulk  of  water,  is  a 
superior  liquid  for  browning  gun  barrels. 

SILVERING    POWDER   FOR   COATING   COPPER. 

Nitrate  of  silver  30  grains,  common  salt  30  grains ,  cream  of  tar- 
ar  3.i  drachms  ;  mix,  moisten  with  water,  and  apply. 


90  MISCELLANEOUS  RECEIPTS. 


ALLOY  FOR  JOURNAL  BOXES. 

The  best  alloy  for  journal  boxes  is  composed  of  copper,  24  lbs.  ;  tin, 
24  lbs.  ;  and  antimony,  8  lbs.  Melt  the  copper  first,  then  add  the 
tin,  and  lastly  the  antimony.  It  should  be  first  run  into  ingots,  then 
melted  and  cast  in  the  form  required  for  the  boxes. 

ALLOY    FOR   BELLS    OF   CLOCKS, 

The  bells  of  the  pendules,  or  ornamental  clocks,  made  in  Paris,  are 
composed  of  copper  72.00,  tin  26.56,  iron  1.44,  in  100  parts. 

AN    ALLOY   FOR    TOOLS. 

An  alloy  of  1000  parts  of  copper  and  14  of  tin  is  said  to  furnish 
tools,  which  hardened  and  sharpened  in  the  manner  of  the  ancients, 
afford  an  edge  nearly  equal  to  that  of  steel. 

ALLOY   FOR   CYMBALS   AND    GONGS. 

An  alloy  for  cymbals  and  gongs  is  made  of  100  parts  of  copper  with 
about  25  of  tin.  To  give  this  compound  the  sonorous  property  in 
the  highest  degree,  the  piece  should  be  ignited  after  it  is  cast,  and 
then  plunged  immediately  into  cold  water. 

SOLDER    FOR   STEEL    JOINTS. 

Silver  19  pennyweights,  copper  1  pennyweight,  brass  2  penny- 
weights.    Melt  under  a  coat  of  charcoal  dust. 

SOFT    GOLD   SOLDER. 

Is  composed  of  four  parts  gold,  one  of  silver,  and  one  of  copper. 
It  can  be  made  softer  by  adding  brass,  but  the  solder  becomes  more 
liable  to  oxidize. 

FILES. 

Allow  dull  files  to  lay  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid  until  they  arc  bit 
deep  enough. 

TO    PREVENT  RUSTING. 

Boiled  linseed  oil  will  keep  polished  tools  from  rusting  if  it  is 
allowed  to  dry  on  them.  Common  sperm  oil  will  prevent  them  from 
rusting  for  a  short  period.  A  coat  of  copal  varnish  is  frequently 
applied  to  polished  tools  exposed  to  the  weather. 

ANTI-ATTRITION,    AND    AXLE-GREASE. 

One  part  of  fine  black  lead,  ground  perfectly  smooth,  with  four 
parts  of  lard. 

TO    GALVANIZE. 

Take  a  solution  of  nitro-muriate  of  gold  (gold  dissolved  in  a  mix- 
ture of  aquafortis  and  muriatic  acid )  and  add  to  a  gill  of  it  a  pint 
of  ether  or  alcohol,  then  immerse  your  copper  chain  in  it  for  about 
15  minutes,  when  it  will  be  coated  with  a  film  of  gold.  The  copper 
must  be  perfectly  clean  and  free  from  oxyd,  grease,  or  dirt,  or  it  will 
not  take  on  the  gold. 


BRASS,    BUONZE,    BELL    AND    BKITANNIA   METAL.  91 

RAE-E  AND  VALUABLE  COMPOSITIONS. 

Receipts  for  the  use  of  Mechanists,  Iron  and  Brass  Founders, 
Tinmen,  Coppersmiths,  Turners,  Dentists,  Finishers  oj  Brass, 
Britannia,  and  German  Silver,  and  Jor  other  useful  and  iin- 
portant  purposes  in  the  Practical  Jlrts. 

The  larger  number  of  the  following  Receipts  are  the  result  of 
inquiries  and  experiments  by  a  practical  operative.  Most  of  those 
which  relate  to  the  mixing  of  metals  and  to  the  iini«hing  ol' manufac- 
tured articles,  have  been  thoroughly  tested  by  him,  and  will  be  found 
to  produce  the  results  desired  and  expected.  The  others  have  been 
collected  from  eminent  scientific  works. 

No.  1.    Yellow    Brass,  ybr  Turning. — (ComTnon  article. J— Copper, 
20  lbs.;  Zinc,  10  lbs,;  Lead  from  1  to  5  ozs. 
Put  in  the  Lead  last  before  pouring  off. 

Wo.  2.  Red  Brass,  for  Turning.  —  Copper,  24  lbs.;  Zinc,  5  lbs.; 
Lead,  8  ozs. 

Put  in  the  Lead  Iwt  before  pouring  off. 

No.  3.  Rkd  Brass, /ree, /or  Turning.  —  Copper,  160  lbs.;  Zinc,  50 
lbs.;  Lead,  10  lbs.;  Antimony,  44  ozs. 

No.  4.  Another  Brass,  for  Turning.  —  Copper,  32  lbs.;  Zinc,  10 
lbs.;  Lead,  1  lb. 

No.  5.  Best  Red  Brass,  for  Fine  Castings. — Copper,  24  lbs.  j 
Zinc,  5  lbs.;  Bismuth,  1  oz. 

Put  in  the  Bismuth  last  before  pouring  off. 

No.  6.    Bronze  Metal.  —  Copper,  7  lbs.;  Zinc,  3  lbs.;  Tin,  2  lbs. 

Wo.  7.    Bronze  Metal.  —  Copper,  1  lb.;  Zinc,  12  lbs.;  Tin,  8  lbs. 

No.  8.  Bell  Metal, ybr  large  Bells.  —  Copper,  100  lbs.;  Tin,  from 
JO  to  25  lbs. 

No.  9.     Bell  Metal,  _/br  small  Bells. —  Copper,  3  lbs.;  Tin,  1  lb. 

No.  10.  Cock  Metal. —  Copper,  20  lbs.;  Lead,  8  lbs.;  Litharge,  1  oz.; 
Antimony,  3  ozs. 

No.  11.  Hardening  for  Britannia. —  (To  be  mixed  separately 
from  tiie  other  ingredients.) —  Copper,  2  lbs.;  Tin,  1  lb. 

No.  12.  Good  Britannia  Metal. — Tin,  160  lbs. ;  Copper,  3  lbs.; 
Antimony,  10  lbs. 

No.  13.  Britannia  Metal,  2d  quality.— Tin,  140  lbs.;  Copper, 3  lbs.; 
Antimony,  9  lbs. 

No.  14.  BiuTANNiA  Metal,  for  Casting.  —  Tin,  210  lbs.;  Copper, 
4  lbs.;  Antimony,  12  lbs. 

No.  15.  Britannia  Metal,  ybr  Spinning. —  Tin,  100  lbs. ;  Britannia 
Hardening,  4  lbs.;  Antimony,  4  lbs. 

No.  Ifi.  Britannia  Metai.,  for  Registers.  —  Tin,  100  lbs. ;  Harden- 
ing, 8  lbs.;  Antimony,  8  lbs. 

No.  17.  Bkst  Britannia, /or  Spouts.— Tin,  140  lbs.;  Copper,  3  lbs; 
Antimony,  6  lbs. 

No.  18.  Best  Britannia, /or  Spoons.  —  Tin,  100  lbs. ;  Hardening, 
6  lbs.;  Antimony,  10  lbs. 


92     GERMAN    SILVER,    TOMBAC,    TUTANIA,    AND    SOLDERS. 

No.  19.  Best  Britannia,  for  Handles.  —  Tin,  140  lbs.;  Copper,  2 
lbs.;  Antimony,  6  lbs. 

No.  20.  Best  Britannia, /or  Lamps,  Pillars,  and  Spouts.  —  Tin, 
300  lbs.;  Copper,  4  lbs.;  Antimony,  15  lbs. 

No.  21.    Casting  —  Tin,  100  lbs;  Hardening,  5  lbs.;  Antimony,  6  lbs. 

No.  22.  Lining  Metal,  for  Boxes  of  Railroad  Cars.  —  Mix  Tin,  24 
lbs.;  Copper,  4  lbs.;  Antimony,  8  lbs. (for  a  hardening);  then  add  Tin,  72  lbs. 

No.  23.  Fine  Silver  Colored  Metal.  —  Tin,  100  lbs.;  Antimony, 
0  lbs.;  Copper,  4  lbs.;  Bismuth,  1  lb. 

No.  24.  German  Silver,  First  Quality  for  Casting.  —  Copper,  60 
lbs.;  Zinc,  25  lbs.;  Nickel,  25  lbs. 

No.  25.  German  Silver,  Second  Qualify  for  Coating. —  Copper,  50 
lbs.;  Zinc,  20  lbs.;  Nickel,  (best  pulverized,)  10  lbs. 

No.  26.  German  Silver, for  Rolling. — Copper, 60  lbs.;  Zinc,  20  lbs.; 
Nickel,  25  lbs. 

No.  27.  German  Silver, /or  Bells  and  other  Castings.  —  Copper^ 
60  lbs.;  Zinc,  20  lbs.;  Nickel,  20  lbs.;  Lead,  3  lbs.;  Iron,  (that  of  tin  plate 
being  best,)  2  lbs. 

No.  28    Imitation  of  Silver.  —  Tin,  3ozs.;  Copper,  4  lbs. 

No.  29.    Pinchbeck.  — Copper,  5  lbs.;  Zinc,  1  lb.       • 

No.  30.     Tombac.  — Copper,  16  lbs.;  Tin,  1  lb.;  Zinc,  1  lb. 

No.  31.    Red  Tombac.  —  Copper,  10  lbs.;  Zinc,  1  lb. 

No  32.  Hard  White  Metal. —  Sheet  Brass,  32  ozs.;  Lead,2ozs.; 
Tin,  2  ozs.;  Zinc,  1  oz. 

No.  33.  Metal  for  Taking  Impressions.  —  Lead,  3  lbs.;  Tin,  2 
lbs.;  Bismuth,  5  lbs. 

No.  34.  Spanish  Totania. —  Iron  or  Steel,  8  ozs.;  Antimony,  16  ozs; 
Nitre.  3  ozs. 

Melt  and  harden  8  ozs.  Tin  with  1  oz.  of  the  above  compound. 

No.  35.  Another  Tutania.  —  Antimony,  4  ozs.;  Arsenic,  1  oz.;  Tin, 
2  lbs. 

No.  36.    Gun  Metal.— Bristol  Brass,  1 12  lbs.;  Zinc,  14  lbs.;  Tin,  7  lbs. 

No.  37.    Rivet  Metal.  —  Copper,  32  ozs.;  Tin,  2  ozs.;  Zinc,  1  oz. 

No.  38.    Rivet  Metal, /or  Hose.  —  Tin,  64  lbs.;  Copper,  1  lb. 

No.  39.  Fusible  Alloy,  (which  melts  in  boiling  water.) — Bismuth, 
6  ozs.;  Tin,  3  ozs.;  Lead,  5  ozs. 

No.  40.  Fusible  Alloy, /or  Silvering  Glass.  —  Tin,  6  ozs.;  Lead, 
10  ozs.;  Bismuth,  21  ozs.;  Mercury,  a  small  quantity. 

No.  41.  SoLDER,/or  Gold.  —  Gold,  6pwts.;  Silver,  1  pwt.;  Copper,  2 
pwts. 

No  42.  SoLDER,/or  Silver. — (For  the  use  of  Jeweller. s) — Fine  Silver, 
19  pwts  ;  Copper,  1  pwt.;  Sheet  Brass,  10  pwts. 

No.  43     White  Solder, /or  Silver.  —  Silver,  I  oz.;  Tin,  1  oz. 

No.  44.  White  Solder, /or  raised  Britannia  Ware. —  Tin,  100  lbs., 
Copper.  3  ozs.;  to  make  it  free,  add  Lead,  3  ozs. 

No  45.  Best  Soft  Solver,  for  Cast  Britannia  Ware. — Tin,  Slbs.j 
Lead,  5  lbs. 

No.  46.  Yellow  Solder,  for  Brass  or  Copper.  —  Copper,  1  lb.} 
Zinc,.l  lb. 


GOLD,  SILVER  &  COPPER    SOLDERS,  &  DIPPING  ACIDS.      93 

No; 47.  Yellow  Solder, /or  Brass  or  Copper. —  (Stronger  than 
Ok  last.)  —  Copper,  32  lbs.;  Zinc,  29  lbs.;  Tin,  1  lb. 

No.  48.    SoLDEK,  for  Copper.  — Copper,  10  lbs.;  Zinc,  9  lbs* 

No.  49.     Black  Solder.  —  Copper,  2  lbs.;  Zinc,  3  lbs;  Tin,  2  OJ». 

No.  50.     Bl.4ck  Solder. —  Sheet  Brass,  20  lbs.;  Tin,  6  Ibs.j  Zinc,  1  lb. 

No.  51.     Soft  Solder. — Tin,  15  lbs.;  Lead,  15  lbs. 

No.  52.  Silver  Solder, /or  Plated  Metal.  —  Fine  Silver,  1  oz.j 
Brass,  10  pwts. 

No.  53.  Yellow  Dippihg  Metal. —  Copper,  32  lbs.;  Zinc,  2  Ibs.j 
SoflSoider,2j  ozs. 

No.  54.  Quick  Bright  Dipping  Xcvd ,  for  Brass  which  has  been 
crnoloud. —  Sulpliuric  Acid,  1  gall.;  Nitric  Acid,  1  gall. 

No. 55.  Dipping  Acid.  —  Sulphuric  Acid,  12  lbs.;  Nitric  Acid,  1  pint  j 
Nitre,  4  lbs.;  Soot,  2  handfuls  ;  Brimstone,  2  ozs. 

Pulverize  the  Brimstone  and  soak  it  in  water  an  hour.    Add  the  Nitric  Acid  last. 

No.  56.    Good    Dipping   Acid,  /or    Cast    Brass.  —  Sulphuric  Acid, 

1  qi.,  Nitre,  I  qt.;   Water,  1  qt. 

A  iktle  Muriatic  Acid  may  be  added  or  omitted. 

No.  57.  DiPPi.VG  Acid. —  Sulphuric  Acid, 4  galls.;  Nitric  Acid,  2  galls.j 
Saturated  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Iron  (Copperas),  1  pint;  Solution  of 
Sulphate  of  Copper,  1  qt. 

No.  58.    Ormolu  Dipping  Acid,  for  Sheet  Brass.  —  Sulphuric  Acid, 

2  galls  ;  Nitric  Acid,  1  pt.;  Muriatic  Acid,  1  pt.;  Water,  1  pt.;  Nitre,  12  lbs. 
Put  in  the  Muriatic  Acid  last,  a  little  at  a  time  and  stir  the  mixture  with  a  stick. 

No.  59.  Okmolu  Dipping  Acid,  for  Sheet  or  Cast  Brass. —  Sulphu- 
ric Acid,  I  gall ;  Sal  Ammoniac,  I  oz.;  Sulphur,  (in  flour,)  1  oz.;  Blue  Vitriol, 
1  oz. ;  Saturated  Solution  of  Zinc  in  Nitric  Acid,  mixed  with  an  equal 
qaantily  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  1  gall. 

No.  60.  To  Prepare  Brass  Work  for  Ormolu  Dipping. —  If 
the  work  is  oily,  boil  it  in  lye ;  and  if  it  is  finished  work,  filed  or  turned,  dip 
it  in  old  acid,  and  it  is  then  ready  to  be  ormeloed  ;  but  if  it  is  tuifinished, 
and  free  from  oil,  pickle  it  in  strong  sulphuric  acid,  dip  in  pure  nitric  acid, 
and  then  in  the  old  acid,  after  which  it  will  be  ready  for  ormeloing. 

No.  61.  To  Repair  Old  Nitric  Acid  Ormolu  Dips. —  If  the 
work  after  dipping  appears  coarse  and  spotted,  add  vitriol  till  it  answers 
the  purpose.  If  the  work  after  dipping  appears  too  smooth,  add  muriatic 
acid  and  nitre  till  it  gives  the  right  appearance. 

The  other  ormolu  dips  should  be  repaired  according  to  the  receipts, 
putting  in  the  proper  ingredients  to  strengthen  them.  Tney  should  not  be 
allowed  to  settle,  but  should  be  stirred  often  while  using. 

No.  62.  TiNNiKG  Acid,  for  Brass  or  Zinc. — Muriatic  Acid,  1  qt., 
Zinc,  6  ozs.     To  a  solution  of  this  add.  Water,  1  qt.;  Sal  Ammoniac,  2  ozs. 

No.  6.3.  Vinegar  Bronze,  for  Brass.  —  Vinegar,  10  galls.;  Blue 
Vitriol,  3  lbs.;  .Muriatic  Acid.  3  lbs.;  Corrosive  Sublimate,  4  grs.j  Sal  Am- 
monia, 2  lbs.;  Alum,  8  ozs. 

No.  64.  Directions  for  Making  Lac^der. —  Mix  the  ingredients 
tnd  let  the  ves.sel  containing  them  stand  in  the  sun,  or  in  a  place  shghtly 
warmed  three  or  four  daj's,  shaking  it  frequently  till  the  gum  is  dissolved, 
after  which  let  it  settle  from  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours,  when  the 
clear  liquor  may  be  poured  off  for  use.  Pulverized  glass  is  sometimes 
used  in  making  Lacquer,  to  carry  down  the  impurities. 

No.  65.    LACctUEB,  for  Dipped  Brass. —  Alcohol,  proof  specific  gravity 


94  LACQUERS — VARIOUS   KINDS — BRONZES,    &C. 

not  less  than  95-IOOths,  2  galls.;  Seed  Lac,  1  Ih.;  Gum  Copal,  1  oz.;  English 
Saffron,  1  oz.;  Annotto,  1  oz. 

No.  6G.  Lacquer, /or  Bronzed  Brass.  —  To  one  pint  of  the  above 
Lacquer,  add,  Gamboge,  1  oz.;  and  after  mixing  it  add  an  equal  quantity  of 
the  first  Lacquer. 

No.  67.  Deep  Gold  Colored  Lacquer.  —  Best  Alcohol,  40  ozs. ; 
Spanish  Annotto,  8  grs.;  Turmeric,  2  drs.;  Shell  Lac,  ^  oz.;  Red  Sanders, 
12  grs.;  when  dissolved  add  Spirits  of  Turpentine,  30  drops.  i 

No.  68.  Gold  Colobed  LAcq,vv:R,  for  Brass  not  Dipped. —  Alcohol,' 
4  galls.;  Turmeric,  3  lbs.;  Gamboge,  3  ozs.;  Gum  Sanderach,  7  lbs. ;  Shell 
Lac,  1^  lb.;  Turpentine  Varnish,  1  pint. 

No.  69.  Gold  Colored  Lacquer,  ybr  Dipped  Brass. —  Alcohol,  36 
ozs. ;  Seed  Lac,  6  ozs. ;  Amber,  2  ozs. ;  Gum  Gutta,  2  ozs. ;  Red  Sandal 
Wood,  24  grs. ;  Dragon's  Blood,  60  grs. ;  Oriental  Saffron,  36  grs.;  Pulver- 
ized Glass,  4  ozs. 

No.  70.  Goon  Lacquer,  /or  Brass.  —  Seed  Lac,  6  ozs.;  Amber  or 
Copal,  2  ozs.;  Best  Alcohol,  4  galls.;  Pulverized  Glass,  4  ozs.;  Dragon's 
Blood,  40  grs.;  Extract  of  Red  Sandal  Wood  obtained  by  water,  30  grs. 

No.  71.  Lacquer, /or  Dipped  Brass.  —  Alcohol,  12  galls.;  Seed  Lac, 
9  lbs.;  Turmeric,  1  lb.  to  a  gallon  of  the  above  mixture  ;  Spanish  Saffron, 
4  ozs. 

The  Saffron  is  to  be  added  for  Bronze  work. 

No.  72.  Good  Lacquer. —  Alcohol,  8  ozs.;  Gamboge,  1  oz.;  Shell 
Lac,  3  ozs.;  Annotto,  1  oz.;  solution  of  3  ozs.  of  Seed  Lac  in  1  pint  of  Al- 
cohol ;  when  dissolved  add  ij  oz.  Venice  Turpentine,  i  oz.  Dragon's  Blood, 
will  make  it  dark ;  keep  it  in  a  warm  place  four  or  five  days. 

No.  73.  Pale  Lacquer, /or  Tin  Plate.  —  Best  Alcohol,  8  ozs. ;  Tur- 
meric, 4  drs.;  Hay  Saffron,  2  scs.;  Dragon  Blood,  4  scs.;  Red  Sanders.  1  sc; 
Shell  Lac,  1  oz.;  Gum  Sanderach,  2  drs.;  Gum  Mastic,  2  drs.;  Canada  Bal- 
aam, 2  drs.;  when  dissolved  add  Spirits  of  Turpentine,  80  drops. 

No.  74.  Red  Lacquer,  /or  Brass.  —  Alcohol,  8  galls.;  Dragon's 
Blood,  4  lbs. ;  Spanish  Annotto,  12  lbs. ,  Gum  Sanderach,  13  lbs. ;  Turpen- 
tine, 1  gall. 

,    No.  75.    Pale  Lacquer, /pr  Brass. —  Alcohol,  2  galls.;  Cape  Aloes 
cut  small,  3  ozs.;  Pale  Shell  Lac,  1  lb.;  Gamboge,  1  oz. 

No.  76.  Best  Lacquer,  /or  Brass.  —  Alcohol,  4  galls.;  Shell  Lac, 
21bs. ;  Amber  Gum,  1  lb.;  Copal,  20  ozs.  j  Seed  Lac,  3  lbs.;  Saffron,  to 
color ;  Pulverized  Glass,  8  ozs. 

No.  77.    Color  for  Lacquer. — Alcohol,  1  qt.;  Annotto,  4  ozs. 

No.  78.  Lacquer,  for  Pilpsophical  Instruments — Alcohol,  80  ozs.; 
Gum  Gutta,  3  ozs.;  Gum  Sandarac,'  8  ozs. ;  Gum  Elemi,  8  ozs.;  Dragon's 
Blood,  4  ozs  ;  Seed  Lac,  4  ozs.  j  Terra  Merita,  3  ozs.;  Saffron,  8  grs.;  Pul. 
verized  Glass,  12  ozs. 

No.  79.  Brown  Bronze  Dip.— Iron  Scales,  1  lb.;  Arsenic,  1  oz. 
Muriatic  Acid,  1  lb.;  Zinc,  (solid,)  1  oz. 

I.et  tlie  Zinc  be  kept  in  only  wliile  it  is  in  use. 

No.  80.  Green  Bronze  Dip.— Wine  Vinegar,  2  qts.;  Verditer Green, 
2  ozs.;  Sal  Ammoniac,  1  oz  ;  Salt,  2  ozs.;  Alum,  j^  oz. ;  French  Berries, 
8  ozs.;  boil  the  ingredients  together. 

»No.81.    Aquafortis   Bronze  Dip. —  Nitric  Acid,  3  ozs.;  Muriatic 
Acid,  1  qt;  Sal  Ammoniac,  2  ozs.;  Alum,  1  oz.;  Salt,  2  ozs.;  Water,  2  galls. 
Add  the  Salt  after  boiling,  the  other  ingredients,  sad  uie  it  hot. 


BRONZES,    SILVERING,    AND     VAHNISHES.  95 

No.  82.  Olive  Rrokze  Dip, /or  Brass.  —  Nitric  Acid,  3  CM  ;  Muri 
atic  Acid,  2  ozs.;  add  Titanium  or  Palladium  ;  wheu  the  metal  is  dissolveo 
add  2  galls,  pure  soft  water  to  each  pint  of  the  solution. 

No.  83.  Brows  Bronze  Paint,  /or  Copper  Vessels.  —  Tincture  ol 
Steel,  4  ozs. ;  Spirits  of  Nitre,  4  ozs. ;  Essence  of  Uendi,  4  ozs. ;  Blue 
Vitriol,  1  oz.;  Water,  ^  pint. 

Mix  in  a  bottle.  Apply  it  with  a  fine  brush,  the  ressel  being  lull  of  boiling  water 
Varnish  after  the  application  of  the  bronze. 

No.  81.  Bronze,  ybr  all  kinds  cf  Meted.  —  Muriate  of  Ammonia  'Sal 
Ammoniac),  4  drs.j  Oxalic  Acid,  1  dr.;  Vinegar,  1  pint. 

Dissolve  tlie  Oxalic  Acid  first.  Let  the  work  be  clean.  Put  on  the  bronze  with  a 
brush,  repeating  the  operation  as  many  times  as  may  be  necessary. 

No.  85  Bronze  Paint. /br  Iron  or  Brass  — Chrome  Green,  2  lbs.; 
Ivory  Black,  1  oz. ;  Chrome  Yellow,  1  oz. ;  Good  Japan,  1  g^ll ;  grind  all 
together  and  mix  with  Linseed  Oil. 

No.  86.  To  Bronze  Gcn  Barrels. — Dilute  Nitric  Acid  with  Water 
and  rub  the  gun  barrels  with  it ;  lay  them  by  for  a  few  days,  then  rub  them 
with  Oil  and  polish  them  with  bees-wax. 

No.  87.  For  Tinning  Brass.  —  Water,  2  pails  full;  Cream  of  Tar- 
tar, 1-2  lb.;  Salt,  1-2  pint. 

Shaved  or  Grained  Tin.  — Boil  the  work  In  the  mixture,  keeping  it  in  motion  during 
the  time  of  t>oiLing. 

No.  88.  Silvering  by  Heat.  —  Dissolve  1  oz.  of  Silver  in  Nitric 
Acid  ;  add  a  small  quantity  of  Salt ;  then  wash  it  and  add  Sal  Ammoniac, 
or  6  ozs.  of  Salt  and  White  Vitriol ;  also  i  oz.  of  Corrosive  Sublimate,  rub 
them  together  till  they  form  a  paste,  rub  tne  piece  which  is  to  be  Silvered 
with  the  paste,  heat  it  till  the  Silver  runs,  after  which  dip  it  in  a  weak  vitriol 
pickle  to  clean  it. 

No.  89.  Mixture  for  Silvering. —  Dissolve  2  ozs.  of  Sil-cer  with 
3  grains  of  Corrosive  Sublimate ;  add  Tartaric  Acid,  4  lbs.;  Salt,  8  qts. 

No.  90.  Separate  Silver  from  Copper.  —  Mix  Sulphuric  Acid, 
1  part;  Nitric  Acid,  1  part;  Water,  1  part;  boil  the  metal  in  the  mixture 
till  it  is  dissolved,  and  throw  in  a  little  Salt  to  cause  the  Silver  to  subside. 

No. 91.  Solvent  for  Gold. —  Mix  equal  quantities  of  Nitric  and 
Muriatic  Acids. 

No.  92.  Varnish,  /or  Smooth  Moulding  Patterns. —  Alcohoi,  1  golLj 
Shell  Lac,  1  lb.;  Lamp  or  Ivory  Black,  sufficient  to  color  it. 

No  93.  Fine  Black  Varnish,  ybr  Coaches.  —  Melt  in  an  Iron  pot. 
Amber,  32  ozs.;  Resin,  6  ozs.;  Asphaltum,  6  ozs.;  Drying  Linseed  Oil,  I  pt.j 
when  partly  cooled  add  Oil  of  Turpentine,  wormed,  1  pt. 

No.  94.  Chinese  White  Copper.  —  Copper,  40.4;  Nickel,  31.6; 
Zinc,  25.4;  and  iron.  2.6  parts. 

No.  95.  Manheim  Gold.  —  Copper,  3;  Zinc,  1  part;  and  a  small 
quantity  of  Tin. 

No.  96.  Allot  of  the  Standard  Mf.asdres  psed  by  the 
British  Government. —  Copper,  576;  Tin,  59;  and  Brass,  48  parts. 

No.  97.     Bath  Metal.  —  Brass,  32  ;  and  Zinc,  9  parts. 

No.  98.  Shkcdlum  Metal. —  Copper, 6 ;  Tin, 2 ;  and  Arsenic,  1  part 
Or,  Copper,  7;  Zinc,  3  ;  and  Tin,  4  parts. 

No.  99.    Hard  Solder.  —  Copper,  2;  Zinc,  1  part. 

No.  100.    Blanched  Copper.  —  Copper, 8;  and  Arsenic,  ^  part. 

No.  101.  Britannia  Metal.  —  Brass,  4 ;  Tin,  4  parts ;  when  fused, 
add  Bismuth,  4  ;  and  Antimony,  4  parts. 

Thii  composition  is  added  at  discretion  to  melted  Tin. 


96  SOLDERS   AND    CEMENTS. 

No.  102.    Plumber's  Solder. —  Lead,  2;  Tin,  1  part. 

No.  103.    Tinman's  Solder.  —  Lead,  i ;  Tin,  1  part. 

No.  104.    Pewterer's  Solder.  —  Tin,  2;  Lead,  1  part. 

No.  105.    Common  Pewter.  —  Tin,  4;  Lead,  1  part. 

No.  106.    Best  Pewter.  — Tin,  100;  Antimony,  17  parts. 

No.  107.  A  Metal  that  Expands  in  Cooling.  —  Lead,9j  Antt- 
mony,  2;  Bismuth,  1  part. 

This  Metal  is  very  useful  in  filling  small  defects  in  Iron  castings,  &c. 

No.  108.  Queen's  Metal.  —  Tin,  9;  Antimony,  1;  Bismuth,  1; 
I<ead,  1  part. 

No.  109.    Mock  Platinum.  —  Brass,  8;  Zinc,  5  parts. 

No.  110.  Silver  Coin  of  the  United  States.  —  Pure  Silver, 
9;  Alloy,  1  part;  the  alloy  of  silver  is  fine  copper. 

No.  111.  Gold  Coin  of  the  United  States.  —  Pure  Gold,  9 ; 
Alloy.  1  part  j  the  alloy  of  gold  is  ^  silver  and  |  copper,  (not  to  exceed  ^ 
silver). 

No.  112.  Silver  Coin  of  Great  Britain.  —  Pure  Silver,  11.1 ; 
Copper,  9.9  parts. 

No.  113.  GoLp  Coin  of  Great  Britain.^ Pure  Gold,  11;  Copper, 
1  part. 

Previous  to  1826.  Silver  formed  part  of  the  alloj  of  Gold  coin  ;  hence  the  different  color 
of  English  Gold  money. 

No.  114.  Ring  Gold. —  Pure  Copper,  6^  pwts.;  Fine  Silver,  Sipwts.j 
Pure  Gold,  1  oz.  and  5  pwts. 

No.  115.  Mock  Gold.  —  Fuse  together  Copper,  16;  Platinum,  7; 
Zinc,  1  part. 

When  Steel  is  alloyed  with  1-500  part  of  Platinum,  or  with  1-aOO  part  of  Silver,  it  U 
rendered  much  harder,  more  malleable,  and  better  adapted  for  every  kind  of  cutting 
Instrument. 

Note.  —  In  making  alloys,  care  must  be  taken  to  have  the  more  infusible  metals  melted 
first,  and  afterwards  add  the  others. 

No.  116.  CoMPO'riTioN  Used  in  Welding  Cast  Steel.  —  Borax, 
10;  Sal  Ammoniac,  1  part ;  grind  or  pound  them  roughly  together  ;  then 
fuse  them  in  a  metal  pot  over  a  clear  fire,  taking  care  to  contintie  the  heat 
until  all  spume  has  disappeared  from  the  surface.  When  ihc  liquid  appears 
clear,  the  composition  is  ready  to  be  poured  out  to  cool  and  concrete; 
afterwards  being  ground  to  a  fine  powder,  it  is  ready  for  use. 

To  use  this  composition,  the  Steel  to  be  welded  is  raised  to  a  heat  which  may  be 
expressed  by  "  bright  yellow ;"  it  is  then  dipped  among  tlie  welding  powder,  and  again 
placed  in  the  fire  until  it  attains  the  same  degree  of  heat  as  before,  it  is  then  ready  to  be 
placed  under  the  hammer. 

No.  117.  Cast  Iron  Cement.  —  Clean  borings,  or  turnings,  of  Cast 
Iron,  16;  Sal  Ammoniac,  2;  Flour  of  Sulphur,  1  part;  mix  them  well  to- 
gether in  a  mortar  and  keep  them  dry.  When  required  for  use,  take  of  the 
mixture,  1  ;  clean  borings,  20  parts ;  mix  thoroughly,  and  add  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  water. 

A  little  grindstone  dust  added  improves  the  cement. 

No.  118.  Booth's  Patent  Grf.kst.,  for  Railway  Axles.  —  Water,  1 
call. ;  Clean  Tallow,  3  lbs.;  Palm  Oil,  6  lbs.;  Common  Soda,  ^  lb.  Or, 
Tallow,  8  lbs.;  Palm  Oil.  10. 

The  mixture  to  be  heated  to  aliout  210' F.,  and  well  stirred  till  it  cools  down  to  about 
70°,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 

No.  119.  Cement,  j^r  Steam-pipe  Joints,  SfC,  with  Faced  Flanges. — 
White  Lead,  mixed,  2;  Red  Lead,  dry,  1  part ;  grind  or  otherwise  mix  them 
to  a  consistence  of  thin  putty,  apply  interposed  layers  with  one  or  two 
thicknesses  of  canvas  or  gauze  wire,  ss  the  necessity  of  the  case  may  be. 


ALLOYS   OF   COPPEE,    ZINC,   AND   TIN. 


97 


No.  120.  Soft  Cement,  for  Steam-boilers,  Steam-pipes,  SfC. —  Red 
or  White  Lead,  in  oil,  4 ;  Iron  borings,  2  to  3  parts. 

No.  121.  Hard  Cement.  —  Iron  Borings  and  Salt  Water,  and  a  small 
quantity  of  Sal  Ammoniac  with  Fresh  Water. 

No.  122.  Staining  Wood  and  Ivory. —  Yellow. —  Dilute  Nitric  Acid 
will  produce  it  on  wood. 

Red.  —  An  infusion  of  Brazil  Wood  in  stale  urine,  in  the  proportion  of  a 
pound  to  a  gallon  for  wood  ;  to  be  laid  on  when  boiling  hot,  and  should  be 
laid  over  with  alum  water  before  it  dries.  Or,  a  solution  of  Dragon's  Blood 
in  spirits  of  wine,  may  be  used. 

Black.  — Strong  solution  of  Nitric  Acid,  for  wood  or  ivory. 

Mahogany.  —  Brazil,  Madder,  and  Logwood,  dissolved  in  water  and  put 
on  hot. 

Blue.  —  Ivory  may  be  stained  thus  :  Soak  it  in  a  solution  of  Verdigris  in 
Nitric  Acid,  which  will  turn  \i  green  ;  then  dip  it  into  a  solution  of  Pearlash 
boiling  hot. 

Purple.  —  Soak  ivory  in  a  solution  of  Sal  Ammoniac  into  four  times  its 
weight  of  Nitrous  Acid. 

TABLE   OF  ALLOYS. 


Alloys  having  a  density  greater  than  the 
Mean  of  their  Constituents. 

Gold  and  zinc.  |  Silver  &.  antimony. 
Gold  and  tin.  Copper  and  zinc. 

Gold  and  bismuth.  'Copper and tin.[um 
Gold  and  antimony.  Copper  and  palladi- 
~ Copper  &  bismuih. 


Gold  and  ccbalt 
Silver  and  zinc. 
Silver  and  lead. 
Silver  and  tin. 
Silverand  bismuth 


Alloys  having  a  density  less  than  the  Mean 
of  their  Constituents. 


Lead  and  antimony 
Platinum  &  molyb- 
denum,     [muih. 
Palladium  and  bis- 


Gold  and  silver. 
Gold  and  iron. 
Gold  and  lead. 
Gold  and  copper. 
Gold  and  iridium. 
Gold  and  nickel. 
Silver  and  copper. 
Silver  and  lead. 


!  Iron  and  bismuth. 
I  Iron  and  antimony. 
I  Iron  and  lead. 
I  Tin  and  lead. 
j  Tin  and  palladium. 
i  Tin  and  antimony. 
!  Xickel  and  arsenic. 
I  Zinc  and  antimony. 


ALLOYS  OF  COPPER  AND  ZINC,  AND  OF  COPPER  AND  TIN. 


■sii 

Composition   by 
Weight  per  cent. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Colour. 

natc 
esive 
ngth 
n.  sq 

in'l 

Characteristic  Properties,  ic. 

UIti 
Coh 
Stre 
an  1 
Bar 

Copper 

8667 

Tile  red. 

24.6 

.Malleable. 

10000      Zinc 

6895 

Bluish  grey. 

15.2 

Brittle. 

83.02+16.98 

8415 

Yellowish  red. 

13.7 

Bath  metal. 

79.C5+20.35 

8448 

do.          do. 

14.7 

Dutch  brass. 

74.58+25.42 

a397 

Pale  yellow. 

13.1 

Rolled  sheet  brass. 

66.18+33.82 

8299 

Full  yellow. 

12.5 

British  brass. 

49.47+50.53 

8230 

do.      do. 

9.2 

German  brass. 

32.85+67.15 

6283 

Deep  yellow. 

19.3 

Watchmakers'  brass. 

30  30+69.70 

7836 

Silver  white. 

2.2 

Very  brittle. 

24.50+75.50 

7449 

Ash  grey. 

3.1 

Brittle. 

19.65+80.35 

7371 

do 

1.9 

White  button  metal. 

Tin 

7291 

While. 

2.7 

84.29+15.71 

8561 

Reddish  yellow. 

10. 1 

Gun  metal. 

81.10+18.90 

8459 

Yellowish  red. 

17.7 

Gun  metal  and  bronze. 

73.97+21.03 

8728 

do.          do. 

13.6 

Hard,  mill  brasses. 

34.92+65.08 

8065 

White. 

1.4 

Small  bells. 

15.17+84.83 

7447 

Very  white. 

3.1 

Speculum  metal. 

11.82+88.18 

7472 

do.       do. 

3.1 

Files,  loush. 

Note. — No  simple  binarj'  alloy  of  copper  and  zinc,  or  ofcopper  and  tin,  works 
as  pleasantly  in  turning,  planing,  or  filin?;,  as  if  combined  with  a  small  propor- 
tion of  a  third  fusible  metal ;  generally  lead  is  added  to  copper  and  ziuc,  and 
zinc  to  copper  and  tm. 

9 


98  ALLOYS    FOR  BRONZE.      VALUABLE   ALLOYS. 

To  Polish  Brass.  —  When  the  Brass  is  made  smooth  by  turning  or 
filing  with  a  very  fine  file,  it  may  be  rubbed  with  a  smooth  fine  grained 
stone,  or  with  cHarcoal  and  water.  When  it  is  made  quite  smooth  and  free 
from  scratches  it  may  be  polished  with  rotten  stone  and  oil,  alcohol  or  spirits 
t)f  turpentine. 

To  Clean  Brass.  —  If  there  is  any  oily  substance  on  the  Brass  boil 
it  in  a  solution  of  potash,  or  strong  lye.  Mix  equal  qusintities  of  Nitric 
and  Sulphuric  Acids  in  a  stone  or  earthem  vessel,  let  it  stand  a  few  hours, 
stirring  it  occasionally  with  a  stick,  then  dip  the  Brass  in  the  solution, 
but  take  it  out  immediately  and  rinse  it  in  soft  water,  and  wipe  it  in  saw 
dust  till  it  is  dry. 

Glue. —  Powdered  Chalk  added  to  common  Glue  strengthens  it.  A 
Glue  which  will  resist  the  action  of  water  is  made  by  boiling  1  pound  of 
Glue  in  2  quarts  of  skimmecT  Milk. 

ALLOYS  FOR  BRONZE. 

Professor  Hoffman,  of  the  Prussian  artillery,  has  made  experiments  with 
the  view  of  obtaining  a  good  statuary  bronze,  and  recommends  the  alloys 
ranging  between  the  two  following  admixtures  :  — 
1st.    To  produce  the  reddest  bronze. 

88.75  Copper  Zinc  (7  atoms  copper,  1  atom  zinc). 
n.25  Copper  Tin  (3  atoms  copper,  1  atom  tin). 

100-00 


2nd.    To  produce  a  cheap  bronze,  with  a  bright  yellow  color,  almost 

f olden. 
5  Copper  Zinc  (2  atoms  copper,  1  atom  zinc). 
6.5  Copper  Tin  (3  atoms  copper,  1  atom  tin). 

100.0 


VALUABLE  ALLOTS. 

The  "  Paris  Scientific  Review"  has  published,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
industrious  workers  in  metals,  the  best  receipts  for  composing  all  the  vao-ious 
factitious  metals  used  in  the  arts  ;  tlie  following  are  a  few  :  — 

Statuary  Bronze. — Daroet  has  discovered  that  this  is  composed  of 
copper,  91.4;  zinc,  5.5  ;  lead,  1.7;  tin,  1.4. 

Bronze  for  Cannon  of  Large  Calibre. — Copper,  90;  tin,  7. 

Pinchbeck. — Copper,  5  ;  zinc,  1. 

Bronze  for  Cannon  of  Small  Calibre. — Copper,  93;  tin,  7. 

Bronze  for  Mepals.— Copper,  100;  tin.  8. 

Alloy  for  Cymbals. — Copper,  80  ;  tin,  20. 

Metal  for  the  Mirrors  of  REfLEcxiNo  Telescopes. — Copper, 
100 ;  tin,  50. 

White  Argentan. — Copper,  8;  nickel,  3;  zinc,  35;  this  beautifal 
ctimposition  is  in  imitation  of  silver. 

Chinese  Silver. — M.  Mairer  discovered  the  following  proportions:— 
Silver,  2.5 ;  copper,  65.24  ;  zinc,  19.52 ;  nickel,  13  j  cobalt  of  iron,  0.12. 

ToTENAG. — Copper,  8 ;  nickel,  3 ;  zinc,  5. 

Printing  Characters.  —  Lead,  4;  antimony,  1.  For  stereotype 
plates — Lead,  9 ;  antimony,  2 ;  bismuth,  2. 


MECHANICAL    DRAWING 


AND 


INSTRUMENTS    USED    IN    DRAWING. 


INSTRUMENTS   USED    IN    DRAWING.  101 

INSTRUMENTS    USED    IN    DRAWING. 

To  facilitate  the  constructioa  of  geometrical  figures,  wc  add  a  short  de- 
scription of  a  few  useful  instruments  which  do  not  belong  to  the  common 
pocket-case. 

Let  there  be  a  flat  ruler,  AB,  from  one  to  two  feet  in  g  „ 
length,  for  which  the  common  Gunlcr's  scale  may  be  sub- 
stituted; and,  secondly,  *a  triangular  piece  of  wood,  a,  A,  c, 
flat,  and  about  the  same  thickness  as  the  ruler  :  the  sides, 
ab  and  be,  of  which  are  equal  to  one  another,  and  form  a 
right  angle  at  6.  For  the  convenience  of  sliding,  there  is  ■*■ 
usually  a  hole  in  the  middle  of  the  triangle,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  figure. 

By  means  of  these  simple  instruments  many  very  useful  geometrical 
problems  may  be  performed.  Thus,  to  draw  a  line  through  a  given  point 
parallel  to  a  given  line.  Lay  the  triangle  on  the  paper  so  that  one  of  its 
sides  will  coincide  with  the  given  line  to  which  the  parallel  is  to  be  drawn ; 
then,  keeping  the  triangle  steady,  lay  the  ruler  on  the  paper,  with  its  edge 
applied  to  either  of  the  other  sides  of  the  triangle  ;  then,  keeping  the  ruler 
firm,  move  the  triangle  along  its  edge,  up  or  down,  to  the  given  point ;  the 
side  of  the  triangle  which  was  placed  on  the  given  line  will  always  keep 
parallel  to  itself,  and  hence  a  parallel  may  be  drawn  through  the  given  point. 

To  erect  a  perpendicular  on  a  given  line,  and  from  any  given  point  in 
that  line,  we  have  only  to  apply  the  ruler  to  the  given  line,  and  place  the 
triangle  so,  that  its  right  angle  shall  touch  the  given  point  in  the  line,  and 
one  of  the  sides  about  the  right  angle,  placed  to  the  edge  of  the  ruler — the 
other  side  will  give  the  perpendicular  required. 

If  the  given  point  be  either  above  or  below  the  line,  the  process  is  equally 
easy.  Place  one  of  the  sides  of  the  triangle  about  the  right  angle  on  the 
given  line,  and  the  ruler  on  the  side  opposite  the  right  angle,  then  slide  the 
triangle  on  the  edge  of  the  ruler  till  the  given  point  from  which  the  perpen- 
dicular is  to  be  drawn  is  on  the  other  side,  then  this  side  will  give  the  per- 
pendicular. 

Other  problems  may  be  performed  with  these  instruments,  the  method  of 
doing  which  it  will  be  easy  for  the  reader  to  contrive  for  himself. 

When  arcs  of  circles  of  great  diameter  are  to  be  drawn,  the  use  of  a 
compass  may  be  substituted  by  a  very  simple  contrivance.  Draw  the  chord 
of  the  arc  to  be  described,  and  place  a  pin  at  each 
extremity,  A  and  B,  then  place  two  rulers  jointed 
at  C,  and  forming  an  angle,  ACB  equal  to  the  sup- 
plement of  half  the  given  number  of  degrees  ;  that 
is  to  say,  the  number  ol  degrees   which  the  arc 

whose  chord  given  is  to  contain,  is  to  be  halved,  and  this  half  being  sub- 
tracted from  180  degrees,  will  give  the  degrees  which  form  the  angle  at 
which  the  rulers  are  placed,  that  is,  the  angle  ACB.    This  being  done,  the 

9* 


102  INSTRUMENTS   USED   IN    DRAWING. 

edges  of  the  mlers  are  moved  along  against  the  pins,  and  a  pencil  at  C  will 
describe  the  arc  required. 

Large  circles  may  be  described  by  a  contriTance  equally  simple.  On 
an  axle,  a  foot  or  a  foot  and  a  half  long,  there  are  placed  two 
wheels,  M  and  F,  of  which  one  is  fixed  to  the  axle,  namely  F, 
and  the  other  is  capable  of  being  shifted  to  different  parts  of  j^g 
the  axle,  and,  by  means  of  a  thumb-screw,  made  capable  of 
being  fixed  at  any  point  on  the  axle.  These  wheels  are  of  Hif- 
^erent  diameters,  say  of  3  and  6  inches,  the  fixed  wheel  F  being  the  largest. 
This  instrument  being  moved  on  the  paper,  the  circles  M  and  F  will  roll, 
and  describe  circles  of  different  radii :  the  axle  will  always  point  to  the 
centre  of  these  circles,  and  there  will  be  this  proportion ; 

As  the  diameter  of  the  large  wheel  is  to  the  difference  of  the  diameters 
of  the  two  wheels,  so  is  the  radius  of  the  circle  to  be  described  by  the  large 
wheel  to  the  distance  of  the  two  wheels  on  the  axle. 

If  the  diameters  of  the  wheels  are  as  above  stated,  and  it  is  required  to 
describe  a  circle  of  3  feet  radius,  then  from  the  above  proportion  we  have 
6:6  —  3  :  :  3  feet  or  36  inches  :  18  inches  =  the  distance  of  the  two  wheels, 
to  describe  a  circle  6  feet  in  diameter. 

It  may  be  observed,  that  it  will  be  beil  to  make  the  difference  of  the 
wheels  greater  if  large  circles  are  to  be  described,  as  then  a  shorter  instni- 
ment  will  serve  the  purpose. 

We  will  conclude  those  instructions,  by  making  a  few  remarks  on  the 
Diagonal  Scale  and  Sector,  the  great  use  of  the  latter  of  which,  especially, 
is  seldom  explained  to  the  young  mechanic. 

The  diagonal  scale  to  be  found  on  the  plain  scale  in  common  pocket- 
cases  of  instruments,  is  a  contrivance  for  measuring  very  small  divisions  of 
lines;  as,  for  instance,  hundredth  parts  of  an  inch. 

Suppose  the  accompanying  cut  to  represent  an  enlarged 
view  of  two  divisions  of  the  diagonal  scale,  and  the  bottom  and 
top  lines  to  be  divided  into  two  parts,  each  representing  the 
tenth  part  of  an  inch.    Now,  the  perpendicular  lines  BC,  AD, 


are  each  divided  into  ten  equal  parts,  which  are  joined  by  the  g'- 
crossing  lines,  1,  2,  3,  4,  &,c.,  and  the  diagonals  BF,  DE,  are  Ji" 
drawn  as  in  the  figure.  Now,  as  tlie  division  FC  is  the  tenth 
part  of  an  inch,  and  as  the  line  FB  continually  approaches  C  F 
nearer  and  nearer  to  BC,  till  it  meets  it  in  B,  it  will  follow,  that  the  part  of 
the  line  1  cut  off  by  this  diagonal  will  be  a  tenth  part  of  FC,  because  Bl  is 
only  one-tenth  part  of  BC  ;  so,  likewise,  2  will  represent  two-tenth  parts, 
3  three-tenth  parts,  and  so  on  to  9,  which  is  nine-tenth  parts,  and  10,  ten- 
tenth  parts,  or  the  whole  tenth  of  an  inch ;  so  that,  by  means  of  this  diago- 
nal, we  arrive  at  divisions  equal  to  tenth  parts  of  tenth  parts  of  an  inch,  or 
hundredths  of  an  inch.  With  this  consideration,  an  examination  of  the 
scale  itself  will  easily  show  the  whole    matter.    It  may  be  observed, 


THE     SECTOR.  103 

that  if  half  an  inch  and  the  quarter  of  an  inch  be  divided,  in  the  same  man- 
ner, into  tenths  and  tenths  of  tenths,  we  may  get  thus  two-hundredth  and 
four-hundredth  parts  of  eui  inch. 

THE  SECTOR. 
This  very  useful  instrument  consists  of  two  equal  rulers  each  six  inches 
long,  joined  together  by  a  brass  folding  joint.  These  rulers  are  generally 
made  of  boxwood  or  ivory;  and  on  the  face  of  the  instrument,  several  lines 
or  scales  are  engraven.  Some  of  these  lines  or  scales  proceed  from  the 
centre  of  the  joint,  and  are  called  sectorial  lines,  to  distinguish  them  from 
others  which  are  drawn  parallel  to  the  edge  of  the  instrument,  similar  to 
those  on  the  common  Gunter's  scale. 

The  sectorial  lines  are  drav«i  twice  on  the  same  face  of  the  instrument; 
that  is  to  say,  each  line  is  drawn  on  both  legs.    Those  on  each  face  are, 

A  scale  of  equal  parts,  marked  L, 

A  line  of  chords,  marked  C, 

A  line  of  secants,  marked  S, 

A  line  of  polygons,  marked        P,  or  Pol. 
These  sectorial  lines  are  marked  on  one  face  of  the  instrument ;  and  on  the 
other  there  are  the  following ; 

A  line  of  sines,  marked  S, 

A  line  of  tangents,  marked        T, 

A  line  of  tangents  to  a  less  radius,  marked  t. 
This  last  line  is  intended  to  supply  the  defect  of  the  former,  and  extends 
from  about  45  to  75  degrees. 

The  lines  of  chords,  sines,  tangents,  and  secants,  but  not  the  line  of  poly- 
gons, are  numbered  from  the  centre,  and  are  so  disposed  as  to  form  equal 
angles  at  the  centre ;  and  it  follows  from  this,  that  at^whatever  distance  the 
sector  is  opened,  the  angles  which  tlie  lines  form,  will  always  be  respectively 
equal.  The  distance,  therefore,  between  10  and  10,  on  the  two  lines  marked 
L,  will  be  equal  to  the  distance  of  60  and  60  on  the  two  lines  of  chords,  and 
also  to  90  and  90  on  the  two  lines  of  sines,  &c.  at  any  particular  opening  of 
the  sector. 

Any  extent  measured  with  a  pair  of  compasses,  from  the  centre  of  the 
joint  to  any  division  on  the  sectorial  lines,  is  called  a  lateral  distance  j  and 
any  extent  taken  from  a  point  in  a  line  on  the  one  leg,  to  the  like  point  on 
the  similar  line  on  the  other  leg,  is  called  a  transverse  or  parallel  distance. 

With  these  remarks,  we  shall  now  proceed  to  explain  the  use  of  the  sec- 
tor, in  so  far  as  it  is  likely  to  be  serviceable  to  mechanics. 

USE   OF   THE    LINE   OF    LINES. 

This  line,  as  was  before  observed,  is  marked  L,  and  its  uses  are, 
To  Divide  a  line  into  any  number  of  equal  parts ;  Take  the  length  of  the 
line  by  the  compasses,  and  placing  one  of  the  points  on  that  numbe/  in  the 


104  THE     SECTOR. 

line  of  lines  which  denotes  the  number  of  parts  into  which  the  g^ven  line  is 
to  be  divided,  open  the  sector  till  the  other  point  of  the  compasses  touches 
the  same  division  on  the  line  of  lines  marked  on  the  other  leg;  then,  the 
sector  being  kept  at  the  same  width,  the  distance  from  1  on  the  line  L  on 
the  one  leg,  to  1  on  the  line  L  on  the  other,  will  give  the  length  of  one  of 
the  equal  divisions  of  the  given  line  to  be  divided.  Thus,  to  divide  a  given 
line  into  seven  equal  parts  : — take  the  length  of  the  given  line  with  the  com- 
passes, and  setting  one  point  on  7,  on  the  line  L  of  one  of  the  legs,  move 
the  other  leg  out  until  the  other  point  of  tlie  compasses  touch  7  on  the  line 
L  of  that  leg;  this  may  be  called  the  transverse  distance  of  7  on  the  line  of 
lines.  Now,  keeping  the  sector  at  the  same  opening,  the  transverse  distance 
of  1  will  be  the  length  of  one  of  the  7  equal  divisions  of  the  given  line;  the 
transverse  distance  of  2  will  be  two  of  these  divisions,  &c. 

It  will  sometimes  happen,  that  the  line  to  be  divided  will  be  too  long  for 
the  largest  opening  of  the  sector  ;  and  in  this  case  we  take  the  half,  or  third, 
or  fourth  of  the  line,  as  the  case  may  be  ;  then  the  transverse  distance  of  1  to 
1,  will  be  a  half,  a  third,  or  a  fourth  of  the  required  equal  part. 

To  divide  a  given  line  into  any  number  of  parts  that  shall  have  a  certain 
relation  or  proportion  to  each  other :  Take  the  length  of  the  whole  line  to  be 
divided,  and  placing  one  point  of  the  comphsses  at  that  division  on  the  line 
of  lines  on  one  leg  of  the  instrument  which  expresses  the  sum  of  all  the 
parts  into  which  the  given  line  is  to  be  divided,  and  open  the  sector  till  the 
other  point  of  the  compasses  is  on  the  corresponding  division  on  the  line  of 
lines  of  the  other  leg.  This  is  evidently  making  the  sum  of  the  parts  into 
which  the  given  line  is  to  be  divided  a  transverse  distance  ;  and  when  this 
is  done,  the  proportional  parts  will  be  found  by  taking,  with  the  same  open- 
ing of  the  sector,  the  transverse  distances  of  the  parts  required. — To  divide 
a  given  line  into  three  parts,  in  the  proportion  of  2,  3,  4:  The  sum  of  these 
is  9  ;  make  the  given  line  a  transverse  distance  between  9  and  9  on  the  two 
lines  of  lines  ;  then  the  transverse  distances  of  the  several  numbers  2,  3,  4, 
will  give  the  proportional  parts  required. 

To  find  a  fourth  proportional  to  three  given  lines  :  take  the  lateral  distance 
of  the  second,  and  make  it  the  transverse  distance  of  the  first,  then  will  the 
transverse  distance  of  the  third  be  the  lateral  distance  of  the  fourth;  then, 
let  there  be  given  6:3::  8, — make  the  lateral  distance  of  3  the  transverse 
distance  of  6;  then  will  the  transverse  distance  of  8  be  the  lateral  distance 
of  4,  the  fourth  proportional  required. 

This  sector  will  be  found  highly  serviceable  in  drawing  plans.  For  in- 
stance, if  it  is  wished  to  reduce  the  drawing  of  a  steam  engine  from  a  scale 
of  1  J  inches  to  the  foot,  to  another  of  five-eighths  to  the  foot.  Now,  in  1 J 
inches  there  are  12  eighth  parts  ;  so  tliat  the  drawing  will  be  reduced  in  the 
proportion  of  12  to  5.  Take  the  lateral  distance  of  5,  and  keep  the  com- 
passes at  this  opening;  then  open  the  sector  till  the  points  of  the  compasses 
mark  the  transverse  distance  of  12  3  keep  uow  the  sector  at  this  opening, 


MECHANICAL    DRAWING   AND    PERSPECTIVE.  105 

and  any  measure  taken  on  the  drawing,  to  be  copied  and  laid  off  on  the 
sector  as  a  lateral  distance, — Ihe  transverse  distance  taken  from  that  point 
will  give  tiie  corresponding  measure  to  be  laid  down  in  the  aevf  drawing. 

If  the  length  of  the  side  of  a  triangle,  of  which  we  have  the  drawing,  is 
to  be  reckoned  45 ;  what  are  the  lengths  of  the  other  two  sides  ?  Take  the 
length  of  the  side  given,  by  the  compasses,  and  open  the  sector  till  the  meas- 
ure be  the  transverse  distance  of  45  to  45 ;  then  the  lengths  of  the  other 
sides  being  applied  transversely,  will  give  their  numerical  lengths. 

USE   OF    THE    LINE    OF    CHORDS. 

By  means  of  the  sector,  we  may  dispense  with  the  protractor.  Thus,  to 
lay  down  an  angle  of  any  number  of  degrees  : — take  the  radius  of  the  circle 
on  the  compasses,  and  open  the  sector  till  this  becomes  the  transverse  dis- 
tance of  60  on  the  line  of  chords;  then  take  the  transverse  distance  of  the 
required  number  of  degrees,  keeping  the  sector  at  the  same  opening ;  emd 
this  transverse  distance  being  marked  off  on  an  arc  of  the  circle  whose  ra- 
dius was  taken,  will  be  the  required  number  of  degrees. 

We  will  not  enter  farther  on  the  use  of  the  sectorial  lines,  as  what 
we  have  said  will,  we  hope,  be  found  sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  the 
practical  mechanic. 

MECHANICAL    DRAWING    AND    PERSPECTIVE. 

A  FLAT  rectangular  board  is  first  to  be  provided,  of  any  convenient  size, 
as  from  18  to  30  inches,  and  from  16  to  24  inches  broad.  It  may  be  made 
of  fir,  plane  tree,  or  mahogany ;  its  face  must  be  piqned  smooth  and  flat, 
and  the  sides  and  ends  as  nearly  as  possible  at  right  angles  to  each  other — 
the  bottom  of  the  board  and  the  left  side  should  be  made  perfectly  so  ;  and 
this  corner  should  be  marked,  so  that  the  slock  of  the  square  may  be  always 
applied  to  the  bottom  and  left  hand  side  of  the  board.  To  prevent  the 
board  from  casting,  it  is  usual  to  pannel  it  on  the  back  or  on  the  sides. 

A  T  square  must  also  be  provided,  which  by  means  of  a  thumb-screw 
fixed  in  the  stock,  may  be  made  to  answer  either  the  purposes  of  a  com- 
mon square,  or  bevel,— the  one-half  of  the  stock  being  movable  about  the 
screw,  and  the  other  fixed  at  right  angles  on  the  blade.  The  blade  ought 
to  be  somewhat  flexible,  and  equal  in  length  to  the  length  of  the  board. 

Besides  these,  there  will  be  required  a  case  of  mathematical  instruments; 
in  the  selection  of  which  it  should  be  observed,  that  the  bow  compass  is 
more  frequently  defective  than  any  of  the  other  instruments.  After  using 
any  of  the  ink  feet,  they  should  be  dried  ;  and  if  they  do  not  draw  properly, 
they  ought  to  be  sharpened  and  brought  to  an  equal  length  in  the  blade,  by 
grinding  on  a  hone. 

The  colors  most  useful  are,  Indian  ink,  gamboge,  Prussian  blue,  vermil- 
ion, and  lake.  With  these,  all  colors  necessary  for  drawing  machinery  or 
buildmgs  may  be  made  ;  so  that,  instead  of  purchasing  a  box  of  colors,  we 


106  MECHANICAL    DRAWING   AND   PEESPECTIVB. 

would  advise  that  those  for  whom  this  book  is  intended  should  procure 
these  cakes  separately  :  the  gamboge  may  be  bought  from  an  apothecary — 
a  pennyworth  will  serve  a  lifetime.  In  choosing  the  rest,  they  should  be 
rubbed  against  the  teeth,  and  those  which  feel  smoothest  are  of  the  best 
quality. 

Hair  pencils  will  also  be  necessary,  made  of  camel's  hair,  and  of  varioua 
sizes.  They  ought  to  taper  gradually  to  a  point  when  wet  in  the  mouth, 
and  should,  after  being  pressed  against  the  finger,  spring  back. 

Black-lead  piencils  will  also  be  necessary.  They  ought  not  to  be  very 
soft,  nor  so  hard  that  their  traces  cannot  be  easily  erased  by  the  Indian 
rubber.  In  choosing  paper,  that  which  will  best  suit  this  kind  of  drawing 
is  thick,  and  has  a  hardish  feel,  not  very  smooth  on  the  surface,  yet  free 
from  knots. 

The  paper  on  which  the  drawing  is  to  be  made,  must  be  chosen  of  a 
good  quality  and  convenient  size.  It  is  then  to  be  wet  with  a  sponge  and 
clean  water,  on  the  opposite  side  from  that  on  which  the  drawing  is  to  be 
made.  When  the  paper  absorbs  the  water,  which  may  be  seen  by  the  wet- 
ted side  becoming  dim,  as  its  surface  is  viewed  slantwise  against  the  light, 
it  is  to  be  laid  on  the  drawing  board  with  the  wetted  side  next  the  board. 
About  half  an  inch  must  be  turned  up  on  a  straight  edge  all  round  the 
paper,  and  then  fastened  on  the  board.  This  is  done  because  the  paper 
when  wet  is  enlarged,  and  the  edges  being  fixed  on  the  board,  act  as  stretch- 
ers when  the  paper  contracts  by  drying.  To  prevent  the  paper  from  con- 
tracting before  the  paste  has  been  sufficiently  fastened  by  drying,  the  paper 
is  usually  wet  on  the  upper  surface,  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  paste  mark. 
When  the  paper  is  thoroughly  dried,  it  will  be  found  to  lie  firmly  and  equally 
on  the  board,  and  is  then  fit  for  use. 

If  the  drawing  is  to  be  made  from  a  copy,  we  ought  first  to  consider  what 
scale  it  is  to  be  drawn  -to.  If  it  is  to  be  equal  in  size  to,  or  larger  than  the 
copy,  a  scale  should  be  made  accordingly,  by  which  the  dimensions  of 
the  several  parts  of  the  drawing  are  to  be  regulated.  The  diagonal  scale, 
a  simple  and  beautiful  contrivance,  will  be  here  found  of  great  use  for  the 
more  minute  divisions  ;  and  whenever  the  drawing  is  to  be  made  to  a  scale 
of  1  inch,  ^  inch,  I  inch  to  the  foot,  a  scale  should  be  drawn  of  20  or  30 
equal  parts ;  the  last  of  which  should  be  subdivided  into  12,  and  a  diagonal 
scale  formed  on  the  same  principles  as  the  common  one,  but  with  eight 
parallels  and  12  diagonals,  to  express  inches  and  eighths  of  an  inch.  For 
making  such  scales  to  any  proportion,  the  line  L  on  the  sector  will  be  found 
very  convenient. 

Great  care  should  be  taken  in  the  penciling,  that  an  accurate  outline  be 
drawn,  for  on  this  much  of  the  value  of  the  picture  will  depend.  The  jien- 
cil  marks  should  be  distinct,  yet  not  heavy,  and  the  use  of  the  rubber  avoided 
as  much  as  possible,  as  its  frequent  application  ruffles  the  surface  of  the 
paper.    The  methods  already  given  for  constructing  geometrical  figures 


MECHANICAL    DRAWING    AND  PERSPECTIVE.  107 

will  be  here  found  applicable,  and  the  use  of  the  T  square,  parallel  ruler, 
&c.,  will  suggest  themselves  whenever  they  require  to  be  employed. 

The  drawing  thus  made  of  any  machine  or  building  is  called  a  plan. 
Plans  are  of  three  kinds — a  ground  plan,  or  bird's-eye  view,  an  elevation  or 
front  view,  and  a  perspective  plan. 

When  a  view  is  taken  of  the  teeth  of  a  wheel,  with  the  circumference 
towards  the  eye,  the  teeth  appear  to  be  nearer  as  they  are  removed  from 
the  middle  point  of  the  circumference  opposite  the  eye,  and  it  may  not  be 
out  of  place  here  to  give  the  method  of  representing  them  on  paper  : — If 
AB  be  the  circumference  of  a  wheel  as  viewed  by 
the  eye,  and  it  is  required  to  represent  the  teeth  as 
they  appear  on  it,  only  half  of  the  circumference  can 
be  seen  in  this  way  at  one  time,  consequently  we  can  Ajj 
only  represent  the  half  of  the  teeth.  On  AB  describe 
a  semicircle,  which  divide  into  half  as  many  equal  parts  as  the  wheel  has 
teeth;  then  from  each  of  these  points  of  division  draw  perpendiculars  to  the 
wheel  AB,  then  will  these  perpendiculars  mark  the  relative  places  of  the 
te*elh. 

'  When  the  outline  is  completed  in  pencil,  it  is  next  to  be  carefully  gone 
over  with  Indian  ink,  which  is  to  be  rubbed  down  with  a  little  water,  on  a 
plate  of  glass  or  eathernware — so  as  to  be  sufficiently  fluid  to  flow  easily 
out  of  the  pen,  and  at  the  same  time  have  a  sufficient  body  of  color.  While 
drawing  the  ink  lines,  the  measurements  should  be  repeated,  so  as  to  cor- 
rect any  error  that  may  have  occurred  during  the  penciling.  The  screw  in 
the  drawing  pen  will  regulate  the  breadth  of  the  strokes ;  which  should  not 
be  alike  heavy;  those  strokes  being  the  heaviest  which  bound  the  dark  part 
of  the  shades.  Should  any  line  be  wrong  drawn  with  the  ink,  it  may  be 
taken  out  by  means  of  a  sponge  and  water,  which  could  not  be  done  if 
common  writing  ink  were  employed. 

In  preparing  for  coloring  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  a  hair  pencil  is  to  be 
fixed  at  each  end  of  a  small  piece  of  wood,  made  in  the  form  of  a  common 
pencil,  one  of  which  is  to  be  used  with  color,  and  the  other  with  water  only. 
If  the  color  is  to  be  laid  on,  so  as  to  represent  a  flat  surface,  it  ought  to  be 
spread  on  equally,  and  there  is  here  no  use  for  the  water  brush ;  but  if  it  is 
to  represent  a  curved  surface,  then  the  color  is  to  be  laid  on  the  part  in- 
tended to  be  shaded,  and  softened  towards  the  light  by  washing  with  the 
water  brush.  In  all  cases  it  should  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  color  ought 
to  be  laid  on  very  thin,  otherwise  it  will  be  more  difficult  to  manage,  and 
will  never  make  so  fine  a  drawing. 

In  colors  even  of  the  best  quality,  we  sometimes  meet  with  gritty  particles, 
which  it  is  desirable  to  avoid.  Instead  of  rubbing  the  color  on  a  plate  with 
a  little  water,  as  is  usual,  it  will  be  belter  to  wet  the  color,  and  rub  it  on  the 
point  of  the  forefinger,  letting  the  dissolved  part  drop  ofi"  the  finger  on  to 
the  plate. 


108  MECHANICAL     DRAWING   AND    PERSPECTIVE. 

In  using  the  Indian  ink,  it  will  be  found  advantageous  to  mix  it  with  a 
little  blue  and  a  small  quantity  of  lake,  which  renders  it  much  more  easily 
wrought  with,  and  this  is  the  more  desirable  as  it  is  the  most  frequently-  used 
of  all  the  other  colors  in  Mechanical  Drawing,  the  shades  being  all  made 
with  this  color. 

The  depth  and  extent  of  the  shades  will  depend  on  various  circumstan- 
ces— on  the  figure  of  the  object  to  be  shaded,  the  position  of  the  eye  of  the 
observer,  and  the  direction  in  which  the  light  comes,  &,c.  The  position  of 
the  eye  will  vary  the  proportionate  size  of  any  object  in  a  picture  when 
drawn  in  perspective.  Thus,  if  a  perspective  view  of  a  steam  engine  is 
given,  the  eye  being  supposed  to  be  placed  opposite  the  end  nearest  the 
nozzles,  an  inch  of  the  nozzle  rod  will  appear  much  larger  than  an  inch  of 
the  pump  rod  which  feeds  the  cistern ;  but  if  the  eye  is  supposed  to  be  placed 
opposite  the  other  end  of  the  engine,  the  reverse  will  be  the  case.  But  in 
drawing  elevations  and  ground  plans  of  machinery,  every  part  of  the  ma- 
chine is  drawn  to  the  proper  scale — an  inch  or  foot  in  one  part  of  the  ma- 
chine, being  just  the  same  size  as  an  inch  or  foot  in  any  other  part  of  the 
machine.  So  that  by  measuring  the  dimensions  of  any  part  of  the  drawin'g^ 
and  then  applying  the  compass  to  the  scale,  we  determine  the  real  size  of 
the  part  so  measured.  Whereas,  if  the  view  were  given  in  perspective,  we 
would  be  obliged  to  make  allowance  for  the  effect  of  distance,  &.c. 

The  light  is  always  supposed  to  fall  on  the  picture  at  an  angle  of  forty- 
five  degrees,  from  which  it  follows,  that  the  shade  of  any  object,  which  is 
intended  to  rise  from  the  plane  of  the  picture,  or  appear  prominent,  will  just 
be  equal  in  length  to  the  prominence  of  the  object. 

The  shades,  therefore,  should  be  as  exactly  meeisured  as  any  other  pari 
of  the  drawing,  and  care  should  be  taken  that  they  all  fall  in  the  proper  di. 
rection,  as  the  light  is  supposed  to  come  from  one  point  only. 

It  is  frequently  of  great  use  for  the  mechanic  to  take  a  hasty  copy  of  a 
drawing,  and  many  methods  have  been  given  for  this  purpose — by  machines, 
tracing,  &c.    We  give  the  following  as  easy,  accurate,  and  convenient. 

Mix  equal  parts  of  turpentine  and  drying  oil,  and  with  a  rag  lay  it  on  a 
sheet  of  good  silk  paper,  allowing  the  paper  to  lie  by  for  two  or  three  days 
to  dry,  and  when  it  is  so  it  will  be  fit  for  use.  To  use  it,  lay  it  on  the  draw- 
ing to  be  copied,  and  the  prepared  paper  being  nearly  transparent,  the  lines 
of  the  drawing  will  be  seen  through  it,  and  may  be  easily  traced  with  a 
black-lead  pencil.  The  lines  on  the  oiled  paper  will  be  quite  distinct  when 
it  is  laid  on  while  paper.  Thus,  if  the  mechanic  hps  little  time  to  spare,  he 
may  take  a  copy  and  lay  it  by  to  be  recopied  at  his  leisure. 

Care  and  perseverance  are  the  chief  requisites  for  attaining  perfection  in 
this  species  of  drawing.  Every  mechanic  should  know  something  of  it,  so 
that  he  may  the  better  understand  how  to  execute  plans  that  may  be  sub- 
milted  to  him,  or  make  intelligible  to  others  any  invention  he  himself  may 
make. 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY. 


Geometry  is  the  science  which  investigates  and  demonstrates  the 
propei'ties  of  lines  on  surfaces  and  solids :  hence.  Practical  Ge- 
ometry is  the  method  of  applying  the  rules  of  the  science  to  practical 
purposes. 


10 


110  DEFINITIONS    OF   ARITHMETICAL  SIGNS. 

DEFINITION    OF    ARITHMETICAL    SIGNS   USED    IN 
THE    WORK. 

=  When  we  wish  to  state  that  one  quantity  or  number,  is  equal  to 
another  quantity  or  number,  the  sign  of  equality  =  is  employed.  Thus 
3  added  to  2  =  5,  or  3  added  to  2  is  equal  to  5. 

-f-  When  the  sum  of  two  quantities  or  numbers  is  to  be  taken,  the  sign 
plus  -f  is  placed  between  them.  Thus  3  +  2  =  5;  that  is,  the  sum  ofS 
and  2  is  5.    This  is  the  sign  of  Addition. 

—  When  the  difference  of  two  numbers  or  quantities  is  to  be  taken,  the 
sign  minus  —  is  used,  and  shows  that  the  latter  number  or  quantity  is  to  be 
taken  from  the  former.     Thus  5  —  2  =  3.     This  is  the  sign  of  Subtraction, 

X  When  the  product  of  any  two  numbers  or  quantities  is  to  be  taken, 
the  sign  into  x  is  placed  between  them.  Thus  3x2  =  6.  This  is  the 
sign  of  Multiplication.  • 

-f-  When  we  are  to  take  the  quotient  of  two  quantities,  the  sign  by  -~  is 

f)laced  between  them,  and  shows  that  the  former  is  to  be  divided  by  the 
atter.  Thus  6  -;-  2  =  3i  This  is  the  sign  of  Division.  But  in  some  cases 
in  this  work,  the  mode  of  division  has  been,  to  place  the  dividend  above  a 
horizontal  line,  and  ihe  divisor  below  it,  in  the  form  of  a  vulgar  fraction, 
thus: 

Dividend       ^      .  *6       „ 

_.  . =  Quotient.  — =  3. 

Divisor  "Z 

When  the  square  of  any  number  or  quantity  is  to  be  taken,  this  is  de- 
noted by  placing  a  small  figure  2  above  it  to  the  right.  Thus  6'  shows  that 
the  square  of  6  is  to  be  taken,  and  therefore  6*  =  fa  x  6  =  36. 

When  we  wish  to  show  that  the  square  root  of  any  number  or  quantity  is 
to  be  taken,  this  is  denoted  by  placing  the  radical  sign  ^  before  it.  Thus 
v'36  shows  that  the  square  root  of  36  ought  to  be  taken,  hence  v'36  =  6. 

The  common  marks  of  proportion  are  also  used,  viz.,  :  :  :  :  as 
3:6   : :  4  :  8,  being  read  3  is  to  6  as  4  is  to  8. 

The  application  of  these  signs  to  the  expression  of  rules  is  exceedingly 
simple.    Thus,  connected  with  the  circle  we  have  the  following  rules  : 

1st.  The  circumference  of  a  circle  will  be  found  by  multiplying  the  di- 
ameter by  3-1416. 

2d.  The  diameter  of  a  circle  may  be  found  by  dividing  the  circumfer- 
ence by  31416. 

3d.  The  area  of  a  circle  may  be  found  by  multiplying  the  half  of  the  di- 
ameter, by  the  'half  of  the  circumference,  or  by  multiplying  together  the 
diameter  and  circumference,  and  dividing  the  product  by  4,  or  by  squaring 
the  diameter  and  multiplying  by  •7854, 

Now  all  these  rules  may  be  thus  expressed  : 

1st.  diameter  X  3-1416  =  circumference. 

circumference 
^-  ^3^416  ^  =  '^'^"'''*^'- 

diameter       circumference 
3d.  ^ X  2 =  ^'■^^• 


or. 


diameter  X  circumference 

4  ' 

diameter*  X  -7854  =  area. 


PRACTICAL     GEOMETRY. 


Practical  Geometry  is  an  important  branch  of  knowledge  to  all  who 
are  in  any  way  engaged  in  the  art  of  building.  The  workman,  as  well 
as  the  designer,  requires  its  aid ;  and  unless  he  is  acquainted  with 
some  of  the  leading  principles  of  the  science,  he  will  frequently  feel 
an  uncertainty  as  to  the  results  he  may  deduce  from  the  problems 
which  are  presented  to  his  notice. 


Problem   I. 
To  inscribe  an  Equilateral  Triangle  within  a  given  Circle. 
Let  A  B  c  be  a  circle ;  it  is  required  to  draw  within  it  a  triangle 
Fig.  1. 


whose  sides  are  equal  to  one  another.  Commencing  from  any  point 
A,  mark  on  the  circumference  of  the  circle  a  series  of  spaces  equal 
to  the  radius  of  the  circle,  of  which  there  will  be  six,  and  draw  the 
arcs  A  D  D  B,  &c.  Then  join  every  alternate  point  as  a  b,  b  c,  c  A, 
and  the  several  lines  will  together  form  an  equilateral  triangle. 


112 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY. 


Problem   II. 

Within  a  given  Circle  to  inscribe  a  Square. 

Let  A  B  c  D  be  the  given  circle,  it  is  required  to  draw  a  square 

Fig.  2. 


within  it.  Draw  the  diameters  a  b,  c  d,  at  right  angles  to  each 
other ;  or,  in  other  words,  draw  the  diameter  A  b,  and  form  a  per- 
pendicular bisecting  it.  Then  join  the  points  a  c,  c  b,  b  d,  d  A,  and 
the  figure  A  b  c  d  is  a  square  formed  within  a  given  circle. 


Problem  III. 

Within  a  given  Circle  to  inscribe  a  regular  Pentagon  ;  that  is,  a 
Polygon  of  Jive  Sides. 

Let  A  B  c  D  be  a  circle  in  which  it  is  required  to  draw  a  pentagon. 

Fig.  3. 


Draw  a  diameter  a  d,  and  perpendicular  to  it  another  diameter. 
Then  divide  o  b  into  two  equal  parts  in  the  point  e,  and  join  c  e  ;  and 
with  E  as  a  centre,  and  the  radius  c  e,  draw  the  arc  c  f,  cutting  a  o 
in  F :  and,  with  c  as  a  centre,  and  the  same  radius,  describe  the  arc 
F  G  ;  the  arcs  c  f,  g  f  intersect  each  other  in  the  point  f,  and  the 
arc  G  F  intersects  the  circumference  of  the  circle  in  the  point  G. 
Join  the  points  c  and  g,  and  that  line  will  be  a  side  of  the  pentagon 
to  be  drawn.  Mark  off  within  the  circumference  the  same  space, 
and  join  the  points  a  h,  h  i,  i  k,  k  c,  and  the  figure  that  is  formed 
is  a  pentagon. 


PRACTICAL   GEOMETRY. 


113 


Problem  IV. 

Within  a  given  Circle  to  describe  a  regular  Hexagon  ;  that  is  to 
say,  a  Polygon  of  six  equal  Sides. 

Let  A  B  c  be  the  given  circle,  and  o  the  centre.     With  the  radius 

Fig.  4. 


of  the  circle  divide  it  into  parts,  of  which  there  will  be  six,  and  con- 
nect the  points  a  d,  db,  &.C.,  and  the  figure  a  d  b  e  c  f  will  be  a 
regular  hexagon. 


PaOBLEM   V. 

To  cut  off  the  Corners  of  a  given  Square,  so  as  to  form  a  regular 
Octagon. 

Let  A  B  c  D  be  the  given  square.     Draw  the  two  diagonal  lines 
Fig.  5. 


B       K        Jf 


A  c,  and  B  D,  crossing  each  other  in  o.  Then,  with  the  radius  a  o, 
that  is,  half  the  diagonal,  and  with  a  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc 
E  F,  cutting  the  sides  of  the  square  in  e  and  f  ;  then,  from  b  as  a 
centre,  describe  the  arc  g  h  ;  and  in  like  manner  from  c  and  d  de- 
scribe the  arcs  i  k  and  l,  m.  Draw  the  lines  l  g,  f  i,  h  m,  and 
K  e,  and  these,  with  the  parts  of  the  given  square  Q  F,  i  H,  M  k, 
and  £  L.,  form  the  octagon  required. 

10* 


il4  PRACTICAL   GEOMETEY. 


Problem  VI. 

To  divide  a  given  Line  into  any  JVumber  of  Parts,  which  Parts 
shall  be  in  the  same  Proportion  to  each  other  as  the  Parts  of  some 
other  given  Line,  whether  those  Parts  are  equal  or  unequal. 

Let  A  B  be  the  given  line  which  it  is  required  to  divide  in  the  same 
Fig.  6. 


manner  and  proportion  as  the  line  c  d,  whether  the  parts  are  equal 
or  unequal.  On  the  base  line  c  d,  form  an  equilateral  triangle  in  the 
manner  already  described  in  a  former  problem.  Then  take  the  dis- 
tance A  B,  and  with  e  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc  f  g,  and  join  the 
points  F  and  G,  and  f  g  shall  be  equal  to  a  b.  Now,  if  from  the 
points  H  I  K,  which  are  the  divisions  of  the  line  c,  we  draw  lines  to 
E,  as  H  E,  I  E,  and  k  e,  these  lines  will  cut  f  g  in  the  points  a  b  c, 
which  will  divide  the  line  f  g  into  parts  proportionate  to  the  divisions 
of  the  line  c  d. 

Problem  VII, 

On  a  given  Line  to  draw  a  Polygon  of  any  JVumber  of  Sides,  so 
that  that  Line  shall  be  one  Side  of  a  Polygon  ;  or,  in  other  words, 
to  find  the  Centre  of  a  Circle  which  shall  circumscribe  any  Poly- 
gon, the  Length  of  the  Side  of  the  Polygon  being  given. 

We  shall  here  show,  in  a  tabular  form,  the  length  of  the  radius  of 
a  circle,  which  shall  contain  the  given  line,  as  a  side  of  the  required 
polygon ;  and  here  we  will  suppose  the  line  to  be  divided  into  one 
thousand  equal  parts,  and  the  radius  into  a  certain  number  of  like 
parts.  The  radius  of  the  circle  for  different  figures  will  be  as  fol- 
lows: — 

For  an  inscribed  Triangle 577 

Square 701 

Pentagon 850 

Hexagon 1000 

Heptagon 1152 

Octagon 1306^ 

Enneagon 1462 


PRACTICAL   GEOMETRY.  .       115 


Decagon 1618 

Endecagon 1775 

Dodecagon 1932 

By  this  table,  the  workman  may,  with  a  simple  proportion,  find  the 
radius  of  a  circle  which  shall  contain  a  polygon,  one  side  being  given  : 
thus,  if  it  be  required  to  draw  a  pentagon,  the  side  given  being  fifteen 
inches,  we  may  say  as  1000  is  to  15,  so  is  850,  the  tabular  number  for 
a  pentagon,  to  J  2  inches  and  seventy-five  hundredth  parts  of  an  inch, 
or  seven-tenths  and  a  half  of  a  tenth  of  an  inch. 

We  may  here  give  another  table  for  the  construction  of  polygons, 
one  in  which  the  radius  of  the  circumscribing  circle  is  given.  If  it 
be  required  to  find  the  side  of  the  inscribed  polygon,  the  radius  being 
one  thousand  parts,  the  sides  of  the  different  polygons  will  be  accord- 
ing to  the  following  scale  :  — 

The  Triangle 1732 

Square 1414 

Pentagon 1175 

Hexagon 1000 

Heptagon 867^ 

Octagon 765 

Enneagon 684 

Decagon 618 

Endecagon 563J 

Dodecagon 517| 

Here,  as  in  the  case  already  mentioned,  the  law  of  proportion  ap- 
plies, and  the  statement  may  be  thus  made  :  as  one  thousand  is  to  the 
number  of  inches  contained  in  the  radius  of  the  given  circle,  so  is  the 
tabular  number  for  the  required  polygon  to  the  length  of  one  of  its 
sides  in  inches.  Thus,  let  it  be  supposed  that  we  have  a  circle  whose 
radius  in  inches  is  30,  and  that  we  wish  to  inscribe  an  octagon  within 
it ;  then  say  as  1000  is  to  30  inches,  so  is  765  to  22  inches  and  95-100 
parts  of  an  inch,  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  required  octagon. 

Method  of  Drawing  Curved  Lines. 

We  will  now  introduce  a  few  remarks  upon  the  method  of  drawing 
curved  lines,  and  also  give  some  rules  for  finding  the  forms  of  mould- 
ings when  they  are  to  mitre  together,  that  is  to  say,  of  raking 
mouldings,  and  of  bevel  work  in  general.  It  will  also  be  necessary 
to  make  a  few  remarks  upon  the  form  of  ribs  for  domes  and  groins,  a 
knowledge  of  which  is  so  necessary  to  the  builder,  that  without  it  the 
workman  cannot  correctly  execute  his  task.  It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  state,  that  all  these  mechanical  operations  are  founded  upon  geo- 
metrical principles;  and,  unless  he  is  acquainted  with  these,  the 
workman  cannot  hope  to  succeed  in  his  attempt  to  excel  in  his  art, — 
one  which  is  necessary  for  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  all  com- 
munities. 


116 


PRACTICAL   GOEMETEY. 


Problem  VIII. 

To  draw  on  Ellipse  with  the  Rule  and  Compasses,  the  transverse  and 
conjugate  Diameters  being  given  ;  that  is,  the  Length  and  Width. 

Let  A  B  be  the  transverse  or  longest  diameter ;  c  d  the  conjugate 

Fig.  7. 


or  shortest  diameter ;  and  o  the  point  of  their  intersection,  that  is, 
the  centre  of  the  ellipse.  Take  the  distance  o  c  or  o  d  ;  and,  taking 
A  as  one  point,  mark  that  distance  a  e  upon  the  line  a  o.      Divide 

0  E  into  three  equal  parts,  and  take  from  A  f,  a  distance  e  f,  equal 
to  one  of  those  parts.  Make  o  g  equal  to  o  f.  With  the  radius  f  g, 
and  F  and  g  as  centres,  strike  arcs  which  shall  intersect  each  other 
in  the  points  i  and  h.    Then  draw  the  lines  h  f  k,  h  g  m,  and  i  f  l, 

1  G  N.  With  F  as  a  centre,  and  the  radius  a  f,  describe  the  arc 
L  A  K ;  and,  from  g  as  a  centre,  with  the  same  radius,  describe  the 
arc  M  B  N.  With  the  radius  h  c,  and  h  as  a  centre,  describe  the  arc 
K  c  M  ;  and,  from  the  point  i,  with  the  radius  i  d,  describe  the  arc 
L  D  M.  The  figure  a  c  b  d  is  an  elHpse,  formed  of  four  arcs  of  cir- 
cles. 

Problem  IX. 

To  draw  an  Ellipse  by  means  of  two  Concentric  Circles. 
Fig.  8. 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY.  117 

Let  A  B  be  the  transverse,  and  e  f  the  conjugate  diameter,  and  o 
the  centre  of  an  ellipse  to  be  drawn.  From  o  with  the  radius  o  a, 
describe  the  circle  a  c  b  d,  and  from  the  same  centre  describe  another 
circle  g  e  h  f.  Divide  the  outer  circle  into  any  number  of  equal 
parts  ;  the  greater  the  number,  the  more  exact  will  be  the  ellipse  : 
and  they  should  not  be  less  than  twelve.  From  each  of  these  divi- 
sions draw  lines  to  the  centre  o,  as  a  o,  6  o,  c  o.  Then,  from  a,  b,  c, 
&c.,  di'aw  lines  perpendicular  to  a  b,  and  from  the  corresponding 
points  in  the  inner  circle,  that  is,  from  the  points  marked  1,  2, 3,  &c., 
draw  lines  parallel  to  ab.  Draw  a  curve  through  the  points  where 
these  lines  intersect  each  other,  and  it  will  be  an  ellipse. 

In  the  diagram  to  which  this  demonstration  refers,  only  one  quar- 
ter of  the  ellipse  is  lettered,  but  the  process  described  in  relation  to 
that  must  be  carried  round  the  circles,  as  is  shown  in  the  dotted  and 
other  lines. 

Problem  X. 

To  describe  an  Ellipse  by  Means  of  a  Carpenter's  Square,  or  a 
piece  of  notched  Lath. 

Having  drawn  two  lines  to  represent  the  diameters  of  the  ellipse 
required,  fasten  the  square  so  that  the  internal  angle  or  meeting  of 
the  blade  and  stock  shall  be  at  the  centre  of  the  ellipse.  Then  take 
a  piece  of  wood  or  a  lath,  and  cut  it  to  the  length  of  half  the  longest 
diameter,  and  from  one  end  cut  out  a  piece  equal  to  half  the  shortest 
diameter,  and  there  will  then  be  a  piece  remaining  at  one  end  equal 
to  the  difference  of  the  half  of  the  two  diameters.  Place  this  project- 
ing piece  of  the  lath  in  such  a  manner  that  it  may  rest  against  the 
square,  on  the  edge  which  corresponds  to  the  two  diameters  ;  then, 
turning  it  round  horizontally,  the  two  ends  of  the  projection  will 
slide  along  the  two  internal  edges  of  the  square,  and  if  a  pencil  be 
fixed  at  the  other  end  of  the  lath,  it  will  describe  one  quarter  of  an 
ellipse.  The  square  must  then  be  moved  for  the  successive  quarters 
of  the  ellipse,  and  the  whole  figure  will  thus  be  easily  formed. 

This  method  of  forming  an  ellipse  is  a  good  substitute  for  the  usual 
plan,  and  the  tigure  thus  produced  is  more  accurate  than  that  made 
by  passing  a  pencil  round  a  string  moving  upon  two  pins  or  nails 
fixed  in  the  foci,  for  the  string  is  apt  to  stretch,  and  the  pencil  cannot 
be  guided  with  the  accuracy  required. 

There  are  many  other  methods  of  drawing  ellipses,  or  more  prop- 
erly ovals,  but  we  can  only  notice  two  of  those  in  common  use. 

1.  By  ordinates,  or  lines  drawn  perpendicular  to  the  axis.  Having 
formed  the  two  diameters,  divide  the  axis,  or  larger  diameter,  into 
any  number  of  equal  parts,  and  erect  lines  perpendicular  to  the 
several  points.  Next  draw  a  semicircle,  and  divide  its  diameter  into 
the  like  number  of  equal  parts;  that  is,  if  the  larger  diameter  or  axis 
of  the  intended  ellipse  be  divided  into  twenty  equal   parts,  then  the 


118 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY. 


semicircle  must  be  divided  into  the  like  number.  As  the  diameter  of 
the  semicircle  is  equal  to  the  shorter  diameter  of  the  ellipse,  or  con- 
jugate axis,  perpendiculars  may  be  raised  from  these  divisions  of  the 
diameter,  or  the  semicircle,  till  they  meet  the  circumference ;  and 
the  different  perpendiculars,  which  are  called  ordinates,  may  be 
erected  like  perpendiculars,  on  the  axis  of  ellipse.  Joining  the  sev- 
eral points  together, the  ellipse  is  described;  and  the  more  accurately 
the  perpendiculars  are  formed  the  more  exact  will  be  the  ellipse. 

2.  By  intersecting  arches.  Take  any  point  in  the  axis,  and  with  a 
radius  equal  to  the  distance  of  that  point  from  one  extremity  of  the 
axis,  and  with  one  of  the  foci  as  a  centre,  describe  an  arc  ;  then  with 
the  distance  of  the  assumed  point  in  the  axis  from  the  other  end  of  it, 
and  with  the  other  focus  as  a  centre,  describe  another  arc  intersect- 
ing the  former,  and  the  point  of  intersection  will  be  a  point  in  the 
ellipse.  By  assuming  any  number  of  points  in  the  axis,  any  number 
of  points  on  the  curve  may  be  found,  and  these  united  will  give  the 
ellipse.  This  process  is  founded  on  the  property  of  the  ellipse  ;  that 
if  any  two  lines  are  drawn  from  the  foci  to  any  point  in  the  curve,  the 
length  of  these  lines  added  together  will  be  a  constant  quantity,  that 
is,  always  the  same  in  the  same  ellipse. 


Problem  XI. 
To  find  the  Centre  and  the  two  Axes  of  an  Ellipse. 
Let  A  B  c  s  be  an  ellipse,  it  is  required  to  find  its  centre.      Draw 
Fig.  9. 


any  two  lines,  as  e  f  and  g  h,  parallel  and  equal  to  each  other.  Bi- 
sect these  lines  as  in  the  points  i  and  k.  and  bisect  i  k  as  in  l. 
From  L,  as  a  centre,  draw  a  circle  cutting  the  ellipse  in  four  points, 
1,  2,  3,  4.  Now  L  is  the  centre  of  the  ellipse.  But  join  the  points 
1,  3,  and  2,  4;  and  bisect  these  lines  as  in  m  and  n.  Draw  the  line 
M  N,  and  produce  it  to  a  and  b,  and  it  will  be  the  transverse  axis. 
Draw  c  d  through  l,  and  perpendicular  to  ab,  and  it  will  be  the 
conjugate  or  shorter  axis. 


PRACTICAL    GEOMETRY.  119 


Problem  XII. 


To  draw  a  flat  Arch  by  the  intersection  of  Lines,  having  the  Open- 
ing and  Spring  or  Rise  given. 

Let  A  D  B  be  the  opening,  and  c  d  its  spring  or  rise.    In  the  mid- 
FiG.  10. 


die  of  A  B,  at  D,  erect  a  perpendicular  d  e,  equal  to  twice  c  d,  its 
rise  ;  and  from  e  draw  e  a  and  e  b,  and  divide  a  e  and  b  e  into  any 
number  or  equal  parts,  as  a,  b,  c,  and  1,  2,  3.  Join  Ba,  3c,  2b,  and 
1  A,  and  it  will  form  the  arch  required. 

The  more  parts  a  e  and  B  e  are  divided  into,  the  greater  will  be 
the  accuracy  of  the  curve. 

Many  curves  may  be  made  in  the  same  manner,  according  to  the 
position  of  the  lines  a  e  and  e  b  ;  and  if  instead  of  two  lines  drawn 
from  A  and  b,  meeting  in  e,  a  perpendicular  be  erected  at  the  same 
points,  and  two  lines  be  then  drawn  from  the  ends  of  these  perpendic- 
ulars meetinfi;  in  an  angle,  and  these  lines  be  divided  into  any  num- 
ber of  equal  parts,  the  points  of  the  adjacent  lines  may  be  joined,  and 
a  curve  will  be  formed  resembling  a  gothic  arch.  The  demonstration 
already  given  "  therefore  very  useful  to  the  workman,  as  he  may 
vary  the  form  of  the  curve  by  altering  the  position  of  the  lines,  either 
with  respect  to  the  angles  which  they  make  with  each  other,  or  their 
proportional  lengths. 

Problem  XIII. 

To  find  the  Form  or  Curvature  of  a  raking  Moulding  that  shall 
unite  correctly  with  a  level  one. 

Let  A  B  c  D  be  part  of  the  level  moulding,  which  we  will  here 

Fig.  11. 


suppose  to  be  an  ovolo,  or  quarter  round  ;  a  and  c,  the  points  where 
the  raking  moulding  takes  its  rise  on  the  angle  ;  f  c  g,  the  angle  the 


120 


PRACTICAL   GEOMETRY. 


raking  moulding  makes  with  the  horizontal  one.  Draw  c  f  at  the 
given  angle,  and  from  a  draw  A  e  parallel  to  it ;  continue  b  a  to  h, 
and  from  c  make  c  h  perpendicular  to  a  h.  Divide  c  h  into  any 
number  of  equal  parts,  as  1,2,  3,  and  draw  lines  parallel  to  h  a,  as  1 
a,  2b,  3c ;  and  then  in  any  part  of  the  raking  moulding,  as  i,  draw 
I  K  perpendicular  to  e  a,  and  divide  ik  into  the  same  number  of 
equal  parts  h  c  is  divided  into  ;  and  draw  I  a,  2b, 3 c,  parallel  to e  a. 
Then  transfer  the  distances  la,  2  6,  3  c,  and  a  curve  drawn  through 
these  points  will  be  the  form  of  the  curve  required  for  the  raking 
moulding 

We  have  here  shown  the  method  to  be  employed  for  an  ovolo  ;  but 
it  is  just  the  same  for  any  other  formed  moulding,  as  a  cavetto,  semi- 
recta,  &c.  It  may  be  worthy  remark,  that,  after  the  moulding  is 
worked,  and  the  mitre  is  cut  in  the  mitre-box  for  the  level  moulding, 
the  raking  moulding  must  be  cut,  either  by  the  means  of  a  wedge 
formed  to  the  required  angle  of  the  rake,  or  a  box  made  to  correspond 
to  that  angle:  and  if  this  be  accurately  done,  the  mitre  will  be  true, 
and  the  moulding  in  all  its  members  correspond  to  the  level  moulding. 
The  plane  in  which  the  raking  moulding  is  situated  is  square  to  that 
of  the  level  one.  This  is  always  the  case  in  a  pediment,  the  mould- 
ings of  which  correspond  with  the  return. 

Problem  XIV. 

To  find  the  Form  or  Curvature  of  the  Return  in  an  open  or  broken 
Pediment. 

Let  A  B  c  be  the  angle  which  the  pediment  makes  with  the  cor- 

FiG.  12. 


nice,  and  let  the  form  and  size  of  the  moulding  be  as  in  the  last  pro- 
blem, and  as  shown  at  d  A  b  h.  From  d  drop  a  perpendicular  on 
c  B,  and  draw  d  e  perpendicular  to  d  c,  or  parallel  to  c  b;  and  let 
D  E  be  equal  to  e  i  (Fig.  11).  Then  from  e  draw  e  f,  parallel  to 
D  A,  and  divide  e  f  into  the  same  number  of  parts  as  i  k  (Fia;  11), 
at  1  a,  2  6,  3  c,  and  transfer  the  distances  1  a,  2  6,  3  c,  as  in  Fig.  11. 
Then  a  curve  line  drawn  through  the  points  a,  b,  c,  will  be  the  form 
of  the  return  for  the  moulding  of  the  open  pediment. 

The  mitre  for  the  return  is  cut  in  the  usual  manner,  but  that  of 
the  pediment  is  cut  to  the  proper  angle  of  its  inclination,  as  in  the 
last  problem.  In  fixing  the  mitre,  the  portion  e  d  g  of  the  return 
must  be  cutaway,  to  make  it  come  flush  with  the  top  of  the  pediment 
moulding. 


EPITOME   OF   MENSURATION 


AND 


INSTRUMENTAL    ARITHMETIC. 


11 


122  EPITOME    OF   MENSUBATION, 

EPITOME    OF    MENSURATION. 


OF   THE    CIRCLE,   CYLINDER,   SPHERE,    &0. 

1.  The  circle  contains  a  greater  area  than  any  other  plane  figure  bounded 
by  an  equal  perimeter  or  outline. 

2.  The  areas  of  circles  are  to  each  other  as  the  squares  of  their  diameterBi 

3.  The  diameter  of  a  circle  being  1,  its  circumference  equals  3.1416. 

4.  The  diameter  of  a  circle  is  equal  to  .31831  of  its  circumference. 

6.  The  square  of  the  diameter  of  a  circle  being  1,  its  area  equals  .7854. 

6.  The  square  root  of  the  area  of  a  circle,  multiplied  by  1.12837,  equals 
its  diameter. 

7.  The  diameter  of  a  circle  multiplied  by  .8862,  or  the  circumference 
multiplied  by  .2821,  equals  the  side  of  a  square  of  equal  area. 

8.  The  sum  of  the  squares  of  half  the  chord  and  versed  sine  divided  by 
the  versed  sine,  the  quotient  equals  the  diameter  of  corresponding  circle. 

9.  The  chord  of  the  whole  arc  of  a  circle  taken  from  eight  times  the  chord 
of  half  the  arc,  one-third  of  the  remainder  equals  the  length  of  the  arc  }  or, 

10.  The  number  of  degrees  contained  in  the  arc  of  a  circle,  multiplied  by 
the  diameter  of  the  circle  and  by  .008727,  the  product  equals  the  length  of 
the  arc  in  equal  terms  of  unity. 

11.  The  length  of  the  arc  of  a  sectop  of  a  circle  multiplied  by  its  radius, 
equals  twice  the  area  of  the  sector. 

12.  The  area  of  the  segment  of  a  circle  equals  the  area  of  the  sector, 
minus  the  area  of  a  triangle  whose  vertex  is  the  centre,  and  whose  base 
equals  the  chord  of  the  segment,  or, 

13.  The  area  of  a  segment  may  be  obtained  by  dividing  the  height  of  the 
segment  by  the  diameter  of  the  circle,  and  multiplying  the  corresponding 
tabular  area  by  the  square  of  the  diameter. 

14.  The  sum  of  the  diameters  of  two  concentric  circles  multiplied  by 
their  difference  and  by  .7854,  equals  the  area  of  the  ring  or  space  contained 
between  them. 

15.  The  sum  of  the  thickness  and  internal  diameter  of  a  cylindric  ring, 
multiplied  by  the  square  of  its  thickness  and  by  2.4674,  equals  its  solidity. 

16.  The  circumference  of  a  cylinder,  multiplied  by  its  length  or  height, 
equals  its  convex  surface. 

17.  The  area  of  the  end  of  a  cylinder,  multiplied  by  its  length,  equals  its 
solid  contents. 

18.  The  area  of  the  internal  diameter  of  a  cylinder,  multiplied  by  its 
depth,  equals  its  cubical  capacity. 

19.  The  square  of  the  diameter  of  a  cylinder  multiplied  by  its  length  and 
divided  by  any  other  required  length,  the  square  root  of  the  quotient  equals 
the  diameter  of  the  other  cylinder  of  equal  contents  or  capacity. 


EPITOME    OF    MENStJBATION.  123 

20.  The  square  of  the  diameter  of  a  sphere,  multiplied  by  3.1416,  equals 
its  convex  surface. 

21.  The  cul)e  of  the  diameter  of  a  sphere,  multiplied  by  .5236,-equals  ita 
solid  contents. 

22.  The  heig^ht  of  any  spherical  segment  or  zone  multiplied  by  the  diam- 
eter  of  the  sphere  of  which  it  is  a  part,  and  by  3.1416,  equals  the  area  or 
convex  surface  of  the  segment;  or, 

23.  The  height  of  the  segment,  multiplied  by  the  circumference  of  the 
sphere  of  wliicli  it  is  a  part,  equals  the  area. 

21.  The  solidity  of  any  spherical  segment  is  equal  to  three  times  the 
square  of  the  radius  of  its  base,  plus  the  square  of  its  height,  and  multiplied 
by  !is  height  and  by  5236. 

25.  The  solidity  of  a  spherical  zone  equals  the  sum  of  the  squares  of  the 
radii  of  Its  two  ends,  and  one-third  the  square  of  hs  height,  multiplied  by 
the  height,  and  by  1.5708. 

26.  The  capacity  of  a  cylinder,  1  fool  in  diameter  and  1  foot  in  length, 
equals  5  875  of  a  United  Slates  gallon. 

27.  The  capacity  of  a  cylinder  1  inch'  In  diameter  and  1  foot  in  length, 
equals  .0408  of  a  Un;ied  States  gallon. 

28.  The  capacity  of  a  cylinder,  1  inch  in  diameter  and  1  inch  in  length, 
equals  .00."^  of  a  United  States  gallon. 

29.  The  capacity  of  a  sphere  1  foot  in  diameter  equals  3.9156  United 
States  gallons. 

30.  The  capacity  of  a  sphere  1  inch  in  diameter  equals  .C02165  of  a 
Umted  Stales  gallon  : — hence, 

31.  The  capacity  of  any  other  cylinder  in  United  States  gallons  is  ob- 
tained by  multiplying  the  square  of  its  diameter  by  its  length,  or  the  capaci- 
ty of  any  other  sphere  by  the  cube  of  its  diameter,  and  by  the  number  of 
Uuited  States  gallons  contained  as  above  in  the  unity  of  its  measurement. 

OF   THE   SQCAKE,    EECTAKGLE,    CUBE,    &C. 

1.  The  side  of  a  square  equals  the  square  root  of  us  area. 

2.  The  area  of  a  square  equals  the  square  of  one  of  :is  sides. 

3.  The  diagonal  of  a  square  equals  the  square  root  of  twice  the  square  of 
its  side. 

4.  The  side  of  a  square  is  equal  to  the  square  root  of  half  the  square  of 
its  diagonal. 

5.  The  side  of  a  square  equal  to  the  diagonal  of  a  given  square  contains 
double  the  area  of  the  given  square. 

6.  The  area  of  a  rectangle  equals  its  length  multiplied  by  its  breadth. 

7.  The  length  of  a  rectangle  equals  the  area  divided  by  the  breadth ;  or, 
the  breadth  equals  the  area  divide<ft>y  the  length. 

8.  The  side  or  end  of  a  rectangle  equals  the  square  root  of  the  sum  of  the 
diagonal  and  opposite  side  to  that  required,  multiplied  by  their  difference. 


124 


EPITOME   OF    MENSURATION. 


9.  The  diagonal  in  a  rectangle  equals  the  square  root  of  the  sum  of  the 
squares  of  the  base  and  perpendicular. 

10.  The  solidity  of  a  cube  equals  the  area  of  one  of  its  sides  multiplied 
by  the  length  or  breadth  of  one  of  its  sides. 

11.  The  length  or  breadth  of  a  side  of  a  cube  equals  the  cube  root  of  its 
solidity. 

12.  The  capacity  of  a  12-iiich  cube  equals  7*4784  United  States  gallons. 


SUEPACE8  AND  SOLIDITIES   OF  THE  EEGULAB  BODIES,   EACH   OF  WHOSE 
BOUNDARY   LINES   IS    1. 


No.  of  sides. 

Names. 

Surfaces. 

Solids. 

4 

6 

8 

12 

20 

Tetrahedron 

Hexahedron 

Octahedron 

Dodecahedron 

Icosahedron 

1.7321 
6. 

3.4641 

20.6458 

8.6603 

0.1179 

1. 

0.4714 

7.0631 

2.1817 

The  tabular  surface  multiplied  by  the  square  of  one  of  the  boundary  lines 
equals  the  surface  required  ;  or, 

The  tabular  solidity  multiplied  by  the  cube  of  one  of  the  boundary  lines 
equals  the  solidity  required. 

OF  TRIANGLES,   POLYGONS,   &C. 

1.  The  complement  of  an  angle  is  its  defect  from  a  right  angle. 

2.  The  supplement  of  an  angle  is  its  defect  from  two  right  angles. 

3.  The  sine,  tangent,  and  secant  of  an  angle,  are  the  cosine,  cotangent, 
and  cosecant  of  the  complement  of  that  angle. 

4.  The  h^'potenuse  of  a  right-angled  triangle  being  made  radii,  its  sides 
become  the  sines  of  the  opposite  angles,  or  the  cosines  of  the  adjacent  angles. 

6.  The  three  angles  of  every  triangle  are  equal  to  two  right  angles : 
hence  the  oblique  angles  of  a  right-angled  triangle  are  each  others  comple- 
ments. 

6.  The  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  two  given  sides  oi  a  right-angled  trian- 
gle is  equal  to  the  square  of  the  hi'potenuse. 

7.  The  difference  between  the  squares  of  the  hypotenuse  and  given  side 
of  a  right-angled  triangle  is  equal  to  the  .square  of  the  required  side. 

8.  The  area  of  a  triangle  equals  half  the  product  of  the  base  multiplied 
by  the  perpendicular  height ;  or, 

9.  The  area  of  a  triangle  equals  half  the  product  of  the  two  sides  and  the 
natural  sine  of  the  contained  angle. 

10.  The  side  of  any  regular  polygon  multiplied  by  its  apothem  or  perpen- 
dicular, and  by  the  number  of  its  side;,  equals  twice  the  area. 


EPITOME    OF  MENSURATION. 


125 


TABLE  OF  THE  AREAS   OF  REGULAR  POLYGONS  EACH   OF  WHOSE 
SIDES   IS  UNITY. 


Name  of 

No    of 

Apothem  or 

Area  when 

Interior 

Central 

Polygon. 

Sides 

Perpend'lar. 

Side  IS  Unity 

Angle. 

Angle. 

Triangle 

3 

0.2887 

0.4330 

60°  0' 

120°    0' 

Scjiiare 

4 

0.5 

1. 

90     0 

90       0 

Pentagon 

5 

0.6882 

1.7205 

108     0 

72     0 

Hexagon 

6 

0.8660 

2.5961 

120     0 

60     0 

Heptagon 

7 

1.0386 

3.6339 

128  34f 

51  25f 

Octagon 

8 

1.2071 

4.8284 

135     0 

45     0 

Nonagon 

9 

1.3737 

6.1818 

140     0 

40     0 

Decagon 

10 

1.5388 

7.6942 

144     0 

36     0 

Undecagon 

11 

1.7028 

9.3656 

147  16^*5 

32  43  i\ 

Dodecagon 

12 

1.8660 

11.1962 

150     0 

30     0 

The  tabular  area  of  the  corresponding  polygon  moltiplied  by  the  square 
of  the  side  of  the  given  polygon  equals  the  area  of  the  given  polygon. 

OF    ELLIPSES,    CONES,   FRUSTUMS,    &0. 

1.  The  square  root  of  half  the  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  two  diameters  of 
an  ellipse  multiplied  by  3.1415  equals  its  circumference. 

2.  The  product  of  the  two  axes  of  an  ellipse  multiplied  by  ,7854  equals 
its  area. 

3.  The  curve  surface  of  a  cone  is  equal  to  half  the  product  of  the  circum- 
ference of  its  base  multiplied  by  its  slant  side,  to  which,  if  the  area  of  the 
base  be  added,  the  sum  is  the  whole  surface. 

4.  The  solidity  of  a  cone  equals  one  third  of  the  product  of  its  base  mul- 
tiplied by  its  altitude  or  height. 

5.  The  squares  of  the  diameters  of  the  two  ends  of  the  frustum  of  a  cone 
added  to  the  product  of  the  two  diameters,  and  that  sum  multiplied  by  its 
height  and  by  .2618,  equals  its  solidity. 


INSTRUMENTAL    ARITHMETIC, 

OR  UTILITY  OF  THE  SLIDE  RULE. 
The  slide  rule  is  an  instrument  by  which  the  greater  portion  of  operations 
in  arithmetic  and  mensuration  may  be  advantageously  performed,  provided 
the  lines  of  division  and  gauge- jwints  be  made  properly  correct,  and  their 
several  values  familiarly  understood. 

The  lines  of  division  are  distinguished  by  the  letters  A  B  c  d  ;  A  b  and  c 
being  each  divided  alike,  and  containing  what  is  termed  a  double  radius, 
11* 


126  UTILITY    OF  THE    SLIDE    RULE. 

or  double  series  of  logarithmic  numbers,  each  series  being  supposed  to  be 
divided  into  1000  equal  parts,  and  distributed  along  the  radius  in  the  fol- 
Jowing  manner : 

From  1  to  2  contains  301  of  those  parts,  being  the  log.  of  2. 

"         3        "       477                         "  3. 

"         4        "       602                           "  4. 

"         5        "       699                         "  6. 

"         6        "       778                         "  6. 

«         7        "       845                         "  7. 

«         8        "       903                         «  8. 

"         9        "       954                         "  9. 
1000  being  the  whole  number. 

The  line  D  on  the  improved  rules  consists  of  only  a  single  radius ;  and 
although  of  larger  radius,  the  logarithmic  series  is  the  same,  and  disposed 
of  along  the  line  in  a  similar  proportion,  forming  exactly  a  line  of  square 
roots  to  the  numbers  on  the  lines  b  c. 

NUMERATION. 

Numeration  teaches  us  to  estimate  or  properly  value  the  numbers  and 
divisions  on  the  rule  in  an  arithmetical  form. 

Their  values  are  all  entirely  governed  by  the  value  set  upon  the  first 
figure,  and  being  decimally  reckoned,  advance  tenfold  from  the  commence- 
ment to  the  termination  of  each  radius :  thus,  suppose  1  at  the  joint  be  one, 
the  1  in  the  middle  of  the  rule  is  ten,  and  1  at  the  end,  one  hundred :  again, 
suppose  1  at  the  joint  ten,  1  in  the  middle  is  100,  and  1  or  10  at  the  end  is 
1000,  &c.,  the  intermediate  divisions  on  which  complete  the  whole  system 
of  its  notation. 

TO   MULTIPLY    NUMBERS   BY   THE  SULE. 

Set  1  on  B  opposite  to  the  multiplier  on  a  5  and  against  the  number  to  be 
multiplied  on  b  is  the  product  on  A. 
Multiply  6  by  4. 

Set  1  on  B  to  4  on  A  ;  and  against  6  on  B  is  24  on  A. 
The  slide  thus  set,  against  7  on  b  is  28  on  a. 

8  "      32    " 

9  "  36  " 
10  "  40  " 
12  "  48  " 
15       "      60    " 

25       "    100    "  &c. 

TO  DIVIDE  NUMBERS  UPON   THE  RULE. 
Set  the  divisor  on  b  to  1  on  a  j  and  against  tlie  number  to  be  divided  on 
B  is  the  quotient  on  A. 
Divide  63  by  3. 

Set  3  on  B  to  1  on  A :  and  against  63  on  B  is  21  on  a. 


UTILITY    OF    THE    SLIDE    RULE.  127 

PROPORTIOX,    OR   RULE   OF   THREE   DIRECT 

Rule. — Set  the  first  term  on  B  to  the  second  on  a  ;  and  against  the  third 
upon  B  is  the  fourth  upon  a. 

1.  If  4  yards  of  cloth  cost  38  cents,  what  will  30  yards  cost  at  the  same 
rate? 

Set  4  on  B  to  38  on  A ;  and  against  30  on  B  is  285  cents  on  A. 

2.  Suppose  I  pay  31  dollars  50  cents  for  3  cwt,  of  copper,  at  what  rate  is 
that  per  ton  ?     I  ton  =20  cwt. 

Set  3  upon  b  to  31.5  upon  a  ;  and  against  20  upon  b  is  210  upon  A. 

RULE   OF   THREE   INVERSE. 

Rule. — Invert  the  slide,  and  the  operation  is  the  same  as  direct  propor< 
tion. 

1.  I  know  that  six  men  are  capable  of  performing  a  certain  given  por- 
tion of  work  in  eight  days,  but  I  want  the  same  performed  in  three ;  how 
many  men  must  there  be  employed  ? 

Set  6  upon  c  to  8  upon  a  ;  and  against  3  upon  c  is  16  upon  A. 

2.  The  lever  of  a  safety-valve  is  20  inches  in  length,  and  5  inches  between 
the  fixed  end  and  centre  of  the  valve ;  what  weight  must  there  be  placed  on 
the  end  of  the  lever  to  equipoise  a  force  or  pressure  of  40  lbs.  tending  to 
raise  the  valve  ? 

Set  5  upon  c  to  40  upon  A ;  and  against  20  upon  c  is  10  upon  a, 

3.  If  8|  yards  of  cloth,  1^  yard  in  width,  be  a  sufficient  quantity,  how 
much  will  be  required  of  that  which  is  only  7-8lhs  in  width,  to  efiect  the 
same  purpose  ? 

Set  1.5  upon  c  to  8.75  upon  a  ;  and  against  .875  upon  c  is  15  yards  upon  A. 

SQUARE  AND   CUBE  ROOTS    OF  NUMBERS. 

On  the  engineer's  rule,  when  the  lines  c  and  D  are  equal  at  both  ends,  C 
is  a  table  of  squares,  and  D  a  table  of  roots,  as 

Squares  1    4    9    16    25    36    49    64    81  on  c. 
Roots      1234      5      6      7      8      9onD. 

To  find  the  geometrical  mean  proportion  between  two  numbers. 
Set  one  of  the  numbers  upon  c  to  the  same  number  upon  D  j  and  against 
the  other  number  upon  c  is  the  mean  namber  or  side  of  an  equal  square 
upon  D. 

Required  the  mean  proportion  between  20  and  45. 

Set  20  upon  c  to  20  upon  D  ;  and  against  45  upon  c  is  30  upon  D. 
To  cube  any  number,  set  the  number  upon  c  to  1  or  10  upon  D  5  and 
against  the  same  number  up  in  d  is  the  cube  number  upon  c. 


128  TJTTLITY  OF    THE    SLIDE    RULE. 

Required  ihe  cube  of  4. 
Set  4  upon  c  to  1  or  10  upon  D ;  and  against  4  upon  d  is  64  upon  c. 

To  extract  the  cube  root  of  any  number,  invert  the  slide,  and  set  the 
number  upon  b  to  1  or  10  upon  D  5  and  where  two  numbers  of  equal  value 
coincide  on  the  lines  B  d,  is  the  root  of  the  given  number. 

Required  the  cube  root  of  64. 
Set  64  upon  b  to  1  or  10  upon  D ;  and  against  4  upon  B  is  4  upon  D,  or  root 
of  the  given  number. 

On  the  common  rule^  when  1  in  the  middle  of  the  line  c  is  set  opposite  to 
10  on  D,  then  c  is  a  table  of  squares,  and  d  a  table  of  roots. 

To  cube  any  number  by  this  rule,  set  the  number  upon  c  to  10  upon  D? 
and  against  the  same  number  upon  D  is  the  cube  upon  c. 

HENSXTRATION   OF  SURFACE. 

1.  Sqimres,  Rectangles,  tfc. 

Rule. — When  the  length  is  given  in  feet  and  the  breadth  in  inches,  set 
the  breadlh  on  B  to  12  on  a  ;  and  against  the  length  on  a  is  the  content  in 
square  feet  on  b. 

If  the  dimensions  are  all  inches,  set  the  breadth  on  b  to  144  upon  A  ;  and 
against  the  length  upon  A  is  the  number  of  square  feet  on  b. 

Required  the  content  of  a  board  15  inches  broad  and  14  feet  long. 
Set  15  upon  b  to  12  upon  a  3  and  against  14  upon  a  is  17.5  square  feet  on  B. 

2.  Circles,  Polygons,  Sfc. 
Rule. — Set  .7854  upon  c  to  1  or  10  upon  u ;  then  will  the  lines  c  and  D 
be  a  table  of  areas  and  diameters. 

Areas  3.14  7.06  12.56  19.63  28.27  38.48  50.26  63.61  upon  c. 
Diam.  23456789       upon  D. 
In  the  common  rule,  set  .7854  on  c  to  10  on  D ;  then  c  is  a  line  or  table 
of  areas,  and  d  of  diameters,  as  before. 

Set  7  upon  b  to  22  upon  a  ;  then  B  and  A  form  or  become  a  table  of  di- 
ameters and  circumferences  of  circles. 

Cir.    3.14  6  28  9.42  12.56  15.7  18.85  22  25.13  28.27  upon  a. 
Dia.    123         4         56         78         9        upon  b. 
Polygons  from  3  to  12  sides. — Set  the  gauge-point  upon  c  to  1  or  10 
upon  D  ;  and  agcunst  the  length  of  one  side  upon  i»  is  Ihc  area  upon  c 
Sides  3      5     6     7       8       9        10      11      12 

Gauge-points    .433  1.7  2.6  3.63  4.82  6.18  7.69  9.37  11.17 
Required  the  area  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  each  side  12  inches  in  length. 
Set  .433  upon  c  to  I  upon  D  3  and  against  12  upon  D  are  62.5  square 
inches  upon  c. 


UTILITY  OF    THE    SLIDE   RULE. 


129 


TABLK   OF    GAUGE-POINTS   FOB   THE   ENGINEER'S   BTTLE, 


Names. 

F,  F,K. 

F,  1,1.  1  I,  I,  I.  1 

F,  I.     I,  I. 

F. 

I. 

Cubic  inches 

578 

83 

1728 

106 

1273 

105 

121 

Cubic  feet 

1 

144 

I 

1833 

22 

121 

33 

Imp.  Gallons 

163 

231 

277 

294 

353 

306 

529 

Water  in  lbs. 

16 

23 

276 

293 

352 

305 

528 

Gold 

814 

1175 

141 

149 

178 

155 

269 

Silver    " 

15 

216 

261 

276 

334 

286 

5 

Mercury  " 

118 

169 

203 

216 

258 

225 

389 

Brass    " 

193 

177 

333 

354 

424 

369 

637 

Copper   " 

18 

26 

319 

331 

397 

345 

596 

Lead    " 

141 

203 

243 

253 

31 

27 

465 

Wrot  iron  " 

207 

297 

357 

338 

453 

394 

682 

Cast  iron  " 

222 

32 

384 

407 

489 

424 

733 

Tin     " 

219 

315 

378 

401 

481 

419 

728 

Steel    " 

202 

292 

352 

372 

448 

385 

671 

Coal     " 

127 

183 

22 

33 

28 

242 

42 

Marble   " 

591 

85 

102 

116 

13 

113 

195 

Freestone  " 

632 

915 

11 

1162 

14 

141 

21 

FOR 

THE  COMMON  SLIDE  RULE. 

Names. 

F,  F,  F. 

F,  I,  I. 

I,  I,  I. 

1   F,I. 

1, 1. 

F.    1    I 

Cubic  inches 

36 

518 

624 

660 

799 

625 

113 

Cubic  feet 

625 

9 

108 

114 

138 

119 

206 

Water  in  lbs. 

10 

144 

174 

184 

22 

191 

329 

Gold 

507 

735 

88 

96 

118 

939 

180 

Silver    " 

938 

136 

1.57 

173 

208 

173 

854 

Mercury  " 

738 

122 

127 

132 

162 

141 

242 

Brass     " 

12 

174 

207 

221 

265 

23 

397 

Copper   " 

112 

163 

196 

207 

247 

214 

371 

Lead 

880 

126 

152 

162 

194 

169 

289 

Wrot  iron  " 

129 

186 

222 

235 

283 

247 

423 

Cast  iron  " 

139 

2 

241 

2-54 

3)4 

265 

458 

Tin 

137 

135 

235 

25 

300 

261 

454 

Steel 

136 

183 

22 

233 

278 

239 

418 

Coal 

795 

114 

1.38 

146 

176 

151 

262 

Marble   " 

370 

53 

637 

725 

81 

72 

121 

Freestone  " 

394 

57 

69 

728 

873 

755 

132 

MENSURATION   OF   SOLIDITY  AND   CAPACITY. 

General  Rule.— Set  the  length  upon  B  to  the  gauge  point  upon  a  ;  and 
against  the  side  of  the  square,  or  diameter  on  d,  are  the  cubic  contents,  or 
weight  in  lbs.  on  c. 

1.  Required  the  cubic  contents  of  a  tree  30  feet^in  length,  and  10  inches 
quarter  girt. 

Set  30  upon  b  to  Hi  (the  gauge-point)  upon  A  ;  and  against  10  upon  d  is 
20.75  feet  upon  c. 


130  UTILITY    OF    THE    SLIBE    RULE. 

2.  In  a  cylinder  9  inches  in  length,  and  7  inches  diameter,  liow  many  cubic 
inches  ? 

Set  9  upon  b  to  1273  (the  gauge-point)  upon  a  5  and  against  7  on  d  is  346 
inches  on  c. 

3.  What  is  the  weight  of  a  bar  of  cast  iron  3  in.  s<]uare,  and  6  ft.  long  ? 
Set  6  upon  b  to  32  (the  gauge-point)  upon  a  ;  and  against  3  upon  d  is  168 

pounds  upon  Ci 
By  the  common  nde. 

4.  Required  the  weight  of  a  cylinder  of  wrought  iron  10  inches  long,  and 
5^  diameter. 

Set  10  upon  B  to  283  (the  gausfc-point)  upon  a  ;  and  against  5^  upon  D  i.<> 
66.65  pounds  on  c. 

5.  What  is  the  weight  of  a  dry  rope  23  yards  long,  and  4  inches  circum- 
ference ? 

Set  25  upon  b  to  47  (the  gauge-point)  upon  A  5  and  against  4  on  D  is  53  16 
pounds  on  c. 

6.  What  is  the  weight  of  a  short-linked  chsHn  30  yards  in  length,  and 
6-16ths  of  an  inch  in  diameter? 

Set  30  upon  b  to  52  (the  gauge-point)  upon  a  ;  and  against  6  on  D  is  129.5 
pounds  on  c. 

POWER   OF   STEAM    ENGINES. 

Condensing  Engines. — Rule.  Set  3.5  on  c  to  10  on  D  ;  then  D  is  a  line 
of  diameters  for  cylinders,  and  c  the  corresponding  number  of  horses' 
power ;  thus, 

H.  Pr.  3i  4      5    6      8     10  12    16    20  25    30    40    60    on  c. 

C.  D.  10  in.    10|  12  13^  15^  17  18|  21^  24  26|  29^  33J  37|  on  D. 

The  same  is  effected  on  the  common  rule  by  setting  5  on  c  to  12  on  D. 

Non-condensing  Engines. — Rule.  Set  the  pressure  of  steam  in  pounds 
pef  square  inch  on  B  to  4  upon  A ;  and  against  the  cylinder's  diameter  on  D 
is  the  number  of  horses'  power  upon  c. 

Required  the  power  of  an  engine,  when  the  cylinder  is  20  inches  diameter 
and  steam  30  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Set  30  on  B  to  4  on  A  ;  and  against  20  on  D  is  30  horses'  power  on  c. 

The  same  is  effected  on  the  common  rule  by  setting  the  force  of  the  steam 
on  B  to  250  on  a. 

OP   ENGINE   BOItERS. 

How  many  superficial  feet  are  contained  in  a  boiler  23  feet  in  length  and 
Bi  feet  in  width  ? 

Set  1  on  B  to  23  on  A  ;  apd  against  5.5  upon  B  is  126.5  square  feet  npon  A. 
If  5  square  feet  of  boiler  surface  be  sufficient  for  each  horse-power,  how 
many  horses'  power  of  engine  is  the  boiler  equal  to  ? 

Set  5  upon  b  to  126.5  upon  a  ;  and  against  1  upon  B  is  25.5  upon  A. 


RULES   AND    TABLES 


FOB 


ARTIFICERS  AND   ENGINEERS. 


132  MEASUREMENT    OF    BRICKLAYERS*    WORK. 


ARTIFICERS'    RULES    AND    TABLES 

For  Computing  the  Work  of  Bricklayers,  Well  Dig- 
gers, Masons,  Carpenters  and  Joiners,  Slaters,  Plas- 
terers, Painters,  Glaziers,    Pavers,  and    Plumbers. 

MEASUREMENT   OF    BRICKLAYERS'   WORK. 

Brickwork  is  estimaled  at  the  rate  of  a  number  of  bricks  in  thickness,  estimat- 
ing a  brick  at  4  inches  thick.  The  dimensions  of  a  building  are  usually  taken 
by  measuring  half  round  on  the  outside,  and  half  round  on  the  inside  ;  the  sum 
of  these  two  gives  the  compass  of  the  wall, — to  be  multiplied  by  the  height,  for 
the  content  of  the  materials.  Chimneys  are  by  some  measured  as  if  they  were 
solid,  deducting  only  the  vacuity  from  the  hearth  to  the  mantel,  on  account  of  the 
trouble  of  them.  And  by  others  they  are  girt  or  measured  round  for  their  breadth, 
and  the  height  of  the  story  is  their  height,  taking  the  depth  of  the  jambs  for  their 
thickness.  And  in  this  case,  no  deduction  is  made  for  the  vacuity  from  the  floor 
10  the  mantel-tree,  because  of  the  gathering  of  the  breast  and  wings,  to  make  room 
for  the  hearth  in  the  next  story.  To  measure  the  chimney  shafts,  which  appear 
above  the  building,  gird  them  about  with  aline  for  the  breadth,  to  multiply  by 
their  height.  And  account  their  thickness  half  a  brick  more  than  it  really  is,  in 
consideration  of  the  plastering  and  scaffolding.  All  windovv's,  doors,  &c.,  are  to 
be  deducted  out  of  the  contents  of  the  walls  in  which  they  are  placed.  But  this 
deduction  is  made  only  with  regard  to  materials  ;  for-the  whole  measure  is  taken 
for  workmanship,  and  that  all  outside  measure  too,  namely,  measuring  quite 
round  the  outside  of  the  building,  being  in  consideration  of  the  trouble  of  the 
returns  or  angles.  There  are  also  some  other  allowances,  such  as  double  meas- 
ure for  feathered  gable  ends,  &c. 

Example. — The  end  wall  of  a  house  is  28  feet  long,  and  37  feet  high  to  the 
eaves:  15  feet  high  is  four  bricks  or  16  inches  thick,  other  12  feet  is  three  bricks 
or  12  inches  thick,  and  the  remaining  10  feet  is  two  bricks  or  8  inches  thick; 
above  which  is  a  triangular  gable  12  feet  high  and  one  brick  or  4  inches  in 
thickness.    What  number  of  bricks  are  there  in  the  said  wall?    Ans.  25,620. 

thickness. 

28  X  15  =  420  X  4  =  1680  contents  of  1st  story. 
23  X  12  =  336  X  3  =  1003        "         "  2d     " 
28  X  10  =  280  X  2  =   560        "         "  3d     " 
12-j-2=    6X2£J  =  168X1=   168       "        "  gable. 


3410   square  feet  area  of  whole  wall. 
7i  bricks  to  square  foot. 


2:3,912       By  the  table 

1,708  3000  suprfi.  ft.  =  22,500  bricks. 

400    "  "  =   3,000      " 

Answer,—     25,620  bricks.      10    "  "  =        75      " 

6    "  "  =        45      « 

3416    "         "  =  25,620  bricks 

Jl    Table  by  which  to  ascertain  the  number  of  Bricks  necessary  to  construct  any 
Piece  of  Building,  from  a fow'inch  Wall  to  twtnty-four  inches  in  Tliickness. 

The  utility  of  the  Table  (on  next  page)  can  be  seen  by  the  following  Ex- 
ample.   Required  the  number  of  bricks  to  build  a  wall  of  12  inches  thicl^uess, 
and  containing  an  area  of  6,437  square  feet. 
Square  feel  1000          22,500  bricks— See  table. 
X  6        ^6 

6000=   135.000  Note.  — 7 J  bricks, 

400  =       9,000  equal  one  superficial  foot. 
30=          675 
7=         158 


6,437=   144,833  bricks. 


MEASUREMENT   OF  BRICKWORK,  WELLS  &  CISTERNS.    133 


Superficial 

Numbet  of  BVicks  to  Thickness  of 

feet  of 
Wall. 

4.inch 

Sinch. 

12-inch. 

16.inch. 

20-iiich. 

1  24-iiicli. 

1 

8 

15 

23 

30 

38 

45 

2 

15 

30 

45 

60 

75 

90 

3 

23 

45 

68 

90 

113 

135 

4 

30 

60 

90 

120 

150 

180 

5 

38 

75 

113 

150 

188 

225 

6 

45 

90 

1.35 

180 

225 

270 

7 

53 

105 

158 

210 

263 

315 

8 

60 

120 

180 

240 

300 

3G0 

9 

68 

135 

203 

270 

338 

405 

10 

75 

150 

225 

300 

375 

450 

20 

150 

300 

450 

600 

750 

900 

30 

2-25 

450 

675 

900 

1125 

1350 

40 

300 

600 

900 

1200 

1500 

1800 

50 

375 

750 

1125 

1500 

1875 

2250 

6U 

450 

900 

1350 

1800 

2250 

2700 

70 

5-25 

1050 

1575 

2100 

2625 

3150 

80 

60« 

1200 

1800 

2400 

3000 

3600 

90 

675 

1350 

2025 

2700 

3375 

4050 

100 

750 

1500 

2250 

3000 

3750 

4500 

200 

1500 

3U0O 

4500 

6000 

7500 

9000 

300 

2250 

4500 

6750 

9000 

11250 

13500 

400 

30U0 

6000 

9000 

12O0O 

15000 

18000 

500 

3750 

7500 

11250 

15000 

18750 

22500 

600 

4500 

9000 

13500 

18000 

22500 

27000 

700 

5250 

10500 

15750 

21000 

26250 

31500 

800 

6000 

12000 

18000 

24000 

30000 

36000 

900 

6750 

13500 

20250 

27000 

33750 

40500 

1000 

7500 

15000 

22.500 

30000 

37500 

45000 

MEASUREMENT  OF    WELLS    AND    CISTERNS. 

There  are  two  methods  of  estimating  the  value  of  excavating.  It  may  be 
done  by  allowing  so  much  a  day  for  every  man's  work,  or  so  much  per  cubic 
foot,  or  yard,  for  all  that  is  excavated. 

Well  Digging.  —  Suppose  a  Well  is  40  feet  deep,  and  5  feet  in  diameter, 
required  the  number  of  cubic  feet,  or  yards? 

5  X  5  =  25  X  .7854  =  19.635  X  40  =  7&5.4  cubic  feet. 

Suppose  a  well  .o  be  4  feet  9  inches  diameter,  and  16^  feet  from  the  bottom  to 
the  surface  of  the  water  ;  how  many  gallons  are  therein  coniained? 
4.752  X  16.5  X  5.875  =  2187.152  gallons. 

Again,  suppose  the  well's  diameter  the  same,  and  its  entire  depth  35  feet;  re- 
quired the  quantity  in  cubic  yards  of  material  excavated  in  its  formation. 
4.75«  X  35  X  02909  =  22.972  cubic  yards- 

A  cylindrical  piece  of  lead  is  required  7J  inches  diameter,  and  168  lbs.  in 
weight  J  what  must  be  its  length  in  inches? 

7.5*  X  -3223  =  18,  and  168  -=-  18  =  9.3  inches. 

Digging  for  Foundations,  ^c. —  To  find  the  cubical  quantity  in  a  trench,  or 
an  excavated  area,  the  lengih,  width,  and  depth  must  be  multiplied  together. 
These  are  usually  given  in  feel,  and  therefore,  to  reduce  the  amount  into  cubic 
yards  it  must  be  divided  by  27. 

Suppose  a  trench  is  40  feet  long,  3  feet  wide,  and  3  feet  deep,  required  the 
number  of  cubic  feet,  or  yards  ? 

40  X  3  =  120  X  3  =  360  feet  -f-  27  =  ISJ  yards. 

24  cubic  feet  of  sand,  17  ditto  clay,  18  ditto  earth,  equal  one  ton. 

1  cubic  yard  of  earth  or  gravel,  before  digging,  will  occupy  about  IJ  cubic 
yards  when  dug. 

MEASUREMENT    OF    MASONS'    WORK. 

To  masonry  belong  all  sorts  ofstone-woik  ;  and  the  measure  made  use  of  is 
a  foot,  either  superficial  or  solid. 
Walls,  columns,  blocks  of  stone  or  marble,  &c.,  are  measured  by  the  cubic 

12 


134  MEASUREMENT  OF  MASONS'  &  CARPENTEES'  WORK. 

foot;  and  pavements,  slabs,  chimney-pieces,  Sec,  by  the  superficial  or  square 
foot.  Cubic  or  solid  measure  is  used  for  the  materials,  and  square  measure  for 
the  workmanship.  In  the  solid  measure,  the  true  lengih,  breadih  and  thickness, 
are  taken,  and  multiplied  continually  together.  In  the  superficial,  there  must  be 
taken  the  length  and  breadth  of  every  part  of  the  projection,  which  is  seen  with- 
out the  general  upright  face  of  the  building. 

Example.  —  In  a  chimney-piece,  suppose  the  length  of  the  mantel  and  slab 
each  4  feet  6  inches  ;  breadih  of  both  together  3  feet  a  inches  ;  lenalh  of  each 
jamb  4  feet  4  inches ;  breadth  of  boili  together  1  foot  9  inches.  Required  the 
superficial  content.  —  Ans.  21  feet  10  inches. 

4  ft.  6  in.  X  3  ft.  2  in.  =  14  ft.  3  in.  ?  g,  r-..  .q  :_„,,,. 
4"  4  ^'    X  1"  9  "    =7"    7       ^  *•■•  >eei  lu  inciies. 

Rubble  Walls  (unhewn  stone)  are  commonly  measured  by  the  perch, which  is 
16i  feet  long,  1  foot  deep,  and  IJ  foot  thick,  equivalent  to  243  cnhic  feet.  25  cu- 
bic feet  is  sometimes  allowed  to  the  perch,  in  measuring  stone  before  it  is  laid,  and 
22  after  it  is  laid  in  the  wall.  This  species  of  work  is  of  two  kinds,  coursed 
and  uncoursed  ;  in  the  former  the  stones  are  gauged  and  dressed  by  the  hammer, 
and  the  masonry  laid  in  horizontal  courses,  but  not  necessarily  confinedto  the 
same  height.  The  uncoursed  rubble  w^all  is  formed  by  laying  the  stones  in  the 
wall  as  they  come  to  hand,  without  any  previous  gauging  or  working. 

27  cubic  feet  of  mortar  require  for  its  preparation,  9  bushels  of  lime  and  1 
cubic  foot  of  sand. 

Lime  and  sand  lessen  about  one-third  in  bulk  when  made  into  mortar  ;  like- 
wise cement  and  sand. 

Lime,  or  cement  and  sand,  to  make  mortar,  require  as  much  water  as  is  equal 
to  one-third  of  their  bulk. . 

All  sandstones  ought  to  be  placed  on  their  natural  beds ;  from  inattention  to 
this  circumstance,  the  stones  often  split  oflT  at  the  joints,  and  the  position  of  the 
lamina  much  sooner  admits  of  the  deslractive  action  of  air  and  \vater. 

The  heaviest  stones  are  most  suited  for  docks  and  harbors,  breakwaters  to 
bridges,  &c. 

Granite  is  the  most  durable  species  of  stone  yet  known  for  the  purposes  of 
building.  It  varies  in  weight  according  to  quality  ;  the  heaviest  is  the  most 
durable. 

MEASUREMENT    OF    CARPENTERS'  AND  JOINERS'    WORK. 

To  this  branch  belongs  all  the  wood  work  of  a  house,  such  as  flooring,  parti- 
tioning, roofing,  &c.  Large  and  plain  articles  are  usually  measured  by  the  square 
foot  or  yard,  4c.,  but  enriched  mouldings,  and  some  other  articles,  are  ofien  esti- 
mated by  running  or  lineal  measures,  and  some  things  are  rated  by  the  piece, 

All  joints,  girders,  and  in  fact  all  the  parts  of  naked  flooring,  are  measured  by 
the  cube,  and  tlieir  quantities  are  found  by  muhiplyingthe  length  by  the  breadih, 
and  the  product  by  the  depth.  The  same  rule  appplies  to  the  measurement  of 
all  the  limbers  of  a  roof,  and  also  the  framed  timbers  used  in  the  construction  of 
partitions. 

Flooring,  that  is  to  say,  the  boards  which  cover  ihe  naked  flooring,  is  meas- 
ured by  the  square.  The  dimensions  are  taken  from  wall  to  wall,  and  ihe  pro- 
duct is  divided  by  100,  which  gives  the  number  of  squares  ;  but  deductions  must 
be  made  for  staircases  and  chimneys. 

In  measuring  of  joists,  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  only  one  of  their  dimensions 
is  the  same  with  that  of  ihe  floor  ;  for  the  other  exceeds  the  length  of  ihe  room  by 
the  thickness  ofihe  wall,  and  one-third  of  the  same,  because  each  end  is  let  into 
the  wall  about  two-thirds  of  its  thickness. 

No  deductions  are  made  for  hearths,  on  account  of  the  additional  trouble  and 
.waste  of  materials. 

Partitions  are  measured  from  wall  to  wall  for  one  dimension,  and  from  floor  to 
floor,  as  far  as  they  extend,  for  ihe  other. 

No  deduction  is  made  for  door- ways,  on  account  of  the  trouble  of  framing  them. 

In  measuring  of  joiners'  work,  the  string  is  made  to  ply  close  to  every  part  of 
the  work  over  which  it  passes. 

The  measure  for  centering  for  cellars  is  found  by  making  a  string  pass  over 
the  surface  of  the  arch  for  the  breadth,  and  taking  the  length  of  the  cellar  for 


MEASUREMENT    OF   CAEPENTEKS'  &  JOINEES'  WOEK.    135 


■the  length  ;  but  in  groin  centering,  it  is  usual  to  allow  double  measure,  on  ac- 
count of  their  extraordmary  trouble. 

In  roofing,  the  length  of  the  house  in  the  inside,  together  with  two-thirds  of  the 
thickness  of  one  gable,  is  to  be  considered  as  the  lenglli ,  and  the  breadth  is  equal 
to  double  the  lengtlfof  a  string  which  is  stretched  from  the  ridge  down  the  rafter, 
and  along  the  eaves-board,  till  it  meets  with  the  lop  of  the  wall. 

For  staircases,  take  the  breadth  of  all  the  steps,  by  making  a  line  ply  close 
over  ihem,  from  the  top  to  the  bottom,  and  multiply  the  length  of  this  line  by  the 
length  of  a  step,  for  the  whole  area. —  By  the  length  of  a  step  is  meant  the  length 
of  the  front  and  the  returns  at  the  two  ends  ;  and  by  the  breadth,  is  to  be  under- 
stood the  girth  of  iis  two  outer  surfaces,  or  the  tread  and  riser. 

For  the  balustrade,  tSLkeXhe  whole  length  of  the  upper  part  of  the  handrail, 
and  girt  over  its  end  till  it  meet  the  top  of  the  newel  p«t,  for  the  lengih  ;  and 
twice  the  length  of  the  baluster  upon  the  landing,  with  the  girth  of  the  hand- 
rail for  the  breadth. 

For  wainscoting,  i^ke  the  compass  of  the  room  for  the  length  :  and  the  height 
from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling,  making  the  string  ply  close  into  all  the  mouldings 
for  the  breadth.  Out  of  this  must  be  made  deductions  for  windows,  doors,  and 
chimneys,  &c.,  but  w^orkmanship  is  counted  for  the  whole,  on  account  of  the 
extraordinary  troCble. 

For  doors,  it  is  usual  to  allow  for  their  thickness,  by  adding  it  to  both  dimen- 
sions of  length  and  breadth,  and  then  to  multiply  them  together  for  the  area. 
If  the  door  be  paneled  on  both  sides,  take  double  its  measure  for  the  workman- 
ship ;  but  if  the  one  side  only  be  paneled,  take  the  area  and  its  half  for  the 
Workmanship.  —  For  the  surrounding  architrave,  gird  it  about  the  outermost  parts 
for  its  length  ;  and  measure  over  it,  as  far  as  it  can  be  seen  when  the  door  is 
open,  for  the  breadth. 

Window'shutters,  bases,  l^e.,  are  measured  in  the  same  manner. 

In  the  measuring  of  roofing  for  workmanship  alone,  holes  for  chiraney-shaAs 
and  sky-lighis  are  generally  deducted.  But  in  measuring  for  work  and  mate- 
rials, they  commonly  measure  in  all  sky-lights,  luiheran- lights,  and  holes  for 
the  chimney-shafts,  on  account  of  their  trouble  and  waste  of  materials. 

The  doors  and  shutters,  being  worked  on  both  sides,  are  reckoned  work  and 
half  work. 

Hemlock  and  Pine  Shingles  are  generally  18  inches  long,  and  of  the  average 
width  of  4  inches.  When  nailed  to  the  roof  6  inches  are  generally  left  out  to 
the  weather,  and  6  shingles  are  therefore  required  to  a  square  foot.  Cedar  and 
Cypress  Shingles  are  generally  20  inches  long,  and  6  inches  wide,  and  therefore 
a  less  number  are  required  for  a  "square."  On  account  of  waste  and  defects,. 
1000  shingles  should  be  allowed  to  a  square. 

Two  4- penny  nails  are  allowed  to  each  shingle,  equal  to  1200  to  a  square. 

The  weight  of  a  square  of  partitioning  may  be  estimated  at  from  1500  to 
2000  lbs.;  a  square  of  smgle-joisted  flooring,  at  from  1200  to  2000  lbs.;  a  square  of 
framed  flooring, at  from  2700  to  45(X)  lbs;  asquareof  deafening,  at  about  1500  lbs. 
100  superficial  feet  make  one  square  of  boarding,  flooring,  &c. 

In  selecting  Timber,  avoid  spongy  heart,  porous  grain,  and  dead  knots ; 
choose  the  brightest  in  color,  and  where  the  strong  red  grain  appears  to  rise  on 
the  surface. 

The  Carpenter  will  find  in  the  "  Business  Man's  Assistant "  Tables  giving  the 
solid  contents  of  Timber  and  Logs  ;  the  square  feet  in  Scantling  from  2.2  to  15.16  in- 
ches ;  the  square  feet  in  Boards  and  Planks  ;  the  coments  of  Logs  in  standard 
Board  measure  ;  the  strength  and  weight  of  Iron  Cylinders,  Trusses,  Plates, 
Cast  Iron  for  Beams,  and  Hoop  Iron. 

Number  of  American  Iron  Machine  Cut  Nails,  in  a  pound,  (by  count.) 


Size. 

Number. 

Size. 

Number. 

Size. 

Number. 

3  penny 

4  "      . 

5  " 

.  .  408 
.  .  275 
.  .  227 

6  pennj 
8     " 
10     *' 

^  .  . 156 
.  .  . 100 
.  .  .    66 

12  penn' 
20     " 
30     " 

r   ...  52 
.  ...  32 
.  ...  25 

i-^p^ 


136 


MEASUREMENT    OF    SLATERS*    WORK. 


S«SH  TABLE. 

—  Size  anc 

Prices  of  Sashes, 

Shutters,  Ifi 

.  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

. 

Size  of  Sash 

■kR 

<R  H  2  »= 

)    Price  of  Window 

Size  of  Lights. 

for  12  light  Windows. 

III 

Price 
Venit 

Shutt 
per  p 

Frames. 

Width. 

Length. 

Box. 

Common. 

Inches. 

In. 

feet.  in. 

feet.  in. 

cts. 

$    cts. 

$  cts. 

$  CIS. 

8  by  10 

M 

2     4 

3   10 

4 

1  37i 

2  00 

1  20 

8  by  10 

n 

2     4 

3  10 

5 

1  62i 

2  00 

1  20 

9  by  12 

n 

2     7i 

4     6i 

5 

1  624 

2  50 

1  30 

9  by  12 

n 

2     7i 

4     6i 

6 

1  75 

2  50 

1  30 

10  by  12 

n 

^  lOi 
*  lOi 

4     6j| 

5 

1  624 

2  50 

1  30 

10  by  12 

n 

4     6<| 

6 

1  75 

2  50 

1  30 

10  by  14 

n 

2  10^ 

5     2i| 

7 

2  124 

2  75 

1  40 

10  by  15 

n 

2  lOi 

5     6i 

7* 

2  25 

2  75 

1  40 

10  by  16 

n 

2  lOi 

5  lOi 

8 

2  374 

3  20 

1  50 

11  by  15 

n 

3     2 

5     6i 

8 

2  374 

3  20 

1  50 

11  by  16 

n 

3     2 

5  lOi 

8* 

2  50 

t-S  35 

1  60 

11  by  17 

n 

3     2 

6     2i 

84 

2  624 

3  50 

1  70 

12  by  16 

n. 

3     5 

5  lOi 

8* 

2  624 

3  75 

1  80 

12  by  18 

n 

3     5 

6     6h 

9 

2  874 

4  00 

1  90 

12  by  20 

n 

3     5 

7     2^ 

10 

B  124 

4  25 

2  12i 

12  by  22 

If 

3     5 

7  lOi 

11 

3  374 

4  50 

2  30 

12  by  24 

11 

3     5 

8     6h 

12 

3  624 

4  75 

2  50 

Sasli  I  1-2  (JT  ]  3-4  inches  thick,  add  1 1-2  cents  per  light,  to  1  3-8  inch  prices  ;  for  Plough- 
ing and  Boring  sash,  add  1-2  cent  per  light ;  all  1  3-8  sash  are  made  with  hook  rails. 

Venitian  Shutters,  1 1-2  or  1  3-4  inches  thick,  add  50  cents  per  pair  to  13-8  inch  prices. 
Shutters  are  made  1 1-4  inches  longer  than  sash.    Pivot  or  Boiling  Shutters,  extra  price. 

MEASUREMENT   OF    SLATERS'    WORK. 

In  these  arliclejs,  the  content  of  a  roof  is  found  by  multiplying  the  length  of  the 
ridge  by  the  girth  over  from  eaves  to  eaves  ;  making  allowance  in  this  girth  for 
the  double  row  of  slates  at  the  bottom,  or  for  how  much  one  row  of  slates  is  laid 
over  another.  When  the  poof  is  of  »  trne  pitch,  that  is,  forming  a  right  angle  at 
lop,  then  the  breadth  of  the  building  with  its  half  added,  is  the  girth  over  both 
sides.  In  angles  formed  in  a  roof,  runnnig  from  the  ridge  to  the  eaves,  when  the 
angle  bends  mwards,  it  is  called  a  valley  ;  but  when  outwards,  it  is  called  a  hip. 
It  is  not  usual  to  make  deductions  for  chimney-sbafts,  sky-lights  or  other  openings. 

SLATES.     l^From  the  Quarrnes  of  Rutland  County,  Vermont.] 


3  inch  Cover. 

2  inch  Cover. 
No.  of  slates 

3  inch  Cover. 

2  inch  Cover. 

No.  of  Slates 

No.  of  Slates 

No.  of  slates 

Sizes  of  Slates. 

to  the  Square 

to  the  square 

Sizes  of  Slates. 

to  the  Square 

to  the  square 

or  100  Feet. 

or  100  Feet. 

or  100  Feet. 

or  100  Feet. 

24  by  16 

86 

84 

18  by  11 

1744 

1634 

24  by  14 

93 

934 

18  by  10 

192 

180 

24  by  12 

114 

109 

18  by     9 

213 

200 

22  by  14 

108 

n)2| 

16  by  12 

184 

1714 

22  by  12 

126 

120 

16  by  10 

2214 

205| 

22  by  10 

152 

144 

16  by     9 

246 

2284 

20  by  14 

129 

114| 

16  by     8 

277 

257 

20  by  12 

143 

133J 

14  by  10 

262 

240 

20  by  11 

146 

1454 

14  by     9 

293 

266^ 

20  by  10 

169i 

160 

14  by     8 

327 

300 

18  by  12 

160 

150 

14  by     7 

374 

343 

"  Each  Slate  is  3  inches  BOND  or  cover.  The  rule  for  measuring  Slating  is,  to  add  one 
foot  for  all  hips  and  valleys.  No  deduction  is  made  for  Lutheran  windows,  skylights  ox 
chimneys,  except  they  are  of  nnusual  size  ;  then  one  half  is  deducte<l." 


plasterers',  pavers',  and  painters*  work.      137 


IMPORTED  SLATES. 


Names  of  Slates. 


Duchesses,   .  .  .  , 
Marchionesses,  .  , 
Countesses,  ... 
Viscountesses,    .  , 
Ladies,  ...... 

do 

do 

do , 

Plantations,  ... 

do.         ... 

do.         ... 

Doubles,    .... 

do.      small,  . 

School    Slates    for' 

Blackboards,    .  . 


Inches.     Inches. 

24  by  12 


22 
20 
18 
16 
16 
14 
12 
14 
13 
12 
13 
11 


12 

10 

10 

10 

8 

8 

8 

12 

10 

10 

7 

7 


5  ft.  by  2  1-2  ft 
5feetby3feet. 


Number  of  Super- 
ficial Feet  each  M 
of  1200  wiU  cover. 


1100 

1000 
750 

666  2-3 
583  1-3 
466  2-3 
400 

333  1-3 
600 

458  1-3 
416  2-3 
320  5-6 
262  1-2 


Weight  of 
each  M  of 
1200  Slates. 


60 

65 

40 

36    • 

31 

25 

22 

18  1-2 

33 

25 

23 

17  1-2 

14  1-2 


cwt. 


MEASUREMENT    OF    PLASTERERS'    WORK. 

Plasterers'  work  is  of  two  kinds,  namely,  ceiling — which  is  plastering  upon  laths 
—and  rendering,  winch  is  plastering  upon  walls,  which  are  measured  separately. 

The  contents  are  estimated  either  by  the  foot  or  yard,  or  square  of  100  feet. 
Enriched  mouldings,  &c.,  are  rated  by  running  or  lineal  measure.  One  foot  extra 
is  allowed  for  each  mitre. 

One  half  of  the  openings,  windows,  doors,  &c.,  allowed  to  compensaie  for 
trouble  of  finishing  returns  at  top  and  sides. 

Cornices  and  mouldings,  if  12  inches  or  more  in  girt,  are  sometimes  estimated 
by  the  sq   ft.  ;  if  less  than  12  inches  they  are  usually  measured  by  the  lineal  foot. 

1  bushel  of  cement  will  cover  1 1-7  square  yards  at  1  inch  in  thickness, 
do.  do.  do.  li  do.      do.         3     do.  do. 

do.  do.  do.  2|  do.      do.         }    do.  do. 

1  bushel  of  cement  and  1  of  sand  will  caver  2J  sq.  yds.  at  1  inch  in  thickness, 
do.  do.  do.  do.       3        do.  J    do.  do. 

do.  do.  do.  do.       4J      do.  J    do.  do. 

1  bushel  of  cement  and  2  of  sand  will  cover  3|  square  yds.  at  I  inch  in  thickness, 
do.  do.  do.  do.         4|        do.  |    do.  do. 

do.  do.  do.  do.        6J        do.  |    do.  do. 

1  cwt.  of  mastic  and  1  gallon  of  oil  will  cover  IJ  yards  at  J,  or  2J  at  J  inch, 
1  cubic  yard  of  lime,  2  yards  of  road  or  drift  sand,  and  3  bushels  of  hair, 
will  cover  75  yards  of  render  and  set  on  brick,  and  70  yards  on  lath,  or65  yards 
plaxtfr,  or  rentier,  2  coats  and  set  on  brick,  and  60  yards  on  lath ;  floated  work 
will  require  about  the  same  as  2  coats  and  set. 

Laths  are  1|  to  IJ  inches  by  4  feet  in  length,  and  are  usually  set  |th  of  an  inch 
apart.  A  bundle  contains  100.    1  bundle  of  laths  and  500  nails  cover  about  4^  yds. 

MEASUREMENT    OF    PAVERS'    WORK. 

Pavers'  w^ork  is  done  by  the  square  yard.  And  the  content  is  found  by  multi- 
plying the  length  by  the  breadth.     Grading  for  paving  is  charged  by  the  day. 

MEASUREMENT    OF    PAINTERS'    WORK. 

Painters'  work  is  computed  in  square  yards.  Every  part  is  measured  where 
the  color  lies  ;  the  measuring  line  is  forced  into  all  the  mouldings  and  corners. 

12* 


138      painters',  glaziers',  and  plumbers'  work. 


Cornices,  mouldings,  narrow  skirtings,  reveals  to  doors  and  windows,  and 
generally  all  work  not  more  than  nine  inches  wide,  are  valued  by  iheir  length. 
Sash-frames  are  charged  so  much  each  according  to  their  size,  and  the  squares 
60  much  a  dozen.  Mouldings,  cut  in,  are  charged  by  the  foot  run,  and  the  work- 
man always  receives  an  extra  price  for  parly-colors.  Wriiing  is  charged  by  the 
inch, and  the  price  given  is  regulated  by  the  skill  and  manner  in  whiclithe  work 
is  executed  ;  the  same  is  true  of  imitations  and  marbling.  The  price  of  painting 
varies  exceedingly,  some  colors  being  more  expensive  and  requiring  much  more 
labor  than  others.  In  measuring  open  railing,  it  is  customary  to  take  it  as  flat 
work,  which  pays  for  the  extra  labor  ;  and  as  the  rails  are  painted  on  all  sides, 
the  tvfo  surfaces  are  taken.    It  is  customary  to  allow  all  edges  and  sinkings. 

MEASUREMENT   OF    GLAZIERS'   WORK. 

Glaziers'  work  is  sometimes  measured  by  the  sq.  fl.,  sometimes  by  the  piece, 
oral  so  much  per  light ;  except  where  the  glass  is  set  in  metallic  frames,  when 
the  charge  is  by  the  itJot  In  estimating  by  the  sq.  ft.,  it  is  customar>-  to  include 
the  whole  sash.  Circular  or  oval  windows  are  measured  as  if  they  were  square. 

TABLE    SHOWING    THE    SIZE    AND    NUMBER    OF    LIGHTS 
TO    THE    100    SQUARE    FEET. 


Size. 

Lights. 

Size. 

Lights. 

Size. 

Lights. 

Size. 

Light* 

6  by  8 

300 

12  by  14 

86 

14  by  22 

47 

20  by  20 

36 

7  by  9 

229 

12  by  15 

80 

14  by  24 

43 

20  by  22 

33 

8  by  10 

180 

12  by  16 

75 

15  by  15 

64 

20  by  24 

30 

8  by  11 

164 

12  by  17 

71 

15  by  16 

60 

20  by  25 

29 

8  by  12 

150 

12  by  18 

67 

15  by  18 

53 

20  by  26 

28 

9  by  10 

160 

12  by  19 

63 

15  by  20 

48 

20  by  28 

26 

9  by  11 

146 

12  by  20 

60 

15  by  21 

46 

21  by  27 

25 

9  by  12 

133 

12  by  21 

57 

15  by  22 

44 

22  by  24 

27 

9  by  13 

123 

12  by  22 

55 

15  by  24 

40 

22  by  26 

25 

9  by  14 

114 

12  by  23 

52 

16  by  16 

56 

22  by  28 

23 

9  by  16 

100 

12  by  24 

50 

16  by  17 

53 

24  by  28 

21 

10  by  10 

144 

13  by  14 

79 

16  by  18 

50 

24  by  30 

20 

10  by  12 

120 

13  by  15 

74 

16  by  20 

45 

24  by  32 

19 

10  by  13 

111 

13  by  16 

69 

16  by  21 

43 

25  by  30 

19 

10  by  14 

103 

13  by  17 

65 

16  by  22 

41 

26  by  36 

15 

10  by  15 

96 

13  by  18 

61 

16  by  24 

38 

28  by  34 

15 

10  by  16 

90 

13  by  19 

58 

17  by  17 

50 

30  by  40 

12 

10  by  17 

85 

13  by  20 

55 

17  by  18 

47 

31  by  36 

13 

10  by  18 

80 

13  by  21 

53 

17  by  20 

42 

31  by  40 

12 

11  by  11 

119 

13  by  22 

50 

17  by  22 

38 

31  by  42 

12 

11  by  12 

109 

13  by  24 

46 

17  by  24 

35 

32  by  42 

10 

11  by  13 

101 

14  bv  14 

73 

18  by  18 

44 

32  by  44 

10 

11  by  14 

94 

14  by  15 

68 

18  by  20 

40 

33  by  45 

10 

11  by  15 

87 

14  by  16 

64 

18  by  22 

36 

34  by  46 

9 

11  by  16 

82 

14  by  17 

60 

18  by  24 

33 

30  by  52 

9 

11  by  17 

77 

14  by  18 

57 

19  by  19 

40 

32  by  56 

8 

11  by  18 

73 

14  by  19 

54 

19  by  20 

38 

33  by  56 

8 

12  by  12 

100 

14  by  20 

51 

19  by  22 

34 

36  by  58 

7 

12  by  13 

92 

14  by  21 

49 

19  by  24 

32 

38  by  58 

7 

MEASUREMENT    OF    PLUMBERS'    WORK. 

Plumbers'  work  is  rated  at  so  much  a  pound,  or  else  by  the  hundred  weight, 
of  112  pounds.  Sheet  lead,  used  in  roofing,  guttering,  &c.,  is  from  7  to  12  lbs.  to 
the  square  foot.  And  a  pipe  of  an  inch  bore  is  commonly  from  6  to  13  lbs.  to  the 
yard  in  length.  —  [See  Table, "  Weisht  of  Lead  Pipe  per  Fooi"  J 


SIZE  &  WEIGHT    OF  LEAD  PIPES,  ROPES  &  CHAINS.      139 


PATENT   IMPROVED    LEAD    PIPE,    SIZES    AND    WEIGHT 
PER    FOOT. 


Calibre.' 

Weight  ! 
per  foot, 
lbs.  ozs. 

Calibre 

Weight 
per  foot. 

lbs.  028. 

CaUbre 

Weight 
per  foot. 

lbs.  ozs. 

Calibre 

Weight 
per  foot. 

lbs.  ozs. 

CaUbre. 
Inches. 

Weight 
per  foot. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

lbs.  ozs. 

% 

6 

X 

1     4 

X 

1    4 

1 

4    0 

n 

5     0 

<( 

8 

1     8 

2    0 

(1 

6    0    1 

IX 

4     0 

i( 

10 

« 

2    0 

2    4 

l>i 

2    8 

2 

5    0 

c< 

12 

(1 

3    0 

2    8 

u 

3    0 

(( 

6    0 

(( 

1    0 

y. 

13 

3    0 

« 

3    8 

11 

7    0 

<( 

1    8 

1    0 

4    0 

(C 

4    0 

nM 

11     0 

i4 

8 

c< 

1    8 

1    8 

(I 

5    0 

3    1 

13    0 

10 

«« 

2    0 

1  12 

1^ 

3    0 

34:; 

15    0 

<> 

12 

iC 

2  12 

2    0 

3    8 

4      -S 

18    0 

« 

14 

^ 

12 

2    8 

it 

4    0 

4UI 

ao  0 

" 

1    0 

14 

3    0 

(C 

4    8   ^ 

5 

22    0 

Sheet  Lead. — Weight  of  a  Square  Foot,  2^,  3,  3^,  4,  4^,  5,  6,  7, 
8J,  9,  10  lbs.  and  upwards. 


BOSTON    LEAD    PIPE 

SIZES 

AND 

WEIGHT    PER 

FOOT. 

1-2  Inch. 

5-8  Inch. 

3-4  Inch. 

1  Inch. 

11-4  Inch. 

n-2Inch. 

13-4  Inch. 

2  Inch. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

02. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

oz. 

lbs. 

oz. 

10 

2 

12 

1 

1 

1 

8 

2 

4 

3 

5 

3 

10 

4 

12 

12 

3 

1 

e 

1 

12 

2 

8 

3 

12 

4 

3 

5 

8 

16 

1 

12 

2 

2 

13 

4 

4 

5 

2 

7 

12 

1 

4 

2 

4 

2 

6 

3 

3 

4 

10 

1 

S 

3 

2 

2 

14 

8 

15 

6 

1 

11 

3 

14 

3 

13 

1 

14 

5 

2 

4 

1 

6 

4 

COMPARATIVE    STRENGTH    AND   WEIGHT    OF    ROPES 
AND    CHAINS. 


h 

"si 

J;  a 

fee 

J3 

E-5 

O  3 

•^  a 

■fa  an 

s   s 

g-9 

■Ss 

is 

§  a 

5"^ 

■as 

2     0 

3 

o 

(S    2 

o 

o 

P4 

fc    2 

3^ 

2f 

A 

5^ 

1    5X 

10 

23 

^ 

43 

10    0 

4i 

H 

t 

8 

1  16f 

lOf 

28 

It 

49 

11 11 

5 

H 

tV 

104 

2  10 

lU 

304 

lin. 

56 

13    8 

5f 

7 

f 

14 

3    5^ 

12i 

36 

ItV 

63 

14  18 

6f 

9f 

f^ 

18 

4    3^ 

13 

39 

u 

71 

16  14 

7 

Hi 

t 

22 

5    2 

13f 

45 

lA 

79 

18  11 

8 

15 

11 

27 

6    41 

144 

484 

i| 

87 

20    8 

8f 

19 

3 

4 

32 

7    7 

15| 

56 

U\ 

96 

22  13 

9^ 

21 

if 

37 

8  13^ 

16 

60 

n 

106 

24  18 

Note. —  It  must  bo  understood  and  also  borne  in  mind,  that,  in  estimating  the 
amount  of  tensile  strain  lo  which  a  bodj-  is  subjected,  the  weight  of  the  body 
itself  must  also  be  taken  in'lo  account;  for  according  lo  its  position  so  may  it 
approximate  to  its  whole  weiprht  in  tending  lo  produce  extension  within  itself; 
as  in  the  almost  constant  application  of  ropes  and  chains  to  great  depths,  con- 
Biderable  heights,  &c. 


140 


STRENGTH    OF    MATErjALS. 


STRENGTH    OF    MATERIALS    OF    CONSTRUCTION. 

\^FroTn  Templeton's  Workshop  Companion.'] 

Materials  of  construction  are  liable  to  four  different  kinds  of  strain ; 
viz.,  stretching,  crushing,  transverse  action,  and  torsion  or  twisting :  the 
first  of  which  depends  upon  the  body's  tenacity  alone  ;  the  second,  on  its 
resi'itance  to  compression;  the  third,  «n  its  tenacity  and  compression  com- 
bined ;  and  the  fourth,  on  that  property  by  which  it  opposes  any  acting  force 
tending  to  change  from  a  straight  line,  to  that  of  a  spiral  direction,  the 
fibres  of  which  the  body  is  composed. 

In  bodies,  the  power  of  tenacity  and  resistance  to  compression,  in  the  di- 
rection of  their  length,  is  as  the  cross  section  of  their  area  multiplied  by  the 
results  of  experimeijts  on  similar  bodies,  as  exhibited  in  the  following  tables. 

Table  showing  the  Tenacities,  Resistances  to  Compression,  and  other  Prop- 
erties of  the  common  Materials  of  Construction. 


Absolute. 

Compared  witli  Cast  Iron. 

Names  of  Bodies. 

Tenacity 

Resistance 

Its 

Its  ex- 

Its 

in   lbs.   per 

to  compres- 
sion in  lbs. 

strengOi 

tensibility 

stiffness 

sq.  inch. 

per  sq.  inch. 

is 

is 

is 

Ash, 

14130 

0.23 

2.6 

0.089 

Beech,     . 

12225 

8548 

0.15 

2.1 

0.073 

Brass, 

17968 

10304 

0.435 

0.9 

0.49 

Brick,      . 

275 

562 

Cast  Iron, 

134,34 

86397 

1.000 

1.0 

1.000 

Copper  (wrought). 

33000 

Elm, 

9720 

1033 

0.21 

2.9 

0.073 

Fir,  or  Pine,  white. 

12346 

2028 

0.23 

2.4 

0.1 

•«            "      Red, 

11800 

5375 

0.3 

2.4 

0.1 

"            «'     YelIo\^ 

T,         11835 

5445 

0.25 

2.9 

0.087 

Granite  CAberdeen) 

10910 

Gun- metal  (copper 

's, 

and  tin  1),    . 

35838 

0.65 

1.25 

0.535 

Malleable  Iron, 

56000 

1.12 

0.86 

1.3 

Larch, 

12240 

5568 

0.136 

2.3 

0.0585 

Lead, 

1824 

0.096 

25 

0.038 

Mahogany,  Hondur 

as,       11475 

8000 

024 

2.9 

0.487 

Marble,  . 

551 

6060 

Oak, 

11880 

9504 

0.25 

2.8 

0.09S 

Rope  (1  in.  in  circur 

n.)           200 

Steel, 

128000 

Stone,  Bath,    . 

478 

"       Crajgleith, 

772 

5490 

"       Dundee, 

2661 

6630 

"       Portland, 

857 

3729 

Tin  (ca?t) 

4736 

0182 

0,75 

0  25 

Zinc  (sheet)     . 

9120 

0  365 

05 

0.76 

RESISTANCE   TO   LATERAL   PRESSURE,  OR   TRANSVERSE  ACTION. 

The  strength  of  a  square  or  rectangular  beam  to  resist  lateral  pressure, 
acting  in  a  perpendicular  direction  to  its  length, is  as  the  breadth  and  square 
of  the  depth,  and  inversely  as  the  length  j— thus,  a  beam  twice  the  breadth 


ELASTICITY    AND    STKENGTH    OF    TIMBEE. 


141 


of  another,  all  other  circumstances  being  alike,  equal  twice  the  strength  of 
the  other ;  or  twice  the  depth,  equal  four  times  (he  strength,  and  twice  the 
length,  equal  only  half  the  strength,  &c.,  according  to  the  rule. 

Table  of  Data,  containing  the  Results  of  Experiments  on  the  Elasticity 
and  Strength  of  various  Species  of  Timber,  by  Mr.  Barlow. 


Species  of 
Timber. 


Teak, 
Poona, 
English  Oak, 
Canadian  do. 
Dantzic    do. 
Adriatic   do. 
Ash,  . 
Beech, 


Value  of 

Value  of 

E. 

s.     ! 

174.7 

2462   1 

122.26 

2221 

105. 

1672  ! 

155.5 

1766  1 

86.2 

1457 

70.5 

1383 

119. 

2026  1 

98. 

1556 ; 

Species  of 
Timber. 


Elm,  . 
Pitch  pine. 
Red  pine,    . 
New  England  Fir. 
Riga  Fir,    . 
Mar  Forest    do. 
Larch, 
Norway  Spruce. 


Value  of  Value  of 


50.64 

88.68 
133. 
158.5 

90. 

63. 

76. 
105.47 


8. 
1013 
1632 
1341 
1102 
1100 
1200 

900 
1474 


To  find  the  dimensions  of  a  beam,  capable  of  sustaining  a  given  weight.,  with  a  giv- 
en degree  of  deflection,  when  supported  at  both  ends. 
Rule. — Multiply  the  weight  to  be  supported  in  lbs.  by  the  cube  of  the  length 

in  feet;  divide  the  product  by  32  times  the  tabular  value  of  E,  multiplied  into  ihe 

given  deflection  in  inches  ;  and  the  quotient  is  the  breadth  multiplied  by  ihe  cube 

of  the  depth  in  inches. 
Note  1. — When  the  beam  is  intended  to  be  square,  then  the  fourth  root  of  the  quotient 

is  the  breadth  and  depth  required. 
Note  2.— If  the  beam  is  to  be  cylindrical,  multiply  the  quotient  by  1.7,  and  the  fourth 

root  of  the  product  is  the  diameter. 

Ex.  The  distance  between  the  supports  of  a  beam  of  Riga  fir  is  J6  feet,  and 
the  weight  it  must  be  capable  of  sustaining  in  the  middle  of  its  length  is  8000  lbs, 
with  a  deflection  of  not  more  than  |  of  an  inch  ;  what  must  be  the  depth  of  the 
beam,  supposing  the  breadth  8  inches? 

16  X  8000  „    

90x3ax   75  ^  ^^^~^  "^  ^  ^  '^'^^^'^  ^  ^^^  '°"'  ^^  ^^^^^' 

To  determine  the  absolute  strength  of  a  rectangular  beam  of  timber,  when  supported 
at  both  ends,  and  loaded  in  the  middle  of  its  length,  as  beams  in  general  ought  to 
be  calculated  to,  so  that  they  may  be  rendered  capable  of  withstanding  all  accident- 
al cases  of  emergency. 
Rule. — Multiply  the  tabular  value  of  S  by  four  times  the  depth  of  the  beam  in 

inches,  and  by  the  area  of  the  cross  section  in  inches ;  divide  the  product  by  the 

distance  between  the  supports  in  inches,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  absolute 

strength  of  the  beam  in  lbs. 

Note  1. — If  the  beam  be  not  laid  horizontally,  the  distance  between  the  supports,  for 
calculation,  must  be  the  horizontal  distance. 

Note  2.— One  fourth  of  the  weight  obtained  by  the  rule,  is  the  greatest  weight  that  ought 
to  be  applied  in  practice  as  permanent  load. 

Note  .■!.— If  the  load  is  to  be  applied  at  any  other  point  than  the  middle,  then  the  strength 
will  be  as  the  product  ot  the  two  distances  is  to  the  square  of  half  the  length  of  the  beam 
between  the  supports  ;— or,  twice  the  distance  from  one  end,  multiplied  by  twice  from  the 
other,  and  divided  by  the  whole  length,  equal  the  effective  length  of  the  beam. 

Ex.  In  a  building  19  feet  in  width,  an  engine  boiler  of  5J  tons  (2240  lbs.  to  a 
Jon)  is  to  be  fixed,  the  center  of  which  to  be  7  feet  from  the  wall,  and  having  two 
pieces  of  red  pine,  10  inches  by  6,  which  I  can  lay  across  the  two  walls  for  the 
purpose  of  slinging  it  at  each  end,— may  I  with  suflicieni  confidence  apply  them, 
go  as  to  effecl  this  object  ? 

2240X5.5  -f-  2  =  6160  lbs.  to  carry  at  each  end. 

And  18  feet  —  7  =  11,  double  each,  or  14  and  22,  then  14X22  -j- 18  =  17  feet, 
or  204  inches,  effective  length  of  beam. 


Tabular  value  of  S,  red  pine,  =134]X4X10XfiO  -^  204  ; 
lute  strength  of  each  piece  of  timber  at  that  point. 


15776  lbs.  the  abso- 


142 


STKENGTH  OF  RECTANGULAR  BEAMS. 


To  determ'ne  the  dimensions  of  a  rectangular  beam  capable  of  supporting  a  reqmred 
weight,  with  a  given  degree  of  deflection,  when  fixed  at  one  end. 

Rdle. — Divide  the  weight  to  be  supported,  in  lbs.,  by  the  tabular  value  of  E, 
multiplied  by  the  breadth  and  deflection,  both  in  inches  ;  and  the  cube  root  of  the 
quotient,  mulliplied  by  the  length  in  feet,  equal  the  depth  required  in  inches. 

Ex.  A  beam  of  ash  is  intended  to  bear  a  load  of  700  lbs.  at  its  extremity  ;  its 
length  being  5  feet,  breadth  4  inches,  and  the  defleciionnot  to  exceed  J  an  inch. 

Tabular  value  of  E  =  119X4X-5  =  238  the  divisor ; 

then  700  -^  238  =  3^2.94  X  5  =  '^•25  inches,  depth  of  the  beam. 

To  find  the  absolute  strength  of  a  rectangular  beam,  when  fixed  at  one  end,  and  load' 
ed  at  the  other 

Rule — Multiply  the  value  of  S  by  the  depth  of  the  beam,  and  by  the  area  of 
its  section,  both  in  inches  ;  divide  the  product  by  the  leverage  in  inches,  and  the 
quotient  equal  the  absolute  strength  ot  the  beam  in  lbs. 

Ex.  A  beam  of  Riga  fir,  12  inches  by  4 J,  and  projecting  OJ  feel  from  the  wall  j 
what  is  the  greatest  weight  it  will  support  at  the  extremity  of  its  length? 

Tabular  value  of  S  =  1300.        12X4.5  =  54  sectional  area. 
Then,  1100X12X54  H-  7S  =  9138.4  lbs. 

When  fracture  of  a  beam  is  produced  by  vertical  pressure,  the  fibres  of  the 
lower  section  of  fracture  are  separated  by  extension,  whilst  at  the  same  time 
those  of  the  upper  portion  are  destroyed  by  compression  ;  hence  exists  a  point  in 
section  where  neither  the  one  nor  the  other  takes  place,  and  which  is  distinguished 
as  the  point  of  neutral  axis.  Therefore,  by  the  law  of  fracture  thus  established, 
and  proper  data  of  tenacity  and  compression  given,  as  in  the  preceding  table, 
we  are  enabled  to  form  metal  beams  of  strongest  section  with  the  least  possible 
material.  Thus,  in  cast  iron,  the  resistance  to  compression  is  nearly  as  6J  to  1 
of  tenacity,  consequently  a  beam  of  cast  iron,  to  be  of  strongest  section,  mast  be 
of  the  following  form,  and  a  parabola  in  the  direction  of  its  length, 

ithe  quantity  ofmaterial  in  the  bottom  flange  being  about  6j  times 
that  of  the  upper.  But  such  is  not  the  case  with  beams  of  tim- 
ber ;  for  although  the  tenacity  of  timber  be  on  an  average  twice 
that  of  its  resistance  to  compression,  its  flexibility  is  so  great, 
that  any  considerable  length  of  beam,  where  columns  cannot  be 
situated  to  its  support,  requires  to  be  strengthened  or  trussed  by 
iron  rods,  as  in  the  following  manner. 


And  these  applications  of  principle  not  only  tend  to  diminish  deflection,  but  the 
required  purpose  is  also  more  eflectively  attained,  and  that  by  lighter  pieces  of 
timber. 

To  ascertain  the  absolute  strength  of  a  cast  iron  beam  of  the  preceding  form,  or  that 
of  strongest  section. 

RcLK. — Multiply  the  sectional  area  of  the  bottom  flange  in  inches  by  the  depth 
of  the  beam  in  inches,  and  divide  the  product  by  the  distance  between  the  sup- 
ports, also  in  inches ;  and  514  times  the  quotient  equal  the  absolute  strength  of 
the  beam  in  cwts. 

The  strongest  form  in  which  any  given  quantity  of  matter  can  be  disposed  is 
that  of  a  hollow  cylinder;  and  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  the  maximum  of 
strenifth  is  obtained  in  cast  iron,  when  the  thickness  of  the  annulus,  or  ring, 
amounts  to  one-fifth  of  the  cylinder's  external  diameter ;  the  relative  strength  of 
a  solid  to  that  of  a  hollow  cylinder  being  as  the  diameters  of  their  sections.  (Se« 
TaUes.) 


WEIGHT    CAST    IRON   BEAMS   WILL    SUSTAIN. 


143 


A  Table  showing  the  Weight  or  Pressure  a  beam  of  Cast  Iron,  1  inch  in 
breadth,  will  sustain,  without  destroying  its  elasticfurce,whenit  is  sup- 
ported at  each  end,  and  loaded  in  the  middle  of  its  length,  and  also  the 
deflection  in  the  middle  which  that  weight  will  produce.  By  Mr. 
Hodgkinson,  Manchester. 


Liength. 

0  feet. 

7  feet. 

8  feet. 

9  feet. 

10  feet. 

Depth 

Weight 
in  lbs. 

1278 

Uefl. 

Weight 

Defl. 

Weight 

Defl. 

Weight 

Defl. 

Weiglit 

Defl. 

in  in. 

in   in- 

in  lbs. 

T689 

in   in. 

.33 

in  lbs. 
954 

in    in. 

in  lbs. 
855 

in    in. 

in  lbs. 

^65 

in  in 

3 

.24 

.426 

.54 

.66 

3i 

1739 

.205 

1482 

.28 

1298 

.365 

1164 

.46 

1041 

..57 

4 

2272 

.18 

1936 

.245 

1700 

.32 

1520 

.405 

1360 

.5 

4i 

2875 

.16 

2450 

.217 

2146 

.284 

1924 

36 

1721 

.443 

5 

3560 

.144 

3050 

.196 

2650 

.256 

2375 

.32 

2125 

.4 

6 

5II2 

.12 

4356 

.163 

3816 

.213 

3420 

.27 

3060 

.33 

7 

6958 

.103 

5929 

.14 

5194 

.183 

4655 

.23 

4165 

.29 

8 

9088 

.09 

7744 

.123 

6784 

.16 

6080 

203 

5440 

.25 

9 

9801 

.109 

8586 

.142 

7695 

.18 

6885 

.22 

10 

12100 

.098 

10600 

.128 

9500 

.162 

8500 

.2 

11 

12826 

.117 

11495 

.15 

10285 

.182 

12 

15264 

.107 

13680 

.135 

12240 

.17 

13 

16100 

.125 

14400 

.154 

14 

18600 

.115 

16700 

.143 

12  feet. 

14  feet. 

16  feet. 

18  feet. 

aO  feet. 

6 

2548 

•48 

2184 

.65 

1912 

.85 

1699 

1.08 

1530 

1.34 

7 

3471 

.41 

2975 

.58 

2603 

.73 

2314 

.93 

2082 

1.14 

8 

4532 

.36 

3884 

.49 

3396 

.64 

3020 

.81 

2720 

i.oa 

9 

5733 

.32 

4914 

.44 

4302 

.57 

3825 

.72 

3438 

.89 

10 

7083 

.28 

6071 

.39 

5312 

.51 

4722 

.64 

4250 

.8 

11 

8570 

.26 

7346 

.36 

6428 

.47 

5714 

.59 

5142 

.73 

12 

10192 

.24 

8736 

.33 

7648 

.43 

6796 

.54 

6120 

.67 

13 

11971 

.22 

10260 

.31 

8978 

.39 

7980 

.49 

7182 

.61 

14 

13883 

.21 

11900 

.28 

10412 

.36 

9255 

.46 

8330 

.57 

15 

15937 

.19 

13660 

.26 

11952 

.34 

10624 

.43     9562 

.53 

16 

18128 

.18 

15536 

.24 

13584 

.32 

12080 

.40 

10880 

.5 

17 

20500 

.17 

17500 

.23 

15353 

.30 

13647 

.38 

12282 

.47 

18 

22932 

.16 

19656 

.21 

17208 

.28 

15700 

.36 

13752 

.44 

Note. — This  Table  shows  the  greatest  weight  that  ever  ought  to  be  laid  upon 
abeam  for  permanent  load  ;  and,  if  there  be  any  liability  to  jerl^s,  &c.,  ample 
allowance  must  be  made  ;  also,  the  weight  of  the  beam  itself  must  be  included. 
(See  Tables  of  Cast  Iron.) 

To  find  the  weight  of  a  cast  iron  beam  of  given  dimensions. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  sectional  area  in  inches  by  the  length  in  feet,  and  by  3.2, 
the  product  equal  the  weight  in  lbs. 

Ex.  Required  the  weight  of  a  uniform  rectangular  beam  of  cast  iron,  16  feet 
in  length,  11  inches  in  breadth,  and  1|  inch  m  thickness. 

11  X  1-5  X  16  X  3.2  =  844.8  lbs. 
RESISTANCE   OF   BODIES    TO    FLEXURE    BY   VERTICAL    PRESSURE. 

When  a  piece  of  timber  is  employed  as  a  column  or  support,  its  tendency  to 
yielding  by  compression  is  different  according  to  the  proportion  between  its 
length  and  area  of  its  cross  section  ;  and  supposing  the  form  that  of  a  cylinder 
whose  length  is  less  than  seven  or  eight  times  its  diameter,  it  is  impossible  to 
bend  It  by  any  force  applied  longitudinally,  as  it  will  be  destroyed  by  splitting 
before  that  bending  can  lake  place  ;  but  when  the  length  exceeds  this,  the  col- 
umn will  bend  under  a  certain  load,  and  be  ultimately  destroyed  by  a  similai 


144  ELASTICITY    OF    TORSION. 

kind  of  aclion  to  that  which  has  place  in  the  transverse  strain.    Columns  of  cast 
iron  and  of  other  bodies  are  also  similarly  circumstanced. 

When  the  length  of  a  cast  iron  column  with  flat  ends  equals  about  thirty  limes 
its  diameier,  fraciure  will  be  produced  wholly  by  bending  of  the  malerial.  When 
of  less  length,  fracture  takes  place  partly  by  crushing  and  partly  by  bending. 
Bui,  when  the  column  is  enlarged  in  the  middle  of  its  length  from  one  and  a  half 
to  twice  its  diameter  at  the  ends,  by  being  cast  hollow,  the  strength  is  greater  by 
one-seventh  than  in  a  solid  column  containing  the  same  quantity  of  material. 
To  determine  the  dimensions  of  a  support  or  column  to  bear,  without  sensible  curva- 
ture, a  given  pressure  in  the  direction  of  its  axis. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  pressure  to  be  supported  in  lbs.  by  the  square  of  the  col- 
umn's length  in  feel,  ai»d  divide  the  product  by  twenty  limes  the  tabular  value  of 
E  ;  and  the  quotient  will  be  equal  to  the  breadth  multipliexl  by  the  cube  of  th» 
least  thickness,  both  being  expressed  in  inches. 

Note  1. — When  the  pillar  or  support  is  a  square,  Its  side  will  be  the  fourth  root  of  the 
quotient. 

Note  2.- If  the  pillar  or  column  be  a  cylinder,  multiply  the  tabular  value  of  E  by  12, 
and  the  fourth  root  of  the  quotient  equal  the  diameter. 

Ex.  1.  What  should  be  the  least  dimensions  of  an  oak  support,  to  bear  a 
weight  of  2210  lbs,  without  sensible  flexure,  its  breadth  being  3  inches,  and  its 
length  5  feet? 

Tabular  value  of  E  =  105, 
2240  V  5*  

^'  20X  105^  =  '^-'^=  '•"'  •"'=^^''- 
Ex.  2    Required  the  side  of  a  square  piece  of  Riga  fir,  9  feet  in  length,  to  bear 
a  permanent  weight  of  6000  lbs. 

Tabular  value  of  E  =  96, 

6000  V  92  

and-— --C-^  =  ""^S^a  =  4  inches  nearly. 
20  X  96 

ELASTICITY   OF   TORSION,  OR   RESISTANCE   OF    BODIES   TO  TWISTING. 

The  angle  of  flexure  by  torsion  is  as  the  length  and  extensibility  of  the  body 
directly  and  inversely  as  the  diameter;  hence,  the  length  of  a  bar  or  shaft  being 
given,  the  po\ver,  and  Ihe  leverage  the  power  acts  with,  being  known,  and  also 
the  number  of  degrees  of  torsion  that  will  not  affect  the  action  of  the  machine,  to 
determine  the  diameter  in  cast  iron  wth  a  given  angle  of  flexure. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  power  in  lbs.  by  the  length  of  the  shaft  in  feet,  and  by  the 
leverage  in  feet ;  divide  the  product  by  fifty-five  limes  the  number  of  de.grees  in 
the  angle  of  torsion  ;  and  the  fourth  root  of  the  quotient  equal  the  shaft's  diame- 
ter in  inches. 

Ex.  Required  the  diameters  for  a  series  of  shafts  35  feet  in  length,  and  to 
transmit  a  power  equal  lo  1'245  lbs.,  acting  at  the  circumference  ot  a  wheel  2J 
feet  radius,  so  that  the  twist  of  the  shafts  on  the  appUcalion  of  the  povrer  may  not 
exceed  one  degree. 

1215  y  35  y  2  5  

Cl^.,     '   =^1981  =  6.67  inches  in  diameter. 

55X  1 
To  determine  the  side  of  a  square  shaft  to  resist  torsion  with  a  ^ven  flexure. 
Rule. — Multiply  the  power  in  pounds  by  the  leverage  it  acts  with  in  feet,  and 
also  by  ihe  length  of  the  shaft  in  feet ;  divide  tins  product  by  92.5  times  ihe  angle 
of  flexure  in  degrees,  and  tlie  square  root  of  the  quotient  equals  the  area  of  iho 
shaft  in  inches. 

Ex.  Suppose  the  length  of  a  shaft  to  be  12  feet,  and  to  be  driven  by  a  power 
equal  to  700  lbs.,  acting  at  1  foot  from  the  centre  of  the  shaft — required  the  area 
of  cross  section,  so  that  it  may  not  exceed  1  degree  of  flexure. 

700X1X12      .    

92.5  XI       =  ^^-^  ~  ^-^  inches. 
Relative  strength  of  Bodies  to  resist  Torsion,  Lead  being  I. 

Tin 1.4  11  Gun  Metal 5.0  11   English  Iron 10.1 

Copper 4.3        Cast  Iron 9.0        Blistered  Steel 16  6 

Yellow  Brass 4.6  II  Swedish  Iron 9.5  II  Shear  Steel 17.0 


STRENGTH    OF    MATERIALS GRIER,    AND    OTHERS.      145 

STRENGTH     OF     MATERIALS. 

l^From  Grier's  Mechanic's  Calculator,  S^c] 

Bar  of  IrioN. — The  average  breaking  weight  of  a  Bar  of  Wrought  Iron, 
1  inch  square,  is  2o  tons  ;  its  elasticity  is  destroyed,  however,  by  about  two- 
fiflhs  of  that  weight,  or  10  tons.  It  is  extended,  within  the  limits  of  its  elas- 
ticity, .000096,  or  one-tenlhousandlh  part  of  an  inch  for  every  ton  of  strain 
per  square  inch  of  sectional  area.  Hence,  the  greatest  constant  load  should 
never  exceed  one-fifth  of  its  breaking  weight,  or  5  tons  for  every  square 
inch  of  sectional  area. 

The  lateral  strength  of  wrought  iron,  as  compared  with  cast  iron,  is  as  14 
to  9.  Mr.  Barlow  finds  that  wrought  iron  bars,  3  inches  deep,  1  1-2  inches 
thick,  and  33  inches  between  the  supports,  will  carry  4  1-2  tons. 

Bridges. — The  greatest  extraneous  load  on  a  square  foot  is  about  120 
poinids. 

Floors. — The  least  load  on  a  square  foot  is  about  160  pounds. 

Roofs. — Covered  with  slate,  on  a  square  foot,  51  1-2  pounds. 

Beams. —  When  a  beam  Is  supported  in  the  middle  and  loaded  at  each 
end,  it  will  bear  the  same  weight  as  when  supported  at  both  ends  and  load- 
ed in  the  middle  ;  that  is,  each  end  will  bear  half  the  weight. 

Cast  Iron  Beams  should  not  be  loaded  to  more  than  one-fifth  of  their 
ultimate  strength. 

The  strength  of  similar  beams  varies  inversely  as  their  lengths  ;  that  is, 
if  a  bejfm  10  feet  long  will  support  1000  pounds,  a  similar  beam  20  feet  long 
would  support  only  500  pounds. 

A  beam  supported  at  one  end  will  sustain  only  one-fourth  part  the  weight 
which  it  would  if  supported  at  both  ends. 

When  a  beam  is  fixed  at  both  ends,  and  loaded  in  the  middle,  it  will  bear 
one-half  more  than  it  will  when  loose  at  both  ends.  When  the  beam  is  load- 
ed uniformly  throughout  it  will  bear  double.  Whcji  the  beam  is  fixed  at 
both  ends,  and  loaded  uniformly,  it  will  bear  triple  the  weight. 

In  any  beam  standing  obliquely,  or  in  a  sloping  direction,  its  strength  or 
strain  will  be  equal  to  that  of  a  beam  of  the  same  breadth,  thickness,  and 
material,  but  only  of  the  length  of  the  horizontcd  distance  between  the  points 
of  support. 

In  the  construction  of  ieaTns,  it  is  necessary  that  their  form  should  be 
such  that  they  will  be  equally  strong  throughout.  If  a  beam  be  fixed  at  one 
end,  and  loaded  at  the  other,  and  the  breadth  uniform  throughout  its  length, 
then,  that  the  beam  may  be  equally  strong  throughout,  its  form  must  be  that 
of  a  parabola.     This  form  is  generally  used  in  the  beams  of  steam  engines. 

\Vhen  a  beam  is  regularly  diminished  towards  the  points  that  are  least 
strained,  so  (hat  all  the  sections  are  similar  figures,  whether  it  be  supported 
at  each  end  and  loaded  in  the  middle,  or  supported  in  the  middle  and  load- 
ed at  each  end,  the  outline  should  be  a  cubic  parabola. 

When  a  beam  is  supported  at  both  ends,  and  is  of  the  same  breadth 
throughout,  then,  if  the  load  be  uniformly  distributed  throughout  the  length 
of  the  beam,  the  line  bounding  the  compressed  side  should  be  a  semi-ellipse. 

The  same  form  should  be  made  use  of  for  the  rails  of  a  wagon-way, 
where  they  have  to  resist  the  pressure  of  a  load  rolling  over  them. 

Similar  p/a<es  of  the  same  thickness,  either  supported  at  the  ends  or  all 
round,  will  carry  the  same  weight  either  uniformly  distributed  or  laid  on 
similar  points,  whatever  be.their  extent. 

13 


146  STRENGTH     OF    MATERIALS GRIER. 

The  lateral  strength  of  any  beam,  or  bar  of  wood,  stone,  metal,  dec,  is  m 
proportion  to  its  breadth  multiplied  by  its  depth*.  In  square  beams  the 
lateral  strengths  are  in  proportion  to  tlie  cubes  of  the  sides,  and  in  general 
of  like-sided  beams  as  the  cubes  of  the  similar  sides  of  the  bcction. 

The  lateral  strength  of  any  beam  or  bar,  one  end  being  fixed  in  the  wall 
and  the  other  projecting,  is  inversely  as  the  distance  of  the  weight  from  the 
section  acted  upon  ;  and  the  strain  upon  any  section  is  directly  as  the  dis- 
tance of  the  weight  from  that  section. 

The  absolute  strength  of  ropes  or  bars,  pulled  lengthwise,  is  in  proportion 
to  the  squares  of  their  diameters.  All  cylindrical  or  prismatic  rods  are 
equally  strong  in  every  part,  if  they  are  equally  tliick,  but  if  not  they  will 
break  where  the  thickness  is  least. 

The  strength  of  a  tube,  or  hollow  cylinder,  is  to  the  strength  of  a  solid 
one  as  the  difference  between  the  fourth  powers  of  the  exterior  and  interior 
diameters  of  the  tube,  divided  by  the  exterior  diameter,  is  to  the  cube  of 
the  diameter  ot  a  solid  cylinder, —  the  quantity  of  matter  in  each  being  the 
same.  Hence,  from  this  it  will  be  found,  that  a  hollow  cylinder  is  one-half 
stronger  than  a  solid  one  having  the  same  weight  of  material. 

The  strength  of  a  column  to  resist  being  crushed  is  directly  as  the  square 
of  the  diameter,  provided  it  is  not  so  long  cis  to  have  a  chance  of  bending. 
This  is  true  in  meteils  or  stone,  but  in  timber  the  proportion  is  rather  greater 
than  the  square^ 

MODELS  PROPORTIONED  TO  MACHINES. 

The  relation  of  models  to  machines,  as  to  strength,  deserves  the  particu 
Inr  attention  of  the  mechanic.  A  model  may  be  perfectly  proportioned  in 
all  its  parts  as  a  model,  yet  the  machine,  if  constructed  in  the  same  proper-, 
tion,  will  not  be  sufficiently  strong  in  everv  part;  hence,  particular  attention 
should  be  paid  to  the  kind  of  strain  the  different  parts  are  exposed  to ;  and 
from  the  statements  which  follow,  the  proper  dimensions  of  the  structure 
may  be  determined. 

If  the  Strain  to  draw  asunder  in  the  model  be  1,  and  if  the  structure  is  8 
times  larger  than  the  model,  then  the  stress  in  the  structure  will  be  8^  equa' 
612.  If  the  structure  is  6  times  as  large  as  the  model,  then  the  stress  oii 
the  structure  will  be  6^  equal  216,  and  so  on  ;  therefore,  the  structure  will  be 
much  less  firm  than  the  model ;  and  this  the  more,  as  the  structure  is  cube 
times  greater  than  the  model.  If  we  wish  to  determine  the  greatest  size 
we  ean  make  a  machine  of  which  we  have  a  model,  we  have, 

The  greatest  weight  which  the  beam  of  the  model  can  bear,  divided  by 
the  weight  which  it  actually  sustains  equal  a  quotient  which,  when  multi- 
plied by  the  size  of  the  beam  in  the  model,  will  give  the  greatest  possible 
size  of  the  same  beam  in  the  structure. 

Ex. — If  a  beam  in  the  modpl  be?  inches  long,  and  bear  a  weight  of  4  lbs. 
but  is  capable  of  bearing  a  weight  of  26  lbs. ;    what  is  the  greatest  length 
which  we  can  make  the  corresponding  beam  in  the  structure  ?     Here 
26  -^  4  =  6-5,  therefore,  65x7=  45-5  inches. 

The  strength  to  resist  crushing,  increases  from  a  model  to  a  structure  in 
proportion  to  their  size,  but,  as  above,  the  strain  increases  as  the  cubes; 
wherefore,  in  this  case,  also,  the  model  will  be  stronger  than  the  machine. 
and  the  greatest  size  of  the  structure  will  be  found  by  employing  the  square 
root  of  tSe  quotient  in  the  last  rule,  instead  of  the  quotient  itself;  thus, 

If  the  greatest  weight  which  the  column  in  a  model  can  bear  is  3  cwt., 
and  if  it  actually  bears  28  lbs.,  then,  if  the  column  be  18  inches  high,  we  have 

336  \ 
-^)=  3-464  ;      wherefore  3464  X  18  =  62-352 

iocbes,  the  length  of  the  column  in  the  structare. 


v/( 


STRENGTH   OF   MATERIALS — ^ADCOCK.  147 

STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS. 

[From  Adcock's  Engineer.] 

List  of  metals,  arranged  according  to  tljeir  strength. — Steel,  wrought- 
iron,  cast-iron,  platinum,  silver,  copper,  brass,  gold,  tin,  bismuth,  zinc,  anti- 
mony, lead. 

According  to  Tredgold's  and  Duleau's  experiments,  a  piece  of  the  best 
bar-iron  1  square  inch  across  the  end  would  bear  a  weight  of  about  77,373 
lbs.,  while  a  similar  piece  of  cast-iron  would  be  torn  asunder  by  a  weight 
of  from  16,243  to  19,464  lbs.  Thin  iron  wires,  arranged  parallel  to  each 
other,  and  presenting  a  surface  at  their  extremity  of  1  square  inch,  will 
carry  a  mean  weight  of  126,340  lbs. 

List  of  woods,  arranged  according  to  their  strength. — Oak,  alder,  lime, 
box,  pine  {syh\),  ash,  elm,  yellow  pine,  fir. 

A  piece  of  well-dried  pine  wood,  presenting  a  section  of  1  square  inch,  ia 
able,  according  to  Eytelwein,  to  support  a  weight  of  from  15,616  lbs,  to 
20,408  lbs.,  whilst  a  similar  piece  of  oak  will  carry  as  much  as  25,850  lbs. 

Hempen  cords,  twisted,  will  support  the  following  weights  to  the  square 
inch  of  iheir  section  j 

*-inch  to  1  inch  thick,  8,746  lbs.;  1  to  3  inches  thick,  6,800  lbs.;  3  to  5 
incbes  thick,  5,345  lbs.;  5  to  7  inches  thick,  4,860  lbs. 

Tredgold  gives  the  following  rule  for  finding  the  weight  in  lbs.  which  a 
hempen  rope  will  be  capable  of  supporting :  Multiply  the  square  of  the 
circumference  in  inches  by  200,  and  the  product  will  be  the  quantity  sought. 

In  the  practical  application  of  these  measures  of  absolute  strength,  that 
of  metals  should  be  reckoned  at  one-half,  and  that  of  woods  and  cords  at 
one-third  of  their  estimated  value. 

In  a  parallelopipedon  of  uniform  thickness,  supported  on  two  points  and 
loaded  in  the  middle,  the  lateral  strength  is  directly  as  the  product  of  the 
breadth  into  the  square  of  the  depth,  and  inversely  as  the  length.  Let  W 
represent  the  lateral  strength  of  any  material,  estimated  by  the  weight,  b  the 
breadth,  and  d  the  depth  of  its  end,  and  I  the  distance  between  the  points  of 
support ;  then  W  =:  fd-b  -e-  /. 

If  the  parallelopipedon  be  fastened  only  at  one  end  in  a  horizontal  posi- 
tion, and  the  load  be  applied  at  the  opposite  end,  W  =  fdPb  -r-  4:1. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  three  dimensions,  b,  d,  and  /,  are  to  be  taken 
in  the  same  measure,  and  that  b  be  so  great  that  no  lateral  curvature  arise 
from  the  weight ;_/" in  each  formula  represents  the  lateral  strength,  which 
varies  in  different  materials,  and  which  must  be  learnt  experimentally. 

A  beam  having  a  rectangular  end,  who.sc  breadth  is  two  or  three  times 
greater  than  the  breadth  of  another  beam,  has  a  power  of  suspension  re- 
spectively two  or  three  times  greater  than  it ;  if  the  end  be  two  or  three 
times  deeper  than  the  end  of  the  other,  the  suspension  power  of  that  which 
has  the  greater  depth  exceeds  the  suspension  power  of  the  other,  four  or 
nine  times ;  if  its  length  be  two  or  three  times  greater  than  the  length  of 
another  beam,  its  power  of  suspension  vrill  be  ^  or  1-3  respectively  that  of 
the  other  ;  provided  that  in  each  case  the  mode  of  suspension,  the  position 
of  the  weight,  and  other  circumstances  be  similar.  Hence  it  follows  that  a 
beam,  one  of  whose  sides  tapers,  has  a  greater  power  of  suspension  if 
placed  on  the  slant  than  on  ihe  broad  side,  and  that  the  powers  of  suspen- 
sion in  both  cases  are  in  the  ratio  of  their  sides ;  so,  for  instance,  a  beam, 
one  of  whose  sides  is  double  the  width  of  the  other,  will  carrj'  twice  as 
much  if  placed  on  the  narrow  side,  as  it  would  if  laid  on  the  wide  one. 

In  a  piece  of  round  timber  (a  cylinder)  the  power  of  suspension  is  in 
proportion  to  the  diameters  cubed,  and  inversely  as  the  length;  thus  a 
beam  with  a  diameter  two  or  three  times  longer  than  that  of  another,  will 
carry  a  weight  8  or  27  times  heavier  respectively  than  that  whose  diameter 
is  unity,  the  mode  of  fastening  emd  loading  it  being  similar  in  both  cases. 


148 


STRENGTH    OF    MATERIALS ADCOCK. 


The  lateral  strength  of  square  timber  is  to  that  of  a  tree  whence  it  is 
hewn  as  10  :  17  nearly. 

A  considerable  advantage  is  frequently  secured  by  using  hollow  cylinders 
instead  of  solid  ones,  which,  with  an  equal  expenditure  of  materials,  have 
far  greater  strength,  provided  only  that  the  solid  part  of  the  cylinder  be  of 
a  sufficient  thickness,  and  that  the  workmanship  be  good  ;  especially  tliat 
in  cast  metal  beams  the  thickness  be  uniform,  and  the  metal  free  from 
flaws.  According  to  Eytelwein,  such  hollow  cylinders  are  to  solid  ones  of 
equal  weight  of  metal  as  1.212  : 1,  when  the  inner  semi-diameter  is  to  the 
outer  as  1  :  2;  according  to  Tredgold  as  17  :  10,  when  the  two  semi-diame- 
ters are  to  each  other  as  15  :  25,  and  as  2  :  1,  when  they  are  to  each  other  as 
7:  10. 

A  method  of  increasing  the  suspensive  power  of  timber  supported  at 
both  ends,  is,  to  saw  down  from  J  to  ^  of  its  depth,  and  forcibly  drive  in  a 
wedge  ofjnetal  or  hard  wood,  until  the  timber  is  slightly  raised  at  the  mid- 
dle out  of  the  horizontal  line.  By  experiment  it  was  found  that  the  suspen- 
sive power  of  a  beam  thus  cut  1-3  of  its  depth  was  increased  l-19th,  when 
cut  i  it  was  increased  l-29th,  and  when  cut  3-4th  through  it  was  increased 
l-87lh. 

The  force  required  to  crush  a  body  increases  as  the  section  of  the  body 
increases  ;  and  this  quantity  being  constant,  the  resistance  of  the  body 
diminishes  as  the  height  increases. 

According  to  Eytelwein's  experiments,  the  strength  of  celumns  or  tim- 
bers of  rectangoilar  form  in  resisting  compression  is,  as 

1.  The  cube  of  their  thickness  (the  lesser  dimension  of  their  section). 
2.  As  the  breadth  (the  greater  dimension  of  their  section).  3.  inversely  as 
the  square  of  their  length. 

Cohesive  power  of  Bars  of  Metal  one  inch  square,  in  Tons. 


Iron.  Swedish  bar.     ....  29.20 

Do.,  Russian  bar 26.70 

Do.,  English  bar  ....     .  25.00 

Steel,  cast 69.93 

Do.,  blistered 59.43 

Do.,  sheer 56.97 


Copper,  wrought      .     .     .  15.08 

Gun  metal 16.23 

Copper,  cast 8.51 

Brass,  cast,  yellow    .      .     .  8.01 

Iron,  cast 7-87 

Tin,  cast 2.11 


RELATIVE  STRENGTH  OF    CAST  AND  MALLEABLE  IRON. 

It  has  been  found,  in  the  course  of  the  experiments  made  by  Mr.  Hodg- 
kinson  and  Mr.  Fairbairn,  that  the  average  strain  that  cast  iron  will  bear  in 
the  way  of  tension,  before  breaking,  is  about  seven  tons  and  a  half  per 
square  mch  ;  the  weakest,  in  the  course  of  16  trials  on  various  descriptions, 
bearing  6  tons,  and  the  strongest  9  3-4  tons.  The  experiments  of  Telford 
and  Brown  show  that  malleable  iron  will  bear,  on  an  average,  27  tons ;  the 
weakest  bearing  2i,  and  the  strongest  29  tons.  On  approaching  the  break- 
ing- point,  cast  iron  may  snap  in  an  instant,  without  any  previous  symptom, 
while  wrought  iron  begins  to  stretch,  with  half  its  breakmg  weight,  and  so 
continues  to  stretch  till  it  breaks.  The  experiments  of  Hodgkinson  and 
Fairbairn  show  also  that  cast  iron  is  capable  of  sustaining  compression  to 
the  extent  of  nearly  50  tons  on  the  square  mch  ;  the  weakest  bearing  36^ 
tons,  and  the  strongest  60  tons.  In  this  respect,  malleable  iron  is  much  in- 
ferior to  cast  iron.  With  12  tons  on  the  square  inch  it  yields,  contracts  in 
length,  and  expands  laterally }  though  it  will  bear  27  tons,  or  more,  without 
actual  fracture. 


Rennie  states  that  cast  iron  may  be  crushed  with  a  weight  of  93,000  lbs., 
and  brick  with  one  of  562  lbs.  on  the  square  inch. 


STRENGTH   OF    BEAMS. 


149 


STRENGTH    OF    BEAMS. 

[From  Lowndes'  Engineer's  Hand-book,— Liverpool,  I860.] 

SOLID,    RECTANGULAR,   AXD   ROUND  :    TO    FIND   THEIR  STRENGTH, 

Square  and  rectangular. 
(Depth  ins.)*  X  Thickness  ins 


Length,  ft. 


X  Tabular  No.  =  Breaking  weight,  tone. 
Round. 


(Diameter  ins.)^       „,  ,    ,     „         x^      ,  •  •  . 

^ .  ■    -■      X  X  abular  No.  =  Breakuig  weight,  tons. 


Length 

Hollow 
(Outside  dia.  ins.p  —  (Inside  dia.  ins.) 


Length,  fl. 


X  Tabular  No.  =  Breaking  weight 


Thifknp<!*  not  pxrppdin?  J     ^  ^^'^^  '<"■  "°"-      ^  ins.  for  iron. 
inickness  not  exceemng  ^  .  3  j^^  ^^^  ^^^  .  ^  i^g,  fo,  .^^^^ 


3  ins.  for  iron. 
12  ins.  for  wood. 


Square  and  Rectangvlar. 


Cast  and  Wrought  Iron 

1 

•85 

•7 

Teak  and  greenheart 

•36 

•32 

•26 

Pitch  pine,  and  Cana- 

dian oak     .... 

•25 

•22 

•18 

Fir,  red  pine,  and  Eng- 

lish oak      .... 

•18 

•16 

•13 

Round. 


Cast  and  Wrought  Iron 
Teak  and  greenheart  . 
Fir  and  EngHsh  oak    . 


•8 

•28 

•14 


•68 
•25 
•125 


•56 

•2 

•1 


To  find  the  Breaking  Weight  in  lbs.  use  the  Tabular  No.  below. 


mv;„i, , .  „ j; f     1  men  for  iron.      2  ins.  for  iron. 

Thickness  not  exceeding  |    3  ^^^^^^  ^^^^     ^  .^^^  ^^^  ^^^^ 


3  ins.  for  iron. 
12  ins.  for  wood. 


Square  and  Rectangular. 


Iron  .  . 
Teak  .  . 
Fir  and  oak 


2240 

1900 

1570 

800 

710 

570 

400 

355 

285 

13* 


150  BEAMS — CAST    IRON    FLANGED. 

Rounds 


Iron 

Teak 

Fir  and  oak   .... 

1800 
640 
320 

1570 
570 

285 

1260 
460 
230 

Though  wrought  and  cast  iron  are  represented  in  these  rules  as  of  equal 
strength,  it  should  be  observed  that  while  a  cast  iron  bar  1  inch  X  1  inch  X 
1  foot  0  inch  long,  of  average  quality,  will  break  with  one  ton,  a  similar  bar 
of  wrought  iron  only  loses  its  elasticity,  and  deflects  l-16th  of  an  inch,  yet 
as  it  can  only  carry  a  further  weight  by  destroying  its  shape  and  increasing 
the  deflection,  it  is  best  to  calculate  on  the  above  basis  : — 

y  1-16  with  1    ton. 

A  wrought  iron  bar  1  in.  Xl  in.  X  1  ft.  0  in.  long  C.  deflects    1-8       "    IJ    " 

>  2  1-2       "    ^   " 

The  above  rule  gives  the  weight  that  will  break  the  beam  if  put  on  the 
middle.  If  the  weight  is  laid  equally  all  over,  it  would  require  double 
the  weight  to  break  it. 

A  beam  should  not  be  loaded  with  more  than  1-3  of  the  breaking  weight 
in  any  case,  and  as  a  general  rule  not  with  more  than  1-4,  for  purposes  of 
machinery  not  with  more  than  1-6  to  1-10  depending  on  circiunstances. 

Tojind  the  proper  size  for  any  given  purpose. 

Rectangular. 

Weight  X  Length  ft.  ,,  „         .         „   ,  j-       .       • 

f.,-, — i — ivT^^ X  3  or  4  or  6,  &c.  according  to  circumstances  = 

tabular  JNo.  '  ° 

B  U^  ins. 


Round. 


V- 


Weight  X  Length,  fi,  ^,  o       a       c   t  a,.- 

Zy  .    I — ^,— — ■■ — -  X  3  or  4  or  6,  &c.  according  to  circumstances 
Tabular  No.  '  " 


=  diam.  ins. 


CAST   IRON   WITH    FEATHERS   OR   FLANGES  :    TO   FIND   THEIR   STRENGTH. 

Sec.  area,  bottom  flange  ins.  X  depth  ins.       „       „      ,  .  ■  i .  . 

i ,  .    ^ !- X  2  =  Breaking  weight,  tons. 

Length  in  feet.  &        fe    > 

If  the  metal  exceeds  1  inch  in  thickness  deduct  l-8th. 

If  above  2  inches  deduct  l-4th. 

This  description  of  beam  is  of  the  strongest  form,  when  the  sectional  area 
of  the  bottom  flange  is  six  times  that  of  the  top  flange. 

In  designing  this  description  of  beam,  the  bottom  flange  may  be  from  1-2 
to  1  1-2  the  depth  of  beam;  the  top  flange  from  1-4  to  1-3  the  width  of 
the  bottom  one,  and  2-3  to  1-2  the  thickness  of  it ;  the  feather  being  made 
at  the  top  a  little  thicker  than  the  top  flange,  increasing  to  the  bottom  to 
nearly  the  thickness  of  the  bottom  flange  ;  in  this  way  avoiding  any  sud- 
den variation  in  the  thickness  and  saving  weight ;  many  engineers,  however, 
prefer  keeping  the  same  thickness  throughout  in  every  part.  The  verti- 
cal brackets  for  stiffening  the  girder  should  not  be  made  straight,  but  hol- 
lowed out  something  like  the  sketch,  as  thus  they  are  much  less  liable  to 
crack,  and  all  the  corners  should  be  well  filled  in. 

In  most  cases  it  is  necessary  that  the  beam   should   be   of  uniform 


STRENGTH    OF   BEAMS. 


151 


depth  throughout ;  it  will,  however,  save  weight,  without  diminishing  the 
strength  of  the  beam,  if  the  width  of  the  bottom  flange  be  reduced  very 
considerably  towards  the  ends  ;  1-2  of  the  width  of  the  middle  being  quite 
sufficient ;  care  being  taken  to  maintain  a  sufficient  surface  for  bearing,  if 
the  beam  has  to  be  carried  on  a  wall. 


Fis.2. 


■WEOTJGHT  IRON  BEAMS. 

Girders. — The  sketch  shows  a  very  strong  form  for  this  description  of 
girder,  when  rolled  solid.      The   top 
flange  being  condensed  and  square  is     H  ^^  Jjj 

in  a  good  form  to  resist  compression ;     p-v.-.-.-...-.~...s-.w.,....-.s.s.v..----.,-.--^-.^xv..s ^,,„..:^Hj^' 

the  bottom  flange  has  a  wider  surface     f[  1^^  ^ 

to  rest  on,  and  the  middle  rib  is  light  5 

an  experimental  beam  of  this  description  8  ins.  deep  and  11  feet  long  re- 
quiring 5  tons  to  break  it. 

The  top  flange  should  have  a  sectional  area  1  1-2  times  that  of  the  bottom. 

When  thus  proportioned  : 
Sec.  area  top  flange,  ins-  X  depth  ins.       ,       „      i-  •  w-    , 

• T7el,|thlbet ' ^  ^  =  ^''eak'nS  weight  m  tons. 

This  is  an  inferior  shape.  Fig-  4. 

In  such  a  beam  the  top  flange  should  have  an  area 
1  3-4  that  of  the  bottom  flange. 

When  thus  proportioned : 
Sec.  area  top  flange  ins.  X  depth  ins. 

Length  feet, 
weight,  tons. 

Beams  of  the  above  forms,  made  of  plates  and  of  L  iron,  are  of  equal 
strength  with  the  above  ;  care  being  taken  to  make  the  bottom  flange  of 
double  plates,  with  joint  plates  over  the  butts,  allowing  a  liitle  extra  area 
in  the  bottom  to  compensate  for  the  rivet  holes,  though  this  is  not  necessary 
if  they  are  rivetted  up  by  slea.Ti. 


X  4  =  Breaking 


152 


STRENGTH    OF   BEAMS. 


Fig.  5. 


WROUGHT  IRON   BEAMS. 

Hollow  Girders. — The  sketch  represents  the  form 
for  hollow  girders  combining  the  greatest  strength 
with  the  least  weight,  the  top  being  in  the  best  form 
for  resisting  compression. 

The  proportion  of  the  bottom  sectional  area  to  that 
of  the  top  should  be  as  11  to  12,  or  4-5  ;  and  the  sides 
should  be  well  stiffened  with  angle  iron,  to  keep  them 
from  buckling ;  the  sectional  area  of  the  top  and  bot- 
tom may  be  reduced  at  the  extremities  to  1-3  of  the 
area  at  the  middle,  without  diminishing  the  strength  of 
the  beam. 

When  thus  proportioned : 
Section,  area  top,  ins.  X  depth  ins. 

Length  feet, 
weight,  tons. 

An  experimental  beam  of  this  form,  75  feet  long  between  supports,  4  feet 
6  inches  deep,  with  6  cells  at  the  top,  about  6  inches  square  each,  with  a  ' 
sectional  area  24  sq.  ins.,  the  sides  stiffened  with  1 1-2  L  irons,  2  feet  apart, 
required  86  tons  to  break  it. 
Fig.  6. 

In  the  plain  hollow  girder  the  top  should  have  a  sectional 
area  1  3-4  that  of  the  bottom. 


X  5  =  Breaking 


Thus  proportioned : 

Section,  area  top,  ins.  X  depth  ins. 

Length  feet. 
tons. 


X  4  =  Breaking  weight 


To  find  the  strength  of  a  round  girder. 

Sec,  area,  ins.  X  dia.  ins. 

Length  feet. 


Breaking  weight,  tons. 


To  find  the  strength  of  any  beam. 

If  the  top  flange  is  the  weakest,  find  the  compressive  breaking  strain  in 
tons  per  square  inch  due  to  its  shape,  thickness,  and  length.     (See  Columns.) 

If  the  bottom  is  the  weakest,  find  the  tensional  breaking  strain  of  the 
material  in  tons  per  square  inch. 

Then, 


wlakesrfllfngl  X  braking  strain,  tons  per  in.  X  depth  of  beam  A.  X 


4 


Length  between  supports,  feet. 
=  Breaking  weight,  tons. 

This  rule  will  be  found  useful,  either  to  confirm  the  results  obtained  from 
the  previous  rules,  or  to  find  the  strength  of  any  beams  of  irregular  shape 
not  included  in  them. 

The  mode  of  ascertaining  the  compression  and  tension  on  the  top  and 
bottom  flanges  of  beams  is  sufficiently  simple. 

Take  the  case  of  a  beam,  20  feet  long,  2  feet  deep,  with  a  weight  of  20 
tons  on  the  middle  5  the  force  counteracting  this  weight  will  be  10  tons  on 


SOLID   COLUMNS. 


153 


each  end;  the  force  of  compression  at  the  top  in  the  middle  of  the  beam, 
and  that  of  tension  at  the  bottom,  taking  the  central  weight  as  the  fulcrum, 
will  be  just  in  proportion  to  the  leverage;  in  this  case,  as  10  to  2,  or  5  tb  1. 
The  force  of  10  tons  applied  to  the  end  will  thus  result  in  a  force  of  50  tons 
of  compression  and  tension  on  the  flanges  in  the  middle  of  the  beam.  Or 
in  a  simple  form. 

Weight,  tons  X   length,  feet        ^^    .  j  .    ^.        -i 

s'^ — ^ —   ^    ' =  Strain  on  top  and  bottom  flanges,  tons. 

The  ultimate  compressive  strength  of  boiler  plate  iron  may  be  taken  at 
16  tons  per  square  inch,  the  tensile  strength  at  20  tons  per  square  inch;  and 
this  is  the  reason  why,  in  all  wrought  iron  beams,  the  top  requires  to  be  the 
strongest. 

But  as  in  cast  iron  the  compressive  strength  is  about  48  tons,  while  the 
tensile  strength  is  only  about  7  tons  per  square  inch,  the  bottom  flange  in 
cast  iron  girders  requires  to  be  much  the  strongest. 

The  fullest  information  on  this  subject,  and  the  experiments  in  detail, 
will  be  found  in  Mr.  Eaton  Hodgkinson's  experiments  on  the  strength  of 
cast  iron  beams,  and  in  Mr.  Edwin  Clark's  work  on  the  Britannia  and  Con- 
way tubular  bridges. 


SOLID    COLUJINS. 

Fail  by  crushing  with  length  under  ---------5  diameters* 

Principally  by  crushing  from   ------     ..-5to  15        " 

Partly  by  crushing,  partly  by  bending,  from       -    -    -    15  to  25    '    " 
Altogether  by  bending  above       .-..-.-.--25        " 

Cast  iron  of  average  quality  is  crushed  with   -    -  49  tons  per  square  inch. 

Wrought  iron  of  average  quality  is  crushed  with  16    "  "  " 

Wrought  iron  is  permanently  injured  with  -     -     -  12    "  "  " 

Oak  wrought  is  crushed  with  -------      4    "  "  '' 

Deal  wrought  is  crushed  with  -------      2    "         "  " 

The  comparative  strength  of  different  columns,  of  different  lengths,  will 
be  seen  very  clearly  from  the  following  table  derived  from  experiments  by 
Mr.  Hodgkinson : — 


Wrought 

Iron  Bars. 

Proportion  of  Length 
to  Tliickness. 

Gave  way  with 

Square. 

Length. 

• 

ins. 

ft.  ins. 

IX  1 

u 

7itol 

21-7  tons  per  sq.  inch 

1     3 

15    to  1 

154 

« 

2     6 

30    tol 

113 

« 

6     0 

60    tol 

7-5 

c< 

7    6 

90    tol 

4-3 

hxi 

5    0 

120    tol 

25 

7     6 

180    to  1 

1- 

To  find  the  strength  of  any  wrought  iron  column  with  square  ends. 

Area  of  column  sq.  inches  X  tons  per  inch  corresponding  to  proportion  of 
length,  as  per  table  above  =  Breaking  weight,  tons. 


154 


STRENGTH    OF    COLTJMNS. 


If  the  ends  are  rounded,  divide  the  final  result  by  3  to  find  the  breaking 
weight. 

In  columns  of  oblong  section,  the  narrowest  side  must  always  be  taken  in 
calculating  the  proportion  of  height  to  width. 

To  find  the  strength  of  round  columns  exceeding  25  diameters  in  length. 
Mr.  Hodsrkinson's  rule. 


(Diameter,  ins.)^'^ 
(Length,  ft.)''' 


X  Tabular  No.  =  Breaking  weight,  tons. 


Wrought  iron 
Cast  iron 
Dautzic  oak 
Red  deal 


Rounded  or  Moveable 
Ends. 


A  column  should  not  be  loaded  with  more  than  1-3  of  the  breaking  weight 
in  any  case,  and  as  a  general  rule,  not  with  more  than  1-4  ;  for  purposes  o 
machinery  not  with  more  than  1-6  to  1-10,  according  to  circumstances. 


Tables  o/  Powers  for  the  Diameters  and  Lengths  of  Columns. 


Diameter. 

3-6  Power. 

Diameter. 

3-6  Power. 

lin. 

1- 

7  in. 

1102-4 

i 

2-23 

^ 

1251- 

h 

4-3 

^ 

1413-3 

i 

75 

1 

1590-3 

2 

121 

8 

1782-9 

i 

18-5 

;e 

1991-7 

s 

27- 

:i 

2217-7 

1 

3816 

1 

2461-7 

3 

522 

9 

2724-4 

^ 

69-63 

;t 

3006-85 

^ 

90-9 

ii 

3309-8 

1 

116-55 

1 

3634-3 

4 

147- 

10 

398107 

i 

182-9 

i 

4351-2 

h 

22468 

h 

4745-5 

1 

272-96 

1 

5165- 

5 

328-3 

11 

5610  7 

i 

391-36 

^ 

6083-4 

h 

462-71 

^ 

6584-3 

1 

543-01 

1 

7114-4 

6 

632  91 

12 

7674-5 

^ 

73311 

^ 

844-28 
96715 

i 

Length. 

1-7  Power. 

1 

1- 

2 

325 

3 

6-47 

4 

10  556 

5 

15-426 

6 

21-031 

7 

27-332 

8 

34-297 

9 

41-9 

10 

50119 

11 

58-934 

12 

68-329 

13 

78  289 

14 

88-S 

15 

9985 

16 

111-43 

17 

123-53 

18 

136-13 

19 

149-24 

20 

162-84 

21 

176-92 

22 

191-48 

23 

206-51 

24 

222- 

HOLLOW   COLUMNS. 


155 


HOtDOW  COLUMiNS. 

Hollow  columns  fail  principally  by  crushing,  provided  the  length  does 
not  exceed  SJ5  diameters;  indeed,  the  length  does  not  appear  to  affect  the 
strength  much  till  it  exceeds  50  diameters. 

The  comparative  strength  of  different  forms  and  of  different  thicknesses 
will  appear  so  distinctly  from  the  experiments  below,  made  by  Mr.  Hodg- 
kinson,  that  no  difficulty  will  be  found  in  ascertaining  the  strength  due  to 
any  size  or  form  of  column  that  may  be  required. 

Square  Columns  of  Plate  Iron  Rivetfed 


ColuTnns  10  ft.  0  in.  long. 


Size. 

Thick- 
ness. 

4  in.  X  4  in. 

•03 

(< 

•06 

(( 

•1 

(( 

•2 

8  in.  X  8an. 

•06 

(( 

•14 

<( 

•22 

(( 

•25 

Proportion  of 
Thickness  to  Width. 


1 
1 


Proportion  of  Break 'g  weight 
Length       Tons  per  sq.  in. 
to  Width.         ofsection. 


30  to  1 


15  to  1 


4^9 

8-6 
10^ 
12- 

6^ 

9- 
11^5 
12- 


Column  Sfeet  0  inches  long. 

18  X   18  ! 

•5       1    ■g'g-  practically        |  5*4  tO  1    | 

13-6 

Column  10/eet  0  inches  long,  with  Cells. 

8in.  X  8in.| 

•06 

^ig.  of  width  of  cells  |    15  tO  1    | 

8-6 

To  find  the  strength  of  any  Hollow  Wrought  Iron  Column. 

„  Tons  per  inch,  corresponding  to  the  proportions  of 

fcec.  area,  sq.  ins.  X        j^^gj^  ^^^  thickness  to  width  as  per  tables         " 

Breaking  weight,  tons. 

Columns  of  Oblong  Section. 

The  strength  of  these  may  be  ascertained  by  the  same  rule  as  that  of 
square  columns.  The  smallest  width  being  taken  in  calculating  the  pro- 
portion of  height  to  width,  while  the  longest  side  must  be  taken  into  consid- 
eration in  calculating  the  proportion  of  thickness  to  width. 

Column  10  feet  0  inches  long. 


Size. 


8  in.  X4in. 


Thick- 
ness. 

•06 


Proportion  of 

Thickness  lo 

greatest  Width. 


Proportion  of      Actual  Breaking 

Length  to  least    Weight  Tons  per 

Width.  sq.  in.  of  Section. 


30  to  1 


6^78 


156 


STRENGTH    OF    COLUMNS. — CRANE. — PUMP. 


Rt>und  Columns  of  Plate  Iron  Rivetted. 


Columns  10  ft 

.  0  in.  long. 

Same  Columns 
Reduced  in  Length. 

Dia- 
meter. 

Thick- 
ness. 

Proportion 
of  thick- 
ness to 

Diameter. 

Proportion 
of  length  to 
Diameter. 

Breaking 
Weight. 
Tons  per 
sq.  inch. 

Breaking  Weights. 
Tons  per  square  inch. 

5  ft.  0  in.  long. 

2  ft.  6  in.  long. 

u 

•1 

tV 

80lol 

6-5 

13-9 

5-8 

2 

•1 

^V 

60tol 

10-35 

14-8 

16-5 

U 

•1 

?v 

48tol 

13-3 

15-6 

16-3 

2* 

•24 

■A 

48tol 

9-6 

15-6 

16- 

2f 

•21 

■iV 

48tol 

9-9 

13- 

17^ 

3 

•15 

2V 

40tol 

12-36 

13^ 

'  16-5 

4 

•15 

jV 

30tol 

12-34 

13^ 

6 

•1 

1 

20tol 

15^ 

17^ 

186 

6 

•13 

iV 

20tol 

18-6 

It  would  seem  from  this  that  a  thickness  of  1-48,  or  1-4  inch  in  thickness 
for  every  foot  in  diameter  is  a  good  proportion  for  this  kind  of  colmnn. 

It  will  be  seen  from  these  experiments,,  that  it  is  the  proportion  of  thick- 
ness to  the  width  of  cell  which  regulates  the  strength  within  certain  limits 
of  height. 

And  that  a  thickness  of  1-30  or  1-8  inch  for  every  4  inches  in  width  will 
give  the  highest  result  practicable  for  square  columns. 


CRANE. 

The  strains  on  the  principal  parts  can  be  ascertained  with  great  ease  in 
the  following  manner— the  strength  being  proportioned  accordingly. 

To  find  the  strain  on  the  post. 

Weight  suspended,  tons  X   Projection,  feet       _ 

u  •  u ;    r : — u TT— ? — r^ ==  Strain  on  top  of  post,  tons. 

Height  of  post  above  ground,  feet  ^      '       ' 

The  post  can  then  be  calculated  as  a  beam,  twice  as  long  as  this  height 
from  ground,  with  twice  the  weight  on  the  middle.     [See  Beams.'] 


COLD    WATER   PUMP. 

Usually  1-4  of  cylinder  diameter  when  the  stroke  is  1-2  that  of  piston. 
1-3  "  "  1-4  " 

To  find  the  proper  size,  under  any  circumstances,  capable  of  supplying  twice 

the  quantity  ordinarily  used  for  injection. 
Cub,  ft.  water  per  hour  used  in  cylinder  in  form  of  steam  _   . 

Stroke  of  pump,  ftTx  strokes  perniimite  ~     ^^^  °    P""? 

in  square  feet. 


VELOCITY  OF   FANS.  157 


FAN. 

Case  should  be  strong  and  heavy.     Bearings  long. 
Blades  and  arms  as  light  and  well  balanced  as  possible. 
Good  proportions  — 

Inlet  =  ^  diameter  of  fan, 

Blades  =  |  diameter  of  fan  each  way. 

Outlet  =  area  of  blades. 
The  area  of  tuyeres  is  most  advantageous  when  made 
area  of  blades 

density  of  blast,  oz.  per  sq.  inch, 
and  it  should  not  exceed  double  this  size. 

VELOCITY    OF   FANS. 

7%e  best  Velocity  of  Circumference  for  different  Densitiet. 


Velocily  of  Circumference. 

Density  of  Blast. 

Feet  per  Second. 

Oz.  per  inch. 

170 

3 

180 

4 

195 

6 

205 

6 

215 

7 

A  speed  of  180  to  200  feet  per  second,  giving  a  density  of  4  or  5 
oz.,  is  very  suitable  for  smithy  fires. 

250  to  300  feet  per  second  is  a  proper  .speed  for  cupolas. 

A  fan  4  feet  0  inch  diameter,  blade  1  foot  0  inch  square,  will  sup- 
ply 40  fires  with  1^  tuyeres  at  a  density  of  4  oz. 

To  find  the  Horse  Power  required  for  any  fan. 

Let  D  =  density  of  blast  in  oz.  per  inch. 

A  =  area  of  discharge  at  tuyeres  in  square  inches. 
V  =  velocity  of  circumference  in  feet  per  second. 

— -  X  D  X  A 

Then  ^      =  EfTective  Horse  Power  required. 

963 

To  find  the  density  to  he  attained  with  any  given  fan. 
Let  D  =  diameter  of  fan  in  feet. 


©"  = 


Then      \*  /      ^  Density  of  blast  in  oz.  per  inch. 
120  X  d. 
Or  the  density  may  be  found  by  comparison  with  the  following 
table  :— 

14 


158 


FRICTION. —  CENTRIFUGAL    FORCE. 


Velocity  of  Circumference. 
Feet  per  Second. 

Area  of  Nozzles. 

Density  of  Blast. 
Oz.  per  inch. 

150 

Twice 

area  of  blades 

1 

150 

Equal 

ditto 

2 

150 

1-2 

ditto 

3 

170 

1-4 

ditto 

4 

200 

1-2 

ditto 

4 

200 

1-6 

ditto 

6 

220 

1-3 

ditto 

6 

To  find  the  quantity  of  air  that  will  be  delivered  by  any  Fan,  the 
density  being  known. 

Total  area  nozzles,  sq.  ft.  X  velocity,  ft.  per  minute  corresponding 
to  density  (as  per  table)  =  Air  delivered,  cubic  ft.  per  minute. 


Density. 

Velocity. 

i          Density. 

Velocity. 

Oz.  per  Sq.  Inch. 

Feet  per  Minute. 

Lbs.  per  Sq.  Inch 

Feet  per  Minute. 

1 

5,000 

1 

20,000 

2 

7,000 

H 

24,500 

3 

8,600 

2 

28,300 

4 

10,000 

2i 

31,600 

5 

11,000 

3 

44,640 

6 

12,250 

4 

40.000 

7 

13,200 

6 

49,000 

8 

14,150 

8 

56.600 

9 

15,000 

10 

63,200 

10 

15  800 

12 

69,280 

11 

16,500 

15 

78,000 

12 

17,300 

20 

89,400 

FRICTION. 

From  Mr.  Rennie's  Experiments. 

The  friction  of  metal  on  metal,  without  unguents, 
May  be  taken  at  1-6  of  the  weight  up  to  40  lbs.  per  sq.  in. 


1-5 

Brass  on  cast  iron  1-4      " 
Wrought  on  cast  iron  1-3  " 
With  tallow  at 
"     olive  oil  at 


100 

«'  800  " 

"  500  «• 

1-10  of  the  weight. 

1-13  «« 


800  lbs.  per  inch  forces  out  the  oil. 
Friction  of  journals  under  ordinary  circumstances  1-30  of  weight. 
*'  well  oiled,  sometimes  only        1-60        " 


CENTRIFUGAL     FORCE. 
(Revolutions  per  min.)'  X  dia.  in  ft.  X  weight 


in  terms  of  weight. 


5870 


=  Centrifugal  force 


PEDESTAL,    BRACKET. — TEMPERING.  159 

PEDESTAL  —  BRACKET. 

PEDESTAIi. 

Good  proportions. 
Thickness  of  cover  -4     of  diameter  of  bearing, 

of  sole  plate      -3  "  '* 

Diameter  of  bolts  -25  "  «'  if  2. 

"  "  -18  "  "  ifthereare4. 

Distance  between  bolts  twice  diameter  of  bearing. 

BRACKET. 

Solid.     Metal  round  brass  equal  to  1-2  diameter  of  bearing. 

General  thickness  web,  &c.  equal  to  1-4  diameter  of  bearing. 
With  feathers.     Width  at  lightest  equal  to  diameter  of  bearing. 
Thickness  equal  to  1-6  '*  " 


Straw      - 

-     450* 

Darker  straw  - 

-     470" 

Yellow  - 

-     490" 

Brown  yellow 

-     500° 

TEMPERING. 

The  article  after  being  completed,  is  hardened  by  being  heated 
gradually  to  a  bright  red,  and  then  plunged  into  cold  water;  it  is  then 
tempered  by  being  warmed  gradually  and  equably,  either  over  a  tire, 
or  on  a  piece  of  heated  metal  till  of  the  color  corresponding  to  the 
purpose  for  which  it  is  required,  as  per  table  below,  when  it  is  again 
plunged  into  water. 

Corresponding  Temperature. 
A  very  pale  straw  .    4.30"     Lancets  ) 
Razors    J 

Penknives  )      All  kinds  of  wood  tools 
Scissors      J  Screw  taps. 

I  Hatchets,  Chipping  Chisels, 
Slightly  tinged  purple  520"  S      Saws. 
Purple    -         -         -     530"  )  All  kinds  of  percussive  tools. 

Dark  blue        -         -     600"?     Soft  for  saws. 

To  Temper  by  the  Tliermometer. 

Put  the  articles  to  be  tempered  into  a  vessel  containing  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  cover  them,  of  Oil  or  Tallow  ;  Sand;  or  a  mixture  of  8 
parts  bismuth,  5  cf  lead,  and  3  of  tin,  the  whole  to  be  brought  up  to, 
and  kept  up  at  the  heat  corresponding  to  the  hardness  required,  by 
means  of  a  suitable  thermometer,  till  heated  equally  throughout;  the 
articles  are  then  withdrawn  and  plunged  into  cold  water. 

If  no  thermometer  is  available,  it  may  be  observed  that  oil  or  tallow 
begins  to  smoke  at  430*^  or  straw  color,  and  that  it  takes  fire  on  a  light 
being  presented,  and  goes  out  when  the  light  is  withdrawn,  at  570" 
or  blue. 

CASE    HARDENING. 

Put  the  articles  requiring  to  be  hardened,  after  being  finished  but 
not  polished,  into  an  iron  box  in  layers  with  animal  carbon,  that  is, 


160         HEAT. SOLDERING. BORING   AND    TURNING. 

horns,  hoofs,  skins,  or  leather,  partly  burned  so  as  to  be  capable  of 
being  reduced  to  powder,  taking  care  that  every  part  of  the  iron  is 
completely  surrounded  ;  make  the  box  tight  with  a  lute  of  sand  and 
clay  in  equal  parts,  put  the  whole  into  the  fire,  and  keep  it  at  a  light 
red  heat  for  half  an  hour  to  two  hours,  according  to  the  depth  of  har- 
dened surface  required,  then  empty  the  contents  of  the  box  into 
water,  care  being  taken  that  any  articles  liable  to  buckle  be  put  in 
separately  and  carefully,  end  in  first. 

Cast  iron  may  be  case  hardened  as  follows : — 

Bring  to  a  red  heat,  and  roll  it  in  a  mixture  of  powdered  prussiate 
of  potash,  saltpetre  and  sal-ammoniac  in  equal  parts,  then  plungetit 
into  a  bath  containing  2  oz.  prussiate  of  potash,  and  4  oz.  sal-auaiio- 
niac  per  gallon  of  water. 


HEAT. 

EFFECTS   OF   HEAT   AT   CERTAIN   TEMPEEATURES. — GrIER. 

Tin  and  Bismuth,  equal  parts,  melt  at  283  degrees,  Fahrenheit ; 
tin  melts  at  442  ;  polished  steel  acquires  straw  color  at  460  ;  bismuth 
melts  at  476 ;  sulphur  burn§at560;  oil  of  turpentine  boils  at  560; 
polished  steel  acquires  deep  blue  color  at  580  ;  lead  melts  at  594 ;  lin- 
seed oil  boils  at  600;  quicksilver  boils  at  660  ;  zinc  melts  at  700;  iron, 
bright  red  in  the  dark  at  762  ;  iron,  red-hot  in  twilight  at  884;  red 
heat  fully  visible  in  daylight  at  1077  ;  brass  melts  at  3807  ;  copper 
melts  at  4587 ;  silver  melts  at  4717 ;  gold  melts  at  5237  ;  welding  heat 
of  iron,  from  12777  ;  welding  heat  of  iron,  to  13427  ;  greatest  heat  of 
smith's  forge  17327;  cast  iron  begins  to  melt  at  17977;  cast  iiou 
thoroughly  melted  at  20577. 


SOLDERING. 

The  solder  for  joints  requires  to  be  of  some  metal  more  fusible  than 
that  of  the  substances  to  be  joined. 

For  Copper,  usual  solder  6  to  8  parts  brass  to  1  of  zinc ;  1  of  tin 
sometimes  added. 

A  still  stronger  solder,  3  parts  brass,  1  of  zinc. 

To  prepare  this  solder. — Melt  the  brass  in  a  ciucible,  when 
melted  add  in  the  zinc,  and  cover  over  for  2  oi  3  minutes  till  the 
combination  is  effected,  then  pour  it  out,  over  a  bundle  of  twigs,  into 
a  vessel  of  water,  or  into  a  mould  composed  of  a  number  of  little 
channels,  so  that  the  solder  may  be  in  long  strips  convenient  for  u^e. 

Brass  tilings  alone  will  answer  very  well. 

To  braze  with  this  solder.— Scrape  the  surfaces  perfectly  clean, 
and  secure  the  flange  or  joint  carefully  ;  cover  the  surfaces  to  be 
brazed  with  borax  powder  moistened  ;  apply  the  solder,  and  melt  it 
in  with  the  flame  of  a  clear  coke  fire  from  a  smith's  hearth  ;  partic- 
ular care  being  taken  not  to  burn  the  copper. 


BORING   AND   TURNING. — BRASS    CASTINGS. 


161 


Iron  and  brass  are  soldered  with  spelter,  which  is  brass  and  zinc  in 
equal  parts;  the  process  being  performed  in  a  manner  similar  to  the 
above.  For  ironwork,  however,  sometimes  rather  differently ;  the 
articles  are  fixed  in  their  position,  and  the  solder  applied,  a  covering 
of  loam  is  then  put  over  all  to  exclude  the  air,  the  work  thus  prepared 
is  then  put  into  the  fire  a  sufficient  time  to  melt  the  solder  in. 


BORING    AND    TURNING. 

The  best  speed  for  boring  cast  iron  is  about  7|  feet  per  minute. 

For  drilling  about  10  or  II  feet  per  minute  is  a  good  speed  for  the 
circumference  of  the  tool.  For  a  1  inch  drill  40  revolutions  =  11 
feet  per  minute,  other  sizes  in  proportion 

For  turning,  the  proper  speed  for  the  circumference  is  about  15 
feet  per  minute. 

BRASS. 

•  COMPOSmOXS   OP  BRASS. 


Watch-makers  brass     .... 

German  brass 

Yellow  brass , 

Speculum  metaJ 

Bell  metal 

Light  castings  and  small  bearings 
Ditto        a  little  harder 

Heavy  castings 

Gun  metal 


Copper. 

Tin. 

1  part 
1    " 

— 

2    " 



2  «' 

3  " 

1  part 

4    " 

4    " 

6  to  7 

9    «« 

Zinc. 


2  parts 
1    " 
1    " 


The  addition  of  a  little  lead  makes  the  metal  more  easily  wrought, 
and  is  advantageous  when  the  work  is  not  intended  for  exposure  to 
heat. 


BRASS   CASTING. 

As  it  is  often  useful  to  engineers,  especially  abroad,  to  be  able  to 
cast  brass,  a  slight  description  of  the  process  may  not  be  out  of  place. 

The  ordinary  furnace  used  is  of  very  simple  construction. 

After  lighting  the  fire,  put  the  pot  intended  for  use  bottom  upwards 
over  it,  so  as  to  warm  gradually  through.  As  soon  as  the  fire  is 
burned  well  through,  put  the  pot  into  its  place,  resting  the  bottom  on 
a  fire  brick  to  keep  it  off  the  bars,  and  filling  round  with  lumps  of 
coke  to  steady  it;  then  put  in  the  copper,  either  blocks  cut  up  into 
pieces  of  convenient  size,  or  if  this  is  not  to  be  had,  sheet  copper 
doubled  up  ;  as  the  metal  sinks  down  add  more  copper  or  old  brass 
till  the  pot  is  nearly  full  of  melted  metal ;  now  add  the  tin,  and  when 
this  is  melted  and  mixed,  put  in  a  piece  or  two  of  zinc;  if  this  begins 
to  tlare  add  the  rest  of  the  zinc  in,  stir  it  well  in,  lift  the  pot  oil"  at 

14* 


162  BRASS    CASTINGS. WEIGHT    OF    ROPE. 

once,  skim  the  rubbish  off  the  top,  and  pour  into  the  mould.  If, 
however,  it  does  not  flare  up,  put  a  little  coal  on  to  excite  the  fire, 
and  cover  over  till  it  comes  to  a  proper  heat.  As  soon  as  the  zinc 
begins  to  flare,  add  in  the  rest,  and  take  the  pot  off  the  fire.  If  old 
brass  alone  is  melted  down  no  tin  is  required,  but  a  small  quantity  of 
zinc.  If  part  copper  and  part  brass,  add  tin  and  zinc  in  proportion  to 
the  new  copper,  with  a  little  extra  zinc  for  the  brass. 

As  soon  as  the  boxes  are  run,  it  is  the  usual  custom  to  open  them 
at  once,  and  to  sprinkle  the  castings  with  water  from  the  rose  of  a 
watering  can,  this  has  the  elTect  of  making  them  softer  than  they 
would  otherwise  be ;  the  boxes  are  then  emptied,  and  fresh  moulds 
made  while  fresh  metal  is  being  melted. 

When  the  casting  is  completed,  draw  the  bearer  forward,  and  let 
the  bars  all  drop,  so  that  the  furnace  can  be  effectually  cleared  from 
the  clinkers,  and  put  the  pot  among  the  ashes  to  cool  gradually. 

The  moulding  boxes  may  be  of  hard  wood,  well  secured  at  the 
corners,  either  by  dovetailing  or  by  strong  nails  and  iron  corner 
plates,  with  guides  to  keep  the  boxes  fair  with  one  another.  A  few 
cross  bars  in  the  top  box  help  to  carry  the  sand.  • 

Fresh  green  sand,  the  same  as  used  for  iron  founding,  mixed  with 
a  small  quantity  of  coal  dust,  about  one-twelfth  part,  should  be  sifted 
over  the  patterns  on  all  sides  to  the  thickness  of  about  an  inch,  the 
box  then  filled  up  with  old  sand,  and  properly  rammed  up,  and  well 
pricked  to  let  the  air  and  gas  escape,  then  remove  the  patterns,  and 
dust  over  the  mould  with  a  little  charcoal  powder  from  a  bag,  or  with 
a  little  flour,  cover  over  the  box  again,  and  the  mould  is  ready  for 
pouring. 

For  long  articles,  spindles,  bars,  &c.,  make  a  good  airhole  at  the 
opposite  end  from  where  the  metal  is  poured,  incline  the  box  slightly, 
and  pour  the  metal  at  the  lower  end;  for  flat,  thin  and  straggling  ar- 
ticles it  is  necessary  to  have  two  or  more  pouring  holes,  and  to  till 
them  all  at  the  same  time. 

The  pots  generally  used  are  the  Stourbridge  clay  pots,  and  black 
lead  pots,  both  kinds  being  made  of  various  sizes  up  to  60  lbs. ;  the 
former  are  less  durable,  but  much  cheaper  than  the  latter,  they  re- 
quire to  be  carefully  hardened  by  gradual  exposure  to  the  fire. 

Clay  pots  are  made  of  2  parts  raw  Stourbridge  clay  to  1  of  gas  coke 
pulverized ;  well  mixed  up  together  with  water,  dried  gently,  and 
slightly  baked  in  a  kiln. 

Black  lead  pots  of  2  parts  graphite,  and  1  of  fireclay,  mixed  with 
water,  baked  slightly  in  a  kiln,  but  not  completely  until  required  for 
use. 

The  pots  are  made  on  a  wood  mould,  the  shape  and  size  of  the  in- 
side of  the  pot,  the  clay  being  plastered  round  it  to  the  thickness 
desired. 


ROPE. 
To  find  the  breaking  Weight  of  an  ordinary  Tarred  Hemp  Rope. 
(Circumference,  ins.)'^  -j-  5  =  Breaking  weight,  tons. 
A  rope  should  not  be  loaded  with  more  than  1-3  its  breaking  weight. 


WEIGHT  OF   ROPE, WEIGHT  OF  CASTINGS.  163 

To  find  Weight  of  Rope  or  Tarred  Cordage. 
(Circumference  ins.)'  X  Length,  ft,  -7-  24  =  Weight,  lbs. 
Or, 
(Circumference  ins.)'  -1-  4  =  Weight,  lbs.  per  fathom. 

To  find  Weight  oj  Tarred  Hawser  or  Manilla  Rope. 
(Circumference  ins.)*  -j-  5  =  Weight,  lbs.  per  fathom. 

To  find  Weight  of  Hawser-Laid  Manilla. 
(Circumference  ins.)'  -f-  6  =  Weight,  lbs.  per  fathom. 


WEIGHT. 
To  find  the  Weight  of  any  Casting. 

Width  in  |  ins.  X  Thickness  in  ^  ins.,  or  vice  versa,  -5-  10  X 
Length,  ft.  =  Weight,  lbs.  cast  iron. 

For  instance  ;  to  find  the  weight  of  a  casting  3^  ins.  X  1^  ins.  X 
2  ft.  6  ins.  long. 

13  X  9  -5-  10  =  11-7  X  2-5  =  29-25  lbs. 

This  rule  is  very  useful,  and  can  easily  be  remembered  in  the  fol- 
lowing form. 

Width  in  ^  ins.  X  Thickness  in  ^  ins.  or  vice  versa,  cut  off  1  figure 
for  decimal,  the  result  is  lbs.  per  foot  of  length. 

For  wrought  iron  add  l-20th  to  the  result;  for  lead  add  1-2  ;  for 
brass  add  l-7th;  for  copper  add  l-5th. 

To  find  the  Weight  from  the  Areas. 
Area,  sq.  ins.  X  Length,  ft.  X  3  1-7  =  Weight,  lbs.  cast  iron. 
Multiplier  for  Cast  iron  3-156  or  3  1-7. 

Wrought  iron      3-312  or  3  1-3. 
Lead  4-854 

Brass  3  644 

Copper  3-87 

Or,  Area,  sq.  ins.  X  10  =  lbs.  per  yard  for  wrought  iron. 
To  find  the  Weight  in  cwts. 
Area,  sq.  ins.  X  Length,  ft.  -f-  31-9  =  Weight,  cwts.  cast  iron. 
For  wrought  iron,  divide  by  33.6. 


WEIGHT    OF   BOILER   PLATES. 


Thickness,  ins.     1  tV  I  i  1 TF    i     TF  I  f      T^F     ^  1  t     f     i     1 


tV    i    t\ 

i 

tV    f 

T^F 

^jt 

f 

i 

2-5\  5   7-5 

10 

12-5  15 

17-5  20'25 

30 

35 

Weight,  lbs.  per         ,       , 
sq  ft.  1 2-5 j  5  |7-5  10  12-5115  17-5  20  25  30  35  40 

For  cast  iron  deduct  l-20th. 


164 


CONTINUOUS    CIRCULAR   MOTION. 


To  find  Weight  of  Boiler  Plates  in  cwts. 
Area  sq.  ft. 


No.  corresponding  to  thickness 
in  table  below. 


=  Weight,  cwts. 


Thickness. 

Dirisor. 

Thickness. 

Divisor. 

Tliickness. 

Divisor, 

In. 

In. 

In 

i 

22-4 

t 

75 

i 

4-48 

^Z 

15- 

■/^ 

6-3 

f 

3-73 

i 

11-2 

i 

5-G 

i 

3-2 

A 

9-       1 

T% 

5- 

1 

2-8 

CONTINUOUS    CIRCULAR    MOTION. 

In  mechanics,  circular  motion  is  transmitted  by  means  of  wheels, 
drums,  or  pulleys;  and  accordingly  as  the  driving  and  driven  are  of 
equal  or  unequal  diameters,  so  are  equal  or  unequal  velocities  pro- 
duced. Hence  the  principle  on  which  the  following  rules  are  founded. 

1.     When  time  is  not  taken  into  Account. 

Rule. — Divide  the  greater  diameter,  or  number  of  teeth,  by  the 
lesser  diameter  or  number  of  teeth  ;  and  the  quotient  is  the  number 
of  revolutions  the  lesser  will  make,  for  one  of  the  greater. 

Example. — How  many  revolutions  will  a  pinion  of  20  teeth  make, 
for  1  of  a  wheel  with  125  ? 

125  -^  20  =  6.25  or  6^  revolutions. 

To  find  the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  last,  to  one  of  the  first, 
in  a  train  of  wheels  and  pinions. 

Rule. — Divide  the  product  of  all  the  teeth  in  the  driving  by  the 
product  of  all  the  teeth  in  the  driven ;  and  the  quotient  equal  the 
ratio  of  velocity  required. 

Example  1. — Required  the  ratio  of  velocity  of  the  last,  to  1  of 
the  first,  in  the  following  train  of  wheels  and  pinions  ;  viz.,  pinions 
driving — the  first  of  which  contains  10  teeth,  the  second  15,  and 
third  18.     Wheels  driven  first,  15  teeth,  second,  25,  and  third,  32. 

10  X  15  X  18 

,— rr:. ^^  =  -225  of  a  revolution  the  wheel  will  make  to  one  of  the 

15  X  2o  X  32 

pinion. 
Example  2. — A  wheel  of  42  teeth  giving  motion  to  one  of  12,  on 
which  shaft  is  a  pulley  of  21  inches  diameter  driving  one  of  6 ;  required 
the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  last  pulley  to  one  of  the  first  wheel. 

42  X  21 
— —  =  12.25  or  12^  revolutions. 

Note. — Where  increase  or  decrease  of  velocity  is  required  to  be  communi- 
cated by  wheel-work,  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  the  number  of  teeth  on  each 
pinion  should  not  be  less  than  1  to  6  of  its  wheel,  unless  there  be  some  other  im- 
portant reason  for  a  higher  ratio. 


CONTINUOUS  CIRCULAR    MOTION.  165 


2.     When  Time  must  be  regarded. 

Rule. — Multiply  the  diameter  or  number  of  teeth  in  the  driver, 
by  its  velocity  in  any  given  time,  and  divide  the  product  by  the  re- 
quired velocity  of  the  driven;  the  quotient  equal  the  number  of  teeth 
or  diameter  of  the  driven,  to  produce  the  velocity  required. 

Example  1. — If  a  wheel,  containing  84  teeth,  makes  20  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  how  many  must  another  contain,  to  work  in  contact, 
and  make  60  revolutions  in  the  same  time  .' 

84  X  20  ^  60  =  28  teeth. 

Example  2.— From  a  shaft  making  45  revolutions  per  minute, 
and  with  a  pinion  9  inches  diameter  at  the  pitch  line,  I  wish  to  trans- 
mit motion  at  15  revolutions  per  minute  ;  what,  at  the  pitch  line,  must 
be  the  diameter  of  the  wheel  ? 

45  X  9  H-  15  =  27  inches. 

Example  3. — Required  the  diameter  of  a  pulley  to  make  16  rev- 
olutions in  the  same  time  as  one  of  24  inches  making  36. 
24  X  36  -^  16  =  54  inches. 

The  distance  between  the  centres  and  velocities  of  two  wheels 
being  given,  to  find  their  proper  diameters. 

Rule. —  Divide  the  greatest  velocity  by  the  least;  the  quotient  is 
the  ratio  of  diameter  the  wheels  must  bear  to  each  other. 

Hence,  divide  the  distance  between  the  centres  by  the  ratio  +  1  j 
the  quotient  equal  the  radius  of  the  smaller  wheel ;  and  subtract  the 
radius  thus  obtained  from  the  distance  between  the  centres;  the  re- 
mainder equal  the  radius  of  the  other. 

Example. — The  distance  of  two  shafts  from  centre  to  centre  is 
50  inches,  and  the  velocity  of  the  one  25  revolutions  per  minute,  the 
other  is  to  make  80  in  the  same  time  ;  the  proper  diameters  of  the 
wheels  at  the  pitch  lines  are  required. 

80  -f-  25  =  3.2,  ratio  of  velocity,  and  50  ^  3.2  +  1  =  11.9  the  radius  of 
tiie  smaller  wlieel;  then  50  —  11.9  =  38.1,  radius  of  larger;  their  diame- 
ters are  11.9  x  2  =  23.8  and  38.1  X  2  =  76.2  inches. 

To  obtain  or  diminish  an  accumulated  velocity  by  means  of  wheels, 
pinions,  or  wheels,  pinions,  and  pulleys,  it  is  necessary  that  a  propor- 
tional ratio  of  velocity  should  exist,  and  which  is  thus  attained:  mul- 
tiply the  given  and  required  velocities  together;  and  the  square  root 
of  the  product  is  the  mean  or  proportionate  velocity. 

Example. — Let  the  given  velocity  of  a  wheel  containing  54  teeth 
equal  16  revolutions  per  minute,  and  the  given  diameter  of  an  inter- 
mediate pulley  equal  25  inches,  to  obtain  a  velocity  of  81  revolutions 
in  a  machine ;  required  the  number  of  teeth  in  the  intermediate 
wheel  and  diameter  of  the  last  pulley. 


«/81  X  16  =  36  mean  velocity. 

54  X  16  -T-  36  =  2i  teeth  and  25  x  36  -r-  81  =  11.1  inches,  diam.  of  pulley. 


166  CONTINUOUS   CIRCULAR    MOTION. 


To  determine  the  proportion  of  wheels  for  screw-cutting  by  a 
Lathe. 

In  a  lathe  properly  adapted,  screws  to  any  degree  of  pitch,  or 
number  of  threads  in  a  given  length,  may  be  cut  by  means  of  a  lead- 
ing screw  of  any  given  pitch,  accompanied  witii  change  wheels  and 
pinions;  coarse  pitches  being  effected  generally  by  means  of  one 
wheel  and  one  pinion  with  a  carrier,  or  intermediate  wheel,  which 
cause  no  variation  or  change  of  motion  to  taiie  place.  Hence  the 
following 

Rule. —  Divide  the  number  of  threads  in  a  given  length  of  the 
screw  which  is  to  be  cut,  by  the  number  of  threads  in  the  same 
length  of  the  leading  screw  attached  to  the  lathe  ;  aiul  the  quotient 
is  the  ratio  that  the  wheel  on  the  end  of  (he  screw  must  bear  to  that 
on  the  end  of  the  lathe  spindle. 

Example. — Let  it  be  required  to  cut  a  screw  with  5  threads  in 
an  inch,  the  leading  screw  being  of  ^  inch  pitch,  or  containing  2 
threads  in  an  inch  ;  what  must  be  the  ratio  of  wheels  applied  ? 

5  -T-  2  =  2.5,  the  ratio  they  must  bear  to  each  other. 
Then  suppose  a  pinion  of  40  teeth  be  fixed  upon  for  the  spindle, — 
40  X  2*i  =  100  teeth  for  the  wheel  on  the  end  of  the  screw. 

But  screws  of  a  greater  degree  of  fineness  than  about  8  threads  in 
an  inch  are  more  conveniently  cut  by  an  additional  wheel  and  pinion, 
because  of  the  proper  degree  of  velocity  being  more  effectively  at- 
tained ;  and  these,  on  account  of  revolving  upon  a  stud,  are  commonly 
designated  the  stud-wheels,  or  stud-wheel  and  pinion  ;  but  the  mode 
of  calculation  and  ratio  of  screw  are  the  same  as  in  the  preceding 
rule.  Hence,  all  that  is  further  necessary  is  to  fix  upon  any  3 
wheels  at  pleasure,  as  those  for  the  spindle  and  stud-wheels;  then 
multiply  the  number  of  teeth  in  the  spindle-wheel  by  the  ratio  of  the 
screw,  and  by  the  number  of  teeth  in  that  wheel  or  pinion  which  is 
in  contact  with  the  wheel  on  the  end  of  the  screw ;  divide  the  product 
by  the  stud-wheel  in  contact  with  the  spindle-wheel;  and  the  quotient 
is  the  number  of  teeth  required  in  the  wheel  on  the  end  of  the  lead- 
ing screw. 

Example,  —  Suppose  a  screw  is  required  to  be  cut  containing  25 
threads  in  an  inch,  and  the  leading  screw,  as  before,  having  two 
threads  in  an  inch,  and  that  a  wheel  of  60  teeth  is  fixed  upon  for  the 
end  of  the  spindle,  20  tor  the  pinion  in  contact  with  the  screw-wheel, 
and  100  for  that  in  contact  with  the  wheel  on  the  i  nd  of  the  spindle; 
required  the  number  of  teeth  in  the  wheel  for  the  end  of  the  leading 
screw. 

fiO  X  12.5  X  20 
2.5  -f-  2  =  12.5,  and -— =  150  teeth. 

Or  suppose  the  spindle  and  screw-wheels  to  be  those  fixpd  upon, 
also  any  one  of  the  stud-wheels,  to  find  the  number  of  teeth  in  the 
other. 

60  X  12.5  60  X  12.5  x  20 

ilolTioo  =  2«  ^-^' m = ''' ''"'''- 


CONTINUOUS    CIRCULAR   MOTION. 


167 


Table  of  Change  Wheels  for  Screw-cutting  ;  the  leading  Screw 
being  i  inch  pitch,  or  containing  2  threads  in  an  inch. 


Numb,  of 

Number  of 

Number  of 

a 

teeth  in 

rt 

T3 

teeth  in 

T3 

teeth  in 

"i 

"S 

*j  *« 

^'2 

_; 

h 

.s 

a. 

to 

ClJ 

'3, 

11 

•S  s 

S  is 
.S£ 

£ 

bjo 

t      <o 

Si 
.si 

II 

•Sg 

2 

u 
to 

to 

1° 

80 

40 

^  0 

is 

8i 

■S  <o 

^1 

la 

■-3  « 

M  o 

~  1) 
50 

(U    M 

95 

1^ 

20 

'•3  <o 

1 

40 

55 

20 

60 

19 

100 

n 

80 

50 

8!^ 

90 

85 

20 

90 

19i 

80 

120 

20 

130 

14 

80 

60 

8| 

60 

70 

20 

75 

20 

60 

100 

20 

120 

ii 

80 

70 

9i 

90 

90 

20 

95 

20^ 

40 

90 

20 

90 

2 

80 

90 

91 

40 

60 

20 

65 

21 

80 

120 

20 

140 

n 

80 

90 

10 

60 

75 

20 

80 

22 

60 

110 

20 

120 

2i 

80 

100 

lOi 

50 

70 

20 

75 

22i 

80 

120 

20 

150 

2| 

80 

]10 

11 

60 

55 

20 

120 

22| 

80 

130 

20 

140 

3 

80 

120 

12 

90 

90 

20 

120 

23| 

40 

95 

20 

100 

3| 

80 

130 

121 

60 

85 

20 

90 

24 

65 

120 

20 

130 

H 

80 

140 

13 

90 

90 

20 

130 

25 

60 

100 

20 

150 

H 

80 

150 

13<b 

60 

90 

20 

90 

25i 

30 

85 

20 

90 

4 

40 

80 

13| 

80 

100 

20 

110 

26 

70 

130 

20 

140 

4i 

40 

85 

14 

90 

90 

20 

140 

27 

40 

90 

20 

120 

4il 

40 

90 

14i 

60 

90 

20 

95 

27i 

40 

100 

20 

110 

4| 

40 

95 

15 

90 

90 

20 

150 

28 

75 

140 

20 

150 

5 

40 

100 

16 

60 

80 

20 

120 

28i 

30 

90 

20 

95 

5i 

40 

110 

16i 

80 

100 

20 

130 

30 

70 

140 

20 

150 

6 

40 

120 

16i 

80 

110 

20 

120 

32 

30 

80 

20 

120 

6i^ 

40 

130 

17 

45 

85 

20 

90 

33 

40 

110 

20 

120 

7 

40 

140 

m 

80 

100 

20 

140 

34 

30 

85 

20 

120 

7i 

40 

150 

18 

40 

60 

20 

120 

35 

60 

140 

20 

150 

8 

30 

120 

181 

80 

100 

20 

150 

36 

30 

90 

20 

120 

Table  by  which  to  determine  the  JVumber  of  Teeth,  or  Pitch  of 
Small  Wheels,  by  what  is  commonly  called  the  Manchester 
Principle. 


Diametral 

Circular 

Diametral 

Circular 

Pitch. 

Pitch. 

Pitch. 

Pitch. 

3 

1.047 

9 

.349 

4 

.785 

10 

.314 

5 

.623 

12 

.262 

6 

.524 

14 

.224 

7 

.449 

16 

.196 

8 

.393 

20 

.157 

168 


WHEELS    AND   GUDGEONS, 


Example  1. — Required  the  number  of  teeth  that  a  wheel  of  16 
inches  diameter  will  contain  of  a  10  pitch. 

16  X  10  =  160  teeth,  and  ihe  circular  pitch  =  .314  inch. 

Example  2. — What  must  be  the  diameter  of  a  wheel  for  a  9  pitch 
of  126  teeth  ? 

126  -T-  9  =  14  inches  diameter,  circular  pitch  .349  inch. 

Note. — The  pitch  \»  reckoned  on  the  diameter  of  the  wheel  instead  of  the  cir- 
cumference, and  designated  wheels  of  8  pitch,  12  pitch,  &c. 


Strength  of  the  Teeth  of  Cast  Iron  Wheels  at 

a  given  Velocity. 

Pitch 

Thickness 

Breadth 

Strength  of  teeth 

in  horsepc 

wer  at 

of  teeth 

of  teeth 

of  teeth 

3  feet  per 

4  feet  per 

6  feet  per 

8  feet  per 

in  inches. 

in  inches. 

in  inches. 

second. 

second. 

second. 

second. 

3.99 

1.9 

7.6 

20.57 

27.43 

41.14 

54.85 

3.78 

1.8 

7.2 

17.49 

23.32 

34.98 

46.64 

3.57 

1.7 

6.8 

14.73 

19.65 

29.46 

39.28 

3.36 

1.6 

6.4 

12.28 

16.38 

24.56 

32  74 

3.15 

1.5 

6. 

10.12 

13.50 

20.24 

26.98 

2.94 

1.4 

5.6 

8.22 

10.97 

16.44 

21.92 

2.73 

1.3 

5.2 

6.58 

8.78 

13.16 

17.54 

2.52 

1.2 

4.8 

5.18 

6.91 

10.36 

13.81 

2  31 

1.1 

4.4 

3.99 

5.32 

7.98 

10.64 

2.1 

1.0 

4. 

3.00 

4.00 

6.00 

8.00 

1.89 

.9 

3.6 

2.18 

2.91 

436 

5.81 

1.68 

.8 

3.2 

1.53 

2.04 

.06 

3.08 

1.47 

.7 

2.8 

1.027 

1.37 

2.04 

2.72 

1.26 

.6 

2.4 

.64 

.86 

1.38 

1.84 

1.05 

.5 

2. 

.375 

.50 

.75 

1.00 

WHEELS   AND   GUDGEONS. 

To  find  size  oj  Teeth  necessary  to  transmit  a  given  Horse  Poxjoer. 
(Tredgeld.) 
Horse  power  X  240 


Diameter  of  wheel,  ft.  X  Revs,  per  min, 


=  Strength  of  tooth. 


y/: 


Strength 


Pitch,  ins.  ,„.  "^^"^ — ^  =  Breadth,  ins. 
'  (Pitch,  ins.)' 


Breadth,  ins. 

The  above  rule  will  be  found  very  suitable  for  a  speed  of  circum- 
ference of  about  240  feet  per  minute.  For  speeds  above,  add  to  240 
half  the  difference,  for  speeds  below,  deduct  half  the  difference,  be- 
tween 240  and  the  actual  speed,  the  result  being  a  suitable  multiplier. 

For  instance  ;  at  300  ft.  per  minute,  60  being  the  difference,  240  -j- 
30  =  270  multiplier. 

At  160  ft.  per  minute,  80  being  the  difference,  240  —  40  =  200 
multiplier. 


WATER. 


169 


The  reason  being,  that  with  higher  spe,eds,  the  friction,  wear,  and 
liability  to  shocks  is  increased,  at  lower  speeds  decreased,  and  the 
teeth  may  advantageously  be  proportioned  accordingly. 

To  find  the  Horse  Power  that  any  Wheel  will  transmit. 
(Pitch,  ins.)''  X  Breadth,  ins.  X  Diameter   ft.  X  Revs,  per  minute 

Appropriate  No.  according  to  speed,  as  above. 
=  Horse  Power. 

To  find  the  multiplying  number  for  any  Wheel. 
(Pitch,  ins.)*  X  Breadth,  ins.  X  Diameter  ft.  X  Revs,  per  minute 

Horse  Power 
=  Multiplying  No.  as  above. 

To  find  the  size  of  Teeth  to  carry  a  given  load  in  lbs. 
Load,  lbs.  -~-  1120  =  Breaking  strength  of  teeth. 
Load,  lbs.  -j-  280  =  Strength  for  very  low  speeds,  and  for  steady 

work;  being  4  times  the  breaking  strength. 
Load,  lbs.  ■—  140  =  Strength   for  ordinary  purposes  of  machinery  ; 

being  8  times  the  breaking  strength. 
Load,  lbs.  -=-  100  =  Strength   for  high  speeds,  and  irregular  work  ; 
or  when  the  teeth  are  exposed  to  shocks. 
As  before, 

Strength  ./    Strength  _,.^  ,    . 

7n-.  u    ■      ^9  =  Breadth,  ins.  V  „ ,  .  -. —  =  Pitch,  ins. 

(Pitch,  ins.)2  '  Breadth,  ins. 


WATER. 

To  find  the  quantity  of  Water  that  will  be  discharged  through  an 
orifice,  or  pipe,  in  the  side  or  bottom  of  a  Vessel. 

Area  of  orifice,  sq.  in.  XP°-    ^"'•'•f  Pon-^i"/   »«  height  of  surface 

^  I  above  orifice,  as  per  table 

^  Cubic  feet  discharged  per  minute. 


Height  of 

Surface  above 

On  Bee. 

Multiplier. 

Height  of 

Surface  above 

Orifice. 

Multiplier. 

I     Height  of 
Surface  above 
1       Ortace. 

MulUpUer. 

Ft. 

1 

2-25 

1          18 

9-5 

1          Ft. 

i          40 

14-2 

2 

3-2 

I         20 

10- 

;       45 

1.51 

4 

4-5 

22 

10-5 

,         50 

16- 

6 

5-44 

24 

11- 

60 

17-4 

8 

64 

26 

11-5 

70 

18-8 

10 

71 

28 

12- 

1         80 

201 

12 

7-8 

30 

12-3 

90 

21-3 

14 

8  4' 

32 

12-7 

i       100 

22-5 

16 

9- 

35 

13-3 

i 

15 


170  WATER. 

To  find  the  size  of  hole  necessary  to  discharge  a  given  quantity  of 
Water  under  a  given  head. 

•  Cubic  ft.  water  discharged  .  e     .~ 

ttf 3P -. — .    ■  ,  . .  . ,    =  Area  oi  onnce,  sq.  in. 

No.  corresponding  to  height,  as  per  table  ^ 

To  find  the  height  necessary  to  discharge  a  given  quantity  through 
a  given  orifice. 

Cubic  ft.  water  discharged        „ 

— r TH ^ — r =  No.  corresp.  to  height,  as  per  table. 

Area  ontice,  sq.  inches.  "^  o    >       r 

The  velocity  of  Water  issuing  from  an  orifice  in  the  side  or  bottom 
of  a  vessel  being  ascertained  to  be  asfolloivs  : 

^Height  ft.  surface  above  orifice  X  5-4  =  i  Velocity  of  water,  ft. 
"  1  PS'"  second. 

-'Height  ft.  X  Area  orifice,  ft.  X  324  =  ^   ^"^'^  ^  mlnut^e""^^*^  ^^"^ 

^yHeight  ft.  X  Area  orifice,  ins.  X  2-2=  Do.  Do. 

It  may  be  observed,  that  the  above  rules  represent  the  actual 
quantities  that  will  be  delivered  through  a  hole  cut  in  the  plate  ;  if  a 
short  pipe  be  attached,  the  quantity  will  be  increased,  the  greatest 
delivery  with  a  straight  pipe  being  attained  with  a  length  equal  to  4 
diameters,  and  being  1-3  more  than  the  delivery  through  the  plain 
hole  ;  the  quantity  gradually  decreasing  as  the  length  of  pipe  is  in- 
creased, till,  with  a  length  e"qual  to  60  diameters  the  discharge  again 
equals  the  discharge  through  the  plain  orifice.  If  a  taper  pipe  be 
attached  the  delivery  will  be  still  greater,  being  1<^  times  the  deliv- 
ery through  the  plain  orifice  ;  and  it  is  probable  that  if  a  pipe  with 
curved  decreasing  taper  were  to  be  tried,  the  delivery  through  it 
would  be  equal  to  the  theoretical  discharge,  which  is  about  1-65  the 
actual  discharge  through  a  plain  hole. 

To  find  the  quantity  of  Water  that  will  run  through  any  orifice, 
the  top  of  which  is  level  with  the  surface  of  water  as  over  a  sluice 
or  dam. 


I /Height,  ft.  from  water  surface  to  bot-  )  ..  Area  of  water  )    ^   gig 
♦^      torn   of  orifice  or  top  of  dam  J       passage,  sq.  ft.  J 

=  Cub.  ft.  discharged  per  minute. 

Or, 
Two-thirds  Area  of  water  passage,  sq.  ins.  X  No.  corresponding  to 

height  as  per  table,  =  Cub.  ft.  discharged  per  minute. 

To  find  the  time  in  which  a  Vessel  will  empty  itself  through  a 
given  orifice. 


VHeight  ft.  surface  above  orifice  X   Area  water   surface,  sq.  ins. 

Area  orifice,  sq.  in.  X  3-7 
=  Time  required,  seconds. 

The  above  rules  are  founded  on  Bank's  experiments. 


MECHANICAL    TABLES 


FOR   THE    USE    OF 


OPEEATIVE    SMITHS,  MILLWRIGHTS, 


AND 


ENGINEERS 


172        DIAMETERS   AND    CIRCUMFERENCES    OF    CIRCLES. 


MECHANICAL    TABLES 

FOE   THE    USE    OF   OPERATIVE     SMITHS,    MILLWRIGHTS,    AND 
ENGINEERS. 

The  following  Tables,  originally  dedicated  to  '  the  JVational  Asso- 
ciation of  the  Forgers  of  Iron  Work,'  England,  by  James  Fo- 
DEN,  will  be  found  extremely  useful  to  Smiths,  generally,  and 
are  accompanied  by  Practical  Examples. —  Templetojv. 
DIAMETERS   AND   CIRCUMFERENCES   OF    CIRCLES. 


Diam. 

Circ. 

Diam. 

•Circ. 

Diam.  Circ. 

Diam 

Circ. 

Diam 

Circ 

In. 

Ft.  In. 

In. 

Ft.  In. 

Ft.  In.  Ft. 

In. 

Ft 

.  In 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft.  In 

Ft.  III. 

0  3J 

5i 

1  5i 

0  10   2 

n 

2§ 

3 

n 

1  65 

4  Hi 

IJ 

0  3h 

5fi 

1  5t 

2i 

3 

H 

1  7 

4  h| 

li 

0  31 

5| 

I  6 

0  lOJ 

2 

7| 

2| 

3 

n 

H 

0  4i 

5i 

1  61 

0  10^ 

2 

8J 

2^ 

3 

104 

1  75 

5  0 

H 

0  4| 

6 

1  61 

0  108 

2 

8i 

25 

3 

10§ 

1  H 

5  0| 

0  5 

0  10^ 

2 

85 

3 

3 

11 

1  7f 

5  OJ 

if 

0  5f 

6i 

1  n 

0  10| 

2 

91 

1  7i 

5  li 

li 

0  5J 

6i 

1  7| 

0  10| 

2 

9| 

3J 

3  Hi 

1  71 

5  l\ 

2 

0  6i 

6| 

1  8 

0  105 

2 

105 

3i 

3 

115 

1  7| 

5  2 

64 

1  8§ 

0  11 

2 

loi 

3§ 

4 

Oi 

1  75 

5  2| 

2i 

0  6| 

6| 

1  8| 

3i 

4 

n 

1  8 

5  2| 

H 

0  7 

6| 

1  9i 

0  115 

2 

105 

3| 

4 

1 

2| 

0  71 

^* 

1  9i 

0  lu 

2 

m 

3| 

4 

11 

1  8J 

5  3J 

2i 

0  7| 

7 

1  95 

0  111 

2 

111 

35 

4 

n 

1  8i 

5  3| 

2| 
2| 

0  8i 

0  Hi 

3 

0 

4 

4 

n 

1  8| 

5  4 

0  8^ 

7i 

1  10| 

0  111 

3 

oi 

1  8i 

5  4f 

^ 

0  9 

H 

1  10| 

0  111 

3 

05 

4i 

4 

n 

1  8| 

5  4| 

3 

0  9| 

n 

1  llj 

0  115 

3 

H 

4| 

4 

3 

1  81 

5  5i 

n 

1  m 

1  0 

3 

i| 

4i 

4 

3| 

1  85 

5  5i 

3i 

0  9| 

7| 

1  115 

4i 

4 

31 

1  9 

5  55 

H 

0  lOJ 

7| 

2  04 

1  oj 

3 

2 

4| 

4 

4i 

3? 

0  lOi 

^ 

2  0| 

1  Oi 

3 

2| 

4| 

4 

4i 

1  9J 

5  6| 

3.i 

0  lOJ 

8 

li 

1  Of 

3 

25 

45 

4 

5 

1  n 

5  6| 

3S 

0  Hi 

1  Oi 

3 

3.i 

5 

4 

5| 

1  9f 

5  75 

3% 

0  111 

81 

2  li 

i  of 

3 

3| 

1  9i 

5  7i 

3i 

1  oj 

8i 

2  15 

1  0| 

3 

4 

55 

4 

51 

1  9| 

5  8 

4 

1  Oh 

8| 

2  24 

1  05 

3 

4| 

5i 

4 

6J 

1  9| 

5  8f 

8i 

2  2| 

1  1 

3 

4| 

51 

4 

6i 

1  95 

5  Si 

4i 

1  05 

8| 

2  3 

5i 

4 

6S 

1  10 

5  9 

H 

1  u 

81 

2  3| 

1  U 

3 

5J 

5| 

4 

n 

4S 

1  ll 

85 

2  35 

1  1^ 

3 

5| 

5| 

4 

n 

1  lOJ 

5  9i 

4A 

1  2J 

9 

2  4| 

1  If 

3 

6 

5| 

4 

81 

1  lOi 

5  95 

4| 

1  2h 

1  li 

3 

6i 

6 

4 

8i 

1  lOf  5  lOi 

4| 

1  25 

9J 

2  4g 

1  i| 

3 

6| 

1  lOi  5  lOf 

^ 

1  3i 

9i 

2  5 

1  i| 

3 

7J 

6i 

4 

85 

1  10|  5  11 

5 

1  3| 

9| 

2  5g 

1  15 

3 

74 

H 

4 

H 

1  io| 

5  Hf 

9i 

2  5| 

1  2 

3 

75 

61 

4 

9| 

1  105 

6  11| 

5| 

1  4 

9| 

2  6J 

6i 

4 

10 

1  11 

6  Oi 

H 

1  4| 

91 

2  6^ 

1  2J  3 

8| 

6| 

4 

lOf 

H 

1  45 

95 

2  7 

1  2.i  3 

SI 

6|  4 

105 

1  llj  6  0| 

DIAMETERS   AND    CIECUMFERENCES    OF   CIRCLES.       173 


Diam-I    Circ.     Diam.l    Circ.     Diam.     Circ.     Diam.l    Circ.     Diam.     Circ 


15* 


174       DIAMETERS   AND   CIRCUMFERENCES   OF   CIRCLES. 


Diam 


DIAMETERS   AND   CIRCUMFERENCES    OF   CIRCLES.       175 


Diam.     Circ.     Diam.l    Cire.     Diam.j    Circ.     Diam.l    Circ.     Diam.l    Cire. 


Ft.  In.'Ft. 

8  5^26 
5|:26 
5|26 
5|26 
5|26 

^126 


In. 

6 

6f 

61 

7i 


6i'26  8| 
6^26  9* 
6|26  9| 
6|i26  10 
6|:26  lOf 
6||26  10| 
6l\26  Il| 

7  26  ll| 

7126  n| 
7ii27  0| 
7|'27  0| 
7^127  1* 
7f!27     l| 

7f|27     2| 

8  j27     2| 

8^1 27  3 

8i27  3i 

81:27  3i 

Si;27  4 

8|!27  4| 

8iil27  5 

8f27  5| 

9  27  51 


10*27  9| 
lOi  27  91 
lOf  27  10| 
I()l27  10.| 
10|27  lOi 
10|27  ll| 


176        DIAMETERS    AND    CIRCUMFEEENCES    OF    CIRCLES. 


Diam.{    Circ.     Dia.  1    Circ.     DiamJ    Circ.     Uiam.     Circ.      Diam.  I    Circ 


DIAMETERS   AND   CIRCUMFERENCES   OF   CIRCLES. 


177 


Diam. 

Circum. 

Diam. 

Circum. 

Diam. 

CSrcum. 

Diam. 

Circum 

Ft  la. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

fT 

In. 

Ft.  la 

11  2i 

35 

H 

51 

36 

03 

8$ 

36 

10^ 

11 

Ill 

37  7i 

11  25 

35 

H 

H 

36 

H 

^ 

36 

lOi 

11 

"i 

37  75 
37  Sj 

11  3 

35 

4 

6 

36 

li 

9 

36 

10| 

12 

0 

11  ^ 

35 

4h 

6^ 

36 

H 

9^ 

36 

Hi 

12 

0* 

37  8| 

11  3i 

35 

4 

6i 

36 

n 

9i 

36 

m 

12 

Oi 

37  ^ 

37  9i 

11  3t 

35 

H 

6| 

36 

n 

9| 

37 

o| 

12 

01 

11  H 

35 

H 

6i 

36 

3 

9i 

37 

oi 

12 

o| 

37  9| 
37  10| 

11  3| 

35 

6 

6f 

36 

3i 

9t 

37 

oj 

12 

o| 

11  3| 

35 

6f 

63 

36 

H 

9| 

37 

i| 

12 

di 

37  10| 

11  ^ 

35 

m 

61 

36 

4i 

9^ 

37 

n 

12 

H 

37  lli 
37  ul 

11  4 

35 

n 

7 

36 

4t 

10 

37 

2 

12 

1 

11  4^ 

35 

7g 

7| 

36 

5 

li 

10| 

37 

24 

12 

1^ 

37  115 

11  H 

35 

8 

!l 

36 

5| 

, , 

10^ 

37 

2i 

12 

14 

38  Oi 

11  u 

35 

sf 

36 

H 

lOf 

37 

H 

12 

If 

38  0| 

11  4i 

35 

8i 

'i 

36 

H 

lOi 

37 

H 

12 

n 

38  1 

11  4i 

35 

S 

7| 

36 

n 

ic| 

37 

4 

12 

i| 

38  Ij 

11  4| 

35 

74 

36 

7 

io| 

37 

4| 

12 

il 

38  1 

11  4| 

35 

10 

n 

36 

7| 

lOj 

37 

4| 

12 

1* 

38   2;; 

11  5 

35 

10| 

8 

36 

7| 

11 

37 

5i 

12 

2 

38  2 

11  ^ 

35 

10| 

8^ 

36 

8^ 

lll^ 

37 

5f 

12 

2^ 

38  3 

11  5| 

11   5l 

11  5| 
11  5| 

35 

ul 

8i 

36 

8i 

IH 

37 

6 

12 

2! 

38  3| 

35 

lid 

8| 

36 

9 

ii| 

37 

6f 
6| 

7i 

12 

2f 

38  31 

35 
36 

in 

8% 
8| 

36 
36 

1 

111 
111 

37 
37 

12 
12 

2); 

38  4 
38  4§ 

If  a  Hoop  of  larger  diameter  than  12  feet  is  required,  double  some  nnmbei* 

Observations  on    Tables    relating  to  the  Diameters  and 
Circumferences  of  Circles. 

I  do  not  intend  to  enter  into  any  labored  arenment  to  prove  the  general 
utility  of  these  Tables,  as  their  simplicity  ana  clearness  are  sufficient  to 
stamp  their  value  to  the  artist  and  mechanic.  It  will  be  clearly  perceived, 
on  inspection,  that  the  Table  commences  with  as  small  a  diameter  as  is  gen- 
erally used  in  hoops  and  rings,  viz.  one  inch,  and  increases  by  ihe  regular 
gradation  of  one-eighth  of  an  inch,  to  upwards  of  twelve  feet ;  and  in  the 
column  marked  Circumference,  against  each  Diameter  stand  the  respective 
circumferences :  hence  all  that  is  necessary  on  inspecting  these  Tables  is  to 
enter  into  them  with  any  proposed  diameter  or  circumference,  and  an  answer 
to  the  inquiry  is  immediately  obtained^ 

Example. — Required  the  circumference  of  a  circle,  the  diameter  being  8 
feet  7  7-8  inches  ? 

In  the  column  of  circumferences,  opposite  the  given  diameter,  stands  27 
feet  2^  inches,  the  circumference  required. 

But  it  will  be  necessary  to  observe,  that  in  the  formation  of  hoops  und 
rings  a  contraction  of  the  metal  takes  place.  Now,  the  just  allowance  for 
this  contraction  is  the  exact  thickness  of  the  metal,  which  must  be  added  to 
the  diameter. 

Ex. — In  making  a  hoop  whose  diameter  inside  is  6  feet  9  1-8  inches,  the 
thickness  of  the  iron  being  i|  inch,  this  f^  inch  must  be  added  to  the  given 
diameter,  which  will  make  it  6  feet  9  5S  inches 3  this  will  allow  1  5-8  mch 


178       DIAMETERS   AND   CIRCUMFERENCES    OF   CIRCLES. 

for  the  contraction  in  bending  in  a  hoop  of  the  above  diameter,  piving  the 
circumference  or  length  of  iron  required  for  the  hoop,  21  feet  4  3-8  inches. 

The  foregoing  example  appertains  to  the  formation  of  hoops  or  iron  bent 
on  the  flat;  but  in  the  formation  of  rings  or  iron  bent  on  the  edge,  the  same 
rule  must  also  be  followed,  only  taking  care  to  add  the  breadth  instead  of 
the  thickness.    As  for  example  : 

To  make  a  ring  whose  inside  diameter  is  8  feet  2^  inches,  the  breadth  of 
the  iron  being  2^  inches ;  b^  adding  the  2^  inches  to  the  given  diameter, 
will  increase  it  to  8  feet  4|  inches  ;  opposite  to  iliis  diameter  in  the  column 
of  circumferences  stands  26  feet  4^  incheS;  being  the  length  of  iron  necessary 
for  the  ring. 

The  foregoing  observations  relate  more  particularly  to  plain  hoops  and 
rings  ;  but  as  respects  the  hoops  that  are  on  the  wheels  of  railway  carriages, 
a  difference  must  be  observed,  which  is  as  follows :  These  hoops  having 
a  flange  projecting  on  the  one  edge  of  the  surface,  it  will  be  necessary,  ia 
addition  to  the  thickness  of  the  metal,  to  add  two-thirds  of  the  thickness  of  the 
flange  to  the  diameter,  as  the  flange  side  would  contract  considerably  more 
than  the  plain  surface ;  this  is  supposing  the  tires  are  in  a  straight  form,  but, 
in  general,  they  come  from  the  iron-works  in  a  curved  state.  In  the  latter 
case,  it  will  be  only  necessary  to  add  the  thickness  of  the  bare  metal,  as  the 
aforesaid  portion  of  the  thickness  of  the  flemge  is  allowed  for  in  the  curve. 
It  has  been  found  that  the  curve  may  be  exactly  obtained,  by  using  foui 
times  the  circumference  of  the  hoop  as  a  radius. 

If  the  tire  has  not  been  previously  curved,  it  may  easily  be  done  in  the 
operation  of  bending ;  the  smith  must  pay  particular  attention  to  this,  or  he 
will  have  his  hoop  bent  in  an  angle. 

But  the  practical  utility  of  this  Table  is  not  confined  to  smiths  alone ;  to 
the  millwright  it  will  be  found  equally  useful  and  expeditious,  as  on  a  bEire 
inspection  of  the  Table  he  may  ascertain  the  diameter  of  any  wheel  thaJ 
may  be  required  to  be  made,  the  pitch  and  number  of  teeth  being  giveui 

Ex. — Suppose  a  wheel  were  ordered  to  be  made  to  contain  sixty  teeth, 
the  pitch  of^  the  teeth  to  be  3  7-8  inches,  the  dimensions  of  the  wheel  may  be 
ascertained  simply  as  follows : 

Multiply  the  pitcii  of  the  tooth  by  the  number  of  teeth  the  wheel  is  to 
contain,  and  the  product  will  be  the  circumference  of  the  wheel :  thus 
3i  inches  pitch  of  the  tooth, 
10  X  6  =  60  the  number  of  teeth. 

Feet     19    4^     the  circumference  of  the  wheel. 

However,  by  inspecting  the  column  marked  Circumference,  I  find  the 
nearest  number  to  this  is  19  feet  4  3-8  inches,  which  is  the  eighth  of  an  inch 
less  than  the  true  circumference  ;  but  if  this  1-8  were  divided  into  GO  equal 
parts,  it  would  not  make  the  difference  of  a  single  hair's-breadtn  in  the  size 
of  each  tooth  ;  so  that  it  is  sufficiently  near  for  any  practical  purpose.  The 
diameter  answering  to  this  circumference  is  6  feet  2  inches  ;  consequently 
with  one-half  of  this  number  as  a  radius,  the  circumference  of  the  wheel 
will  be  described. 

The  manner  in  which  the  foregoing  Table  of  Circumferences  is  found  is 
as  follows :  Taking  the  diameter  at  unity,  we  have  by  decimal  proportion 

in,   in. 
As  1  :  31416  : :  1-  :  3- 1416, 
and  the  decimal  1416  multiplied  by  8,  gives  the  circumference  for  1  inch 
of  diameter  3  1-8  inches. 

In  these  Tables  the  number  31416  is  divided  by  8,  which  gives  -3927 
This  decimal  proportion  has  been  used  as  a  constant,  and  the  sum  multiplied 
by  8  gives  the  excess  above  the  decimal  value  in  eighths  of  an  inch 


CIRCUMFERENCES     FOR   ANGLED    IRON    HOOPS. 


179 


CIRCUMFERENCES    FOR   ANGLED   IRON    HOOPS. 

ANGLE  ODTSIDS. 


Diam.l  Circ. 

Diam. 

Circ. 

Diam.l  Circ. 

Diam. 

Circ. 

Diam.  Cirr. 

Ft  In.lFt.  In. 

Ft.  In. 

Ft.  In. 

Ft.  In.!  Ft.  In. 

Fl.  In. 

Ft.  in. 

Ft.  In.  Ft.  In. 

6 

1  5i 

1  6 

4  4| 

2  6 

7  3| 
7  4| 

3  6 

10  3 

4  6  |13  24 

i 

1  Qi 

k 

4  5| 

i 

4 

iO-  3| 

4I13  3 

h 

1  7 

h 

4  6| 

h 

7  5| 
7  61 

1 

10  4i 

il3  3i 

1 

1  71 

I 

4  6| 

l 

1 

10  54 

113  4* 

7 

1  8i 

1  7 

4  7| 

2  7 

7  el 

3  7 

10  6 

4  7  jl3  5i 

i 

1  9i 

^ 

4  8| 

4 

7  7i 

4 

10  m 

413  5- 

h 

1  9| 

^ 

4  9| 

1 

7  Si 

1 

10  7i 

d  13  6 

1 

1  io| 

1 

4  91 

§ 

7  9 

1 

10  84 

3,13  7j 

8  i  1  111 

1  8 

4  10| 

2  8 

7  91 

3  8 

10  8f 

4  8 

13  85. 

;i 

2  Oj 

i 

4  lit 

i 

7  lOi 

i 

10  9| 

4 

13  8^, 

■■\ 

2  0 

Jj, 

5  0 

h 

7  114 

h 

10  10| 

ill3  91 

1 

2  1 

I 

5  0| 

1 

8  0 

I 

10  111 

3 

13  10} 

9 

2  2 

1  9 

5  Id 

2  9 

8  Of 

3  9 

10  ll| 

4  9 

13  11 

i 

2  3^ 

i 

5  2A 

^ 

8  1| 

4 

11  Of 

4 

13  111 

h 

2  3| 

1 

5  3 

d 

8  2| 

h 

11   ll 

i 

14  Oi 

1 

2  4i 

$ 

5  3| 

.1 

8  2J 

% 

11  2 

1 

14  li 

10 

2  5i 

1  10 

5  4| 

2  10 

8  ^ 

3  10 

11  2| 

4  10 

14  2 

1 

2  6 

i 

5  5| 

^ 

8  4 

4 

11  3i 

4 

14  2| 

j^ 

2  6| 

i 

5  51 
5  6| 

1 

8  4 

^ 

11  44 

d 

14  3| 

1 

2  Ih 

1 

1 

8  51 

1 

11  5 

I 

14  4* 

11 

2  8| 

1  11 

5  7| 

2  11 

8  6i 

3  11 

11  5| 

4  11 

14  4 

i 

2  8| 

1 

5  81 

i 

8  74 

4 

11  6i 

4 

14  5| 

h 

2  9l 

^ 

5  81 

h 

8  8 

h 

11  n 

1 

14  6| 

1 

2  lOf 

2  ll| 

2  ll| 

1 

5  9l 

% 

8  81 

I 

11  7i 

114  7j 

1  0 

2  0 

5  104 

3  0 

8  9i 

4  0 

11  8| 

5  0 

14  ll 

14  8;: 

1 

i 

5  11 

1 

8  104 

4 

11  9| 

4 

)^ 

3  of 

h 

5  III 

1 

8  11 

h 

11  lOi 

i 

14  94 

1 

3  l| 

1 

6  Oi 

8  llf 

I 

11  io| 

3 

14  10 

1   1 

3  2 

2  1 

6  H 

3  1 

9  of 
9  l| 

4  1 

11  111 

5  1 

14  101 

^ 

3  2| 

k 

6  2 

^ 

1 

12  04 

4 

14  Hi 

^ 

3  3i 

h 

6  2| 

1 

9  ll 

i^ 

12  1 

^ 

15  04 

1 

3  4^ 

% 

6  3| 

1 

9  2| 

I 

12  1| 

1 

15  1 

1  2 

3  5 

2  2 

6  4 

3  2 

9  3| 

4  2 

12  2i 

5  2 

15  1# 

1 

3  5| 

d 

6  4| 

d 

9  41 

4 

12  34 

415  2| 

^ 

3  6i 

<k 

6  5| 

i 

9  4| 

h 

12  4 

il5  3, 

i 

3  ll 

3  7| 

1 

6  6| 

1 

9  5i 

1 

12  4| 

115  3! 

1  3 

2  3 

6  7| 

3  3 

9  64 

4  3 

12  5k 

5  3  15  4 

i  3  8| 

^ 

6  11 

\ 

9  7 

1 

12  61 

415  5- 

3  91 
3  lOj 

1 

6  8l 

h 

9  7| 

1 

12  61 

il5  6, 

1 

1 

6  H 

1 

9  8i 

1 

12  7| 

115  6'. 

1  4 

3  lOi 

2  4 

6  10 

3  4 

9  94 

4  4 

12  8| 

5  4  15  7; 

;| 

3  114 

i 

6  10| 

^ 

9  91 

A 

12  9 

415  84 

^ 

4  0| 

h 

6  11^ 

^ 

9  ]0| 

^ 

12  91 

|J5  9* 

1 

4  1 

1 

7  OJ 

1 

9  111 

1 

12  lOi 

||15  9| 

1  5 

4  1| 

2  5 

7  1 

3  5 

10  oX 

4  5 

12  114 

5  5  |l5  10| 

^ 

4  2i 

^ 

7  11 

410  0| 

^ 

13  0 

41 15  114 

1 

4  3i 

1 

7  2| 

iio  l| 

^[13  0| 

|l6  0 

i 

4  4 

1 

7  3| 

^10  2| 

|I13  \h 

|ll6  0| 

180 


CIRCUMFERENCES     FOE    ANGLED    IRON    HOOPS. 


CIRCUMFERENCES    FOR   ANGLED   IRON    HOOPS. 

ANGLE    INSIDK. 


CIRCUMFERENCES     FOR    ANGLED    IRON    HOOPS.  181 

Observations  on   Table  containing  the   Circumferences  foi 
Angled  Iron  Hoops. — Angle  Outside. 

As  this  Table  will  be  useful  to  those  smiths  who  chiefly  work  angled 
iron,  it  will  be  necessary  to  remark,  that  the  observation  made  on  Tables 
relating  to  the  Diameters  and  Circumferences  of  Circles,  respecting  addma 
the  thickness  of  the  iron  to  the  diameter,  must  be  attended  to  in  this,  with 
this  difference, — the  breadth  of  the  angle  must  be  added  to  the  diameter. 

Example. — Suppose  a  hoop  is  wanted  to  be  made  of  2^  inch  angled  iron, 
whose  diameter  inside  must  be  12  inches.  Here  the  2^  inches  must  be  add- 
ed to  the  12  inches,  which  raises  the  number  to  1  foot  2^  inches.  Looking 
into  the  Table,  I  find  the  circumference,  or  length  of  iron  requisite  for  the 
hoop,  is  3  feet  6^  inches. 

Observations  on   Table   containing  the   Circumferences  for 
Angled  Iron  Hoops. — Angle  Inside. 

The  observations  respecting  this  Table  are  the  reverse  to  those  on  the 
preceding  one, — viz.  the  breadth  of  the  angle  must  be  taken  from  the  diam- 
eter, — for  this  reason,  that  the  diameter  is  taken  from  outside  to  outside  of 
the  ring. 

Suppose  a  ring  is  to  be  made  of  angled  iron,  whose  diameter  outside  is  to 
be  12  inches,  the  breadth  of  the  angle  2<i  inches;  then,  by  taking  2j^  inches 
from  12  inches,  we  have  left  9^  inches.  Looking  into  the  Table  in  the  col- 
nmn  of  diameters,  I  find  in  the  circumference  column,  opposite  9^  inches, 
2  feet  8^  inches,  which  is  the  length  of  iron  necessary  for  the  ring. 

It  has  been  already  observed,  that  between  angled  and  plain  iron  a  con- 
siderable difference  exists  with  regard  to  the  proportion  of  tne  circumference 
to  the  diameter :  this  is  owing  to  the  angle  or  flange  on  one  side  of  the  bar, 
and  when  the  iron  is  fonneainto  a  hoop  :  it  contracts  more  or  less,  as  the 
angle  or  flange  may  be  mside  or  outside  of  the  hoop.  From  repeated  ex 
periments  on  this  subject,  I  have  ascertained  that  the  proportions  of  the 
diameters  to  the  circumferences  are  as  follows  : — For  the  aiigle  inside  as 
1  :  3-4248,  and  for  the  angle  ouUide  the  hoop,  as  1  :  2-9312  : :  Diam  :  Circ'C 

Problem. — To  find  the  circumference  of  sm  ellipse,  or  an  oval  hoop  or  ring. 

Rtile. — Add  the  length  of  the  two  axes  together,  and  multiply  the  sum  by 
1-5708  for  the  circumference ;  or  as  it  may  be  used  in  the  Table  of  Circum- 
ferences, take  half  the  sum  of  the  axes  as  a  diameter,  with  the  breadth  ot 
the  iron  added,  and  enter  the  Table  of  Circumferences  where  it  will  be  found. 

Ex. — Required  the  circumference  of  an  elliptical  hoop,  whose  axes  are 
18^  and  13  inches,  the  thickness  of  the  iron  being  2^  inches. 

18J  -f  13  =  31i  -=-  2  =  153  +  2i  =  18i  inches  the  diameter. 

Entering  into  the  Table  of  Diameter  with  18^  inches,  the  circumference 
will  be  found  to  be  4  feet  9^  inches. 

In  constructing  elliptical  hoops  of  angled  iron,  with  the  angle  outside, 
reference  must  be  made  to  the  Tables  for  hoops  of  angled  iron ;  the  opera- 
tion will  be  similar  to  the  above  example.  But  in  hoops  where  the  angle  is 
inside,  the  thickness  of  the  iron  must  be  taken  from  half  the  sum  of  the  axes. 

Note. — It  must  be  observed,  that  in  the  examples  given  in  the  Observa- 
tions on  Table  relating  to  the  Diameters  and  Circumferences  of  Circles, 
and  also  on  hoops  formed  of  angled  iron,  that  those  ^circumferences  are 
nothing  more  than  the  ends  of  the  iron  meeting  together;  therefore,  every 
smith  must  allow  for  the  thickening  of  the  ends  of  the  metal  previons  to 
scarving  the  same  in  order  to  weld  it. 

16 


182       SHIP    AND    RAILROAD    SPIKES,  AND  HORSE  SHOEa 


SHIP    AND    RAILROAD    SPIKES, 


NUMBER   OF   IRON    SPIKES   PER   100    POUNDS. 

Manufactured  by  Philip  C.  Page,  Mass.,  and  Sold  by  Page,  Briggs  & 
Babbitt,  Boston. 


kes 

ails 
're. 

kes 

ails 
're. 

■o.Z    g- 

'S.     ^     -; 

.-E    Z  g" 

D.   a  .s 

v-.t 

2     "  ■^ 

2     "  ,i. 

13         «   00 

X    s  ^ 

M   a  ■»  ! 

i»     On 

size   No. 

size 

No.  1 

size 

No. 

in 

10  0 

m 

1  0  0 

in 

100 

inc 

lbs. 

inc. 

lbs. 

inc. 

lbs. 

3 

1900 

'  3 

1000 ' 

4 

540 

3i 

1580 

3* 

960 

4h 

500 

4 

1320 

4 

800 

5 

460 

4.i 

1220 

4* 

600 

5h 

420 

5 

1020 

5 

680 

6 

400 

■ — 

— 

6 

520 

6i 

320 

— 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

Jtail  Road  Spikes  9-16ths  square  5^  inches  160  per  100  pounds. 
Bail  Road  Spikes  1-2  inch    •*       5^      "      200  per  100  pounds. 


BURDEN'S    PATENT    SPIKES    AND    HORSE    SHOES. 

Manufactured  at  the  Troy  Iron  and  Nail  Factory,  Troy,  New  York, 


Boat 

Spikes. 

Ship  Spikes. 

Hook  Head. 

1     Horse  Shoes. 

Size  in 

No.  in 

Size  in 

No.  in 

j      Size  in 

No.  in 

Size   in 

No.  in 

inches. 

100  lbs. 

inches. 

100  lbs. 

inches. 

100  lbs. 

inches. 

100  lbs. 

3 

1750 

4 

800 

4  X| 

555 

1 

84 

34 

1468 

44 

650 

44X7-16 

414 

2 

75 

4 

1257 

5 

437 

5  X4 

252 

3 

65 

*h 

920 

54 

430 

:  54X4 

241 

4 

56 

5 

720 

6 

420 

54x9-16 

187 

5 

39 

H 

630 

64 

377 

6  X9-16 

172 

— 

._ 

6 

497 

7 

275 

6  X| 

138 

— 

— 

64 

478 

74 

250 

7  X916 

140 

— 



7 

S62 

8 

174 

8  X| 

no 

— 

— 

th 

337 

84 

163 

—  . 





8 

295 

9 

155 

—    



_ 

__ 

84 

290 

10 

115 

—    



__ 

__ 

9 

210 

— 

— 







.— 

10 

198 

— 

— 

—    — 

— 

— 

— 

COPPERS,    TUBING,    CAST    IRON    AND    STEEL. 


183 


COTTERS.— Dimensions  and  Weight  from 

1  to20£ 

Gallon 

s. 

Inches 

Weight 

Inches 

Weight 

Inches 

Weight 

lag 

Gallons. 

in 

lag 

Oallons. 

in 

lag 

Gallons. 

in 

to    brim. 

1 

pounds. 

to   brim. 

pounds. 

to    brim. 

pounds. 

9\ 

24 

15 

224 

294 

29 

43^ 

12i 

2 

3 

24^ 

16 

24 

30 

30 

45 

14 

3 

4* 

25 

17 

25i 

32 

36 

54 

15i 

4 

6 

25i 

IS 

27 

34 

43 

644 

16i 

5 

74 

26 

19 

28i 

35 

48 

72 

nh 

6 

9 

26i 

20 

30 

36 

53 

•794 

m 

7 

10^ 

26| 

21 

314 

37 

58 

87 

iH 

8 

12 

27 

22 

33 

38 

63 

94i 

20| 

9 

Uh 

27i 

23 

344 

39 

67 

lOOi 

21 

10 

15 

274 

24 

36 

40 

71 

106i 

21i 

11 

16i- 

27$ 

25 

37i 

45 

104 

156 

22 

12 

18 

28 

26 

39 

50 

146 

219 

22i 

13 

194 

28i^ 

27 

40^ 

55 

208 

312 

234 

14 

21 

29 

28 

42 

COPPER    TUBIl^G.— Weight  of  the  usual   Tliichness. 
When  the  inside  diameter,  is  \  of  an  inch,  3  ozs. ;  |  do.,  5  ozs. ;  4  do., 
6  ozs. ;  I  do.,  8  ozs. ;  |  do.,  10  ozs.  per  foot. 


BRASS,   COPPER, 

STEEL    AND 

LEAD.—  Wei 

^lU  of  a 

Foot. 

1          BRASS.         1 

COPPER. 

STEEL. 

LEAD. 

Diam'ter 
and  Side 
of  Sq're. 

Weight 
Round. 

Weight 
Square. 

Weight 

of 
Round. 

Weight 

of 
Square. 

Weight 

of 
Round. 

Weight 

of 
Square. 

Weight 
Round. 

Weight 
Square. 

Inches. 

Lbs. 

.17 

Lbs. 

.22 

Lbs. 

.19 

Lbs. 
.24 

Lbs. 

.17 

Lbs. 

.21 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

I 

.39 

.50 

.42 

.54 

.38 

.48 

h 

.70 

.90 

.75 

.96 

.67 

.85 

g 

1.10 

1.40 

1.17 

1.50 

1.04 

1.33 

1 

1.59 

2.02 

1.69 

2.16 

1.50 

1.91 

I 

2.16 

2.75 

2.31 

294 

2.05 

2.61 

2.83 

3.60 

3.02 

3.84 

2.67 

3.40 

3.87 

4.93 

u 

3.58 

4.56 

3.82 

4.86 

3.38 

4..34 

4.90 

6.25 

4.42 

5.63 

4.71 

6. 

4.18 

5.32 

6.06 

7.71 

ll 

5.35 

6.81 

5.71 

7.27 

5.06 

6.44 

7.33 

9.33 

14 

6.36 

8.10 

6.79 

8.65 

6.02 

7.67 

8.72 

11.11 

n 

7.47 

9.51 

7.94 

10.15 

7.07 

9. 

10.24 

13.04 

n 

8.66 

11.03 

9.21 

11.77 

8.20 

10.14 

1187 

15.12 

n 

9.95 

12.66 

10.61 

1.3.52 

9.41 

11.98 

13.63 

17.36 

2 

11.32 

14.41 

12.08 

15.38 

10.71 

13.63 

15.51 

19.75 

2} 

12.78 

16.27 

13.64 

17.36 

12.05 

15.80 

17.51 

22.29 

H 

14.32 

18.24 

15.29 

19.47 

13.51 

17.20 

19.63 

25. 

21 

15.96 

20.32 

17.03 

21.69 

15  05 

19.17 

21.80 

27.80 

24 

17.68 

22.53 

18.87 

24.03 

16.68 

21.21 

24.24 

30.86 

^ 

19.50 

24.83 

20.81 

26.50  1 

18.39 

23.41 

26.72 

34.02 

21 

21.40 

27.25 

22.84 

29.08  1 

20.18 

25.70 

29.33 

37.34 

2J 

23.39 

29.78 

24.92 

31.79  1 

22.06 

28.10 

32.05 

40.81 

8 

25.47 

32.43 

27.18 

34.61   j 

24.23 

30.60 

34.90 

44.44 

184    WEIGHT  OF  CAST   IRON  &  lEON   AND   BBASS   BALLS. 


CAST    IRON. 


Weight  of  a 

Foot  in  Length  of 

Flat  Cast  Iron. 

Width 

Thick, 

Thick, 

Thick, 

Thick, 

Thick, 

Ttick, 

Thick, 

of  Iron. 

l-4th  inch. 

3-8thB  inch 
Pounds. 

1-2  inch. 

5-Sths  inch. 
Pounds. 

3-4ths  Inch. 

7-«ths  inch. 

1  inch. 

Inches. 

Founds. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

2 

1-56 

2-34 

312 

3-90 

4-68 

5-46 

6-25 

H 

175 

2-63 

3-51 

4-39 

5-27 

6-15 

703 

2^ 

1-95 

2-92 

3-90 

4-88 

5-85 

6-83 

7-81 

2? 

214 

3-22 

4-29 

5-37 

6-44 

7-51 

8-59 

3 

2-34 

351 

4-68 

5-85 

7-03 

8-20 

9-37 

3;^ 

2-53 

3-80 

5-07 

6-34 

7-61 

8-88 

10-15 

34 

2  73 

410 

5-46 

6-83 

8-20 

9-57 

10-93 

n 

2  93 

4-39 

5-85 

7-32 

8-78 

10-25 

11-71 

4 

312 

4-68 

6-25 

7-81 

9-37 

10-93 

12-50 

44 

3-32 

4-97 

6-64 

8-30 

9-96 

11-62 

13-28 

4^ 

3-51 

5  27 

7-03 

8-78 

1054 

12-30 

1406 

4% 

3-71 

5-56 

7-42 

9-27 

11-13 

12-98 

14-84 

6 

3-90 

5-86 

7-81 

9-76 

11-71 

13-67 

15-62 

H 

410 

615 

8-20 

10-25 

12-30 

14-35 

16-40 

H 

4-29 

6-44 

8-59 

10-74 

12-89 

1503 

1718 

51 

4-49 

6-73 

8-98 

11-23 

13-46 

15-72 

17-96 

6 

4-68 

703 

9-37 

1171 

14-06 

16-40 

18-75 

CAST    IRON. 

Weight  of  a  Superficial  Foot  from  ^  to  2  inches  thicic. 


Size. 

Weight. 
Pounds. 

9.37 
14.06 
18.75 

Size. 

Weight. 
Pounds. 

23.43 
28.12 
32.81 

Size. 

Weight. 
Pounds. 

37.50 
42.18 
46.87 

Size. 

Weight. 

Size. 

Weight. 

Ins. 
i 
f 

Ins. 

1 

i 

Ins. 

1 

n 

Ins. 

n 

Pounds. 

51.56 
56.25 
60.93 

Ins. 

n 
n 

2 

Pounds. 

65.62 
70.31 
75 

CAST  IRON,  COPPER,  BRASS,  AND  LEAD  BALLS. 

Weight  of  Cast   Iron,  Copper,  Brass,  and   Lead  Balls,  from  1  inch  to 
12  inches  in  Diameter. 


Q 

■S  a 

6$ 

1 

i 

Lead. 
Diom. 

■g  a 

c 

8 

n 

1 

Ins. 
1 

pounds. 

•136 

pounds. 

-166 

pounds. 

•158 

pounds. 
•214 

Inches. 
7 

pounds. 

46-76 

pounds. 

57-1 

pounds. 

54-5 

pounds. 

73-7 

u 

•46 

•562 

-537 

-727 

7h 

57-52 

70-0 

6711 

90-0 

2 

109 

1-3 

1-25 

1-7 

8 

69-81 

85-2 

81-4 

110-1 

2* 

213 

2-60 

2-50 

3-35 

8h 

83-73 

102-3 

100-0 

)32-3 

3 

3-68 

4-5 

4-3 

5-8 

9 

99.4 

121-3 

1159 

156-7 

3* 

5-84 

714 

6-82 

9-23 

9* 

116-9 

1430 

136-4 

184-7 

4 

8-72 

10-7 

10-2 

13-8 

i  10 

136-35 

166-4 

1590 

2150 

44 

12-42 

15-25 

14-5 

19-6 

1  104 

157-84 

193-0 

1840 

250-0 

5 

17-04 

20-8 

19-9 

26-9 

11 

181-48 

221-8 

211-8 

286^7 

H 

22-68 

27-74 

26-47 

36-0 

in 

207-37 

253-5 

2420 

3-27^7 

6 

29-45 

35-9 

34-3 

46-4 

12 

235-62 

288-1 

275-0 

372:3 

6i 

37-44 

45-76 

43-67 

5913 

WEIGHT  OF  KOUND  AND  SQUAEE  CAST  IRON. 


185 


CAST  IRON. 

—  Weight  of  a  Foot  in  Length  of  Sq 

uare  and  Round. 

8QUABE. 

KOUND. 

Size. 

Weight.. 

1    Size. 

Weight 

Size. 

Weight. 

1    Size. 

Weight 

Inches 
Square 

Founds. 

1  Inches 
Square. 

Founds. 

Inche* 
Diam. 

Founds. 

Inches 
Diam. 

Foundi. 

h 

•78 

45 

74-26 

h 

•61 

45 

58-32 

1 

1-22 

6 

78-12 

1 

•95 

5 

61-35 

1 

1-75 

5* 

82-08 

i 

1^38 

55 

64-46 

I 

2-39 

H 

8613 

i 

187 

H 

6764 

312 

5| 

90-28 

2-45 

5| 

70-09 

n 

395 

5i 

94-53 

n 

3  10 

5h 

74-24 

n 

4-88 

5| 

98-87 

H 

3  83 

5| 

77-65 

If 

5-90 

5| 

103-32 

If 

4-64 

5| 

81-14 

\h 

703 

55 

107-86 

H 

5-52 

55 

84-71 

ii 

8-25 

6 

112-50 

li 

6-48 

6 

88-35 

11 

9-57 

H 

12208 

11 

751 

H 

95-87 

n 

10-98 

H 

132-03 

15 

8-62 

6| 

103-69 

2 

1250 

64 

142-38 

2 

9-81 

6| 

111  82 

2J 

1411 

7 

15312 

25 

11-08 

7 

12026 

2i 

15-81 

7| 

164-25 

2i 

12-42 

7i 

129- 

21 

17  62 

H 

175-78 

2| 

13-84 

7i 

138-05 

2i 

19-53 

7| 

187-68 

2.i 

15-33 

7| 

147-41 

21 

21-53 

8 

200- 

2| 

16-91 

8 

157-08 

21 

23-63 

H 

212-56 

2| 

18-56 

84 

16705 

25 

25-83 

H 

225-78 

25 

20-28 

8i 

17710 

3 

28-12 

8| 

239-25 

3 

22-08 

8i 

187-91 

3i 

30-51 

9 

25312 

35 

23-96 

9 

198-79 

H 

33- 

H 

267-38 

H 

25-92 

94 

210- 

H 

35-59 

H 

282- 

3g 

27-95 

9h 

221-50 

3i 

38-28 

9} 

29707 

H 

30-06 

91 

233-31 

31 

41-06 

10 

312-50 

3| 

32-25 

10 

245-43 

31 

43-94 

lOi 

328-32 

3i 

3451 

104 

257-86 

35 

46-92 

loi 

344-53 

35 

3685 

lOi 

270-59 

4 

50- 

10| 

36113 

4 

39-27    I 

10| 

283-63 

4i 

5.3- 14 

u 

378-12 

4| 

4176 

11 

296-97 

4i 

56-44 

114 

395-50 

H 

44-27    \ 

114 

310-63 

41 

59-81 

"i 

413-28 

4| 

46-97 

Hi 

324-59 

*h 

63-28 

111 

431-44 

4i 

49-70 

111 

338-85 

4| 

66-84 

12 

450- 

4| 

52-50 

12 

353-43 

4| 

70-50 

4| 

55-37 

STEEL.  - 

Weight  of  a 

Foot  in  Length  of  Flat. 

Size. 

Thick, 
1-4  inch. 

Sbick, 

3-8ths. 

Thick, 
1-2  inch. 

Thick,  1 
6-Sths.  1 

„.           Thick, 
8"«-    1.4inci;. 

Thick, 
S-8ths. 

Thick, 
1-2  inch. 

Thick, 
5.8th». 

Inches 

1 

pounds. 

•852 

pounds. 

1-27 

pounds. 

1-70 

pounds. 

2.13  . 

Inches. 

2* 

pounds. 

2  13 

pounds. 

3-20 

pounds. 

4-26. 

poundf. 

5-32 

n 

-958 

143 

1-91 

2-39  '5 

2| 

234 

3-51 

4-68 

5-85 

H 

1-06 

1-59 

213 

2-6(5 

3 

2-55 

383 

511 

6-39 

n 

1-17 

1-75 

234 

2-92 

34 

2-77 

415 

553 

6-92 

u 

127 

191 

2-55 

3-19 

3;^ 

2-98 

4-47 

5-98 

7-45 

n 

1-49 

223 

2-98 

3-72 

3| 

3- 19 

4-79 

6-38 

7-98 

2 

170 

2-55 

3-40 

4-26 

4 

.3-40 

5-10 

6-80 

8-52 

24 

191 

2-87 

3-83  1  4-79 

16* 


186 


PARALLEL    AND    TAPER   ANGLE    IRON. 


WEIGHTS   OF    ROLLED   IRON 

Per  lintalfoot,  in  pounds  and  decimal  parts,  of  sections  of  Parallel  Angle 
Taper  Angle,  Parallel  J,  Taper  J,  and  Sanh  Iron  and  Rails. 

Tablel. —  Parallel  Angle  Iron,  of  Ec^oal  Sidks. 


Length  of  sides. 

Uniform  thickness 

Weight  of  one 

▲  B,m  inches. 

throughout. 

lineal  foot. 

in. 

in. 

3 

4 

80 

2| 

1 

70 

2i 

1 

575 

H 

5-16ths 

4-5 

2 

4  full 

3-75 

11 

i 

30 

li 

4 

25 

If 

No.  6  wire  guage 

1-75 

li 

8 

1-5 

i* 

9 

125 

1 

10 

10 

1 

10 

•875 

11 

•625 

4 

11 

•563 

1 

12 

•5 

y/yy7/yy//y/yyy^A. 


-A  — *» 


i 


Table  II. —  Parallel  Angle  Irok,  of  Unequal  Sides. 


L'gth  of  side 
A  in  inches. 

L'gth  of  side 
B  in  inches. 

Uniform 
thickness 
throughout. 

Weight  of  1 
lineal  foot. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

3i 

5 

t 

9-75 

3 

5 

S-75 

3 

4 

5-16ths 

7-5 

24 

4 

5-16ths 

6-75 

24 

4 

4 

5-75 

2 

4 

4 

5-5 

2i 

3 

4 

4-75 

2 

2i 

4 

3-375 

li 

2 

4 

2-875 

li 

2 

3-16ths 

2-25 

Table  HI—  Taper  Angle  Iron,  of  E^ual  Sides 


L'gth  of  sides 

Thickness  of 

Thickness  of 

Weight  of  1 

aa,  in  inches. 

edges  at  b. 

root  at  c. 

lineal  foot. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

4 

h 

1 

140 

3 

i 

1 

10-375 

2| 

7-16th3 

9-16ths 

8-25 

2i 

f 

i 

6-5 

24 

5-16ths,full7-16ths 

50 

2 

4  full 

5-16ths  full 

3-875 

1| 

4 

5-lGth3 

3-25 

li 

4  bare 

5-16th,bare 

2  625 

WEIGHT  OF  PARALLEL  AND  TAPER  T  IRON. 


187 


WEIGHTS    OF    PARALLEL    AND    TAPER    T  IRON, 
Tafr/e /v. -Parallel  T  ikon,  of  Unequal  Width  and  DEPxa 


Width 

Total 

Uniform 

Uniform 

Weight  of 

of  top 

depth 

thickness 

thickness 

one  lineal 

table  A. 

B. 

top  table  c 

of  rib  D. 

foot. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

m. 

5 

6 

k 

h 

15-75 

4* 

^ 

h 

9-16ths 

13-25 

4 

3 

3 

1 

8-875 

Sh 

3 

1 

8-25 

H 

4 

h 

1 

12  5 

2h 

3 

1 

|. 

70 

24 

2 

5-16ths 

1  full 

4-5 

2 

1-^ 

5-16ths 

5-16ths 

4-0 

11 

2 

i 

i 

3-125 

n. 

2 

i 

k 

2-875 

u 

1* 

i 

i 

2-375 

1 

14 

3-16ths 

3-16ths 

1-5 

1 

1 

3-16ths 

3-16ths 

1125 

^^ 


l_l 


Table  V. —  Parallel  J  Iron,  of  Equal  Depth  and  Width. 


Width  of  top  ta- 

Uniform 

Weight  of 

ble,  and  total 

thickness 

one 

depth  A, A. 

throughout 

lineal  foot. 

in. 

in. 

6 

h 

5 

7-16ths 

13-75 

4 

1 

9-75 

3i 

8-5 

3 

7-5 

2i 

5-16th3 

4-625 

H 

5-16ths 

4-5 

2 

5-16th3 

3-75 

li 

i 

3-0 

li 

i 

2-25 

li 

i 

1-75 

1 

3-16ths 

1-0 

1 

J- 

•725 

1 

•625 

Table  VL  — 

Taper  T Iron 

Width 

Total  Thickness  Thicknessj  Uniform 

Weight 

of  top 

depth ,  of  top  table  ;of  top  table  thicknes  of 

of  one 

table  A 

B. 

at  root  c. 

at  edges  d. 

nb   K. 

lin.  foot. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

3 

H 

h 

f 

7-16ths 

8-0 

8 

n 

7-16ths 

f 

h 

8-0 

2 

3 

7-16ths 

5-16ths 

5-16ths 

5-25 

2* 

2* 

f 

h 

ifull 

6-5 

2 

U 

1  full 

5-16th3 

i 

3-5 

2 

U 

5-16ths 

i 

k 

2-875 

188 


WEIGHT    OF    IRON    SASHES    AND    RAILS. 


WEIGHT    OF   SASHES    AND    RAILS. 
Table  VII.  —  Sash  Iron. 


Total 

Depth 

Width 

greatest 

Weight  of 

depth 

A. 

of  re- 
bate B. 

at  edge  c. 

\vidth 

D. 

one  lineal 
foot. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

2 

1 

No.  9  w.  guage 

5-8ths 

1-75 

H 

i 

7 

9-16ths 

1-625 

li 

% 

6 

9-16ths 

1-25 

!| 

10 

9-l6ths 

1125 

1 

10 

9-16ths 

10 

1 

h 

i 

h 

•75 

Table  VIII.  —  Rails  equal  top  and  bottom  Tables 


Depth  A 

in  inches. 


tn. 
6 

4i 


Width  across 
top  and  bottom, 
BB,  in  inches 


in. 

2| 

2i 


Thickness 
of  rib  c 


Weight  of 
1  lin.  foot. 


250 

2.3-33 

21-66 


Table  IX.  —  Temporary   Rails. 


Top  width 


Rib  width 


Bed  width 


tn. 

8 

3 

4 

4 


Total 
depth  s. 


tn. 

2 

2i 

3 

3 


Thickness 
of  beds 


7-16ths 
h 


Weight  of 
1  lin.  foot 


90 
12-0 
16-0 
17-33 


WEIGHT    OF   FLAT    IRON. 


189 


WEIGHT     OP    A    LINEAL     FOOT    OF    MALLEABLE 
TANGULAR    OR    FLAT    IRON. 
From  an  Eighth  of  an  Inch  to  Three  Inches  Thick, 
T  designates  the  thickness,  B.  the  breadth. 


REC- 


T.l   B. 

Weight. 

T. 

in. 

1   B. 

1  Weight. 

T 

B.  1  Weight. 

T 

.    B. 

in. 

Weight. 

inJ  in 

lbs.      ozs. 

in. 

lbs.      ozs. 

in 

'  in.    lbs.      ozs. 

in 

lbs.      ozSi 

V    i 

0     1.6 

i 

10| 

4     7-3 

4 

9i 

7  141 

1 

8| 

10  13-8 

i 

0     2-4 

11 

4     9-0 

9| 

8     1-4 

9 

11     2.8 

1 

0     3-3 

Hi 

4  10-7 

10 

8     4-8 

94 

11     7-8 

1 

0     41 

m 

4  12  3 

104 

8     8-1 

H 

11   127 

0     50 

Hi 

4  140 

lOi 

8  11-4 

n 

12     1-7 

i 

0     5-8 

12 

4  15-6 

10| 

8  14-7 

10 

12     67 

1 

0     6-6 

Ji 

9     20 
9     5-4 

104 
loi 

12  116 

13  0-6 

H 

0     8-3 

i 

h 

0     6-6 

114 

ih 

0     9-9 

§ 

0     8-3 

Hi 

9     8-7 

lof 

13     56 

i| 

0  11-6 

1 

0  100 

111 

9  120 

11 

13  10-5 

2 

0  13-2 

I 

0  11  6 

12 

9  15  3 

114 

13  15-5 

2i 

0  14-9 

1 

H 

0  13*2 

Hi 

111 

14     4-5 

1     0-6 

1     0-6 

i 

1 

0  14-9 

14     9-4 

n 

1     2-2 

U 

1     3-9 

i 

1     1-3 

12 

14  14-4 

3 

1     3-9 
1     55 

11 

2 

1     7*2 

1 

14 

1     3-8 

1     8-8 

H 

1  10.5 

T 

I 

1  10-4 

3i 

1     72 

2i 

1  13  8 

U 

1  13  8 

14 

2     11 

3^ 

1     8-9 

2i 

2     1-2 

11 

2     2-7 

li 

2    7-7 

4 

1   10  5 

21 

2     4-5 

2 

2     7-7 

1| 

2  14-3 

4i 

1  12-2 

3 

2     7-8 

24 

2  12-7 

2 

3     4-9 

4i 

1  13  8 

3i 

2  11  1 

2i 

3     16 

24 

3  11-6 

41 

1  15-5 

3i 

2  14-4 

2| 

3     6-6 

2i 

4     2-2 

5 

2     12 

31 

3     1-8 

3 

3  11  6 

2| 

4     8.8 

5i 

2     2-8 

4 

3     51 

34 

4     0-5 

3 

4  15-4 

H 

2     4-5 

4i 

3     8-4 

3i 

4     5-5 

34 

5     61 

H 

2     61 

4i 

3  11-7 

31 

4  10-5 

H 

5  12-7 

6 

2     78 

4| 

3  150 

4 

4  15-4 

33 

6     3.3 

6^ 

2     9-5 

5 

4     2-4 

4i 

5     4-4 

4 

6     9-9 

H 

2  111 

54 

4     5-7 

4i 

5     9-4 

44 

7     0-6 

61 

2  12-8 

5i 

4     90 

4| 

5  14  3 

4i 

7    7-2 

7 

2  14-4 

51 

4  12-3 

5 

6     3-3 

43 

7  13  8 

7i 

3     01 

6 

4  15-6 

54 

6     8-3 

5 

8     4-4 

U 

3     1-8 

64 

5     30 

5i 

6  13-2 

54 

8  111 

n 

3     3-4 

6i 

5     6-3 

51 

7     2-2 

Si 

9     17 

8 

3     5  1 

63 

5     96 

6 

7     7-2 

5| 

9     8-3 

8i 

3     6-7 

7 

5  130 

64 

7  12-2 

6 

9  14-9 

8i 

3     8-4 

74 

6     0-2 

6i 

8     11 

64 

10     5-6 

83 

3  10  1 

7i 

6     3-6 

6i 

8     61 

H 

10  12-2 

9 

3  11-7 

7l 

6     7-0 

7 

8  111 

63 

11     2-8 

H 

3  13-4 

8 

6  10-2 

74 

9     00 

7 

11     94 

H 

3  150 

8i 

6  13-5 

7i 

9     50 

74 

12     00 

n 

4        7 

8i 

7     0-8 

73 

9  100 

7i| 

12     6-7 

10 

4     2-4 

81 

7     4-2 

8 

9  14-9 

73 

12  133 

lOi 

4     4-0 

9 

7     7-5 

84 

10     3-9 

8 

13     3-9 

10^ 

4     5-7 

94 

7  10-8 

8i 

10     8-9 

84 

13  10-5 

190 


WEIGHT    OF    FLAT    lEON. 


T.  designates  tne  thickness.  "B,  the'breadlh. 


T. 

B. 

Weight. 

T. 

in. 

B. 

Weight. 

T 

B.  1  Weight. 

T 

B. 

Weight. 

in. 

in. 

lbs.   ozs. 

in. 

lbs.   ozs. 

in. 

in.  lbs.   ozs. 

in 

in. 

lbs.   ozs. 

h 

8i 

14  1-2 

i 

9i 

19  10-6 

1 

10|  26  11-2 

1 

2 

6  100 

8| 

14  7-8 

9| 

20  2.9 

11  27  51 

2i 

7  7-2 

9 

14  14  4 

10 

20  11-2 

Ui   27  151 

2^ 

8  4.4 

H 

15  50 

m 

21  34 

ll|  28  90 

2| 

9  1-7 

H 

15  11-7 

lOi 

21  11-7 

m 

29  30 

3 

9  14-7 

n 

16  23 

10| 

22  40 

12 

29  12-9 

H 

10  12-2 

10 

16  8-9 
16  15-5 

11 

22  12-3 

H 

3| 

11  9*4 

10| 

23  4-6 

i 

~n 

5  11 

12  6-7 

io| 

17  6-2 

m 

23  128 

2 

5  12  7 

4 

13  3-9 

io| 

17  12-8 

111 

24  51 

H 

6  8-3 

H 

14  1-2 

11 

18  3-4 

12 

24  13-4 

4 

7  3.9 

4 

14  14-4 

111 

18  100 

19  0-7 

i» 

7  15-5 

8  11.1 

4| 
5 

15  117 

16  8-9 

1 

n 

3  116 

113 

19  7-3 

H 

4  5-5 

H 

9  6-7 

54 

17  6-2 

12 

19  13-9 

2 

4  154 

4 

10  2.2 

H 

18  3-4 



H 

5  9-4 

H 

10  13-8 

5| 

19  0-7 

"— • 

t 

H 

2  9-4 

2i 

6  3-3 

4 

11  9-4 

6 

19  13-9 

H 

3  1-6 

2i 

6  13  2 

H 

12  50 

H 

20  11-2 

H 

3  9-9 

3 

7  7-2 

4 

13  0-6 

6i 

21  8-4 

2 

4  2-2 

H 

8  11 

4 

13  12-2 

61 

22  5.7 

24 

4  10-5 

H 

8  111 

5 

14  7-8 

7 

23  2-9 

2A 

5  2-8 

3| 

9  50 

H 

15  3-4 

7i 

24  0-2 

21 

5  no 

4 

9  14-9 

4 

15  150 

7| 

24  13-4 

8 

6  3.3 

4i 

10  8-9 

4 

16  10-6 

71 

25  10-6 

H 

6  11  6 

4h 

11  2-8 

6 

17  62 

8 

26  7-9 

3h 

7  3-9 

4% 

11  12-7 

H 

18  1-8 

8i 

27  51 

31 

7  12  2 

5 

12  6  7 

4 

18  13  4 

Sh 

28  2-4 

4 

8  4-4 

5| 

13  0-6 

H 

19  8-9 

81 

28  15-6 

H 

8  12.7 

5| 

13  10-6 

7 

20  4-5 

9 

29  12-9 

4| 

9  50 

5| 

14  4-5 

?l 

21  01 

9i 

30  101 

43 

9  13-3 

6 

14  14-4 

21  11.7 

H 

31  7-4 

5 

10  5-6 

64il5  8-4 

7| 

22  7-3 

n 

32  4-6 

H 

10  13-8 

6i'16  2-3 

8 

23  2.9 

10 

33  1-9 

4 

11  61 

64 

16  12-2 

H 

23  14-5 

104 

33  151 

51 

11  14  4 

7 

17  62 

H 

24  101 

lo.i 

34  12-4 

6 

12  6-7 

74 

18  0-1 

sj 

25  5-7 

101 

35  9.6 

64 

12  150 

u 

18  10-0 

9 

26  1-3 

11 

36  69 

6i 

13  7-2 

n 

19  40 

9X 

26  12  9 

H.i 

37  41 

61 

13  15-5 

8 

19  13-9 

H 

27  8.5 

Hi 

38  1-4 

7 

14  7-8 

H 

20  7-8 

9| 

28  4-0 

111 

38  14-6 

7i 

n 

15  0.1 

15  8-4 

16  0-6 

8i 
8i 
9 

21  1-8 

21  11-7 

22  5.7 

10 

10;i 

lOi 

28  15-6 

29  11-2 

30  6-8 

12 

39  11-9 

H 

2i 

8  61 

8 

16  8-9 

9| 

22  15-6 

104 

31  2-4 

2* 

9  50 

8i 

17  12 

9i 

23  9-5 

11 

31  140 

2:1 

10  3-9 

8ii 

17  9-5 

91 

24  3.5 

Hi 

32  9-6 

3 

11  2-8 

8J 

18  1-8 

10 

24  13-4 

Hi 

33  5-2 

n 

12  1-7 

9 

18  10.0 

lOi 

25  7-3 

111 

34  0-8 

3i 

13  0-6 

9i 

19  2  3 

lOi  26  1-3  1 

12 

34  12.4 

3| 

13  1.5-5 

WEIGHT    OF   FLAT    IRON. 


191 


T.  designates  the  thickness,  B.  the  breadth. 


T. 

B.  1  W 

sight. 

T. 

B.  1  Weight. 

T. 

in 

B.   Weiglit. 

T.|  B. 

W 

eight. 

in. 

in.  lbs. 

ozs. 

in.  ,lbs. 

ozs. 

in.  ;lbs. 

ozs. 

in.  in. 

lbs. 

ozs. 

H 

4 

14 

144 

14 

64J25 

140 

If 

81 

39 

13-5 

nm 

57 

21 

H 

15 

133 

6ii26 

14-5 

9 

40 

15-7 

111 

58 

5.9 

4i 

16 

12-2 

63 

27 

151 

94 

42 

20 

12 

59 

9-8 

4| 
5 

17 

111 

100 

7 
Ik 

28 

15-6 
0-2 

91 

43 

42 
6-4 

18 

30 

44 

H 

34 

17 

7-8 

H 

19 

8-9 

U 

31 

0-8 

10 

45 

8-6 

H 

IS 

13-4 

5| 

20 

7-8 

7| 

32 

13 

10^ 

46 

10-8 

3| 

20 

2-9 

5| 

21 

6-8 

8 

33 

1-9 

lOi 

47 

130 

4 

21 

8-4 

6 

22 

5-7 

Si 

34 

2-4 

10| 

48 

152 

44 

22 

13-9 

H 

23 

4-6 

8h 

35 

30 

11 

50 

1-5 

4i 

24 

3  5 

6i 

24 

3-5 

81 

36 

3-6 

114 

51 

3-7 

4| 

25 

90 

6| 

25 

2-4 

9 

37 

41 

Hi 

52 

5-9 

5 

26 

145 

7 

26 

13 

H 

38 

4-7 

111 

53 

81 

54 

28 

4-0 

Ik 

27 

0-2 

H 

39 

5-2 

12 

54 

10-3 

H 

29 

9-6 

7i 

n 

27 

15-1 

n 

10 

40 

5-8 

51 
6 

30 

151 
4-6 

28 

140 

41 

6-4 

1^ 

3 

14 

14.4 

32 

8 

29 

12-9 

104 

42 

6-9 

34 

16 

2-3 

64 

33 

10-2 

8i 

30 

11-8 

lOi 

43 

7-5 

H 

17 

6-2 

64 

34 

15-7 

^^ 

31 

10-7 

10| 

44 

8-0 

3| 

18 

100 

6| 

36 

5-2 

8| 

32 

9-6 

11 

45 

8-6 

4 

19 

139 

7 

37 

10-7 

9 

33 

8-5 

114 

46 

9-2 

44 

21 

1.8 

74 

39 

0-3 

94 

34 

7-4 

lU 

47 

9-7 

4i 

22 

5-7 

u 

40 

5-8 

Si 

35 

6-3 

111 

48 

103 

41 

23 

9-5 

7| 

41 

113 

9| 

36 

5-2 

12 

49 

10-8 

5 

24 

13.4 

8 

43 

0-9 

10 

37 

38 

41 
30 

54 
5i 

26 
27 

1-3 
51 

84 
8i 

44 

6-4 

\H 

If 

21 

12 

8-3 

45 

11-9 

lOi 

39 

1-9 

3 

13 

10-6 

51 

28 

90 

S| 

47 

14 

10| 

40 

0-8 

34 

14 

12-8 

6 

29 

12-9 

9 

48 

70 

11 

40 

15-7 

3<^ 

15 

150 

64 

31 

0-8 

94 

49 

12-5 

Hi 

41 

14-6 

3| 

17 

1-2 

6i 

32 

4-6 

H 

51 

20 

"i 

42 

13-5 

4 

18 

3-4 

61 

33 

8-5 

9| 

52 

7-6 

111 

43 

12-4 

44 

19 

5-6 

7 

34 

12-4 

10 

53 

131 

12 

44 

11-4 

4i 
4| 
5 

20 
21 
22 

7-8 
101 
12-3 

74 

u 
n 

36 
37 
.38 

0-2 
4  1 
8-0 

104 
io| 

10| 

55 
56 
57 

2  6 

8-1 
13-7 

li 

2^110 

5-6 

2|  11 

61 

54 

23 

14-5 

8 

39 

11-9 

11 

59 

3  2 

3  12 

6-7 

5h 

25 

0-7 

84 

40 

15-7 

114 

60 

8.7 

3i  13 

7-2 

5| 

26 

2-9 

8i 

42 

3-6 

Hi 

61 

14-2 

3i!l4 

7-8 

6 

27 

51 

81 

43 

7-5 

111 

63 

3-8 

n  \  15 

8-4 

6^128 

7-4 

9 

44  11  4 

12 

64 

9-3 

4 

16 

8-9 
9-5 

eJt  29 

9-6 

94 
9i 

45 

47 

15-2 
3  1 

4i 

17 

6.1  30 

11-8 

i| 

3i 

20 

4-5 

4i 

18 

100 

7  31 

140 

9| 

48 

7-0 

3| 

21 

11-7 

41 

19 

10-6 

Ti   33 

0-2 

10 

49 

10-8 

4 

23 

2-9 

6 

20 

11-2 

7i  34 

2-4 

104 

50 

14-7 

44 

24 

101 

H 

21 

11-7 

7|  35 

4-7 

lOi 

52 

26 

4i|26 

1-3 

5i  22 

12-3 

8   36 

6-9 

10| 

53 

6-5 

4|'27 

8-5 

5|:23 

12-8 

Si  37 

91 

11 

54 

10-3 

5  28 

15-6 

6  |24 

13-4 

8ii38 

11-3 

114 

65  14  2 

5i  30 

6-8 

192 


WEIGHT    OF    FLAT    IKON. 


T 

designates  the  thickne 

ss,  B 

the  breadth. 

T.i    B.  1   W 

eight. 
02s. 

T. 

ill. 

B. 

w 

eight. 

T. 

in. 

B.     Weight. 

T. 

in. 

B. 

iu. 

Weight. 

in.    in.    lbs. 

in. 

lbs. 

ozs. 

in.    lbs. 

ozs. 

lbs. 

ozs. 

11     5.i 

31 

140 

H 

9      55 

142 

2i 

44   31 

10-7 

24 

8|    65 

3-2 

5i 

33 

5-2 

94    57 

7-0 

4|   33 

6-8 

9     67 

10 

6 

34 

12-4 

9i    58 

15-9 

5     35 

30 

94   68 

149 

H 

36 

3-6 

91    60 

8-7 

54136 

15-2 

94    70 

12-7 

H 

37 

10-7 

10    j62 

16 

54 

38 

113 

9|    72 

10-5 

6| 

39 

1-9 

104 '  63 

10-4 

51 

40 

7-5 

10    |74 

8-3 

7 

40 

91 

10|   65 

3-2 

6 

42 

36 

104    76 

61 

7i 

42 

0-3 

10| ;  66 

121 

64 

43 

158 

104    78 

3-9 

U 

43 

7-5 

11 

68 

49 

6i: 

45 

119 

10|;80 

1-7 

n 

44 

14.7 

114 

69 

13-8 

61 

47 

8-1 

11    |81 

15-5 

8 

46 

5-8 

114 

71 

6-6 

7 

49 

4-2 

114   83 

13-3 

8i 

47 

130 

111 

72 

15-4 

74 

51 

0-4 

114185 

111 

8i 

49 

4-2 

12 

74 

8-3 

74 

52 

125 

111    87 

8-9 

81 
9 

50 

11-4 
2-6 

9-8 

7|l54 

8     56 

84  58 

8-7 

12     89 

6*7 

52 
53 

2 

4    |{26 

44128 

7-9 
2  4 

4-8 

10 

2||1|!^ 

5-8 

H 

55 

10 

4.4    29 

12-9 

84 

59  13- 1 

5    139 

5-2 

9% 

56 

8-1 

4|    31 

7-4 

8| 

61 

9-3 

54' 41 

4-7 

10 

57  15-3 

5    j33 

1-9 

9 

63 

5-4 

54    43 

4-2 

lOi 

59 

6-5 

54   34 

124 

H 

65 

16 

5|    45 

3-6 

10^ 

60 

13-7 

54136 

6-9 

94 

66 

137 

6 

47 

31 

10| 

62 

4-9 

5| 

38 

14 

91 

68 

9-9 

64 

49 

2-6 

11 

63 

121 

6 

39 

11-9 

10 

70 

60 

64 

51 

20 

Hi 

65 

32 

64 

41 

6-4 

104 

72 

22 

6| 

53 

15 

111 

66 

10-4 

6: 

43 

0-9 

104   73 

14-3 

7 

55 

10 

111 

68 

1-6 

6| 

44 

114 

10|   75 

10-5 

n 

57 

0-4 

12 

69 

8-8 

7 

46 

5-8 

11 

77 

66 

74,58 

15-9 



74 

AH 

0-3 

111 

79 

2-8 

7|'60 

15-3 

H 

3| 

23 

4-6 

74149 

10-8 

80 

150 

8    1  62 

143 

4 

24 

13-4 

7|  1  51 

5-3 

111 

82 

111 

84    64 

143 

44 

26 

6-2 

8 

52 

15-8 

12 

84 

7-3 

84    66 

13-7 

4i 
4| 

27 
29 

15.1 
7-9 

84 
84 

54 
56 

10-3 

4-8 

8|;  68 
9    !70 

13*2 

24 

I4 

33 

8-5 

12-7 

5 

31 

0-8 

81 

57 

153 

4| 

35 

6  3 

94    72 

121 

54 

32 

9-6 

9 

59 

90 

5 

37 

4  1 

94    74 

116 

5^ 

34 

2-4 

H 

61 

4-3 

54  39 

1-9 

9|    76 

111 

51 

35 

113 

H 

62 

14-8 

54   40 

15-7 

10    |78 

10-5 

6 

37 

4-6 

9| 

64 

93 

5|   42 

135 

104  i  80 

100 

6| 

38 

130 

10 

66 

38 

6    144 

11-4 

104    82 

94 

64 

40 

5-8 

104   67 
104   69 

143 

64  46 

92 

10|    84 

8-9 

61 

41 

14-6 

8-8 

64   48 

70 

11      86 

8-4 

7 

43 

7-5 

10| 

71 

33 

6|   50 

4-8 

114    88 

7-8 

74 

45 

0-3 

, 

11 

72 

13-8 

7     52 

2-6 

1 
! 

114    90 

73 

74 

46 

9-2 

114 
114 

74 

83 

74   54 

0-4 

IB    92 

6-8 

71 

48 

20 

76 

2-8 

74   55 

142 

12     94 

6-2 

8 
84 

49 
51 

10-8 
3-7 

111 
12 

77 
79 

1.3  3 

7-8 

7|   57 
8     59 

120 

1 

! 

9-8 

24     5     41 

6-4 

8| 

52 
54 

125 
5-4 

[ 

84   61 
84   63 

7-6 

1    54    43 
1    54   45 

7.5 

2*~44 

29 

14-5         1 

5  4 

8.6 

WEIGHT   OF   FLAT   IRON. 


193 


T  designates  the  thickness,  E 

.  the  breadth. 

T. 

B. 

Weight.    1' 

r.    B. 

Weight. 

T. 

in. 

B. 

in. 

We 

ght. 

T. 
in. 

B. 

in. 

We 

ght. 

in. 

in. 

lbs 

ozs.  i 

n.    in.   lbs. 

ozs. 

lbs. 

ozs. 

lbs. 

ozs. 

2i 

55 

47 

9-7    : 

>|     7  1    60 

13-7 

23 

84 

77 

6-6 

21 

lOi 

97 

9-6 

6 

49 

10-8 

Til    63 

0-5 

83 

79 

11  1 

104 

99 

157 

6i 

51 

12  0 

74     65 

3-2 

9 

81 

15-5 

103 

102 

5-7 

6i 

53 

131 

73     67 

60 

9i 

84 

39 

11 

104 

11-8 

6i 

55 

142 

8      69 

8-8 

9i 

86 

8-4 

Hi 

107 

19 

7 

57 

153 

H     71 

11-6 

n 

88 

128 

114 

109 

80 

^ 

60 

0-4 

84 

73 

143 

10 

91 

12 

113 

HI 

141 

U 

62 

16 

8i 

76 

11 

lOi 

io| 
103 

93 

5-7 

12 

114 

4-2 

n 

8 

64 
66 

2-7 

3-8 

9 

78 
80 

8-9 
6-7 

95 
97 

101 
145 

3 

6 

59 

98 

Si 

68 

4-9 

82 

9-4 

11 

100 

SO 

6i 

62 

16 

8i 

70 

60 

1   93 

84 

122 

"1 

11- 

102 

7.4 

64 

64 

9-3 

l^ 

72 

72 

|10 

86 

150 

104 

lis 

63 

67 

10 

9 

74 

8-3 

llOi 

89 

1-8 

113 

107 

0-3 

7 

69 

8-8 

21 

76 

94 

104 

91 

4-6 

12 

109 

4-7 

74 

72 

0-5 

9.i 

7S 

10-5 

103 
11 

93 

7-3 

74 
73 

74 

77 

83 
00 

9J 

80 

11-6 

95 

101 

2i 

"i 

54 

120 

10 

82 

128 

iH 

97 

12-9 

6 

57 

21 

8 

79 

7-3 

m 

84 

13-9 

114    99 

157 

6i 

59 

8-2 

84 

81 

15-5 

10^ 

86 

150 

113  102 

24 

64 

61 

142 

4 

84 

73 

10.^ 

89 

01 

12     104 

5-2 

63 

64 

4-3 

83 

86 

150 

11 

91 

1-2    - 

7 
7i 

66 
69 

10-4 
0-5 

9 
94 

89 
91 

6  7 
145 

114 

93 

2  4     2 

3    54    50 

1  5 

114 

95 

35 

i  ^5 

52 

5-9 

U 

71 

66 

94 

94 

6-2 

in 

97 

4-6 

'    6 

54 

103 

n 

73 

127 

93 

96 

140 

12 

99 

57 

6i 

56 

14-8 
32 

8 
8i 

76 

78 

2-8 
8-9 

10 

104 

99 

57 
135 

^~^ 

64     oif 

101 

^ 

^^ 

4o 

10-3 

63 1    61 

76 

84 

80 

15.0 

104 

104 

5.2 

64 

47 

ISO 

7      63 

12  1 

83 

83 

50 

103 

106 

13.0 

5S 

49 

15-8 

74     66 

0-5 

9 

85 

11  1 

11 

109 

4.7 

6 

52 

26 

74!    68 •4-9 

»i 

88 

12 

114 

111 

12.4 

^^ 

54 

5-4 

73     70 

94 

94 

90 

7-3 

114 

114 

4.2 

5i 

56 

81 

8       72 

138 

91 

92 

134 

113 

116 

11.9 

6|  58 

10-9 

8i     75 

2-2 

10 

95 

S-5 

12 

119 

3.7 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  TABLE  OF  FLAT  IRON. 

The  weijrht.'!  horc  piven  arc  in  pound.*;,  ounces,  and  decimal  parts,  avoir- 
dupois ;  and  it  will  be  seen,  on  inspectitig  the  Tabic,  that  the  first  numbers 
in  each  pajje  are  those  which  apply  to  nut  iron,  and  that  the  breadth  in- 
creases by  4  of  an  inch.  The  last  numbers  in  each  page  show  the  weiffhl 
of  a  square  foot;  accordiiifir  to  the  respective  thickness  of  each  bar.  Hoiice 
ihe  weijjlii  of  any  length  of  a  bar  of  rectangular  iron  may  be  ascertained 
gimply,  ns  follows  : 

RtJc. — Multiply  the  tabular  weight,  according  to  the  thickness  and  breadth, 
by  the  number  of  feet  in  the  bar,  Uie  product  will  l>e  tne  weight  required. 

Examp/r — In  a  bar  of  iron  whose  thickness  is  2  J  inches,  the  breadth  6^ 
inches,  and  the  length  18  feet,  what  is  the  weight  thereof?. 

lu  the  Table  for  2}  inches  thick,  and  opposite  1>A  inches,  stand  48  lbs.  7  ozs.: 
being  the  weight  of  one  lineal  foot.  Multiply  this  number  by  18  feel,  and 
wc  have  as  follows  ; 

4S  lbs.  7  ozs.  X  18  =  871  lbs.  14  ozs. 


194 


ELASTICITY    OF    STEAM. 


ELASTIC    FORCE    OF   STEAM. 

Table  of  the  Elastic  Force  of  Steam,  and  corresponding  Tempera- 
ture of  the  Water  with  which  it  is  in  Contact. 


Elastic 

Volume  of 

Elastic 

Volume  of 

Pressure  in 

force  in 

Temper- 

Steam 

Pressure  in 

force  in 

Temper- 

Steam 

pounds 

Inches 

ature 

compared 

pounds 

Inches 

ature 

compared 

per  sq.  in. 

of 

Fahren't. 

with    Vol. 

per  sq.   in. 

of 

Fahren't. 

with    Vol 

Mercury. 

of    Water. 

Mercury. 

of    Water" 

14.7 

30.00 

212.0 

1700 

63 

123.52 

299.2 

44  9 

15 

30.60 

212.8 

1669 

64 

130.56 

300.3 

443 

16 

32.64 

216.3 

1573 

65 

132  60 

301.3 

437 

17 

34.68 

219.6 

14S8 

66 

134,64 

302.4 

431 

18 

36.72 

222.7 

1411 

67 

136.68 

303.4 

425 

19 

33.76 

225.6 

1343 

63 

138.72 

304.4 

419 

20 

40.80 

223.5 

1231 

69 

140.76 

305.4 

414 

21 

42  84 

231.2 

1225 

70 

142.80 

306.4 

408 

22 

44.88 

233.8 

1174 

71 

144.84 

307.4 

403 

23 

46.92 

236.3 

1127 

72 

146.88 

303.4 

398 

24 

48.96 

2.38.7 

106-4 

73 

148.92 

309.3 

393 

25 

51i)0 

241.0 

1044 

74 

150.90 

310.3 

388 

26 

53.04 

243.3 

1007 

75 

153.02 

311.2 

383 

27 

55.08 

215.5 

973 

76 

155.00 

312.2 

379 

28 

57.12 

247.6 

941 

77 

157.10 

313.1 

374 

29 

59.10 

249.6 

911 

78 

159.14 

314.0 

370 

30 

61.21 

251.6 

883 

79 

101.18 

314.9 

366 

31 

63.24 

253  6 

857 

80 

163.22 

315  8 

362 

32 

65.28 

255.5 

8.33 

81 

165.26 

316.7 

353 

33 

67.-32 

257.3 

SIO 

82 

107.30- 

317.0 

354 

34 

69.36 

259.1 

783 

83 

169.34 

318.4 

350 

35 

71.40 

260.9 

767 

84 

171.38 

319.3 

346 

36 

7344 

202.6 

748 

85 

173.42 

320.1 

342 

37 

75.48 

264.3 

729 

86 

175.46 

321.0 

339 

33 

77.52 

265.9 

712 

87 

177.50 

321.8 

335 

39 

79.56 

207.5 

695 

83 

179.54 

322.6 

a32 

40 

81.60 

269.1 

679 

89 

181.58 

32:3.5 

323 

41 

83J54 

270.6 

664 

90 

183.62 

324.3 

325 

42 

85.68 

272.1 

649 

91 

185.06 

325.1 

322 

43 

87.72 

273.6 

635 

92 

187.70 

325.9 

319 

44 

89.76 

275.0 

622 

93 

189.74 

326.7 

316 

45 

91.80 

270.4 

610 

94 

191.78 

327.5 

313 

46 

93.84 

277.8 

.598 

95 

193.S2 

328.2 

310 

47 

95.88 

279.2 

536 

M 

195.86 

329.0 

307 

48 

97.92 

280.5 

575 

97 

197.90 

329.8 

304 

49 

99.96 

231.9 

564 

98 

199.92 

330.5 

301 

50 

KK.OO 

283.2 

554 

99 

201.96 

331.3 

298 

51 

104.04 

234.4 

544 

100 

204.01 

332.0 

295 

52 

106.08 

285.7 

534 

110 

224.40 

339.2 

271 

63 

108.12 

280  9 

525 

120 

244.82 

345.8 

251 

54 

110.16 

2S8.1 

516 

130 

265.23 

352.1 

233 

55 

112.20 

239.3 

503 

140 

285.61 

357.9 

218 

56 

114.24 

290.5 

.    500 

150 

306.03 

303.4 

205 

67 

116.23 

291.7 

492 

160 

326.42 

303.7 

193 

58 

118.32 

292.9 

484 

170 

346.80 

373.6 

183 

59 

120.36 

294.2 

477 

180 

367.25 

378.4 

174 

60 

122.40 

295.6 

470 

190 

387.61 

382.9 

166 

61 

124.44 

296.9 

403 

200 

408.04 

337.3 

158 

62 

126.48 

298.1 

456 

Water  holding  impurities  in  solution  tends  to  retard  its  attaining  the  aeriform 
state,  and  so  impairs  the  amount  of  its  elastic  force  at  an  equal  temperature. 

Common  water )  boiling  point,  212°  F.  (  elastic  force,    30       inches. 

Seawater (  at  212    ")  "  23.05      " 

Common  water 1  boiling  point,  216°  F.  j  "  32.5        " 

Seawater J  at         216    "  \  "  24.G       " 


PKOPERTIES  OF  STEAM. 


195 


PRODUCTION  AND  PROPERTIES  OF  STEAM. 

When  water  in  a  vessel  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  fire,  it  readily  im- 
bibes the  heat  or  fluid  principle  of  which  the  fire  is  the  immediate  cause, 
and  sooner  or  later,  according  to  the  intensity  of  the  heat,  attams  a  tempe- 
rature of  2V2°  Fahrenheit.  If  at  this  point  of  temperature  the  water  be 
not  enclosed,  but  exposed  to  atmospheric  pressure,  ebullition  wil'  take 
place,  and  steam  or  vapor  will  ascend  through  the  water,  carrying  with  it 
the  superabundant  heat,  or  that  which  the  water  cannot  under  such  circum- 
stances of  pressure  absorb,  to  be  retained  and  to  indicate  a  higiier  tempera- 
ture. 

Water-i  in  attaining  the  aeriform  state,  is  thus  uniformly  confined  to  the 
same  laws  underevery  degree  of  pressure  ;  but  as  the  pressure  is  augmented, 
so  is  the  indicated  temperature  proportionately  elevated  :  hence  the  various 
densities  of  steam,  and  corresponding  degrees  of  elastic  force. 

The  preceding  Table  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  estimating  the  power  of 
steam  engines  on  the  condensing  principle,  because  in  such  the  efTcctive 
force  of  the  steam  is  the  difl^erence  between  the  total  force  and  the  resisting 
vapour  retained  in  the  condenser.  The  following  Table  is  more  adapted 
for  estimating  the  effects  of  non-condensing  engines,  as,  in  such,  the  atmo- 
spheric pressure  is'not  generally  taken  into  account,  engines  of  this  principle 
being  supposed  to  work  in  a  medium  ;  or,  the  atmospheric  pressure  on  the 
boiler,  to  cause  a  greater  density  of  steam,  is  equal  to  the  resisting  atmo- 
sphere which  the  effluent  steam  has  to  contend  with  on  leaving  the  cylinder. 

Table  of  the  Elastic  Force  of  Steam,  the  Pressure  of  the  Atmosphere  not 
being  included. 


Elastic  Force  in 


Atmosphere. 

lbs.  square  inch. 

1.19 

2.5 

1.22 

3 

1.29 

4 

1.36 

5 

1.70 

10 

2.04 

15 

2.38 

20 

2.72 

25 

3.06 

30 

3.40 

35 

3.74 

40 

4.08 

45 

4.42 

50 

4.76 

55 

5.10 

60 

5.15 

0.18 

8.24 

10.3 

20.6 

30.9 

412 

51.5 

61.8 

72.1 

82.4 

92.7 

103.0 

113.3 

123.6 


Temperature 

in  degrees  of 

Fahr. 


220 
222 
225 

228 
2.10 
251 
200 
268 
275 
282 
288 
294 
299 
304 
309 


Volume  of 

Steam    Water 

being  1, 


1496 

1453 

3366. 

1232 

1044 

8S3 

767 

678 

609 

553 

506 

463 

435 

407 

3S2 


Cubic  in.  of 

Water  in  a 

cubic  foot  of 

Steam. 


1.14 

1.18 
1.25 
1..33 
1.64 
1.93 
2.23 
2.52 
2.81 
3.09 
3.38 
3.66 
3.93 
4.20 
4.48 


Steam,  independent  of  the  heat  indicated  by  an  immersed  thermometer, 
dso  contains  heat  that  cannot  be  measured  by  any  instrument  at  present 
known,  and,  in  consequence  of  which,  is  termed  latent  orjconcealed  heat ;  the 
only  positive  proof  we  have  of  its  existence  being  that  of  incontestable  re- 
sults or  effects  produced  on  various  bodies.  Thus,  if  one  part  b}'  weight  of 
steam  at  212°  be  mixed  with  nine  parts  of  water  at  62°,  the  result  is  water 
at  1786°  ;  therefore,  each  of  the  nine  parts  of  water  has  received  from  the 
steam  lie-G"  of  heat,  and  consequently  the  steam  has  diffused  or  given  out 
116.6  X  9  =  1049-4  —  33.4  =  1016°  of  heat  which  it  must  have  contained. 
Again,  it  is  ascertained  by  experiment,  that  if  one  gallon  of  water  be  trans- 
formed into  steam  at  212°,  and  that  steam  allowed  to  mix  with  water  at  52°, 
the  whole  will  be  raised  to  the  boiling  point,  or  212".  From  these  and  other 
experiments,  it  is  ascertained  that  the  latent  heat  in  steam  varies  from  940" 


196 


CONSUMPTION    OF  COAL. 


to  1044°,  the  ratio  of  accumnlation  advancing  from  212°,  as  the  steam  be- 
comes more  dense  and  of  greater  elastic  force  5  hence  the  severity  of  a  scald 
by  steam  to  that  by  boihng  water. 

The  rules  formed  Hy  experimenters  as  corresponding  with  the  results  of 
their  experiments  on  the  elastic  force  of  steam  at  given  temperatures  vary, 
but  approximate  so  closely  that  the  following  rule,  because  of  being  simple, 
may  iu  practice  be  taken  in  preference  to  any  other. 

Rule. — To  the  temperature  of  the  steam  in  degrees  of  Fahrenheit,  add 
100.  divide  the  sum  by  177,  and  the  6th  power  of  the  quotient  equals  the  force 
in  inches  of  mercury. 

Ex.  Required  the  force  of  steam  corresponding  to  a  temperature  of  312°. 
312  +  100  -^  177  =  2.3276  =  159  inches  of  mercury. 

But  the  Table  is  much  better  adapted  to  practical  purposes,  as  the  vari- 
ous results  or  effects  are  obtained  simply  by  mspection. 


COxN SUMPTION  OF  COAL. 

TABLE  for  finding  the  CONSUMPTION  of  COAL  per  Hourin  Steamers 
either  Paddle  or  Screw  (the  same  Screw  being  used  throughout,)  at 
any  Rate  of  Speed,  the  Consumption  for  a  particular  Rate  being  known. 
(At  a  given  Amount  of  Coal,  the  Engineer  may  determine  the  most  pru- 
dent Rate  of  Engine  for  reaching  next  coaling  Port.) — Engineer's  and 
Contractor's  Pocket  Book,  London. 


Speed. 

Consumption 
ofCoaL 

3 

.216 

31-2 

.343 

4 

.512 

4  1-2 

.729 

5 

1.000 

51-2 

1.331 

6 

1.728 

6  1-2 

2.197 

7 

2744. 

71-2 

3.375 

8 

4.096 

8  1-2 

4.910 

Speed. 


9 

9  1-2 
10 

10  1-2 
11 

111-2 
12 

12  1-2 
13 

13  1-2 
14 


Consamption 
of  CoaL 


6.83 
6.86 
8.00 
9.26 
10.65 
12.15 
13.82 
15.61 
17  58 
19.68 
2195 


Explanation. 


The  speed  for  the  consump- 
tion of  a  unit  of  coal  is  sup- 
posed here  to  be  5,  which  may 
be  5  miles  or  knots,  or  5  times 
any  number  of  miles  or  knots  ; 
then  if  5  of  such  number  of 
miles  require  1  unit  of  coal 
per  hour,  9  of  such  units  will, 
by  the  table,  require  5.83  units 
of  coal,  and  3  of  them  .216 
units  of  coal. 


It  will  be  evident  that  this  Table  is  calculated  on  the  principle  that  the 
horse  power  varies  very  nearly  as  the  cube  of  (he  speed ;  the  enormous  in- 
crease of  consumption  at  increased  velocities  is  in  fact  a  little  greater  tharf' 
that  shown  by  the  Table. 

The  advantages  indicated  above  to  be  obtained  at  low  velocities  are 
evidently  independent  of  those  obtained  at  those  velocities  by  using  the 
steam  expansively. 

EVAPORATIVE  POWER  OF  COAL  AND  RESULTS  OF  COKING. 

Under  the  authority  of  an  Act  of  the  American  Congress,  approved  Sept. 
11, 1841,  an  extensive  series  of  experiments  was  conducted  by  Prof  John- 
son upon  the  evaporative  power  of  several  kinds  of  coal.  The  number  of 
samples  tried  was  41,  including  9  anthracites  from  Pennsylvania;  12  free- 
burning  or  semi-bituminous  coals;  11  bituminous  from  Virginia;  6  foreign 
bituminous  coals,  viz.  1  from  Sydney,  Nova  Scotia,  sent  by  the  Cunard  Coal 
Mining  Company;  1  of  Pictou  Coal,  sent  by  the  same;  1  of  Scotch;  1  of 
Newcastle ;  1  of  Liverpool ;  and  1  of  Pictoa.    From  one  to  six  trials  were 


EVAPORATIVE   POWER  OF   COAL. 


197 


made  on  each  sample,  the  average  quantity  used  per  trial  being  978  Iba.  The 
experiments  occupied  144.  days,  during  each  of  which  continuous  obser- 
vations were  made  during  12  or  14  hours. 

The  coals  were  burnt  under  a  steam  boiler,  fitted  with  apparatus  for  com- 
plete regulation,  the  supply  of  water  and  coals  being  determined  both  by 
weight  and  measure. 

The  standard  adopted  to  measure  the  heating  power  of  each  kmd  of  coal 
was  the  weight  of  water  which  a  given  weight  of  each  evaporated  from  the 
temperature  of  212°  Fahr. 

The  following  Table  gives  the  results  of  five  comparisons  in  each  of  which 
that  coal  which  ranks  the  highest  is  stated  as  1000,  and  the  others  in  deci- 
mal parts  of  the  integer. 


Comparison' Comparison    Comparison  Comparison'comparison 

1.          1         2.                    3 

i 

'.o 

3 

S^ 

S       Sj'S 

S         a 

i    .S.3 

i 

a 
o 

s- 

*  .    55- 

Se        '2 

3     *"  .. 

1* 

fi  i! 

oil    1 

e    .s§ 

o 

1-3 

o 
1 

is 

3.S 

Kinds  of  Coal. 

1^- 

evaporativ 
weights  of 

if  SteanTfi 
by  1  cubii 

1 

if 

5  " 

n 

•3 

t 

B 

"o. 
H  . 
§1 

.5:  5.  -aS 

?1 

1^" 

.5 

?2 

> 

O  V 

^1 

.>! 

£  >> 

.2"  la'g-g 

1? 

S  J* 
c  a 

1 

111 

1« 

ga, 

M.Q 

St'o 

KS    P-(  o.  S 

&s 

a 

hJ5 

«l 

li 

tag 

^1 

Anthracites : 

1 

Atkinson  and  1 

10  70 

1.000  566.2 

1.000    7.96 

.633 

0.99 

.505 

5.1 

.725 

52.92 

Templeman's  ) 

Beaver   iVIea- ) 
dow  (No.  5).) 

9.88 

.023  556.1 

.982 

6.74 

.748 

2.42 

2.07 

6.12 

.060 

56.19 

Bituminous  and 

free  burning : 

Newcastle     . 

8.66 

.809  439.6 

.776;    5.68 

.887 

0.84 

.595 

10.7 

.346 

.50.82 

Pictou  .     .     . 

8.43 

.792  417.9 

.738  12.06 

.418 

0.85 

.588 

3.7 

1.000 

49.25 

Liverpool 

7.84 

.733  375.4 

.663    5.04 

1.000 

0.86 

.581 

HI 

.333 

47.88 

Caunellon,  (In) 

7.34 

.686  348.8 

.616    5.12 

.984 

0.50 

1.000 

6.4 

.578 

47.65 

Scotch       .     . 

6.95 

.619  35:5.8 

.625  10.10 

.499 

0.96 

.521 

5.7 

.649 

51.05 

Dry  pine  wood. 

4.69 

.436     93.6'   .175  0.307 

16.417 

The  same  report  states  some  results  of  coke-burning,  from  which  it  ap- 
pears that  by  burning  in  uncovered  heaps,  and  only  covering  up  the  ignited 
mass  when  flame  ceases  to  be  emitted  (as  in  many  of  the  iron  works  of 
Great  Britain,  France,  &c.),  the  loss  in  weight  at  Plymouth  has  been  found 
to  be  17  per  cent. ;  at  Penn-y-darran,  20  per  cent. ;  and  at  Dowlais  Cwhere 
it  may  be  presumed  the  abundance  of  coal  admits  of  an  uneconomical  man- 
agement), 34  per  cent.  By  coking  in  stacks,  or  well  covered  heaps  of  coal 
from  10  to  15  ft.  diameter,  as  followed  in  Staffordshire,  highly  bituminous 
coals  lose  from  50  to  55  pr.  ct.  weight,  and  those  of  a  drier  nature  from  35  to  40. 

By  coking  in  close  ovens,  a  coal  which,  in  an  uncovered  heap,  yields  only 
45  to  50  per  cent.,  yields  69  per  cent.  In  the  close  oven  the  gain  in  bulk  is 
from  22  to  2J3  per  cent. ;  and  while  highly  bituminous  coals  yield  only  40  to 
45  per  cent,  in  open  heaps,  and  actually  lose  in  bulk,  they  yield  in  close 
ovens  from  65  to  66  per  cent.,  and  gain  in  bulk.  By  coking  in  gas  retorts, 
the  Doane  Coal  of  Cumberland  gains  nearly  30  per  cent,  in  bulk,  and  loses 
in  weight  25  per  cent.  Carlisle  coal  nearly  the  same.  Cannel  and  CardiflT 
coals  gain  30  per  cent,  in  bulk,  and  lose  36.5  in  weight.  Bewick's  Wallsend 
loses  30,  and  Russell's  Wallsend,  30.7  per  cent,  by  the  same  process. 

17* 


198  POWER    OF    STEAM. 

POWER    OF    STEAM, 

Mr.  Tredgold  gives  the  following  Table,  which  will  show  how  the  power 
of  the  steam  as  it  issues  from  the  boiler,  is  distributed. 

IJT   A    NON-CONDENSING    ENGINE. 

Lei  the  pressure  on  the  boiler  be    10.000 

Force  required  to  produce  motion  of  ihe  steam  in  the  cylinder  will  be  O.OiiO 

Loss  by  cooling  in  the  cylinder  and  pipes O.IGO 

Loss  by  friction  of  jjie  piston  and  waste 2.000 

Force  required  to  expel  the  steam  into  the  atmosphere 0.069 

Force  expended  in  opening  the  valves,  and  friction  ofthe  various  parts  0.622 

Loss  by  the  steam  being  cut  off  before  the  end  ofthe  stroke 1.000 

Amount  of  deductions  3.920 

Effective  pressure 6.080 

IN  A   CONDENSING    ENGINE. 

Let  the  pressure  on  the  boiler  be ^ 10.000 

Force  required  to  produce  motion  ofthe  steam  in  the  cylinder 0.070 

Lo.ss  by  cooling  in  the  cylinder  and  pipes 0.160 

Loss  by  friction  ofthe  piston  and  waste 1.250 

Force  required  to  expel  the  steam  through  the  passages 0.070 

Force  required  to  open  and  close  the  valves,  raise  the  injection 

water,  and  overcome  the  friction  of  the  axes 0.630 

Loss  by  the  steam  being  cut  off  before  the  end  of  the  stroke 1.000 

Power  required  to  work  the  airputnp 0.500 

Amount  of  deductions  3.680 

Effective  pressure 6.320 

If  we  now  suppose  a  cylinder  whose  diameter  is  24  inches,  the  area  of  this 
cylinder  and  consequently  the  area  of  the  piston  in  square  inches,  will  be, 

242  X  .7854  =  452.39 

Let  us  also  make  the  supposition  that  steam  is  admitted  into  the  cylinder 
of  such  power  as  exerts  an  effective  pres.sure  on  the  piston  of  12  lbs.  to  the 
square  inch  ;  therefore,  452.39X12  =  5428.68  lbs.,  the  whole  force  with 
which  the  piston  is  pressed.  If  we  now  suppose  that  the  length  of  the  stroke 
is  five  feet,  and  the  engine  makes  44  single  or  22  double  strokes  in  a  minute, 
then  the  piston  will  move  through  a  space  of  22  X  5  X  2  =  220  feet  in  a 
minute;  the  power  of  the  engine  being  equivalent  to  a  weight  of 5428  lbs, 
raised  through  220  feet  in  a  minute. 

This  is  the  most  certain  measure  of  the  power  of  a  steam  engine.  It  is 
usual,  however,  to  estimate  the  effect  as  equivalent  to  the  power  of  so  many 
horses.  This  method,  however  simple  and  natural  it  may  appear,  is  yet, 
from  differences  of  opinion  as  to  the  power  of  a  horse,  not  very  accurate } 
and  its  employment  in  calculation  can  only  be  accounted  for  on  the  ground, 
that  when  steam  engines  were  first  employed  to  drive  machinery,  they  were 
substituted  instead  of  horses ;  and  it  became  thus  necessary  to  estimate  what 
size  of  a  steam  engine  would  give  a  power  equal  to  so  many  horses. 

There  are  various  opinions  as  to  the  power  of  a  horse.  According  to 
Smeaton,  a  horse  will  raise  22,916  lbs.  one  foot  high  in  a  minute.  Desagu- 
liers  makes  the  number  27,500;  and  Watt  makes  it  larger  still,  that  is,  33,000. 
There  is  reason  to  believe  that  even  this  number  is  too  small,  and  that  we 
may  add  at  least  11,000  to  it,  which  gives  44,000  Ibsi  raised  one  foot  high 
per  minute. — Grier. 


RULES   AND    TABLES 


FOR 


GAUGING,    ULLAGING,    &c 


GAUGING   OP  CASKS.  201 


GAUGING    OF    CASKS. 

In  taking  the  dimensions  of  a  Cask  it  must  be  carefully  observed  : 
1st,  That  the  bung-hole  be  in  the  middle  of  the  cask  ;  2d,  That  the 
bung-stave,  and  the  stave  opposite  to  the  bung-hole,  are  both  regular 
and  even  within ;  3d,  That  the  heads  of  the  Cask  are  equal,  and 
truly  circular ;  if  so,  the  distance  between  the  inside  o{  the  chime  to 
the  outside  of  the  opposite  stave  will  be  the  head  diameter  within 
the  Cask,  very  near. 

Rule. — Take,  in  inches,  the  inside  diameters  of  a  Cask  at  the 
Head  and  the  Bung,  and  also  the  Length ;  subtract  the  head  diameter 
from  the  bung-diameter,  and  note  the  difference. 

If  the  measure  of  the  Cask  is  taken  outside,  with  callipers,  from 
head  to  head,  then  a  deduction  must  be  made  of  from  1  to  2  inches 
for  the  thickness  of  the  heads,  according  to  the  size  of  the  Cask. 

1  IJ  the  staves  of  the  Cask,  between  the  bung  and  the  head,  are 
considerably  curved,  (the  shape  of  a  Pipe),  multiply  the  difference 
between  the   bung  and  head,  by  .7. 

2  If  the  staves  be  of  a  medium  curve,  (the  shape  of  a  Molasses 
Hogshead),  multiply  the  difference  by  .65. 

3.  If  the  staves  curve  very  little,  (less  than  a  Molasses  Hogs- 
head), multiply  the  difference  by  .6. 

4.  If  the  staves  are  nearly  straight,  (almost  a  Cylinder),  mul- 
tiply the  difference  by  .55. 

5.  Add  the  product,  in  each  case,  to  the  head-diameter ;  the  sum 
will  be  a  mean  diameter,  and  thus  the  Cask  is  reduced  to  a  cylinder, 

6.  Multiply  the  mean  diameter  by  itself,  and  then  by  the  length, 
and  multiply  if  for  Wine  gallons,  by  .0034.  The  difference  of  dividing 
by  294  (the  usual  method),  and  multiplying  by  .0034  (the  most  ex- 
peditious method),  is  less  than  500ths  of  a  gallon  in  100  gallons. 

EXAMPLE. 

Supposing  the  Head- Diameter  of  a  Cask  to  be  24  inches,  the  Bung- 
Diameter  32  inches,  and  the  Length  of  Cask  40  inches ;  What  is  the 
content  in  Wine  Gallons  ?  ist  variety. 

Bung-Diameter,    32  brought  up        876.16 

Head-Diameter,     24  Length,  40 

Difference,  ~8  35046.40 

Multiplier,  _/r  .0034 

Sie  14018560 

Head-Diam.,      24  10513920 

multiply    29.6  119.1.57760 

by         29.6 

carry  up        Square,    876.16  Ans.     119  galls.  1  pint. 

To  obtain  the  contents  of  a  similar  Cask  in  Ale  Gallons,  multiply 
35046.40  by  .002785,  and  we  get  97.6042,  (or  97  gallons  5  pints.) 


202 


GAUGING   OF   CASKS. 


GAUGING   OF    CASKS    IN    IMPERIAL    (BRITISH)   GALLONS. 
AND    ALSO    IN    UNITED    STATES    GALLONS. 
Having  ascertained  the  variety  of  the  Cask,  and  its  interior  dimen- 
sions, the  following  Table  will  facilitate  the  calculation  of  its  capacity. 

Table  of  the   Capacities  of   Casks,  whose  Bung  Diameters   and 
Lengths  are  1  or  Unity, 


H.  1st  Var.  2d  Var.  3d  Var.  4th  Var. 


.50  .0021244 
.51  .0021340 
.52  .00214.37 
.53  .0021536 
.54  .0021637 
.55.0021740 
.56.0021845 
.57  .0021951 
.5S' .0022060 
.591.0022170 
.60  .0022283 
.61  i. 0022-397 
.62.0022513 
.63  .0022631 
.64' .0022751 
.65' .0022373 
.66*  .0022997 
.671.0023122 
.63  .0023250 
.69  .0023379 
.70' 0023510 
.71  .0023643 
.72' .0023778 
.73' .0023915 
.74;. 0021054 
.75  .0024195 


.0020300 
.00204.33 
.0020507 
.0020702, 
.0020S38' 
.0020975 
.0021114' 
.0021253' 
.0021394; 
.0021536' 
.0021679^ 
,0021823 
.0021968 
.0022114' 
.0022262' 
.0022410 
.0022560' 
.0022711] 
.0022863 
.0023016! 
.0023170: 
.0023326 
.0023482! 
.0023640 
.0023799, 
.00239591 


.0017704 
1.0017847 
.0017993 
.0018141 
.0018293 
.0018447 
.0018604 
.0018764 
.0018927 
.0019093 
.0019201 
.0019433 
.0019607 
.0019784 
.0019904 
.0020147 
.0020332 
.0020521 
.0020712 
.0020906 
.0021103, 
.0021302 
.0021505 
.0021710' 
.0021918 
.0022129' 


.0010.523 
.0016713 
.0016905 
.0017098 
.0017294 
.0017491 
.0017690 
.0017891 
.0018094 
.0018299 
.0018506 
.0018715 
.0018925 
.00)9133 
.0019352 
.0019568 
.0019786 
.0020000 
.0020228 
.0020452 
.0020078 
.0020905  I 
.0021135 
.0021306 
.0021599 
.0021834 


n.    1st  Var.    2a  Var.    3d  Var.    4th  Var. 


.76  .0024337 
.77  .0024482 
.78  .0021628 
.79  .0024777 
.60  .0024927 
.81  .0025079 
.82  .0025233 
.83  .00253S8! 
.84  .0025546 
.85  .0025706' 
.80  .0025867' 
.87  .0026030' 
.88  .0026196 
.89  .0026363 
.90  .00205321 
.91  .0026703' 
.92  .0026875! 
.93  .0027050! 
.94  .0027227 
.95  .0027405 
.96  .0027585 
.97  .0027768! 
.98  .0027952 
.99  .0028138 
1.00  .0028326, 


.0024120 
0024282^ 
.0024445 
.0024610 
.0024776 
.0021942 
.0025110 
.0025279 
.0025449 
.0025621 
.0025793 
.0025967 
.0026141 
.0026317 
.0026494' 
.0026672 
.0026851 
.0027032 
.0027213 
.0027396 
.0027579 
.0027764' 
.0027950 
,0028137 
,0028320 


.0022343 

0022560 

.0022780 

,0023002 

.0023227 

,0023455 

.0023686 

.0023920 

.00241.56 

.0024396' 

.0024638' 

.0024883' 

.0025131' 

.0025381! 

.0025635 

.0025891 

.0026150 

.0026412 

.0026677 

.0026945 

,0027215 

,0027489,' 

,0027765 

,0028044 

0028320! 


.0022071 
.0022310 
.0022551 
.0022794 
,.0023038 
.0023285 
.0023533 
.0023783 
.0024035 
.0024289 
.0021545 
.0024803 
'.0025063 
.0025324 
,.002.5588 
.0025853 
.0026120 
.0026389 
.0026660 
.0026933 
.0027208 
,0027484 
.0027763 
.002804.3 
.0028326 


Divide  the  head  by  the  bung  diameter,  and  opposite  the  quotient 
in  the  column  H,  and  under  its  proper  variety,  is  the  tabular  number 
for  unity.  Multiply  the  tabular  number  by  the  square  of  the  bung 
diameter  of  the  given  cask,  and  by  its  length,  the  product  equals  its 
capacity  in  Imperial  gallons. 

Required  the  number  of  Gallons  in  a  Cask,  (1st  variety,)  24  inches 
head  diameter,  32  bung  diameter,  and  40  inches  in  length  ? 
32)  24.0  (.75  see  Table  for  tabular  No. 

.0024195  tabular  No.  for  unity. 

32  X  32  is  1024  square  of  bung  diam. 


96780 
4S390 
24195 

2.4775680 

40  Inches  long. 


99.1027200  Imperial  Gallons. 
1.2 


Note.  —  Multiply- 
ing Imperial  gallons  by 
one  &  two-tenths  (1.2) 
will  convert  them  into 
U.  S.  gallons  ;  and  U.  S. 
gallons  multiplied  by 
•833  equal  Imperial 
gallons. 


1982054400 
991027200 


118.92326400  United  States  Gallons. 


rLLACE    OF    CASKS. 


203 


TO    ULLAGE,    OR    FIND    THE     CONTENTS     IN     GALLONS 
OF   A    CASK   PARTLY   FILLED. 

To  find  the  contents  of  the  occupied  part  of  a  lying  cask  in  gallons. 

Rule. — Divide  the  depth  of  the  liquid,  or  wet  inches,  by  the  bung 
diameter,  and  if  the  quotient  is  under  .5  deduct  from  the  quotient  one- 
fourth  of  v/ hat  it  is  less  than  .5,  and  multiply  the  remainder,  by  the 
whole  capacity  of  the  cask,  this  product  will  be  the  number  of  gallons 
in  the  cask.  But  if  the  quotient  exceeds  .5,  add  one-fourth  of  that 
excess  to  the  quotient,  and  multiply  the  sum,  by  the  whole  capacity 
of  the  cask,  this  product  will  be  the  number  of  gallons. 

Example  i. — Suppose  the  bung-diameter  of  a  cask,  on  its  bilge, 
is  32  inches,  and  the  whole  contents  of  the  cask  11S.80  U.  S.  standard 
gallons ;  required  the  ullage  of  15  wet  inches. 

32)  15.00  (.46875      .5  — .46875=  .03125 -f- 4=  .0078125      .46875  — 
.0078125  =.4609375  X  118.80  =  54.759375  U.  S.  Gallons. 

Example  ii. — Required  the  ullage  of  17  wet  inches  in  a  cask  of 
the  above  capacity  .' 

32)  17.00  (.53125  —  .5  =  .03125  -^  4  =  .0078125  -f  .53125  =  .5390625 
X  118.80  =  64.040625  U.  S.  Gallons. 

Proof  —  64-040625  +  54-759375  =  118-80  gallons. 

To  find  the  ullage  of  a  filled  part  of  a  standing  Cask,  irt  gallons. 

Rule. — Divide  the  depth  of  the  liquid,  or  wet  inches,  by  the 
length  of  the  cask;  then,  if  the  quotient  is  less  than  .5,  deduct  from 
the  quotient  one-tenth  of  what  it  is  less  than  .5  and  multiply  the  re- 
mainder, by  the  whole  capacity  of  the  cask,  this  product  will  be  the 
number  of  gallons.  But  if  the  quotient  exceeds  .5,  add  one-tenth  of 
that  excess  to  the  quotient,  and  multiply  the  sum,  by  the  whole  capac- 
ity of  the  cask,  this  product  will  be  the  ullage,  or  contents  in  U.  S. 
standard  gallons. 

Example. — Suppose  a  cask,  40  inches  in  length,  and  the  capacity 
118.80  gallons,  as  above:  required  the  ullage  of  21  wet  inches  ? 
40)  21.000  (.5-25  —  .5  =  .025  -f- 10  =  .0025  +  .525  =  .5275  X  118.80 
=  62.667  U.  S.  Gallons. 


Note. — Formerly  the  British  Wine  and  Ale  Gallon  measures  were  sim- 
ilar to  tliose  now  used  in  the  United  States  and  British  Colonies. 

The  following  Tiibles  exhibit  the  comparative  value  between  the  United 
States  and  the  present  British  measures. 

TT.  8.  measure  for  British  (Im.)  measure.  U.  S.  measure  for  British  (Im.)  measure. 

wine,  spirits,  &c.  galls,  qts.  pts.  gills.      ale  and  beer.  ealls.  qts.  pts.  gills. 

42  galls.  =  1  lierce,  =  34     3      13  9  galls. =  1  firkin,  ="    9     0      11 

63  =1  hussh.  =  5-2      113        36  =  1  bHrrel,=  36     2     0     3 

126  =1  pipe,  =  104     3      13        54  =lhogsh.=  54     3      1      1 

252  =1  tun,    =209     3      1     2  108  =  1  bmt,     =109     3     0     3 

To  convert  Imperial  Gallons  into  United  States  Wine  Gallons  multiply  theim- 
perial  by  1-2.  To  convert  U.  S.  Gallons  into  Imperial  multiply  the  U.  States 
Wine  gallons  by  -833. 

51  U.  S.  Ale  Gallons  equal  60  Imperial  Gallons,  therefore  to  convert  one  into 
other  add  or  deduct  l-60th. 


204     PLOtTGHING,   PLANTING. — WEIGHT    OF   WOOD,    &C. 


PLOUGHING. 

Table  showing  the  distance  Travelled  by  a  horse  in  Ploughing  an  Acre  of 
Land;  also,  the  quantity  of  Land  worked  in  a  Day,  at  the  rate  of  16 
and  18  miles  per  day  of  9  hours. 


B'dthofi  Space  travel-  |  x^,t„„j  -a-, ^„,, 

Furrow  ledin Plough-    ^''*'=°*  ^Jf^Shed 
ingauAcre.  pei  uay. 


Inches. 


Miles.        18  Miles.  16  Miles. 


141-2 
12  1-2 
11 

9  9-10 

9 

8  1-4 

7  1-2 


11-4 

11-2 

13-5 

14-5 

2 

2  1-5 

2  1-3 


11-8 

11-4 

11-2 

13-5 

13-4 

19-10 

2  1-10 


B'dth  of 

Furrow 

slice 


Space  travel- 
led in  Plough- 
ing an  Acre. 

Miles. 


7 

6  1-2 
6  1-6 
5  3-4 
5  1-2 
5  1-4 
4  9-10 


Extent  Ploughed 
per  Day. 


18  Miles.  16  Miles, 


2  1-2 
2  3-4 

2  9-10 

3  1-10 
3  1-4 
3  1-2 
31-5 


2  1-4 
2  25 
2  3-5 
2  3-4 

2  9-10 

3  1-10 
3  1-4 


PLANTING. 

Table  showing  the  number  of  Plants  required  for  one  Acre  of  Land,  from 


one  Foot  to  ' 

^wenty-one  Feet  distance  from 

Plant  to  Plant 

Feet         No.  of 

Feet         No.  of 

Feet 

No.  of 

Feet 

No.  of 

Feet 

No.  of 

Distance.      Hill.-. 

Distance.      Hills. 

Distance. 

Hills. 

Distance. 

Hills. 

Distance 

Hills 

1         43,560 

4          2,722 

7 

889 

10 

436 

17 

151 

lj|       19,360 

4h        2,151 

U 

775 

lOi 

361 

18 

135 

2         10,890 

5          1,742 

8 

680 

12 

.802 

20 

108 

2h        6,969 

5i        1,440 

8i 

602 

14 

223 

21 

99 

3           4,810 

6          1,210 

9 

538 

15 

193 

25 

69 

3^         3,556 

6i        1,031 

H 

482 

16 

171 

30 

48 

WEIGHT   OF    A   CORD    OF    WOOD. 

Table  of  the  Weight  of  a  Cord  of  different  kinds  of  Dry  Wood,  and  the 
comparative  value  per  Cord. 


A  Cord  of  Hickory,      -    -  4469  pou 

"  Maple,    -    -    -  2863 

"  While  Birch,   -  2369 

"  "      Beech,  -  3236 

"  "      Ash,  -  -  3450 

•'  Pitch  Pine,  -   -  1904 

"  White  Pine,     -  1868 

"  Lombardy  Poplar  1774 

"  White  Oak  -    -  3821 

"  Yellow  Oak,     -  2919 

"  Red  Oak,     -     -  3254 


ids, 


-   Carbon 

-  -   100 

" 

-  -     54 

" 

-  -     48 

" 

-  -     65 

" 

-  -     77 

" 

-  -    43 

" 

-  -     42 

" 

-  -     40 

" 

-  -     81 

" 

-  -     60 

<« 

-  -     69 

Note.  —  Nearly  one  half  of  the  weight  of  a  growing  Oak  tree  consists  of 
sap.     Ordinary  Dry  Wood  contains  about  one-fourth  of  its  weight  in  water. 

CHARCOAL. 
Oak,   Maple,  Beech,  and  Chestnut  make   the  best  quality.     Be- 
tween 15  and  17  per  cent,  of  coal  can  be  obtained  when  the  wood  is 
properly  burned.     A  bushel  of  coal  from  hard  wood  weighs  between 
29  and  31  lbs.,  and  from  from  pine  between  28  and  30  lbs. 


LIST   OF    USEFUL   BOOKS 

PUBLISHED  BY  L  R.  BUTTS  &  CO.  NO.  2  SCHOOL  ST.,  BOSTON. 

BxLsiness  Manuals  for  Business  Men  and  Public  Officers,  and 
the   Cheapest  Counsellors   they  can  Consult. 

1. — "The  Business  Man's  Assistant,  and  Ready  Reckoner." 

A  Book  comprising  the  best  collection  of  Legal  Forms,  the  Rules  of  Law  which  apply  to 
them,  and  tlie  mode  of  Executing,— with  a  large  number  of  Practical  Tables,  READY 
RECKONERS,   the  Patent  Laws  and  Forms  ;  Book-keeping,  Rates  of  Postage,  &c. 

2. — "  The  Trader's  Guide,  or,  Laws  of  Trade"  in  relation  to 

Notes,  Receipt?,  Releases,  Bilk,  Drafis,  Sales,  \yarranties,  Contractg,  Trustee  Process, 
Limitations.  The  Laws  regulnting  the  Collection  of  Debts  in  all  the  States.  Offsets, 
Tenders,  Replevin,  Protests.    Mechanic's  Lieu  Laws.    Legal  Rights  of  Women,  &c. 

3. — "  The  Landlord's  and  Tenant's  Assistant,  or,  Laws  of  Ten- 
ancy "  in  relation  to  Hiring,  Leasing  and  Letting  Houses  and  Lands ,  Forms  of  Leases, 
Assignments,  and  Special  Covenants.  The  Laws  respecting  Trespass  of  Cattle,  Ease- 
ments, Highways,  Division  Fences,  Party  Wall*,  Running  Water,  Nuisances,  &.c. 

The  Three  preceding  Books  are  boand  in  Oae  Volume  —  ("  THE  BUSINESS 
MAN'S  ADVISEB")-392  pages— muslin  $  1.00- 

4. — "  The  Merchant's  Assistant  and  Carrier's  and  Insurer's 

Guide." —  This  Book  should  be  in  the  possession  of  every  person  who  is  engaged  in  In- 
saring,  Consigning  or  Transporting  Goods,  or  traveling  by  Railroad  or  Steamer. 

5. — "  Tlie  Sequel  to  the  Business  Man's  Law  Library"  con- 
tains Directions  and  Forms  for  the  Execution  and  Acknowledgment  of  Deeds  and  other 
Instruments,  to  be  used  or  recorded  in  other  States;  the  Liabilities  and  Duties  of  Execu- 
tors, Administrators,  Guardians,  Parents,  Children,  Minors,  General  and  Limited  Part- 
ners, Principals  and  Agents ;  Law  ot  Wills  with  Forms,  and  Administrators',  Executors' 
and  Limited  Partner's  Forms,  &c.  Rates  of  Interest  in  all  the  Slates,  Law  respecting 
Usury,  Obtaining  Goods  by  Faise  Pretence,  Cheating,  Fraud,  ice. 

The  Five  preceding  Books  comprise  one  Vof.  ("  THE  BUSINESS  MAN'S  LAW 
IIBEAEY  with  SUPPLEMENT  ")-674  pages-muslin  $2.00-law  $2.25. 
6. — "  The  Laws  of  the  Sea :  Rights  of  Seamen,  Coaster's  and 

Fishermen's  Guide,  and  Master's  and  Mate's  Manual,"  and  the  Emigrant  Passenger's 
Guide.    No  Seaman  should  be  without  this  book. 

The  Six  preceding  Books  comprise  one  Vol.-("  THE  UNITED  STATES  BUSI- 
NESS MAN'S  LAW  CABINET,")-800  pages-muslin  $2.25-law  $2.50. 

The  above  Six  Books  are  also  sold  separately — Price  40  cents. 

7. — "Tlie  Merchant's  and  Shipmaster's  Manual  and  Ship- 
builder's and  Sailmaker's  Assistant" — (abridged  and  altered  from  the  Merchant's  and  Me- 
chanic's Assistant)^onlains  the  Seaman's  and  Merchant's  Expeditious  Measurer,  show- 
ing ihe  contents  of  Packages  and  Casks  according  to  their  lengths,  breadths  and  depths. 
The  Shipbuilder's  Expeditious  Measurer,  showing  at  one  view  the  Tonnage  of  0200  Ves- 
sels according  to  their  lengths,  breadths  and  depths.  Rules  for  Coppering  Vessels,  and 
for  ascertaining  the  numberof  Sheets  required  for  any  sized  Vessel.  Size  and  Weight  per 
Fathom  of  Cables,  Cordage,  Manilla.  &c.  Size  and  Weight  of  Chains  and  Anchors  pro- 
portioned to  Tonnage.  Freight  Tables.  Rules  for  Stowing  Goods.  1'22  Commercial 
Forms  and  Tables.  Art  of  Sailmaking,  or  Rules  for  Cutting,  Making  and  Repairing  Sails. 
Rules  with  Examples  for  Keeping  Books  aiid  Ship's  Accounts,  &c.  &c.      .    Price  $L50. 

8, — "  The  Art  of  Sailmaking,"  (separate)       -    -    Price  $0.75. 
9. — "The  Tinman's  Manual  and  Builder's  and  Mechanic's 

Handbook." — This  work  contains  50  Diagrams  and  Patterns,  and  Rules,  Tables,  Receipts, 
Compositions  and  Varnishes,  for  Tinmen,  Builders,  Mechanics,  Engineers.  Masons, 
Millwrights,  Smiths,  and  all  other  persons  engaged  in  the  Mechanic  Arts,     Price  $1.00. 

Any  book  in  the  List  will  be  sent  by  mail  (free  of  postage)  to  any  place  in  the  United  States 
on  receipt  of  the  price  annexed.— I.  fi.  BUTTS  &  CO.,  Poblishbrs,  Boston,  Mass. 


(t7*  Agents  are  -wanted  to  sell  all  the  Books  in  the  within  List. 
The  Publishers  would  give  notice  that  they  send  no  Books  on  sale, 
and  have  no  Agents  for  whose  contracts  they  are  responsible.  ,,/3) 


■  4 


UCSB  LIBRARY 


t^rs. .-..  .^University  of  California 
^nlS.V^If^'*'  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
405  Hllgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 
*rom  which  it  was  borrowed. 


«£P1 1,992 

ACMAYoiZOIt 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A     000  618  784     3 


